Repair of steam turbines.

INTRODUCTION
Big challenges facing workers
In writing this book, that it is sufficient
kami power for uninterrupted obebut systematically and completely covered the specified
tunity of electric and thermal energy
organization and technology of repair accordance
ever-growing needs of the
temporary steam turbine equipment, auto
Economy of the USSR, are demanding higher technical
rum used extensive experience electricity
cal level of operation, reducing prostations and the power industry, the leadership
duration of repair and increase intertive, guidance and information
montnyh terms of the energy equiptional materials and specialized policy
ment.
bathrooms organizations, personal experience and various
Steam turbines are one of the nailiterature on specific issues
more complex kinds of modern energy
technology of repair.
cal equipment; they operate in challenging
Content, layout and presentation
conditions caused by the high
material in previous editions of the book turn out
speed rotating parts, high Nations
out to be successful for the learning and use of
stresses in the metal, high pressures and
for repair; This conclusion is evident from the comments
steam temperature, vibrations and other espea book published in the press, and written
larities.
GOVERNMENTAL comments received by the author. Based
Working conditions especially turbine units
this, the author has tried, whenever possible, preserve
complicated due to the transition to high (100
thread structure of the book, circle covered issues
am and 510 C) and extremely high (170-255 atm and 550- owls and appropriate illustrative material
585 C), steam parameters and increased the unit
al (pictures, tables, charts), which facilitates
nye their power (300, 500, 800 MW); due
assimilation policies contained processes.
input of such units in the composition of units
The book is intended for engineers, technicians,
planned and carried out in the Soviet Union further
foremen and supervisors, under the leadership of koneck development of thermal power plants.
toryh performed repairs and conducted exploitation
The use of special high-quality
tion power steam turbines.
alloyed steels for manufacturing cylinThis book covers a wide range of water
Lindgren, rotors, steam pipes, fittings and credit
Requests the repair of steam turbines and representatives
Pezha, a significant increase in the size, complexity
appointed for a wide range of readers, koconstruction gear, machinery, and de
course, is not free from shortcomings and inaccuracies.
hoist the main and auxiliary equipment
The author hopes that the publication of the present,
tion, protection and automation define
the third edition of the book, fully pererabotantechnology features and high demands
tion with the new designs of the equipment and
proper organization and quality performed
more advanced technology of repair, will be
pared repair modern steam turbines.
met no less favorably than the first
These requirements are set for refer servicing
Publishing, business criticism which helped research
nicknames number of new challenges to the decision which
edit seen many disadvantages.
they
The author is grateful in advance for all the comments
not encountered in the repair of steam
tion to remedy possible shortcomings and
turbine equipment low and medium vapor
Requests wishes necessary changes and
steam parameters. At the moment of personnel,
proposals for the construction of, completeness
busy repairing steam turbine equipment
presentation and content of the book sent to
power, requires not only good
address: Moscow, B-420, Trade Union Street.,. 58,
knowledge structures and devices turbine understanding
Building 2, Apt. 10.
manie purpose the individual components reform
In conclusion, the author considers it his duty
mounted installation, but also the correct application
express my deep gratitude to engineers C.
tion in the repair of metals and materials in accordance
I. Molokanova, BB Novikov, IM Vaysblandu
ance with their purpose, characteristics and conditions
and management Cherepetskaya, Lugansk and Kashirskaya
ditions of work, knowledge of production technology
GRES for business assistance in selecting the Part
disassembly and assembly work, knowledge of the permissible rials, and the opportunities detailed
Mykh dimensional changes of details, regulations and
tion familiar with the technology up-Repair
gaps, the ability to determine the extent and causes
variables steam turbines, engineers V.
Depreciation, choose the right method to recover
I. Bunkin, V. X. Bahrovu and MV Popov for a number of
restoration and so on. d.
valuable suggestions on the content of the book at her
This body of knowledge is necessary not only
viewing the manuscript, as well as AA and Turbine
to correct for the organization of repair, you are a
LA Molochek for their great help in the preparation
phenomenon and eliminate some wear and tear, defects
book for publication.
V.Molochek.
Comrade and disadvantages, but for a full recovery
establishment of reliability of all the details,
units, mechanisms and turbine plant as a whole,
causes long-term ex-interrepair
eration with high economic indicators
telyami.

Part One: GENERAL

1 PLANNING STANDARDS AND DOCUMENTATION.
ing on the power, steam parameters and taking into account
overhaul campaigns.
The question of the extension of
delays in having to perform nonstandard work on major repairs OC
new equipment shall be submitted to the decision
organization claiming repair schedule.
Overhaul called repair
with a complex process related
nym with full dismantling of turbine with vskryThieme cylinders and hollow rotors for identifying
of all defects, determine the causes of premature
temporary deterioration of certain parts and eliminate
neniem not only the defect, but also causes
causing them.
If the reporting year overhaul
not made, instead this year may
perform advanced maintenance,
the duration of which is equal to 0 in the norm,
4 downtime during a typical capital
tal repair;
this duration provides
the possibility of opening one cylinder turbo
beans and production of a large maintenance
volume of repairs.
Current repair called repair,
produced without opening the cylinder and the direction
lenny to eliminate identified during
Operating defects to maintain equipment in good working condition. When
this type of repair is performed the autopsy, OC
Motril and cleaning of individual parts and assemblies turbo
Position of rust and dirt (regulation
tion, oil coolers, bearings, capacitors
tors, auxiliary pumps and other devices
CTBA), check the degree of wear and tear with the
replacement of individual
GOVERNMENTAL damaged parts, repair and reinforcement
general check the status of the unit
Thorough, advanced current and themes
kuschy repairs, as seen from the
above differ from one another complexity
complexity and scope of the work undertaken.
Despite these differences in respect of
organization, planning, document
tation, procurement of spare parts, rasstaNovki staff training and self-employment
direct progress, capital, advanced TE
kuschie and current repairs should in principle
ple produced by the same methods
and means, whether produced
Are these repairs by the maintenance personnel
turbine shop, repair shop elektrostantion or repair facility grid
Under this system, every repair, conBova unplanned stop turbine unit
to eliminate defects, malfunctions or Since
damage to, suddenly appeared and threatened
flecting the safe operation of turbine or
vspomogatelnyhustroystv, dolzhenras-

1.1. SYSTEM Planning and

PRECAUTIONARY
REPAIRS.
The successful and economical exploitation
tion equipment of power plants is an important
Nation economic problems. Solution
this task requires such organizations
tional and technical measures for the care and
supervision, maintenance and repair services that will
guarantee
vides to prolonged detention equipment
of a constantly good working order
under the best economic performance, without
unscheduled stop for repairs.
The practice of power
shows that the effective use of boilers
fishing, turbines, generators and other equipment
can only be achieved with proper
of operation and systematic
implementation of preventive, current and capital
mental repairs, measurement and testing. Such
System events enables timely
Menno troubleshoot and damage and
prevent unplanned outages pA
Botha equipment, provides general
reducing downtime and improves its
performance and reduces costs
for the repair of equipment.
Known to many plants that
proper organization and operation neukpreventive maintenance have been eliminated
emergency downtime and repairs and have throughover many years of trouble-free work, with a high
Kimi performance efficiency and large
number of hours of equipment per year.
The system of preventive reform
Monte allows a thorough and timely
mennuyu preparation for repair, provides promaintenance repair in a short time and in such Peperiods of the year, when the production of repair does not
compromise
said to be the general course of the operation and
on the implementation of the power plant production
governmental plan.
"Standards of downtime thermal
power plants in the Preventive
repair ", approved in November 1964, and transformation
adequate processes are three main types of repair:
major, extended current and themes
kuschy. These types of repairs are one obextending unbroken system of prevention, for
Management Board to maintain the equipment in Since
continuously in a safe condition.
These are caused by the same rules as possible provedeand downtime of the main types
rows of power plant equipment, including
turbine units at typical repairs, as a function

enterprise that will produce anof suitable opening of the turbine

regarded as forced. Downtime for

of forced repairs are included in the
general standard terms of turbine downtime
equipment repairs.
While carrying out the planned chamber
pitalnyh and current repairs of full agreement
agrees with the mode of operation and power plant Since
this does not affect the reliability energosnabtion, forced repairs made outside
Depending on the mode of power,
cause underproduction of electricity and heat
la. If there is no provision in the power vyNeeding repairs lead to the breakdown of normal
mal power supply.
An important role in improving the efficiency
capacity utilization, reduce the cost of
repairs of equipment and reducing the numerical
of maintenance personnel plays installed
Retained Standards duration between
repair campaign. For turbine sets produration overhaul campaigns Charter
lished 2-3 years and pre-engineered-2
year, if interrepair campaign
lasts less than 1.5 years, a simple turbine set in
overhaul is reduced by 12%, corresponding
respectively reduced and the total duration
of repair.
Lengthening turnaround cycle campaign depends
on the state of the cylinder, clamps, diaphragms,
blading, labyrinth seals,
thrust and journal bearings, the concentration
densatsionnoy installations and other devices turbine
boustanovki
Total number of repairs per year, according to the norms
taken from the following calculation:
1 For pre-engineered with an initial
pressure steam turbine at 130 atm or higher. One
and three current major repairs or one
advanced current and three current repairs.
2 for a steam turbine with a steam pressure
120 atm and below (excluding turbine PT50). One
capital and current repair of one or a
advanced current and one under renovation.
3 For T 100 turbines and turbines PT 50 One
and two current major repairs or one
extended the current and two current repair
Timing and duration of the first of capital
repair work turbine plant after its installation and
commissioning of the norm is not ustanavlivaare, the term of this repair is mainly determined
plant engineer and must be derivatives
is led not later than 18 months after the entry
into operation. Amount of idle time depends on
the actual amount of work and determination
mined organizations, to approve the schedule
Repair
Such a procedure for establishing long-term and
tions the first overhaul gives
the opportunity to transfer to the turbine plant
2-3 year-long campaign representatives interrepair
preliminarily identify and take measures to eliminate
NIJ all weaknesses identified during
operation, and to make such mero-

1.2. RECONSTRUCTION AND

Modernization of equipment.
In connection with preferred commissioning
Soviet high-performance turbine at high
steam parameters role turbines of medium and low
pressure in the total electricity generation
decreases with each passing year. Nevertheless, in some
plants, especially in industrial and
municipal services, there turboustaNovki outdated designs that on a number of
reasons can not be removed in the near
Chiyah years; such turbine installation in most
cases require modernization or reconstruction
of the individual components and assemblies with the transition
best practices manual, new developments and
innovations.
Purposeful execution reconstructed
struction and modernization of many turbines
allowed to fully solve such problems as
improving the reliability of their operation, the elongation
turnaround time, reducing the time
downtime repairs, improving
operating economy, reducing the number
laziness operational and maintenance first
personnel, reduction of material and financial
the cost of maintenance and repair of equipment.
Especially needed reconstruction and
modernization of the domestic turbines
and foreign productions, which are due to the presence
ences organic defects of individual nodes is not
can be translated into an elongated intermontnuyu campaign or can not provide accordance
responsible economical operation
turbine plant.
Among these works primarily relative
worn the following: replacement of the blades,
having unsatisfactory vibration
characteristic and highly corrosive and eroziary corrosion; reconstruction of persistent subbearings to improve the sustainability of their work
you; replacement of unsatisfactory working
the regulatory system; alteration capacitors
to change the location and replacement of tubes
Packing tubes and flare
others. In some cases, appropriate is
transfer medium and condensing turbines
low pressure mode and thermalclamping
The use of heat exhaust steam for purposes
Leu district heating towns, settlements and
industrial enterprises.
The nature and scope of works on reconstruction
and upgrading determined based
pre-designed projects and analysis
for the qualitative and technical impact
opportunities of production of these works. Examples
customary to assume that the production work on the
reconstructed
struction and modernization expedient productivity
dit, provided that they pay for themselves in 2-3 goyes.
The work on reconstruction and
upgrading commonly used stop

According to the Rules of technical Operatation (PTE), repair of auxiliary mechanisms

isms that are directly related to the main
units, must be carried out simultaneously
renovated last; if there is a provision in
performance support mechanisms
atoms must be undertaken to repair their conclusions
yes in the overhaul of the main unit.
Among the auxiliary machinery and
devices which allow the production of razdeltion of repair of capital equipment relative
worn: evaporation, paropreobrazovatel, SPECIAL-reducing humidification installation and
also redundant pumps, ejectors and other less
mechanisms and devices unit, if they are without OC
SETTING Main unit and without prejudice to the Nations
reliability of his work can be otremontirovaus in the times of the year, less strenuous on the condition
cess repair and maintenance.
In some cases, for these purposes
advisable to conduct such organizational
technical measures that would allow
repair of these mechanisms at work
melting the turbine unit without power loss and
reliability.
Another source of unloading schedule
overhauls turbine plant, practical
tikuemym power plants, is the possibility
opportunity not at each overhaul
open all cylinders and remove all rotors
of the turbine unit. If insufficient Nations
reliability of guide vanes (blades are not relative
structed from resonance) or other reasons zaconstitute at each overhaul
open one or the other of the turbine cylinder, it is not
means at the same time must
opened on all cylinders. If the practice of exoperation and previous autopsy cylinders
show a sturdy state of at least one
of the cylinder (defects in design
and the good condition of the flow), then netseit is expedient to open profilakticheskoOn examination at each overhaul,
even if the repair is performed only one
every 2 to 3 years.
With the postponement of some repair
allocated objects at other times of the year or
even for the period of the next capital repairs
she should thoroughly consider and check
ensuring absolute reliability of the OC
new unit.
Repair time allocated objects that are not
directly part accesmogatelnogo equipment of a turbine
boagregata be recorded in a special graph sostavtrolled for all the equipment shop; repair of these
objects workshop is planned with the expectation vypolnetion throughout the year, in the periods between reform
Monte basic units.
Such separate planning yavlyais an important organizational event
which increases the fluidity and quality reform
monta, reduces the need for repair first
Staff Regulations, reduces downtime

turbine units for overhaul. Necessary

sity of these additional works
in each case is determined by the principal
nym and chief engineer of the power plant
a turbine plant in consultation with the representatives
lyami manufacturer or specialized
governmental organizations (CDB VTI ORGRES).
The program of the project and the major
reconstruction, requiring extension
term overhaul, approved
zhdayutsya parent organization.

1.3. Repair planning

Steam turbine
EQUIPMENT.
At the end of the year, not later than September, turbine or turbo boiler shop (in
If these shops are combined together with the
repair parts at the centralized reform
Monte) is approximately chamber
lendarny plan of capital and current reform
Monte turbine units and their auxiliary
equipment for the next year.
For convenience, this plan accordance
constitute only major large objects
workshop equipment; for a turbine plant these
objects are the turbines in general, indicated
binding under their station number;
it is assumed that the turboagregat repaired at the same time, with all its
assistive devices, mechanisms and
devices.
In drawing up the plan as a basis prinitoil following information: standards downtime gosures experience of equipment, data were
Latter-capital repairs, obesliver the necessary spare parts,
equipment and materials, as well as data
-plans next year. The plan should
be mentioned: the sequence of repair and the calendar
tion during each downtime each turboustanovki, taking into account the proposed projects and
amount of work on repair and modernization equip-

ryh include: uneven load

maintenance personnel during the year, most
overload harvesting and Procurement apparata overload electrical and mechanical workshops
plant sector, a large field of operations with limited
chennyh terms of their conduct, and others.
In drawing up the plan should his endeavors
acquainted to the uniform conduct repairs on
throughout the year; this is achieved respectively
sponding arrangement for temporary repairs
both main and auxiliary equipment
tion plant. In modern power plants, where
set 10-15 powerful turbine units,
is practically almost impossible to conduct
overhauls only during the summer
recession electrical loads.

d. staff must understand that magazines, Great

duschiesya during operation, are the basis
new reporting documents, which
can be judged not only on the operation, but also about
condition of the equipment.
For the production of these records in the Task
heh should contain approximately the following
Magazines: 1) Repair magazine (relative to each
efficient advice unit or a group of identical appaRatov plant and machinery) to record all obtected by machines and mechanisms de
defects, malfunctions and description of repairs,
produced when stopping the machine or mechanism
ism on planned and unplanned current reform
Monty; 2) The operating log to record production
REFERENCE for a change of operations, switching and
repairs; 3) log of orders for
records having permanent or term
action more than a day, orders vyshestoyapresent technical personnel; 4) Journal of defects
Comrade and malfunctions of equipment (common on
all workshop equipment) to record seen in
the change of defects and faults of the notation
ment, the removal of which can not be
produced by the change; 5) audit logs
safety switches, relays axial
shear vacuum relays and other circuit
protective devices and the basic units accesmogatelnogo workshop equipment; 6) Journal proinspections of water and air density capacitors
tors according to the quality control of the condensate,
produced by a chemical laboratory, and
According to periodically remove the curves drop
of the vacuum; 7) Journal of thermal expansion
tions, the curves run-and vibration for recording data
GOVERNMENTAL vibration measurements of individual
bearings
readings and control pointers
thermal expansion of the unit and curves
stick out periodically removed when stopping
turbine unit; 8) Journal of quality control work
melting oils for recording (for each unit in
separately) systematically produced chimeric
nomic laboratory analyzes of oils, dates introduced
Denia in antioxidant additives,
Switching of the centrifuge
and a filter-press, the amount of pumped or
descends from the oil-water systems, quantitative
Island time and additives oil, dates of
cleansing oil systems and tells you how
Cleaning and finally date specifying oil change
analysis of the replaced and re-oil filled.
On the cover or title page of each
log must be written the name of the journal
and its purpose. On the back of the title page
or cover should be a sample zarecording and contains brief instructions to journalists who
le produces records and who shall controlled
Rowan. The journal should be numbered and
laced, on the last page should
be recorded in the total number of available book
sheets.

repair and facilitates the work of the engineering

technical staff in the management of work
and control over the quality of their performance
Composed shop indicative goAnnual plan for repair of the main turbine equipment
binnogo shop comes to the attention planoin the production department of management and electrical
plant sector, where he linked up with repairs
boilers and other basic equipment electrical
plant sector.
Composed leadership elektrostanof the annual schedule of stops on the reform
Monty all major equipment electrical
plant sector with an explanatory note containing
zhaschey study duration, volume
and content of the stops for repairs, napravlyaetsmiling in the management of the power system, where it is
subject to
approval two months before the beginning of the year.
Approved
assertion annual schedule is
for power binding
job, any change in the approved Gram
fic overhauls, causing changes
tion values under repair moschnoSTI, without the permission of the grid
is not allowed.
Annual plan of repair of auxiliary
workshop equipment produced throughout the year in the periods between overhauls
basic equipment, workshop and prepared
linked in time with the ground-up repair
tion equipment, the plan finally approved
tes that the chief engineer of the power plant
in agreement with the repair facility,
if the latter is carried out repair and auxiliary
bodybuilder For practical proveDenia life planned annual plan reform
expedient repair work on the basis thereof
prepare monthly operating schedules
repairs: These charts should give full
picture of the sequence of individual
units and brigades repairers and download it to
every day. Such graphs allows one to
constantly monitor the progress of the reform plan
restoration and the timely conduct of noncrawled preparatory work, ensure
ing no downtime and full load
maintenance personnel, regardless of the system
we are his subordinates.
In order to improve the technical level of
operation and timely identification of volume
ems upcoming repair work, the Charter
ment of the nature of damage and nenormalnoSTAY in the works that should be handled in
between capital and current repairs of turbine
binnom shop must keep an accurate record of all
repair of the equipment.
This primarily relates to the conduct of
operating logs; recording therein should
us to be concise and clear. Often such
Magazines are filled with careless, pencils,
much they crossed, there are blots and so on.

2 Organization of repair, repair facilities

MATERIALS.
usually involved only for
major technical and complicated repairs and pA
bot on reconstruction and modernization.
Among the works, which shall
power plants should be involved in reconstruction
Business energy systems or other specialized repair organizations, is
Depending on the organizational forms of repair,
include such major special work
performed at major overhauls, such as:
straightening rotors, removal and attachment discs, change
workers and guide vanes, vibration
setting blading, exchange diagrams
fragm, end seals, connecting
couplings perezalivke bearings peretsentrovka
aggregates, dynamic balancing of rotors on
machines and assembled turbine Since removal
elevated vibration, scraping cylindrical connectors
ditch, repair and adjustment of regulatory reconstructed
struction of capacitors and other labor-intensive work
you require highly skilled execuNITEL.
The need to involve for the indicated
GOVERNMENTAL work of other organizations is dictated by
the fact that
each plant alone can not
contain a sufficient amount of repair
personnel with experience of such
rarely encountered in practice, it works; At the same
Total reconstruction of the enterprise and energy systems
Soyuzenergoremonta whose activity distribution
uted to many power plants have
and a lot of experience and practical opportunities for
qualification of the above pA
bot, often repetitive in their practice.
Depending on the complexity and scope of the reform
repair work to repair enterprises and
organizations are appropriate
contracts:
a) technical assistance, when attracting
Kai repair organization carries technique
nical guidance in the implementation of different
personal complex of works on repair or recon
struction (mentoring);
b) to the hub repair when repair-governmental
zation produces their own Ad
ized repair or reconstruction
individual nodes of the turbine with complex technological
logic operations, for example, by replacing
blades, diaphragms, tubes, capacitors for reform
construction and commissioning of the control system,
Research the causes and corrective increase
shennoy vibration units and other Ad
ized works;
c) in the aggregate repair, when repair
organization takes care of all the work on
overhaul and reconstruction turboagRegatta.
Attracting as contractors reform
montnye organization electrical repair shop
plant sector has certain responsibilities

2.1. ORGANIZATIONAL FORMS

REPAIR.
The main forms of organization of repair
turbine equipment is to repair, prohassled forces and means: 1) turbine
shop; 2) combined electrical repair shop
station or 3) special repair organizations
tions.
When the guild organization repair the leadership
duction of all repair work is carried
S THE engineering staff turbine
binnogo Shop and conducted by the repair and
means subordinated to shop.
For this purpose, in the turbine shop powerful electric
station has several specialized
repair parts, led by masters
under the general supervision of a senior turbine
master or deputy head of the turbine
repair shop. Foreman organizes the PV
kovodit and is responsible for the operation as well as for
repair of all equipment shop.
When organizing for a unified power
tion repair shop maintenance personnel all
power plants, except for electrical
Shop, combined into a single independent
of general mechanical repair shop,
subordinated directly to the leadership of the electron
plant sector. This workshop to carry out all chamber
pitalnyh and current repairs of equipment and
and to troubleshoot defects and
preventive maintenance,
are given to a design team proizvodsttively Engineering Department (PHE) and all patch
nye power tools (guild master
cal, tool storage, obschestantsitional mechanical workshops, compressor,
welding stations and other ancillary hozyaystIslands, is used by the guild reform
montnogo staff).
Centralized organization refer servicing
tion with the union shop maintenance personnel
and repair of all plant assets in the unit
s service repair improves organizational
power structure with block installed
kami, increases the room for maneuver
maintenance personnel and increases the power
mechanical workshops.
At the organization of a single repair shop
the leadership of the turbine or combined
turbine plant, without repair
the staff there are great opportunities not
only strengthen the quality control of
repair work, but also work on
improve the overall culture of production, improve
sheniya qualitative operation
(Reliability and efficiency), improving the quasilifikatsii operating personnel and others.
Under these conditions, the manufacturers and
specialized repair enterprises

montny plot CPPI promptly obeys

turbine or boiler-turbine workshop. Of Management of
dstvo turbine workshop carries out technical
supervision and control over the performance of work;
reception
of a unit of repair and decoration
representatives of relevant documents produced
sentatives workshop with representatives
the repair site; they have the same set
deadlines for the correction of defects repair parts
equipment, which are caused by poorly
the quality of repair.

Works contractor and supervise their

production. Power provides a subcontractor electricity, compressed air and
water and produces its chemical laboratories
cal and metallurgical tests on applications
contractor.
On a charge of power lies
ensuring fire and Co
Security of equipment in the reform
Monte, in times of breaks (at night
time and holidays). In addition, the electron
plant sector provides the necessary after
Repair replacement of turbine oil system
oil, scaffoldings and scaffolding requiring
ing contractor, and also performs isolated
in trim, plaster and other works on objects
there repairs performed by the contractor.
Even more progressive form of organization
tion of repair in terms of continuous growth
number and unit power plant
is the centralization of repair within the energy
gosistemy. This organizational form is already
received some development and application in
power systems and power plants of the USSR.
This centralization requires
new organizational forms to attract Ad
ized enterprises, representatives of repair
enterprises and mechanical plants of power systems
(CPPI and CRMZ) to repair electrical equipment
plant sector, equipped with powerful kotloturbingovernmental units.
The most progressive and effektivnyE forms for centralized reform
Monte is the following:
1 organization in the shop Since power
Permanent repair area CPPI, which
completed mainly due to transmission
it is completely maintenance personnel department; reform
montnomu portion being transmitted in
shop run by shops, tool, such
kelazhnye tools and equipment, as well as
granted the right to use the measuring
governmental instruments and apparatus power
for the repair and maintenance
Test and measurement.
The object of the repair area CPPI Explicit
by the conduct of their own on a contractual
basis of capital, current and displaced
repairs, as well as work on reconstructed
struction and modernization of equipment, direction
PARTICULAR at improving the efficiency and reliability
STI service. Bilateral agreement between the
power plant and the production of full-CPPI
of corrective maintenance shop is
annually and is a documentary base
for the financial settlement between them.
With this organization, integrated reform
monta all turbine plant equipment for
fully ensure the correct interaction
the relationship between the power plant and CPPI,
as well as to meet all refer servicing
GOVERNMENTAL shop needs arising during Operatation and especially those that can
affect the continuity of operation, reform

2 repair parts CPPI transmitted

not all service personnel department. Small
part of maintenance personnel is left in direct
, facility for submission of workshop for povsednevnoOn performing fine operations arising
during operation, and repair equipment
tion is not transmitted to the centralized
repair. The main types of repairs, such
as capital, current and forced reform
Monti and the renovation work carried out
CPPI repair parts, as in the first
form of organization of repairs, in volume and in terms of
according to the annual plan for the withdrawal of equipment in
the reform
MONT.
Annual repair plan drawn up shop
in agreement with the repair site, but it
of course, does not mean that the sequence and timing of vyperformance of work can not be changed by the condition
cess mode of operation of the power plant; these
changes are made at timely transformation
warning about the repair area CPPI.
Such an organization more quickly obesvides perform repair of the unemployed
suspensive eliminate minor defects,
arising during operation equipment
tion, does not separate the repair part of the CPPI
implementation of planned activities and the availability of
nebolShogo number of maintenance personnel as part of
department has no significant effect on obing the costs of repair, as this staff
has sufficient daily load.
When these forms of organization valuable
ral repair dispatching applications
output in the repair of capital equipment and internal
ristantsionnye requests for withdrawal of an auxiliary
of equipment draws shop; Repair participation
Stock CPPI starts production works
only after receiving the dress and decoration
admission to the production of works in accordance with the
Government
Lamas technical operation.
Operating personnel department shall
monitor all stages of repair and has the right to
suspend the repair area CPPI
in violation of the latter in the process of renovating

of various technical and technological

rules and regulations of the work.
Centralized organization of complex
repair work gives the highest technical and environmental
nomic effect if the repairer
the company has qualified refer servicing
nye staff, well-equipped repair oil
Terek, laboratory metal production
countable base for the manufacture of small-scale mechanics
Organization and maintenance of equipment, well ukommeasuring apparatus and instruments,
has an exchange fund and specialized
production for the repair and testing of individual
mechanisms, parts and components of turbine units
to restore the exchange fund.
In this case, power is sent
beyond repair, defective or worn
mechanisms, fittings and individual components and spare
parts
for these special production and CPPI
get back available in reserve
these production ready, already repaired
Bathrooms and tested at the factory less
mechanisms and other equipment with passports
guaranteeing their quality. Thus,
these industries, where labor productivity
and quality of work must comply
isting factory and to be significantly higher
than when the conditions in the power plant,
should become the basis for recovery, for
accumulation and storage of spare parts, components,
valves and mechanisms same type notation
ment installed in power plants
grid serviced by CPPI.
Repair facility planning and development
moves the orders for spare parts and repairs
materials, their preparation and storage, so
should have its own logistical
central database for storing and komplektovaof spare parts, materials, tools,
hoisting mechanisms and so on. The territory
dex, this base, as well as the central mass
Terek CPPI, may be placed on one
of the power grid.
Besides this, repairer
should have a planning and design and technology
nology Bureau (KTB) to develop peredohowl technologies, new methods and schedules reform
monta, production reconstruction,
exchange of experience, information materials
and repair reports, application and development of
new progressive repair prisposobletions, tools and small machines.
Without such a large organization, coldtural training, no technical basis and
appropriate level of the organization of repair
enterprises transition to a centralized composition
plex repair by this company are not
can give a proper feasibility
effect.
When creating these conditions organic
tion of complex centralized maintenance
forces and means of specialized energy
goremontnyh companies and organizations provide

cheat increase feasibility indicators

teley repair due to:
doing repairs on pre-established
a single technological process that creates
conditions to improve the culture and quality of reform
Monta;
improve the training and retraining
personnel, significant training
specialization and maintenance teams;
reducing the required reserve koamount of spare parts and other material
values due to the centralization of orders and
centralized their storage;
widespread application of mechanization
tion and increase the production of repair
CTBA;
introduction of advanced industrial
production methods repairs that. should
us primarily related to the assembly and disassembly
equipment and replacement of worn mechanisms
assemblies and parts back-up, already repaired
bathrooms and verified. This is achieved by
the repair mechanisms of the exchange
Fund, spare parts, repair composition
extension kit, the details of the zero phase (casting and Since
forging technological allowances for the formation
processing), fasteners, fittings, unifitsirovannyE products and production tooling
devices;
reduce the total number of repair
of staff due to the above meropriyatiyi
having more opportunities maneuvering
-integration of skilled labor.

2.2. Maintenance personnel.

Depending on the organizational forms
every repair shop equipment made
under the direction of the shop superintendent or nachalniSingle repair area CPPI means at their
available forces and means of repair
using appropriate auxiliary
Services and shops power.
Preparing and conducting repairs equipment carried out by the special
repair and auxiliary personnel, the number of
and qualification is determined by the volume,
View and precision manufactured in the workshop
scheduled up time.
The annual volume of repair works of all
workshop equipment can be calculated by godovym schedule of repairs and the cost of working
time to complete the scope of work, namechention for each month; These data, given the Examples
changes means a new repair techniques, Since
makes it possible to calculate the total need for reform
montnom staff in number and qualifications
tion.
General scheme of repair parts
is determined based on the solid attachment
Engineering to the most important areas of repair, that the
ability
exists an increase in their liability levels
technical supervision and instruction of repair
composition.

10

Maintenance staff must be specialists

2.3. Repair shops
lysed by performing certain
SHOP.
repair work, it provides 1) Since
Regardless
of the form of organization of repairs
Improving the quality of work as well as for the repair of relative
and
that
the
availability
of power at the center less
individual parts of the turbine unit responsible determined
-mechanical workshop, a turbine section must
tain person (marriage at the site occur immediately
have your repair shop for the production
shows who made the marriage); 2) increasing
duction of various works on preparation and repairs
training of workers, create more
that the individual parts, turbine components, pumps and
schooling from the frequent repetition of the same
other accessories shop.
operation; 3) increase in labor productivity,
To expedite repair and reference
since the workers are well understood its object (the
avoid
unnecessary unproductive Since
concentration
ter-time maintenance staff
struction of metal, the sizes of individual parts, and
workshop and some of its sites should consider
and tolerances of wear and required clearances)
rely directly on the shop floor or poblizocreate all sorts of devices rationalization
STI from the entrance to the shop. Workshop should be
lizatorskogo order.
Examples
At the organization of labor for repairs nadlesposoblena for any repair, encountered
tains pay great attention to the first briefing
sponding in the turbine shop, and should be denoted
personnel on safety. This
equip the proper functioning ventilation
instruction should include an explanation directly
heating, plumbing, lighting and anti, facility for work areas; workers should
vopozharnym equipment.
granted us in his arms, respectively, developed
Benches and equipment are located in
tannye repair manual, including
workshop
so as to possibly
section on safety; In addition to
a
large
part
of the floor remains free as
a constant reminder of the most important
Many works have to produce on the floor.
rules of safety in the workshop
Benches are usually arranged in groups along
shop and work areas should vyveshivatwalls having windows to ensure sufficient
smiling manual, posters, and some excerpts from
tion of daylight vise strengthen
instructions.
gations on benches; each bench for proPeriodically make proreference works and at night should still
scan of knowledge and learning staff instructions
be local sources of electric OC
Safety. Time and results
light situations with-. Benches should be sturdy, Dos
checks should be recorded in accordance
sufficiently thick and heavy, so that during
respective books and recorded signatures
locksmithing they could not swing and progicheck and verify.
batsya, as it leads to improper processing
Should be required from the staff nonke parts and reduced labor productivity
slow repair supervisor posts
yes.
or the master of all he has noticed cases violation
Workshop turbine workshop middle and
sheniya instructions, as well as all unused
for large power plant should
tions occur in lifting attachments, in fixed
light situations with- about irregularities in work areas and the have about these "machines and prispoin autonomous: lathe for small podeother
lock, bore valves and valve seats shallow
GIH facts that are a danger to
etc. .; small planer (Chevalley type
people and equipment. Upon receipt of disposal
Ping); drilling machine for drilling otvertion, contrary to the rules of the art Security
sty diameter up to 20-25 mm; nastolnoCouncil, the worker is obliged to indicate this person from
drilling machines; Emery winepress for zawhich he had received the order and, in the case of
editing tools; small anvil
differences, to inform the superior
size (if there is no commonly used
management to give the final indicated
vices that cause spoilage); hacksaw stareadings of.
ket; screening plate. In addition, when the master
No less attention should be paid to
tion should be instrumental for
Leno on discipline, which is the electron
storage and delivery, installation, fitting and concentration
plant sector, and especially in the repair is of paramount
trol and measurement instruments and pantry
the exponent value. Failure to comply with firm labor
for storage of various materials, rigging
Annual discipline and lack of clear lines of
accessories and spare parts.
in the repair often lead not only to poor
Dimensions workshop depend mainly on the
quality of repairs, but also to accidents with
power
plant equipment. For example, for
people to accidents with equipment and loss of
power
plant 1200 MW equipresponsibility for delegated assignments pA
Dov turbines K-200-130, for a workshop
bot in sensitive areas of national economy
department should be given a minimum area
va. For repairs everyone should know exactly what
150-160 m2And for instrumental 35-40 m2.
he is obliged to do and how to do what he does not have
To reduce the loss of working time
right to do, to whom he is subordinate, whose By arranging
Various devices and finding Part
suppressors he is obliged to perform any of the staff and
rials and to improve working conditions at prois subordinated to it.

11

duction related work necessary to

all turbines have: 1) a permanent wiring
Compressed air to operate pneumatic tools
and blasting parts (it is advisable to use
own guild compressor); 2) constant
nye carts sources of electric current for
oscilloscope connection elektrointool while Electric, lighting day
Light and low voltage (36 and 12); 3) constant carts acetylene and oxygen otpaykami to repair sites around the shop on
different elevations.
The shop should also be equipped with
repair and washing area with supply
steam and hot condensate, golf ukladki lifting devices, installation goat
balancing machine, portable tables
Drillers desktop, portable workbenches
with vice, and so. d.

2.4. TOOL.
The tool is a major part
workshop equipment shop and
largely determines the performance
in labor for repairs, so the selection of its
and care for them should be given special attention
tion. Insufficient attention to
tool maintenance causes frequent
idle workers, loss of time for the determination of
required tools, tool breakage
that as a result of negligent maintenance and repair,
and inefficient and wasteful use
tion of cash reserves tool.
Storage, delivery and operation of the instrument
ment must be well thought out and governmental
-organized. Instrumental must constantly
supplemented by those tools that upotoverlap between in the turbine shop.
The room should be instrumental
be dry, light, heated and insulated
bathrooms from dust; it should not
have cluttered passages should approach
refrain appropriately clean. Instrurumentalnaya must be equipped stellazhami, shelves and cupboards; shelves up to
2 m must be used for travel instrument, and the height of the shelves more 2m - under
rarely used tool.
Storage areas should provide opportunities
location of the free tool
appropriate, to protect it from
dents and damages. Racks and shelves should
us to have a shallow cells to stored
a tool located in one or at most two
series, as otherwise the service becomes zatrudnitelnym. In each cell, racks and
shelves nailed hooks, which veshayutXia brand workers who have taken one or the other instrument
ment, and made the inscription indicating the least
Considerations and size of instruments for which
locations are used.
Repair tool should be entrusted
qualified locksmiths on request, transfer
given by the master distributor shop.

Toolmaker should not allow

to the worker at the hands of non-accumulating
he needed tools, in addition to the normal
issued to him for a long time navigating
instrument. Issued a report on the locksmiths
long running tool that
replaced when worn, must be stored
locksmiths in individual lockable boxes
benches; In addition, locksmiths should issue
Lightweight portable boxes for carrying tools
ments to the job site.
Running an individual tool accordance
nent usually from the following list:
Machinist hammer, a few chisels,
Kreutz-Meisel, files, screwdrivers, composition
extension kit wrenches and adjustable wrenches running
different
mers, scrapers, hacksaw, punches, ruler, kroncompasses, hand vice, folding ruler and so on.
During major overhauls necessary
organize the work tool, so something
Locksmiths have been released from walking for
tool, all the necessary tools
they should get some agro repaired
Regatta of the mobile tool, which
Rui can be arranged in special cases
boxes or mobile workbenches, establishes
Vai have repaired the unit.
Set fitter mechanical and universal
sebaceous tools to be
have tool includes obscheizvestny Tools: Cutting - Cutters,
drills, taps, dies, reamers, countersink,
files, scrapers, hacksaws, etc. .;
shock-cutting - chisels, kreytsmeyseli,
Pin etc. .; abrasive grinding wheels,
skins etc .; mounting-screws, wrenches
keys, end, union and sliding,
wrenches, wire cutters, pliers, sledge hammers
locksmith, hammers, lead, copper vykolotki, barbs, scribers, steel brush, soldering iron
ki, blowtorches, etc..
For maximum mechanization of production
CTBA labor-intensive work and a greater reliance on
repair tool should be universal

Chiwan and sbalchivaniya flanges

heaters, valves, cylinders, low
pressure, bearing caps, etc.. Gaykovrty operating at an air pressure of 5,0
5.5 am, are available in two types: vertical
action and angle - for tight
places. In the application of the transitional cap
key wrenches, manufactured Sverdlovsk
plant "Pnevstroymashina" can use
vatsya diameters for bolts or studs to the 65th
70 mm;
2) various devices with electricity
drive for the rotation of the rotors at low turnover
max used in grinding necks rotor

12

with groove bands blades after perelopaChiwan, when the groove ridges labyrinth
seals, and so on. d. Currently, the rotation
of light rotors are used and special
cial nozzle with compressed air;
3) elektroshlifovalnye machine type
I-54 with a flexible hose and a fine carborundum
kim circle on the end for cutting bandage carried
Loki after pereoblopachivaniya. Same mashinki used for drilling blade
rivets in the disks;
4) mechanical scanning with electric actuator
house and special self locking different
sweep for reaming rivet
blades,
5) portable radial drilling
machines for drilling holes and rayberovaniya;
6) Hand portable grinding Mat
shank with flexible steel drive rollers
cutters or abrasive wheels for filing
planar surfaces;
7) pneumatic grinding machines SR-02,
SR-06, corner type DCS-8, small
elektroshabery and hand scrapers with removable
blades for scraping horizontal razems cylinders, grinding discs and diaphragms;
8) motorized rolling with pneumatic
or electric flaring tubes
tube plates of capacitors.
In addition to these tools, run instrurumentalnoy must be controlmeasuring instruments, tools
piping work (keys Pipe Walters
Tsovk etc..), various coupling adapted
tion, lifting equipment (ropes, slings, channel
you, eyebolts, eights, hoists, jacks, prispoPacks designed for lifting rotors and cylinders), de
hoists and components of the balancing machine and other
mechanisms and devices used in
repairs of the turbine.
Gauging tools
you and appliances. The need to ensure vyhigh precision in the assembly of the turbine and the exact
determine the degree of wear and tear in the repair
requires, in addition to the normal hodovoof the measuring instrument (meters, compasses,
callipers, callipers, metal lines
neko, squares, Reysmuses etc..), also point
tion of the measuring instrument.
This measuring tool can
be divided into two main groups: 1) iz
measuring instrument with permanently installed
lennymi size and 2) the measuring instrument
element for measurement of varying sizes.
The first group of tools having
a simple structure, are easy
tape and wedge probes, Screw pitch gages, the template from
Lona, gauges, scale and checking line
neko and prisms
The second group of measuring instruments
Comrade different from the first more complex. In
It includes: a measuring instrument shows
ing the linear dimensions of the measured component
(Typically in millimeter), for example, micro-

meters, calipers, micrometers nutRomero (depth gauge), and others. measuring and instrurument showing amount by which the relative
deviate size and position of the measured de
hoists of normal size and position (incators and levels).
To produce a variety of test
and commissioning works produced before stopping
in the process of repair and test run turbo
installation tool must be ukomplektovana and such hand-held portable
Control and measuring instruments and
devices, such as hydrostatic level Examples
boron Poldi handheld tachometer, vibration meter, vibration
graph, ultrasonic flaw detector, gas TE
cheiskatel, torque balance, etc..
Having set the above measurement
tional instruments and appliances should be pom
thread that only with careful care of them and
gentle treatment provided proper
schaya accuracy of measurements. During
Work tools can be placed only on the tree
vyannye lining, protecting it from accidental
shocks, jolts, scratches and nicks on the other of details
Is located on the benches and aggregates.
To protect against rust measuring
tive tool after consuming need
walk carefully cleaned and coated with a thin
a layer of oil or bone quality, does not contain
holding acids, petrolatum. Before upotrebleniit must be the tool lubricants
removed from the surface of the measuring net
cloth, cotton wool or wash in Whitehead
spirits or benzine, as measured by the item should
cleaned of dirt and oil.
For measuring instruments and the device in
trench in the tool should be selected
special cabinet with shelves, which should be
placed farther away from the heat and damp places
as wide fluctuations in temperature and humidity
affect the state of the measuring surfaces
tional instruments and appliances and precision
produced measurements.
All precision measuring instruments and
devices have to be tightly closing
wooden boxes and cases specially adapted
sposoblennye storage only of Examples
boron. Tools such as rulers, set squares,
callipers and callipers should hang out
the walls of the cabinet or lie on certain
places of wooden shelves.
In the case of wear and faults shown
ents precision instruments and devices must
sent for repair and calibration in a special
cial workshops or repaired on the spot
expert on these devices. Only if
good care and careful handling changes
tory instruments are long, providing
adequate accuracy and justifying
its high cost.

13

often makes appropriate pretension in accordance with the certificate of acceptance.

Sealing materials. To eliminate
Spare parts. High quality repairs
tion passes steam, water, grease and other
Comrade can not be achieved without timely
liquids and gases through the joints when connecting
and related material preparation. In
between the equipment parts, for example,
this training is one of the foremost is the
a flange of the turbine cylinders
question of the existence and creation of the park replacement or piping as well as through clearances gland packing
frequency
postglacial seal valves, gate valves, tubes
children, equipment and auxiliary materials
condensers and pump shafts are used
fishing, strictly in accordance with the real Since
various sealing materials - gaskets
needs. Use in their implementation of
ki, mastics and packing.
Monte method of replacing worn parts and relative
Concerning the proper selection and application
individual parts of the pre-podgotovlennyof sealing materials in the turbine shop
E replaceable spare or repaired
should be given serious attention, so
governmental units and individual parts provides
as improper use of sealing Mat
minimum downtime and high quality repairs
rials cause damage to the sealing of joints,
that.
damage to oil, wear of shafts and rods, difficulty
For the proper replacement HOURS
disassemble and need unplanned reform
sities and equipment and conduct of repairs
Monte due to abnormal operation of said
she must know the complete characterization of pA
GOVERNMENTAL seals.
Botha units and mechanisms, as well as sites
The selection of these materials depends on the purity of
and parts of which they are composed; necessary
sealing surface finish, from the right
to know the size, weight and the materials from which vycorrectness of landing flanges, lack of transition
Full details, as well as their amount in this
Kosov rods and shafts and on the operating conditions (dark
site and mechanism, the drawings on which they manutemperature, pressure, medium speed in
tovleny, and how long they are used in this mechanism
seal).
ism.
Gaskets. Gaskets for flanged accordance
These data make it possible to determined
compounds pipelines and abutting Since
Roedel, how many of those or other details
surfaces made of different mechanisms
it is necessary to keep in stock as edinovresheet steel, red copper, paronita, carrary margin for repairs.
pitch, paper, rubber, etc.. material selection proSpare parts and materials must be quenched
clutches can be produced according to
binding based on experience and analysis of the propagation Table. 2.1.
recent repairs; expended during
Turned jagged steel gaskets,
Repair parts and accessories Part
having on both sides with several rows
rials must be supplemented by new ones.
concentric ridges are equal in height and
Lack of spare parts and
turn, are used mainly for steam
materials, improper and untimely
wires and nutritious high-pressure lines
preparation and poor quality do not give impact
tion.
possibility to achieve complete ordering reform
The gasket material must be heatMonta, so delays in obtaining spare parts
persistent, stored in long-term operation
and supporting materials must be accordance
elastic properties and should have a hardness
agree on the timing stops units for
less than the hardness of the flange which ensures
repair. Do not allow the equipment stops
appears necessary tightness at
tion for repair without having to place all need
at tightening the studs and does not damage the sealing
sary spare parts and accessories
tional surfaces of the flanges. On the steam lines
materials, since parts preparation process
with high steam parameters used tocherepair or manufacture of a mechanical
nye gasket stainless chromium steel
master station after stopping the turbine
1H13 and of hromonikeletitanovoy steel
repair causes an increase in the time taken to
1Kh18N9T; laying stainless steel
standing.
1H13 also apply to nutrient lines
When you receive from the factory and from the property
pressure up to 320 atm. Before installing between
GOVERNMENTAL mechanical workshops need proflanges, metal gaskets must be
harass thorough technical acceptance zathoroughly rinsed with kerosene from dirt, chips
Pasni parts to get the full increase
and checked magnifier with a magnification of 5-10
of attorney as to their suitability. Acceptance of replacement
for cracks, nicks, burrs, sinks
parts should be a detailed examination
and processing roughness in the form of ragged zubto establish the absence of holes, cracks and
samples. Are not allowed to install the gasket
metal and other vices in check by chertebecome irrelevant brands with korrodirozham matching metal and size details. About
en teeth and warped after treatment
acceptance shall be drawn up, which should
processing. Work surfaces serrated gaskets
reflect all the detected defects; when
checked at the control plate in the paint and
defects supplying plant replacement
subject to scraping or lapping to obtain

2.5. SPARE PARTS AND

SEALING MATERIALS.

14

waviness (wrinkles) for producing prouniform prints on the teeth; Width Examples
clutches is not suitable.
tupleniya Teeth should not be less than 0.2 mm and
the difference in the thickness of the gasket at two diametrically Seal the outside diameter at iz
but opposite points shall not exceed
prepara- must be cut 1-2 mm
shat 0.05-0.10 mm.
is less than the diameter of the circle described by
the inner edge of the flange bolt holes;
Gaskets rubbed silver fourshuychatym graphite, are put on well received
this ensures proper alignment proScraping flanges steam lines, and the density
masonry, established in flanged connection
Connection is created due to large specific
tion. The inner diameter of the gasket (holes)
cut larger than the inner diameter of the pipe
pressure, causing compression of small Since
surface of the top of the teeth. If a strong
2-5 mm; it is guaranteed to reduce the cross-section
Pulverize teeth and lack of spare pads
of pipeline serving seal, increased
the old gaskets can be installed with the present
creases the service life of seals and protects
from entering the detached pieces of gasket
incurring the rack surface on both stothe conduit, which may, for example, masloproRon layer of mastic. Mastic composition by weight: leadtsovy litharge 45% iron powder 21%, gold ocher
waters, cause an accident due to blockage of the pipeline
Teesta 17% magnesia or ground chalk and 12%
wires and small diameter holes.
The more processed and tailored to each
flake graphite is 5%; these components size
other mating surface, the less
tions are on the natural drying oil to smetanoobdifferent state.
thickness of liner to be used as
For feedwater piping instead
Under these conditions, the compound provided better
tion angle.
one mastic on both sides of the gear gasket
Before installing a new gasket Since
can be put on graphite gaskets paronitovye
ki thickness of 0.3-0.5 mm and a width equal to the widesurface of the flange must be carefully purified
Reena gear spacer.
scheny scraper from the remnants of the old gasket,
dirt, rust and corrosion; wherein
Quality sheet paronita (GOST
Care must be taken not to
481-58), used for gaskets, proveryaetsya folded through 180 around the shaft diameter
damage to the treated surface.
12 mm for a thickness of 0.5 to 0.8 paronita mm diameter
Paronitovye gasket when installing on
place wetted with hot water and thoroughly
24 meter mm paronita for thickness up to 1.25 mm
rubbed dry graphite silver with both
diameter 42 mm paronita for thickness up to
2.5 mm. When this check and the cutting of gaskets
parties, which ensures their easy separation from
flanges if necessary replace.
Dock paronit shall not crack and distribution
slaivatsya; paronit with kinks, cracks and

Table 2.1. Soft and metal seals and their field of application.

Gasket Part
rials

Water:
Rubber solid
Rubber with parusinohowl seal
Rubber with metal
tion grid
Paronit
Steel 10
Steel 1H13

For a couple:
Paronit
Steel 1H13
Steel 1Kh18N9T
Oil:
Drawing paper
Cardboard prokladochFLOW

Limit
Limiting Tolschinadelnoe
tion dark pads, pressure
ture,
tion, mm0S2kG / cm

3
6

40
60

1-6
3-6

10

75

3-6

50
185
320

120-160
230
275

50
100
140

450
540
570

10
16

80
100

0.5-2.0
3-4
3-4

0.5-2
3-4
3-4

Appointment

Note

Circulating, condensate
With a diameter of labor
, SPECIAL nutrients, fire,
over-laying
drain and other pipeline
500 mm is used
water and the cover and hatches rubber with metal
tion grid
capacitors and other appaRatov running Ba
vac. Pipelines concentration
condensate, feed water and
GOST 481-58
other piping hot
Turned gear
water with the specified parameters
ramie pressure and temperature

Steam lines and normal

high-pressure

0.15-0.20 pipelines and Mat

slyanoy system
1-4
15

Turned gear

Grease paronitovye laying mastic

used for horizontal flanges razEMA cylinder turbines, or graphite, mixed
nym with butter, is sticking to the pads
flanges; the same defect causes and installation
neprografichennyh pads.
Laying of the technical board and
pressboard thickness from 0.2 to 1.0 mm use
form a flange connections in masloproguides and aids the oil system with subsufficiently processed planes; latest
relates to such planes, which assembly
without laying or laying out the paper is not
provides the required density. Gaskets
ki used in the oil system, lubricated
shellac or lacquer bakelite with distribution
Chet to nail did not flow down into the internal cavity
tee. Necessary density flange connection
tions of oil lines provide gaskets
special oil-resistant rubber and oil
lostoykie hlorvinilovye gaskets, establishes
Vai without lubrication; joints vinyl chloride proclutches welded heat of cut butt
forge edges.
Gaskets of nonconforming Part
rials (ordinary rubber, lead prodies and materials containing rubber) not
should be used, since they are attacked
oil and cause it to leak; eg promasonry paronita over a period of exeration break, because they contain Examples
admixture of rubber, which is corroded oil. Examples
change to lubricate gaskets, putting on
flanges oil line and mechanisms
mov engine oil, green soap, red lead,
varnish and White is also not recommended because of their
sharply negative impact on the quality of the turbine
binnogo oil.
Gaskets made of thick drawing paper
thickness of 0.1-0.25 mm impregnated their shelLacny or bakelite varnish applied to
shabrovannyh housing flange oil sixth
terenchatyh pumps. This is necessary to ensure
tion of correct end gaps between the sixth
Terna pump and its housing.
Joints covers regulators, oil zone
Lotnikw, servo motors, flange connections
cases, caps and bearing shells
generally well prishabreny and collected on
greasing diluted shellac, or bakelitovym varnish without pads. In the presence of nebolScheu looseness in these joints are set
laying out the drawing paper impregnated
shellac
In flanged joints all circulation
tion, fire, condensate and other labor
-laying with a water temperature not higher than 75 C, and
also in the flanges and pipelines. devices
working under vacuum are used prolaying of rubber or rubberized canvas
up to 6 mm. Rubber giving flexion
crack, for installation unusable. For longtional conservation of rubber sealing properties
new gaskets should not be subjected to compression

ment in flanged joints for more than one

Well, a third of their thickness.
Mastic. Flange connector cylinders
turbines used varied in composition
mastic, a major component of
which are silver flake Gram
fit and boiled oil. For example, graphite oil
teak LMZ is a rake of 40% graphite, 40%
red lead and 20% of white; These components
bred in boiled linseed oil until thick
sour cream and sealant is applied to the flange gorizontalnogo connector with a thin layer (0.2-0.5 mm).
Most common mastic sostavRetained boiled oil mixed with only
sieved graphite, or even a cooked
oil. This sealant when dry creates elastics
partially film, non-melting under the influence
high temperature, and well prishabrenGOVERNMENTAL and peeled flanges connector turbines
work
melting at the wide range of parameters
couple (up to ultrahigh) securely holds
internal pressure (when uniformly tightening
planes), does not damage the connector and easy ochischaetsmiling with flanges after opening the cylinder.
The use of additives in the oil-boiled
white lead, litharge, red lead, iron filings
and other density-prishabrennyh flanges
connector does not improve, and therefore their application in
as components of boiled oil is unlikely
appropriate.
Oil is made from boiled-kind
General technical linseed oil, which is fast
rosohnuschim plant (linseed) oil.
Linseed oil contains moisture and proteins, kotorye removed by boiling it at a temperature
250-270 C. Initially, linseed oil for 1-2 hthe Grenadines
is at 110-130 C with vigorous pomeshiVania and from the evaporated water; then carried
ditsya holding at 230-260 C.
for 2-3 hours, allowing precipitation of proteins
Cove on the bottom of the vessel. After separation of the
protein
sediment re-heating oil is made up
250-270 C. The heating stops when vareoil was reached buttery, stringy and
tacky condition in which it extends in
form filaments. During cooking oil temperature being
-temperature control by immersion in a thermal
mometra; temperature rise above the specified
tion, as well as lack of cooking oil lead to
that the oil becomes unusable
use as a mastic (not stretches
thread, too thin or thick as cement).
The thickness of the layer of mastic, superimposed on
Flange bottom of the cylinder immediately
before closing the cylinder should not be
greater than 0.5 mm since a large thickness
possible breakdown of the joint or squeezing mastic
ki inside the cylinder. When sharovannyh planes
Flange connector cylinder turbine application
in addition to all kinds of mastic gaskets
(Asbestos cord, wire, cotton
braid, krasnomednaya grid) is not recommended.
To reduce friction and to protect the identity
of threaded connections operating at vy-

16

high temperatures, from splicing oxide pleket, in the gaps between the threads and nuts shpilkaand between the end faces of the nuts and Since
surface of the flange, and especially to facilitate
subsequent loosening of the threaded connection
of thread studs, bolts and nuts, as well as tortsevye surface nuts and the surfaces to which the
adjacent nuts should be carefully formation
nerds (at least the 7th grade purity) obezzhireus and rubbed. Polishes used dry
graphite diluted by glycerol by volume
ratio 1: 1, pure graphite, chalk threshold
shock, diluted to liquid slurry
on denatured alcohol or aviation
gasoline, pure chalk or mercury ointment (see. below).
It is also recommended the use of specially
cial lubricants, which include: 1) graphite
Cuprous lubricant comprising (by weight) of 15-20%
copper powder, 20-25% of flake graphite
one 65-55% glycerol; lubricant is prepared
mixing copper powder and graphite followed
follows breeding glycerol; 2) disulfidmolibdenovaya lubricant consisting by weight
of 46% glycerol and 54% disulfidmolibdena;
this grease cooked in a paste with stearate
Rene (5-10%) may be used to lubricant
thread, operating at temperatures up to
550-570 C; 3) lubrication of silver graphite
or molybdenum disulphide and sifted through
a sieve having a particle size less than 25 u and mixed
tion with silicone fluid number 5 to konsiStents of thick cream; lubricant with sulfur may
libdenom used at operating temperatures
to 400-450 C with graphite grease, at a
high temperatures.
Produce coating layer chamber Thread
Coy or mastic, divorced on drying oil, boiled
oil and the like. claim. should not, as this leads to
sticking, galling in the threads and serious
difficulties in loosening threaded connections
tions.
Before rubbing graphite, chalk, or vice
bearing of lubricant should degrease the threaded
the surface of the studs and nuts with gasoline or acetone
nom. Needless lubrication interval should be made
by carefully rubbing the surface of these
Nost soft linen cloth; rubbing prohassled until until a thin
cue, evenly distributed layer of grease,
well adhering to the thread and the reference surface
Nost studs and nuts.
Plug connections heaters
low pressure condensers and evaporators
covered mastic comprising a mixture of
white lead, red lead and boiled oil in proportions of 0.6-0.8 kg minium 1 kg lead Bethe
lil. Preparation of mastic is produced by
mixing white lead with butter before the appearance
standing paste, and then added to the minium
until the mastic sticking to stop
fingers
Steam side tube sheets and covers
heaters and evaporators operating at
temperatures above 95 C, sealed with mastic,

compiled from 75% to 25% magnesite and graphite

divorced boiled oil to the state of Husserl
of the sour cream.
Supporting the foundation surface frames,
for which are sliding supports
bearings to improve slip and in
prevent rusting rubbed dry graphite
that or put on a thin layer of mastic, known
tion called mercury ointment.
Composition of mercury ointment (by weight) of the
following:
mercury 30% butter 5%, lard 65%;
After mixing these components added
by the graphite powder volume equal
the volume of the resulting mixture. Handling this
ointment should be careful to avoid
mercury from entering cuts and scratches on his hands.
Paddings (GOST 515216). Packings (solid, wicker,
opletnennye the core) are made of
vegetable fibrous materials (flax, hemp,
cotton, jute), mineral substances (asbestos)
of non-ferrous metals and anti-friction
of metallic materials not okazyvayuing corrosion of soprikasayuschiesya with them metal surfaces (stock,
stuffing box, etc..).
The turbine shop of great use
have a simple soft woven, dry and proPete asbestos, cotton and penkovye packing. These gaskets are made different
various sizes of circular or square cross-section
tion; packing-ring is used only
to the lower pressure in the non-critical
cases, as it is loosely fills gland packing
kovoe space and compresses unevenly shaft
or stock.
Packing for water zadvizhek, valves, pipes and shafts circular
lation, condensate, drainage supply
enforcement, fire and other pumps with temperature
ture of water up to 100 C are used propylene
tannye cotton stuffing square
section and cotton cuff.
For steam temperatures up to 150 C is applicable
Wicker talcum dry and impregnated packing,
a temperature range from 150 to 200 C samosmazyGraphite packing talc-decreasing or
Asbestos braided.
For rod packing vents and zadvirods working on superheated and saturated
a pair with a temperature above 200 C, the
heat-resistant, high-quality asbestos and
metal gaskets. For these conditions governing
are suitable packing, sold under the brand name "pA
tional "-asbestovaya, Graphite impregnated
tannaya antifriction weight copper proportages withstand superheated steam up to 400
C, and under the name "Cyclone" -asbestovaya, grafitimated, self-lubricated with copper or leadtsovoy wire to withstand superheated
steam up to 450 C. The rings of these packs when laying
are poured layers of dry silver fourshuychatogo graphite thickness of 4-5 mm.

17

For the high-pressure feed pumps

of packings used by the Ad
Hoc specified by the manufacturer, so
for feed pumps 5TS10 pressure 150
kg / cm2 and feed water temperature 150 C
apply the above printing of the "pA
tional "and pumps PEN 430-200 primenyaetXia combined asbestos packing with rubber
new core on specific technical
conditions.
To work at high temperatures vapor
Dr. apply special pack: by compression of
bathrooms graphite semirings; rings of dry
prografichennogo asbestos braided cord
peppered with graphite; of a mixture of graphite (60%
by volume) and asbestos fluff (40% adjourned
shennogo asbestos); Combination of asbestos
O rings and graphite, the stacking sequence
tive in the stuffing box one after the other; clean
graphite seals of flake graphite.
Reliable and versatile options for
vapor 90-100 am and 500-520 C is For
bivka manufactured from the above mixture
flake graphite and asbestos fluff; Since
After thorough mixing, the mixture zakladyval to seal portions, with each crimp
portions and a gradual filling of the box
omentum to the top (for the gland ostavlyais 4-5 mm the height of the packing box).
As for the stuffing box Armatours ultrahigh steam parameters used
also pure graphite packing of cheshuychait is possible larger, flaky
first grade graphite, containing not less than
90% carbon. This gasket does not lose elasticity
of the penetration of condensate and practical
ski is not influenced by both high and
low temperatures. The main prerequisites
reliable operation of such seals are
smooth, reflective surface stock and sufficient
exactly dense filling gland squamous
graphite; application of powder, finely
milled graphite seals for such nonacceptable.
For protection in the process of exploitation
of the lossless flake graphite through a nip
between the rod and bushing, it is necessary to
base of the gland and after filling in a Gram
graphite in the upper end of the gland to put rings
prografichennogo, asbestos braided cord
densely covering the stem.
Installation packing. Seals zaconsists in the complete change of the stuffing box,
that requires complete disassembly of the gland carefully
tion cleaning rod and stuffing box or
shaft from the remnants of old prints, dirt and soot;
can not be limited to the change of the packing,
leaving intact its last series. If
when the good work of the gland further podtyadrawing in the packing follower is in operation
impossible due to abutment of its flange into the housing, pre
starts as a temporary measure setting singletwo packing rings without a complete replacement of the
packing.

Stuffing should be part of the gland tight

separate rings, so the packing section
should be selected according to the difference between the pA
radii bore stuffing box and the shaft or
stem (see Fig. 2.1 a). Stuffing the cord is cut
at 45 individual pieces of a length
to obtain the corresponding diameter of the ring
meter having no gaps at the interface and having no
the excess lengths, joints rings should have
clean oblique sections needed to ensure
of the density of the gland (see Fig. 2.1 6)

Figure 2.1. Packings

centrifugal nacoca.
A stuffing box; 1-shaft; 2-Shirt shaft; 3-supply
cold water; 4-tap leakage; 5-ring salnikohowling pack; 6-ring hydraulic seal
(Flashlight); 7-compression gland bushing; 5-chamber cooling
by the Board; b-billet packing ring gland;
1-correct; 2 wrong; in-joints stuffing
rings into the packing box; g - wrong position
voltage shaft relative to the bore.

In the cleared box series

ring after ring, oblique cut forward, introduced
ditsya new gasket. Rings must be entered
carefully, without a lot of pressure and put in
box so that the joints of the rings do not have to
one above the other, and installed with extensibility
at 90-120 (Figure 2.1 in). Use with mortgages
ke packing sharp metal instruments
Tami should not be, as this can potsaracator of stock, it is best to use for this purpose
wooden barb.
The position of the lantern ring of water
seal after some compression zalozhennoy before stuffing it must match the relative
Verstov for supplying water seal, or by

18

As compression of the packing follower lamp may turn out

out to be in a hole for the water supply.
Packing push bushing must appear
dit in sharpening the body with a gap of 0.2-0.3 mm on
diameter, and with respect to the shaft or rod having
gap of 0.5-0.6 mm. The absence of these gaps or
off-center position of the packing sleeve
(Fig. 2.1 z) may be the cause of poor performance
gland, in which will not enable it to
walk its density and ease of rotation
(Without significant friction losses).
In some cases, for the prevention of
self-lubricating packing from the action of the working
the body first and the last of the packing rings
packing box fittings are not set up selflubricants, and from the dry pack (with Pareto
asbestos, with warm and hot waterpaper).
Stuffing box filled nabivCoy is not up to the edge, as this may cause
skewed push axle box. Enough
if the number of positions of packing rings
is such that the compression bushing being sub
pull, was part of the packing box at least
than 10-15 mm.
To protect the gland from proparition, and rods and shafts from jamming and wear
packing glands and tighten produced
very carefully, evenly and without distortions.
Push of the upper part should be clamped tight, but not
tight, with excessively strong push rod or
shaft will rotate tight, lubricating weight
packing will be squeezed out, stuffing lose
resilience and self-lubricating ability that
leads to deterioration of the stem and packing itself.

Final adjustment of tightening sebaceous

nick is made, for example, pumps at their
test run, if the gland through a lot
water, it must be tightened in the absence proStart gland loosen. Newly collected
FLOW gland initially almost always miss, but
after a while, after running nabivKey blanks are eliminated themselves.
Save for long term use
rods or shafts wear can only be right
villa and good packing, the central position
with respect to a period of at stuffing box and
bent, cylindrical shape, clean without
scratches, nicks, dents and workings stock or
shaft, the presence of these defects stem or shaft
will quickly wear out the gasket and iznashivatsmiling himself. For stocks of high pressure valves
taper allowed no more than 0.08 mm on
a length of 300 mm ovality is not greater than 0.03 mm by
the length and the deflection is not more than 0.01 mm over a
length
200 mm.
Wear or misalignment determined
by measuring the diameter of the rod or shaft and Since
expansion in relation to the bore of the stuffing
box.
If the cross section of the shaft (rod) is significantly
load and has a stuffing box
production in the form of cusps and grooves should
Back to the shaft (shaft), and in the absence of such an impact
possibility to produce high-quality welding on (less
lization) to give, after turning the formation
machining and grinding of circular cross section with a mirror
surface.

3 BASICS properties of metals.

The modern turbine plant applications
of high pressure steam more Since
vysilo value of the correct choice of metal, and
Most critical parts work
the problem of the metal gained paramount importance.
melts in the turbine installations in very heavy
Many metals that work well in established
conditions (fixed and variable load
framework of low and medium pressure, proved accordance
high temperature of the superheated steam, Wednesday,
completion unfit for work in the turbine
providing chemical and mechanical action
plants of high and ultra-high pressure.
Corollary of metals, etc..).
Took place in the repair practice cases
The correct choice of metal for details
as for the manufacture of parts for remontiruemonewly manufactured turbines - one of the important
th unit undertook was the first under the PV
important problems to be adjudicated by the designers and
Coy material, are totally unacceptable.
technologists turbine construction works at
Failure to comply with the manufacture of parts
designing of the turbine. To make okonall the requirements for the grade of material, and
definitively the choice of metal for some of details
its thermal processing that predyavlyawhether the plant is doing dozens and sometimes hundreds of are to him the specific conditions of work
Experiments with different materials. Metals for
parts may negate the quality of all work
receipt of adequate strength and stability
you repair and cause not only prematuSTI wear subjected to thermal plants
rary wear, but also failure (crash) with severe
treatment of a wide variety of species. Process
consequences.
even the same heat treatment (for
Thus, the main condition for
example quenching) for different grades of material
proper choice of material in the manufacture of
and even for the same material but in different
this or that detail and quality repairs
Intended for personal products, very raznoobit is the knowledge of the appointment and conditions of
Rasen.
service
this part in the turbine plant, the properties primenention for its metal fabrication and properties that are

3.1. IMPORTANCE OF PROPER

The choice of metal.

19

they acquired and as a result of a particular terminal

cal treatment.
The task of selecting the right material for
repair purposes especially responsible with iz
prepara- spare parts for their own oil
Terek power or not to turbo
building factories. Knowledge of the properties of metals
is also important for the proper
choice of technology of repair for some Ad
cific repair work (editing shaft
with interference fit parts, etc..).
Metals differ in their properties;

the main ones are the mechanical, physical,

chemical and technological properties.

3.2. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

METALS.
Mechanical properties are called, respectively
aggregate of the properties that determine the ability of
metal to resist the effects of mechanical
ing effort that can be attached to items
(Product) in various ways. Knowledge of the mechanism
cal properties is very important, as it allows
evaluate the behavior of a metal under the influence of
different loads during operation of machine parts
operating conditions.
Each metal has a specific,
inherent in a given metal, mechanical
properties (strength, elasticity, plasticity
Stu, viscosity, hardness, friability, etc..).
To determine the mechanical properties of metals
power plants, there are special laboratory with the necessary equipment for different
personal trials.
Action of mechanical force (load),
which exposed parts of any machine
work is in metals of which they iz
cook, various changes in form and size
ditch. These changes, which are called de
formations depend on the load of less
ical properties of the metal and on the size of details
Leu. When the load increases and increases
deformation of the part.
The main types of deformation of the metal
are tension, compression, shear or shear
twisting and bending. Under the influence of different
forces and loads the details can be
complex strains.
Any process of deformation of the metal accordance
consists of three stages: the elastic deformation, plans
plastic deformation and fracture. If after
termination of the load deformation Since
radiation part, disappears and takes part
their original size and shape, such
deformation is called elastic; if the deformation
tion remains in the parts and after removing the load
ki (the item is returned to its initial
-con- and shape), such deformation
called plastic, not elastic or remain
accurate.
Ability of a metal to resist, not
collapsing, change their initial
shapes and dimensions under the action of external

or internal forces called strength less

metal.
Property to recover their metal
original shape and dimensions after
stop the action of load is called yn
rugostyu; as opposed to the elastic properties
No. of metal to keep the new form, acquired
tennuyu under the influence of the load after its removal,
called plasticity, ductility
increases when heated.
Step metal load causes Since
phenomenon inside the metal inner strength accompanied
tance associated with the presence of internal forces
adhesion between the metal particles Inner
drag force increases with increasing
loads and stresses occur inside the metal
The magnitude of the voltage is measured in parts
the magnitude of the applied load in kilograms
divided by the cross-sectional area
Details in square centimeters or square
millimeters (kgf / cm 2 or kg / mm 2).
Stresses arise in detail not only
under the influence of external loads, but also because of
changes in temperature, such voltage
tion called temperature or heat
Vym. In addition to these, the details can exist
Vova so-called proper voltage
(Initial, sometimes residual), which often
arise, for example, in molded parts.
The stress on the parts under
external loading, which can be pre
start up without the fear of its destruction, or the appearance
of permanent deformation, ie not causing
disruption of the normal interaction between
metal particles, called admissible Nations
voltages of. At this voltage, also
measured in kg / mm 2, the initial size and
shape of the part after the termination of the Nations
load completely restored.

Figure 3.1. Strain diagram.

Different metals react differently

for various types of loads. By the nature of the action
tions of metals vary load: 1) static
Skye, once applied to the details and nature
istic smooth and slow increase of
zero to the limit value; 2) Dynamic
(Shock) -odnokratno applied to the details and
characteristic of almost instantaneous increase of
zero to the limit value; such a dramatic impact
effect of metal parts even relatively
small impact load can lead to

20

its destruction, although this detail is well accompanied

tivlyaetsya quietly applied, significantly
greater in magnitude, static load;
3) re-variable multiple times the applied
tion to detail, and the characteristic variable speed
Stu its increase and decrease, the load Explicit
by the alternating if it changes and
in both magnitude and direction-sign (for example,
compression-tension), and pulsing when
varies from zero to a limit value, below
action to re-load the variable part
can quickly collapse, although it is good accordance
protivlyaetsya once applied calm
tion load.
When checking the mechanical properties of steel
usually determine the tensile strength, tensile
strength, elongation, relative
narrowing, toughness and hardness.
The voltage which undergoes metal
under the action of the breaking load, is called
smiling tensile strength of the metal (formerly
This voltage is called the time accompanied
sistance). It follows that the ultimate strength
STI characterize the properties of the metal resistance
by action forces tending to tear it up,
squeeze or bend.
Allowable stresses and limits the strength
of various metals and conditions application load different. To ensure Nations
reliably work in designing mechanisms
mechanical properties and cross-section parts The knocked
rayutsya so that the allowable stress were
is several times less than the tensile strength data
material.
Strength-to-dopuskaeently voltage is called the margin of safety
or safety factor. Magnitude etosecond factor is an index Nations
reliability of the items are selected depending
on the conditions for the application load and responsible
vennosti details.
To allow comparison of the elastic
properties of different metals need to know
the value of the maximum load at which
deformed metal sample is still capable of
back to its original length. Limit
case of elasticity is the ratio of the said
tion of the limit load in kilograms to the plane
show mercy of the initial section of the specimen in square
GOVERNMENTAL millimeters. For example, if the limit of
elasticity
guests is 25 kgf / mm 2 which means that until For
tensile load attributable to 1 mm2
the cross section of the sample does not exceed
25 kg, the sample will have only elastic changes
tion and will not receive any residual elongation
tion.
The lowest voltage at which a
metal starts to develop residual deformation
tion without a noticeable increase in the load, called
Vaeth yield strength. In this case, the item
may collapse if limit is reached
stress load continues to increase.
The three limit clearly visible on the
stretching diagram (see Fig. 3.1.), which is the primary

a characteristic of the material, the authors recorded

matic device during the test obtensile specimen. Diagram Graphical derivation
shows the dependence of tensile strain
tensile stress (force) and has three
characteristic points. The point A is called the limit
elasticity (limit of proportionality); from
zero to point A relationship between the load and
strain is a straight line and de
formation (elongation) of the sample increases proportionally
tional increase in the load. Point A shows
binding the maximum load after
removal of which the sample returns to
their original dimensions. Point B, called
Vai yield strength, indicating the load
whereby deformation ceases to be proproportional to the load; deformation of the specimen
growing up without a noticeable increase in the load. Point
C, called the tensile strength shows
The maximum load that preceded
rupture of the sample material.
Of the stress-strain diagram shows that the
higher values are defined as the characteristic
point, the greater the load allows the material.
One of the main indicators of quality
Metal is the relative elongation
tion, which is defined as expressed in
Percentage elongation of the specimen under test less
metal, led to a rupture; For example, if
sample length of metal rupture was Lo = 150
mm, and after rupture L1 = 165 mm, its relative
tional extension will
p = ((L0-L1) * 100) / L0 = (165-150) / 150 * 100 = 10%
Elongation is a characteristic
istic toughness under which the understanding
measures its ability to perceive without the permission of the
metal
violations greater or lesser deformation under
influence of external forces.
Metallic property opposite viscosity
bone, called friability. The higher viscosity
bone has a metal, the greater its relative
tion and elongation, respectively, greater than
brittleness is a metal, the less relative
tional extension. Under different conditions and one
The same metal may be a viscous, it brittle.
For example, when quenching is increased fragility
steel when annealing and, on the contrary, it increases
viscosity. Brittle metal unreliable as
poorly withstands the bumps and knocks, rapidly developing
Ruscha and crumble, destruction proiskhoDIT almost without changing its original form
(Without appreciable plastic deformation).
One of the negative effects, hazards
nym for details, especially in impact
load and stress concentration is
thermal embrittlement, which are subject to certain
rye steel after prolonged exposure to these
high temperatures (400-550 C). Thermal brittle
bone expressed in decrease in toughness and
acquiring steel embrittlement although the conditions
normal temperature (20 C), this was not observed
given.
In steels are prone to thermal embrittlement,
for controlling friability or substantial

21

reduce its negative impact primenyayutXia additive of molybdenum, tungsten and others.
For each part as konstruirovaSRI values are given certain limits
la strength, tensile strength, relative
elongation and other mechanical properties,
which should provide the ability to long
tive operation and load items under conditions
in which it operates in the turbine plant (temperature
ture and vapor pressure, speed, and so on. etc..) knowledge
these data and determines the brand of metal, indicating
Vai on the part drawing.
In addition to the above-mentioned mechanical
properties, there is a less important property
metal as hardness. Hardness is called
property of the metal to resist propenetration into him the other more solid less
metal. Hardness, except judgments of treated
tyvaemosti and resistance to wear, can be
judge the strength of the metal (see. below). Knowledge
hardness of the metal in terms of a turbine plant
is important to select the correct
metal in the manufacture of a particular part and
determination in some cases causes nenormalnoof wear, damage and other defects.
The most common methods
hardness are: method vdavlition of the ball static load - method
Brinell, Rockwell, Vickers and method yn
tic rebound striker - the method of Shore.
Brinell method is that
test metal under the action corresponding
sponding load in a special press vdavliVaeth hardened steel ball definite
second diameter. Through 15 to 20 seconds. after the start of
use
tests carried press action ceases; on ispyTui is a sample print (well) at
this case, the test is harder metal, the diameter
meter wells less. Bore wells received
measured by a special magnifying glass, which have arisen as
scale is coated with her human divisions
cut of 0.1 mm. The number is determined by the relative
hardness of HB
wearing cargo in kilograms, pressing on shaRick, the square holes in square millimeters.
The principle of operation of the device based Rockwell
van on the indentation in the test material
steel ball for soft materials or
diamond cone for solid. Definition
Shore hardness is made Scleroscope
Shore height standard may bounce
trays with a diamond at the end after it free
fall from a certain height onto the surface
test material.
Repair work definition of solid
achievement metal Brinell quickly and with sufficient
hydrochloric accuracy (within 5-6%) produced
with a light portable device Poldi.
Due to the fact that the hardness
Each of these devices is not
special difficulties and does not spoil the test Mat
the material, often determining the tensile strength
No test is performed on a break, and ispygestions on the hardness of which is determined in
fashion with a tensile strength.

To accurately determine the ultimate strength

STI hardness are special tables, and
for approximate calculations can be Examples
customary to: for carbon steels with Hb more
175 tensile strength b is 0,345Nv, while Hb
less than 175 is 0,362Nv; for nickel and chromium
monikelevyh steel is 0.344 Hb; for gray
iron b = (HB-40) / 6; for copper and aluminum is
from 0.35 to 0.45 HB.

3.3. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

METALS.
No less important when choosing a metal
for this or that detail have physical properties
CTBA metals (specific gravity, thermal conductivity,
thermal expansion, melting point,
electrical conductivity, the ability of magnetization
tion, and others.), although they are found in the phenomena
are not accompanied by a change in substance
va.
Specific gravity is the weight of the unit
metal volume. Tables of specific weights are
number indicating how many grams weighs
1 cm3 of metal; for example, the term "specific gravity
babbitt 7.38 "means that 1 cm3 babbitt
weighs 7.38 g
The harder the metal, the higher the the specific
FLOW weight. Knowledge of the specific gravity allows
comparison
mate the weight of various metals with each other and
determine the weight of the items in the drawing; eg
to determine the weight in grams of parts without the weighted
tening with a known volume of it in cubic
inches should be the proportion of metal parts
multiplied by its volume.
Ability to carry out physical bodies
heat when heated called thermal
Nost. The thermal conductivity of different bodies different
herself, she characterizes the intensity of the transition
yes heat is measured in kcal / m h . All less
tals are the best conductors of electric
cal current and at the same time the best conductors
Kami heat. Materials such as asbestos, New
Vel, slag and others are poor heat
conductivity of bad conduct and bad transition
provide heat, these materials are heat-called
translational and applied to power plants
as thermal insulation.
Thermal expansion is the most important
physical properties of metals. The property is less
metals expand when heated and contract
upon cooling is of great importance in the technique
nick in general and in the turbine case in particular.
If the heating parts and machine components
us can not freely expand, the
these parts and components appear extra Nations
stress, which can lead to their deformation
mations to vibrations, cracking, and
then to failure.
Therefore, for reliable operation turboagregata should be possible infinite
prepyatstvennogo expansion of all its parts when
various operating modes. This friction
quirement should be considered not only at a concentration
structing, manufacturing and installation turboag-

22

regatta, but certainly when for repair. For

measures, if repair is not possible to provide
of the free movement of the body frontfirst bearing (axially turboagregama) under the influence of thermal expansion
cylinder, i.e. leave sliding surface
contaminated, without lubrication, incorrect Fasten the

In considering the issues of thermal

extensions should distinguish expansion line
-linear (in length) and volume (increase in volume
ma). Since not all metals expand identical
Covo, then to compare their extensions polzuare the so-called expansion coefficients
rhenium. Coefficient of linear expansion shown
a proliferation of a unit length of workpiece for
raise its temperature by 1 C; dimension
this coefficient mm / mm deg. Factor
volumetric expansion shows an increase in
units of the component with the increase of its dark
temperature by 1 C, this ratio is almost 3
times larger than the coefficient of the linear distribution
expansion.
Molded into the shape of the molten metal
during the cooling is reduced in volume, or, as
say, shrinks, various metals and alloys
you shrink various sizes. To account for
shrinkage phenomenon and its value in the foundry business
account for the size of the models for molding of details
Lei do more dimensions of parts to drawing
an appropriate amount of shrinkage. When reform
Monte also have to take into account the phenomenon of
shrinkage
weeds, for example, in determining the amount of Bab
bits required for perezalivke bearings
Cove.
At a certain temperature metals
melt, ie. e. liquefy state
tion. An indicator of this property is
melting point that for any
metals and alloys has its own value. For
melting point alloys depends on their
chemical composition, such as steel than
More therein carbon, the lower the temperature
melting; for brass - more content
it corresponds to a higher copper temperature
Tour melting, and for bronze - serious doubts
tin content in it corresponds to the lower
melting point.
Metals having lower temperature
melting called fusible, high
temperature - refractory. Ability less
metals to fill in the molten state line
Thain form called fluidity.
To understand the processes occurring in the
conditions of continuous operation when measuring metal
gating loads and high temperatures,
it is necessary to take into account other phenomena.
At voltages not exceeding the limit
case of elasticity, elastic metals experience
deformation and not collapse, contrary Since
Repeated plastic deformation, particularly
with alternating loads, metals may not

gut take a long time. Metal,

subject for a long time repeated
nym and alternating loads, suddenly
destroyed when the load is not only lying
lower tensile strength, but often below the detection limit
fluidity. This phenomenon is called
metal fatigue.
As a result, metal fatigue on the surface
Part of cracks, leading to
destruction of parts. Fatigue failure
any metal is always fragile nature. In
fracture parts, which occurred as a result of the Charter
cavity metal shows two zones zone ratings
fine-grained structure - should be gradually
destruction caused by alternating
loads, and the zone having coarse
structure, which shows the difference in the instantaneous
violation caused by a decrease in the cross section OC
remaining part details.
Hence, it is necessary to know
properties of metals subjected to varying loads and
voltages, changing many millions
times throughout the life of the items, i.e. necessary
know the value of the fatigue limit (vynoslivosti), which determines the maximum voltage
tion that can withstand the metal without breaking,
an infinite number of load changes
Conventionally, the fatigue limit is defined as maxiimum voltage at which a sample of
steel withstands 10000000 (107) For changes
load, and a sample of non-ferrous metal 100000000
(108) change. These values are the fatigue limit,
which underlie all calculations rapidly
hodna machine parts, as already described, lie
significantly lower tensile strength and tensile
strength, so the fatigue limit for steel accordance
constitutes 45-55% of the ultimate strength
STI, and for some non-ferrous metals (copper) only about 15%.
Fatigue limit is not quantity
constant but depends on the shape, size and
heat treatment of the sample, the type of the loop variable
tion voltage (average voltage amplitude
the amplitude of the cycle), the type of stress state
(Tension, compression, bending, torsion, etc..).
Particular attention should be repaired
be paid to the removal of hubs
voltage, which is a weak point
against fatigue (lower limit
fatigue) and serve as the primary source of the emergence of
Fatigue cracks or fractures. Such concentration
concentra- tor voltages are bad processing
Single surface (roughness, risks, and Nick
etc..), abrupt changes in the shape or size (relative
holes in the rods, boning, etc.) as well as incorrect
transitions from one size to another (acute
rye corners or insufficient radii zakrugletions), the action of the environment (corrosion), etc
In order to reduce stress and increase
sheniya fatigue limit all ledges and transitions
should always be performed with zakrugleniyaE or transitions to a smooth curve (fillet)
except in compliance with smooth transitions fillets
shafts, drives and other electrical components,

23

increase the fatigue limit is also achieved

grinding, polishing parts and other
events.
For details, working duration
tion time at a constant voltage state
cation, especially at high temperatures,
should be considered the property of the metal slowly
but continuously plastically deformirovatsya"Creep", even in cases where workers Nations
voltages are well below the current limit
honor at a given temperature. This phenomenon, properties
tively all steels is called creep
or creep. Depending on the temperature ing and
load creep may continue
huddle up to the failure.
Crucial for the growth of creep
have voltage, temperature and time that
determine the rate of creep. For example, the velocity
creep rate of carbon steel at work
sneeze temperatures of 400-500 C is doubled
the temperature rises to 12-15 C.
Usually in the turbine case which define the
voltage that causes the 1% elongation (de
formation) 100 000 hours; for alloyed steels
this corresponds to an average rate of creep
l0 ~ 5% / h or the strain 10-7
mm / mm h (increase per unit length of steel - mm
per unit of time - hours). For example, the allowable
residual elongation for turbine blades
can be taken equal to 0.000001% / h ing and
voltage at which this will strain
tion will creep strength.
In the operation represented
very difficult to carry out control
creep critical parts of turbines; uloVit on the eye as small deformations practical
cally impossible because even at break
sample due to creep its elongation
is 1-8% of the original length.
Almost at high power
pressure such observations are made at
capital repairs only with the steam pipes
steam temperature of 450 C and above. To determine
of creep rate control is carried out at increased
crease in the diameter of the steam pipes in the process
Behold their long-term use by tschatelnomeasuring the diameters of certain sections of
proven micrometers Special
the boss; Such measurements are of exceptional
but important, since timely determination
dividing the maximum allowable residual de
formations can prevent emergency
failure of the defective part of steam pipeline
by means of its replacement and the tenderloin.
Relaxation voltage is called proprocess spontaneously decay incidence Nations
stress in the material details of a constant
the deformation caused by the application
load. This process is the result of Petransition of elastic deformation in the plastic that
occurs at prolonged exposure to de
hoist high temperature and voltage, you are a
binding initial elastic deformation
tion. This combination leads to a conditions

that the initial elastic deformation is gradual

ually decreases, at the same time increases
plastic deformation of the parts; total de
formation while maintaining in operation
constant value.
Stress relaxation is determined by the
formula = (1-2) / 1 * 100%; where 1-the initial setting
voltage; 2-end voltage.
This formula implies that the relaxation
will be 100% when the final voltage will
children is equal to zero, ie. e. complete removal at the initial
voltage. This will occur when
complete transition of elastic deformation in plastic
ical.
The relaxation rate of the temporary increase
is an increase in effective stresses and
manifested particularly active at high temperatures
temperatures. Thus, for example, steel grade
30HN3M stress relaxation at 10-hour
exposure and temperature of 450 C at 73%
(Table. 9.3.), And at the same shutter speed, but at a
temperature
ture of 650 C is 95%, ie. e. approaches
to 100% (when the initial stress is removed
completely).
A typical example of relaxation
tion is the work of bolts and studs
flanges high pressure cylinders
tion, valves and so on. d. Gas tightness of the bolts
and studs after tightening creates the necessary
density flanges. However, with passage
Over time the high temperature elastic
gaya deformation of bolts and studs under the influence
relaxation will decrease and cause the
permanent plastic deformation; wherein
tightness of bolts and studs is reduced, which results
leads to the need for periodic tightening
to preserve the density of the flange connection
tion. Another example of how the relaxation Explicit
are compounds of components operating in accordance
standing tensions landings, for example,
prolonged exposure to high temperatures
may be weakening landing on the shaft
turbine discs, loosening tightness in plane
springs labyrinth seals, and so on. d.
On the phenomenon of growth of iron at work in obtemperature region above 300-340 0C, ie. e. on
propensity of iron to increase the residual
specific volume reheating and OX
cool the, specified in 3.6. Growth iron main
occurs due to the structural changes
tion, causes a decrease in strength, increase in
fragility, and as a result increasing the share
volume of the appearance of internal stresses; these
voltage summed with the voltage from the action
tion of external forces or temperature stress
is asso- ciated often lead to the destruction of izdelence or distort its shape and size.

3.4. CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

METALS.
Chemical properties of metals is characterized
ability to resist oxidation form a
or join in connection with a variety of substances

24

you (oxygen, carbon dioxide, moisture

et al.).
The process of rusting and corroding surface
of metals under the influence of gases (oxygen)
vapors or liquids associated with destruction and
loss of metal corrosion is the common name
metal.
Steam and water, are in the immediate
, facility for contact with metallicheskiE parts in the process of turbine,
contain salt, acids, alkalis, capable under
certain conditions (chemical or electrochemical
nomic processes) cause significant roots
rozionnoe corrosive metal. The purer the formation
oped surface, the higher the corrosion protection
tion resistance. With increasing temperature inintensity of corrosion is usually increased.
Ceteris paribus corrosion
most intensively in the strained
places on roughened surface by
fold line of the folded sheet in mechanical field
cal damage the metal. Starting corrosion impact
arises on a smooth surface along a random
scratches, scratches and so on. least dangerous and naiboLee slowly flowing is equal to the total
numbering corrosion.
Methods of corrosion control, having
of great importance for the reliability of the turbine
us, are discussed in 13.3. It should only
note here that the overall safety
means to combat this phenomenon are
protective coating of metal surfaces red
Coy (outside of the stain with a fuse
tional primer and putty) and oil, and
also chrome, zinc plating, nickel plating,
oxidation (thin surface coating
oxide films), the systematic removal of
moisture and dirt and so forth.
Ability of a metal to resist oxidation
leniyu at high temperatures and the formation of
scale called zharostoykostyuili
oxidation resistance. Of heat resistance should be
distinguish between heat-resistant (heat resistance), ie
ability of metals to be stored in conditions vyhigh temperatures the structure, not razmyagchatsmiling and not deform under load
(Retain their mechanical properties).

3.5. TECHNOLOGICAL
Properties of metals.
By the technological properties of metals
include their casting properties, malleability, to weld
bidity trends, and the workability of the cutting tool
ment
The casting properties of the metal mainly
determined zhidkotekuchestyo, usadkoyi
tendency to phase separation (heterogeneity ingots
Cove on the chemical composition, called clusters
tion of impurities in the field of solidifying Since
latter stage).
Ability of a metal to change shape
in hot or cold under the influence
Corollary hammer blows or pressure press Nations
said to be malleable. Indicator of ductility yavlya-

is permissible degree of deformation without violating

sheniya continuity and value of the need for
this specific work (per unit displaced
volume).
Weldability of the metal, which has
great importance to the quality of the weld,
refers to the ability of the metal to form
strong permanent connections by mestnoOn heating to a molten or plastic
state without applying or using
mechanical pressure.
Workability is a property
metal easily subjected to mechanical treatment
processing. If you know the brand of the steel used and
type of heat treatment, which must be
subjected part made of the steel,
it is possible to determine in advance what mechanical
cal qualities will have this item Since
after manufacture.
In practice repairs are cases where
incoming materials to the warehouse unknown cultivars
one unknown brand, although certainly be
require the adoption of the warehouse only "the label
bathrooms "metals. One of the indicative
ways to determine the type of metal is
Brinell hardness test device
Poldi ( 3.2.).
Among the practical methods of testing
materials are also tested on a break,
to bend, forge probe, probe for spark at
ductility, on the distribution of the holes and so on. These tests
of it is easy to produce electricity in a
station without the use of special machines,
devices without special measurements observed
ble properties, but they should be considered
as a guide only; responsible for metals
governmental parts shall be inspected and
through laboratory testing of metals.

3.6. BLACK.
The main materials used
in the manufacture of spare parts and repair
turbine units are black and non-ferrous
tals. Under ferrous metals meant
iron and iron alloys, carbon steel, and
alloy, produced in the form of castings, calcined
she and forgings. The main and most characteristic
admixture of these alloys is carbon, please
these metals are called iron-carbon;
an alloy of iron with a carbon content of from 1.7 to
5%) is a cast iron; iron Contains
carbon within 0,05-1,7% called
steel. In addition, steel and cast iron always accordance
hold manganese, silicon, sulfur, phosphorous, hydrogen
genus, oxygen and nitrogen.
Iron. Thanks to good casting
properties of iron is of great use for
manufacture of various parts and pieces turbine
us working in the area of low pressure
(20 psi) and low temperature (not above
250 C) are made of cast iron castings cylinfirewood, diaphragms, clips, boxes labyrinth
seals, valve body low pressure
tion, valves, bearing housings, pumps and

25

and other parts of turbine parts that operate

ing within the specified temperature and pressure
tions.
Limited specified parameters
use of iron caused by its structural
changes taking place under the influence
high temperatures. This essential nedosresidue, called the growth of iron causes values
significant increase in its volume, which in turn
turn leads to the warpage of parts formation
tion of cracks and so on. Cast then becomes
vitsya fragile and brittle, its strength sharply
decreases. The growth rate of iron is increased
smiling with increasing temperature and duration of
holding at this temperature, after duration
exploitation, the growth observed in the diaphragm
max, cylinders and other parts of the turbine, characterized
tyh iron.
Iron casting is classified by marCams, each of which has a letter and digit
with revealing notation. For literal oboznacheniyaE, means a type of cast iron (mid-gray, KCHmalleable and others.) in the mark are two-digit numbers,
the first of which represents a tensile strength
tensile second-tensile strength
bending. For example, the brand stands for MF 12-28
gray iron casting with a tensile strength
Tensile 12 kgf / mm 2 and a tensile strength
flexural 28 kg / mm2.
Modern foundry practice characteristics
terized by the release of iron castings high
As modified iron that
is obtained by the additive in the ladle before different
embed the modifiers on the forms (magnesium ferrite

increased strength and toughness, which allows

in some cases, to replace steel castings and even
forgings for articles from this iron. Eg
modified iron brand MF 21-40 Examples
changing casting diaphragms brand MF 28-48
casting cylinder operating at a pressure
Research Institute and 20 at temperatures up to 250 C.
Ductile Iron
CN 30-6 mark is used for production
fitting diameters up to 100 mm, pressure is not
greater than 20 atm and a temperature not higher than 300
C.
Steel. Main parts of turbines Examples
changing a variety of steel, mostly
carbon content which does not exceed
0.4%.
Special melting steel in electric
cal furnaces almost without air is
cleaning the steel from slag and gases, i.e. for its
refining poluchennayaprietom
has high mechanical-electrical steel
E properties, density, lack of bubbles
and a low content of harmful impurities (phosphorus
handicap and sulfur-no more than 0.02-0.03%).
Improving the quality of steel is achieved
the introduction of a number of additives, among which
include manganese and silicon contained in
ordinary steel in a very small amount
SHALL example, the addition of manganese within
0.3-0.9% and above reduces the deleterious effects

sulfur and increases the strength of steel; Availability

Silicon provides a homogeneous steel
high elasticity and yet sufficiently
viscous.
To give the steel special properties it
added as nickel, chromium, tungsten, vanadium
diy, molybdenum, titanium, cobalt, boron, niobium, copper,
Aluminum and others. Such improved steel, in which
ryh include any unavoidable impurities in
specifically referred to an increased amount
special or alloy; these steels
usually bear the names respectively application
nennym them alloying elements (hromonikelevaya, molybdenum, etc..).
The use of different additives and different
GOVERNMENTAL types of heat treatment has used
sively large impact on physical and
chemical and mechanical properties, as well as
microstructure of steels and cast irons (see. 3.8). For
example, the presence of chromium or tungsten attaches
steel fine-grained structure, increases
hardness and resistance to wear under the influence of
friction, but decreases viscosity; the presence of nickel
gives the steel toughness; to improve the heatstrength of such alloying elements are used
ments as molybdenum, tungsten, cobalt, titanium, and
al.
Plants, different varieties of smelted
carbon and alloy steel, priderzhivayutsya adopted in the USSR standards that
for each grade of steel is strictly define the norm
we have carbon and one or another application
this.
Legend (steels), Examples
nyatye in the USSR, with sufficient ease give
exemplary representation of the chemical composition
steel; every repairman should be able to prochithief steel grade in order to correct it
determine the type of steel and its applicability to those
or other conditions.
Steels consist of letters and numbers. Beechyou indicate in the mark of the alloying elements
ments added to the steel:

X chrome
H-nickel
Mr. Mangan
M-molybdenum
F- vanadium

B tungsten
T-titanium
C-Si
B-niobium
K. cobalt

Yu- aluminum
P boron
D- copper
The P phosphorus

Carbon alloy steels special

tion by the letter of the Russian alphabet is not defined;
average carbon content specified digit
ramie left side letters, while dvuhznachnym number - hundredths of a percent of carbon and
unambiguous - tenths of a percent; with the assistance
holding the carbon steel at above 1% at the left side
Rhone figure does not put down.
The figures, which are after corresponding
sponding letters indicate the approximate content
members of the main alloying steels
elements, if their content is not less than 1%. If
the content of any of the alloying elements
comrade in the steel is less than 1% or close to 1%, in
letter indicating the presence of this element in the
steel, figures should be put.

26

tures up to 540 C and 15H1M1FL-Cylinder

If at the end of the steel grade designations
turbines K-200-130 and other turbine parts and vapor
is the letter A, it means that the steel vysokokachetively low sulfur (not
roprovodov operating at temperatures up to
more than 0.025%) and phosphorus (less than 0.03%); letter 575 C.
And before the brand means high content
Progress in the development of complex turbines
of sulfur and phosphorus. A letter to the end of grade indicated working in the most diverse and heavy
binding on the steel casting of steel corresponding
load conditions, temperature and pressure, Therefore
sponding to the brand. For example, steel grade 12HN3A
required a lot of structural
indicates a high-grade steel with Examples
alloyed steels possessing exceptional
but high physical-chemical and mechanical
dimensional content: carbon, 0.12%, chromatic
1% to 3% nickel.
cal properties. These varieties have become yavlyaSeparate groups of steels having espeare: hardened chromium stainless steels
bye physical properties, further denoted
Whether used in the manufacture of forged elements
ments (valve covers, stocks, etc..), chromo
prepared letters ukazyvayuschiminaznachenie
nikelevolframovye and hromonikelemolibdenosteels: E - Magnetic, I - stainless, F
- Heat-resistant, W - ball bearing,
vye (30HNVA, 40HNVA, 25H2N4VA, 34HN1M,
P-high-speed, electric steel EI-study
34HN3M) hromonikelevolframo-vanadium
(30H4NVFA, 28HN3VFA), as well as other heatvatelskaya, FL - elektrostal trial.
durable, heat-resistant steel and okalino- such
From special alloy steel,
used for manufacturing responsible
additives such as titanium, aluminum, niobium and other.
turbine parts, various mechanisms and instru(HN70VMYUT, HN80TVYU et al.) Having
high relaxation resistance and application
rumenta include the following varieties.
being followed by the in the manufacture of discs, blades and
Nickel steel - Is characterized by high
casting properties, well forged, svarivaroand is resistant to corrosion. This steel
tori steam turbines.
In addition to certain chemical composition,
used as structural.
conditions of smelting, casting, ingot cooling,
Stainless steel - Used as a concentration
struction, and as a tool steel with
the nature and extent of plastic deformation
special physical properties. To upot(Rolling, forging, stamping), need to obtain
sary of the metal structure (the internal structure
rebitelnym chromium steels are steel
of - the size, shape, location of individual
Marks: 30X, 35X, 40X, 45X. For production
turbine blades used low-carbon,
grains, crystals) and the desired physical and
high-chromium stainless steel: 1H13,
mechanical properties depends on the type of terminal
cal treatment, which was exposed steel.
2H13 and 3x13, and EP291, EI802, EI756 and
The main types of heat treatment,
EI757 - high-chromium stainless steel
with molybdenum, vanadium and tungsten.
which is understood as a set of feasibility
These steels have high strength, stoydifferent selected operations of heating, holding and
bone and are designed to operate at temperatures
cooling the steel at a certain speed,
include hardening, annealing, tempering, normalizing,
rounds up to 580 .
Stainless steel - Used in
carburizing, nitriding, cyanidation, alitition and others.
as stainless and heat-resistant. Addition
of chromium imparts hardness of the steel, and nickel
- Viscosity; so, for example, stainless
steel type H18N9 (H1) with a high content
chromium (about 18%) and nickel (about 9%) is
high corrosion resistance and very
3.7. Non-ferrous metals.
hour at high temperatures.
For non-ferrous metals include copper, tin
Vanadium steel - Has a high
of lead, zinc, nickel, aluminum, and others. turbine
Coy strength, hardness and toughness and Examples
binnom actually non-ferrous metals were widely employed
changes responsible for the production of a spring
are in the form of various alloys: bronze, brass,
Jin, operating at high temperatures
babbitt and others.
(Steel 50HFA) under which can not work
Bronze called alloys, consisting of
a spring made of an ordinary carbon
copper and tin (tin with tin
rodistoy steel.
from 3 to 14%), and alloys, consisting of copper with aluminum
Chromium-molybdenum steel - Used
miniem, lead, manganese and other elements
parts for steam turbines at temperatures
Tami (tin-free bronze). All alloys bronchial
400 to 500 C (CrMo steel 15CrMo,
PS harder and more durable than brass alloys, and
20HM, 34HM), and at higher temperatures
resists abrasion. Practical
doped with vanadium. Heat-resistant hromomocal significance are mainly tin
libdenovanadievye steel, such as brand
bronze, containing not more than 10% tin (the other
20HMFL apply for such loaded
tion copper and additives - zinc, lead, phosphorus,
elements such as retaining and regulating body
etc.). these bronzes have good resistance
Glare valves; steel P2 (25H1M1F) values are
tion corrosion and used for the production
one-piece rotors operating at a temperature
parts of the fitting parameters, operating at
steam and water to 25 atm and 250 C, bearings, etc..
For parts subjected to abrasion and
experiencing average voltage, as, for
measures, stopcock, irresponsible and sleeve

27

loading and that distribute it across the surface

bearing bronze is used with a content
STI.
tin 8.6% and 6.4% zinc. For details, subjected to heavy abrasion, ispytyvayuThe main bearing alloy Examples
ing high voltage and large temperature
replaceable inserts to fill the supporting sub-temperature influence, such as worm Peturbine bearings is vysokoolovyanisty
Babbit, produced in the Soviet Union under the name B-83.
transmission controls turbines used phosphorus
Risto bronze with an admixture of up to 1% phosphorus, which This Babbitt is an alloy of tin
endows bronze necessary hardness,
(83%), antimony (11%) and copper (6%) is naistrength and greater resistance to oxidation
higher quality of all tin
babbitt.
NIJ.
In stamp bronze letters are denoted
Babbitt B-83 has a clean white surface
Values: Br - bronze, Oh - tin, C - zinc, C
of fine-grained without shells and bundles
- Lead, N - Nickel, F - phosphorus, A - aluminum
a break and provides a high antifriktsionnyE properties, chemical resistance and
num, F - iron, manganese Mts-. Following these
fluidity, which is important
lettering followed by numbers that
indicate the average content elements; copper
to get a good and solid fills contributions
bronze stamp is determined by the difference between
bubbles is.
Mixing babbits different brands, as well as
100% and the sum of elements, the percentage of
mixing the new with the old babbitt, albeit
which is specified in the mark; for example, bronze brand
BrOTsSN5-7-5-1 contains an average of 5% tin,
the same brand, it is not recommended, because of
7% zinc, 5% lead, 1% nickel and others
quality fill deteriorating. For example, when
mixing babbits grade B-83 and B-16 polucha82% copper, bronze brand BrMts5 mean manganese
is an alloy, it is not suitable for filling
tsovistuyu bronze with 5% content of manganese
bearings.
ca; leaded bronze brand BrSN60-2,5Lead-60%, nickel 2.5% remaining
37.5% copper.
Brass is an alloy of copper with
zinc, which includes as an additive svi3.8. STUDY OF METALS.
last, the tin, and iron. The amount of copper included
To investigate the internal structure
in brass, determines its mark; e.g., brass
(Structure), kotoroeopredelyaetfizikobrand L68 contains 68% copper, the balance zinc;
chemical properties and the quality of metals and alloys
LN-brand brass 65-5 contains 65% copper, nickel
Islands, made their metallographic studies
A 5%, the rest is zinc; The more zinc
ment. These studies concluded that
brass alloy, the stronger and less ductile
that carefully polished metal samples
alloy. The most widely used turboustanovafter etching the surface of the thin section specially
framework of a brass with a copper content of 65-72% and
acid-trivial to extract color tones
35-28% zinc (tube condensers masloohindividual components of the structure prosmatriladiteley etc..).
vayutsya under a microscope at a magnification of several
In the cold brass has
how many hundreds and sometimes thousands of times. For
relatively high mechanical properties
long study and comparisons are photons
you, good machinability
tograficheskie large pictures of the section.
and high resistance to corrosion in
Different micro-and macrostructure less
contaminated steam or salt water. Processing
metal.
Metal structure that is visible only when
brass punches produce should not be as
high magnification - up to 3500 times, and in the electronic
brass while becomes harder and less viscous.
-day microscopes - to tens of thousands of times, called
Babbitt call antifriction
Vaeth microstructural; a metal structure,
(Having a low coefficient of friction) easyvisible to the naked eye or using
fusible alloys, consisting of words, antimony, less
magnifying glass, which gives a 10-20 fold increase, called
DJ and lead in various proportions and application
Vaeth macrostructure.
being followed by the pouring of bearings.
To determine the percent of
The best varieties are made from tin babbitt
constituent elements (impurities) was produced
(B-83 has 83% tin); in cheaper base
chemical analysis of the metal. This analysis often
is lead (B-16 contains only 16%
needs to use to determine the action
tin BSs contains no tin). In Babbitt
lision with the details of the causes of accidents, if we assume
all brands of antimony is added in an amount of 11 to
rely deficiencies in the quality of the metal.
17%, which forms solid inclusions and
The chemical composition of the metal can be
copper in an amount of 1.5-6%, to obtain a
defined and spectra obtained from the light
uniform alloy; because of these additives
tion in the hot state. When metals
Babbitt is comparable in structure
red-hot gas to the state, they give the characteristic
relatively soft foundation with ingrained in her smalltion for each element of the line spectrum (eg
Kimi solid grains. With this structure,
example, sodium, produces a line of yellow, gallium
solids provide a minimum
ly-green). This method, called
wear, and ductility of the alloy gives him an opportunity
spectral analysis, can detect
of deformed by concentrated Nations
the presence of elements in the alloy, even if their amount
-operation is negligible.

28

For detection of non-steel parts

cracks visible to the eye, bundles, nonmetal
Comrade closed and leaving the treated
surface, there are different methods

non-destructive inspection - magnetic, prosvechivanie X-ray and gamma-rays,

ultrasonic flaw detection and fluorescent
and other methods.

4 GENERAL kinds of repairs.

4.1. MARKING OF PARTS.
Exactly the same shapes and dimensions
Measures of turbine parts, such as nuts,
ring bearing shells et al. during
Work wear is different, prirabatyvayas
to the adjacent parts; therefore when assembling these de
hoist should be put in their place. It
provided for marking by electrons acquire
tion numbers, center punching or applying ANY KIND
or other symbols that should
be the same for the parts to be joined.
For example, nut, bolt or stud and corresponding
sponding hole in the lid of the cylinder must
be marked with a single digit, which provide
Chiva assembly bolts and studs with the same nuts
and in the same places. Configuration details Dos
Tigana as their correct markings
the process of dismantling the machine or its individual
nodes. Of particular importance is a
the order of the disassembly and assembly, when the work
performed is not enough skilled workers.
When disassembling the turbine should be checked
there is a clear mutual factory marking
position of the pieces in the penetrated nodes and
its absence to put it as disassembly. In
avoid damage to parts signs marking Nations
worn on the non-working surfaces. Only ubeflown to make available the necessary markings
can produce complete disassembly of a
another mechanism to a different node.
When assembly work sometimes has value
chenie to detail not only got on his
former place, but that it may take the same
position that she had to come apart. For example, in
some cases it is important that the nut or ring
tso adjoined to the adjacent parts of the same party,
that before removal. This is achieved by specifying
marking, vol. ie. formulation marks which
part is installed in the same position.
In some joints planes mutual
tion fit is useful to make an incision with a chisel,
to fix the exact position of the detail.
Notch this allows the assembly to collect details
so that the halves of the labels match. Eg
using such labels, you can always right
properly with a constant tightening force to consolidate
nuts and bolts matching labels, nanesennym at their ends; when pulling the bolt ing and
lichii of residual deformations of these tags
tightening will move that will allow timely
temporarily replace insufficiently reliable, de
been shaped bolts.

4.2. Loosening the bolts.

To facilitate the loosening of parts
fastened with rusty bolts, studs
or the screw that tightens without Heating for
Islands, you must first thoroughly
Moisten thread kerosene, aiming to achieve something
kerosene to penetrate into the thread; it usually
20-30 minutes is sufficient, but in some
cases it is necessary to leave the details smochennyE kerosene for a few hours.
Small details should be tumor
skates in kerosene, poured into a bucket, box or
pan, which accelerates its penetration DeZora. For better penetration of kerosene
You can also use tapping screws with
all parties easy blows copper hammer
or copper knockout. It is important to ensure that
nut began to move, as the then deploy
it is easier, so you may be trying zavertyvat nut that resists loosening
and as soon as she began to move, start it
turns away. Loosening nuts also facilitated
as their heating, but heating must productivity
ditsya quickly without bringing to tarnish CEEcomrade, and without heat bolts, as too strong
heating of may lead to the formation turn out
Lina preventing loosening.
Usually there is no need for loosening
studs screwed tightly into one end
flanges parts; this is done only when a strong
No. worn stud breakage, and finally in
If necessary scraping surface,
she screwed up.
For loosening the stud, as well as
for her wrap, her two screwed
nuts (see Fig. 4.1 a) and then one of them While holding
ported key, and the other is pressed against it
by screwing the other key. Capturing
then one of the key nuts, turns away shpilKu, after which the two nuts screwed to studs
alternately.
If a stud for further work irreis suitable, it is possible to turn a wrench,
pre-washed down the protruding part under
square, or by pipe wrench which
well captures the pin, but at the same time
spoils the thread.
In the manual there are cases Since
breaking the studs at the level of the flange;
This is particularly evident with studs stoPorn and control valves with
temperature close to the temperature of the steam (500 C
and above). Removing studs broken off on
at or below the surface of the flange requires

29

disassembling the valve and is extremely difficult because

that this in no case be
Thread is corrupt in the body flange.

Figure 4.1. Wrapping pins.

and, by means of two screws; b - Allen key
a bottomed

To extract the pins in her vysverliVaeth drill or inconvenience of Use

it, a drill with a ratchet and deep hole
diameter equal respectively half
length and half the diameter of the stud. Then
bore tightly hammered three
or four-sided steel rod; faces
rod cut into the edge of the hole, creating a
strong adhesion between the rod and the stud.
The free end of the rod stud otvertyvais a spanner, if the rod gash
face or welded nut, or their absence
Wii tong, manual vise.
In the bore hole may be
also threaded, reverse threaded studs,
in which the grommet is screwed bolt with chopped
concentration
Tzom; wrapping the bolt after it doyyears before the end of the thread, make unscrew
broken pin.
Instead of drilling may be examples
nen way to spark firmware relative
screw holes in the studs, in a low-voltage circuit (see Fig.
4.2 a). This method is used MosenergoreMonti is an electrical
discharges occurring in the gap when approaching the
a broken stud hollow electrode.
Electrode in the electrode holder is strengthened gun and connect AC
Low voltage to the electrode and the hairpin Degap between them discharges occur that cause
ing the allocation of large amounts of heat
and the energy of the molten metal surface
and electrode pins. Metal particles washout
and are ejected through the water jet,
fed into the electrode at a time during all
all panels and removed by a specially adapted
lennomu for this chute.
In this scheme spark proall panels used gun design CSRL
"Electra" (see Fig. 4.2b). Pistol length 387 mm,
80 mm in diameter and weighing 5.5 kg consists of shellha 2 having a handle 1 and the tip 3; For in
konechnike by threaded connection
attached hollow electrode 4; to the housing Examples
also connected to the valve fitting 12 and 11
terminal 10 Choke 12 serves to supply rubber

new hose water into the electrode with a pressure 2,0

2.5 atm, and the terminal 10 for connection cable
section not less than 240 mm2 of the welding transformer
Matora 9, a second cable of the same cross-section of
transformer is attached to the 7 strubtsinkoy
body parts, which is broken off
hairpin.
As used in this circuit welding
Mr. transformer type STE-34 secondary oba coil replaced coil of wire topper-240, and
the number of turns it matched with the calculation obtained
tion on this winding voltage 25-36 V, several
essary for the normal operation of the gun.
Proper installation of the central electron
trode with respect to the axis of a broken stud
provided drilling plate 6, which establishes
Lebanon sews over the stud and the direction
Barking sleeve 5 fixed on the plate boltaE. Drilling plate is made of insulation
insulating material (getinaks, PCB, etc..) with
dimensions selected in accordance with the conditions
ditions place and guide sleeve 5
metal height 60-110 mm and an inner
0.1-0.3 mm in diameter larger than the outer
electrode diameter.
Firmware used for hollow
Electrode wall thickness of 1-3 mm and an outer
diameter smaller than the inner diameter
studs 6-8 mm; such electrodes may iz
gotovlyatsya even scraps of water
pipes. The total length of the electrode are calculated in
sum of the lengths determined by the length of the stud, you
are a
hundredth sleeve thick jig plates,
the length needed to secure the electrode
tip and electrode length consumed in
the process of the firmware, the last taken equal
tion triple the length of the stud.
In the process of the firmware volume control
current within 900-1 200 A produced by
changes to the gun voltage
range 25-36 V and regulation valve 11
the amount of water pumped through the electrode.
Control of the current strength being on the ammeter,
included in the circuit via a transformer
current 8: Remove the pins in this manner, taking into account
that time the production of preparatory
work requires 25-40 minutes when two human
century.
If the above methods to turn
pin failed, it is necessary to drill and
then extract in parts or fragments of studs
delete the remainder of the studs by authors
Genetic cutting her to pieces. These operations are laborintensive
ki and require careful work to avoid Therefore
spoil the thread in which grommet is screwed stud.
After removing the studs made use
board thread holes from which the extraction
Chen broken off stud; at a much used
Corrupted thread and the impossibility of its ispravleof normal tap hole cut
again tapping the larger diameter; in this case
case of a new pin has to do stepwise
one ton. ie. diameter at one end is more normal
formal and thread to fit the new

30

cutting holes for the end of the nut-strictly parallel

allel to the plane of the connector. Unilateral tangent
end of the nut leads to a one-sided load
of threads and stud is all the more
the amount of warp thread studs than
more skewed nuts. These requirements
provided by drilling holes
pin on the conductor, properly threaded
pins and holes in the flange and body prishabrovCoy end nuts to the studs clipping plane.
Almost nonperpendicularity installed
Universe in place studs measured derived for
cussed gon on its upper end, pre
though not more than 0.001 the length of the protruding
of the stud.

threaded holes in the part and having a diameter and thread

battle of the second end, the relevant previous
size.
At disrupting the thread only at the beginning otverners can be, if it allows the thickness of the body de
hoists, cut thread deeper and thus izbeharvesting speed setting pins to obtain a
and putting a longer pin.
Installation of the new studs into the body flange
must be carried out with a tight fit, stringent
On perpendicular to its surface and ensures
Vat emphasis end wrapped nuts across the plane
STI trim. For this, the axis hole
pin on the entire drilling depth should be
perpendicular to the plane of the connector (the deviation
must not exceed 0.02 mm), and the plane sub

Figure 4.2. Spark firmware holes in obpolygonal studs

a - diagram of the setup used - for flashing gun holes;
1 - Handle 2 - detachable hood, 3 - tip for fixing
of the electrode, 4 - tubular electrode, 5 - guide
bush; 6 - drilling plate; 7 terminal for accession
of the welding transformer to the body part; 8 - change
liminary current transformer; 9 - upgraded sva
vicious transformer; 10 - terminal and bus for accession
a transformer to the electrode; 11 - supply valve
water; 12 - fitting for water supply; 13 - flange;
14 - ring; 15 - pin; 16 - Earring.

Wrapping studs in the parting plane

performed by two nuts (see Fig. 4.1 a)
threaded or socket wrench with a bottomed
(Fig. 4.1, 6). Stud should not screw-in
plane of the connector all the way in the area of run-out thread
since it is in high concentration

It stresses; As a rule, the gap studs

occurs on the last thread thread vvernuof the flange. To avoid this it is necessary to
the bottom of the hole to install the stud washer
thereby tightening turns focus to
end studs. In addition, the tightening screws are not

31

using lead or steel sledgehammers, not

can be recommended since it may
lead to cracking or even to the Company
ryvam pins associated with a significant transformation
elevated yield strength of the material at the moment
Shot.
4.3. Mounting screws.
Mounting by pneumatic
When attaching the necessary mnogoboltovom
hammer when the worker strikes by key
mo, all bolts are tightened with the same
resting in his hammer, improves
force since otherwise connected
shock tightening, much easier and speed
details of possible distortions, warping, appearance
ryaet nuts (see Fig. 4.3). For this purpose, a may
tion during operation of leaks,
tray, instead of the hammer pin, must be forged Villars
cracks, etc.. order to avoid this, nuts follows
crustaceans tip 1 which avoid
is screwed in three steps: first, to our conscious
kosnoveniya nuts and washers, and then all the nuts approach Drop the hammer is attached to the housing 4
chain. To wrench spanner wrench 2 privatization
pull with a little effort, and finally is tightened
Riva two projection 3, which protect
Vat them completely. Thus it is necessary to tighten
hammer from slipping on the key. To decrease
nuts alternately choosing located on
rasklepyvaniya of palm lug
the same diameter or diagonal all in one
are welded by electric hammer.
straight line passing through the center of this part
should be done with the key removed
ramie, since it causes considerable transition
load, which may lead to the formation of
cracks before the operation studs.

(Crosswise).
Should follow the order at which
torus all nuts are fixed to the same
work that he, feeling pulling force,
could secure the nuts evenly.
Tightening the nuts hard enough to
firmly pull the details, it should not break
bolts. When working with a wrench having
handle normal length equal to 12 diameters
Frame bolt risk of rupture during operation bolts
one person acting only force
hand, is possible only for bolt diameters up to 12
mm. By increasing the length of the handle or
applying a sledgehammer blows on the handle vozmowives break bolts and larger diameter
Strengthening tightening the nuts in a cold state
SRI is achieved by increasing the handle
pipe wrench, and for stud diameter
25 mm is permitted tightening nuts with two working
using a pipe up to 1 m and spinel
Lek diameter of 48 mm or three workers and rycharespects up to 1.5 m. Tightening the cold state
Research Institute of nuts, studs and bolts of large diameter
causes significant difficulties associated with
the need to create much in the key
more torque.
Fixing nuts and razbalchivanie large
sizes should be made in one piece, oil
sive, multi-faceted, with steel backing
keys. Reinforced bracket made
specify the key using pipes of lead
howl sledgehammers, steel sledgehammer, with the use
eat a pneumatic hammer, bridge crane
or after heating.
For mounting on pipe key fits
gas pipe, forming a large lever length
which is typically 2-4 times longer than the length
shoulder of the key itself.
Fixing is done by two hammers
workers, one worker holds worn by the nut
spanner, pinning him to the nut in the direction
strokes, other causes smooth sledgehammer blows
on the handle of the key toward the required rotations
that. Application of the method of tightening the shock krepeMs operating at high temperatures

Figure 4.3. Razbolchivanie and tightening nuts

Flange connector cylinder through
pneumatic hammer.

Fixing by pipe allows to assign

fasten the nuts hard enough approximately
tional tantamount result gives consolidation
using lead mauls, mount a
pneumatic hammer is very energy
tech tool to tighten the nut.
Strong and uniform attachment may
be achieved by using a bridge
1 tap to turn the power wrench
5 with the length of the handle to 1 m (Figure 4.4); turn gas
echnogo key is made by a cable 3,
block 4 and a standard dynamometer 2 is controlled
Glare force rope tension and which ensures
present crane overload; cage unit strengthens
or the beam is 6 abutting the foundation
(Fig. 4.4 a) or one of the studs plane
connector (Figure 4.4, b). This method of inhaling may
only be used with full confidence in the
good condition and properly dynamometer
controls to ensure that the crane overload.
Used in some cases reinforced
tion fixing with ram (striking License keys
chu metal bars suspended from the
crane hook) is invalid because, in addition to damage
fasteners, low productivity and nonequilibrium
dimension applies particularly unacceptable in INSTALLS

32

ditions of high temperatures, leading to an accident

cases in the production of this work.
Under conditions of prolonged exposure to high
-temperature constraints to ensure the longtive density compounds arise
with the phenomena of creep and relaxation vysokonaadjoint metal studs and bolts flange
compounds. These phenomena cause disturbances
density flanges due to the transition
course of elastic deformation in the plastic and
weakening of the initial tightening studs and
bolts.

the absence of these holes tightening studs prohassled cold process without heating.
To ensure uniformity and tightening
loading fixture flanges ap
Mathura and pipelines at high and ultra high
sokie steam parameters and protection transfer
voltage and continuity of individual studs production
usual payment for what length should be
elongated rods to obtain the necessary
force when tightening the HDT (
7.8). Tightening control over the correctness of each
studs and the achievement of the calculation found
its extension is made by direct measurement
rhenium length studs micrometer before and after
torque (Figure 4.5. a). In the absence of opportunities
STI direct measurements on each such flange
several studs should be the control
governmental; therein the voltage when tightening should
determined by their deformation, and the remaining
stud tightened by turning the nut on the
angle defined in the final tightening
control rods. For these purposes CRMZ Mosenergy applied experimental design concentration
-controlling rods (Figure 4.5. c) deformation which
ryh tightening indicator is measured with elongation
nennym rod inserted into the hole
studs and connected to the movable leg
indicator.

Figure 4.4. Razbolchivanie tightening nuts and flange

connector cylinders by an overhead crane;
and - fastening clips to block the beam, b - mount
cage-block to the plane of the connector stud.

The need for repeated puffs studs

and bolts to eliminate steaming flanges
causes a reduction in turnaround
campaign turbine unit. This is especially true
to mounting horizontal cylindrical connectors
ditch high and medium pressure ( 7.8), covers
lock and control valves to flanged
vym compounds steam lines, bypass
pipes, valves and other components of turbine,
operating at high and ultra-high parameters
meters steam; Under these conditions, it is imperative obespechit uniform tightness and secure
fasteners from unacceptable stresses.
In the presence of said flange studs
are studied in connection openings for heating zasore upon done after heating rods; when

Figure 4.5. Length measurements before and after the studs tighten
drawing in the nuts; a, b -mikrometricheskoy bracket; in - indicator
Katori with extension rod; 1 - mikrometrical bracket, 2 - pin 3 - nut, 4 - shaft;
5 - the indicator rod, 6 - Bush indicator
7 - screw to secure the indicator 8 - indicator.

4.4. Cotter pins, locks,

STUDS AND CONTROL
SPRING.
When assembling, bolting, especially
but such details fastening assemblies and mechanisms
isms turbine installation as segments accordance
Pilaf devices, speed regulators, valves
stocks and the regulation and protection, persistent approach
bearings, couplings and other serieznoe attention should be paid to the under33

admissibility of spontaneous loosening

nuts. Samootvertyvanie fixture in the exeration can lead to serious accidents,
until the destruction of the turbine.
Cotter pins and locks. The easiest way to
prevent inadvertent otvertytion of nuts is to apply numerous
GOVERNMENTAL shplintovaniya species, among which the
ratio
syatsya:
1) mounting nut cotter pin that passes
schim through a nut and bolt (see Fig. 4.6 a); hole in
bolt drilled after full tightening the nuts
existing holes in it, as in the conductor;
the possibility of tightening the nut with a stoporeniya excluded, furthermore, attenuated
a bolt body;
2) a pin above the nut
(Fig. 4.6 b); drilled hole in the bolt after
fully tighten the nut; with repeated suspenders
nut when the bolt is stretched, attaching
cotter pin hole in the former does not fix the nut
Ku, but only prevents it samootvertyvaniyu; in
this case, under the nut should enclose
a washer of appropriate thickness;
3) installation of a common locking ring
(Fig. 4.6 c) passing through openings proDrilled in all nuts and studs; shortcomings
com this kind is impossible shplintovaniya
opportunity to fully tightened some nuts because
necessary arrangement of their faces, so something
have holes in them lie on the same circle;
4) zastoporivanie castellated nut,
having in its upper part 6-12 radial
grooves for the pin (see Fig. 4.6 z) which propassing through a hole in the bolt locks the nut;
This mount is more successful than the previous ones,
as it gives the opportunity to fix the nut with
extract the bolt.

Figure 4.6. Shplintovanie nuts from samootvertyvaniya.

possibility of spontaneous loosening nuts

operation.
For shplintovaniya should use
cotter pins ready prefabricated
or, in their absence, a special wire
mild steel with a diameter corresponds exactly
sponding to the diameter of the holes in the nuts or
the bolt head. You can not replace the pins lyuBattle wire, nails and so on. n .; Examples verification
life wire shplintovaniya productivity
is extended over the number of bilateral its bends by 90 ,
she stands up to the appearance of cracks.
For a wire diameter of 2.5 mm by bends
should be no less than 14; for 3.5 mm-11; for
4.5 mm, 9 mm and 5 - 8.
Among other types of locking fasteners
in the turbine unit, the following:
1) Locking nut bolt lock nut
(Fig. 4.7 a); after tightening the mounting main
nut lock nut assembly is screwed up
tight contact with the end of the nut, which
it stops the Rui; reliable method, but Examples
changes doubled the number of nuts;
2) Mount the washer 1
(Fig. 4.7 b) 2, one end of which is folded down
the edge parts and the other edge 3 is folded upwards
on the brink of the locking nut; wherein the process
mounting samootvertyvanie impossible
3) mounting with round washers
(Fig. 4.7 c) apply if the stud, nut
which must be locked, is located on the
a considerable distance from the edge of the part; stoportion plate is manufactured with a diameter of 2.5 times
the diameter of the stud on the surface of details
Do zasverlivaetsya hole into which with the aid of
means of a hammer and punch, folded one edge
washers, and diametrically opposite the edge
folded on the brink of the locking nut; repeated
tion bending of goals in the same place is not
allowed;
4) mount with a round stoportion disk (see Fig. 4.7 z) having a cut-out in the form of
12-gon formed by the displacement of two
imposed a 6-ugolkikov; in this cutout part
nut that can be tightened so
or release in multiples of 30 ; Lock
washer is attached to the screw parts;
5) mount with locking plan
ket, adjacent to one of the faces of the studs and
nuts and attached to the body parts screw
(Fig. 4.7 d) or pin (see Fig. 4.7 e).
6) mount and lock washers
(Fig. 4.7 g) reliably, but given the opportunity to
the breaking of the day, which can get zathose in the mechanism, spring washers recommended
mended to apply only to the external thread
bovyh compounds. Spring washers must
divorce have not less than 1.5 and the thickness of the
washers zaoverview of its section is not more than 1.5-2 mm; absence
Via clearance is not permitted; after tightening the nut
Key lock washer should fit to the base
workpiece surface and to the end of the nut across oxo
circle;

With any method of setting pins

should be included in the bolt holes, and studs
nuts tight, protrude from the end surface
Nost nut by no more than 0.3 and its diameter
their bent edges should exclude impact

34

7) attachment with lock plate

1 (see Fig. 4.7 z) mortgaged between two neighboring
them nuts that it stops the; Strap credit
pitsya to detail a screw or pin 2.

Figure 4.7. Locking nuts from samootvertyvaniya with

using locks.

When applying any of the concentrations

constructions locks should pay most serieznoe attention to retaining screws and bolts,
which, in turn, by and zakernivaniya
shplintovaniya must be preserved against the
samootvertyvaniya.
Control rods. In operation,
mainly due to the temperature conditions,
many of the mating parts of the turbine are
desire for some mutual displacement
NIJ one another. Some displacement
of the permissible in certain directions,
specified structure (e.g., Pedisplacing the chair front bearing of the turbine
et al.), others are invalid (e.g., flanges
horizontal split). Whatever the reasons for not
causing displacement, they must not violate
the normal operation of these items and create a
them unacceptable stresses
To protect it from any kind was
movement of one part relative to the other
and to ensure immobility Connection
apply control or setting
studs and fitting bolt (just-fitting).
Control alignment pins and
bolts are used to check the correctness of the mutual
tion assembly and accurate position fixing
two mutually connected parts (for example,
the upper and lower portions of the cylinder, clips, roots
quired bearing and other collapsible nodes aggregation
gata). Control rods and bolts, usually
conical or cylindrical, in which are placed
amount of not less than two on opposite

the ends of the parts as far away

from one another.
Taper control rods (1:50)
applies when they carry Nika
Coy load, since there is no reason for the mutual
move abutting planes and serve
only for the correct connection details. These
easy to repair, hairpin (see Fig. 7.1 a) obesvides precision interlocking parts
easy to install and disassemble vynimaare out of their seats much easier than cylincylindrically.
Flanged connections some mutually
connected components, such as connectors cylinLindrum high pressure turbines and high
ultra-high steam parameters tend
to some mutual displacement due to
the temperature difference between the top and bottom
(particularly
conditions of transient); such
movement prevents tightening force krepeMs, but this is not always possible to completely prevent
the gates of the movement. In such compounds of
change cylindrical control rods
larger diameters which simultaneously
fixation movements are further
tional attachment goals (provide sovmestnuyu work both halves of the cylinder without mutual
tion of displacement).
Control rods should be installed
vatsya during assembly before fastening parts boltaE. In order to avoid damage to their stud clog
lead or copper hammers; with Polish
tion steel hammer is allowed to score
studs only through lead or copper
lining. When inserting be nano
Sit light strikes; tight and hard to score concentration
trol pins in the socket should not be.
Studs, working in conditions of high
temperatures before replacing in izbecontent of stick should be lubricated with graphite
or special mastic as specified for
threaded connections flange studs and nuts
Connector cylinders.
When repairing the control rods, in iz
Bezhanov their seizure should be taken out to
to the deployment of nuts from the studs or bolts.
For excavation of the control rods having Nations
cutting with the nut, it is necessary to rotate the nut
wrench in the direction of wrapping, if
end of the control rods coming out of otverners out, it is not difficult to clear the impacts of lead
tsovogo or copper hammer on the end.
The springs. Spring while the subVerger repeated action variables
loads vyzyvayuschihbolshie sign-reversal
belt tension. As a consequence, with passage
Over time the loss of elasticity occurs
springs and often takes them to failure.
Suitability of the spring for further work
those determined by careful external examination,
check its size and characteristics of the elastic
guests. Inspection shall be performed after a spring cleaning
zhiny from dirt and rust and must show
the absence of its smooth surface visible

35

defects in the form of a metal shell and cracks. Pro4.5. Scraping, lapping,
verification of the size (diameter of the wire, the outer
Lapping and polishing.
coil diameter, number of turns and the length of a spring
Generating
turbines in the repair template from
zhiny) must demonstrate their compliance with the drawing
Grad,
grinding,
lapping and polishing to achieve
or the size of the new known good pruzhition density and surface finish of the surface
us; moreover, setting the springs in the support
STAY mutually contacting parts are
parallel to the surface is checked trafficking in
labor-intensive work and requires a high quasisamples and perpendicular to the axis on a square.
lifikatsii locksmiths in these jobs.
Characteristics of spring or elastic
Scouring is to remove the scraper very
Guest, reflected in the fact that the magnitude of the
thin chip thickness 0.002 mm and 0.005
compression
has the advantage over filing that
spring should be directly proportional
Chip removal takes place precisely at the
the magnitude of the applied load is checked
namely the surface region where it is required.
by calibration - definition of change of length
If before scraping it is found that the surface
us springs depending on the force applied
of items is too large nerovnocompression or stretching.
STI, they should be removed by filing, which depends
The obtained results of the inspection of the external
ends by velvet saw to remove the deep
On the form, the size and characteristics provide impact
bokih strokes saw.
opportunity to judge the suitability of the spring to the far
Before scraping is necessary to impose
Nation operation.
directly on the surface of the thin plate
The loss of elastic properties of spring (prolayer almost plaque, paint and put it de
SADC) negatively affects the work less
mechanisms and can not always be eliminated by regulation hoist. The item should be lightly pressed against the plate and
move in different directions; vymulation, however, as well as in the breaking,
stepping places Fit surface oxo
such defective spring must be replaced. In
rashivayutsya paint, showing what places
some cases, when there is no new spring
need to scrape scraper; places slightly zadetemporarily allowed to use a spring
Tide paint, you only need to clean the scraper.
somewhat lost its elasticity; wherein
During scraping the workpiece should
tension force of the spring is aligned with the aid of
to be well secured.
means of washers, which are selected by the calibration
To obtain the correct surface
so as to obtain an elasticity
scraping
is repeated until, until the whole plane
new elastic spring.
schad is covered with small, densely and uniformly
The elastic properties of the springs can be
scattered throughout the surface spots
recovered by thermal treatment (annealing,
dyes indicating the density of mutual
hardening, tempering) For this purpose, first spring
adjoining surfaces. In normal shabreannealed at a temperature of 650-720 C after
SRI in the square 25x25 mm should be equivalent
stretching and straightening up the initial difference
located approximately three to five spots.
mers made quenching in oil or spring
When scraping the flanges cylinwater preheater to 780firewood and other large structures screening
880 C. In order to eliminate harmful stress
plate moves shabruemoy surface.
viscosity increase and reduction in brittleness
Depending on the purpose and form of obfor 20-25 min produced tempering at
treated with surface applied scrapers
temperature of 250-550 C and immediately after otpusvarious sizes and shapes on the cross section and forms
Single soak in water. To protect it from
cutting edges. Flat and curved scrapers
scale before heating coil must be
apply when scraping planes, three
covered solution of chalk.
Gran for scraping concave surfaces
Decisive condition for the elastic recovery
(Bearing shells) and in areas with
Guests of the spring is to comply with equivalent
sharp corners, where a flat scraper to work nondimension of its heating and corresponding dark
convenient.
-temperature conditions, which depend on the chemical
Instead of manually scraping representing
of the spring material. For example, in Mat
present a very time-consuming process which gives
rock became 75, 85, and U8A U9A oil quenching prochange scrapers with pneumatic or electric
hassled at 810 C and leave in the air
tric drive type shown in
spirit at a temperature of 250-380 C for stamps
Steels 65 and U7A-hardening in water at 830 C and a relative Figure 4.8; Both of these tools give the translational
tive-return motion scrapers and have
Start in the air at a temperature of 250-380 C, and
small size; weight of each piece does not exceed
Steel 60S2 quenching in oil at a temperature
excess of 2 kg.
880 C and leave in the air at 380The best colors for trimming work
550 C. The work to restore the elastic
are Prussian blue, indigo, Dutch
spring properties can be satisfactorily
black and red iron oxide; They possess the necessary
fulfilled if after three to five bends
melkozernostyu and good covering ability
spring, somewhat higher than its maximum
Stu. Before use, the paint is ground in
mum bend in working condition, the residual
very fine powder and diluted by mineral
deformation of the spring is not observed.

36

eral oil until a thick ointment, in which

swarm touch there should be no grains
The most dramatic, highly visible sunspots on steel
in yields iron oxide, for brass, copper, and
bronze paint is the best laser Berlin
zur, blue tint which gives at the same time more
noticeable spots.

Figure 4.8. Mechanized scrapers. and - with pneumatically

matic drive; 1 - Button for air intake
2 - spool 3 - spring 4 - cylinder 5 - piston
6 - spring 7 - piston rod 8 - Insert for mounting
scraper, 9 - scraper; b - with electric drive;
1 - a flexible hose, 2 - eccentric roller 3- The connecting rod,
4 - slider 5 - scraper.

Lapping, consisting in processing yn

lotnyayuschih abrasive surfaces shlifuyuschimi powders having high
hardness, is used in the repair of turbines,
mainly for obtaining dense prileHassium valve sealing surfaces
(Valves, valves, taps).
As abrasives often
often used fused (normal
emery good quality), silicon carbide (carbide
silicon), ground glass, and various pasta.
Valves and valve seat low and medium
He lapped pressure usually one to the other
Goma at direct their imposition. Before
lapping the seat or valve seal chamfer
lubricated with a thin layer of mineral oil and
sprinkled evenly abrasive Since
powder, then the valve is put in place and
Seat rotates with light pressure. Valve and
saddle must rub against each other throughout Therefore
surface, and not of any one party, it is
achieved by checking the reliability of fastening
the sealing ring or valve body
valve and valve relative lack of skew
tional seat. When you turn the valve in its
nest abrasive powder moves between
friction surfaces and erases small non
evenness.
To protect the valve face and seat
from scratches and deep circular scratches that can
occur in a continuous circular rotation
valve if the individual fine particles powder
ka will crash into the metal, the rotation of the valve
performed slowly and alternately in both sides of
Rhone approximately one quarter of the circle; This will cause
the

gate in one direction must proizvoditXia somewhat greater than the rotation in the other blaof that decision, the valve gradually turns
circumferentially.
After three or four turns of the valve proper
lies a little lift to the jammed
GRINDER powder particles shifted from mesthat; when you turn the valve when there is strong
friction of (after 15-18 turns), the valve vyNiemann, and after washing the old gasoline
layer is applied a new coat of oil and abrasive
tion powder. By the end of the lapping valve should be
often raised above the saddle and more lubricated
oil.
Upon completion of lapping valve seat and
carefully wiped from grindin powder
then the valve face and lightly oiled
valve is set in place, after a few
FIR turns on the seat in opposite
boards valve is removed and wiped pre
dry for inspection Circle. On the bevel should be
narrow polished ring on which the valve
close contact with the saddle, this ring can
be formed not one but several concentration
tric lines, but with a good lapped in
these lines should be uninterrupted.
If deep scratches and shells not
should be carried out to their full grinding vyWater was important that at least a narrow, but completely
Stu closed in a circle concentric
strip, which guarantees the absence of permits and
snug fit of the valve to the seat, lapping up
complete withdrawal of deep shells rather harmful,
because it leads to excessive valve and Seam
Seat lreduces their lifespan.
Grinding and lapping of sealing Since
surfaces of high pressure valves prodetected with the help of pre-tested and reproducible
Since producing the form of processed
surface-lapping parts for steel ap
Mathura lapping made of cast iron (MF 15
32, MF 16-38), hardness 160-195Nv for dovodki cast-iron surfaces - steel lapping of
steel U10.
Lapping different in design,
size and purpose of reinforcement is necessary
have a corresponding set of lapping
(See Fig. 4.9.), Manufactured from materials more
soft than lapping surfaces, and having
, the form in accordance with the form of initiation
Tirana surfaces; when it should be
taken into account that grinding and polishing, as well as
abrasive pastes of different brands and different grain
nistosti can not apply the same lapping.
Before applying countertops pritiditch subject to washing with gasoline and check for
paint on the iron control plate having
high surface smoothness.
At various abrasive lapping applied
ing materials and paste Depending on how the
values and hardness lapped parts. For
coarse grinding paste the following apply
composition: silicon carbide, 60% petrolatum tehnicheskiy38% of paraffin and 2% or silicon carbide-60% para

37

FY-35% oleic acid and 2%. For finishing

lapping and polishing paste used: carboxylic
Rund-70% paraffin and 23% oleic acid, 2%
or chromia-60% paraffin 35% and oleic
acid-5%.
These pastes are diluted before use
are to a thick consistency of oleic acid
or a mixture of spindle oil (65%) and kerosene
(35%). Because the hardness of the material
lapping is less than the hardness of the surface lapped
of the reinforcement, the abrasive grains are pressed into
lapping (the process of caricaturing) and remove the thin
among tiny chip surface (0.002 mm).
Lapping, as in the valves of medium and low
-pressure, by turning the lapping
in one and the other side of the wash with a periodic
Coy both surfaces of gasoline and resumption
tion lapping coated with a new layer of abrasive
sive paste. Quality lapping determined
in a uniform metallic luster and the number
the kind of lapped surfaces (absence
Via passes, scratches, glare, scratches, etc..) and
tightness of the valve at a hydraulic
crimping.
At impossibility of checking the density
fit the valve to the seat using opressovki is determined by the density of ordinary
venous soft graphite pencil. To this
th to wiped dry with a clean cloth seat Nations
worn pencil bars at a distance of 15
20 mm from one another, the valve is lowered into the saddle
and after turning 1 / 4-1 / 2 turn
proizoditsya check how worn the risks from chamber
randasha. If all bars erased, it indicates
on the right and a snug fit to the valve
saddle and hence on the satisfactory
lapping.

For finishing and polishing of metals (steel,

iron, non-ferrous metals and their alloys) as
abrasives are of great use to paste
GOI (State Optical Institute).
These pastes are made of 74-81% chromium oxide
ma, stearic and oleic acids, kerosene,
silica gel, digested fats and are available
three varieties: black for rough finishing,
dark zelenogo- for medium and light green
colors for fine finishing. Before use
paste chinaware bred in small
Shom amount of kerosene until creamy
state.
Polishing pastes each
different varieties; It should work for productivity
blowing to remove paste each class only traces
previous processing; coarse paste should
remove traces of the cutter, cutter and personal napilnika; average paste the following rough paste, and thin
is used to remove traces of medium pasta and pre
reference surface to a mirror finish.
Paste GOI may also serve to zaBarter sandpaper (skins) in cases
when the polished surface of the application
such paper may cause risks and scratches.
To do this on a strong and thick paper (such as
drawing), pre-moistened with a mixture of
of kerosene and oleic acid smeared
a thin layer of paste. Sort paste this vybirais depending on which layer of metal
should be removed. This paper, like sandpaper shkurSingle, produced by grinding or polishing; after
drawdown paste layer paper again wiped
said liquid mixture, topped with pasta and
polishing continues until a proper
ing surface cleanliness.
Paper with a layer of pasta GOI successfully may
also be applied in a special device
in autonomous (see. Fig. 8.4, 8.6 and 18.5), in which
produced grinding the valve stem and necks
shafts to eliminate them available on a shallow
bokih nicks, burrs and scratches (no more than 0.08-0.15
mm), or if appropriate polishing surface
of stocks to clear them from the sludge and rust
us.

4.6. APPLICATION FOR COLD

Disassembly and assembly
Permanent connection.

Figure 4.9. Lapping.

and- Plate valves DN 10-20 mm,
b- Plate check valves and gate valves;
in- Saddle valves DN = 10 = 20 mm (a - cone angle
the sealing surface depending on the angle
sealing surface of the seat)
g- Plate valve with flat sealing;
1-lapping, 2-directional glass, 3-plate

In cases where the details of the fixed accordance

compounds, planted with a large interference, usually
governmental methods of using tools and
considerable efforts to remove not remove
is applied either heat encircling
ing parts or cooling covered de
hoists. Before cooling parts, if presented
by the possible to make uniform
heating the female part.
When planting details with interference as Examples
changing heating the covering part or
Cooling may be applied male
parts. Cold treatment of parts such as
the sleeve seat and the other decreases their boarding
size and facilitates their removal or press-fit.

38

Methods of artificial cooling accordance

4.7. Metal welding.
pryagaemyh parts to temperatures below zero Gram
In the process of repair of the turbine equipment
grees became widespread on the Mat
tion is usually necessary application
shinostroitelnyh plants and, in particular,
of welding: to connect the various metal
turbine construction plants for assembly of parts,
cal parts together; recovery
with fixed landing (landing with tension
worn parts by welding on a metal layer
gom discs, bushings, valve seats, etc..).
la; infuser holes, sinks, and fistulas
Application of artificial OX
fractures in detail; cutting of various products
cool the landing provides details of nonsuch as pipes, burnt and jammed bolts,
need for joint strength, eliminates
cut flanges, parts for the device lestwarpage, occurrence of scale, and stores
prostrate, platforms and so on. Almost all metals, application
metal structure without increasing brittleness that
being followed by the turbine plant in, lend themselves well to
especially important for components made of cast iron and
welding the selection of appropriate methods and material
non-ferrous
rials for welding.
metals having a large shrinkage.
Currently, the application of welding
For small parts cooling (15
Key to eliminate the defects responsible of details
to 35 C) cooling the mixture used: For
Leu turbines, almost exclusive use
Shatyry, nitrate and water, salt and snow;
arc welding; gas (acetylene
sodium sulfate, and hydrochloric acid and others. for
oxygen) welding is used less often as
deeper cold treatment applied:
the molten metal is protected from bad
liquid air, liquid nitrogen or dry ice (solid
oxidation, carburizing and nitriding mescarbon dioxide), which give the lowest dark
that welding torch flame; moreover, sozdaettemperature compared to the temperature surrounding
for a relatively large area of heating and shrinkage
ding air (liquid air - 191 C, liquid
resulting in deformation of the compound.
cue nitrogen - 196 C and dry ice - 75 C).
Electric welding is carried out on an ongoing
In practice, as the repair is situaMr. or ac; each way
Menen methods of assembly and disassembly of mating
has its advantages and disadvantages. Source
with interference components by cold treatment OX
com supply for DC welding naivatyvaemoy details.
more often serve as welding generators with Examples
To cool the male part at
vodom of asynchronous motors; for welding
repair of greatest use are cooled
AC - single phase welding transformer
giving the mixture and dry ice (less liquid nitrogen)
formators.
which gives a sufficiently low temperature,
An important condition for obtaining good reform
to ensure that the shrinkage of the metal required
results of electric and correcting defects
pressed-turbine parts.
for repair is the use of vysokokachestTo ensure landing parts indicated
electrodes with the appropriate governmental obmazbound to drawing interference, it is necessary to ensure
kami, providing sufficient strength
seek appropriate cooling temperature.
surfacing and plasticity. Table. 4.1 shows
To facilitate the assembly conditions decrease
brand of electrodes and their applications; welding
of diameter during cooling must be determined
Single repair work electrodes not
separated, on the basis of a predetermined magnitude of
have certificates showing their type and
interference plus
marks are not allowed.
guaranteed gap ensures
The quality of welding and surfacing works
smooth landing. Given the time
both in the gas and at electric in value
spent on land (0.5-10 min), and nominal
large extent depends on proper preparation
nal diameter cooled parts (30-200 mm
reparation for welding. Preparation for welding is
or more), and the clearance is taken in the range from
not only in the preparation of the welding and tools
A0 * 0.6 * 10-3 to A0 * 0.8 * 10-3.
ment, in the elimination of interfering extraneous welding
Be treated with cold parts
these items and parts in preparation chamfers sva
(Stub shaft for pressing the bearing quality
under consideration of details and edges brew friction
of the valve seat before pressing into the body and
munities in the sweep, fit and screed parts homusimilar items) after careful purification
tics or bolts, but in the thorough cleaning
ki from dirt and degreaser fit
welded parts from dirt, grease and rust.
to fill the specified refrigerant agents
Special attention should be given to the decision
Tami simple in design special
NIJ on the need for heating the entire
Camera (vessels of roofing iron with dvoynyparts. Welded spot welding greatly
E walls, between which is placed isoheated, while the surrounding metal
lating material).
has a lower temperature; this nonequilibrium
When any of the processing methods refrigeration
dimension of heating leads to the fact that the heated
House need to use pliers, special
Places parts expand, putting pressure
GOVERNMENTAL grips and gloves, as well as the adoption of at least adjacent the heated space and to cause
other
metal internal compressive stresses; these
safety measures that protect
stresses remain in the metal and
from frostbite and severe colds,
after cooling and cause koroblewhich may cause the touch of the cooling
give details of bare hands and getting
the liquid to other parts of the body and clothing.

39

4) heat treatment, which for carbon

tion and cracking. Provisional
lerodistyh steels is to normalize,
reheating and heat treatment of the product after
welding eliminate internal stresses and
and doped - in quenching with high relative
improved weld quality.
start.
The method and mode of heating and a thermal
Wrong choice of modes and technologies
treatment depends on the steel grade and thickness of the wall welding, insufficient qualification of welders,
ket, destination, size and shape of the part; need
rejection of preheating before welding
necessary to solve on the spot, how best to proceed in
Coy and the heat treatment after welding
a particular case. Conditions and methods of heating
may lead to fusions to cracks in the
welds to internal stresses, de
same for autogenous welding and for
Electric.
formations, and so on. d.
To prevent the occurrence of domestic
Thus, the main prerequisites for the
They stress or compensation of their influence,
radiation quality welding Explicit
lyayutsya: Choosing the brand of the electrode, and the right
as with electric and gas welding
the villa cutting edges, selection of the appropriate
apply a variety of measures, including:
1) welding areas to deformation
regime and welding technology, the presence of corresponding
one section offset or reduced
sponding welding equipment, and so on. d. Failure to
observation of these conditions leads to marriage that espedeformation of another site;
particularly dangerous for such demanding applications as
2) deformation of work piece to
welding the side opposite to that
welding of steam pipelines of high and ultrahigh
is obtained by welding;
steam parameters, welding shroud wires
3) intensive cooling of the weld;
blades, retreaded stelitovyh overlays on erodirovannyekromkilopatokidr.

Table 4.1. The electrodes used for special repair work.

Brand

Type in
GOST 946760

TSM7; OMM5; ME3-04;

Do SSSI-13/45
Do SSSI-13/55
Do SSSI-13/55

E-42
E-42A
E-50A
E-50A

CL-14

E-MX

PL-20, SL-1 and CL-25M

E-Hmph

Characteristics of the base metal

Carbon steel grades St. 2; Art. 3; 10; 20; 25;
15L; 20L and 25L, regardless of the medium parameters
Alloy steel grade 15GS regardless of parameter
meters environment
Alloyed steel grades 12MH; 15CrMo; 20HML;
12H1MF and 20HMFL at ambient temperature
do510 C.
Alloyed steel grades 12H1MF, and 20HMFL
15H1MFL at ambient temperature 510-570 C
Alloyed steel grades and 15H1M1F 15H1M1FL
at a temperature of 540-570 C environment
Alloy Steel brand 12H2MFB at temperatures
D medium 570 C and steel grade 12H2MFSR at temperatures
ture medium to 600 C.

CL-34; CL-20

CL-26M

E-H2MFB

Type of current

Permanent and
AC

Permanent

5 hoists DEVICES
And lifting work.
5.1. Lifting work.
All made using gruzopodemnyh mechanisms and devices work
Lifting, lowering and movement notation
ment and the individual parts in the vertical and
horizontal directions in their different
sampling, repair and assembly are collectively called
rigging. Applied to this cargo
hoists and special device
in autonomous of any kind and type of combined obschim called rigging.
Rigging for repair turbinGOVERNMENTAL plants are very responsible
and its labor intensity and time consumption za-

Nima large portion of total refer servicing

GOVERNMENTAL works.
Commencing repair work can be
Only with full confidence in the reliability of
handling equipment and the development of reform
montnym personnel rules for the use and
proper care for them while you work.
Before any repairs must be paid
great attention to the preparation and verification of GRU
zopodemnyh mechanisms and devices, for
chinaya of overhead crane, hoist, wire ropes, slings
and chains and ending with lifting eyes, eights, specially
-trivial clips for cables and other prispoin autonomous, serve to facilitate and accelerate
rhenium rigging. In certain periods,

40

disheveled sites leads to an overall significant

tional weakening ropes, ropes porvangovernmental locks should be removed from use and
remove from the turbine shop.
Hempen neosmolennye (white) cables
greedily absorb moisture in the highly compressible
are to lose almost half of its strength and
Later rapidly destroyed by decay.
Therefore they should be kept in suspension
form or at considerable length in their bookmax on wooden decks and linings in Su
hamster, well-ventilated place. Normal
mal term wear for hemp ropes
with careful attitude is considered 5-6
years.
Chain. In the context of a turbine plant dopusrepents production rigging with chains
Only when they are used in applications where Task
pi work under special conditions with admissible
mymi radii of inflection, such as, in such
Lyakh, blocks, specially adapted for
Cylinder head covers, rotors and etc..
Chains wear out due to the mutual
friction individual links. With a strong tolchkohowl load, unlike fractures cables different
gap chains in the field of welding units occurs
instantly and no precautions when
it is impossible to adopt.
Chain links should be periodically proregarded by their lack of cracks and proper
5.2. Hemp rope CHAINS
discontinuities and lubricated with a mixture of fat and graphite.
AND CABLES.
De
fektnye links and links to wear in 20-25% of their
Hemp ropes for repair CONSUMPTION
section should be cut.
are an essential way for the secondary
To increase the reliability of the circuit for the first time
purposes, as well as braces and tying of details
is put to use, it should be annealed, followed
Leu lightweight (200 kg) to the hook of the crane
followed by a slow cooling, the old chain
and hoists. The ease and flexibility of hemp ropes
should also periodically anneal. Practical
provide fast knit knots at podvyazyski joke made by winding
Vania parts, which makes them particularly useful
chains on any old gas pipe, equal
when lifting the weight of light loads (sawn
license and slow heating to a temperature
rials for scaffolding and scaffolding, capacitor
tours 850-900 C, followed by slow cooling
tubes, etc..).
for which it is better to cover asbestos or bury
For repairs are usually applied
in the hot sand.
First-class white hemp rope machine
Cables. When repairing a turbine equipment
twist, meet the requirements of GOST 483-55.
tion for knitted goods and lifting operations with
These cables consist of three or less, four straight
any loads, as well as cranes and
the action, each of which is a retinue of large amounts
-operation of threads that increases the strength and flexibility other lifting mechanisms and prisposobletions used steel wire ropes
bone rope.
circular cross-section.
When using the ropes to gruzopodAs compared with ropes and rope chains
emnyh devices should be aware that
have less weight, greater strength, flexibility
in bending the rope around the block outer strands
bone, safety and durability observation
rope stretched, and the inner compressed
for cables to easier since they before rupture
the smaller diameter of the block, the more nonequilibrium
tion due to the breakage of individual wires different
uniformly stretched strands of the rope and the more
lohmachivayutsya that indicate a hazardous
deteriorate rope. According to the rules Gosgortehwork further with them.
Oversight diameter roller unit for hemp
Cables are made of thin steel
Rope must be at least 10 diameters of channels
wire (diameter 1.2 mm), which first
that.
wove a round strand, and then (usually
Hemp rope splice not resolution
six strands) helically wove around
creases. When cutting the separate ends of the rope to
hemp core. The core of the rope attached
purpose of their length should be increased
flexibility and elasticity, improves soprotivlyaeVat a few meters compared to the required
Axle dynamic load and absorbs
for lanyard, since the ends of the rope when takelazhGOVERNMENTAL work wear faster.
Before using the ropes to be careful
tive examination, since the presence of hash
under the rules and Gosgortechnadzor
recorded in the passports lifting mechanisms
and devices, it is necessary to make them
test.
All defects, abnormalities and wear obdetection during testing and operation
tation handling equipment and prispoin autonomous, must be repaired immediately,
until the complete withdrawal of a Examples
sposobleniya and tools with uncertainty
its reliability. In the latter case, the non-store
defective rigging is necessary so that when
repair it in any case could not be random
but used in their work.
After each test should amount
lyatsya technical acts, and to the tried takeLajnah equipment and supplies should
us be priveshen tags or applied paint
inscription of the date of testing and permissible cargo
Lifting.
If certain types of rigging equipment does not have any reason passports Since
latter should always be written in
Based on the calculation and testing, according to the
existence
relevant provisions and standards Gosgortechnical supervision.

41

wires should break off so that they do not

protrude beyond the rope) down limit
limiting the load on the 20 to 25%. At a higher
including broken wires cable is rejected and not
can be admitted to the further exploitation
tion. Also not be allowed to work Tropics
sy with mashed and flattened portions
kinking, twisting and recrowbars, which adversely affect the prochnoSTP cables. If a cable is damaged
near the end, should make perechalku
cable so that the damaged area was removed
flax brand.
Again received a cable necessarily long
wives have a passport, which shall include the concentration
struction of a cable, the results of factory tests
and the permissible load on the rope.
To protect it from rust and elongation
tion cables life to be stored in
dry conditions in limbo or
on wooden decks and pads; do not become separated
repents messy cables outline one on
another, and dragging them on the floor and on the ground
Receive and operation.
Garter details. The movement of any
Shipping in the repair of vertical and gohorizontal direction is usually associated with
tying cargo using hemp chamber
garnets or steel cables. This tying
is responsible operation of the properof choice and strengthen the lifting slings
hooks cranes and hoists and correct vypolneTable 5.1. Limit load
new cables.
tion) of nodes and loops in knitting slings to the load in
depends largely on the safety of cargo and
safety of staff at
Limit load
movement of cargo.
One cable, kg
Upon binding of cables and ropes application
Diameter
nyayutsya different types of nodes, which, along with
When the direction of the tension
fast attachment and unleashing should
rope When vertices
meet the basic requirements takelazhbranches of one cable
GOVERNMENTAL works - full reliability. To avoid
mmtikalnoy
of sharp bends of cables should be before de- velopement
to another at an angle
IOM trucks insert into knots rope wooden
10
450
390
320
225
load
Kruglyak or cores of a piece of pipe, and for
15
870
700
500
60090
to1000
120
protection from damage by sharp krom20
1600
1400
1000
800
framework of cargo enclose wooden lining.
25
2300
2000
1400
I 150
To reduce the time for mating and sub30
3400
3000
2100
1700
Vesco
details (zastropovku) must be pre35
4500
3900
2700
2250
prepared
a variety of lines (with single
40
5750
5000
3500
2900
loops at the ends, annular, etc.). obtained
45
7000
6100
4300
3500
by splicing the ends of the cables required
50
8500
7400
5200
4250
length (from 3 to 20 m} and provide ease of
garter cargo and easy donning and removal
cables from a crane or hoist. Production of reliable
slings should be referred to a specialist in triggerDepreciation is characterized by an external video cable
schivaniyu and rope.
house (surface wear and corrosion of the wires)
Slings after manufacture periodically
and the presence of continuity of individual wires trosaduring operation shall be tested
"Studs." Broken wires are usually not
the payload by suspension test
depart from the cable, and remain in place and can not
cargo, twice the permissible working
damage to neighboring wires and parts get in contact
I feel the load on the sling. With slings should be
th stunning them. For the detection of continuity
attached metal tags with numbers
wire ropes must be checked by drawing
under which they are recorded in a special book,
through the tow, ragged wire lock
hemp fibers, which gives an indication of the location breaks offwhich must be registered and all cables
va.
If the number of damaged wires no more
than 10% of the total number of 1 m length
cable can be consumed in the work after the removal
tion of dangling wires (ends dangling
and retains lubricant that prevents conduction
shell from corrosion and reduces wear.
The durability of the cables increases with increase
creasing radii bends and in no
overloads. Ropes for lifting responsible
goods in any case should not be selected
"By eye", without proper verification of their status
and capacity, since such a choice may
lead to serious accidents.
To select the diameter of the cable in the Table. 5.1.
shows the allowable load on one end
new wire rope with 10-fold stock
strength and for different directions of tension
rope, ropes discrepancy of more than 120 primenyais rarely due to a rapid decrease in the limit
tion of weight to be lifted ( 5.4).
Length of service cables in value
large extent depends on the careful formation
tion and the proper care of them as if storage
nenii and during works.
Cables should be regularly
inspection and checking for wear. Before inspection
cables that were in use, it should be prorub with a cloth soaked in kerosene, carefully
tional herbal cleanse or horsehair
brushes of dirt and rust and dry
cloth.

42

sary parts of it must be replaced

nyatsya.
Cables crane should be checked for the absence
ence in them dangling wires and periodically
impregnated with acid-free oil; to this end
there can be applied linseed oil with the addition
leniem small amount of quicklime izvesminute to neutralize the oil contained in the nonlarge amounts of acids.
Cable washed with kerosene before greasing
nom, thoroughly cleaned and herbal water
losyanymi brushes from dirt and rust I antiraetsya cloth. Given that the surface
Table 5.2. Dimensions and lifting eyes
Grease is almost useless, oil before upotrebleeights for lifting items.
tion thinning and better absorption pA
heats the to 50-60 C. Slow protaskition line through the warmed oil provides
penetration of the lubricant to the inner layers and
governmental
organic core of the cable.
Tap the brakes must be
spotless, as their failure during reproduction
Monte may be the cause of the accident; wearEyebolts
Eight
Cutting
sivshiesya brake pads must be mixtures
diameters,
Nena. Job limit switches, limit
Eighth-diameter
For riding
inches Vnutrenniydiametr
Hole, mm
abalone, thickness
measurements, Dopuskaemayan
dotvraschayuschih movement of the trolley and the bridge over
load,ushkg
agruzka kg
ka mm
mm
set limits when lifting, lowering and
Vertical
under
movement of goods, must be unconditionally
tical
angle
accurate and reliable.
300
When changing from one speed to another lifting and lowering of loads must pass
2.1
Oct. 30
150
90
20
60
300
vertically, smoothly, without jerks and distribution
550
5.8
35 12
300
180
25
65
pitching. Observe the correct Naberezhnye
360
30
70
850
3/44 15 600
ganiem cable on the drum, and the position of the cable in
0
streams drum. At the lowest position
7.8
45 18
900
540
35
80 1200
dropped load on the drum must remain
1 1/4
50 21
1300
800
40
90 1500
at least 1, 5-2 wraps of cable available to provide
1 1/2
60 25
2400
1400
45
100 2000
Storage Overload place at which the cable.
1 3.4
70 30
3800
2000
50
110 2500
Date of revision of the crane and its results should
2
80 36
5300
3200
60
120 4000
us to be entered in the passport book Corded
faucet.
In strict timeline recorded
Attachment methods and tying ropes to the hook
in the previous test, load capacity
Crane parts and varied; Explicit right
crane shall be tested in the presence of technical
by the fixing, protecting from slip
cal inspector Gosgortechnadzor; wherein
tion from samorazvyazyvaniya under load
shall be subjected to runways,
or a buildup of preserving balance approach
bridges, trolleys, cables, brakes, limit vyav parts and providing ease of different
breakers and electrical crane.
vyazyvaniya cargo set in place.
Test the bridge crane is subFor fast and reliable mating cables with
nyatii at a small height (100 mm)
raised by the lifting eyes and used items
test load weight limit equal pA
Eight; reliability of lifting eyes and eights, you are a
bochemu load, delayed at least 10 minutes .; zatories, chosen by the cross-section should be verified ispythose suspended load, 25% higher than
gestions: this applies especially to the eights,
permissible capacity of the crane, and calm
which often bend due to poor
but kept in limbo 10
quality material manufacture. To select
minutes.
proper lifting eyes on the cross section and eights in
If these static tests found
Table. 5.2. given their size and permissible load
satisfactory, it is made of the dynamics
ki.
nomic test, consisting in nonHow many repeated lifting and lowering GRU
for exceeding the maximum working load on
10%.
5.3. Bridge cranes and hoist.
When checking the tap on as pre
When preparing and conducting repairs
Let them load and short-term transition
serious consideration should be given to the state
load in 25% of the main crane girder with adverse
NIJ bridge crane to get the full increase
of attorney in its reliability and safety action
tions.
Bridge crane must pass the External
Zia before the overhauls of the main
tion workshop equipment, while in case of need
special arrangements for lifting and
which records the date of the last test
load capacity.
In applying spliced slings or
slings for such activities as raising and lowering
covers and turbine rotors, as well as other
accurate and responsible rigging following general
inverting great emphasis on reconciliation suspended from
GOVERNMENTAL parts, as under the influence of large
spliced cargo space can stretch.

43

pleasant position trolley with load should not

give us the remaining deflections and rivets
should be loosened
After extensive testing of the crane
results are recorded in the book with the crane indicated
zaniem detected when tested nenorbursing to be eliminated, and the appointment
cheniem period of the next test.
Safety and speed of Implementation of
repair work on the turbine unit to a large degree
Penalties depend on the knowledge and skills of the crane,
therefore instructed the crane should be
drawn particular attention. The crane operator must
understand the responsibility entrusted to him by participation
stka and be aware of all capable of being unhappy
cases to people and damage to the equipment
at his carelessness and negligence.
The crane operator is responsible for all crane and
its correct operation within a given him instruction. Getting Started, the crane operator must
to test the brakes and other Fuse
hranitelnyh devices, and in case of their refusal to
work and damage are not allowed to start work
those; If defects are found in the pA
boats, the crane operator must suspend her and nonslowly to prevent the administration of the department
happened.
It is necessary to establish the exact order
signaling the crane operator, in order to avoid nonright action signals should Therefore
only be given to the head of the lift (turbo
binny master, foreman), and only the signals
should take to perform the crane. All
signals and commands given to anyone
was different, not only for the crane operator does not
necessarily
tive, but their execution must be kranovschiku strictly prohibited.
Until the load hanging on the crane, the crane is not
has the right to leave his seat. Before leaving
crane operator must place the valve in the proper
place, fully tighten up to established
lennogo limit without cargo hooks, lead concentrations
trollers to zero and turn off the
the main switch in the crane box.
Tali. In practice repairs widely
used hoist with manual transmission, this
contributes to the possibility of using hoists in
cramped conditions, such as under perioverlap of, ease of attachment to the sites and buildings
designs and the ability to tackle,
such diverse works with details of equipment
tion of low weight as lifting, lowering,
contraction, dragging, maintenance approach
av condition, etc.
At repair of turbine hoists primenyaare mainly on the work of the subsidiary
max, in areas that are outside the scope of bridges
tovogo crane, as well as in cases when it is necessary
to abandon the use of the overhead crane, so
As this work is quite long-lasting and
most of the time we must not move de
hoist, but only support it (fit and Examples
Crete polumuft cams, larger valves and
etc..).

Tali should be subjected to periodic

inspections and tests according to the rules Gosgortehnadzora, it is important to
safe handling of them, as the transfer from the
place to place, and when working in tight spaces hoists
exposed to shocks, clogging, etc..
When examining the hoist should be checked accordance
state circuits operating Stars, serviceable action
Corollary braking devices, no wear
gears and other friction parts hoists, as well as
perform regular cleaning and lubrication of the
parts.
Working with hoists, having broken
parts, particularly such as trucks
sprockets, worm gears and or
brakes, leading to jumps off the chains, shock,
seizing and breaking of chains. Tali with such ordinary
but rapidly progressive defects can
be allowed to work only after the repair and
check capacity.
New hoists, received from the factory, can
be allowed to work only after testing
of the payload and test the ability of
automatically and securely hold the load on lyufight altitude at the termination of traction.
All hoists must have a passport, in which
rye entered data produced ispytanitions, repairs and guidance on the term should be used
tests based on capacity, and on the tackle themselves
should be reinforced metal plateki, indicating the manufacturer gruzopodCAPACITY hoists, its serial number and date ispysupply.
Great use in the repair mechanism for
organization and accelerate the production of payload
GOVERNMENTAL work in places where you want to lift and
opuscircuiting and movement in one direction denoted
ment and the individual parts have special
nye devices consisting of a monorail and Kosh
ki with hoists and hoists.
Particularly useful setting similar
GOVERNMENTAL simple and inexpensive lifting
mechanisms from 0.5 to 10 m in the areas where the
pumps and other devices regeneration equipment, which can not be serviced bridgevym crane. Application of hoisting
funds provides mechanization payload
of numerous alterations and thereby reduces the cost of reform
repairs, speeds up and improves the performance of work
culture repairs. The economic effects
fect achieved by the application of these
mechanization, pays for the cost of
equipping them repair sites.
Accessories for lifting lids
cylinders and rotors. For lifting lids cylinLindgren and rotors are different Ad
cial factory tools that accelerates
ing alignment of horizontal lifting lids
and rotors. These devices are the same as Pointing
but above all for rigging shall be osvidetelstvovaniyu and repair before the capital
tal repairs.
Test devices for gruzopodCAPACITY is most often done at the same time

44

When garter parts crane hook must

be approximately over the center of gravity approach
Nima details. Dragging items portage
using a crane hook for lifting vang
details not under the hook, lifting de
hoist when it anything pinched or jammed
when lifting, as well as the lead crane prikreplenGOVERNMENTAL parts in any case are not allowed.
For example, lifting the cover of the cylinder may be
made only after prior equal
license lifting her squeezing bolts.
There should be no friction on the rope less
tal; to protect the cable from abrasion and
fractures, especially when lifting heavy
parts with sharp edges, it is necessary podkladyval pillows made of rags, boards or special
nye metal fuses under sharp
corners and edges of parts in the field of cables and fit
ropes and rope loop insert wooden
round timber with a diameter of 100-150 mm and a length
250-300 mm.
5.4. ARRANGEMENT
Hoisting lifting more than two
Lifting operations.
governmental mechanisms at the same time is not
recommended
When tying items to the hook of the crane
mended, since it is difficult to avoid nonor hoist must be taken into account
uniform load, which resulted in impact
the angle , formed between a rope branches
(Table. 5.1), or the angle , formed a branch of the cable with sible cliffs and dropped loads. For example, if
vertical (see Fig. 5.1). Knowing the angle , and the weight of bearing cap between the generator and the LPC
necessary to remove skew from the deepening
the load Q
number of branches of the cable m, it is easy to determine the tion of the exhaust pipe, used hoist
should be calculated on-duty
Nations
full weight bearing cover, as each
load S, which accounts for each branch
dy single point lifting hard warning
cable according to the formula S = Q / cos * m = l * Q / m /
look at what some of the weight rests on the cover
wherein l-magnification load
crane hook, and which part will be on the hoist.
Depending on the angle of each branch to the vertices
Before lifting, particularly tyaticked; l is defined by the following values:
heavy and critical parts shall productivity
0o30 45 60 75
ditsya trial lift cargo on a small
L1,01, Jan. 15, 412, 03, 86
height (about 100 mm), during which proceeds
These data clearly show how
walks weave and checked uniformity Nations
as the angle between the direction of suspension
pulling slings checked balance
leniem the wire rope and the vertical increases
cargo is properly tightened knots and kinks stringent
load on each branch of the cable. For example, when
Stand and overall good condition and reliable
loads Q, equal to 5000 kg and vertical position
secure all used when lifting takeSRI branch a = 0 , the load on the branch 2500 kg; when
Lajnah devices and mechanisms (cranes,
a = 60o load of 5000 kg; at a = 75o load on cable
hoists, eyebolts, eights, slings, and so on. d.).
ies every branch is 9650 kg. Hence it is clear
At the beginning of the relief cargo rope several
it is important to take into account the size of the angle
necessary
to light taps on the midhanging branches of a rope; neglect of this threatened
No cable to even the tension of all
cable breakage, accidents with people
branches of the cable that will prevent from slipping and
E, and equipment damage.
jerks the rope when lifting.
To hold in position
during lifting parts and protect it from
Turn on the hook to the cargo tie backstay
of hemp rope, tension which manually
tion is governed by the position of the load.
The rise of the cargo should be made smooth
but, without jerks and rocking; rise responsibility
governmental and heavy loads should be 2-3 times
suspend in order to make sure no
whether the grazing load whether zaFigure 5.1. Load distribution on the wire rope in
Torsional slings and correctly find Nations
Depending on the angle suspension cargo.
vaccinations cables on drums winch crane. Also
must ensure that the goods are not lifted
Virtually stable equilibrium
for being touched by the travel
Line length is selected such that when the nonneed for spacing branches rope angle between the wind
cable twist and the vertical (in Fig. 5.1.) is not exceeded
45 (maximum 60 ) or the angle between the branches of the
cable
(Table. 5.1.) Is not greater than 90 (maximum 120 ).
test bridge crane for which the usual
but there is a special power Since
Permanent adjustable weight big load.
Test devices with all their detalyaE collected in the operating position (cables,
earrings, rings, studs, etc..) shall be made at
static and dynamic loads.
Static tests are conducted GRU
Zom, 25% higher than the load that
considered sufficient for the production lifting
of numerous alterations and that will not be surpassed at
these works. Dynamic tests zaklyuchaare in the repeated lifting and lowering,
working load exceeding the limit by 10%.
Lifting devices can be
allowed to act only when they are full
serviceability and obtain satisfactory
test results on the load capacity.

45

foreign objects; grazing is dangerous and

can often occur at the time of separation
consignment from laying an imprecise performed
nenii the above rules.
Climb on a raised part for its equation
noveshivaniya and drive it is forbidden;
should also be prohibited from being under
raised parts and moving them over the hologram
you work.

Post loads on weight during their lunch

tion break and unleash the cargo to its
fully into place and secure the strengthening
tion is unacceptable. The head should rise
be in place before the final installation of the cargo,
not allowing anyone to replace themselves in the supply signal
nals the crane to move the cargo.

6 Organization, preparation and conduct

MAJOR REPAIR.
6.1. SCHEDULE PRE
STATEMENT OF WORK AND VOLUME
WORKS.
The total scope of works of major reform
Montu turbine unit includes: preparatory
work to repair, check the unit on track to
stop for repairs, stop the machine, vskryment unit, check clearances and position relative
individual parts, a detailed examination of the
All parts, cleaning and removing the detected
defects, replacement and repair of worn parts,
holding small and medium reconstructive
and rationalization measures outlined
during operation, assembly and checking
record in the forms of all the gaps and establish
of gauge data, the acceptance of individual repair
parts of the whole assembly as a whole, checks aggregation
the one on the run after the repair and production of records
in appropriate journals and acts for reporting
of repair.
Schedule of preparatory work is
for the timing and conduct of the large
Scheu preparatory work that needs to
precede the unit is switched off for capital
FLOW repair. Conducting preparatory work
after the beginning of production and during repair
unacceptable.
Practical work in preparation for the pre
standing overhaul of turbine plant
should begin immediately after the preparation chamber
lendarnogo plan repairs of main equipment
tion for the next year. At this time, as already indicated
mentioned, was determined by the amount of work on capital
tal repair and duration of downtime reform
Monte. These data allow a timely manner determined
Roedel all necessary preparations
operation.
Schedule of preparatory work must
include the following activities: preparation
statements of the scope of work; compilation of technological
cal (calendar tape or network)
schedule repairs; registration of applications and contracts
with repair organizations to carry out those
or other works; training (repair, fabrication
of the workpiece and with deadlines) inventory
appliances, tools, materials, zaPasni parts and equipment; repair and
Test rigging mechanisms adapted
tions and other mechanical means; resolution
issues of fire and industrial safety;

preparation for the installation of the mounting pads

details; rationalization and mechanization of production
duction repair the workpiece all necessary
for this device; alignment of labor
strength of individual objects work; preparation and
the coaching staff; preparation blanks form
Mulyar and other technical documentation,
necessary for the repair; inspection and repair
all measuring instruments and tools
used in the repair, etc..
Bill of Quantities is used to identify
tion work to be performed at the capital
tal repair, and shall be completed not later than
a month before it starts.
Existing in some elektrostantions position when the staff starts accordance
constitute a statement of the amount of work directly
tively before stopping or even after the residual
Novki unit for repair, leading to incomplete OX
wool volume repair. For this reason already in prorepair process further revealed defects
you are not listed in the staff statement that
leads to the necessity of preparing Official Gazette
STI additional work. This gives a graph
repair, compiled on the basis of statements,
creates additional difficulties and often
leads to the breakdown of the repairs in namechentime frame.
Statement should include all nodes
turbine plant, and the amount of work on them should
determined by their technical condition.
For of the statement must be
examine the operation of turbine and its accesmogatelnogo equipment for the exploitation
insulating the data and take into account the data of the
previous overhaul. Therefore, in
During operation it is necessary to pay serieznoe on identifying defects mechanisms
assemblies and individual parts and turbine plant
fixing them in operational journals. These
data and documentation for the repair, prohodivPWM period of the previous major reform
monta, allowed gradually reveal
the required volume of work during the upcoming chamber
major overhaul.
In the statement of the scope of work for each node
included by selection of operational
magazines, books, routine maintenance, emergency
acts and acts of unresolved by the previous
repair any defects and defect problem, you are a

46

dyval to the act of acceptance of the turbine unit of reform

Revealed since the last major
monta.
repair.
In the bill of quantities must find
6.2. Technological schedules
reflection: the leakage valves and gates;
sticking valves; part defects regulation
REPAIR.
tion, worm gears, mazes, subBelt schedule. Normal kalenbearings; ingress of water into the oil; vibration;
Darn belt schedule overhaul
observed deviation from normal temperature
turbine plant is developed on the basis of analysis
tures and pressures; cups; frequency of contamination and
for the amount of work and compiled by
failure of condenser tubes, masloohnodes of the unit showing all the objects in the work
laditeley and apparatus regenerative installation;
according to the sequence and parallelism in
state of the condensate, circulation and the other
what they are made for repairs. Approximate
GIH auxiliary pumps; deviation
schedule repairs of turbine K-300-240
normal thermal expansion of the unit
and auxiliary equipment is shown in
for different modes of operation, and so on. n.
Fig. 6.1.
These carefully processed data
The total duration of the repair is determined
must give a full and clear picture of the technical
only by the amount of time required for selection
nomic status of individual components and the entire turbine
complement of successive operations, which
boustanovki as a whole; on the basis of these data, determined
can not be superimposed on one another; vapor
mined the composition and volume to be vyparallel to the work carried out can not be lengthened
performance of work for repair.
adopt a general schedule of turbine repair.
The nodes turbine plant, which in the
In the repair schedule, but the actual reform
ryh defects are not observed, the scope of work is determined
repair work and reconstruction, It should
mined by the time required to disassemble, clean,
blowing include completion launchers ing and
examination of the magnitude and the necessary
ladochnye work, ie it must provide
measurements
all the work that determine the overall planous gaps and regulations.
-hand turbine downtime Charter
Composed in such a way statement
Novki repairs (decommissioning).
should be worked out at the production
However, the amount of capital repairs not
meeting of a turbine plant, where it is exposed
should include the work that can be
appropriate adjustments based on
performed during operation turboustanovpersonal observations and repair ekspluatatsiki, without prejudice to its reliability and ekonomichnotional staff.
STI.
Sophisticated Personnel statement
In drawing up the schedule should be based on
workload allows before stopping
of two basic premises: 1) the minimum of time
unit to establish the full scope of works in the reform
nor for the repair of the high quality
Monte, determine the status of turbine plant, its
and performing a full scope of work; 2) clear
weaknesses, defects and abnormalities in the Device for
succession planning and parallel
injury which in the repair should be obof doing the work, which allows the process
rascheno attention.
repair to avoid downtime and labor obesThese data make it possible to pre-determined
vides uniform pace of work for
Roedel effort in man-hours for prothe entire period of repair, without rush work and
reference identified the scope of work, as well as Since
haste in some areas.
Trebinje spare parts and essential materials.
The schedule shall include the name pA
Accounting for all these statements, the scope of work permits
bot; their volume in man-hours; quantity and
one to avoid unresolved during repair
qualifications of staff required for selection
defects and abnormalities, making its planned
complement this work, based on the calculation of normal
in the course of repair, helps eliminate downtime
mal working day, the composition of teams and surname
personnel and their frequent rendition from one volume
foreman or master, responsible for the execution
project work on the other.
tion of the object works. The scope of work determined
At the end of an overhaul of Great
mined from the practice of previous repairs; if
domost scope of work must be written all
actually work on all sites
turbine plant with their technical help
state after repair.
Statement of the amount of work, compiled and
In the process of scheduling managers
signed by the head of the department and consistent with
Tel repair determines which work can
maintenance organization, after approval
be more stretched, time-consuming, line
chief engineer of the station is one of the
Michiru deadline for repair and require
key documents to plan and
are two-three-shift operation to perform
overhaul; at end
this work by the end of the scheduled time. Such
overhaul respectively oformlenKie corrections are included in the final plan
tion statement of the scope of work is one of the
repair.
substantive reporting that priklaDistribution of teams in shifts productivity
ductivity is obtained so that the greatest ko-

47

amount of work was done in the day shift,

which change with the greatest production
labor productivity. Appointment in two or three
change is made only on the most labor-intensive
work, limiting the general term repair and
parallel jobs requiring simultaneous
tion of using the overhead crane. When organic
tions on the same subject two
three-shift operation, special attention should
be paid to the transfer of the following
ing change.
A clear division of responsibilities between
staff and an exact knowledge of the task
is a prerequisite of good organic
Organization of work. Just like the rest of the first repair
Sonal to provide sharp Technical Guide
als sites, teams and shifts distribution
was attached and all engineering and technical workers
nicks involved in repair.

Plan repair electrical turbo

Position (generator, exciter, hydrogen
cooling, motors, electrical appliances and
etc..) should be drafted personnel electricity
Shop and agreed with the management of the turbine
shop before work, as the deadline reform
repair work produced by the electrical department,
should be timed to coincide with the end of
repair of the turbine unit; furthermore
such harmonization is necessary to plan for vneseof adjustments to it in the case, spruce conditions
wells repair a turbine plant will require
start of a particular accessory device
before the general deadline for repairs
for turbine plant as a whole.
Before performing maintenance schedule should be
thoroughly discussed with the repair person scrap.

Figure 6.1. Indicative timetable overhaul turbine installation K-300-240.

On production meetings discussed

are questions the scope of work, the most pA
tional composition and placement of workers in
shifts, the most effective ways of doing
works made by means of mechanization and reproductive
shayutsya questions which devices should
be prepared in advance to speed up the works;
the staff here are all the indicated
zaniya and explanations on the spread,
organization and nature of work itself of each
mu portion separately. This discussion of the plan
always has a real help in the work and

promotes effective quality improvement

and shorten the repair.
After discussion, the final dates
corrected, signed by the head
repair, approved by the chief engineer of electric
plant sector and posted on a special board
have repaired the unit. Reality and effectiveness
ciency schedule repairs depend on, for
how well the acquired and linked
some repair work, placing personnel
cash and put control of the progress of the
work.

48

In the course of repairs needed every sutki make a mark on the chart on the actual
cal performance of work under each object.
Thanks to this control maintenance personnel
every day is aware of how much
work was to perform and whether the lags
brigade or division compared to the plan or
Exceeds it. Management staff also
watching for these marks of progress of individual
work that allows for timely Barnett
tion to the trailing portion to reinforce its IPT
eliminate the resulting interference and delay
closure of all objects in the schedule.
Network schedule repair Belt chamber
lendarny repair schedule has significant
tion to management in ahead successfully
SRI repair deadlines. However, this
graph has a number of disadvantages,
the main ones are the coverage nebolshoOn the number of types of work, which leads to insufficient
accurately detailed coverage of the entire process
repair, and show only a chronological postsequence and the parallel implementation of these
work without their technological communication and
interdependence.
These shortcomings are particularly affected by
such complex repairs, what are the reform
Monty block of modern electrical installations
stations; these repairs are carried out hundreds of
various kinds of series and parallel
technologically and organizationally interrelated
of numerous alterations and tape graphs covering
they become extremely complex and neudobochitaemymi. According to this schedule tape
assessment of the impact lag and lead fulfilled
tion of any works on the general course of repair and
Determining the necessary technological, governmental
tional and material changes to
the full range of work in the scheduled
Rowan terms are very difficult and nonsufficiently substantiated. Of course, these internal
nal organization of repair deficiencies often
cause of irregular conduct of work, to zastoyam, downs and rush work on individual participation
stkah repair, to the need for dramatic increase
of the number of workers in the backward areas and to
Other disadvantages, leading to disruption sroCove, reduce the quality of the repair and improvement of
material costs.
Significant promise in improving
succession planning and parallel
lelnosti reference technology and organization
tionally interrelated activities, to improve the distribution
Settings and proper use reform
montnogo staff in improving the material
logistics and improving operations
efficiency and effectiveness of monitoring the progress and
quality of the repairs should play a transition from
described the tape used to schedule
already in power repair practice methods
do network planning and management of capital
tal repair (SPU).
The primary purpose of network methods
rows planning and development of network graphics

Cove, which is becoming increasingly important

in the national economy, it is - the correct coordinates
nation of works carried out by different contractors
governmental organizations, repair, kooperirovaof specialized works, provision of Nations
graphically and operational control, is responsible
the questions of what types of work and to what degree
Penalties depend completion all the work in
scheduled at minimum zatras labor and material resources. Available
literature on network planning enough
widely and broadly covers methods of construction
and the use of network diagrams with planning
Vania and conduct a variety of complex interactions
related production processes (construction
ment, installation, and others.) These methods are quite
Examples
applicability and to build network diagrams of Great
out such complicated repairs, what are the
overhauls of pre-engineered electric
plant sector.
Daylight network diagrams repair friction
quires high culture of the organization and Holding
of overhauls. Drawing up a network
schedule begins with the design of the table, in which
Torah the entire process of kapitalnoRepair of the nodes of the unit is presented in
as a list of the individual clearly identified
GOVERNMENTAL future works, each of which is
complete process step preparation
ki or repair of turbine. For each of
these activities should be identified labor law
spending needed performers, duration
tions the execution need for materials
replacement parts, tools, etc.
Furthermore, to determine the technological
cal sequence of work
must be determined that it is necessary to make
prior to the beginning of this work, what work will vyholds after its execution and what works
can be performed in parallel with it. Eg
to work "permission or excuse horizontal connector
IPC and check fit jack "Charter
placed di- deadline 2.5 days nine
the workers; work performed after vypolneof work "to remove receivers and piping
going to the seals' and in parallel with workE on the other cylinders and oil system; by
end of the first work produced work
"Remove the IPC and to determine thermal zazory-boring. "
Development of such a table, an example koTorah is the Table. 6.1. the main turbine
K-200-130, requires a significant investment of labor,
time and is based on existing
standard materials, stocktaking proveDenia previous repairs using
experience of masters and foremen.
Network diagram (see Fig. 6.2.) Is constructed without
scale and dimensions of all included therein in
work table (processes) indicates
out to be solid lines with arrows
going from left to right. Dotted lines
Depending on the graph depicted without friction
super- time and labor, but reflecting

49

correct relationship between the works themselves. Chamber

zhdaya work should start after
works, interfering with or without its top performing
which it can not be started. In the graph
each of the lines (work) begins and ends
circles is called the events and
numbers are sequential. Event denoted
chaet state corresponding to the end
past and at the same time the possibility of beginning
la with one or more subsequent operations,
which can not be started until the specified accordance
being.
In contrast to event has
duration in time. Each circle
(Event) is divided into four sectors in which
recorded: in the top - ref
this event (the code), in the lower-sequence
number of prior events in the left earliest start date of work, starting with a
this event, in the right - riding Late
Nyaya end date of the preceding
this event does not lead to the disruption of the term reform
Monta (see. example in Fig. 6.2).
Based on these data, each work
(Arrow) can be designated by two numbers,
one of which corresponds to the new serial
measure the event that marks the beginning of work, and
second - the ordinal number of events, denoted
sponding to its termination. For example, when rassmatRiva on the chart arrow concluded between
circles, having in its top sectors
number 116 and 117, it means that we are talking about the
"pA
bot (116-117). " According to the table. 6.1. under each
Doi arrow written content of the work; in
this case the "Install the upper cage CVP
and sboltit. " In addition, over the arrow being recorded
is the number of days required to vypolneof work (numerator, 0.5 days), and the number
qualitative composition of the team (the denominator drobi6 people.). Dashed arrow, enclosed between
do the events of 120 and 139, states that nonDespite the completion of all work on the HPC, MPC,
LPC and the oil system, pumping oil (work
139-179) may be initiated only was graduated
Notes of all the work taking place on the roads, zakanchiing event 120.
Thus, the construction schedule implementation
mented by connecting arrows, where each
gives to the work (arrow) is characterized by two sobytiyami (circles) - the previous and subsequent
conductive. Sequence of works characterizing
ing a continuous line of arrows and the circles
Cove, called by. Such paths in the network
Graph may be several, depending on the
the possibility of parallel conducting work on
various nodes of the machine. For work
for each path requires a different time, Since
that the majority of routes are reserves
time, as the final event, i.e. final
of all the work (capital repairs
ma) as scheduled can not be ensured
baked up until you have made all
work on all paths.

One of these ways, which has nailong duration of its constituent

work, called the critical; This path is determined
mines the total duration of the
overhaul, and the delay in the implementation of
work in this way will lead to a delay performed
tion of the whole complex of works on time. At the network
chart a path is usually depicted thickening
turbed line. Works, which are on the critical
cal way, do not have the time to spare for the timely
of implementation and are called critical; pA
bots that are on other parallel pu's fields are not strained, as they have
stock over time and do not affect the deadline
repair.
If after making a network schedule
reveals that the length of the critical
ray path is obtained more than planned
(Regulatory) capital duration
repair, the critical path is subject to correction
Grad time. The adjustment shall be
by reducing the time of work,
are on the critical path; it reaches
is by increasing the number of workers, funds
mechanization, shift work, and more de
tal separation and parallel execution
part of the work on the critical path. Increase
the number of workers and material resources productivity
is beyond the expense of the human, material resources and
reduction in reserves of time on the least Nations
conjugate non-critical paths.
After such a review is made new
phase analysis of the network schedule, as critical
pathway that can change its direction and
pass through other events; for critical
taken that way, the duration of which
cerned does not exceed the scheduled duration
tions the overhaul. When exceeded
SRI have to re-look for means to reduce
tion of the critical path and so on until until
further opportunities to reduce the critical
ray paths are exhausted Shcedule approach
is also adjusted in the process of repair in
cases, changes in the production sequence
tions the work, the emergence of unrecorded works
disruption of performance time on the critical
way, the lack of materials, spare parts and
etc.
Due to the fact that the network graph of capital
tal repair of turbine units has not
more than 120-150 different types of work, usually
calculation of the critical path, which determines the
the total duration of the of capital
repair work, and the identification of stocks on time
non-critical paths is done manually,
also produced and any recalculations at a concentration
specifically for repairs related to srytion time performance on critical and
non-critical paths. In the calculations of special
processes that are significantly larger number
many papers (from 250-300), the definition of critical
ray path, inventory time and resources relative
individual non-critical paths, establishing
early beginnings and endings of admissible later

50

are so time-consuming and duration

tive that these calculations should proizvoditsmiling on the computers.
On the network schedule progress of reform
repair work is represented by a winding concentration
trol line on which ends of Recording
vayutsya test date. This line crosses
arrows and ways of working so that the left are
Work carried out completely or partially;
in the latter case are cut accordingly
sponding to the time of the arrows image
highlighting those works.
Reflecting the technological sequence
and harmonization of all repair work

taking into account the preparatory and finishing operations

tions, network diagram in a systematic concentration
Troll progress of work not only on the critical
cal, but also on the ways where there are stocks of time
nor gives accurate information on the state of progress
work at any time control. Analysis of these
Data can quickly find emerging
delays and interference in the repair and timely
but to remove the difficulties which threaten disruption of the
total
term repair without disturbing the general rational
tion of the planned technology and the most advisable
Consistent with the use of manpower and material
rial resources.

Figure 6.2.
Approximate
roadmap
overhaul
turbine K200-130.

51

Table 6.1. Indicative list of sites and objects of work to compile

network schedule overhaul of the turbine.

Number
p / p.

Components and work

The complexity of
works
number of
Number of works
work
shifts
sneeze

28

CVP
To pump oil to the turbine is stopped
100-101
Remove the casing and insulation HPC and IPC
101-102
Period of cooling CVP to 60 C.
102-103
Razboltit connector HPC
103-104
Remove the sheet connector HPC and determine thermal clearances rastoch- 104-105
Cams, razboltit holder diaphragms and remove the upper half
Remove the sheet of flowing part and seals CVD; measure the thermal
gaps jack
105-106
Razboltit and remove the front bearing; razboltit contributions
Dis the first bearing and measure the gaps and fit Shoe
103-106
Check hoses for the indicator. Remove the rotor and auditing. Audit
Ear number 1
Determine the ignition gaps bottom CVP, revise the upper and lower
106-107
cage and diaphragm, check for deflection
Revise the CVP and Chabrier connector 0.5mm
107-108
Set in the CVP and the lower wing and center the aperture on the boron
bar, followed by sealing groove
109-110
Shoveled the control stage of the WFD
110-111
Lay hoses and adjust the gaps between end diaphragms and an oil
nym seals the installation of the upper half
Measure clearances hydraulic components and seals, check the heat
107-111
gaps CVP
111-112
Remove the hoses and the lower ring and aperture machined cage
Blow the CVP, cage and diaphragm and install the cylinder final
112-113
enforcement
RVD finally put
Fit the upper clips CVP and sboltit
113-114
Install cover CVP and sboltit
114-115
Install the plug into the bearing housing number 1
IPC
115-116
Razboltit, remove the receiver and piping steam seal
116-117
Razboltit horizontal connector IPC to check for fit
118-119
connector
119-120
Check the run rotor thrust bearing. Remove cover ordertion of the bearing, check the fight RSD couplings and hoses
Razboltit bearing shells number 2 and measure gaps. Razboltit
100-121
coupling RVD-RSD
121-122
Remove the cover for sealing of gaps to determine the thermal boring
Razboltit holder diaphragms MPC and remove the upper half proverit alignment RVD and RSD
121-123
Remove the sheet flow of the IPC and seals. Check for RSD
and level indicator
Revise the upper cage, diaphragm, and fasteners, to measure the deflection 123-126
The upper half of the diaphragms CSD
Remove the RSD, revise bearing number 2, the bottom of the diaphragm for sealing
of
122-124
prove124-125
rit deflection of the lower halves of the diaphragms produce vibration inspection
20th and 23rd stages
Revise the definition of CSD ignition gaps at the bottom CSD
125-127
Centering of the WFD and the RNC and rayberovat holes
Remove the RSD, Chabrier horizontal connector 0.5mm
125-136

29

127-128

10

30
31
32

127-129
129-130
130-131

1.5
3
7

8
8
21

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

1
2
1
2.5
2

0
4
0
11
8

1.5

3
10

18
9

7
2.5

3
8

4
0.5

4
3

0.5
0.5
3
0.5

4
6
12
1

3
2.5

10
9

1.5

1
1

9
5

0.5

18

33

131-132

18

132-133

1.5

15

132-134

134-136

136-137

2
3

8
8

2.5
2

8
30

141-142

11

142-143

10

143-144

144-145

14

48

145-146

49

Remove the sheet flow of the low-pressure cylinder and check RND Indicator 146-147
according to the formulary
Check the coupling half RND and RSD for loose fasteners
145-147
compensators
Check the alignment of the RND-boring, remove RND and auditing,
148-149
vibroobsledovat blades 25th and 29th stages
Prepare a balancing machine for balancing RND
Remove the lower collar of LPC and audit, measure the deflection of the lower 152-154
147-150
diaphragms.
Revise LPC aperture terminal and oil seals (replace
thread antennae maslouplotneny)
151-153
Revise the cover of LPC and the upper wing membranes, clean and replace
rit deflection of the upper diaphragm
147-152
Install the lower cage and diaphragm in the LPC, to center on boron
rod and machined, adjust the ignition gaps in tabs
153-154
Install of RND and measure gaps flowing part
Remove the RND and the lower wing with diaphragms, blow low-pressure cylinder, ring
and
154-155
aperture set finally, finally put RND
156-157
Install and sboltit holder diaphragms LPC, place the cover
LPC
158-159
Sboltit connector LPC sboltit Receivers
Check the alignment of the RND and RND-WG-RSD and correct. RayberoVat holes sboltit coupling half RND and RND-WG-RSD. Check
160-161
cranked, open bearing shells number 4, 5, 6 and 7
162-139
Regulation.
Remove the turbine characteristics on left

11

5.5

6
6.5

9
6

5.5

11

10

1
1

6
9

1.5

1.5
2

22
7

100-163

34
35
36

Install the lower half of the clips diaphragms and seals, put
and center of the diaphragm on the boring bar, adjust the ignition gaps
by tabs
Fit groove clearances seals MPC (end, slide
Phragmen and oil)
Check the ignition gaps in clip and diaphragms, pierced
cage and diaphragm seals CSD
Remove the cage and diaphragm, clean, purge and set in MPC,
measure the flow of the gaps
Blow out, install and sboltit clips IPC, IPC set cover

37
38
39

40
41
42

Sboltit cover TSSD137-138

Check the alignment of the WFD-RSD sboltit clutch RVD-RSD and check 138-139
fight. Make the pendulum test. Expand all bearings
for pumping oil
LPC
Prepare a timber and remove resivery100-140
Razboltit LPC interface and partially cover bearing number 3, 4, 5, 6 140-141
i7
Disable valopovorot, razboltit bearing number 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 and 141-135
remove covers
Revise BARRING ustroystvo135-139

43
44
45
46
47

50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59
60
61

Check cranked polumuft RND and RND-WG-RSD in bolted and

razbolchennom state
Revise bearing number 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 with check fit column
Dock and pouring babbitt
Install the lower bearing shells number 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, check
alignment of the RND and RND-WG-RSD and correct
Check the position of the coupling half and filled with RND oporozhnenMr. capacitor razboltit cover LPC and remove from the definition of
position of the coupling halves after removing the cover
Razboltit holder diaphragms LPC and remove the upper half

62

53

63
64
65
66
67
68

Revise servos locking and safety valves

Revise servomotors control valves
Revise and install shut-off and safety valves, install
servomotors
Disassemble the oil lines in the front chair bearing
Remove and auditing bodies of regulation in the front chair
Collect bodies of regulation in the front chair and close
Front chair
Replace toothed coupling the main oil pump

69
70
71

163-164
164-166
166-168

16
3
16

8
8
4

164-165
165-167
167-168

1
7
5

4
4
3

165-168

1
15

12
4

Replace engine oil starting nasosa169-120

Audit control valves HPC and IPC with all organs vapor 164-120
roraspredeleniya and collect them
The oiling system.
Drain the oil from maslosistemy101-170

72
73
74
75
76
77

78
79
80
81

Dismantle the oil system piping

170-171

12

Disassemble, clean and assemble turbine oil coolers

Clean and wash the oil tank

171-173
171-174

6
6

6
6

Clean and oil lines to revise turbine

Collect the oil system of the turbine
Accessories
Disassemble, repair and assemble condensing and regenerative
nye device of turbine
Install and sboltit receivers and suction pipes and drains
To pump oil
Set inserts in the normal position, identify gaps and
tightness on the bearings
Check and adjust the axial displacement sensors
Fix the axial displacement sensors

172-175
175-139

15
15

12
12

100-185

180-181
139-179
179-181

2
1
2

8
0
8

182-183
183-184

1
1

0
2

184-185

12

176-177

177-178

185-186
178-187
138-181
181-182
186-187

2
3
5
1
1

0
5
0
9
0

82
83
84
85

86
87
88
89
90
91

Fully assemble bearings and lock covers

Assembly, inspection, testing, commissioning of the turbine
Remove the control characteristics for standing turbine and adjustments
Rowan work regulation
Perform a test turbine generator protection program. Let
turbine and adjust the strikers machine safety
Balance the turbine by code
Remove the control characteristics on a running turbine.
Produce heat insulation work
Unforeseen work
Turbine load

6.3. ARRANGEMENT
Preparatory work.
By the beginning of the repair must be borne in Nations
lichii proven measuring, installation and
lifting tools and devices
Should be prepared forms for zarecording gaps and 'position of the pieces and such accesmogatelnye devices for measurement, proverock and repair, as brackets and bearings
CG on the sleeves, boring bar, prisposobletion to rotate the rotor at low speeds and
for a small lift of the rotor (to osvobodit lower bearing) slides
for grooves and so on. Same applies to the nonneed for timely receipt of spare
GOVERNMENTAL parts and auxiliary materials;
should be prepared: stock lubricating

oil change for operating, empty containers for

Drain the used oil in the event of change and
need to clean the oil system, electrons acquire
of gauge and gasket materials, fasteners
materials (bolts, pins, nuts, screws)
Lapping and burn materials, Part
rials for bearings and labyrinth (Babbitt,
tin, bronze, copper, etc..).
In preparation for the repair of an integral part
Stu also includes training funds mechanism
Organization of work, scaffoldings, scaffolding and
other devices to facilitate and accelerate
tron production work, and the implementation of
elaborate and quite safe
illumination of work areas. Before the start of reform
repairs must be specified relative weight value
individual large parts of turbine unit. Knowledge
weights and dimensions makes it possible to advance intention

54

tit on the plan machine shop location relative

individual parts of the dismantled turbine subject to
emitted loads on beams, columns, transfer
opening and site Shop and software plans
Eu- sequence works for the repair,
reliability of sites management prilesavers for repairable items, and the need
Mykh passes during repair. Example planning
Grad placement on repair sites OC
new parts shown in Fig. 6.4. (For turboagRegatta K 200-130).
Knowledge of the weight of the individual parts of the turbine
Denmark
is also an opportunity to set before the start of repairs
that, as will be transported details on cable
FIR crane hook, what cables, lifting eyes,
eights, hoists, etc.. Weight removed from turbine
Bina heavy parts must consider
Defines using long wooden
sleepers on the largest possible number of beams overlap
ment, otherwise reinforced construcstruction of overlap may collapse under the action
Viy large weights falling within a small
Shua area. For proper distribution
loads on the details of the surface slab
(Mounting pads) need to have a plan
turbine shop coated with it refer servicing
governmental sites and allows them Nations
load. Fig. 6.3 shows a plan of the turbine
Shop with three turbine units of 50 MW average
steam parameters, which shows the reconstruction
site and are allowed to load them.
Knowing in advance where some parts will be discussed
put, we can avoid non-runs
crane and create an order providing By arranging
position of parts of the same unit in the same
location. Such a procedure is also important because
avoiding distress, loss of time and
labor on useless permutations of details
Leu and knots and walking to find himself a place of their
stacking. Compliance with these conditions eliminates
loss of or damage to components and makes it possible
of pre-prepare, check and correct
arrange repair tools, goats,
design for lifting rotors and caps cylinLindgren, racks, benches, decking, podklazling bars and so on. For small parts: nuts
bolts, screws, pins, springs and other proper
lies in advance to prepare boxes and shelves and
place them far from the parsed nodes.
On the shelf and drawers should be writing,
for which parts they are intended.
Plumbing, in order to avoid unnecessary hozhdetions in the tool must be issued in
portable tool boxes sets running
ments - small wrenches, handbrake, saws,
scrapers, chisels, screwdrivers, meters and so on. All need
sary large instruments - large gaechnye keys and sledgehammers, knockout, eight, marwe are special tools and trosymust be located within a certain Therefore
a row on the shelf with shelves against razbiraemy turbine; Locksmiths taking these tools
Use must then put them on the same

shelves and in the same order in which they were

originally located.
To protect the parts removed from the
Nicks, and tile floors from damage is necessary
located in a place intended for laying
details plank shelves and goats and put
appropriate tarpaulins and the number
fifth burlap to cover and uncover the details
turbine at the end of the daily work. In
several locations around the turbine must be
arranged boxes (with appropriate proper
pisyami) for dirty greasy rags and reform
montnogo debris. These boxes with daily
completion of the work must be cleared.
To clean parts should prepare in advance
a sufficient number of different size
trays, butter dishes, wire brushes, skrebCove and others. Near the turbine must be Since
presented one or two bench with parallel
vise on each.

Figure 6.3. Repair sites turbine shop.

Number 1, 2, 3, 4, allow the load 2, 4 t / m 2; Number 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
allow 2 0 t / m 2, 6 is designed for stacking rotor
Dr. generator weighing 58 tonnes, 8 is designed to fit
stator 85 tons of cargo and installation of 125 g for the test
bridge crane, 9 is designed to
feeding platform 100 g

Smoking in repair areas should

categorically prohibit the terms of fire
security as well as to avoid clogging as
jobs and refined details and vskryof the turbine. For the duration of the repair discharged
a special smoking area, consistent with the
fire protection and secured ballot boxes and selfturatorami or boiled water for drinking. On
all work areas should be posted predupretivity plates with appropriate inscriptions
rities of smoking, fire and technical Security
Council, the basic rules of behavior work
What in the repair and so on. purity reform in areas
Monta should be maintained carefully
manner.
1-2 days before the unit is shut down for reform
repairs made training jobs in
this unit. According to the developed breakdown
repair sites installed racks,
bookcases, benches, goats, bars, lifting
tools, boxes, trays, tools,
smoking urns, portable barrage
partitions and so on. Locations safe in fire department
nominal terms, prepared in advance of stairs treatment
ca, scaffolding, hoists strengthened, held several
need for low-voltage lighting, power
hoses from air, steam and water, and are delivered
the necessary details.

55

Figure 6.4. Distribution placing on

repair sites main parts of turbine
K-200 130; 1-cover front block, 2
- items-whether the regulation
and valves, 3-a place to put the
diaphragms CVP, 4
accommodation details PEN, 5 stand for the dismantling of PEN;
b - cover
LPC; 7 - cover CVP; 8 - a cover
for sealing of 9 - rotor ND 10 - SD
// rotor - bearing cap number 3
and 4, 12 - place setting
balancing
malization of the machine, 13 - a
place to repair condensate
pumps, 14 - stand for opreesovki
IPA / 5 - a place for housing IPA
16 - rotor gene-operator, 17-HP
rotor; 18 - a cover bearing
number 5 and 6 with the barring
gear, 19-space for mounting, 20cap bearing 2,21-place for
mounting 22-a place to put the
hoist, 23 - a place to put trim, 24place for Accommodation
diaphragms MPC, 25-place
rotor for production
pereoblopachivaniya VD and SD
26 - The place for diaphragms
LPC; 27 receiver, 28 bench
29-frontal shield
generator

6.4. GUIDE TO REPAIR AND

The coaching staff.
Due to the high requirements imposed
is to conduct repairs
a large and important task, which vozlaGaeta on the heads of repair, before the
repair must be precisely defined function
of the rights and obligations of each of the managers
Leu (chiefs, engineers, foremen, brigadi-

ditch), responsible for the repair as a whole or for the reform

Mounting on a particular site.
Leaders should pay repair
great attention to mentoring first repair
personnel. Instruction should be to de
tal familiarize personnel with the plan representatives
standing work with the objectives, methods, and adopted
organization of repair; it is necessary to explain
staff value the work sites, the place and role
Everyone in this work and to emphasize friction

tion of technical instructions and explanations in proments of care and accuracy in work,
process of the work, should be kept to a minimum.
guarantee against deterioration of parts, accidents
cases of foreign objects and
Much attention should be paid to
dirt inside the turbine and auxiliary equipment
Control over the quality of the work undertaken and
ment.
acceptance of separate completed works. None
Repair is not to be regarded as closed, and
All staff should be strictly indicated
shown that in the repair should be used only
consummated without inspection foreman or engineer
relevant to the nature of work, properly
ner repair. The most critical work
proven tools and tucked
you, such as lifting and lowering covers and rotor
ditch turbines, turbine unit alignment, editing and
(Reliable head hammers, handbrake and vykolotok,
not obmyatye head chisels, saws and scrapers with de
rotor balancing, correcting scapular
roaring handles, wrenches strictly on
the machine must be carried out under the direct
size nuts, ropes without dangling wires);
, facility for the management and control of the leadership
Driver repair.
categorically should be prohibited to use
The solid performance of these organizations
inappropriate tools (otvertytion nuts by chisels and parking brake, application
tion activities has an important discition to speed up instead of the scraper blade,
liniruyuschee impact on staff. Under the conditions
these requirements opportunity to display nonbabbitt bearings grinding emery
culture in the work is reduced to a minimum and
cloth, etc..).
When briefing senior staff
appearance of disorder is prevented in the
should pay particular attention to the value merobud. This has a positive effect on cable
operation and repair rates, warns neschastenterprises safety and health.
nye cases and "accidents" such as falling
Working with portable lighting 12-24,
strong ladder with the elimination of their slip
dirt, rags and party items in the turbine
on a smooth floor, solid wood with fencing and
Well, leaving nedovernutyh nuts on the flanges are not
set of pins and locks, bolt, etc..
scaffold with a solid plank floor, dense
Master and supervisors should organize
closing hatches and openings decking, fencing
tion and warnings, such removal
Vat effective control over the highest organic
Vaught, oil and water to prevent slip
zation of work in response to any violation of
rules of order, cleanliness and cultural work
Research Institute on a smooth floor, use a corresponding
locksmiths.
sponding cases goggles or hands
kavits, grounding when working drills and
Procedure adopted and the plan should not be subother power tools, conducting author
subjected to no particular reason and alterations
changes, especially in the alignment of the first
pathogenicity and welding operations at full
personnel on the job site. Nothing is so bad not relative
implementation of the relevant law in this work
forks and so on. d. - that's the circle of those matters in respect RAWA on productivity, as frequency
of
Tide transfer mechanics from one area to the other
which staff should be clearly proinstgoy.
Thus, the organization of labor
ruktirovan and the implementation of which should be noncontinuously monitored by the leadership of reform
Yes, locksmiths help in their quest to increase
monta.
sheniyu productivity and quality pA
Particular attention should be briefing
bots, proper control, the specific technical
cal leadership, acceptance of individual works and
pay precautions against-hit
of the open turbine of any objects and
received routine maintenance - this is the
debris, sustained follow all namechenthe main requirements and challenges facing the PV
GOVERNMENTAL arrangements and maintaining
policy- makers repair, the senior master, masteramie sites and foremen repair crews,
NIJ is perfectly clean, both in the workplace and
that affect the high quality of
most of the staff (the integrity and purity of overalls,
periodic washing it).
the total volume of repair work in the minimum
time.
During repairs, in any case not pre
starts leaving work without careful when of Great
Denia jobs in full order, ie without
appropriate placement of the instrument and de
hoists, without removal from the workplace is not relevant
objects without covering with a tarpaulin and net
sacking of all the details and open turbine
(This eliminates the contamination until the renewal
6.5. INSPECTION AND CONTROL
ment of the work). Removing tarps and burlap
TESTS TO STOP
allowed only one team that works
TURBINE FOR REPAIRS.
at the site.
Explanations during the repair should Denmark
Immediately before the stop on reform
vatsya clearly and specifically to work Since
repairs must be subjected to thorough turbine
Nyima, why and for what he is doing so, and not inational comprehensive survey. This obTh, loss of time, related to giving and obtaining
following aims to identify new and refine
thread already known defects, tentatively
establish the reasons for their occurrence, additional
enforcement record them in the bill of quantities and
thereby obtain data to refine the plan
repair.

57

Comprehensive technical inspection and

check - responsible business requiring horoshih knowledge with the unit, mutual
connection of individual parts and their operation. Such
inspection of turbine should be carried out
shop superintendent and head of repair instead
CTE with the repair and the shift foreman.
External examination should identify the main
forming the outer visible defects as pro
starts to steam, water and oil flanges, seals
and valves, abnormal heating of bearings
and so forth. Designated less defects should be noted
scrap and accurately record to refit remain
Vit their unaddressed.
Staff with the skills and knowing
turbine, very much give outward signs
however, this is not always sufficient since
one and the same external feature may indicate
various defects. Therefore, along with an external
inspection is an important part of
survey, it is necessary to spend more concentration
trol inspection, testing and laboratory
analyzes, as a result of which will be prepared
sufficient data for comparison of the turbine
Bina after repairs to its work to repair.
Great help in these checks have
various control devices and prisposobletion, to which should include a stethoscope,
vibrograph or vibrometer, control lever,
pins and sensors for measurement of thermal expansion
rhenium turbines etc.
Oil sampling for chemical analysis. laser
Laboratory is required to establish the suitability
of oil to the further work required
regeneration, centrifugation, filtration
tion, washing and so forth. Analysis of a sample of the
condensate
chemical. laboratory should establish the degree of water
dyanoy density capacitors.
Removing the decline curve under vacuum Nations
load or at idle should productivity
ditsya to characterize the air
the density of the vacuum system.
Analysis of measurement of thermal expansion
turbine under normal parameters and complete
load and the same measurements at steady
cold thermal state after stopping
turbine for repair and comparing these data with
data periodically removed during
manual provides insights into the nenormalnostyah available in the thermal expansion of the air handling
gata, and identify activities to address them
during repair.
Simultaneously with these measurements need
check mo mobility goals planted
bolt with spacer sleeves, zaZora between the bolt heads and washers and zazory in the guide dowels (see. 7.9). Absence
Via these gaps can cause vibration and
occurrence of stress in the turbine housing vsledCorollary obstacles thermal expansion. Particular
particularly great importance vibration test
of the bearings and the foundation of turbine
at different loadings.

All these checks and indicators extracted

eration before the repair of turbine (pressure
and temperature steam, oil, condensate and OX
lazhdayuschey water on various points of the unit)
should be reflected in "Vedomosti Operational parameters before and after major
repair of turbine unit ", which is an important accordance
integral part of the reporting documentation for reform
Monti.
To verify the correct operation of the system
we obtain the necessary regulatory and
data for troubleshooting in its work
immediately prior to the conclusion of the repair should
us be removed static characteristics of regular
lation.
After turning off the network and obtain
permission to stop the turbine must be
produce test safety vybreakers and test operation of instruments zashields. Before checking the action fuse
enforcement by increasing the number of switches
la speed, you must first make sure
that after knocking safety switched
breakers valves manually run automatically
solution (lock, starting valves) servomotori safety valves IPC governing
valves and rotary diaphragm (at turbine
controlled steam extraction) denies access
steam turbine. With proper action valve
should be re-charge the new safety
switches and make a test of their action
tions lifting speed 10% above the nominal
tion speed.
After closing the safety vythe circuit-breakers access steam turbine at Therefore
standing vacuum in the condenser (normal
mal operation of the condensing unit and
supplying steam to the labyrinth seal), and to
stopping the turbine to produce records
fall in the number of turns on the proven ruchnomu tachometer depending on the time, otmetea with a stopwatch; Typically, the number of revolutions
will be recorded every 1-2 minutes.
According to this data to construct the curve run-giving
dependence of the rate of decline in the number of revolutions
turbine of time; rejecting duration
STI stick out from the normal (compared with data
governmental curves coasting taken previously) should be
taken measures to clarify and address the causes of
such rejection; ceteris paribus
increase stopping time indicates neplotof the valves, the reduction - to less change
ical state of the turbine.
The uniformity of temperature should scale
la between the outlet and the inlet of oil at every
bearing alone the right shows
correctness of the distribution between the oil supply
bearings. In the case of non-uniformity of Nations
heating oil on the bearings corresponding
adjustment (reallocation) is made
after stopping the turbine off and butyric
of the electric changes in flow area
pressure oil lines, available to them
reducers ( 20.3). In the absence of gears

58

change in the cross sections is achieved by adjusting the

diaphragms with respective diameters proexit aperture, depending on the size of the contribution
bubbles is and the length of oil pipelines.
After adjustment and commissioning
turbines in operation is required to thoroughly
monitor the temperature of the oil to the bearings
nicknames for the establishment by heating at properSTI for readjustment.

6.6. PREPARATION
Stopped By TURBINE
REPAIR.
Before attempting any repairs steam, water
and other pipes repaired unit
must be disconnected from the adjacent, ostayuschihsmiling in the operation sections of pipelines shop.
Disabling made valves and ventilyami with mandatory locking them on a chain or
sealing. Obesparivanie disabled
piping and control for the lack of
Starts pair closed valves and dampers
produced by opening the air-vent (at
available).
Where necessary, should be placed
plugs with brightly colored shanks
protruding beyond the edges, flanges, and derived for
Shiva them relevant posters. Thickness
ness and material plugs are defined calculations
that the strength, within the parameters of the working
environment.
To ensure proper performance
Mykh operations opening and closing valves,
valves, plugs and installation of drainage opening
nazhnyh and purge lines have productivity
ditsya shift foreman and checked refer servicing
nym master, the same persons dollars wives be
act was shut down by work
pipelines or made clear in the journal entry
Nala swap shop foreman.
On all devices starting elektrodvimotors for auxiliary machinery repairs
orientable turbine unit staff of the electrical
after removing the voltage should post plans
cates not "turn on"; moreover, should be
removed wiring, which may prevent
or be spoiled for repair (eg
measures to shield wiring to a motor regulation
tor, wiring to the motor valopovorottion device, and so on. g.). From all areas podletaining repair, control and must be removed
gauges, pipes and all interfering
electric wire gauges.
In order to avoid deformation and appearance
of cracks in detail turbine operating in
high temperature (cylinders, rotor
ry, diaphragm, mazes), opening the cylinder
should only be done post cooling
them to a temperature of 75-80 C. Acceleration
cooling by creating drafts or obpurge air should not be allowed due to
uneven cooling, leading to a specified
nym above consequences.

With careful and thoughtful in all

details the most effective approach contributes
sobom accelerate the cooling of the turbine can
be to use a humidifier, primenyayuscheGuoxiang to wash the turbine blades on the fly by
load. In the presence of a humidifier to remain
Novki turbine for repair should be carried out her
washing, which in this case helps
Rapid cooling of the turbine. Unlike
flushing flow of the turbine performance
my during operation, by washing before
repairs after the temperature steam koGDS analysis of the condensate showed that the turbine
completely flushed simultaneously with termination
tion steam to the turbine to stop it
terminated and the supply of cooling water to
flushing device. This method remains
Novki turbine leads to rapid cooling
Denia cylinders and rotors and reduce the time
Meni required for cooling the cylinder
prior to disassembly. This in turn leads to
relief loosening the nuts securing the horizon
zontally connectors cylinders as flanges
cool slightly faster than the studs and
mouthfuls nuts decreases.

6.7. DISASSEMBLY, REPAIR AND ASSEMBLY

Turbine plant.
Without waiting for the full cooling cylincore high pressure turbine after the stop,
you can begin the repair work on the concentration
densatsionnomu and regenerative devices
turbine plant comprising a capacitor, the concentration
condensate, circulation, nutrient and the other
Gia pumps, water jetting machines and ejectors
heaters, evaporators, de-aerators, pipe
wires, fittings, drainage systems, etc..
Simultaneously with these works can approach
drink to the dismantling casings, frames and external
metal cylinder liner turbine to
the removal of all instrumentation installed
PARTICULAR on the turbine, and so forth.
By disassembling the oil system and all Device for
tron devices and components associated with it, we can
approach
drink only after stopping the barring gear
a device which stops operating after
turbine unit, the need is equivalent to
dimensional and accelerated cooling rotors aggregation
gata.
For example, repair of the turbine
K 150-130 HTGZ can proceed only through
2-3 days, since according to the instructions of the plant need
Dimo pump oil and rotate the rotors gross
a turning device to until the temperature
ture high-pressure cylinder in the area of reform
gulirovochnoy stage is reduced to 160 C.
After stopping the barring gear unit
OPERATION AND the oil pump can start to pA
bots on the descent of oil from the oil tank and oil
loohladiteley and disassembling system reform
regulation, the main and auxiliary oil
lyanyh pumps, caps and upper inserts
support and thrust bearing mechanism

59

barring gear, connecting

couplings rotors, oil coolers, etc.
Therefore, after stopping of the turbine, and
of the above preparations
works front of possible works very wide and
requirement of sufficient cooling of cylinders
before opening them should not cause much doubled the
Linen term repair turbo unit; it is,
mainly the cooling of the cylinder high
-pressure, as low-pressure cylinder
due to its lower temperature can
be opened much earlier.
Overhaul of turbine, considered by
individual nodes and detail in the second part kniw should be a complete and thorough. All of details
there must be inspected and tested, even
if they run smoothly. Details having
ing size limits under which they are already
not suitable for further use, podleRAT replaced with new ones. Parts having admissible
my wear, which change with further
operation until the next repair does not exceed
Sit limit may be left after the
necessary repairs.
Before removing the rotors need to producers
conduct measurements gaps passage and deflection
shafts. These measurements if compared with zapisyaE previous repair may indicate not prowhether significant changes occurred in the rotor, the stator
or install them.
When assembling should also be mandatory
tive measured clearances, shaft positions, cylinLindgren and others. These measurements are documents
mental data on the state of the machine Since
after repair. The availability of such data makes it possible
explain many of the phenomena occurring in the
operation between the two turbine repairs, and
take the necessary decisions and measures on the later
ther time.
The same checks as in the turbine itself,
should be carried out and all accessories
mechanisms and devices, especially relative
relates to devices stop for repairs and
cleaning that requires decommissioning
entire turbine plant, or reduces the reliability of its
operation.
Production requirements detailed replaced
ditch and checks the status and position of the pieces on
entire turbine is particularly apparent when one considers that
turbine should run smoothly up to 2-3
years, and if possible in terms of reliability and
efficiency, or more, with minimal
the number of stops on the current repairs.

6.8. START turbine plant

AFTER REPAIR.
As the end of the repair and assembly relative
individual mechanisms and devices turbine plant,
for example, pumps, condensers, oil
loohladiteley and others made their responrequirement of running, pressure, etc. Oprobovaof a mandatory resolution and
the presence of the chief of department; results respon-

ments must be recorded in the corresponding

ing acts.
After completion of the repair turbo
the unit as a whole is made preparations for his
approbation on the go. This training zaklyuchaetsmiling, not only in the liberation of all sections of the water
range of equipment parts, accessories,
wooden structures, tools, woods,
scaffolding, but in the full restoration of the thermal
insulation, which is time-consuming operation,
especially on the cylinder, steam pipes and fittings
high pressure; on the thermal insulation of the cylinder
powerful high-pressure turbine at ultra high

of the product and in the pipelines is not forgotten everything

properly delivered, secured and zaizoliroVano, oil filled, valves in place, plug
taken out of the forest, and combustible material removed,
everywhere
all washed, cleaned and ready to do
start.
Trial run of turbine should prohassled in the presence of the acceptance committee,
consisting of the chief engineer, engineer
inequality technical department, section chief and
representatives of operation and maintenance.
With this acceptance on the stationary turbine
not: 1) checked clearances established by indicated
exponent thermal expansion cylinders and roots
pusov bearings; 2) Oil is pumped human
cut oil system with cleaning it to temporarily
set filters with small cross-section of cells
which changed several times and removed
After thorough cleaning of oil; 3) observed
sufficiency of the oil drain out of all bearings
by viewing windows on the drain oil lines;
4) can be verified in good working (no
jams, etc.) valves automatic shutter
pa, servo safety valves, regulating
ing valves HPC and IPC and turning diameter
phragma (for turbines with controlled steam extraction)
by their full opening and closing. After
include barring gear turbine
listened carefully to establish the relative
absence of interference between the rotating and nonmoving its parts; then made the
test run of turbine checking work
separate mechanisms and devices.
When idling checked:
heating and bearing vibration, thermal distribution
expansion cylinder and bearing housings,
the correct operation of all safety and
control devices and removed the need
mye readings and characteristics (stamatic control characteristics, etc..).
Checking tightness of valves automation
matic valve (stop valve fresh
pair), protective and regulating valves CVP
IPC and produced at idle, normal
mal parameters of live steam and normal
vacuo. The turbine K-1200-130 LMZ considered

60

dense enough: a) valves for Auto

On the gate, if they are closed, and the abandonment of
open control valves and bypass
the main gates of the turbine speed refrigeration
grained progress from 3000 to fall for 10 minutes did not
more than 1500 rpm; b) governing
CVP valves, if they are closed, and the abandonment of
open automatic gate valves,
regulating and safety valves IPC and bytes
passes the main gates of the turbine running time
is the same or a little more than was
completely closed valves and gates and
the same parameters of the steam and vacuum.
Idling is also produced
check the water, air and vapor density
of devices and fittings and sampled
oil and condensate by chemical analysis. Since
latter stage of verification is to check pA
bots entire unit as a whole under load.
During the test operation of the turbo
unit under load especially careful concentration
trol must be installed for the temperature
extensions cylinder vibration bearings
nicks and heating oil in them, the work of regulation
tion, in the absence of sound when listening to
Cove grazing in the cylinders and the absence Therefore
of falling water in the oil. The presence of any of
these defects quickly identify the process
even a short operation under the Nations
load as turbine within 1-3 Su
after starting the current reaches its normal
temperature.
Upon detection of any defect,
as the unit is in the trial Operatation, it must be stopped to detect
causes and remedy the defect. Usually, if
after starting the turbine plant in the trial Operatatsiyu within 24 hours of continuous operation at
different load no defects
the turbine and auxiliary devices is not
observed turbine plant is considered accepted
in normal operation.

6.9. Repair manuals.

Results check clearances, provisions
parts, alignment and condition of some of details
Leu and all turbine unit must accurately fixed
Rowan in the pre-designed and zagotovlenGOVERNMENTAL the forms, reports, acts and repair. In
the forms should reflect all the data
of gaps, checks and balance found
when you stop the machine for repair, and the same data
during assembly and repair of the release unit. All
discovered in the process of renovating the large de
fects, such as defects with blading and
measures to address them, as well as the reconstructed
ruktivnye work, in particular concerning Peredelki schemes pipelines or conducted
rationalization and modernization work
aimed at improving the reliability and costnomical operation of the unit, must be recorded
Sana'a in the passport of the unit, and in the scheme and the
black
tezhi installation made the appropriate changes

tion. The most important operations for reform

Monti, for example, edit the shaft test blades
the vibrations are recorded in separate acts;
individual documents are issued as
applied in the repair of rationalization
actions with their effects.
Upon completion of overhaul accordance
constitutes an act of acceptance of turbine repair
(See. Annex). In this Act and in the statement of volume
EMA works it is necessary to fix the entire volume
of projects with the detected
defects, their causes and methods of elimination, substitution
us worthless pieces of new, as well as defects
detected during the test run and test exoperation with an indication of the timetable for their removal.
In the act, and in the statement of performance indicators
teley should reflect the results of different
personal checks and tests carried out in
the repair process and acceptance of the turbine unit
repair, an overall assessment of the results and the quality
CTBA repair and set the date of reference
with which the unit is considered to be accepted in the normal
tion operation.
In the act of acceptance should be also characterized
cluded the number of hours the unit stood in repair,
how many people were employed at the same time, what koamount of man-hours spent on hold
total amount of work, as well as attached certificate of
the cost of repairs, and the number of
cost of materials consumed and spare
GOVERNMENTAL parts. Acceptance Commission should
zafiksate condition and quality of the financial reporting Mat
rials to repair and do indicate which
changes be made to the operating
instructions in relation to the performance of pA
rationalization and reconstruction.
After all the accounting documents
Comrade, forms and drawings are removed
copies in duplicate. These materials are in the form of
application to acts of acceptance of repair for each
Doi turbine plant (bills of quantities,
repair schedule, forms to fathom gaps
and defined dimensions, drawings modified
during repair parts, the statement of exploitation
tion indicators, acts on the most responsible
governmental and special work done at
repair, test reports and studies
Certificates of metals on the newly installed
details given test sample fusion scheme
we and drawings of reconstruction works, you are a
overcrowding during repairs, etc..) filed
in one folder. Original all materials adjective
is given to the passport turbine installation, where
stores and materials for the repair of previous years.
The act of acceptance of the repair of turbine approved
tes that the director of the power plant. Qualification
quality of repair, this acceptance committee
serves as the basis for determining the value
premium supplements, usually adopted in the system
relating to pay maintenance and guidance
staff engaged in the repair.

61

Part Two: REPAIR OF CERTAIN PARTS

The main turbine
7 turbine cylinder.
GOVERNMENTAL turbines - welded constructions of sheet
Steels having greater dimensions (dimensions
the bottom of the turbine K-LPC 300-240 LMZ9840 * 9000 * 2900 mm).
All cylinders turbines depending on the vapor
For ease of assembly and disassembly of the turbine and
live steam parameters are divided into cylinders
to allow measurement of axial
ultrahigh pressure and high pressure cylinders
(Axial) and radial clearance between the submedium-pressure and low-pressure cylinders.
Vision and stationary parts of the turbine cylinCylinders are a very responsible
Lindrum have horizontal flange connectors,
governmental and complex part of the turbine with less
joined together by bolts and studs;
gating along the length of cross-sections.
in some designs there are vertical
Constructions of cylinders are defined by their
nye flange connectors.
appointment, initial steam parameters,
Cylinders of high and ultrahigh parameters
the size of the flow, the presence of interpass
meters
couple have thick walls and massive
mediate overheating and steam extraction, the possibility
horizontal flange connector, with fixings
Nost manufacturing process, etc.
larger diameters, it causes significant
On all operating cylinders
difficulties not only because of the need
turbine should ensure the correctness Since
hot bolting and studs to ensure
Proposition nozzle rings, clips, diaphragms,
the density of horizontal connectors. When
gaskets, valves and other parovpusknyh
sudden changes in operating conditions, during start-up and
parts and assemblies directly related to the
stops the turbine flange and connector pins,
cylinders. However paropodvodyaschie and vapor
and the wall of the upper and lower portions of the cylinder
rootvodyaschie pipe directly accession
ra heated differently. Excess dopusnennye to the cylinders should not be transmitted to
reversible temperature difference between the top and bottom
are their thermal deformation, which can
HPC and IPC (generally no more than 50 C), and between
result in unacceptable stresses box divided
flanges and studs (not above 20 C) leads
leniyam and displacements of cylinders.
to steaming in the horizontal slots in
Compound cylinders turbine foundation
due to warpage of the cylinder and to seize iz
-element frames and bearing housings
due to changes in the radial clearance in running
should ensure alignment of the turbine in all
of the cylinder.
directions in all temperature expansion
To reduce pressure drop Examples
tions caused by changes in the operating
Catching up on the walls of CVP, reducing thickness
operation (start, stop turbine changes
ness and more rapid heating of the walls cylintion load).
Lindrum when working at ultra-high settings, and
The complexity of these requirements
also to reduce the thickness and to facilitate
is determined so that the high-pressure parts
working conditions flanges application
the cylinders are under the influence of steam pressure
tion up to 240 atm and temperatures up to 580 C and working nyayutsya double-walled cylinders and ultrahigh
High pressure.
melt with large temperature differences
These design features and
between the front and rear portions of the cylinder, pre
operating conditions impose a state of
walking, up to 540 C (IPC turbine K-300-240
cylinders turbines high demands; in the period
LMZ).
dy overhauls of their inspection, identification
Cylinders of high and ultrahigh pressure
and elimination of defects require the most attention
tion, in connection with the specified parameters are
tional relations.
relatively small dimensions and
made in most of the doped
heat-resistant steels. Castings for cylinder
working steam with temperatures up to 500-920 C.
made of chrome-molybdenum steel
15HML brands and 20HML for external cylinder
high pressure turbine K-LMZ and 300-240
7.2. OPENING THE CYLINDER.
HTGZ used castings hromomolibdenovaAfter a full stop turbine at reform
nadievyh steels (respectively 15H1M1FL and
repairs and before opening the cylinder in the first of
20HMFL).
red removed KIP Examples
As part of the low-pressure cylinders nahoburs set directly on the turbine
dyatsya under vacuum (0.03 am} and LPC turbines
not understand piping and wiring
capacity of not more than 25 thousand kW and temperatures
instrumentation and piping
steam up to 250 C is used cast iron (may
control units and other details that prevent
the modified cast iron), and for the LPC more powerful
dismantling the external metal cladding and
lifting cylinder heads turbine.
To protect against the ingress conany objects as dismantling all holes
in the cylinders, housings labyrinth seals

7.1. DESIGN
FEATURES CYLINDERS.

62

and pipelines must be dismantled

closed wooden lids and caps.
Dismantling casings, cladding and its frames
should be done in a certain order with
Drawing on the internal surface
styah bright fire-resistant oil-based paint, such
inscriptions as "sheet 1 CVP left side", "sheet 5
LPC right side "," skeleton HPC "and others
greatly facilitate the subsequent assembly. With
carcasses should be removed, not all facing
sheets, but only those that prevent disassembly
frame fixing to the foundation and the cylinders.
Before removing the chassis cables, zachalengovernmental on a small hook of the crane, is necessary to
check
ditsya that all bolts and screws for fastening the frame
to the cylinder and the foundation really deployed
chickpeas, removed and there is nothing stopping the rise of
the frame.
When lifting the framework must be verified against the
torsion.
Before you begin bolts accordance
nection flanges for removal of the upper transition
throughput (receiver) pipes between the cylinders
must be lifted with slings, lifting eyes and eighth
yardsticks to suspend the pipes without tension slings
to a small crane hook.
After removing the covers, frames and resiveditch, if the cylinders are cooled enough, you can
strip the horizontal flanges razEMA cylinders. To be peeled is the isolation,
which prevents loosening flange bolts
connector, inspection of pipeline flanges, Examples
connected to the cylinder and lifting the lid cylinLindgren; rest insulation if it does not require
repair, left in place undisturbed.
Prior to the deployment of bolts and studs flange
tsevogo connector cylinder should be turned away
all the small bolt connections (fastening yn
lotnitelnyh boxes etc..) which can restore
prevent lifting cylinder heads. Since
After these works proceed to opening the cylinder
ditch, primarily low-pressure cylinder
tion.
Autopsy initially removed concentration
trol pins (see Fig. 7.1 a) or setting
fitting bolt, and only after that otvertyvayutsya all the nuts and bolts securing the
horizontal joint flange of the cylinder. Limit
neglect that can lead to the fact that Since
warping cover so jammed prizonnye bolts that have to spend their recess
considerable effort and time.
If mounting stud connectors cylinder
ditch turbine produced after preliminary
-heating using boltonagrevateley,
then when loosening should also apply
preheating ( 7.8). In this case,
Fill the application thread nuts, bolts and spinel
Lek kerosene, as is done with fasteners cylinLindrum low pressure is not recommended because
it can lead to adverse results
(Scuffing thread). Before heating axial otverners in the bolts, studs and nuts should be
cleaned and purged with compressed air.

Figure 7.1. The control pin (a), the guide

column (b), and for forcing the bolt cover (c).

After heating by heater

for 20-30 minutes to form a gap between the
end nut and cutting plane at least
0.05 mm, loosening torque produced pA
bochih on the key lever length 1,0-11,5 m;
loosening the nut on the handle of a sledgehammer blows
key should not be allowed.
During the heating process rods (5 minutes before
full heat) made relative test
deploy- nuts; After the nut Tropics
nulas, remove the heater and fully
unscrew the nut. If the nut does not touch it, you need to
continue to heat, trying every 2-3
minutes. unscrew the nut.
When the nut is binding after a small relative
deploy- necessary to give the nut and stud
cool completely, then try it again
turns away, when this can be made
heating of the most nuts, if between the ends of the nut and
plane flange connector there is a gap of not less
It 0.1-0.2 mm.
In the process of loosening threaded connections
tions should check pairwise marKirovka pins and their corresponding copings
postglacial nuts.
After removing all the bolts and nuts from the studs
horizontal split cylinder specially
holes are provided for
column guide-candles (see Fig. 7.1 b); column
ki after a good fix (nuts reduction
Dhu) lubricated with a thin layer of turbine oil.
Produce lift without having to install the guide
ing columns even cylinder head high
pressure, having a horizontal connection
connector pins high, in no case
should not, as such recovery may lead
to graze in the seals, blades and diameter
Phragmen.
Before the suspension to hook bridge crane
cylinder head must be raised equal
uniformly around the perimeter for a few millimetrov from the lower half of the cylinder with the aid of
means of squeezing bolt (see Fig. 7.1 c) installed
GOVERNMENTAL in the flange cover. Without such
squeezing podCover it is unacceptable since prishabrovka
flanges and mastic used in the assembly
Connector cylinder leads to dense contact
and adhering the cover to the bottom of the cylinder.
Great efforts are necessary to make
in this case, to detach and lift the lid,

63

sustainable horizontal plane of its

connector.
After making sure that the suspension
cover to the hook of the crane made slow
climb up to the full tension cables or chains and
small head cover, while necessary
Dimo make soundings on the four corner
points of the cylinder, the lid is lifted right
properly and evenly maintaining parallelSTI flange connector lower and upper parts
cylinder. Upon detection of a skew or zaedaof the cap should be lowered and its fixation
re-calibrated to the hook by pulling or
attenuation cables which length is governed
nuts or turnbuckles lifting prisposobletion. This reconciliation will continue as long as
cover will begin to rise evenly, without first having to
rekosov and without jamming on the guide column
framework of. The absence of distortions, jamming and grazing
verified easy rocking cover transverse
rivers its axis within the gap between the guide
schimi columns and openings of the cover in which
rye tested column.
When the cover is lifted, which should
done slowly and especially at first
stage, intermittently, individual short podemnymi spurts, levels should be monitored
him or meter that is lifting the lid right
correctly. Lifting the lid must be immediately
stopped upon detection of skew seizure
or sounds grazing and can be extended
Only after asking for the reasons specified. Nonsufficiently careful alignment as subNima cover may cause damage
ments blading, labyrinth seals,
to scuffing seats and guides
internal splines clips, cutting flange studs
ant connector and others.

Figure 7.2. Lifting attachments.

and - to cover high-pressure cylinder, used - for
Cover cylinder low pressure lines 1,
2-top screw tal turnips, 3-plate, 4-bottom screw
Lanyard, 5-roller, 6-hook 7-thimble

Next to the big hook bridge crane

suspended special rigging Examples
sposobleniya which cylinder head there, in a
Depending on its design, zachalivaetsya Tropics
themselves or chains for strictly defined zavohome manufacturer places - tides, staples,
flanges and so on. (see Fig. 7.2). Bridge crane with
positioned over the cylinder so that its
great hook is over the center of gravity
cap. This state of the bridge crane and its
trolley towards lifting the lid
provide a strictly vertical ascent and her INSTALLS

Figure 7.4. Fixing a torn diaphragm

to lift the lid of the cylinder.
1, the cylinder cover 2, diaphragm plate 3 25 * 50 * 250
mm, 4-lower flange of the cylinder.

When the cover is lifted should pay

note that with a lid to be raised
the upper half of the diaphragm or seal
clips, if they are not fixed to the structure
cover of the turbine. When lifting the lid of the cylinder
ra turbine diaphragm which are inserted in
clips, you need after a minor
Lifting verified by light bulb
through the gap formed that clips ostayutsmiling on the spot.

64

Sometimes the kick is due to deformation and

of the cage lift with the bonnet that
allow in any case it is impossible, since in these
conditions do not exclude the possibility of falling
from shocks with further rise. In this case
case, if the low lift height
Cover the cage can not be knocked away
lead sledgehammer on the bonnet, further
lifting the lid is only possible after reliability
of binding clips to the cover itself.
As it is necessary to act in those cases
when the diaphragm structurally reinforced in
a cylinder cover, if it insignificant
rise detected break screws that secure the
upper halves of the diaphragm needed transformation
shorten the further lifting the lid to strengthen
of apertures in the lid. For this purpose can
be applied strips, which after
halves of the diaphragm elevated wedges and
crowbar, brought under the diaphragm and attached
a cover (figure 7.4).
By adjusting the cap to the cone concentration
ca guide pillars necessary shift
Crane align the cover so that the holes in the
flanges cover, through which the Nations
Control input columns were strictly concentric
the ends of the latter. If the lid presses on column
ki, it must be moved in the horizontal
plane, because otherwise when coming off konustion may be the end of the shock load on the ropes,
dangerous jumps and swinging the cover.
After lifting up the guide column
ket cap is given to advance-trained
Nome site and placed on a wooden submasonry (rails, sleepers) so that the weight of the lid
over relatively large surface
floor and projecting beyond the plane of the connector ends
diaphragm blades or vanes are not
lay down on the pad.
Forcing the cover bolts should be
turned inside out so that they do not protrude beyond
surface of flange connectors must also be
turned away and removed from the bottom of the cylinder
Nations
Control input column as not to interfere further
Shem production work.
All openings steam pipes and drains,
attached to the cylinder must be seyhour a closed wooden plugs and lid
kami, and a pair of inputs to the condenser exhaust
LPC nozzles lay a solid derevyannyE shields.

7.3. Tilting COVER

CYLINDER.
For excavation, inspection and repair of the upper
halves clips, diaphragms, terminal buildings
labyrinth seals, as well as impact
possibilities of a thorough examination of the state, scourers
ki and repair the internal surfaces of the lid
cylinder edge change is made (inverted
upload) through 180 .
Cover edge change is a very relative
responsibility and operation can be performed
only under the direct supervision of the PV

policy- makers repair and guidance turbinof the wizard with the adoption of the necessary measures limit
dostorozhnosti.
Before tilting required auditing the
presence of loose parts on the lid,
drop which can lead to accidents
cases (nuts, bolts, wood plugs,
tools, etc.).

Figure 7.5. Tilting the cylinder head via

one large hook bridge crane.

An example of a sequence of operations

when turning into the cover using
Only one large hook bridge crane
tilting the cylinder head is shown
Fig. 7.5. For a tilting eye should be
fixed rope threaded through observation
Hatch covers, and the location of the brackets zakreplyaeMykh through the holes in the flange cover podobrabut by trial. When tilting is necessary It should
dit that after setting caps "on the ass"
supply truck and the crane hook to lower
Cover made without shocks, it reaches
is controlled to ensure that at all times needed to
tilting the cover does not come off the floor and cables
were taut with unchanged
but the upright position of the crane hook
In most cases, the payload
of small crane hook at least half
weight kantuemoy cover lid edge change
more convenient and safer to use to produce
vaniem both crane hooks.
In this process, the cylinder cover the suspended
Shiva double loop cable for the hard
thickened portion to the big hook of the crane and
the same loop of rope for the correspondence to
showers or to the ring to a small hook (see Fig. 7.6, a).
Post-tensioning cables and check the right
correctness of the suspension cap that guarantees
the jerk to one side when apart from the floor, cover
horizontally rises above the floor level.
Then a large crane hook cover privoditXia almost vertical position (Figure 7.6 b)
to prevent overloading the small cable
crane hook and lifting the cover significant
above the floor, a small hook should at the same time
omitted. After the transition weights cover the entire

65

a large hook rope small hook weakens

and removed from the eyebolt (Figure 7.6, in.)
Next, the lid should be secured
rope small hook so that the rotation
Cover your mouth was made through its heavy
part. For this purpose, the lid is rotated vo
round its vertical axis by 180 and suspending
Vaeth to a small hook of the crane for the neck (see Fig.
7.6 g). To guard against excesses on the flange
Zach under the ropes enclose wooden circular
Leki diameter 150-200 mm. and a length of 250 to
300 mm.

Figure 7.6. Tilting the cylinder head via

two hooks overhead crane.

During tilting necessary to make sure

the weight of the cover lay mainly on cable
High hook and rope small hook performed
mainly an auxiliary, subsupports. After a slow low-rise
On the hook and pulling his rope made
lowering a large hook and cover provided
in a horizontal position (see Fig. 7.6 d) in that
position, the cover is lowered to advance preparation
pared for laying wooden beams and submasonry.
Upon completion of all work associated with the reform
Mont, cover and reinstalling the clips,
diaphragms, seals, edge change in cover
normal position made in the order
reverse described.

7.4. REPAIR FLANGE CONNECTOR

CYLINDER TURBO.
When repairing the turbine cylinders before Chistkoy primarily by type of residual mastic
make sure there are no gaps (propumps) in a pair of flange connectors cylinders; Places
these omissions should be noted on the sketch
Flange connector.
Cleaning the surface of the flange connector
dirt and residues produced a wide putty
Kimi flat scraper; available random
abrasions, burrs and stripped of personal risks
saw; further cleaned with thin flanges nazhvilla cloth, a cloth soaked in kerosene,
and then dry with a clean cloth. For production
labor-intensive operations such as cleaning flange
connectors, bolts and studs, which clung
putty and dirt can be used rigid EP
Shea attached to the spindle portable electric
trodreli; particularly well such ruffs purified
the threads on the studs and the inner hole.
To protect it from bumps and other
possible damage to the threaded part of the spinel
Lek should be closed for the duration of repairs Ad
cially manufactured cylindrical collective
bundles of sheet steel; these caps should
permanently stored in the storage department. Between
Repair all studs should carefully proveryat for cracks, burrs, scratches and zausenits.
The ends of the cap nuts (bearing surface
of), and trim the flanges horizontal
connectors in places adjoining ends nuts carefully
tional prishabrivayutsya to paint, because after
tightening the joints of these surfaces in order to avoid
bending pins must not have gaps.
To protect it from scratches treated
GOVERNMENTAL bearing surfaces on the flange of the
terminal to
which abut the ends of the cap nuts under
these ends in the assembly should enclose horosho processed and fitted washer thickness
tion of up to 10 mm. steel suitable type,
Bearing in mind that the possibility of jamming is reduced
when in contact with different solid metals
achievement. These goals it is easy to replace when it detects
expeirmen- them scoring, to give different
Bork, in the presence of such a defect on tortseO surfaces of cap nuts, these surfaces
of the need to be machined on a lathe station
kyo.
Damaged threads of bolts, studs and nuts
and jacks for stud flange connector cylinder
should be corrected corresponding zapilovkoy and stripping and re-cut by specially
-trivial purlins nuts (threaded plashkami) and tap.
If you can not fix indicated
associated defects or detecting inadmissible
direct permanent elongation due to relaxation
tion studs must be replaced. Before replacing the
you must first check the length
new studs, nuts and bolts, the length and quality of their
cuts. At excessive length studs and bolts

66

or insufficient length of their cutting cap

or plain nuts will not be able to pull off both flanges
connector and create enough tension zaburdensome, resulting in the operation of the air handling
gata to steaming connector or prososu vozduha.
When replacing the pin in the threaded hole
Flange connector installed lining such
thickness to end this pin rests on the
lining and did not allow wrapping stud
Thread run-out to her.
Processed and cleaned surfaces
Flange connector cylinder must not be zaBohinen and leaks. In turbines running on
low and medium steam parameters and having
relatively not thick flanges connector cylinder
ditch, leaks flanges (see. below
a) can be easily eliminated by the additional
tightening fasteners, sealing mastic with connector
asbestos cord and other simple less
interventions. These activities provide
quite reliable operation and steaming flange
ant connector usually not observed.
Cylinders of high and medium pressure
today's powerful steam turbines work
in much more difficult conditions that the SKA
said to be at work and flanges. CylinLindrum experience large temperature
voltage and variable modes (Start,
load change, etc..) and at steady
modes of operation. These stresses vyzyvaare high internal and external pressure
tions and large temperature variations
along the length of the cylinder.
High pressure cylinders vypolnyayutsmiling cast with thick walls, massive
connector flanges and large diameters credit
Pezha, large diameter fasteners leads to nonnecessary to remove the axle bolts constructive
comrade and studs on the cylinder wall. This in turn
turn requires an increase in torque, koThoraya increasing the diameter of the stud stabecomes increasingly difficult. However,
density flange, which should
to persist length tional time without further
tional torque, depends not only on their strength
properties of materials at the bolts and studs
high temperature (resistance relaxation
of the stress), but also from a high initial
tightness of bolts and studs.
Besides this, the appearance in the
Operating leaks flange connected
tions due to the buckling of cylinders.
Warping cylinders is
special type of plastic deformation which,
generally assumed to be caused by: 1) the residual
deformations due to the elevated temperature
fluctuations; 2) residual stresses in
large cast cylinders, which may
were not completely removed in the course of their thermal
tion processing factory; 3) thermal stress
tions in the absence of the necessary clearances between
do cylinder cages and diaphragms, especially
but this is due to the "growth" of the metal in

cylinders, which are cast-iron and cast-aperture

gunnye box end seals; 4) nenormal conditions for the thermal expansion
cylinders caused by obstacles Agitation
scheniyu chairs support bearings. (Skewed
or drawdown guide dowels, rusting
the support of the chair and its bad to prishabrovka
base, invalid mount bolts
Spacer and immobility
washers and others.) 5) uncompensated pressure
misplugged steam lines.
Based on extensive experience repairing power
vapor turbines Rostovenergoremont considers
the most likely cause warping cylinfirewood from entering the high-pressure condensate in
hot cylinder stopped turbine. Large
Shaya heat transfer by evaporation of condensate
causes quenching bottom of cylinLindgren, while the upper part of the cylinder
retains its high temperature. Large
temperature difference in the cylinder bolted vybinding in the lower part of the cylinder the voltage
exceeding the yield point, leading to
its sag downwards, while the upper portion
cylinder in most cases remains practically
cally smooth.
Checking the flanges on the absence korobletion and leaks caused by strains in
casting cylinder and any other nenorminimality, performed at the remote rotor
're caged and diaphragms. After applying without
mastic covers the lower half of the cylinder
checks probe gaps in connector
flange with both the outer and the inner stoRhone cylinder (see Fig. 7.7), and if necessary,
measurements of the diameters of the bore of the cylinder in
the horizontal
tal and vertical directions.
The gaps should be made with
free installation of the cover on the bottom part
without tightening the cylinder studs and then stitched
studs, which is produced in 1-2 shpilki in the high-pressure parts and 3-4 in the frequency
five medium and low pressure; extreme shpilki around seals must also be patched
you are.
If detected at for loose bolts
minute gap between 0.8-1.0 mm full liquidation
vidiruetsya around the circuit at cold
Crave fixing the above method (probe
0.06 mm does not pass) jack cylinder is considered
dense; tightening of the connector does not cause
particular difficulty in assembling. In such cases
scraping produce should not be another reason
that over time warping cylinders
slowed down, and after several years of operation and
accordance
all the stops.
Tightening the fasteners are not always represents
is it possible to remove small gaps, for
observable at the end seals or more
density, having the character of local deepening
tions for defects flange connector; such zazoTemperature and leakage can be eliminated by application
neniem elektrometallizatsii and subsequent
scraping.

67

Figure 7.7. The gaps at the junction of the horizontal connector HPC at free imposition of the cylinder head; and-out circuits
Dr. flange clearances to repair, b-inside the contour flange gaps after repair.

Correction significantly warped

flange plane of the connector, which leaks
can not be corrected by stitched, production

duction filing and scraping must be pre

preliminarily remove all studs protruding
above the plane of the connector flange. In the presence of
screening line, at least as long
cylinder diagonally, location and of Great
guise of leakages and depressions can be
established in the wake of the paint being left weak
bo a painted line on the plane of the connector
the lower half of the cylinder when it povorachivaSRI in different directions (see Fig. 7.8). Preliminary
tional to the surface, a thin line
the paint layer. Upon completion of filing and scraping
surface of the connector on the bottom half of it,
both of spot plate, checked the plane
bone plug of the cylinder head.

Figure 7.8. Checking places leaks using

line and the correct direction of mounting bolts
Flange connector cylinder (I-IV}; well-fixed
end of the line (axis of rotation), b-direction transfer
displacements of the movable end of the line.

A method of filing and scraping flanges

both halves of the cylinder is the same and is
in the treatment of the first metal layer (especially the removal
of
speakers people) Bastard and personal Nations

Pilnikov, final refinement (final

scraping) is made by hand with Scrapers
check on the paint. Some plants for
these objectives are applied mechanical scrapers
(See Fig. 4.8) or pneumatic grinders
machine type SR-02 and I-44A, followed by
lapping machine type SR-06, which is significantly
reduces the time for the production of these operations.
For surfaces that are difficult to processing
ke Filing when removing strongly projecting
ing sites can be used an electric
impaled abrasive wheels or pneumatic
moshlifovalnye machines with circles on bakelitum bundle.
In the absence of a broad line of the check
neko sufficient size, especially considering
that in most cases turn out to warped
out to be only the lower half of the cylinder,
bottom flange of the cylinder by prishabrivaetsya
flange cover, considered in this case
tea as the base surface. In this case, Examples
hoditsya every time impose on the cover
the bottom half and in the wake of the paint or
footsteps rubbing produced shear cover
Chabrier surface of the flange bottom of cylinLindrum.
The shift of the cylinder head with respect to its
the lower part, because of its large size and weight
presents certain difficulties, this shift
is made within a small range (20-30 mm)
by pressing a crowbar (via copper gasket
s), inserted into its bolt holes. This
shift can also be made two domkraTami bottle type or using prispoPacks designed in the form of an eccentric roller 1
(See Fig. 7.9). Roller its lower part is included in the
bolt hole in the lower half of the cylinder
2, and the upper portion having at the end of the square
spanner 4 is inputted in accordance
sponding hole cover 3. swings out
Chiwan roller using a ring spanner

going movement of the upper lid with the present

worn on the parting surface paint on the
terminal of the lower half of the cylinder within
small but sufficient to determine
seats to be scraping.

Figure 7.9. Adaptation for movement

cylinder head with scraping flange connector.

If the connector pins to turn out not removed

is, we have to be limited to polishing the cover
ki over the paint when moving within
gaps between the studs in iotverstiyami
flange cover.
All work associated with the removal of Examples
rank, causing steaming flanges CON- NECTOR
ma, are extremely time-consuming and friction
quire careful preparation and thoughtful their
conduct.
It will be appreciated that the seal horizon
tal connector cylinder high-pressure
tion carried out in two girdle formation
groove binder for heating rods, width
external and internal belts in massive
horizontal flange connector is allof 40-50 mm (see Fig. 7.10), so if insufficient
exactly thorough scouring may occur
leaks and steaming in these wraps.

Figure 7.10. Horizontal flange connection

tal connector high-pressure cylinder.

Scraping flange connector cylinder vyhigh pressure should be carried out with large
high accuracy and to complete snuggling both
belts parting surface. Scraping may not
Zhet be completed before until traces of paint
not uniformly cover the entire surface of the flange
connector (almost zero clearance) that
it is essential to the entire surface

inner sealing zone which at

warpage of the cylinder usually has gaps
more than on the outer girdle (disclosure).
When leaks internal girdle pairs
high temperature will continuously postucator in the groove having the parting
flange, and thence sent to the condenser.
Such steaming unacceptable not only because
loss, but also because of the danger to which they Examples
leads as a result of additional heating and
extension flange connector (which can cause
reduction of axial clearance and grazing rotation
-rotating parts of the rotor of the fixed part
cylinder) and studs, which are typically run in
lower temperatures (which can select
call increased stress relaxation, OC
Loosening and tightening gain passage of steam through
Flanged).
The practice of scraping horizontal razems cylinders of high and ultrahigh parameters
meter pair shows that the highest density
of created when scraping obtained tightness
on the internal girdle to 0.1 mm, is achieved
dense scraping Inland girdle and
scraping with a clearance of 0.05-0.10 mm naruzhnomu girdle.
After considerable pripilovki and shabrovki should take into account possible changes in this
tion diameter bores of the cylinder, as compared
NIJ factory data diameters in the vertical
focal plane and decrease in horizontal
tal increase, these changes require
especially careful verification, and bring to
norms of the upper and lower radial clearances in
blading and labyrinth uplotnenitions, as well as the necessary changes in
largest thermal gap between the wings and
cylinders, changes in the alignment of the diaphragms.
In cases where the distortion of the cylinder Nations
so much that the scraping will snyament of a large metal layer with connector and require
after regrinding of all clips and diaphragms,
changes in the radial clearance and peretsentrovki
flowing part, to make scraping underadmissible. Rostovenergoremont instead of scraping
produces thermomechanical edit bottom
half of the cylinder cover after installation
cylinder and its tightening jack is made
heating certain places the bottom of the cylinder
Mr. selected in accordance with Assayed
deflections, heat produced by oil
flamethrowers or gas burners to a temperature
tours 300-330 C, temperature control Nations
heating and maintaining it within the indicated limits in
for 50 min. conducted by thermocouples installed
lennymi at different points in the bottom half
cylinder. Practice shows Rostovenergoremonta
binding of the usefulness of the
ways to eliminate warping cylinder high
-pressure.
Flange connector welded cylinders of low
-pressure the most part do not require a template from
Grad or changes as large overall
dimensions and thin cylinder walls create Dos

69

sufficiently favorable conditions for the elastic deformation

flange formations, even when large gaps in
connector easily eliminated uniform protracted
Coy studs and nuts.
Just as for the turbines and middle
low steam parameters to eliminate prolaunches steam and air in places prososov neplotNost connector low pressure sometimes zigzagofiguratively laid on the inner side
bolts over mastic asbestos cord thickness
tion of 0.5-2.0 mm, to the ends of the ends of the leaks
Cord tapping handbrake nullified.
In the presence of the flange connector LPC less
stnyh recesses may be terminated under
the general level of the flange mastic mixed with
iron filings, which prevents mastic
a breakthrough and its vapor entrainment or elektrometalization

length is viewed through a magnifying glass. Oba converted after cutting recess zavariVaeth layer of metal to restore origiinitial sizes.
To determine the extent of the deep
crack area where a defect occurs abundantly
moistened with kerosene mixed for painting
with a small amount of graphite powder.
Wetting is made so that the kerosene
penetrated over the entire length of the crack. After aging
for 8-10 min clean the product surface
Tirana dry cloth and covered with a layer
chalk diluted by alcohol.

7.5. REPAIR CYLINDER.

Thorough examination is necessary to check
be in the absence of grazing and the other radial
GIH any visible defects in the cylinders,
during inspection and light tapping sometimes obthere are found defects in the form of casting defects
(cancerous
guilt, porosity), the surface and cross-cutting
cracks, etc..
The conduct of such demanding applications
as the removal of defects in the walls of the cylinders
Turbine produced in most cases
welding, should be preceded by careful and
detailed design process
of the work. When dealing with issues connected
associated with the choice of materials (electrodes, obmazki, fluxes), and the method of welding (constant
granules or alternating current, current, preliminary
tive heating, etc..) should be taken into account quality
No. of the base metal, the causes and conditions agreed to
calling upon the appearance of the defect, the nature of the
defect
(Value, location), and others.
For proper development of these water
requests, as well as to determine the activities
to be carried out to eliminate
possibility of occurrence of such defects in
Further, it is necessary to carry out defect detection
copy of the damaged area, chemical or less
tallografichesky metal analyzes.
When detected on the surface of the cylinder
ra crack or other defect primarily
necessary to determine the size of the defect. On obwork surfaces is to determine more easily
however the untreated surface in the area
defect must be free
to bright metal, sanded and otpomulated.
Surface cracks do not penetrate
into the metal, stumps removed. For proverifying the complete removal of surface defects
cutting etched 10-15% ethyl
aqueous nitric acid solution over a 5
6 min or aqua regia (three parts strong
hydrochloric acid and one part concentrated nitric
acid) for 1-2 min. Etched surface
to establish the absence of cracks or

Figure 7.11. Sealing cracks in the cylinders; abeveling and welding on the order of b-sealing cracks
us through the flange connector iron cylinLindrum in - through incorporation of shells and fistulas Since
-like defects, g - strengthening the weld
studs; 1 the wall of the cylinder lining 2, 3
tightening bolts, 4 - sealing bolt, 5 - friction
ness, 6 - a special plate, 7 - asbestos cord.

After evaporation of the alcohol on the layer of chalk prosteps painted graphite kerosene obrisovyvaya clearly on a white background crack along its whole
length.
In cross-fracture through the
cylinder wall after establishing its protension to prevent further
Distribution treschinaogranichivaetsya with
both ends of the drilled holes; holes in
cut thread and they cork screwto a depth of half the wall thickness.
Crack along the entire length is processed
weld to the desired depth stumps
so that the total angle of cutting both edges
was equal to 70-80 (in Fig. 7.11 a); stump production
is found with the help of manual and pneumatic
chisels, abrasives or oxygen cutting (if
Carbon content in the steel is not more than
0.27%).
One of the main conditions for receiving chamber
-quality welding without shells and lack of fusion yavlyais the removal of all defective material, Gram
operate with a crack. It is necessary to nava-

70

Pad mounted on the mastic with yn

under review the metal in contact with the main direct
lotnyayuschim asbestos cord and attached
damage to the metal.
Welding defects in castings of carbon
to the body of the cylinder exactly fitting to otverstilerodistoy steel with carbon content up
pits bolts passing through the cover and the wall
0.3% is carried out without podogku cylinder under the bolt heads and nuts shall
be supplied washers red copper thickness
roar, and the tea leaves in the casting of alloyed staLeu (12MH, 15MH, 18MH, 12H1MF, 15H1M1F,
tion of 1 mm.
12H2MFSR) with preliminary local podogIf the crack extends through
roar to 250-450 C. Due to the fact that the removal of
demountable flange of the cylinder, to ensure
sufficient strength in the pre-times
internal stresses after welding by thermal
thermal treatment on the cylinder to produce
make nests placed special screed
Power is almost impossible
a thickness of 0.3-0.5 flange thickness, and
possible, it is necessary to weld with the expectation
length 0.5-0.6 them less than the size of the nest.
Screed is installed in hot,
To prevent the occurrence
after cooling it contracts crack and holding
internal stresses.
For this electric welding is performed
alive last from spreading.
DAMI small diameter staggered
Correction of defects in the form of cross-pA
Kovin openings or fistulae having a diameter
and small areas; surfacing each accordance
20-25 mm, can be made: 1) by
Sedna portion must be done after
previously cooled to weld portion
through drilling and installation bolts gayka50-60 C, i.e. to such an extent that it has one can
E, steel gaskets and washers from the red
tion of copper, creating no need for density
but to touch his hand. The order of deposition participants
(Figure 7.11, c) for traceability of nuts
kami, which provides the necessary breaks
for cooling, shown in Figure 7.11 a. In the process
placed on the outside of the cylinder; or 2)
ce welding at application of each layer, forming
by arc welding electrodes
copper wire, diameter 3.6 mm, dense
schiysya top of it a slag must be fully
lined jacket made of tin electrodes
stumps removed, so that the next layer welding
tion suture was applied to the pure metal; except currents
covered by standard chalky plaster (chalk
second, the layer itself deposited metal should pro70-75%, 30-25% water glass) and dried at
temperature of 15-25 C for 3-4 hours. Welding
chekanivat (excluding the first layer) pritupperformed without preheating, but
lennymi chisels.
Installation for shells and fistulas
intermittently Avoid elevated dark
vvertyshey their subsequent caulking not
temperature of the metal in the vicinity of welding up
70 C, and after forging welding.
recommended, as the reliability of this The methods
When welding thick unheated
ba repair less than welding. Generally
podchekanku to produce steel and iron
designs to make welded seam
casting in a leakage of water does not imply
great strength in preparation in fixed
as caulking acts on a small deep
new metal along the edges of the weld bevel vvertyvayutsmiling on cutting short shpilki- vvertyshi
Bina casting wall and the turbine
typically these newly discovered several locations
(Figure 7.11, g). These vvertyshi mild
density.
steel, with a diameter equal to the thickness of the wall of 0.3Elimination of large cracks and sinks in
0.4
ki, are wrapped to a depth of 1-1.5 their diameter
cast-iron cylinders, as appropriate Therefore
radiation proper density and impermeability
and left speakers to a height of 0.5-1
made after the end of the crack zasverlovki
their diameter, by vvertyshey is selected iskhoand sealing plugs (Goujon), by the Charter
AJ from the fact that their total area does not exceed
ceeding 25% of the fracture of welded such de
Novki sealing lining thickness of 8-10
there. Initially produced obvarka vvertyshey and
mm, as shown in Figure 7.11, b. For this need
then welding all the split location.
be carefully clean up the area around the crack
and adjust to this site overlay of steel marki Article 3 so that it fits snugly to the wall of the
cylinder. Before installing the pad along the friction
ness kreytsmeyselem is cut groove depth
tion 3-4 E, which is tightly zachekanivaetsya
red copper wire flush with the surface
7.6. REPAIR treament
Nost of the cylinder wall.
CYLINDER HIGH
Bolt holes with a diameter of 8-12 mm
PRESSURE.
fixing laths must first be
To reduce pressure drop Examples
drilled in the patch after every 150-200
Catching up on the walls of the high-pressure cylinder
mm, and then through the pad, as by conductor tion and to reduce wall thickness for ease
in the wall of the cylinder bore must productivity
of the working conditions of flanges horizon
ditsya with the expectation that the distance from the crack
to the axis of the holes is not less than three times the diametertal connectors and more rapid heating
cylinder when working on ultrahigh parameters
bolts.
tures couple as well as for the possibility of using
less expensive in some modern steels
turbines used double-walled cylinders vyhigh pressure (150-170 K-LMZ K-150-130
HTGZ, 300-240 K, and others.), Consisting of the internal
second and outer casings.

71

At the level of the existing buildings in both

horizontal split inner casing described
raetsya paws into the grooves of the lower half naruzhnoCorps (Figure 7.12), these legs simultaneously

tion in all directions.

To save in the correct mutually
imnogo axis positions and the bore of the outer
Inner body mountings done
calculation to ensure freedom of axial and radial
cial expansion at the location of the dead
point on the axis of the valve boxes, such an arrangement
tion off the ground, linking domestic and
the outer casing, ensures that the
parovpusknyh alignment bushings internal
housing with extensions of both buildings.
In the twin-walled high-pressure cylinder
turbine K-LMZ 300-240, where the steam to CVP podvois in its middle part, there are 12 stages;
the inner housing are located one single
coronary regulating stage and five stages
pressure. Steam to the nozzle inner boxes
housing supplied through the valves in four
parovpusknym union; after passage
stages of the inner shell pairs makes a turn
180 C and through a steam chamber between the internal
rennim and outer body is sent to the
the remaining six steps of pressure. Of spent
tavshy in CVP steam is sent to the intermediate
FLOW superheater, after which separated with a

Barrier valves (shut-off and shut-off) Since pairs

steps in the IPC.
Thanks to this scheme, steam flow Nations
out- door body CVP experienced significantly
lower voltage and is not calculated to
the total pressure of live steam, but only on the pressure
tion of the difference between the vapor pressure, relative
worked in the inner housing, and atmospheric
nym pressure. This allowed for relatively
a large outer diameter of the outer shell
reduce the thickness of its walls, the thickness of the flange
connector and reduce the diameter fasteners. Same
same can be said of the housing interior
Behold, as well as its walls do not work under the full
nym pressure live steam, but only under pressure
tion pressure difference of fresh and spent
vapor therein.
In the twin-walled high-pressure cylinder
turbine K-150-130 HTGZ upper and lower half
fault outer shell each consist of two
castings interconnected vertical
nym weld. The front portion of the outer
body cast from steel 20HMFL and vyPop tubes of carbon steel. Internal
mestic body cast from stainless steel
15H1M1FL also consists of two halves accordance
United studs of steel EI723;
stud fastening outer shell made
of steel EI10. The cylinder is located
15 steps which are part of a high and
srednegodavleniya.

Figure 7.12. Attaching the inner cylinder

outer with double-walled construction
Shafts of turbo-300-240.
A-A - section along the legs of the support (2 pieces)
BB-sectional view taken along reference paws (4 pcs)
-B-B sectional view along parovpusknym liners;
I-centering dowel back, II-installation
centering ring on the sleeve of steam input,
1, the outer cylinder, 2 an inner cylinder;
3 - vertical coupling key to the housing
front bearing, 4 - vertical shponSingle connection with the case of the average bearing,
5-pocket steam input, 6-centering bore,
7-segment stopper, the piston ring 8:
9-sleeve, 10-ring centering.

72

Part of the high-pressure consists of their

the first five stages, located in an internal
mar- body and following two stupeneysixth and seventh aperture which are arranged
wife in a separate cage, the cage with
diaphragm separating the cylinder part vyHIGH-and medium-pressure forming chamber
discharge steam to the secondary overheating. Part of the
average
It consists of eight pressure subsequent
stages, of which eighth stage with
above the diaphragm seal obforms a chamber where steam is applied after the second
ary overheating.
The disassembly and repair of double-wall cylinLindrum high pressure must be carefully
check: 1) gaps, providing expansion
of the inner housing in the vertical and horizon
tal directions indicated in Fig. 7.12;
2) the state of the dowel connections that
serve to lock the inner shell in
relative to the outer vertical, horizon
tal and perpendicular to the axis of the turbine
planes; 3) the state of the control pins
(Fitting bolts) which are established in
region of the support Latok (dowels) for proper
and exact matching of the upper and lower bores
inner casing halves, i.e. centering
one half of the body to another; 4) correct
tion and tight bearing lugs of the lower half
inner housing the reference to the relevant
nye seats located on the bottom half
the outer shell, while respecting the need
Mykh gaps in the centering dowels; check
correct bearing legs is made on
paint; Clearances between upper surface
the supporting legs of the inner housing and the cover
outer shell test imprints of lead
tsovoy wire to be laid on the supporting Laptev
ki and crimped cap CVP, which obtyaGiwa on every third pin connector; 5)
state liners steam input and planted them
piston rings, which seal and ensure
Chiva unhindered expansion of the pipeline
wires and pipes, of supply steam to the
'Inner housing.
Development and seizure in accordance keyways
Unity designed to ensure
free expansion of the inner shell without
violation of his pairing with feed steam
wires and the outer cylinder may We presdit to significant stresses during thermal
deformations and to violations of gaps running
of the CVP.
Checking the density of horizontal razEMA of the inner cylinder, as well as its scraping
carry out similar checks and match
the flanges of the outer shell.
After the performance of all internal
it and the outer shell is made full
The cylinder assembly as set forth below.

7.7. Closed cylinder

TURBINE.
Closure of the cylinder in the assembly of the turbine
performed immediately after the final
placing the rotor in place, the need for
prevent the cylinder extraneous
these objects and debris.
Lid lifted a large hook
tap the same as it was done during disassembly. Approach
plumb cover carefully calibrate so that
the position of the flange connector cover in horizontal
tal plane in the axial and transverse direction
boards strictly corresponds to the position
flange socket of the lower half of the cylinder (vapor
parallel flange); check horizontallySTI is made on the framework level, annex
zhennomu to the plane of the flange connector cover.
Before lifting the lid is necessary to check
be in good fixing it clips, slide
fragm and seals. After lifting the lid on
1-1.5 m above the floor should be wiped
flange surfaces with a clean cloth and carefully
but blow the cover of compressed air
Flanges bottom of the cylinder after proCrete dry cloth uniformly smeared
mastic layer thickness not exceeding 0.3 mm 0.5
( 2.5), checking that the mastic was not
grains; imposition of mastic thicker
layer may cause warpage of the flange or
the breakdown of the joint.
It is necessary to carefully examine equilibrium
dimension of the fiber and the imposition of mastic in proper
lying areas, so that when tightening the flange
connector and its squeezing it does not enter the
turbine cylinder. Sometimes prefer namabinding mastic when the display is already napologuilt lowered to guide column that
prevents the penetration of the litter on the paste; one
Nako, this method can not be recommended,
as is necessary to produce a smearing
hanging over your head cover.
Application for sealing horizontal
GOVERNMENTAL connectors CVP turbines with higher
parameters
meters of steam even just a thin layer of mastic
Pure boiled oil in some cases proved
elk unfit; observed erosion of mass
tics and in-service education
through the fistula resulted in the need
stop the turbine for the opening of CVP. With the assistance
standing horizontal connector that ensures
present good density, on the application of mastic
can be dispensed with, limiting careful
wiping flange connector cover and the bottom
the cylinder dry flake graphite.
After the finalization of the connector Since
Proposition cover rechecked framework
level; after accurate installation crane with lid
Coy over the lower part of the cylinder cover opusrepents on guide columns, blurred
a thin layer of turbine oils, the same meraE against distortions, which are used in its
the rise.

sokih and ultra-high steam parameters and having

When lowering the required careful
ing large diameter pins and bolts, which
check travel cover, must notify
misalignment or binding, in addition to checking the level
rye are made of alloy steel, relative
measurements or distances meter four angular
differing in the high relaxation unbreakability
O points in the plane of the cylinder plug from the cover
Stu.
Installed on parozapornoy, paroreki must be rocking the bonnet across her
axis within the gaps in the guide column
trolled fittings and flanges connector nonframework of, listen to the lack of grazing in the blades
which turbines operating with elevated
exact apparatus.
steam parameters (565-570 C), Studs staLeu brands EI10 (25H1MF) and EI723 (25H2M1F)
The lid is lowered as long as it does not
comes very close (3-5 mm) and mastics
have insufficient heat-resistant properties
then set control shpilproperties, relaxation resistance and are prone to
ki (fitting bolt). Setting the control
brittle fracture. These studs at capital
tal repairs should be replaced by pins
studs to complete dropping cover required
182
ma, to avoid mismatch installation obetheir half of the cylinder due to arrears
(20H1M1F1TR) or EP44 (20HMFBR) possessing
tiation in the holes of the cover under the rails
ing higher relaxation resistance
at temperatures up to 580 C and less sensitive
column. Such a discrepancy can lead to
GOVERNMENTAL notch and stress concentration, nut
the fact that when you drop the control cover
studs will not go to their seats and vyKey to these studs are made of steel
board cover will require its new lift
EI723 and EI10. Studs of steel EI723 can
used for temperature steam
squeezing and lifting bolts adapted
not higher than 540 C and steel EI10- not higher
tribution, which will cause unnecessary loss
time.
510 C.
Finally, lowering the lid and stabbed
Reinforced mounting flange connectors
carried out by tightening the bolts and studs in the Nations
lead or copper concentration sledgehammers
Greta state (thermal tightening), after
trol rods, remove slings, lifting
tools and guides column.
cooling rods are shortened and they create
Up to secure the cover bolts desired
voltage are sufficient to ensure
of the density of the flange connection without propane
enforcement to collect ball bearings and crank
pairing on the connector to the next stop
rotor for the clutch (with heavy rotorah- crane)
to make at the hearing in the absence of grazing in
turbine at a scheduled overhaul. For
blading and labyrinth seal
initial stress in the heels, which ensures
ing a density cylinder flange connectors
tions.
moat modern turbines to achieve 3000 / cm2.
After you install the nuts on the bolts and studs
according to information on their labeling proA method of heating pins to an elongation of at
hassled mount cylinder (see below).
value of the set interference is essentially
To avoid jams and facilitate snyathe only acceptable way of tightening
nuts onto the studs and M120 above, in which the removal
ment nuts in the subsequent closing of the cylinder
after a prolonged period of operation under conditions
is get rid of the tension torsion.
high temperature cutting studs, bolts, and
Mechanical tightening requires the application
nuts, as well as the ends of the nuts and place them in the way very large forces to tighten the nuts with M165
the need for a tightening force around
flanges (trimming) must be pre
after thorough cleaning rubbed one of the specified
3000 kg / cm 2 requires the application of torque may
GOVERNMENTAL in 2.5 convoys leaving minimal
ment value of about 5000 kg, to get such a
layer.
torque in a power
very difficult. Application of the method of shock
Nuts and bolts on the studs should be
tightening leads to high contact stresses
start from the middle of both sides of the cylinder.
Right direction and sequence
zheniyam, plastic deformation Thread
mounting bolts on both sides, eliminating
studs (bolts) and nuts to a long fiber
metal in one direction and to form
deformation and distortion of the cylinder cover, shown
adhesion of metal on the contact surface of the thread.
us numbers and arrows in Figure 7.8.
After tightening the mounting flange razWhen razbolchivanii formed on the contact
EMA cylinder to failure should be reused by
surfaces Thread adhesions create nadir
cause seizing nuts and lead to the need
assembled thrust bearing provernug roMosty cutting nuts, and sometimes nuts.
Torr and listen cylinder, whereupon proplague other parts of the turbine assembly.
It should also be noted that under shock
method of tightening is impossible to ensure equal
numbering and the correct tightening of fasteners with Dos
tizheniem same stress in all
stilettos. Such uneven tightening strong
but loaded pins (bolts) leads to
excessively high stresses individual

7.8. Flange mounting

Horizontal joint
CYLINDER.
When assembling the turbine has to resort
to increased horizontal mounting flange
tal connector cylinders working at the output
74

studs, shorten the life, and to their Since

breaking.
Thermal tightening is performed following
manner. Before heating the stud threads and
nuts rubbed a light layer of grease, which
protects the cutting fixture on the scoring
( 2.5). After lubrication made preliminary
tion failure to weave all fasteners with identical
vym effort manually (without heating) Union
key lever (tube), the length of which vyBiran, depending on the diameter of the fastener; For
example, with nuts M165 effort of two human
Rights lever length is 2 m and nuts M76
effort of one man - the length of 1 m.
In cold pre-tightening
selects all the gaps in the existing flange
tsevom connection, and squeezed out of it iz
excess sealant. The position of the cap nut,
achieved with this tightening, fixed vertices
cally due to markings on her chalk cylincylindrical surface (the outer contour of the nut
s), and the horizontal scored m being proowed by vertical horizontal risks
tion surface of the flange (Figure 7-13).

ness of both flanges connector and business size

studs l-length the free end of the stud.
The value of K, which is necessary to
tighten the nut after heating depends on the diameter
meter stud thread pitch and the working length
:
K = (zat * l * * Dng) / SF.
Based on this formula is made
nomogram 1 (see Fig. 7.14). This nomogram LMZ
makes it possible to graphically define the length
arc of rotation nut K and the amount of required
elongation l studs when heated on the basis
of the well known values of the free concentration
tsa hairpin l, received voltage mouthfuls zat,
step screw pair S, to be tightened,
the outer diameter of the cap nut Dng,
-factor of the plastic deformation, which is equal
FLOW 1.5.

Figure 7.13. Hot tightening pins and bolts

Flange connector cylinder.
m-risk on the flange, n-vertical cylindrical risk
energy surface of the cap nut, Dng-outer
diameter of the nut, l-working size of bolts and studs,
1-position of the nut to turn, 2 - position of the nut
after turning on the arc K.

In the direction opposite to the wrapping

nuts from the vertical risks circumferentially
arc length distance K, is applied on the nut
second vertical Risk n, indicating on
what angle you need to tighten the nut after nadle-containing extension rods (bolts). After heating
Island Studs and its extension by an amount l between
end flange nuts and a gap is formed, obesvides free rotation of the nut wrench
by a predetermined angle, i.e. to match the second vertex
cally risks nhorizontal Valium mon
flange. After cooling in stiletto arise
given initial voltage that will guarantee
printing the desired density of the flange connected
tion.
Heating the bolts (studs) must productivity
ditsya to a temperature at which Therefore
is obtained to increase its working length l, Since
makes it possible to easily turn the nut an additional
a predetermined amount of the arc K pA
bochy bolt size lassumed to be equal thickness

Figure 7.15. Nomogram 2 Rasshifrovochny key

l l to.

75

Figure 7.14. Nomogram 1 Rasshifrovochny key 1) l l tightening; 2) S l O; 3) O K Dng.

To determine the estimated values of dark

ture heating stud tightening is new
mogramma 2 (see Fig. 7.15).
Tightening pins after heating on the calculated
tion arc of rotation is the most nuts prople to implement the method of heat zaburdensome, but a serious defect such tightening
is no guarantee of uniformity
stresses tightening of fasteners of the same
flange connection (voltage variation)
as an arc of rotation is done without

sufficiently reliable accounting compliance nuts

washers and threaded joints in general.
To ensure the reliability of the assembly, Since
constancy of the initial tension and stress at
availability of instruments for the corresponding
ing measurements on after it is advisable
Believing that they produce a voltage determining
their elongation studs.
For this indicator with extension (Figure
4.5 c) design CRMZ Mosenergo special

nym caliper (Figure 7.16) or push

tool (see Fig. 7.17) design Lenenergo
goremonta measurements are made with an accuracy
to 0.01 mm in length each numbered
studs in a cold state to its tightening and
the length of the stud after heating and torques on the
distribution
an even arc of rotation and cooling.

Figure 7.16. Scheme calipers for measuring

the length of the stud. Indicator 1, 2 sponges calipers.

KNMV-25 and some of the design of gas Nations

heaters. Carborundum motor
LMZ (see Fig. 7.18) consists of carborundum
6 rod with a diameter of 25 mm and the upper contact
5, which is a wire attached to two 4 Since
therefore connected to the welding transit
1 sformatoram rod 6 is placed in axial
stud hole diameter of 35 mm after
as produced cold tightening the cap
nuts and markup calculation of the arc of rotation
nuts K. When lowering the heater in the hole
studs, special attention should be paid to the
correct setting of its upper part; this
installation should provide a uniform ring
tsevoy carborundum and a gap between the hole in the
hairpin; carborundum touch with the metal can
cause a short circuit and damage the silicon carbide.
Carborundum rod should be lowered in
an axial pin hole so that the heating water
sponding part accounted for by the length of unsliced
part of the stud. This vertical position
rod is fixed with the installation
ring.
Enabling carborundum heaters
powered by current from the welding transformer
according to the scheme shown in Fig. 7.18, is made
after heaters upper clad
contacts. Current supplied to the heaters,
2 adjusts the throttle and on the ammeter,
included a current transformer 3, should
to be equal to 70 A per heater.
Temperature of working part karborundovoof the rod is 1200 C. Due to the radiation
heat from the heated rod is achieved equal
dimensional along the entire length of its internal heat studs
nal surfaces to a temperature of 550 C,
provides the necessary extension of the studs;
a drop in temperature is due to thermal
skim impedance air gap
rod and pin.

Figure 7.17. Scheme collet meter of absolute

elongation of the stud from the parting plane. 1
indicator 2 of the device central shaft, 3
spring collet.

For uniform heating rods (bolts

you) and cap nuts have central
(Axial) through-hole diameter of 18-30 mm,
depending on the diameter, length and metal shpilki. Heating rods (bolts) through the axial relative
holes made by means boltonagrevateley various types. Relative to heat
indoor gas flame directed
lennym directly into the central aperture
the bolt (by its head) or in the hole
the cap nut to heat studs, understarts. High temperature acetylene
oxygen flame may cause local
nym burnout metal to melting of cranes
holes near the ends of the studs, to violations
metal structure with an unacceptable fall
mechanical properties and forming microcracks
munities to seize and, ultimately, to reduce
the lifetime of the cliffs and the studs and bolts.
Well established in the reform
montnoy practice for heating fasteners are
LMZ type silicon carbide heaters

Figure 7.18. Wiring diagram carborundum

LMZ heaters.

As heating and extension rods Since

gate nuts in the usual key
manually marked-earlier value of the arc K.
After rotation of the nut by a predetermined amount peaks
tanie heater is switched off; removal of the top
77

contact and transfer of the heater in the hole It should

following pins are made after verification
no current device in the heater circuit.
According LMZ heating rods with M120
current of 70 A, 90 V and power
6.3 kW is performed for 12-15 minutes, studs
M140-for 20-25 min and studs for M165-2530 minutes. Under these conditions, working two: heating
Vatel, mouthfuls fixing cylinder high-pressure
tion turbine K-200-130 can be made
not more than 3-4 hours.
To meet the requirements of vehicles unemployed
hazards associated with using carborundum
It should be observed by electric
following conditions: 1) a good grounding studs
and the cylinder casing of the turbine; 2) Sound insulation
tion wires and the upper contact of lead
power supply to the heater (resistance
The insulation should be at least 150 ohms; 3) corresponds to
corresponding organizational measures that ensure
ing bezopasnosg in connection with the production
works at a voltage of 90-110 V and the high-temperature heating of the heater and studs.
All operations on the input rods otverners pins for seizure and transfer them into otverners other pins to be tightened, should
us carried out very carefully, as carborundovye rods characterized by a large brittle
bone and did not withstand shocks,
bending loads, etc.

Heated flame burners autogenous

coil, which is made of 8-10 turns
(Diameter coil 120-150mm) steel tube
diameter of 15-20 mm, supplied with air under pressure
leniem 3-4 at. The coil is placed in the chamber of
sheet iron, lined inside with asbestos.
After heating, the hot air with a temperature
250-300 C flows through the tip into consideration
tribution tube with uniformly arranged
-conjugated along the length and circumference of the holes,
inserted into the axial hole studs. Heating
Studs 120 mm using
this heater to the required tightening
the temperature achieved in 12-15 minutes. Nedosresidues heaters of this type is the rapid
burn-out of a coiled part caused
the action of high temperature flame.
Gas heater differs from LMZ
specified by the fact that heated air is produced
the coil is not acetylene torches and electric
tric shock. In this case, the coil used
uses the resistance connected to the
welding transformer that is a research
source of supply.
Gas heater ejector type
Sverdlovsk Turbomotor plant (Figure
7.19 b), which is a surfacemixing the heat exchanger, is one of
successful designs for heating rods. Compression
th air with a pressure of 5-6 atm first heating
is a gas burner in a housing 6, and then after
additional heating in the preheater 7 naihotter part of the flame goes
the nozzle 8.
From the nozzle hot air flows from high
Coy speed and, seizing the products of combustion,
supplied to the mixer 9 where the mixing
of air with the combustion products, hence the gas
air mixture at a temperature 550-650 C. Since
steps through a special tip in otverstie studs. Heating time studs this heating
-defined, according to the plant, roughly accordance
is between 3-4 minutes for studs M64 to 8-11
min pins for M140.
Application of carborundum and other bolts
tonagrevateley not spoil the threaded connections
tions, increases productivity and
durability flange connection; under the longgovechnostyu in this case refers to the time
between two studs torquing, productivity
mymi due to the weakening of puffs studs vsledstVia stress relaxation, this time should
be not less than the time between two StopKami turbine unit for planned major
repair, ie at least no less than two years.

Figure 7.19. Heating schemes studs; and - gas

heating coils HTGZ; b - gas heating
Telem ejector type; 1, a coil heater,
2-cover with insulated 3-distribution tubes to
heater, 4-autogenous burner, 5-Compressed impact
spirit, 6-body heating of Vatel, 7-heater, 8-nozzle
9 mixer (diffuser), 10-sleeve nut,
11-Disc, 12-gauge.

For heating fasteners are also used

Gas heaters, one of which is
serpentine heater HTGZ scheme actions
This heater is shown in Figure 7-19, a. In

7.9. Thermal expansion.

Validation of thermal expansion
rhenium turbine as a whole and its parts,
exposed to the action of high operating
temperatures, should be in the repair of the turbine
given serious consideration.

78

Figure 7.20. The scheme of thermal expansion of the turbine K-LMZ 200-130. 1 dead point,
2 cross-tabs, 3-slide bearings, 4-pointers expansion.

In operation, especially during periods of Poussin

Cove and changes in load conditions of the turbine,
should be provided systematically Nations
observation of the fluent and longitudinal
transverse thermal expansion cylinders and
rotors for the persistence of mutual
axis positions bores cylinders and liners
bearings.
Of particular importance it has for
turbines with higher initial parameters
steam capacity, since the thermal expansion
These turbines up to 50 mm.
Fig. 7.20 shows a diagram of the thermal distribution
extensions turbine K-LMZ 200-130. The turbine has
on the middle frame backflow LPC dead
point which is formed by a system of longitudinal
and transverse rail clamps. Observed
authorizing the thermal expansion along the axis of the turbine
Bina reach under normal load magnitude
rank: up to 30 mm at the sign on the front grazing
present bearing CVP to 12 mm, on average,
bearing between the HPC and IPC and up to 3 mm expansion
renie LPC towards the generator.
At these values of the cylinder extensions
moat turbine natural that any nenorminimality and violations of thermal expansion
cause distortions, defects in rails
keyed and getting caught in the slip
zyaschih supports cylinders; such violations pA
bots can lead to vibration unit to zaDevaney in the labyrinth seals and blades
accurate devices to shaft deflection and so on.
In most designs, the turbine housing
front bearing is done moving,
sliding on the base frame along the axis
Turbine two longitudinal splines; key
used to move the bearing housing
thermal expansion turbine cylinder,
relying on this case. To avoid
jamming while moving longitudinal key
must be secured to the support jacks Since
surface of the bearing housing with a side zazorum 0.04-0.05 mm, a base frame with the side
vym clearance 0.01-0.02 mm and in relation to
bearing housing with an upper gap 2-3
mm (see Fig. 7.21, a). Privertyvajut key to the frame

countersunk, themselves bearing surface of the housing and

frame must be carefully prishabreny one
to another and smeared mercury ointment.
Fixing the bearing housing to the foundation
-element frame is made with bolts, studs
dowels and corner, do not interfere with Pedisplaced bearing (see Fig. 7.21, d, e, f). For
ensure that it is necessary to mount:
1) prishabrit surface adjacent to
washers, padded by bolts or studs;
2) adjust the nut or head studs and bolts
so that when a state of failure to tighten
a gap therebetween and a washer amounted 0.05-0.06
mm; 3) to check the clearance between the bore wall in
Bearing housing body and the bolt or stud,
which should correspond to the value maximum displacement of the housing; This gap at
side of the cylinder in the bearing housing two
cylinder turbine is taken to be 12-20 mm
(Size x); 4) to establish the gaps in the corner shponframework of on both sides of the bearing housing, ravnyE 0.05-0.06 mm; these keys - "sofas"
intended to prevent the lag
the bearing housing from the frame under the action may
ment forces, which may be caused by
jamming and high friction when sliding
the bearing housing on the base frame;
5) lubricate all sliding surfaces of mercury
ointment to eliminate scuffing and reduce
friction.
Mount high pressure cylinders with
bearing housings done Since
means of support legs or half shells.
The most common is the concentration
struction of fastening in which a cylinder of high
pressure by using the two supporting paws yavlyayuing a continuation of the horizontal flange
the bottom half of the connector rests on the housing
front bearing (Figure 7.22, a).
Paws cylinder 1 is based on two Since
pepper 2 keys; clearances in accordance keyways
unity maintained within 0.04-0.07
mm. These key designs that privedeare shown in Figs. 7.21 b, the correctness of the position fix
tion of the cylinder relative to the housing subbearing in the axial direction and simultaneously

guides are in the transverse direction

lenii.
To ensure the right
Expansion of the cylinder relative to the housing
Bearing in the vertical direction below
between the cylinder and the bearing housing Charter
lished one vertical dowel that is attached
tion to the bearing housing or the cylinder. If
dowel attached to the cylinder, the keyway
carried in the bearing housing and the clearance
this case is provided in accordance keyed
unity within 0,1-0,18 mm (depending
on the thermal dowels); with dowels, distribution
laid on the bearing (see Fig. 7-21, 6) clearance
executing within 0.06-0.08 mm. In izbecontent of jamming in the slot during the heating cylinder
in most designs keyway vysatisfied on the cylinder and attached screw spline
Tami to the bearing housing is more
coldest part than the cylinder.

relative to the bearing axis in the vertical

upward direction. This is the defect concentration
struction, as such, although slight,
misalignment defects sliding bearing
on the base frame causes that the
extending in the axial direction of the cylinder his endeavors
tends to press the bearing housing to fundamenttion frame, and if there is a reduction of tipping
ing moment of the forces transmitted paws
CVP to cross key; the barrel
tends to tilt the bearing itself, so
bearing surface of the bearing housing speredi lifted and pressed against the rear fundadamentnoy frame. Available lifting the subbearing front load reduction turbine
beans, fresh steam temperature drops and so forth.,
when the cylinder is cooled and displaces the housing
Bearing towards the generator, nonit is difficult to make a clearance measurement probe
(See Fig. 7.22, a).

Figure 7.22. "Tipping" housing front

Bearing; and - when attaching the HPC on the feet, b - at
CVP mount on the half shells.

Figure 7.21. Mounting movable housing subbearing clearances and dowels; and - the longitudinal bracket,
b - vertical dowel in - cross-console
key, g - angular shponka- "couch", etc. - stud
Spacer, e - stud with remote
sleeve. 1-bearing body frame 2, 3 and cylinder
4-foot cylinder, 5-spline, 6-cylinder side,
7 Spacer 8-Spacer.

Thus, lateral displacement

cylinder relative to the bearing housing
prevent vertical tabs, and accordance
keeping a constant axial distance between
tsilindramiipodshipnikami crosskey under the feet of the cylinders. Due to the presence
Chiyu specified dowels cylinder axis and subbearings have virtually no mutual displacement
tion, despite the considerable heat distribution
extension cylinders.
In this structure, the surface of the slip
of the clutches of the cylinder are slightly lower axis turbine
beans, resulting in thermal expansion
clutches may be offset to the cylinder axis

This phenomenon leads to a rastsentrovke cylinder and bearing housing and can
Vibration cause the front part of the turbine, for
Klep- on the support surface of the foundation pA
We, the bearing housing and longitudinal shponframework of and in the presence of the worm gear regulator
RA can lead to fire her teeth
due to changes in engagement.
To eliminate these defects need
go during repairs release connector
tional casing cap screws and bearings
nick a few lift it overhead crane
and free of dirt and rust foundation
a frame supporting the bearing housing,
keys and sockets, then all moving Therefore
lubricate the surface of the mercury ointment or rub
silver flake graphite.
Raising the bearing housing and,
If necessary, its removal from fundadamentnoy frames are solely responsible
governmental operations and can be produced
only under the supervision of experienced personnel.
If the test during repair obexpeirmen- wear keyways compounds ispravleof these compounds, although it is very labor
-intensive work, but must be carefully
conducted. This work is pripilovke
and alignment of the side surfaces shponoch-

80

tion with a corresponding increase in the slot widewidths new dowels and fit for clearances to
newly treated keyway.
If found incomplete fit
the support of the bearing housing to
Baseplates and paws cylinder to the housing
bearing itself (presence of gaps in the joints)
necessary to make the adjacent prishabrovku
ing surfaces scraping is done to
obtain a uniform distribution throughout the
contact surfaces at least 1-2 spots
Paint 1 cm2, with a thickness of 0.05 mm probe
anywhere in the joint surfaces must not pass.
To obtain the most satisfactory
results initially produced scraping Since
surface of the base frame on the control
plate, and then the supporting surface of the housing
bearing on the base plate; for this
falls bearing housing several times
perekantovyvat for scraping its supporting Since
surface after checks on the paint, for
worn on the supporting surface of the foundation
plate.
When reassembling, make sure the presence
Chie corresponding gaps in the fixture roots
quired bearing to the base frame, which
produced by remote bolts
dowels and corner preventing "tipping
vaniyu "housing.
The presence of these gaps provides infinite
prepyatstvennoe movement of the housing subbearing on the base frame, caused by TE
Pilaf deformations of the cylinder; generally at
normal position in the presence of these gaps
easy to verify by checking the mobility
washers for bolts or remote inspection
probe gaps in corners dowels; tilt
bearing housing washers are clamptymi and clearances selected.
Distortion of the housing front approach
bearing, in addition to the previously mentioned reasons
construcruktivnogo order can also be caused by
defects in the installation of steam boxes regulation
tion, steam pipes connected to the turbine and
improper tightening spring shock absorbers
ditch, available on some heavy turbines
-convex hulls (see. Fig. 18.2).
Attached pipes should not create
Vat on heating large additional
loads on the cylinder, this applies especially to
pipes of large diameters and wall thicknesses; impact
Nick from such pipes can load We presdit to the deformation of the cylinder and cause changes
tion gaps in the seals and the flow part,
misalignment or binding of the guide dowels,
lag sliding bearings, etc.
After the repair, and close cylinLindgren high pressure must also be
performed validation tightening
spring shock absorber (see Fig. 7.23), established
lennogo under the paw of the cylinder and the intended
unloading cylinder from the reaction torque
torque acting on the cylinder. Tension
damper spring, for example, central venous pressure turbine

us-VC 100-2 LMZ, produced by 25 mm, well-being

event where part of the reluctance torque
is transferred to the foundation of the turbine; increase
spring preload than 25 mm is invalid because
it leads to the separation of the clutches of the transverse
shpoket, on which they are based.

Figure 7.23. Shock. Column 1, 2 screw, 3

Lining 4-spring plate, spring-5, 6-glass 7
rolling pin, 8-bearing plate.

Cylinder mounting to the housing bearing

nick the type shown in Fig 7.22, b, accordance
Cost that semiflange 1 integrally molded with a
the lower part of the cylinder is connected to the semithe flange 2 is integrally molded with the end
the bearing housing adjacent to the cylinder.
Fixing the cylinder mounting to the bearing
carried out by two horizontal transverse
river splines 3 and one vertical
Keyed 4 These keys are set to
one half of the body was the key in the flange
tse cylinder, and the second half of the flange roots
quired bearing. Key carefully in the paint
attuned to their nests without gaps, thanks
which offset cylinder with respect to subbearing during operation can not occur.
Bolting half shells and shponki do not interfere with thermal expansion
cylinder with respect to the bearing housing,
as tightening bolts allow mutual transfer
movement relative to one half shells drugoth in the directions defined keys.
This design cylinder mounting,
mainly used in turbines
initial steam parameters to 35 atm and 435 C.
has the following disadvantages: 1) large
contact surface between the housing
bearing and cylinder (between the half shells)
makes good heat transfer from cylinLindgren to the bearing and may, in the absence of
cell bearing a special reflector
cause excessive heating of the oil, 2) change
temperature turbine operation due to
load changes and steam parameters causes
the axial extension of the cylinder 6 with thicker and
cold flanges 5 less than thin-walled
tion bottom of the cylinder. Under the influence of nonuniform expansion of the upper and lower part
children cylinder rotated about half shells

81

cally guide dowels, available

point 7 in the direction indicated by the arrow that
between the cylinders, and the foundation frames
Due to the tight junction cylindrical half shells
Mr. and causes the bearing axis
bearing housings shall be the Charter
Bearing from the position AB to the position A'B '
stalled continuous monitoring. This control pro(Rollover).
performed on the basis of a permanent follow fingers
and signs of various designs; these
In the presence of skew (lifting the front
side of the bearing housing on the foundation
designs are special and pointers
frame) is easy to verify by checking the dipstick zathermal expansion - indicators with sensoroverview and between the sole of the front housing approach E and detectors for remote transfer
cottages operational and limit information.
bearing front and baseplate. In holodnom state of the bearing housing is fully
supported by the frame and there is no gap in of hot
What state, in particular when changing
temperature, a gap from 0.2
0.3 mm, the clearance sometimes reaches 1
1.5 mm.
This bias causes a shift of horizon
tal axis of the cylinder and bearing vsledCorollary which disturbed the alignment of the shaft in the laser
birintovyh bores misalignment
Vibration can cause the front of the turbine
Bina, to graze in the labyrinth shaft seal
tion, to their rapid deployment and, finally, to
deflection of the shaft due to rapid local heating.
If large gaps are asking for laser shaft
birintovye seals are not observed, then all
a displacement axis of the shaft relative to the axis of the bore
causes rubbings at opposite ends
Babbitt pouring insert front approach
bearing. Misalignment of the bearing housing leads
also to the deformation of pins that hold the
Figure 7.24. Indices of heat
expansion turbine.
bearing to the base frame.
Elimination of distortions of the bearing in a number of
such cases is achieved by installing metal
Indexes and control fingers type Examples
draulic Gasket thickness of 1-2 mm each
shown in Figs. 7.24 shall be fixed and
horizontal tabs, under the nut bolts, contraction
firmly entrenched in various points of the turbine
ing the lower part of the half shells, establishes
(On the feet of cylinders, bearing housings and
vayutsya spring washers to ensure nonon foundation frames).
need for the tightness of the bolts for
From the most remote pointers
thermal expansion half shells. It
easy to operate indicators extension
lead to positive results, as
type installed on the turbines K-LMZ 300-240;
through the gap, it turns around the junction
These indicators make it possible to read of Great
half shells, the axial pressure on the housing subshift mask the plain bearing as nonbearing is transmitted only in the place of installation
directly from the turbine on a scale mehanicheskoGasket, which reduces the temperature poluflanOn the index, and the operator panel to indicate
ant.
ing device, which is connected to the electric
Regardless of the design of fastening
ski tow with mechanical indicator.
cylinder of the above defects and other
Setting the control finger, indicating
obstacles normal thermal expansions
tors and sensors manufactured in accordance cold
Cylinders should be addressed in the repair pustanding turbine during repair, and this initial
order to ensure appropriate clearances Device for
provision should be recorded in the form
injured jams, reducing temperatures is
Mulyar repair.
heating the wall of the bearing housing facing the
cylinder turbine, improving the insulation of the cylinder
pa, install water screens and other The funds
you ensure the preservation of the right
the relative position of the cylinders and liners
bearings on all operating turbine
boagregata.
The correct relative position cylin-cylinder and bearing housings, as well as
Unobstructed, symmetry and magnitude
cause of thermal expansion provided
system of longitudinal, transverse, and vertices
Figure 7.25. Point of measurement of thermal expansions
two-cylinder turbines and their serial numbering.

During operation, the indications Pointing

teley extensions must be periodically recorded
82

scribed in a special journal. Fig. 7.25

14 is a schematic arrangement of permanent
points of measurement of thermal expansions dvuhtsi-cylinder turbine, which must be performed
hobnob these periodic measurements.
When the vibration analysis of the
magazine gives you the opportunity to find out, are not
the cause of abnormal vibration thermal
expansion turbine.

7.10. FOUNDATIONS
TURBINE.
During a serious overhaul
attention should be given to the survey accordance
standing foundations of turbine units for timely
temporary identification of a defect in
(Cracks, concrete impregnation oil, weakening
foundation bolts, deficiencies in gravy
frames, etc..).
Make sure no friction
munities especially girders, longitudinal girders,
racks and other supporting elements of the foundation
(See Fig. 7.26). Only a thorough examination and raschistka before the main show in the concrete may
doubtful cases, are not surface
stnye cracks visible in the upper plaster
layer of, destruction of the main indicator of Betone; moreover, dangerous cracks may be located
Laga in difficult to access for inspection
or may be hidden by a layer of cladding. For
Operation controls during the development of
cracks across them in multiple locations Examples
kleivayutsya "beacons" -plastinki of thin glass
la; break records shows further consideration
expansion cracks.
Before overhaul when discovered
zhenii cracks in structural elements fundadation needs to check the vibration
tion of the foundation. Oscillation amplitude at
vibration bearing foundation elements (rigeLeu, longitudinal beams, columns) should not exceed
shat 0.01-0.02 mm. Increasing the amplitude of vibration
tions mentioned above requires a serious attenmania in the repair of the possible defects fundadation.

Figure 7.26. The foundation of the two-cylinder turboagRegatta. 1-8-bearing 9-12 foundation
slabs, beams 13-16, 17-20 bar,
21-23 longitudinal beams, 24-25 con salt.

Necessary to check whether obdetecting defects result of rainfall fundadation. Measurements to determine the presence and

longitudinal size of foundations (axis

turbine unit) produced by the hydrostatic
level of the plant "Movement" (see Fig. 7.27, a) measuring
tional head level set in two
the extreme points of the turbine unit, providing a substitution
ry their relative elevations with an accuracy
up to an 0.01 mm. When using the hydrostatic
skim the level necessary to eliminate the possibility Since
of falling air in the water hose or water in the air
airless hose, as this may distort shown
zaniya device.
Measurements of the transverse rainfall foundation
(Perpendicular to the axis of turbine) is usually
produced by planes connecting flanges
using a straight edge and a level of "geological
gorazvedka "(see Fig. 7.27, b) or hydrostatic
level that gives higher precision substituted
moat and is associated with less time.

Figure 7.27. Measuring devices and adapted

tion to test the inclination of the plane to the horizon;
and - hydrostatic level of the factory "Calibre" b- Proverification of inclination with a ruler, prisms and level.
1 measured the plane 2 - measuring heads:
3 - water hose, 4 - air hose 5-prism
6 assembly line, 7-level "Exploration".

These examples are, as already mentioned, do not give

removals
lute values of the magnitude of rainfall foundation
turbine unit, and only the relative mutual
position of the measured points of the foundation. When
Moreover, if the axis of the turbine unit to measure and
kakuyuany intermediate point, then we can define
casting, whether there was a uniform sediment foundation
ment or in the basement there is a fracture. The presence
Chiyo latter should also be checked
a thorough examination of the foundations for
revealing it to crack and tear.
Comparable results of these measurements
can be obtained if a number of years
hydrostatic level measured altitude
mark different points of the foundation relative
relatively leveled point (frame) generated by
position which is not associated with the construction
concentration
83

struction of the foundation and is accepted at all

measurements as the starting point.
Cracks wearing surface is characterized
ter and do not affect the valve, before incorporation
new concrete must be cleared to complete
tion of their removal without damaging the reinforcement;
cleaned surface of the concrete should nasech,
clean with a wire brush, rinse with pure
of the water and concreted to the original
sizes. Due to the fact that the oil is in contact
on the foundation penetrates deeply into the concrete, making
it loose and unstable, it is necessary to remove
concrete by its undercut below impregnated
Oil layer but without damaging the reinforcement.
Upon detection of voids and the presence of deep
FIR cracks with a small opening without Since
damage to fittings used their seal less
Todd injection. Injection is nagneBritain using the injector (see Fig. 7.28) cement
tion solution under pressure 2-8 atm sozdavaemym hand pump.

Figure 7.28. Injector for injecting cement

solution. 1 - a crack in the foundation, 2 - hole for
injector 3 - pass valve, 4 - rubber hose, 5
- Supply of cement solution.

Before the start of injection bounces plaster

ka near the crack, exposing the concrete and drilled
drills with pobeditovye crown diameter holes
meter up to 30-40 mm and a depth of up to 300 mm; when
location of holes above and below the fracture
10-20 mm distance between them prinimaetto be equal to 400-500 mm. After purging vozduhamsters and flushing holes with water under pressure
injection of cement grout produced from
aluminous cement quickgrade 500 (1 part cement to 1-2 parts water
weight).
Incorporation by injection is performed to
obtaining initial dimensions during
setting new concrete production should not be
drive out any work on the turbine-related
installing and removing heavy parts (rotors,
cylinder heads etc.).
Deep cracks and spalling of concrete, as well
also found clippings reinforcement, especially in
joints with beams or columns rigelyaE, damage in detail the framework and other de
fects, which penetrate deep into the concrete, should
us to be carefully examined after cutting
damaged concrete and exposure of the defect
reinforcement. In these cases, the need to survey
sary to attract relevant professionals
To determine the cause of these
defects (possibly associated with resonance
fluctuations) and the choice of the abatement technology
defects (welding and strengthening reinforcement BETONI
tion, injection, strengthening the foundation pillars,
the imposition of additional concrete layer, pre
additional stiffeners, etc..).

8 of the turbine rotor.

Tselnokovannye disc rotors manutovlyayutsya integrally with the disk and half-coupling
(One of the forging), and are mainly used in
high pressure cylinders at high para
Rotors are some of the most responsible
meters steam. Solid-rotors significantly
governmental turbine parts, they bear the pA
leaner, stronger and more rigid rotors with nasadbochy paddle apparatus which performs
governmental discs and they are no questions Nations
the main function of a steam turbine-transformation
reliability planting drive shaft. Their main nonformation of steam energy into mechanical work
prosperity is the need to replace the entire
rotation of the generator.
shaft if damaged one of the disks.
Turbine rotors rotate with large numbers
Rotors discs, impaled on the shaft,
scrap speed and passing all the power, you are a
turbines used in low and medium vapor
ops turbine bear heavy loads
parameters of steam and in the low-pressure part of the
under conditions of prolonged exposure to high
presentTemperature of different shaft length difference
temperatures along the length of the rotor reaches 500 C (ro- variables turbines. Planting drives in hot accordance
distance is made in several ways
torus IPC turbine K-LMZ 300-240). These conditions
(Directly on the shaft on the conical sleeve
need to ensure free heat distribution
for special ring finger on the sleeve and
extensions of parts of the rotors while Nations
et al.).
securely fastening them, necessary to further
Combined rotors are
Storage normal gaps between podvizhnya shaft, which by the high-pressure
E and stationary parts of the turbine.
tion made one-piece with a few
The modern steam turbine application
discs, and the low pressure side each have
nyayutsya rotors for different fabrication method
planted several disks. Such a combined
of (Solid-welded, with discs nasaVanny rotor IPC turbine K-200 130 LMZ
-conjugated to the shaft, combined) and construchas a front portion (in the area of high temperature
ruktivnomu Implementation (drum, disc
Tour 540-320 C) drives to forge one for Task
and combined).

8.1. DESIGN
FEATURES rotor.

84

Loe the shaft and the rear part (zone temperatures

300 C and below) discs, impaled with interference.
Rotors drum type used
mainly in reactive blading,
where there is no need to install diaphragms. In
some designs for small diameters
drums and significant peripheral speeds
drum rotors run tselnokovanyE or welded (drum welded from separate
rings and disks), in other drums otko-

thrust bearings and thrust dismantling approach

bearing.
Before removing the rotor and fully
cooled turbine necessarily produced several
need for measurement gaps and provisions (axial
and radial gaps in the flow section, the deflection
shafts, the takeoff thrust bearings, axial and
radial runout of the working discs, hard
drive coupling and the other planted on the shaft de
hoists, clearance by labyrinth seals, for
bearings between the ends of the shaft planted
parts, etc..). These measurements are introduced in the form
Mulyar turbine, if compared with the records.
plyaetsya drum shrink fit or bolts
previous repair and installation data
Tami.
forms, may indicate whether there was
Turbine shafts must be forged from highmajor changes in the rotor or in the stator
quality carbon or alloy
Installation and what measures are needed to: corrected
relaxation resistant heat-resistant steels
tion of detected abnormalities.
(P2M, 15H12VMF, EI405, EI572 et al.). HTGZ,
Depending on the design of the Special
for example, for rotors of the high pressure vapor
On lifter rotor for determining
eters pair of 240 atm and 560-580 C applies
tain places (neck, boning, etc..) zastrop
Lebanon to hook bridge crane. Fig. 8.1
20HZMVF (EI415). Rotors are exposed corresponds
Lifters shown that
sponding heat treatment and mechanical
by his suspension and perestropovki: adjustment
cal treatment on lathes with large
turnbuckle (lanyard) can be lifted roprecision since even very slight
torus high (a) and low rotor (b) pressure.
deviation from the geometric axis causing vibration
Before lifting necessary to ensure
radio turbine (runout should not exceed
in that the coupling halves of the adjacent rotors different
0,020-0,025 mm).
are moved so that the protrusion of one half
Rotors are tested in operation concame out of the other sharpening. Upon pulling the boundarystant, and the alternating voltage. The main
Mr. cables horizontal position of the rotor
governmental factors that cause these stresses,
may be determined at the beginning by raising one
are: weight load of the rotor (from own
simultaneity separation necks rotor embeddable
tion weight of the shaft and the weight of all the details, planted necks, and after a slight lift correctly
on
of lifting rotor is checked on a level,
val); torque corresponding to the transition
mounted onto one of the shaft journals.
given by the power; possible displacement of valuable
If the rotor is lifted straight, need
centers of gravity of the rotor components relatively geonecessary that it be lowered to the bearing and regulation
metric axis of the shaft, and other stresses, for
cally operated turnbuckles on the lifting prispopresence of which may cause during the exPacks designed to ensure that the axis of the rotor at deeration vibration.
velopement
Special significance it has for those roIU was strictly parallel to the split flanges
tori modern power turbines, in which
the bottom of the cylinder. When lifting the rotor nonalready use flexible rotors having a work
necessary to monitor the absence of jamming or
smell speed lying between the first and second
Grazing in the blading, connecting
critical velocities ( 10.1). Advantage
GOVERNMENTAL couplings and distortions in the horizontal
tion of these rotors are smaller diameters
plane
shafts and correspondingly smaller loss in seal
bone; to prevent tripping when the rotor
neniyah; However they are very susceptible to single
lift must be installed so that pA
heating side, possible due to
radially gaps in the blades and labyrinths on both
vibrations and seal wear due to incorrect
side of the cylinder axis, and axial clearances
start-up of the turbine (not fast passage
both sides of rotor blades have been around
of the critical speed, etc..) and require
identical. The absence of jamming checked
by careful dynamic balancing.
slight wiggle in the direction of the rotor,
These operating conditions predyavperpendicular to its axis.
lyayut exceptionally high demands to compounds
When distortions, seizing or grazing
Stoyanov trees and planted them on the details koa further rise in the rotor must be nonThoroe should be carefully checked in the process
slowly stopped to clarify and complete
repair.
eliminate detected abnormalities.
After traveling to a height sufficient to
retraction direction, the rotor is delivered to tap
the place of installation on pre-cooked reliability
nye goats, supported by pads on the Dos
sufficiently floor space. When lowering the rotor
on the box it is necessary to make sure that the ring laser
8.2. Removing of the rotor.
birintovyh seals did not go on to the box and
Excavation turbine rotors made Since
After dismantling of regulation, removing the cover cylinLindgren, removal (if any) cages with diaphragm
Mami, disconnect couplings accordance with
neighboring rotors, remove the upper bearing
85

blades are sufficiently removed from the floor and from

supporting beams goat.
To protect it from rolling away from the box
under the neck of the rotor should be based on de
Roaring beams with notches, in which occurs
lozheny pressboard sheets or thick leadtsovye gasket.

Figure 8.1. Lifters for rotors

(A) High pressure (b) low pressure. 1-pipe
2-fork reel 3, 4-roller bracket 5, 6 wires,
7-tie lanyard, 8-screw Lanyard,
9-hook bridge crane.

8.3. Repair of the rotor.

After purification, the rotor must be carefully
tional examined magnifier, especially construcruktivnyh places that may arise concentration
centralizers stress. The concentration of stress
tions typically occurs in the annular recesses,
fillet transitions cross sections of the same diameter
the rotor to another, keyways, otverstiyah, threaded connections on the edges without
sufficient radii, as well as de
the tackle during their hot landing with pessimistic
tightness causing high specific pressure
tion. Stress concentrators can be
also such defects occurring during
operation and maintenance, as incisions, risks zaBohinen, hardening, surface corrosion and others.

The cause of these defects can be

rough handling and damage surfaces
(Strikes), depreciation against ingress of solid particles, vapor
razitnye currents, erosion, corrosion, vibration and so on.
When repair, if necessary proharass processing surfaces of the shaft and its de
hoists, steps should be taken to decrease
of the negative impact of the above reasons
Reliability further operation.
Processing of hot working surfaces for
whose landing parts on the shaft (wheels, bushings, values
Trier rings, etc..) should be done with
purity of 6-8 class. Cleanliness
surface significantly improves the long
strength and corrosion resistance, so the
After this treatment should be performed
polishing places shrink fit to complete removal
tion traces of the cutter. Interference shrink fit
must be designed to maintain a dense
landing at the start of the turbine, when heated by wheels
vayutsya faster shaft at a speed when
safety switch is activated, and
in other modes of operation; weakening
fit between mating parts can
lead to hardening, crevice corrosion and
dangerous voltages associated with vibration.
Fillets, corners, edges and other transition
nye space should be handled with sufficient
exact radii of curvature, followed by
resurfacing of these places. Porting otversty, thread cutting, processing and new device
O keyways, circumferential grooves and
other depressions may be allowed only
in cases of special need, ensuring the necessary
Dima strength of components and the adoption of measures to
eliminate hotbeds of stress concentration.
Abandonment of cracks in rotating de
the tackle under any circumstances can not be pre
started up, cleaning cracks should be made
to complete their removal, with rounded edges
formed grooves, if treatment crack
would lead to an unacceptable weakening details
the latter must be rejected, and in respect
SRI shaft repair issue should be resolved after
consultation with the manufacturer or the other
goy competent authority.
Damage to the shaft in the form of scratches, burrs,
scratches (especially dangerous deep, running along the
cervix) and corrosion damage
(Rust) and the roughness of the working surface
STAY eliminated depending on the magnitude of de
defect and its direction groove followed
ing grinding or polishing only.
Oval (oval-shaped cross-section) and conusnost working neck bearings (diameter
meter on the one hand on the length of the neck larger and
with
other less), are rarely found in turbine shafts
beans and are a consequence of the uneven
wear of the shaft journal. Determine the value of roundness
comes about through the measurement of the shaft in the
largest
wear a micrometer on mutually perpendicular
nym a cross-sectional diameter
cervix. Such a measurement of diameters in two

86

In most cases, the most suitable

different sections along the length of the neck make it possible
one to determine its taper.
mym is the second version of Groove. For this
After mounting of the rotor in the lower part of the cylinder
pa on their bearing on the connector INSTALLS
lished cross traverse with stops in
both ends of the rotor, limiting Agitation
tion in the axial direction while rotating (see Fig.
8.2 b); stops are normally regulate
Truss
ends or balls lubricated with
rotating the rotor cylinder oil; regulation
Glare bolts make it possible to adjust
axial run-up rotor, usually mounted in
range 0.02-0.03 mm.
To rotate the rotor at a speed of 10-30
rev / min, the velocity required for
cutting at a given bore diameter, application
nyaetsya motor gear or reform
Figure 8.2. Adaptations for the bore of the rotors;
variable transmission.
and - Steady the rotor in the bore of the cylinder under the body
Select the type of the drive depends on the means
seal, 1-liner backrest, 2 - locking compendium
and equipment available to the electron
Key 3 - place the reference shaft, 4 - bore under the body
seal impression - an emphasis against axial displacement
rostantsiya. As the reduction gear
rotor yoke 1, 2 - adjusting bolt with semicommonly used suitable for transmission
rounded-end, 3 - cylinder, 4 - shaft.
The exact ratio gearboxes regular expluatiruemogo equipment; for this purpose may
gut also be picked up gear transmission
Maximum allowable ovality and coand actuators of construction hoists, obesnusnost well as palpation of the shaft must not
vides the specified speed of rotation of rotor
exceed 0.015-0.02 mm; Over this size
pa.
normal operation of the bearing is broken, and
For rotors weighing up to 5 tons can be Examples
so as roundness and taper should
meneno device shown in Fig. 8.3 but
be removed by grinding or turning.
as a drive in this case, the
The best way to fix the necks of the rotor
pneumatic or electric drill and frikpa to eliminate taper, roundness and the other
Zion transfer in the form of a rubber ring, Examples
GIH defects, as well as for sealing groove
pressed against the shaft or coupling half of the rotor.
GOVERNMENTAL combs, tape bandages blades and the
Examples
other
sposoblenie with drive easily establishes
GIH parts that require turning the formation
Vaeth and provides uniform rotation
processing, is the rotor boring when it established
rotor after its pre-startingke and rotates on a lathe. However, this
location manually.
way due to lack of appropriate tools
To drive the light rotors may also
ing dimensions or special tools,
used electric or power Pneumodrill
equipped with racks with support bearings
Nost 0.75-1 kW (see Fig. 8.3 b) which is attached
kami or lunettes, can be applied not
connector cylinder so that For
all power. Sending the same rotor
boric pulley of rubber washers, wear on
manufacturer or to another factory, where have arisen as
the drill shaft along the entire length is pressed against the rear
is the possibility of such treatment, even distribution
of the impeller blades. Receiving an
laid near power plants connected
sponding rotor speed is determined
not only with unplanned plant for this
by the number of revolutions and drill diameters
work with a large expenditure of time on processing
pulley and the drive pulley in a clip.
Ku, but mainly with significant zaThe least desirable is driven by
waste of time and labor in the production takeV-belt transmission, because due to the slip
Lajnah works and packaging and transport
of the belt and having his hard-linking obtained
Grad rotor.
chit smooth and uniform rotation of the rotor without
Turning of the damaged areas
tremors; especially negative shocks skazyvarotor (or bore grinding bearing journals
are on an intermittent grooves bandazhand seats on the shaft), and the groove
tion tape on the blades.
sealing fins, tape bandages in
Any drive should be well received
conditions of the power plant can be made:
centered to the axis of the rotor and should provide
1) on a special facility oborudovansmooth, jerk-free and "rifts" in the subMr. racks with support bearings or
bearing rotor at a speed obeslunettes (for example, on the balancer
vides the correct cutting process. For
type shown in Fig. 10.10); or 2) cylineliminate the potential at low engine speeds
Lindre turbine with a rotor mounted on the
'Rolling' rotor bearing arc for
special lunettes (see Fig. 8.2 a) Properly speaking, or
which happens to fit necks of the rotor
governmental support bearings, if the state
shaft bearing journals good (taper and oval
of within tolerances).

87

Bearing shell, we have increased

Vat to 90-120 .

directions, the slope of the reference site The knocked

raetsya calculated to transverse movement
the cutting tool relative to the rotor axis
passed through the center shaft.
Cutting tool to impart
greater rigidity is strengthened on support from
minimum flight and installation of the suppository
port shall be verified to provide transition
movement of the cutting tool is strictly parallel
lel to the shaft axis. Best of all is a reconciliation of Dos
Tigana by the indicator on the fortified
caliper instead of the cutting tool. Caliper
and cutting tools are fixed on it
finally after a reached position
tion in which the meter reading during
moving the carriage along the carriage axis of the shaft
remain constant or vary throughout
checking length no more than 0.01-0.02 mm.
This test should be given particular attention
manie, as errors in the installation
caliper may cause taper machining
or its Concentricity precision parts rotor
pa, t. e. to change the center of gravity
of the rotor relative to its journals, and therefore
and to a significant unbalance of the rotor.

Figure 8.3. Devices for rotating light

rotors; and drive with a rubber ring: 1
shaft, 2-bearing cover, 3 - bearing housing
4 - ball bearing, 5-hob, washer 6 7
tires, 8-base tools; b - drive with
using typesetting pulley rubber; 1 connector cylinLindgren 2 - base tools 3 - electric
or Pneumodrill, 4 - cylinder, 5-pulley recruited from
rubber washers.

During rotation of the rotor elektrodvimotors must be provided to ensure uninterrupted

lubrication of journal bearings with a mixture of cylinders
rovogo and turbine oils (in equal proportion
tions), lubrication must be so adjusted,
to maintain a smooth film of oil on the
the entire support surface necks rotor feed
usually by opening the taps on
buckets of oil suspended over liners
bearings.
In many cases rotation of the rotor
under these papers can be used
barring gear turbine unit. In this
case should be collected as for normal
tion work, the corresponding support and ordernye bearings, couplings and Since
presented caps on those oil lines to the subbearings and regulations that do not require
are for the lubrication of rotors, vraschaeMykh on barring gear for the drive
machined rotor.
For the treatment of the rotor of the turbine connector
against the site to be treated Statutes
placed di- sturdy metal stand with
sloping site, serving to strengthen
portable support with a cutting tool
(Fig. 8.4). Caliper provides an opportunity to move
the cutting tool in longitudinal and transverse

Figure 8.4. Installation of a support shaft for processing

a turbine rotor in the cylinder. 1-metal subrate, 2-caliper, 3-slide caliper, 4-cutter, 5
shaft 6 cylinder.

Groove itself, after necessary

sary measurements beats rotor is made well
As with cutting on lathes.
To obtain proper cleanliness processing
Key value of the cross-feed cutter, controlled
tiable indicator fixed to the carriage
support, should be no more 0,015-0,02mm on
each passage, and the rate of longitudinal feed of
range 0.75-1 mm per revolution of the rotor.
The requirement for the surface finish is not approved
is leaving on the treated surface approach
scratches and other defects, which are the centers of
stress concentration. Good results
to eliminate the shallow surface Since
damage to, and the mirror surface of the necks
after treatment with the above method
may be prepared by grinding necks with

88

ki clamped in the parting plane of the cylinder.

Rotation of the cylinder by means of arms prohassled grinding neck.
To obtain good results and
uniformity of grinding with periodic
cally change the skins (every 15 to 20 minutes)
and from time to time turn the rotor on the box
90, 180 etc. Duration of grinding
determined almost depends on the magnitude of
damage to the journal and from the selected number
skins. The same cylinder may be derivatives
vedena polishing with a paste GOI dilution
Denna on kerosene and spreadable smooth words
eat on pressboard, which is placed on the cervical
ku shaft instead of emery cloth.
The final results of processing posle respective careful measurements
(Ovality, taper, and Concentricity
reduction of the initial diameter) must
be fixed in the drawing and saved in
Form processing and assembly of the rotor.
Processing shaft bearing journals in the case of
unsatisfactory condition and the impossibility
of display defects by said
adaptation may be performed when INSTALLS
stallation turbine rotor in a cylinder, in this case
tea on a support fixed to the connector supportof the bearing is installed grinders
machine (see Fig. 8.6). Sander, is
Depending on the type of the actuator (electric or
pneumatic), should be a high-speed
(2500-3500 rev / min) and have emery stone
diameter of 75-150 mm.

Using the tool, illustrated in

Fig. 8.5 but which is easily manufactured in conditions
tions power.
This device is in the form of a detachable cylinLindgren may be made of sheet Gennes
Lesa 10-12 mm by bending it in
cylinder or of a dense wood blanks by
its turning.

Figure 8.5. Grinding of journals shaft by hand; a - c Since

power tools in the form of a detachable cylinder
1-cylindrical casing 2 batt 3-rind,
4 supporting the neck, 5-tension bolts, 6-fixing bolts
You, 7-arm to rotate the device;
b - with the help of a fire hose 1-sandpaper
2-shaft, 3 fire hose.

Made of sheet metal or

tree split cylinder shall have internal
inner diameter of 10-15 mm larger than the diameter
cervical rotor and a length of not cervical length. To
cylinder of sheet metal in the connector
welded flanges with several holes
for his tie bolts, bolt holes,
tightening the two halves of the cylinder warning
also examined in a wooden cylinder.
The interior surfaces of the cylinders protachivaare on the machine after the installation of the connector proclutches and tie the two halves of the cylinder
bolts.
Grinding of the rotor using the
or other cylinder is made when deriving
posing the rotor on the box, without relying on his neck,
which must be processed. On cervical
ku shaft with its complete coverage overlap lisYou linen emery cloth, over shkurki imposed an even layer of felt or voyloon, pinched then puts both Therefore
Lovin the cylinder; when connecting bolts
both halves of the cylinder ends and felt shkur-

Figure 8.6. Installing grinder for

processing of the support shaft necks. 1 Caliper,
2 metal stand, 3-stone grinding
Machines 4-protective felt pads 5-liner
Bearing, 6-cylinder, 7-bearing neck,
8 oil supply.

Checking the fit of the lower halves

support pads or lunettes to the shaft journal,
install the rotor and stops on its axis Agitation
scheny, as well as the installation of a support for reconciliation
surface treatment of the shaft is strictly concentrically
its axis are produced in the same manner as in the described
higher processing rotor cutters.
Oil supply to the treated neck
(A mixture of cylindrical and turbine oils)

89

produced by rotation of the rotor by one of the

the felt flaps, which are installed in
Bearing connector to protect it from-hit
of abrasive dust. In correct position
these plates and applying lubrication plate for rotation
scheniyu rotor minor amount nazhvilla dust that falls on the neck of the shaft, not
may cause scratches or scratches.
During the processing of the long necks of the shaft
sander necessary productivity
possible measurements possible drawdown emery
stone and progress towards elimination of roundness and
konusnoSTI shaft journal. Upon completion of the processing of the
necks
shaft grinder need otpolated cervix treated to a mirror
shine.
After all repairs
on the rotor and the turbine stacking its sub
bearings are going to thrust bearing and prohassled check axial and radial
provisions discs blades, bushings labyrinth
seals and other parts mounted on a shaft.
Measured values of the radial and axial
gaps, beat drives and other components must
be within the limits specified in
the relevant chapters.
These measurements as well as data different axial
running rotor and axial dimensions of the bearing disk
to details, planted on the shaft, are recorded in
sootvetsgvuyuschie forms, and in their izmenenitions in the passport-turbine unit.

at work can cause scratches on the

neck and shaft liner Babb.
Final blow rotor assembly
made after the inspection, cleaning and thorough
-purge compressed air lower part
five cylinder, bearing housings, check
lack of foreign objects and set
Novki lower liners support bearings
clips diaphragms and seals must also
be removed stoppers installed on the drain
bolt holes, and removed the plugs from paroprovorows attached to the cylinder.
Before the suspension of the rotor to the tap should be
make sure that the axial installation of neighboring
correct rotors and rotor will blow The origin
to walk without interference from connecting
coupling halves, for complete confidence in
absence of such interference should be at opuskathe rotor rotates to drag a piece of pressboard thickness
ness 1-1.5 mm between the flanges of the coupling halves
(Figure 8.7).

8.4. ROTOR INSTALLATION CYLINDER.

Zastroplivaetsya rotor as well as with

recess, rises above the goats, and the correct
of his suspension is checked in terms of "Charter
stalled on one of the necks. Rotor slowly
in short bursts, in the cylinder is lowered, while
It is necessary to monitor its correct Since
position in terms of, for lack of grazing in
blading and lightly shaking the rotor
perpendicular to its axis, controlled to
the rotor is not damaged seals.
Without bringing the rotor to 100-150 mm to the contribution
bubbles is the bearings, it is necessary to pour contributions
breathe clean turbine oil, after the end
tive placement of the rotor in place must be
gather the thrust bearing and crank rotor
to make (audible) in the absence of
grazing.

Before the final laying of the rotor in

Cylinder Repair after trimming and polishing the sixty
tree nuts can be produced on a small skin
oil using the tool specified on
Fig. 8.5 a. To speed up the grinding operation
can also be made as shown in
Fig. 8-5, b; skin laid on the neck, Examples
pressed against and rotated by a belt or Since
Zharno hose are wound once around
neck, for a given rotation skins ends
hose two working alternately stretch
opposite directions.
After polishing the neck should be carefully
tional washed with kerosene and wiped dry
cloth to remove abrasive dust that

Figure 8.7. Threading the press punks in the plane

connector sleeve during installation of the rotor.

9 deflections and EDIT shafts.

9.1. CAUSES shaft deflection.
Shaft deflection operation can be
due to various causes, the most important of kotoryh following:
1 Grazing in the labyrinth of the end or
diaphragm seals due to insufficient
gaps, which causes deflection of the shaft due to
local heating due to friction. It is especially dangerous
unilateral grazing in the labyrinth seal
neniyah rigid type having no offset
Glare springs and shafts grazing not
having planted labyrinth sleeves. When

stock bushings, planted on the shaft for grazing

They are sometimes limited only by the appearance
vibration caused by the temporary deflection of the shaft,
ie deflection within the elastic deformation
2 Violation of thermal expansions cylin-cylinder and bearing housings due
Jams in the sliding surfaces, the direction
Barking dowels and distance bolts, nonnormality in the work and the defects in the fixture
front bearing to cylinder high-pressure
tion ( 7.9), as well as incorrect alignment
rotors on the sleeves and boring, lack of tension
ha and proper fastening of covers and holders approach

90

bearings, offset blades and other defects kothat may cause increased vibration and
grazing in the maze.
3 Incorrect cutter shaft drives
bushings, nuts or other items (skewed) and
and insufficient axial gaps between these
details, in particular, between adjacent diskE, between the clamping nut and the closest to it
disk. These abnormalities usually cause
temporary bending of the shaft during operation, ie. ie.
connected
connected only with the elastic deformations and, of course
but only with the non-parallelism of the ends of said
GOVERNMENTAL bore details when the heating and
distribution
expansion drive their ends closed, in one chamber
Coy any point. Such defects may lead
to grazing shaft seals that are again
red lead to deflection of the shaft.
Uneven cooling 4 cylinder turbo
Bina, which is caused by the imperfection of the heat
lovoy insulation (thermal insulation below the worst)
weak seal skin (intensive OX
cool the bottom of the cylinder rising
currents of air) and the presence of dead zones in the
upper cladding conducive While holding
tain high temperature top of the cylinder.
More intensive cooling of the lower part
STI cylinder leads to a temperature difference
"Top-down", which causes deformation cylinLindgren (bend up) and elastic heat deflection
Rotor, if it has not been straightened during prolonged
Mr. rotor rotation barring device
tion.

"Top-down" that occurs after the beginning of the OC

tyvaniya, different turbine has a different magnitude
rank: turbine K-200-130 to 110 C, for
PT-70 50-90 C for 50-90 K to 60 C and t. G.
Start turbine when heated under
These conditions can lead to tripping
moving parts of the rotor on the fixed part
cylinder to trigger end and diaphragm
variables seals and, consequently, to deflection
rotor. The larger the size and weight have cylinLindgren and turbine rotors, the higher thermal
inertia have their shafts and the longer
required for cooling and extinction
deflection, or at least to reduce it to a fraction
admissible at start-up values.
Modern powerful turbines rather
sensitive to temperature difference between
top and bottom of the cylinder of high and medium
pressure, it has specific requirements for
quality and correctness of performance of heat
insulation needs to be improved sealing oball panels and yet calls for
limit the starting conditions of these turbines is determined
lennymi values of the temperature difference between
top and bottom of the high pressure cylinder.
The deflection of the cylinder may be approximate
mately calculated by the formula f = (t * * L2) \ 8D
where t - The temperature difference between the top and
bottom cylinLindgren, C; L-length of the cylinder, mm; D - average
The cylinder diameter, mm; -factor linear
tion expansion equal to 13.6 * 10.6 mm / mm * deg.

The permissible deflection of the cylinder

determined by the minimum clearances
in diaphragm and end seals. For
example, if the shafts of turbo-LMZ 150-170,
having D = 1840 mm and L = 4110 mm, to MIis minimal allowable gap in diaphragm
seals f = 0,5 mm, the permissible difference
temperatures in the above formula is equal to 32o C.
Calculations based on this formula and the practice of exeration shows that at the time of start-up dark
ature difference between the top and bottom cylinLindrum high pressure turbine PT-50-90
LMZ must not exceed 22 C, and for turbines
200-130 K should not be more than 30 C, an increase in
of this difference creates the risk of deflection rotorus around the control stage due to significant
tional reduction in radial clearance Peanterior end seal.
Cause deflection due to uneven
of cooling can also serve as a single
sided warming caused by hitting a pair of
in a closed turbine through leaks reform
control valves and drainage pipelines
dy or steam supply to the labyrinth seal
tion with a stationary rotor. In these cases
parking of any duration and stopped
barring gear shaft deflection will not
decrease until the vapor entering the turbine is not
will be discontinued.
The presence of the trough immediately
manifested in the form of increased operating
Braz shaft; existing in several turbine
large clearances between the movable and stationary
moving parts, and is not quite correct
shaft shape not quite concentric position
of the shaft in the bores even at low
increase in vibration can cause grazing on
any portion of the shaft.
This occurs when a unilateral
local grazing shaft friction fixed
part of the body is highly local. For
heating of the fiber shaft material.
Naturally due to the uneven heating
around the circumference of the shaft is bent more in the
capital
Ron grazing, even more pressed against the nonmoving parts; Therefore a further increase
surface and the friction force increases less
stnogo heating and bending of the shaft, respectively.
Free fiber elongation zadevayupresent section of the shaft prevent the surrounding
the colder the metal layers shaft. This leads
to ensure that the heated fiber in the quest for the doubled
Linen experiencing such significant Nations
compression stress that they can pass limit
flow material at a given temperature and
shaft can obtain permanent deformation
compression.
If the heating by friction is small, the compression
does not exceed the yield strength of the metal and after
cooling shaft will take its original shape,
t. e. straighten. If the heating is so
great that compression of the fibers of the shaft exceeds the
limit
metal flow, and then after cooling curve
curvature of the shaft remain.

91

If these devices are not approach

go for the measurement of a section of the shaft,
accounts in each case Examples
sposablivatsya, manufacturing relevant
clamps, brackets and clamping straps for credit
captivity indicators.
To make measurements in the field of the shaft,
remote from the flange of the cylinder, in particular for
check battlefield hub discs are specially
cial device shown in
Fig. 9.1 b. This device quickly ustanavLebanon and secured to the flange of the cylinder and
makes it possible to comfortably watch the indicators
tions of the indicator due to its location
outside the disks.
To avoid errors in the readings of indicator
Katori, usually with resilient mounts,
Figure 9.1. Measurements of the radial runout of the rotor indicator
care should be taken to stand and Examples
Katori fixed to the plane of the connector. Since ac
regular power devices; b-with the help of elongation
sposobleniya for fitting were strengthwith fuses in the measurements at points distant from the plane
Replays tough enough.
STI connector: 1-shaft; Two indicator with stand; 3
Currently, to simplify the fastening
extension of the engine; 4- Spring; 5 - frame extension cords
of the indicators used bystroukreplyaela.
mye tripods with magnetic base type
BL-1 (GOST 109907-62), produced by the plant
"Red toolmaker" Kirov. These shtaIn this paper, grazing occurs on the convex
tives require no special fixing as
Loy side of the shaft as the shaft is curved in side
when you press the switch, razmykayuWell clatter fibers; after cooling turbine
present the magnetic sector pedestal base,
us (at autopsy) revealed that traces
recently attracted to the metal Since
grazing located on its concave side.
surface by a constant force to 25 kg.
This bend shaft understandable when you consider that
Further improvement, allows
Nations
Barking
improve the accuracy of measurements is
Greta at the time of grazing fibers are compressed
application together with the magnetic flexible tripod
yield stress; JavaScript compressed, and hence
Coy speakers up to 200 mm (Hollow, typed
quently also shortened on one side of the shaft
rings of flexible tube), the end of which credit
fibers during the cooling inflects shaft
pitsya indicator; column can be can be easily inin the direction opposite to the original
Lebanon (quickly set) indicator at any
deflection obtained tripping.
necessary to measure the position and "hardening
Found in some cases, a twoVat "in this position; "Hardening" (neizSince third-party diametrically opposed
nancy position indicator) is achieved
damage to the rotors are the result povtension through a flexible cable, a missed
tory starts with the already dented turbine rotor
through the column and attached flexible one
that is unacceptable in use.
end to the special eccentric, turn
In normal operation for turbines
3000 rev / min shaft deflection in any of its cross-sectional area and which produces a tension cable.
Verification is performed at the position of Ba
exceed 0.02-0.03 mm and when
la
on
its bearings in the turbine cylinder.
1500 rev / min, 0.05 mm; higher deflection may
To avoid distortion of test results
Jette cause a crash caused by nonneed to pay attention to ear
Permissible vibration. For each repair
bearing firmly lay in their bores and
shall verify that the indicator
when you turn the shaft does not shift any of the side
deflection (battle) of the rotor. This check radially
tion nor in the axial direction. Bias in the BO
direction (along the circumference) should always be
kovom direction will affect the correctness
produce in the same section of the shaft, not
LED indications, and displacement in axially
having planted parts and spaced one
board can cause grazing in blade
another 300-400 mm. Measurements should be carried
devices, seals, oil and parootboynyh
back only after complete cooling turbine
rings, shields, etc.. To eliminate axial
Bina, otherwise they will be useless because
movements put special thrust bolts
distortion caused by the cooling unevenness
you abutting fillet shaft and fixed
tion.
the flange of the cylinder by using the crosshead of type
Usually, verification is performed using
n, shown in Fig. 8.2 b, or going
indicator after removing the cylinder cover, razThrust bearing.
union coupling and removal of the upper bearing
The shaft is rotated manually when checking or
bearings; lower liners should be
by
crane zachalennym for clutch cable
secured against rotation when cornering
(See Fig. 9.2). For this purpose, the bolt hole in the collar
rotora.Indikator reinforced with a
regular installation prisposobleniyna
cylinder flange connector (see Fig. 9.1 a).

92

laid on a metal rod diameter

meter aperture; to put an end to the rod
rope embedded loop, and after wrapping
rope several times around the sleeve of his other
end is served by a crane hook; Therefore in order to avoid
damage to the surface of the coupling should podkladyval shifting cable pressboard or cardboard.

dial. The maximum algebraic difference

ence in the indicator readings at diametrically
opposite sides of the shaft gives a value
beats in this section. Runout on
necks must not exceed 0.02 mm. The value of
deflection axis of the shaft, or bore axis offset
Part of the shaft is equal to half maximal
of shaft runout or inspect items; eg
example, when the difference between the readings of the
measured indicator
Katori on two opposite point
framework of a single section of the shaft of 0.1 mm deflection
shaft in a given section is 0.05 mm. Example zarecording of the indicator when measuring pA
cardial shaft runout shown in Table. 9.1.
Table 9.1. Recording indicator values with substitution
tures of the radial shaft runout

The measurement data

1 2
Figure 9.2. Povertyvanie shaft with a crane
cable covering the coupling half.

Number of points
4567
8

Indications indicator
0 3 7 5 2 -3 -5 -2 0
Katori, 0.01 mm
For convenience, the indicator is
Radial beats
and accelerate the determination of the plane of maximum
-2 6 12 7 2 -6 -12 -7 -2
mal deflections in different sections of oxo
tion; 0, 01 mm
circumference of the shaft is divided into 6-8 parts. These
To obtain a picture of the curvature of the shaft
points are
deflections in the same plane for all the cross sections
choosing or, respectively zanumeroapplied on a larger scale and the ordinates
bathrooms bolt holes rigid half
tension, and the distance between the measured cross sections
coupling (see Fig. 9.3) or mark marking
along the longitudinal axis are plotted along the axis
figures on the end portion of a ledge
abscissa (see Fig. 9.3). Plotted points soedinyayutshaft. With this labeling data prosmiling to each other by straight lines. From this
HIBAM shaft to shoot at a constant level
graph clearly visible with a maximum cross-section
for a number of years, give comparable magnitude.
deflection.
These data allow sure
no deflection of the shaft, twisting shaft and iz
nose pins and journals; by deflection indicator
torus can be seen which of these defects is
in each case.
If measurements in different sections along the length of
Shaft given in one plane coincident
sign values of the maxima, then assume
twisting of the shaft there is no reason; in this case
there is a deflection of the shaft.
Tested for the absence of twisting prohassle only if detected shaft deflection.
Figure 9.3. Deflection curve of the shaft.
Twisting of the shaft is a rare, but very
dangerous malfunction of the shaft, it is difficult to approach
Recording indicator readings for each
authorizing the repair.
section when the shaft is made
If one revolution of the shaft arrow inin coincidence with the mark of the indicator pin
cators 2 shows fold increase 2-fold and
circumference of the shaft.
decrease in reading and if these readings
Engine indicator set proarrows in the direction of the plus sign (+) approximately equal
against the mark 1and indicator We presyou, but also toward the same indications MIreduced to zero; Further to the rotor turns
cone (-), it follows that the shaft has in the
matching engine indicator marked 2 zasection of the oval (ellipse). If one
those with the mark 3, 4, 5 and so on. g. up to the mark One; Mr. turnover is only one deviation in the capital
shown
Ron increase or decrease, in this
of the indicator at 1 must be identical
cross-section is only available trough.
kov with the original, that is. e. equal to zero. It
When the shaft is bent and moreover, has
indicates that the indicator during inspection
deterioration of necks, then the soundings at the neck shaft
This cross-sectional area was shot down.
arrow
The greatest deflection indicators
indicator will show abnormalities in the one and the other
Dr. rotates with the shaft are marked with a plus
side, but these variations are different when
(+) Or minus (-), depending on whether a chamber
turning the shaft through 180 . Not to mix deviation
Kuyu side rotates the indicator needle on

93

tions arrows under the influence of neck wear with relative

deviation under the influence of the deflection of the shaft, the
pin
indicator should not put against the middle
neck, and against one of its ends where conserved
nilas round shape neck.

9.2. METHODS EDITING shafts.

Before deciding on the need for
Changes should make sure that the value of
deflection is not influenced by factors such as the weakening
of the ends of the shaft in the drum or shaft bending
influenced by improper planting drives, technical higher
lock or other details on the shaft.
Defects such as insufficient axial
gaps and misalignment between the ends of adjacent
governmental skewer items, usually vyzyvaby elastic deformation of the shaft and respectively
temporary bending of the shaft; however exceed
shenii allowable bending these reasons can
lead to tripping of the shaft with all vytekayuschimi consequences.
The absence of these abnormalities
should be pre-tested corresponds
between the measured and, if there are
must be eliminated corresponds
sponding repair ( 14.3).
So, if the measurements of deflection of the drum
rotor show the picture shown in
Fig. 9.4 but where are the inflection line shaft Since
box-field drum, you must first
all very careful measurements and OC
Motril check gate shaft ends of the drum
no and after alignment, if necessary, recovery
novit mounting shaft in the drum by heating
drum and installing the shaft to restore
interference is typically about 1% of the diameter
meter.
In some cases, the difficulties of recovery
formation tightness end of the shaft further
is fixed in the drum depending on the concentration
struction using axial rods (guzhonew) and Electric (see Fig. 9.4, b) or radialnyE pins (usually 6 pcs. diameter 18-20
mm with gas thread) passing through
through the body of the drum and the shaft end (see Fig. 94
in.).
When one of the repairs of the turbine when
it has been found that the end side of the shaft
Low pressure was released from the drum 4 mm
reverse its press-fit was carried Examples
sposobleniem of washers and tie rods (see Fig.
9-4, f). The drum is heated around the circumference of the
two
autogenous burners number 7 to 100-120 C. Since
whereupon the locking bolts evenly stretched
to complete fitting of the shaft end of the drum. Such
Kie work are solely the responsibility
governmental, so their performance should there
attracts or turbine factory or repair-governmental
Organization with experience in conducting similar
GOVERNMENTAL works.
If the shaft deflection under got impaled
it piece (plug, disk, and so on. etc..), the latter
must be removed and the shaft deflection checking Therefore
repeat the same cross-sections along its length.

Prior to addressing the need for and

method changes subjected to excessive heat
Places are subject to a thorough visual inspection of the shaft
through the
magnifying glass to check for cracks. Designed to observe
expeirmen- cracks must be subject to OC
Motru surface pre-clean up,
polished, degreased and subjected to etching
NIJ.
In the presence of surface cracks
should be removed by light filing and stripping
surface. When detected after stripping
deeper cracks shaft subject compregular survey involving corresponds
respective specialists to address the issue
the possibility of further exploitation and methods
de repair.

Figure 9.4. Mounting the shaft ends in a tumble

rotor. and - an abnormality in planting shaft ends
drum drum rotor; b - mount all
shaft in the drum axial bolts and electrical
welding: 1 electric welding; 2-side high-pressure
tion; in - fastening the ends of the shaft in the drum radially
governmental pins: 1-side low pressure;
1 handling holes; 3 - installation location radius
cial studs; 4 - shaft;
5 - coupling bolts -6 pc .; 6-place heating.

Stress relief and HOURS

-particle recovery of previous material properties
rial tree, regardless of the method adopted
changes, you should first make a low
-temperature annealing places maximum
Trough.
This applies particularly to the shaft and have come
Shem in place quenching. On receipt of the shaft
quenching can be assessed by measuring the hardness
Steel in quenching. For example, if the shaft, you are a
holds of steel 30HNM had solid
articular cavity Brinell, not exceeding 350, and
place deflection its hardness reached 600 there-

94

quently, the shaft was hardened, so as

heating temperature at this location exceeded
temperature of the lower and upper critical currents
check state of solid iron-carbon alloy
(Chernoff points).
Initial annealing as well as comoptional joke at the end of any changes
the method is performed at rotation shaft
low speed and the annular heating in
deflection with one to three autogenous gorelokov or using induction coils,
electric furnaces, and so on. n. ( 9.6).
Heating of the shaft is made to a temperature
which should not exceed 600-650 C. ,. in
Depending on the grade of steel shaft (below the temperature
tours of the lower critical point). During the entire period
heating and holding at this temperature for
of 2-3 hours as well as during slow cooling
erate to a temperature not higher than 100 C rotor
we must continue to rotate uniformly.
To avoid a long rotation
manually, for rotating the rotor must be used
to use the same tools that
apply when turning (8.3).
In cases where after the indicated
tion circular annealing near grazing deflection
shaft is within acceptable limits, editing is not
required, but holding balancing commitments
mon.
Edit turbine shafts can be made
three different ways: local heating
tion-thermal; coinage (hardening) - mechanism
nical; metodomrelaksatsiithermomechanical.
The decision on the method of straightening the shaft,
also select a desired temperature reform
regime changes should be based on knowledge
quality and properties of steel, which is made
shaft, registered designs, and sizes of the rotor, and
as the conditions under which it operates, and the magnitude
of
us trough. For this purpose, in the absence zavodskih data should be the Preplagued by analysis of the material of the shaft to determine
steels of yield strength and hardness stathere. On the basis of these data are also determined
relaxation response, hardenability
steel etc.. g.
In view of the responsibility of the straightening
shaft before it began it should be carefully
tional thought out and prepared, and she Editing
made under the guidance of an experienced specialists
sheet with due care, eliminating
the possibility of warping discs, bushings, lowering
of strength and damage the shaft.

9.3. EDIT LOCAL

HOT.
A method of straightening shafts local heating,
also called thermal, is
rapid local heating of a small convex
(Long) section of the shaft to a high temperature
tours, but less than the temperature of the lower curve
critical point (see. below). Such heating We presleads to compressive stresses in the outer fibers

material that exceeds the yield stress at

This small area which, in turn,
after cooling leads to their shortening at the output
the convex side of the shaft, and consequently to bearing of
shaft.

Figure 9.5. Shaft lining asbestos. 1 - asbestos; 2 furnace wire harness; 3 - coupling corrugated
Rowan cover.

Thus, when the local heating of the shaft

uses the same compression force, causing
stresses above the yield stress which are relschiesya causes deflection of the shaft at its local
grazing; Shaft straightening occurs through
creation on the concave side of the shaft of additional
GOVERNMENTAL and, moreover, large tensile stresses.
Some residual stresses if
they are not completely removed at the end of flattening and
carried out after the heat treatment, annealing,
can lead over time to the partially
mu restore the original deflection
therefore to carry out a proper annealing after
Changes should be paid special attention.
This simple method that takes naia shorter duration of time Examples
changes mainly for straightening shafts of
steels having yield strength below
30 kg / mm 2 and poorly perceived hardening.
To make this method of straightening steels
a high carbon content, particularly shafts
of high-alloy steels and working in
high temperatures, it is not recommended,
as it can lead to hardening during cooling
Suppress shaft after changes to the appearance of cracks
in these places.
When you edit a local heating shaft free
but fits into the lower half of the cylinder
on its ear with the convex side (hump)
upwards. Plot the maximum deflection of the shaft,
intended to provide local heating, insulated
soaked in water with thick slices of asbestos
ness layer 10-12 mm over the entire periphery, with OC
tavleniem only windows of exposed asbestos in
the highest point of the shaft (on the "hump"). This window
located symmetrically with respect to the plane
bone changes and should be the size of 0,300,35D perpendicular to the axis of the shaft and axially 0,150,2D
the shaft (see Fig. 9.5).
To protect it from slipping off the shaft Assembly
Best ligated conventional furnace wire
or, more conveniently and quickly covered
corrugated iron roofing of housing in
a belt with lock; in housing, respectively
but warms up bare spots ostavlyaeta window with.

95

Roll cover wet asbestos necessary

sential for the remaining portion of the shaft protection
against direct flame and razoheating it by radiant heat; furthermore
wet coverage asbestos entire circumference of the shaft, for
Except heated portion contributes
its cooling due to evaporation of moisture.
To monitor the change of curvature
shaft during heating indicator is set,
pin which concerns the shaft on top of the vertical
focal plane. Measuring point should be
sufficiently removed from the heating, harmful relative
reflects on the correctness of the reading indicator
Katori, and at the same indicator should pomestit sufficiently far from the support shaft as
at the same time will receive the most pokazatelnye maximum deflection indicator
torus.
If the shaft deflection occurred less
forward wheels, and the distance between the hubs disk
Single insufficient for changes adopted
conventional method, it is necessary to remove before editing
with shaft drives and other removable prevent editing
parts. If the shaft portion to be heated,
located further than 100 mm from the hub
disc, the disc can not be removed. When heated
close to the disc, bushes and other bore
parts mentioned items in order to avoid box divided
tion should be protected from the action of
flame insulation slightly wetted asbestos
O sheets.
For messages warms site Ba
la large amount of heat in a short time
used an oxyacetylene torch
7. heating must be done carefully,
not to cause damage to the surface layer
shaft; for the same purpose, the flame should be
move uniformly across the bare from
asbestos portion of the shaft, at a rate of not less than 0.5
0.8 m / sec. In order that the flame could not
penetrate between the shaft and asbestos should
check the tightness of asbestos to the shaft.
The shaft portion of the carbon steel heated
Vaeth to dark red in color, that is. e. up to 500
550 C, alloy steel, up to 600 to 650 C,
t. e. before dark cherry color.
When heated by lengthening razogrevaeMykh fiber convex side of the shaft last
receives an additional deflection celebrated
established indicator. During the cooling
the heated fiber convex side ukorachivaare, and compressed fiber elongation concave side
are applicable, so that the shaft is straightened proopposite side of the original curvature.
Warm-up depends on the value
us deflection and shaft diameter and usually ranges
ranging from 3 to 12 min; the meter reading
should be an indicative measure
duration and effectiveness produced
heating. To determine the heating time
Shaft initially produce one or two control
heating for 3-5 min; after cooling,
shaft check the effect of this heat, which establishes

Levi on the basis of the data obtained further

heating mode.
Approximate time data heated
va. Burner number 7 depends on the diameter of the shaft
and the magnitude of deflection are shown in Table. 9.2.
Indicated
zannoe time increases by 1.5 times during the heating
ve burner number 6 and 2 times - burner 5. In
straightening shafts of large diameter or rotor Baslave type used two heating burner
kami. Upon completion of the heating to avoid rezkocooling of the heated seat closes asbestosstomas, and the shaft is left in this position for
natural, slow and even the cooling
tion to ambient temperature.
Upon cooling, shaft alignment occurs
tion temperature of the heated top to protect
asbestos gap of the lower shaft portion in the same
there has been a loss resulting shaft
by heating the additional deflection and reduce
initial solution (straightening) progiba.
After cooling shaft is made proverification indicator obtained from the heating effects
defect at several points along its length under rotation
Research Institute of the shaft at its bearings. Under these proVerka must be complete confidence
that deflections are measured at full alignment
as the temperature of the convex and concave portions of the
shaft,
t. e. really after complete cooling
shaft as otherwise there is a distortion
tion of the results.

Table 9.2. The time required for heating

shaft when dressing, min.

Diameter
meter
shaft
01
mm
150
2
200
3
250
4
300
5
350
6
400
7

The magnitude of the deflection of the

shaft, mm
02
03
0 and 4 0 5
06
3
4
5
6
7
8

4
5
6
7
8
9

5
6
7
8
9
10

6
7
8
9
10
11

7
8
9
10
11
12

As a result, several heatings shaft may

Jette be straightened in a given section to practice
cally permissible value. After the elimination of
deflection of the shaft in a given section is done in the
same by editing the shaft and in other sections,
having higher allowable deflections.
Before each shaft must be heated
is rotated so that its portion with the maximum
deflection was on. Reheat in one
rated the same place should be alternated every
times with the local heat treatment rectified
trolled section of the shaft autogenous burner at
rotation of the shaft. If after several heating in
This site does not give the shaft straightening,
heating should be discontinued at this point and pass
heat at the next point having naigreater deflection.

96

Due to the fact that after annealing due OC

finan stress shaft deflection
partially may return, it is recommended
last heatings produce bend shaft
direction opposite to the original
deflection at 0.05-0.07 mm and in some cases
tions-to 0.10 mm. This bend in the annealing usually
disappears completely or remains within acceptable
Within the shaft.
In some cases, the method described is less
stnogo heat straightening shaft combined with
cold compresses. In this case, immediately
after heating the shaft rapidly cooled wet
rags or a jet of compressed air. Application
compresses speeds up the process of straightening for
by speeding up the compression of the heated fibers; however
to recommend the use of compresses nelGia, since the strong heating of the shaft, and the rapid
cooling it may occur local hardening
and the formation of surface cracks.
Method of local heating can production
hobnob edit and rotor drum type accordance
standing of several parts, but pre
Satisfactory need to make appropriate
ing test that measured to fight the shaft and closed-circuit
ban is not called float concentration
are studied in parts of the drum shaft. Edit barabanGOVERNMENTAL rotors produced by heating in an arc to
quarter of the circumference of the drum and the axis - on
60-70 mm, but not in the field of transition sections not
fillets and at least double deep
Bina vane groove from the nearest lopatochtion crown.

9.4. EDIT MANUAL

SHAFT.
Edit shaft mechanically productivity
is in a cold coining places
maximum deflection; the shaft can not
removed from the turbine cylinder. When you edit this
method is also necessary to produce primary
annealing of the shaft (except for the generator rotor) for
reduce internal stresses that
caused shaft deflection.
The essence of mechanical flattening shaft zalies in the fact that the coinage stretch water
fiber shaft, compressed beyond the yield point. For
This shaft is placed on the neck of one lower
insert turbine and a convex side of the other
Gogo shaft end at the largest deflection
is enclosed in such a special lining
manner that this end of the stub shaft is not tangent
familiarize the lower bearing and was Nations
weight; while hanging portion of the shaft with their weight
creates tensile stresses in podlezhaing coinage fibers. Desirably, even if
possible hanging shaft end load
further to increase the tensile
voltage. Coinage produced by the concave
side. When striking compressed fiber stretching
Gibeah toward the ends of the shaft, ie. e. doubled the
shedding, and the shaft is straightened.
Usually the work is done with steel
coinage in the form of chisels having a width 30

50 mm and a thickness of 8-10 mm; coinage should be

well fitted around the circumference to be
minting place to thoroughly rounded
edges so as not to damage the surface of the shaft.
Appearance of coinage for the place between the ridges
the maze is shown in Fig. 9.6, and; must be carefully
tional ensure that coinage was nonmany have the distance between the crests of the maze
and stood upright so as not to bend, not srubeat and do not spoil ridges labirintoO seals. The same applies coinage
when editing a drum rotor recess in the scapular
(Fig. 9.6 b) after removal of a blade.
From time to time it is necessary to check the thickness
schinu issue, because if it is made of
relatively mild steel, it will be distributed
(Sit) under the action of shocks and may Properly
nitsya between crests labyrinths or blades
exact recess; such coinage should be replaced
new. Material shall be selected for the coinages
hardness greater than the material of the shaft and always
have back-up coinage to replace damaged
GOVERNMENTAL.
Edit starts from point 1 (see Fig. 9.6, b) with
gradual movement of coinage to the points 4
and 5 until until engrave third oxo
circle. Attempts on coinage manufactured Therefore
power hammer weighing 1-3 kg, the strongest
nye at point 1 and gradually weakens to
points 4 and 5.
Just as in the thermal straightening puso when striking one end of the shaft naturally
straightening occurs all along the line of the shaft, if
maximum deflections lie in one plane,
therefore coining other sections of the shaft should be
made after straightening places maximal
of deflection.
Chasing generally achieves results
only if one section of the shaft prochekanivaetsya no more than 2-3 times; further human
kank on this very spot it creates Nations
as a significant hardening that short fibers
to have no further distributed.
Particularly strong impacts on stamping applied
should not be, because it is easy to blows can
achieve significant results. Mode of human
Kanka is set after the first blows
on stamping, depending on their impact at the output
straightening of the shaft.
In the process of minting one section need
sary to control measurements of the line
indicator shaft; to this end of the shaft, which
struck, lifted by crane from under him
lining is removed, the shaft is lowered to its
and insert in its rotation produced substituted
ture indicator for all monitored cross sections
tions of the shaft. After measuring the lining re Charter
the time here to the place, chasing and so made
continues until the allowable values
tions shaft deflection.
At the end of the coinage and straightening rotorus is necessary to make a joke of the shaft ( 9.6).
After annealing, usually reappears small
deflection, so you have to re-

97

coinage, followed by annealing and so until

then, until a line shaft izgibaE within acceptable limits. To few accordance
shorten the time for these operations, usually go on
slight bend in the direction of the shaft, antioppositely initial deflection (up to 0.05
0.08 mm), which after annealing should not limit
ceeding 0.03 mm in one direction or another.

Figure 9.6. Manual editing of the shaft. a - chasing

shaft between the crests of the labyrinth; b - chasing for
scapular groove; in-embossing of the third
circumference of the shaft.

After completion of work places podvergavshiesmiling coinage handled saw for personal
deburring and irregularities and otshlifovyvaare fine sandpaper; protachivat
minted locations should not have a shaft with
This again will sag.
The disadvantage is chasing edits Nations
Klep- and damage the surface layer of the metal in prominted site. However, this method changes,
which is one of the oldest and simplest,
Despite these shortcomings, and now Examples
changes when straightening rolls of material with limits
breakage strength below 30 kg / mm 2 and a small
bending (up to 0.1-0.3 mm). This method
applied for large curvatures, for
example, when editing one-piece rotors koGDS short distances between the discs zamake it difficult to edit thermally or contribute
sobom relaxation due to the difficulty of isolation
discs of burners which can select
call removable hard disk warping;
using this method and when straightening shafts gentors, since it does not require heating to high
Coy temperature that may damage iso
lation of the generator rotor.

9.5. EDIT WAY SHAFT

RELAXATION.
The main advantage of the method changes,
based on the use of the relaxation phenomena
tion stress (see. p. 27), be proceeds
straightening shaft ensuring stability
its shape during further working. The methods this
bom produced straightening shafts, operating at
ultra-high steam parameters and manufactured
relaxation of heat-resistant alloy
steels as described above in methods of
cases can not be applied.
Relaxation method changes zaklyuchaetin the fact that the shaft portion having a maximum
mum deflection is heated to a certain
temperature (usually 600-650 C) than the non-

more "local" region, and across the oxo

circle and the depth of the entire cross section of the shaft. For
heating is produced when the shaft rotates at low
speed; after aging at the indicated temperature
perature (about 1 hour) a shaft mounted deflection
up, and immediately heated to shaft portion prohassled by pressing a special device
in the direction opposite to the original
deflection. Pressing is done to create a determined
tain small stresses in the material
heated shaft (elastic deformation); wherein
voltage should not exceed 3 to 5 kg / mm 2 and
under all conditions must be significantly below
a yield stress, whereby not be
be dangerous to the internal stress of the shaft
tion. The time during which the shaft heated
to this temperature is maintained in the Nations
stress state, should be sufficient
using this shortcut to under load and high
temperature necessary part of the elastic deformation
mation transferred to plastic (residual), ie.
e. happened to a phenomenon called relaxation
revision by stress. Because of this, after the Management
Board
ki in the tree will be removed residual internal
voltage, which in turn will provide stastability of shape of the shaft during subsequent
continuous operation. Exposure time for
stress relaxation is determined by the velocity
STI stress relaxation in the metal at
certain temperature and fluctuates in limits
Lah 1-5 hours.
To determine the edit mode, which
should determine the temperature of heating on participation
stke deflection, the holding time in a tense and
heated state and the magnitude of the external load
Key to the shaft, except the value of deflection of the shaft, it is
necessary
Dimo know the make of steel, which is made
shaft, or to analyze the metal for installation
tion of its quality and the relaxation characteristics
tics (Table. 9.3).
The shaft in this calculation is regarded as
beam lying on two pillars. Oriented
paid-payment the amount of pressure that is necessary
Dimo attached to the shaft in order to obtain
in the shaft voltage corresponding to a given
value, according to the formula: P = (Wl) / ab;
where -specified Voltage kg / mm 2; d-diameter
Shaft mm; W = 0, l * d3-time cross-section resistance
of the shaft, mm3; l = a + b is the length of shaft between the
centers
E supports (see Fig. 9.7); a and b are the length of the
shoulder of the shaft, mm, from
place changes to the center of the corresponding leg.
The permissible deflection of the shaft, halftant goal of the application the amount of pressure P, koELSE is needed to align the curvature
shaft is determined by the formula: f = (Pa2b2) / 3Eil; where
E-moduluprugosti kg / mm2
(E = 1.5 * 104 kg / mm 2); I-moment of inertia
shaft, mm4; (I = 0,05d4).
To determine the amount of pressure P and of Great
magnitude shaft deflection f for revision process reform
relaxation on the basis of the above formulas Since
structed nomograms shown in Fig. 9.7 and
9.8; these nomograms dimension efforts Nations
P regime in tons, shaft length I and his shoulders a and b in

98

meters; dimension corresponding to the remaining quantities

exist dimensions given in the formulas.
Examples of use are given in the HOMO
grams dotted lines. With a diameter of
Shaft 400 mm, a voltage of 3 kg / mm 2, the length of the shaft
between poles 5 m, and the size of the shoulders = 4.2 m,
b = 0,8 m, the magnitude of the amount of pressure P = 30 m,
and of Great
guise shaft deflection of 1.1 mm.
Table 9.3. Relaxation properties of steels.

tion against warpage and the air flow

nearest to the place of the heating surfaces should
be well insulated with asbestos.
Edit shaft is made on a special
machine with sturdy metal stands for
are mounted bearing actuator
to rotate the shaft 25 at a speed of 15 rev / min, and
pressure device. Therefore to protect against
damage to its own bearing on the shaft
machine mounted on bronze or babbitovye bearing specially manufactured
for editing and management of other works on obprocessing of the shaft.
Pressure on the shaft when editing is done in
Depending on the structure of the machine and places the
shaft,
subject to revision, crossarms, jacks and
clamps (see Fig. 9.9); with any adopted construcstruction of the machine it is important that was provided
ability to control the pressing force
Shaft (bolts, rods, etc.) to create a
place predetermined voltage changes.
Control over the level of the shaft deflection under
the influence of pressure and changes in the deflection
Changes made during the indicator INSTALLS
lished in the vicinity of the edits and zatected from heat; temperature control
heating is carried out by means of thermocouples.
After heating at rotation
shaft and endurance in a hot and intense accordance
distances heating is stopped, the pressure reduction
toils, the shaft in the area covered by the thermal changes
-insulated and cooling is carried out at
rotation of the shaft. Verification of results changes
made after the cooling of the surface Ba
la to 50-60 C; verification at higher
temperatures can lead to a distortion of reform
results of changes.
If the first edit did not give proper reform
results, it is necessary to carry out the second, third
editing by the above method; each
subsequent changes in the results of the previous
address issues of increasing or decreasing
heating time, dwell time nazhiIOM and the magnitude of pressure.
After obtaining satisfactory reform
results of changes made during the rotation
shaft secondary annealing by heating the section of the shaft
to a temperature 60-80 C above the temperature
whereby the rotor is a turbine. By okonChania heating portion of the shaft and the shaft is isolated
is rotated to its complete cooling.

Relaxation
Vy- in percent at
Brand
temperature,
degree
derzhsteel 450550600650
ka, h
130607090
35536667692
1040708594
128667490
40540717792
1045738494
124668690
25N530798992
1030829094
120698590
25NM528809193
1034829395
120286386
30HM524336892
1026357694
136587790
30HNM541668093
1048709096
160698392
30HN3M570758894
1073829295
140577092
35HNM562769094
1063799495
Prior to the reform process changes
stress relaxation should produce thermal
ical treatment places the maximum deflection
shaft with continuous slow its rotation
to cool. This treatment zaklyuchais to heat the area up to the maximum deflection
600-650 C, i.e. to a temperature at which the
editing process is performed relaxation and vysupport of at this temperature for 3-5 hours.
This thermal stabilization can give
preliminary straightening shaft, especially
significant for small deflections of the shaft. After
complete cooling line checks
Research Institute of the shaft, and the calculation of the edit
mode is made
Based on the deflection curve obtained after
stabilization.
Heating of the shaft is made by one of the contributed
9.6. ANNEALING OF TREES.
sobov described above, but the best in this
case is heating by induction
Prior to editing the shaft in any way and in
tional heater covering shaft for participants
all cases, after straightening, places sub
ke, subject to revision. Between the heater and
lying editing, and all the places have been subjected to the
shaft should be left concentric
Management Board
gap of 5-10 mm, which will provide free rotation
Re must be annealed for removing residual
of the shaft without removing the heater. To protect the identity stresses. An exception must be made
only for the generator rotor to avoid
damage to the insulation of the windings.
Annealing of the shaft before editing, so-called
primary annealing, it is recommended
as heat treatment (tempering) to reduce
Residual stress produced in shaft
99

using two or three burners number 7 or inducers

result of local heating when grazing;
industrial frequency, carried out at
properly conducted joke with regard to quality
metal shaft reduces the amount of residual range
uniform rotation of the rotor at a speed of 15
bending, since it removes part of the residual stresses
25 rev / min; these burners or inducers
tions.
the heating is the place changes the rotor high
-pressure to the temperature at 50-75 C. vyAnnealing of the shaft after the changes made are not
only for stress relief, but
than the temperature of live steam and other rotors
in order to ensure that the shaft is in operation
to a temperature at least not lower than 500 to
under the influence of the working temperature of the steam is 550 C.
Upon annealing, the total heating time is determined
not iz
will cancel their form obtained after editing;
by the necessity of temperature rise with
if you still see the deflection annealing above
speed of 150-200 deg / h and maintain maxipermissible value, the shaft shall be remaximum temperature for a time determined
termined by the characteristic relaxation for
revision.
the steel (Table. 9.3). Typically, this time for
Annealing of the shaft can be made of different
governmental ways, but they all boil down to two OC
carbon steel is 7-8 hours and for the treatment
new: 1) local, when the annular heating shaft
doped, 10-12 h. Therefore, before the annealing,
to avoid interruptions during heating should
during annealing is performed only on the site, subbe ensured smooth operation of the heating
subjected to revision; 2) total when proizvoditsmiling all the heating of the rotor and the shaft (when removedtional devices (oxygen supply, acetyl
Thielen et al.).
from the
it all details), and which under electron
station little use.
One of the easiest ways to relative
Gigue by local heating is a joke with Since

Figure 9.7. Nomogram for determining the amount of pressure.

100

Figure 9.8. Nomogram for determining the necessary deflection of the shaft at its relaxation revision.

Figure 9.9. Edit shaft method of relaxation. 1-bed frame, 2and3 bearing 4 supports bearings 5 and 6
crosshead; 7-pressure cable, 8-coupling bolt 9 Stand for the indicator, 10 - gearbox 11 electric motor 12
support drive 13 - receptacle for lubricating oil, 14 -indicator 15 - induction heater.

To speed up the heating process and to submit

care space heating from the action flows holodnogo air shaft at a location to be heated
gas burners, collapsible girded
housing made of sheet steel (see Fig. 9.10), states
gas from the two halves. The diameter of the casing must
be 80-100 mm greater shaft diameter, and its
length - with the expectation of changes in the overlapping
space
length 200 250 mm. The casing along the whole length has

two slit width 25-30 mm serving

input and continuous movement of the heads
burners along the shaft axis during heating. In addition to
addition, the casing has a welded fitting, it is necessary
dimy input through the sheath of the thermocouple, which
attached to the galvanometer and makes it possible
of periodically by touching the shaft is determined
lyat temperature of its heating. Outside casing
obkladyvaetsya asbestos insulation.

After heating, the burner off, the shaft

tightly wrapped with asbestos cloth dry
with a layer thickness of 10-15 mm and continuous rotation
schenie continues to cool.
Annealing of the shaft by heating gas goburner is necessary to conduct careful not to
spoil burns shaft surface, subsubjected to heat, and ensure the correct
maintaining the annealing process, the main conditions
which are: the rise to a certain
limit of the heating temperature, have to calculate
delay at the maximum temperature and slow
cooling shaft.
More rational way of local
heating during annealing is induction Nations
heating of the currents of industrial frequency, giving
more uniform heating of the entire cross section of the shaft.
There is a heater inductor, represented
amounts to the coil wound around the
shaft of a copper stranded flexible cable
or copper bars. Cable cross-section and the number of tires or
of turns of the coil is taken into consideration, depending on
the
an even current and diameter of the shaft or drum.
For heating the shaft diameter of 600 mm to
temperature of 600 to 650 C is required for coil
3000-5000 ampere-turns, and for heating shaft
diameter 300 mm to the same temperature required
is about 2000 ampere-turns.

Figure 9.10. Housing for heating shaft autogenous

burners. 1 - casing; 2 - slots for input bits
burners; 3 - fitting for thermocouple; 4 loops
linking the two halves of the housing.

On the surface of the shaft to be annealed

prior to its winding cable superimposed layer
asbestos cloth thickness of 15-20 mm or Since
surface is wrapped with asbestos cord. For
monitoring of temperatures in the heating zakladyval thermocouple. Setting the temperature
heating shaft induction heater reaches
Gaeta wound cable in several rows, the coils
which can be connected in series and vapor
parallel, as well as adjusting equipment
supply transformers.
In order to ensure free rotation of Ba
la inside the induction coil of its internal
diameter must be made larger than the diameter
shaft on the double thickness of the insulation layer
tion imposed on the shaft, and a double-size
the clearance required for the free rotation
shaft and takes 8-10 mm per side. Itself
coil when it is applied to the shaft must be
well centered with respect to the shaft and
securely fixed to the machine for editing. Scheme
inclusion of such an induction heater
which is powered by the AC power

parallel-connected transformers type

STE-23 or through special mobile one
nofaznye transformers shown in Fig. 9.11.

Figure 9.11. Scheme induction heating shaft.

1 copper cable; 2-transformer; 3 - primary
winding; 4 - network.

Local annealing can be done well

with the help of an electric folding which
covers the shaft around the site to be annealed
gu. Electric is made in the form of housing
sheet metal in two halves, within which
cerned section heating element located
ments included in the AC network. In
the upper half of the electric predusmatrivaetsmiling opening hatch to allow inspection
and producing temperature measurements shaft proprocess heating. The capacity of such furnaces for
heating drum rotor diameter of about
1000 mm over a length of 400-500 mm accordance
constitutes 40 kW, and for shaft diameters up to 300 mm
when the length of heating to 4000 mm - 20-30 kW. For
presence of smooth adjustment capacity, since
2-5 kW allows smooth heating
covered electric furnace shaft portion and equal
dimensional temperature rise with the necessary
speed.
Free rotation of the shaft and to submit
care of scaling elements Nations
electric heaters need to be considered
put on the shaft at a distance of not less than 100 mm
and the surface space annealing and nearby slots
under the blade isolated from the heat. Isolation
performed by a mixture of asbestos wash
crumbs, stir in the water with the b-8% liquid
glass; after applying a layer thickness of 8-10 mm
insulation is covered with asbestos cloth. With
the outer side of the electric furnace to be iso
asbestos-insulated to protect against burns
persons making a joke or editing.
The best results of the application indicated
methods associated with local heating and straightening
annealing can be achieved by pre
Satisfactory removal from the shaft all planted on him
Parts which are subjected to heating
(Disks with blades labyrinth sleeve ordernye combs, etc..). In this case, heating can

102

To speed up the manufacturing of stoves and improved

be made to the maximum temperature,
which condition the installation of the heating element
required under the terms of editing and annealing without
concern for the state of planted items.
elements (pipes with wire resistance) target
Straightening and annealing when proaccording to the lower part of the oven spread of
went under the shaft is found in several places in his
firebrick. On this part, as fundadation, superimposed covering the upper shaft
length and has a significant amount, and, most importantly,
when you want to produce a high heat
tions metal casing; outer side kothe middle of the drum and one-piece roZhuhai should be welded stiffeners
tors, there is a need for
of the angle iron to allow it podnyament entirely overlaid with him over the asbestosoverall heating shaft as local heating less
forward-piece forged wheels rotor very zaists insulation. The upper metal cover
trudnitelen and can lead to warpage
must have several closable hatches,
drives. If you send a rotor for the corresponding
located at several locations along its length
and the cross-section, which would allow the process
ing treatment on the manufacturer does not pre
Changes and annealing to inspect the rotor
seem possible, edit, and annealing conditions
tions power has to perform in the electron
carried out by the opening of these hatches acceleration
tropechi, gas or fire furnace otapliShaft cooling actual measured after annealing, and
install a thermocouple for measuring temperature
Vai charcoal.
ry within the furnace. In places the shaft out of the oven
If it is impossible to provide details of Ba
la required full thermal iso
seals are made in the form of oil seals, seal
insu- lation total heating drum and tselnokobeing followed by the asbestos sheets or asbestos
cord.
vanyh rotors made to a temperature not
The firing furnace for annealing and straightening rotors
exceeding 520-550 C, and the rotors nasazhengovernmental discs if they are some com(See Fig. 9.12, a) heated with charcoal,
expression can not be removed, no more than 450-480 C.
produced approximately the same as described
higher electric, but it instead electron
However, under all conditions should be made
tronagrevatelnyh elements set
isolating blade from the high heat; for this
made to cover them with a layer on both sides
retractable grate on which
insulation thickness of 10 mm from above
loading coal. Under the grate Charter
placed di- retractable metal sheet
mixture of asbestos crumbs and liquid glass and Since
(A) for removal of ash and fine pieces of noncovering this insulation asbestos cloth, proembroidered wire passed through the blade.
the burnt coal falling from the grate reform
In order to ensure free rotation under
the lattice; the space between the hearth and co
losnikovoy grille is supplied with compressed air,
furnace casing size is accordingly
tively, taking into account the dimensions of the rotor thickness providing proper intensity combustion
of insulation
tion. At the highest point of the top-less
tion and with an allowance in respect of any point
metallic casing for propulsion Charter
rotor 100-120 mm and calculating the impact of
placed di- pipe with a diameter of 100-120 mm with zadampers for combustion control and accordingly
possibility of temperature rise in it to the 600
650 C. Such a furnace is installed in an area where
tively temperature inside the furnace.
can be supplied reliable goats (goats
The same furnace can be designed for transformation
for balancing machine) or Iaffairs casing covering the rotor; in that
the case of the hot gases from the furnace for special pipes
beam, allowing installation and rotation of the rotor
pa, and where, under the rotor can be supplied accordingly
directed perpendicular to the axis of the casing rosponding metal or brick foundation
torus. This heating method is more convenient, but require
ment for the furnace, the strengthening and nutrition
is manufacturing special remote firebox,
which complicates the device.
of current or fuel. The rotor is
If possible, the use of non-gas
on a specially constructed for this purpose bronchial
zovye bearing, water-cooled, kodifficult to manufacture under the electron
torye firmly mounted on said Kozlov
plant sector is collapsible gas furnace
(See Fig. 9.12, b); convenience of such a furnace for
ly or I-beams. For uniform
conducting
heating and eliminate warping disc rotation
of the rotor is produced with a rate of 15
temperature, process changes and annealing
25 rev / min.
n is the ease by adjusting
gas supply.
In the electric heaters are performed
The most appropriate regime annealing Ba
of iron pipe length equal to the length of the furnace;
pipes are installed in the lower half of the furnace
la in any of these furnaces is the mode,
and insulated with asbestos; iso over asbestos
wherein by the slow and uniform
increasing the temperature in the rotary kiln
tion wound three or four sections of core wire
shaft uniformly heated to extreme dark
Key resistance (nichrome wire or
wire made of austenitic steel YA1T), uniform
temperature, maintained a certain time
but distributed along the length of the oven, which allows
at this temperature and then slowly equivalent
uniformly cooled. Usually at the general heating in
to produce heating and control of speed
a rotating shaft furnace heated at
uniform heat distribution along the length
shaft.
50-75 deg / hr. Temperature limiting heating

103

annealing depends on the grade of steel, which

made rotor, and in any case should not
at least 30-40 C higher than the temperature
vapor, which employs the heating portion of the shaft. By
After the exposure at the indicated temperature
cooling is performed with a rotating rotor
rate of 30-40 deg / h to a temperature of 250 to
300 C, after which the heating is stopped; long-range
ther cooling shaft occurs with
slow and naturally decreasing temperature
ture of the furnace. Rotation of the shaft should prodolzhatXia up until its surface temperature

decreases so that it is no more than 50

60 C above ambient temperature.
Once the cooling shaft productivity
ditsya re-examination of its curvature and, if
it has not changed or, in any case, remain
familiarize within the tolerance, then the operation and
straightening
annealed shaft is complete.
After finishing editing and annealing necessary
Dimo produce dynamic balancing
rotor.

Figure 9.12. Furnaces for annealing, straightening and rotors.

and-burn, 1-pressure device; 2 oven, otapLebanon coal; 3 - rotor 4 - indicators
5 - gear, b-pelvic: 1 valve for regulating
Grad gas 2 LEDs 3-casing furnace 4
Index uniform pressure, 5-gear; 6
a burner manifold 7; 8-outlet openings
gases 9-push device 10-Push bolts
you
11-beams, 12 - pressure bars.

10 rotor balancing.
10.1. BASIC DEFINITIONS
TYPES AND the rate of vibration.
Questions to maintain the normal vibrations
tional state of turbine units, particularly in
with the introduction of high-power turbines and
superconductors
high steam parameters and generators with water
native cooled, are of particular importance for
reliability and efficiency exeration.

From the standpoint of turbine vibration

is a complex dynamic system
Thread consisting of rotors, bearing
poles, towers (cylinders turbine generator stator
operator), and the foundation, which are capable of excitation
give, receive and amplify vibrations.
For the understanding of the phenomena associated with the
form
Braz, you need to stay on the main
definitions.
Vibration is a series of repeated relative
deviations of the body from the rest position or equal
104

license movement. The source of the vibration of the body

is a repetitive pulse
(The action of the applied force), nazyvayuschiysya disturbing force. Any mobile
the body can be brought into a state of vibration
and each repetitive pulse may be its
source.
The best example of such oscillations can
serve as a simple mechanical system that
consists of rigidly fixed at the base plane
cal springs and suspended from the load at its end
M(Fig. 10.1 a). In deriving it from the state of the weather
Koya any external force load starts accordance
commits an oscillatory motion in both directions
from the center of oscillation Oh, is the provision
equilibrium.
The magnitude of vibration is characterized and iz
measured scale fluctuations. The greatest relative
deviation from the center of the load fluctuations
About(Dimension A)
called oscillation amplitude. Full difference
max fluctuations (size B = 2A), vol. e. most
deviations in both directions from the center of oscillation
(From the rest position), which is accepted evaluated
Vat vibration of the turbine is equal to the double ammonium
plitude of the oscillations.
The period of time during which
wave oscillations have time to go through all the positive
and negative values, making
full oscillatory cycle, equal to two smeared
ham or four amplitudes, called period
House fluctuations; oscillation period is usually denoted
significant Tand is measured in seconds.
The number of oscillatory cycles per second body
dy is called oscillation frequency and measured
hertz (Hz) is the number oscillation periods in the North
Kunda (1 ln / s = 1 Hz); e.g., frequency 10 Hz
means that within 1 s committed 10
vibrational cycles. When the rotor
turbine unit with 3000 rev / min speed
is 50 Hz (50 ln / sec).

Figure 10.1. Definitions hesitation. aoscillatory system; b-shift phase; in-damped

hesitation; g - sustained oscillations.

In the practice of considering the issues

associated with vibration, other than those of the main
GOVERNMENTAL values (amplitude, period of oscillation,
frequency
cy), is very important phase of the oscillations,
which determines the position of the oscillating
Body (points) at the moment and phase shift.

These concepts can be understood when considered

rhenium oscillations of two identical pendulums.
If the pendulum to deviate from the provisions of equal
rium at the same relative distance and then
Suppose first one, but after a while
another, it creates a situation in which
first pendulum will go through position
of equilibrium, while the second will be
have the greatest deviation or be in
any other position; in this case
pendulums have different phases of the oscillations. By zarecording the oscillations of pendulums and graphic iso
mapping, you can get two of the same curve
vye (sine wave), which will be shifted one
relative to each other by a certain period of
oscillation (see Fig. 10.1 b).
Shift sinusoids one towards
another which characterizes the gap
between the beginning of two oscillatory processes
Expressions of time, angle, distance, for
called a phase shift.
If the pendulum reaches with fluctuations
the same position with respect to the position
zheniyu balance and move in one and the same side
Ron, the pendulums are same phases,
if the motion of a single pendulum with respect
NIJ to another is like a mirror reflection
zheniem, these pendulums are antibying phases.
If any elastic system in the form of
spring diaphragm rod or shaft derived
from the normal state of rest (equal position
of equilibrium), then left to itself it blaGodard forces of elasticity, tends to return to
original condition. Reaching him, because of
accumulated energy, elastic system transitions
DIT neutral position (the position of equilibrium
sion), is deflected in the opposite direction, return
schaetsya thereof, etc.
If the elastic system during his kovibrational motion is not subject to external
mu Effects and its movement takes place under
Only the action of the elastic forces of the system,
she will perform free oscillations in both
hand from rest at a certain frequency
cy (harmonics). These oscillations are
called free or independent.
Each elastic body characterized by vpolnot determined the frequency of free oscillations
depending on the properties and nature of the body (as
construcstruction, size, weight, the elastic properties of the material
and the nature of attachment); this oscillation frequency
called own frequency. Properly speaking, the frequency
natural oscillations during the time oscillation
lations remains unchanged, and the magnitude of the
amplitude
amplitude depends on the magnitude of the applied
perturbation
restoring force at the time of withdrawal from compounds
state of rest.
If under the influence of a variety of reasons, you are a
binding energy loss, vibration amplitude
gradually decreased (by law geometry
metric progression), the oscillations called
vayutsya damped. Damping of the oscillations vycalled a resistive forces associated with

105

friction between the sliding surfaces, friction

tion in the air, gases or liquids, the internal
friction in the metal, and so on. d. process changes kooscillations is depicted as a wavy curve
howl, wherein the abscissa time
me, and the ordinate value amplitude attenuation
damped oscillations (see Fig. 10.1 c). When vospolneSRI consumed in the process of mechanical vibrations
tion energy due to any external use
source, even if the presence of the resistance
observed undamped oscillations.
If a body in the vibrational
Mr. movement affected by additional
pulses covering energy losses and co
vibrational movement during the whole time
action of these pulses will be permanent
amplitude and frequency, they will have a sinusoidal
tour across the harmonic character, as shown in
Figure 10.1, h. These sustained oscillations of the body,
arising under the periodic impact
perturbing forces are called internally.
At a frequency of the disturbing force, equal
or a multiple of the natural frequency of the body,
comes to the state resonance; while even
with a small perturbing force occurs
a sharp increase in the amplitude of the oscillations of the
body,
as the vibrational energy increases work
disturbing force, the effect of which coincides
during each period with the direction of motion
tion. The frequency of oscillation in this case is called
Vaeth critical frequency State pursuant to
nance is very dangerous for the body, since the amplitude
vibrations, despite the ongoing value of
applied forces can increase until
while increasing the voltage with it not
lead to the destruction of the body.
Rotating turbine rotor is not vibrating
Ruete and, consequently, has no perturbation
-absorbing effects on the bearing when it is
fully balanced in all its parts.
However, during operation, this condition may
Jette be disturbed by even insignificant
changes in the mass distribution of the rotor oxo
circle.
If there is imbalance in the rotor during its
rotation of this imbalance is disturbing
force causing the forced oscillations of Ba
la, while the frequency of the forced oscillations
coincides with the number of revolutions of the rotor, and the
amplitude
fluctuations varies almost linearly
change in the magnitude of imbalance Revolutions
rotor corresponding to the resonance of
(Frequency of forced oscillations is equal to or
multiple of the natural frequency of the rotor)
called critical speed or
critical speed.
After the critical numbers of revolutions
Comrade causing severe rotor vibration, hazardous
for its strength. After in this condition
very dangerous, because it leads to grazing
rotating parts. If you continue to increases
Vat number of revolutions of the shaft, the dangerous vibration
cease. However, with further increasing
speed can reach a speed

speed at which the shaft will start again strongly

vibrate, te. been reached second critical
cal speed; further increase in the number
speed would result in a third critical
cal speed, etc. Thus, the rotors
have a lot of critical speeds, but practical
cal significance only the first three critical
cal speed.
If the first critical speed of the rotor
turbine is above its normal operating
speed (number of revolutions), then the rotor has For
title hard; its axis with rotation extracts
pluatatsionnyh conditions are not experiencing flexural
oscillations. Rotors operating speed which
ryh close to the first critical speed or
exceeds the called flexible.
Species and the rate of vibration. In areas
oriented with respect to the main axis rotorus and the unit measured at the top of the covers
bearings, there are three main types of
Vibration: transverse (Perpendicular to the axis
rotor) longitudinal (Axial) and vertical
(Figure 10.2).

Figure 10.2. The main types of vibration.

Greatest practical importance

lateral vibration caused by the displacement of
the center of gravity of the rotating rotor, i.e. Sky,
Lance. Only in rare cases, which, of course,
should be set measurements, vertical
vibration can be more horizontal - transverse
river, in this case, the control when balancing
conducted on vertical vibration.
In assessing the state of non-turbine unit
necessary to make measurements on all three Nations
vibratsii.Sravnitelnaya score board
vibrations of turbine bearings on naimore of these three vibrations measured vibration
eter, regardless of its direction, production
is found on the scale shown in Table. 10.1.
Vibrational state of all turboagregata is considered unsatisfactory if the vibration
transceiver in at least one direction of one of the
bearings would be the above standards.
According to the Rules of technical Operatation (PTE) vibrational state turbo
the unit should be checked during the exeration: 1) 1 times in three months, 2) directly
, facility for before and after the overhaul,
3), with a marked increase in vibration subbearings. Control of rotor vibration properformed on the basis of each vibration amplitude
measurements
first bearing separately with three modes

106

STI and acceleration fluctuations recorded various

forms of oscillation changes, and so on. d.

Hours: full electric and thermal Nations

load, half load and at idle
without the generator.
During overhaul turboagregata of vibration should be elimination
at or at least reduced to acceptable
norms. Even with "satisfactory" assessment
vibration state should seek to reduce its
zheniyu, since the vibration of the rotors is always higher
than the vibration measured at the appropriate
bearings, this is due to the fact that measurements
of the rotating rotor has to productivity
dit indirect order in the amplitude oscillation
tions are not moving machine parts (bearings
Cove, base), and by factors such as stiffness
bearings, the effect of the oil film and the other
Gia may distort not only the amplitude but also the
a waveform of the rotor.

Figure 10.3. Hand-held vibration meters using

dial gauges.

Table 10.1. Evaluation of vibration

state of the turbine unit.

NominalnayaOtsenka, u
speed
Satisfies
rotation
Express Yourself-rotor turbine Excellent Good
enforcement
Bina 1500
/ min
40
60
80
3000

20

30

50

Vibration studies that nonrequired in order to establish the causes of the increased
vibration and methods of their elimination, are
a very complex process and requires not only
a significant amount of time, but also a high quasilifikatsii personnel conducting these ispyTania and their measurement.
In some cases, to find the causes elevated
GOVERNMENTAL vibration is possible only after carefully
surveys of various modes
operation of turbine unit in a special program.
Therefore, for 1-2 months. to stop the turbine unit
for major repairs the product must be
us all the preliminary studies that
necessary for the development of programs and methods
eliminate excessive vibration of turbine
during repair.
Measurements should be made, and some
the same equipment and under the same steam parameters
and load conditions to obtain results
which can be compared with data
previous measurements of vibrations.

10.2. Vibration measuring

DEVICES.
Vibration studies turboagregaComrade and vibration measurements in dynamic balance
cus produced by various
handheld and stationary vibration measuring
devices (vibrometer vibrograph, vibroskosurf). These devices and equipment that contribute to
process for the measurement can be divided into mechanical
cal, optical, and electrical, are used to
measuring the amplitude of the oscillation, the phase shift rate

In practice, power Widespread

Menen received hand vibration measuring
devices (indicator, VR-1, elektrovibrograOscilloscopes, etc..), stationary vibration measuring
instruments and special balancing appature (BIP-4, BIS-5 TSNIITMASH et al.).
One of the most simple hand vibration
roizmeritelnyh devices used more and
currently in power plants, are
devices using indicators chasothe first type. In these devices, the elastic member
a spring (see Fig. 10.3 a) hand or by holding
-decreasing device on the handle (see Figure 10.3, b). Swipe
vibrations of the vibrating surface in our conscious
kosnovenie which provides core indicator
Katori, is determined by the scope of oscillations
arrow indicator. Such practices vibrometers
cally possible to make measurements at frequencies
quency vibration above 500 count / min (Properly speaking, the
frequency
natural oscillations of 100-120 count / min), but
strong vibrations, they are easily damaged.
When measuring the amplitude of the oscillations manual
vibrograph type BP-1 (see Fig. 10.4, a) Examples housing
boron is held in the hands, and its measurement
rod in contact with a vibrating surface
Nost, vibration is measured. Interchanging
Novki stops can change the position of transition
xed coupling (see Fig. 10.4, b) and thus regular
plated spring elasticity and pressure measurement
rods and on the vibrating surface.
Record fluctuations in the MOVE chasovym mechanism waxed paper tape (velocity
rate of 40 mm / sec) can be seen through the open
the instrument cover on the Status of the recording
the tip of the lever device. Speed of movement
of tape having an overall length of 9 m determined
is on the timer, acting on
clockwork.
By vibrogram and speed tape
you defined the range of fluctuations, periods, and
therefore, the frequency of the measured vibrations.
The limits of these measurements vibrograph limited
vayutsya scale oscillations from 0.02 to 6 mm and
frequency range from 8 to 80 Hz. To increase the
visibility readings oscillation amplitude and
evaluation on a large scale fluctuations in hundredths of millimetra used a magnifying glass with a 6-fold increase
tion.

107

On the same principle, when the housing Examples

make it possible to measure not only the swings
Boron is the inertial mass and the hands, While holding
fluctuations, but also speed, acceleration, phase oscillation
sustained and the device when its contact
tions and others.
pin with the measured vibrating Since
Large spread in power plants
surface, which are elastic connection, built
neniem to study oscillations turboagand hand-held electric vibration meters and vibrograRegatta, their foundations and balancing of rotors
Oscilloscopes; the main difference between these devices frompowerful turbine units in their own bearings
the devices
BP-1 type is that they mechanical
roizmeritelny device BIP-5), available
vibrations are converted into electrical; in
Kiev and the Taganrog enterprises Soyuzelectrical Vibrometers these fluctuations change
ENERGYREPAIR. This device allows productivity
dissolved and specified electrical indicators
possible measurements of the amplitudes of displacements,
rum, in vibrografah- measured and after amplification
velocities, and
of the recorded oscilloscope.
acceleration of the oscillation frequency, phase shift oscillation
tions and monitoring waveform. Examples
boron BIP-5 has a limit of measurement frequency of
15 to 200 Hz and the double amplitude displacement
5 to 1000 microns. Set the BIP-5 in a case has
dimensions 400h160h310 mm weight 12 kg and comprises
two vibration sensors, the measuring unit, the phase
Vg sensor and strobe lamps. This instruD as a sensing element, suscepNima measured vibration, used
Induction type seismic vibration sensors.
When measuring bearing vibration vibrodatchiki device can be used as a vibration
roschupov; they cling to the bearings the PV
Kami observer or can be attached to the subbearing vibration measurement with calculation of
corresponding
sponding direction (vertical, transverse
tion and longitudinal); the device itself is set
at the power supply voltage of 220 V.
Highly elaborate are also determined
tico-electrical appliances - loopback and
cathode oscilloscopes, which are used to zarecording of electrical oscillations excited
mechanical vibrations.
For continuous monitoring of vibrations
tion in today's powerful turbine units INSTALLS
To be mounted on bearings Friction
sensors, and on the boards in front of the turbine multigokanalnye recording instruments, of Recording
ing vibration of bearings in the time
a flame in the form of continuous curves and giving limit
Figure 10.4. Handheld Vibration Meter BP-1. and - constructive
preventative signals at higher level
tion vibrometer used - concept vibrometvibration.
pa. 1 - dipstick 2-governing
stops, 3-cover unit, 4 - recording acute
dence, 5 - mobile coupling, 6 - spring,
7 - paper tape. S - fluctuations in the enclosure,
Sn - vibrations caused by the vibration of the rotor,
T is the period of oscillation.

10.3. Cause vibrations

TURBINES.

The most common cause of the form

In stationary vibration measuring Examples
Braz turbine is unbalanced
forests are not the body is the inertial mass and
rotor, which refers to abnormalities in
special inertial mass resiliently suspending
the mass distribution of the rotor relative to the axis of its
Vaeth in the housing, whereby it is to
rotation.
relative to the housing substantially stationary.
Unbalanced mass of the rotor when it is
The housing, mounted directly
rotation causes the disturbing
tively on the measured bearing, makes those
force, which is equal to the centrifugal force of several
same fluctuations as the bearing. Measurement of these
balanced weight and is determined by the formula
fluctuations with respect to a fixed inertial
le: C = m2r,where t-unbalancedmass
tional mass and determines the magnitude of the oscillations
2equal M / g,-cek Kg / cm; M-weight neuravnoveshenbearing.
-mass, kg; g-acceleration the force of gravity, which is equal
Special balancing equipment
tion 981 cm / sec 2; r-distance Centre of gravity
type BIP-4, BIS-5 devices TSNIITMASH etc..,
unbalanced mass from the rotation axis, cm;
having transportable dimensions and weight, together with
-uglovayaskorostvrascheniya, 1 / s:
order to provide the necessary exploitation
= 3,14 * n / 30; n is the number rotor speed, rev / min.
tion conditions and the accuracy of measurements of vibrations

108

violation of the original balance. Balance

If we assume that the weight of an unbalanced
cus you can not eliminate the vibrations that
the rotor load of 0.5 kg and its distance from the axis
rotation of 80 cm, then when n =1500ob / min, C = 1000 kg
caused, for example, the deflection of the shaft, drift
and when n = 3 000 rev / min C =4000 kg.
blades scum, weakening planting drives on
This shows that the imbalance only
shaft or shaft ends in the drum, grazing in
seals, etc. The rotor in the presence of some
0.5 kg located at a radius of 0.8 m at 1500
rev / min cause the magnitude of the perturbing force
bending can be balanced without his
1000 kg, and at 3000 rev / min this force will have
changes, but this does not provide a balanced
equal to 4000 kg. It is quite clear that working with the rotor
reliability of the turbine due to
beats console end of the rotor.
rum, having a similar imbalance, cause amplification
lennuyu vibration of the turbine.
Increased vibration are objects
In the field, violations connected
tive indicators available turboagreassociated with the displacement of the center of gravity and Gate defects and may lead to the most serious
nym accidents and injuries. Under certain
Since
conditions under the influence of excessive vibration
phenomenon of unbalanced centrifugal forces
can arise from a variety of reasons, to which
possible: the mutual attachment disorder
eye include: shaft deflection, offset blades
parts, the violation of tight coupling housings approach
bearings with the foundation, rotating grazing
lapatok uneven wear due to erosion
ing parts for fixed, misalignment and
and corrosion, uneven skid blades postponed
zheniyami salts Interference
shaft deflection, break oil and steam lines, Therefore
coupling between the rotors and others.
the phenomenon of fatigue cracks in the rotors, concrete
foundations and others.
If after an overhaul proizoyIn some cases the vibrational state
children worsening vibration state aggregation
gata, the carrying out of repairs can not be Examples
turbine unit determines the length of
Known satisfactory; impairment may
mezhduremontnogo operation period. In order to
reliability and efficiency excomplement such activities as: 1) the replacement or transfer eration in all cases it is necessary to pre
warren drives and other components on the rotor (skewed
Bevan to reduce vibration of turbine
dowels relatively keyways, Nick
allowable level for all modes from
the start-up, the idle speed and
on seats, the eccentricity of the bore
ending all modes of turbine load.
bushings and rings ellipse seats
skewed end anchoring nut relative
From the above it is clear how
end of the fixture, the two ends of the warp
diverse and complex may Examples
ranks vibration and observed vibrational
Near nasazhennyh disks, etc..) 2) pereoblopaphenomenon. Identifying the cause of the vibration often
Chiwan (failure to balance, especially when
long blades); 3) replacement and repair of connective
presents considerable difficulties, and give
tive coupling and its parts (screws, dowels,
precise guidelines for determining the cause vibration
Spring et al.) 4) Edit or groove necks rotion without prior vibration study
ments impossible.
torus; 5) Replacement of the winding insulation of the
generator and
In many cases, the search for the causes of vibration
al.
without a serious analysis of vibration condition,
In addition to these, the causes excitation
without studying the conditions and history
issue, without special study
Vibration may also be more complex associated
the instability of the oil film on the shaft, with
tions for the sample program to the production concentration
disruption of the normal lubrication caused by
-controlling the measurement and determination of vibrational
irregular shape bore bearings
GOVERNMENTAL speed characteristics (the dependence of
ammonium
Incorrect clearance, float
tude and phase of the vibration of the rotation speed)
bearing shells, as well as reasons
electromagnetic nature, lying in the generation
- May be ineffective and cause
operator (coiled circuit in the rotor winding and
errors. An analysis of the daily Official Gazette
STAY, chart recorders, vahetc..), or the resonant character associated with
walled magazines, emergency laws and other exproximity to the work of the resonant velocity velocity
velocity of rotation. In the practice of eliminating the causes of pluatatsionnyh documents, as well as ex-poll
excessive vibration are cases where
pluatatsionnogo personnel (to attract
account such emergency issues as much
the maximum amplitude of vibration was in
tional and sudden load changes, the parameters
one part of the unit, while the reason for this
vibration was in another part. Such vibration
fresh and spent steam temperature scale
tion may be caused by unsatisfactory
la, the beginning of the appearance of vibration, increase
vibration
states of the lubrication systems, uneven
tion over time and with changes in the mode exdisplacement of the turbine and generator bearings,
transmission of vibration from the turbine shaft to the generator exploitation that the work carried out to eliminate
shaft
vibration, etc..) can be identified key
factors affecting the vibrational state,
operator on the other hand, thermal deformation fundaand thereby determine the cause and scheduled
dation and even vibrations caused by In other
E units of a turbine plant.
the right way to eliminate vibration. Balansirovka rotors at low or normal
Hence it is clear that the need for balancing
Grad rotors does not occur in all cases Nations

109

mal speed to eliminate neuravnoveshennosti should be the final operation

tion.

10.4. Static and

DYNAMIC
Unbalanced.
When considering issues related to
vibrations of rotors and their elimination (uravnoveshivaniem-balancing), we have to
deal with two types of imbalance: statistics
cal and dynamic.
The static mean neuravnoveshennost when all unbalanced mass
the rotor can be replaced by a single so-called
Vai reduced mass t Centre of gravity
which lies on the axis of rotation, and is located
his distance g(See Fig. 10.6, a). As indicated
above, during the rotation of the reduced mass m give
centrifugal force C = m2r, which vozdeystVuia bearings, causing them to vibrate. This
kind of imbalance can be detected
statically, without informing the rotor rotational
movement, and therefore the elimination of such neuravnoav called static equilibrated
Shivani or static balancing.

Figure 10.6. Scheme of centrifugal force from

unbalanced mass.

Under the dynamic mean neuravnoveshennost when all unbalanced mass

rotor are two masses in the
a diametrical plane, but different
sides of the axis of rotation. If static may
ments of the mass of the rotor are less
waiting for him, then the rotation potopa these masses
give two centrifugal forces which form
couple of forces acting on the bearings and vylinking the vibration, moment of couple is expressed
by the formula M = m12r1a (Fig. 10.6, b) From this
formula shows that an increase in the corner
speed (number of revolutions n) moment of couple

increases and at the termination of rotation becomes zero. It follows that

imbalance caused by the pair of forces may
only be detected when the rotor rotates,
so this is called dynamic balancing
cal.
The most common and often vstrechayuscheysya in practice is a dynamic mixture
shannaya (combined) instability,
when the centrifugal force of unbalanced
mass of the rotor are in different axial sections.
This system forces can be reduced to a pair of forces
(F, F) and radial force C. which do not lie in the
the same plane (Figure 10.6, c) and constitute
fight the case of joint static and dynamic
cal imbalance.
Pair of forces (F, F) and radial force Within its
turn can be reduced to two skreschitracting forces that lie arbitrarily
selected planes I and II, are perpendicular
the axis of rotation of the rotor / This alignment It conis by: 1) expansion of the force Withtwo parallel
-parallel forces her C1 and C2 lying in planes I
and II; 2) the decomposition of the forces of each pair (F, F) on
components F11, F'2 andF111, F "2 ,; 3) in addition
plane I converging forces of C1, F'1, F''1
and in the plane II-C2, F'2, F''2. This yields
prepared two resultant forces R1 and R2, kotorye show that all unbalanced
of the rotor can be replaced by two weightE m1 and T2, lying in a randomly selected
planes / This mixed neuravnoveshenof usually occurs in turbine rotors,
generators multistage pumps and other
parts whose length along the rotation axis more
transverse dimensions
From a consideration of these types of neuravnoveshennosti follows: 1) the rotor of which is in
state of dynamic equilibrium, one
temporarily located in a static state
equilibrium, but it does not mean the return that
the rotor is in static state
equilibrium, is also able to dynamic
dynamic equilibrium; 2) with minor
length along the axis and large diameter balansiruemoof the rotor (for example, when balancing one
disk rotating on two bearings)
practically quite sufficient to balance it
only statically. Elimination of vibration of both
bearing installation only one cargo
plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, volume
vari- that the action of any force couple blaGodard minor shoulder length (distance
between the forces along the axis) will be very small; 3)
at length of the rotor (drum and with a large
number of disks) is required dynamic
Skye balancing as a static
balancing is not possible to determine the point
application balancing cargo along the axis
rotation, arbitrary application load dayupresent a static balance, can select
call appearance of an additional dynamic
imbalance in the rotor; 4) greater than the distance
between the sections, where stronger equilibration

110

ing loads, and to a larger radius than the axis

rotation of these goods are located, so they can
be less than

beats on the indicator should not exceed

0.01 mm.

10.5. STATIC
BALANCING.
In the repair practice in power plants
produced static balancing relative
individual parts of the rotor (discs, coupling, etc..)
prior to landing on the shaft after repair.
Figure 10.7 andshows a diagram of the static
balancing disk rotation axis AB. In Scheme
IU in the lower part of the disc is shown schematically some
ing load M located at a distance R from
axis AB to correct the imbalance, you are a
the title of this burden, should be removed from the heavy
Loy side of the disc over the metal weight Mor
same place on the opposite side of the load
M ' which balances the weight M(Figure 10.7, b). It
an equilibrium state can be achieved by
provided M'R '= MR.

Figure 10.8. Machine for static balancing

drive, planted on the mandrel. 1 - disc 2 - mandrel
3 - knives prism.

Figure 10.7. The scheme of static balancing several

balanced single-disk rotor.

Thus, the static Balansirovki is to find values

M'R ' and addressing imbalances through
adding or removing the appropriate weight M '
distance R ' from the axis of rotation.
In practical tests, static
unbalance disk for Balansirovke and removed from the shaft, after long
wives be cleaned of rust and scale, and its
blades-of plaque deposits. After cleaning disc
interference fitted to 0.01 to 0.05 mm on the special
cially made of steel or St4 St5 quenched
lennuyu mandrel (Figure 10.8). After workup and
grinding lathe mandrel should not
have roundness, taper, scratches, nicks and its

For the nozzle disk is heated to a temperature

tours 100 C. Only high precision fabrication
tion of the mandrel and the nozzle drive provides Nations
reliability centering disc. Slight
misalignment can cause additional to the Sky
Lance displacement of the center of gravity of the disk, vsledCorollary which achieve the correct uravnoveshivation will not be possible; to compensate for the absence
sponding to drive key keyway disk
Single must be closed temporarily installed
keyed to fit the groove and weight equal to Since
half of the weight of the key.
Fastened to the mandrel drive establishes
Vaeth on parallel strictly verified the accuracy
levels as a horizontal steel
nye knives prism (tolerance not
more than 0.02 mm), and quenched carefully with
polished countertops.
Dimensions of prisms can be determined by
following formulas:
1) the length of prisms l = (2-2,5) d, where d-diameter
neck mandrel defined by constructive
nym reasons;
2) the width of the working surface of hardened
STI prisms b = 0,35GE / d2; where G-weight prihodyaschiysya prism, kg; E-modulus
(E = 2,1 * 106 kg / cm 2); -admissible Voltage
compression (for hardened surface
= 2 * 104-3 104 kg / cm 2). Width hardened pA
Working surface prisms may also be vybrane depending on the weight of the balanced diode
Single in the following table:
Weight disk 500-1000- 2000 and
500
kg100020006000
Width
2-33-66-10 10-30
prism mm
When inserted in the balancing
machine all efforts should be directed to

111

Moreover, to reduce the effect of inertia of the disk, and

friction between the journal and the knives quality
SRI disc that determine the sensitivity of
balancing. Prism must be placed
sufficiently massive and rigid supports, which
rye not to buckle under the weight of the disc, and
support themselves installed in an area not subject to
vibrations and shocks. At the ends of the prisms
Stops should be placed to protect the identity
roll-off of the balancing items with standard
ka.
If the disc has an obvious imbalance, then from
easy push mandrel with added disk
roll Prism and stops at the position
zhenii when its unbalanced (heavy side) will
children located at the bottom.
The magnitude of the load required to eliminate
tion imbalance is determined by selection; on
drive closer to the periphery, from the side opposite
false unbalance attached pieces of wax
or putty, then each time the disc prokaryotic
Tuva Prism. Such operations demlyvayutsya up until the disc to remain
placed di- in the same position - "tyazhelym "place down. Rolling disk on
prisms have to be repeated several times,
to make sure the found Since
provisions and unbalance magnitude uravnoveshivayupresent cargo.
When the value of the goods in the form of wax Examples
glued to a certain point on the disc (load G),
resolve the apparent neuravnoav drive on prisms, you need to eliminate
thread residual unbalance (hidden
imbalance), whose magnitude is determined nonsensitivity of the machine due to the presence of friction.
To find this imbalance
circumference of the disk is divided into six - eight
parts (Figure 10.7, c); point marked divisions
serial numbers. Drift with the disk transfer
katyvaetsya prisms so that each point
in the direction of rotation is always coincided with the present
the rule of the working disk rotation and poochealternately passes through the horizontal axis of the disc
AB. In this position, for each point podbiraetsya such goods under its influence to drive
turned to the same small angle
(20-30 ). When said horizontal
plane comes sought unbalanced
weight disk, for rotating the disc in this case
need the least of all goods.
For example, in Fig. 10.7, adopted in that
point 1for the above position Examples
shlos put load m1. After this load m1
removed and one rotates the disk so
to the opposite point 5took place
point 1 (see Fig. 107 g). At point 5consolidated cargo
T5, which rotates the disk at the same angle.
Under certain m1 and it is easy to m5 podschithief weight unbalanced mass disk M and It should
quently, the required load M ' of expression
of MR + m1r = m5r- MR, where MR = (m5-m1) * r / 2.
Since the state of equilibrium is reached
provided M'r == MR, is M '= MR / r = (m5-m1) / 2.

Such goods should be added at the point 5or

stay at 1.
Previously found a temporary load Gand cargo
M ' replaced by a single load balancing
K whose magnitude and location fixing Charter
placed di- by geometrical addition G
andM ' based on their distance from the axis and their
placement
of disk space.
Small imbalance may drive
Jette be eliminated by removing metal (no more
than 200 g) heavy side (on the side of the Sky
ance); results in a distance from the axis of rotation
the amount of metal removed, the corresponding
weight of cargo K. After removing the metal in the same
contribute
sobom should double-check the correctness of
balancing disk
Removal of metal from the end face
disk should not detract from its strength; for
reduce the impact of such operations on the decrease
tion strength of the metal disc must be removed
with great care and a large surface
end of the disk by scraping (shabrovs) or a metal scraper, avoiding heating
disc, abrasive disc pad surface, with which
Roy starred metal should be sanded
and have no scratches, sharp edges and scratches. Neither
the
should never make drilling otvertures in disks with a view to removing extra weight.
Disk removed from the shaft for blading,
after the dismantling of the old blades, careful
cleaning and preparation for the new set of blades,
subject to static balancing; found
The magnitude of the imbalance must be considered
the allocation of new blades in the disk Lopatk with more torque weight ustanavlivaare on the side of the disc where they compensate
said imbalance. After completing all the work
on a second disk pereoblopachivaniyu prokatyvais on prisms for testing and final
balancing.

10.6. DYNAMIC
BALANCING.
The task of dynamic balancing yavlyais the definition of the location and magnitude
grades of goods, which, when attached to Balansiruemomu rotor in a plane transverse
its axis to cause the rotor extensions centrifugal
nye force equal and opposite to the direction
leniyu centrifugal forces creating neuravnoveshennost rotor.
All of the currently used methods
dy dynamic balancing can be light
Dena to two fundamentally different types,
based on the rotation of balancing rotor:
1) on the special balancing machines with
flexible supports (swinging, spring,
pendulum) at reduced speed
(150-300 rev / min); and 2) at its bearing in
assembled turbine unit during working including notation
revolutions.
Balancing of rotors for low speed
machines with two planes of the rotor
to set the balancing of goods gives

112

satisfactory results in balansirovke rigid rotors. Balancing of flexible rotors

ditch, ie operating above the first critical
speed, should be carried out in their own
bearings at operating speed, so
both at low rotational speeds are not yet manifested
by the flexibility of the rotors.
Nature of the oscillations of flexible rotors by
compared with the nature of the oscillations of hard roTori has a significant qualitative relative
differences. To allow the passage of a flexible
rotor critical speed and reach of the
no vibration at normal speed need
mo balancing a rotor at a special
manner in several planes (considering iz
changes the form of the elastic line) and produce
this balancing under conditions similar
operational.
When balancing flexible rotors at the station
No framework of these conditions and there is no impact
possible to determine the distribution of unbalance
along the rotor axis, so balancing flexible
rotor at low speeds does not provide
his balance on the working speed. Flexible
Kie rotors can be balanced on the machines
only to eliminate the significant neuravnoav when balancing in their own
bearing on the working speed without this pre
provisional balancing may cause underadmissible vibration of the unit (after changing to
generator rotor windings, wedges or bandazhrings).
Before considering the issues of dynamic
tion balancing should be more focus on
balancing features on the machines odnooporGOVERNMENTAL rotors, such as the high pressure rotor
turbine K-200-130. To balance such rotors as a second reference cervix should
use any other space
near the end of the shaft and only if it is not
possible, is made proper
rate of the shaft with the neck and half-coupling. Proper length
rate, the size of the coupling halves and the shaft journal
should
be consistent with the size of the neighborhood
medium pressure rotor shaft; moreover, before
joining the high pressure rotor
lengthening with the fitted coupling half should be
statically balanced, and the connection
coupling bolts matched by weight.
After joining the necessary extensions
mo indicators to verify the absence of heartbeat
shaft end with extension when stacking on sub
bearings balancer. Otherwise
balancing the rotor is produced singly
methods described below doublyrotors

10.7. Balancing of rotors

On the machine.
The essence of balancing on machines with flexible
Kimi supports is that the Nations
labeled planes I and II, are perpendicular
the axis of rotation and arranged at the ends of the rotor
(Fig. 10.9) detected by the rotation, and then

eliminates the effect of the centrifugal moments

forces caused by unbalanced mass moves
E. For this balansirusmy rotor ustanavlivais on a flexible and a rigid support.
When rotating the centrifugal forces neuravnovemass dents rotor side having one
degree of freedom and turns around
rigid support, have a dynamic impact
Corollary to the flexible support and cause its fluctuations
(Vibration)
Measurements of vibration amplitudes of the rotor in a plane
plane I, produced with the help of such schemes
simple vibration measuring devices, such as less
ical indicators allow a Dos
sufficiently accurate to determine the value equation
noveshivayuschego cargo space and its applications in
trimmable plane.

Figure 10.9. The scheme of the balancer.

1-rotor, 2-bearing (rigid support), 3-spring
(Flexible support); I and II-plane balancing.

Practically the definition of space applications

equilibration of cargo is carried by
changing the oscillation amplitude, which is at
certain speeds is almost proportional to
magnitude of imbalance is the main external
These exponent imbalance, and
the value of the balancing load on the amplitudetude vibrations and weight of the test load. Plane
styami I and II (correction planes) are usually Explicit
lyayutsya first and last rotor discs, wherein
usually plants to install uravnoveshivayuing goods protachivayutsya special groove
dovetail (see. Fig. 10.18).
After otbalansirovaniya one hand
rigid and flexible rotor bearings are swapped
and, similarly to the first side being the balancing
Grad second side of the rotor.
To increase the sensitivity of the machine and
precision measurements on the balancing machine at
reduced speed being at the resonant
modes that cause the maximum increase
crease in the amplitude of oscillations at the same
unbalance.
The positive side of using
resonant modes is the fact that this
machine system is not sensitive to all sorts of the other
gim external vibration whose frequency
different from those adopted pursuant to balance
nant frequencies. These resonant speed (frequency
quency) correspond to the number of free 'oscillations
racks machine bearings and rotating in
They rotor and should not be confused with critical
cal rotor revolutions, which corresponds to
exist number of free oscillations of the rotor.
The oscillation amplitude supports depends not
only on the imbalance of the rotor and the regime

113

work, but also on the elastic properties of the supports.

Increase
flexibility of the legs reduces the natural frequency
oscillations of the machine bed, which leads to resonance
-resonant oscillations with a small number notation
revolutions of the rotor and gives a more intense narastathe amplitudes of the oscillations at the same nonbalance. It follows that by
improve the properties of flexible supports can be increased
shat precision dynamic balancing of the rotor
pa.
Among balancers, application
being followed by the dynamic balance of rotors

turbines at reduced speeds and received

most widely used in power plants, relative
includes: 1) machines with swinging on plane
Bearing support, 2) machines podshipnikaE mounted on the two free-lying
parallel beams arranged on the prism
max; 3) machines with elastic strips under the subbearings; 4) Machines with tilting
supports.
Balancing machines with swinging
bearings are a major part of its
massive welded steel trestles (see Fig. 10.10).

Figure 10.10. Machine for dynamic balancing of rotors on the rocker bearings.
1, the rotor 2-goats; 3-drive 4 LED 5-tank butter; 6-regulation bolts;
7-swing bearing 8 - corners for locking bolts; 9 - retaining bolts.

Upper support plate goat must

have a smooth shabrovannuyu to control
the plate surface with a minimum width of 250 mm
carefully drawn in the horizontal plane
plane.
For each of the base plates goat Charter
placed di- bearing housing. This housing
has at its bottom shoe with cylin-cylindrical bearing surface, which he
based on the plate of a goat. To fix the subbearing with its two sides are set
corners with locking bolts.
Structural dimensions of the box, enclosure
Lining bearings and detailed description
other elements on the balancer
rocker bearings are set out in the technical
cal literature.
Balancing machine for swinging
supports one of the least sensitive
tional machines, due to presence of the friction
of the rolling elements and the possibility of contamination of
the surface
of rolling.
Concept and design
design of the machine on the elastic beams are shown
Fig. 10.11. The machine consists of two welded
goat, perpendicular to the axis

a rotor; on the box set on rollers and

rollers stacked two steel channel iron
vibrating beam with rigidly fixed on
these special bearings with babbitt
fill.
To limit the longitudinal and transverse
displacements of vibrating beams limit
dusmotreny guides and push the screws
ensuring freedom of longitudinal Pedisplacing 2-3 mm and impeding kakimor displacement in the transverse direction.
To fix the vibrating beams during
acceleration of the rotor and the release of a beam changes
rhenium amplitude fluctuations in the trimmable stoRon, is a special clamp adapted
tion, which consists of unilateral wedge
cone (width not less than 100 mm) two rolls
diameter 50-60 mm persistent letters from specially
cial pressure screw and washer.
After the dissolution of the rotor and disconnect Examples
Water electric indicator production
measuring the amplitude of oscillations are found osvoat liberation beams, whose value depends on
unbalanced forces acting on the subbearing.

114

Figure 10.11. Machine for dynamic balancing of rotors on elastic beams. a-concept; bmachine design. 1 bearing rollers, 2 - guides and jacking screws, 3 - oil tray; 4
bearings; 5 indicator; 6-vibration bar (a channel), 7 - jig 8 resistant bush,
9 - idlers, 10 - Cotter, 11 roller bottom, 12 - adjusting bolts.

Dimensions of vibrating beams and goat subintend to walk, depending on the weight the balanced
rotor, its size and the rate of producing reform
resonant speeds ranging from 300 to
600 rev / min; for light rotors resonance numbers
lo speed should be chosen closer to 600
rev / min, and Heavy - closer to 300 o6 / min.
Static deflection of the beam, lying freely
ing on two supports, is determined from the formula
st = (Pa2b2) / 3Il; where andandB - segments defining
ing the position of the rotor bearing on the beam; l-length
beam between supports; I-stiffness beam on
bending; -module elasticity of the beam material,
equal to 2 * 106 kg / cm2; I-moment of inertia
beam received by a reference table
Depending on the number of channel, selected for
vibrating beam.
The natural frequency of the elastic
the support is determined by the formula

Po =

g
Article

This frequency corresponds to the number of revolutions

n = 60 * Po.
From these formulas it can be seen that the change
NATIVE
natural frequency support and therequently, the increase or decrease of resolution
nance speed, increase or decrease

solution oscillation amplitude can be prepared

but due to a change in the elastic properties of the beam,
or by changing the lengths of segments andand b and
span length l. This regulation provides a wide
Kuyu the ability to customize the machine to the desirability
FLOW resonant mode.

Figure 10.12. Supporting cast iron block Balancing

vochnogo machine on rubber pads. 1-iron
block 2 rubber gaskets, 3 - gon, 4
stop bolt for clamping block; 5-indicator, 6
Tripod indicator.

Dynamic balancing for free

lying beams gives good results and have arisen as
an advantage over balancing on rocker
ing bearings due, firstly, proquency device that requires less
production and shorter time for installation and
up the machine; secondly, smaller effect on
balancing accuracy of build quality and set

Novki machine and fitting of bearings and

pollution and, thirdly, a higher sensitivity
tions the machine, since there is no friction
of rolling.
The main drawback of machines of this type
is that for increasing the sensitivity of
machine when selecting sections of vibrating beams
necessary to assume a voltage close to the limit
cause of stress. To avoid residual deformation
mations have to crawl under test load
prop rotor beam clamping device
through the rubber gasket. After determining and
Position the balancing load and significant
tional reduction in this way the existing nonbalance procedure repeated Balansirovka bypassing the load when a beam exempted
Denna from the clamping device.
Balancing machine, in which chamber
Celebrate elastic elements used rubber
New gaskets (see Fig. 10.12) consists of two
cast-iron block, bearing pillow block bearings
and each set of four rubber
gasket (usually the size of 150x100x30 mm).
The location of these pads under each subbearings should be symmetric with respect
tive to the longitudinal axis of the rotor, as well as longitudinal
and transverse axes of bearings.
The larger the area of a rectangle, the corners
which will be located rubber gaskets
ki, the more stable will work balansirovochFLOW machine.
To consolidate on each side chuguntion unit set squares with ordergovernmental bolts. Iron blocks on rubber
gaskets when depressed bolts come in oscillation
vibrational state in rotation on their nonbalanced rotors. These oscillations are replaced
dissolved indicator fixed to the special
Mr. tripod and rests his foot in
a bearing housing at the insert.
Size of rubber gaskets, establishes
Vai a cast iron body, depend on the elastic
properties of the rubber, the weight of the rotor poles and are
determined
smiling empirically. A selection is made so
to a resonant speed for rotors
up to 20 m is in the range
250-300 rev / min and rotors for more tyazhelyh150 rev / min. Raise the number of resonant turnover
Comrade, you can decrease or square pads
(Ie an increase in the specific pressure on prolaying), or by decreasing the thickness of gaskets.
The latter is determined after installation promasonry bearing housings with the rotor. If the
due to the uneven weight distribution sub
Lina rotor on both sides of the rotor poluchaare different resonance when the number of revolutions
release of the corresponding bearing
need the bearing carrying value FIG
the heavy part of the rotor, lay a more pure
lo rubber gaskets (six instead of four)
or enlarging the area of each of them, in order
to bring the resonant speed on both
ends of the rotor to the same level.

The advantage of the balancer

rubber gaskets is its simplicity; to
Disadvantages include the relatively small
the sensitivity of the machine and the difficulties in Nations
building on resonance, which is also associated with the
inhomogeneous
native elastic properties of rubber proclutches.
One of the most sensitive yavlyapendulum is balancing machine with
suspension bearings on flat springs,
developed now Mosenergoremont
(See Fig. 10.13). The machine consists of a base welded
design, which is based on the regulation
bolts, which sets the position of rotorus height and level.
On this machine trimmable rotor rotation
-rotating bearing, lying on a spring
zhinnyh pendants, works on the principle Mat
pendulum.
The rotation of the unbalanced rotor with
speed equal to the natural frequency of oscillation
tions pendulum system, causing resonance
fre- fluctuations; in these vibrations prohassled by measurements of their amplitude and determined
the magnitude and location of the rotor unbalance.
These machines, which elektrostantion is usually made in their own mechanical
cal workshops, must be installed on
sites available to service bridgevym cock and having strong and rigid base
tion, did not feel the vibration impact
tion operating in the shop units. For
measures to balance the rotor of the turbine K-200
130 setting of the machine is made on site
has no basement and dopusjacent specific load 8-10 m / m2.

Figure 10.13. Pendulum Balancing Machine

suspension bearings on flat springs.
1 - rotor; 2 - bearing, 3 - flat spring
Suspension 4 - clamping screws 5 - a tank for oil,
6 - adjusting bolts.

For height adjustment of the goats have

four extractors set screws, Since
116

makes it possible to reconcile the so Therefore

position supports for bearings (upper surface
of goat in two axes-parallel and perpendicular to the axis
shaft), measured on the exact level was stringent
On the horizontal; should be checked to
all four were loaded bolt extractors.
In locations where extractors bolts
you are placed under the box steel pads oditical size (150h150h10 mm) to relative
presser bolts are not rested directly
concrete floor machine shop, and a plate
puts a rubber gasket thickness
5-6 mm to isolate the machine from unauthorized
vibrations.
Boring and scraping inserts rocker
ing bearings after casting their babbitt
must ensure that rotation of the shaft with the norm
mal gap between its tails and the contribution
dyshami. The preparation of internal surfaces
inserts meet the same technical
requirements that apply to regular
bearings of the turbine; for normalized
mal operation of the oil wedge prishabrovka
inserts produced by the rotor necks with OX
Wat necks up to 30 to 40 C, with a lateral clearance
equal to 0.002 of the diameter of the necks, and with oil
pockets on both sides of the contribution
bubbles is at a depth of 3-4 mm.
Oil on the liner is supplied through taps
hanging over the necks of the shaft buckets; for
avoid splashing the oil bearing
nicks the top closed with a cardboard.
Oil is fed by gravity into the oil pockets
of bearings and lubricant after-hit
is in the oil tray, so that by the pipe stekais the collection reuse for
the absence of contamination.
For lubrication of light rotors
used turbine oil, while balancing
Grad rotors weighing 5-10 tons or more must be
apply a heavy and viscous oil; it
is provided by the addition of turbine oil
cylinder oil in amounts of 15-30% (by
weight). To maintain viscosity at all
while balancing constant prohassled by heating the oil within the 30-35 C with
an electric heater, a drop-in vedpa as the temperature decreases.
Power induction motor (with ph
nym rotor and liquid rheostat), which
rotates the rotor trimmable, you are a
Biran, depending on the weight of the rotor and is
8-12 kW for rotors weighing from 1 to 3 tand up to 200
220 kWh for rotors weighing up to 30 m. Number notation
revolutions of the motor and strength of the salt distribution
solution in the liquid starting resistors podbiraare so provided with the opportunity
smoothly, without jerks, empty and open balancing
Freely rotor in the range of 0 to 300350 rev / min.
The electric motor is installed near
with the machine on a separate foundation and accordance
unifying with balancing rotor using
electromagnetic clutches or other connecting

tive coupling, which allows to disconnect electric

motor complete upon reaching the balanced
the desired rotor speed.

Figure 10.14 Construction joints for Balansiruemogo rotor motor. and - coupling, connected
being followed by the movement by the motor,
b - sliding sleeve, 1-sleeve rotor 2-Coupling
engine 3 Flange in between, 4 fingers,
5-sliding sleeve; 6 - switch 7 - dowel;
8 -motor shaft; 9 - the switch lever.

As such couplings are used:

1) between the disk with the fingers, which
bolted to the clutch motor
(See Fig. 10.14, a). The conclusion of the engagement finger
disk
Single of the holes in the coupling of the rotor is made pusame axial displacement of the motor, the Charter
stalled on the slide; 2) sliding sleeve
(Figure 10.14, b) on the motor shaft, a compound
being followed by the coupling with the balanced rotor Since
power fingertips.
In some cases, the rotor drive
used belt drive from the engine to
star coupling or specially planted
at the end of the rotor, carefully carved and balanced wooden pulley. In addition to the indicated
GOVERNMENTAL, drive light rotors can be made
compressed air supplied to the rotor blades
ra special nozzle assembly; such
drive eliminates the need for
motor, special couplings, water
rheostat and devices foundation, cable
supply, tripping, safety and
other systems.
Before installing the machine balansiruemy rotor must be carefully checked for
the absence of heartbeat of the rotor shaft and the roundness
of his
necks; beating on the indicator in any cross
Shaft section should not exceed 0.04 mm and
ovality necks-0.02 mm.
Please check availability and thorough
of securing the rotor in the normal position
zhenii all parts that rotate with the

117

them during operation of the turbine. This also applies to

the coupling halves, which must be carried out
balancing the rotor. When checking the correctness
planting and fixing rigid couplings should be
checking to see that the battle of the coupling flange on the
oxo
circle and at its end (skew), while moving
muft- correct seating Stars, step and
status cam teeth springs or fingers,
and the lack of wear.
After the installation of the rotor bearing nonnecessary to check if the position
the rotor of the machine by laying level Cervical
the rotor and, if necessary podreguliroVat is bolted in position squeezing the goat
machine. Deviations on both necks
should be directed in different directions, but
equal in magnitude.
To limit the axial displacement rotorus Balancing put special
stops; used as delimiters
brass plate thickness 5-10 mm Examples
Back to the bearing housing and the abutting
in fillet shaft necks. In the absence of fillets
limiter can serve as a brass
plate bolted to the bearing housing and
covering a gap comb persistent approach
bearing any sharpening, available at
shaft slinger or parootboynoe
ring, etc. When it stops any design axial
howl the run the rotor should not exceed 0.1 mm.
If after installation stops and rotation
rotor with the engine disconnected rotor upiraetsya in one direction, it is necessary using
mounting bolts to raise the basic platform
that of the goat, which is observed in the direction of
movement of the rotor. The absence of such reconciliation
causes the rotating rotor under
gravity in the direction of inclination, and
leads to punch in stopping plate; when
large clearance rotor starts to oscillate
Movement along the axis, which gives the correct
and smoothness of the indicator, and makes it impossible
possible accurate balancing.
It should be remembered that the results of balancing
Grad largely depend on the accuracy and the right
correctness of the assembly of the machine and the original
Charter
Novki rotor; on the exact frill, alignment machine
and install it on the rotor should be allocated
experienced staff and sufficient time to
Balancing quality results.
Before the start of balancing necessary
through cloth filters to fill buckets oil
scrap for lubrication, check uninterrupted postuening of oil on the shaft journal and the opportunity svothe free flow, provide the correct Since
caught up with trays and Funnel.
At all times during rotation of the shaft must
be installed for lubricant control as
cessation of its cause teaser necks and
insufficient intake-distortion indicators
tions of the indicator.
When testing of the machine by
starting in rotation of the rotor necessary to remove
; Nations

direction of rotation of the rotor for balancing

must be the same as that in the turbine. Different
gon rotor balancing should prohassled to speed exceeding
resonance of not less than 30%.
When balancing measures should be taken,
excluding the possibility of accidents;
it is necessary to remove excess staff with ploschadki, which produces balanced, contain
overall cleanliness no cluttered flat
elementary area and thoroughly instruct
personnel involved in the balancing of rotating
smiling, open and unprotected from possible
engaging the turbine rotor. Before switching on
Engine should be given the signal workers
that they have moved away from the rotor and did not touch it,
since the slightest negligence can lead
five accidents with people.
After starting the engine and achieve nonessary speed connection Mufti
she hangs up and stops the bearing from the balance
Benefiting end attenuated; while bearing
Nick is able to free vibration.
The oscillation amplitude is measured in abutting
bearing indicator.
Beginning balance, it is necessary to first
and foremost to determine the amplitude of the oscillations
each end of the rotor separately. For this
when the rotor first attenuated stoppers
ture of one of the bearings and determined ammonium
amplitudes of the oscillations depending on the indicator
on the speed with no additional load; after measurement
stoppers this bearing clamped and such
same measurements are made after the weakening of
stoppers
moat another bearing. When these measurements
assumed that the imbalance is determined
is only a side of the rotor closest to osvoat liberation of the bearing; clamped at the second
bearing forces occurring in it, turns out to
vayut influence on the process of balancing blaGodard thereby eliminating the only imbalance having
schiysya side freed bearing.
During the balancing stick
such an order, making sure that the stoppers of both
bearings are clamped, Coupler, open
vayutsya cocks lubricant included elektrodvimotors and rotor speed are brought to the 240300 rev / min; monitoring the number of revolutions is
conducted
in manual tachometer on the side opposite
false drive.
Podostizhenii specified number notation
revolutions of the clutch is released, and when rotating Balansiruemogo rotor inertia squeezed
stoppers bearing by the balanced
end of the rotor. Once the stop cutting koBearing vibrations that inevitably arise
motor shut off, and set it
uniform oscillations are produced at the same
variables recording the Range indicator arrow and
the number of revolutions of the rotor. Usually this is done as
follows:
one observes the tachometer readings, the other
goy-in indicators and produces
recording speed and the battery gauge;
watching tachometer readings delivers

118

signals are recorded at the time of the fall of notation

revolutions of the rotor 10 rev / min, i.e. call number:
250, 240, 230, etc. According to the signals observed
giving the indicator produces observation
and recording span indicator arrow against zaprepara- advance record number of revolutions: 250,
240, 230, etc.
The first time, as the fall of the number notation
revolutions, Bearing vibrations all increased;
correspondingly increased and the scope of the arrow
indicator. Then, having the greatest amplitude
(Turnover, multiple critical) fluctuations starting
ferred quickly fade. Readings on the indicator
made up to 100 rev / min when the deviation
already low, then stops bearing
nick clamped and balancing rotor remains
placed di-.
Since balancing productivity should
be in resonance conditions, during the runRotor says the speed at which
observed maximum deflection
indicator; at these critical speeds and
should conduct all further observations reform
balancing results.
If the rotor speed at different ammonium
amplitudes of the oscillations and much less irregularly
nyayutsya not react to changes in the magnitude
equilibration cargo, the reason may
be: poor assembly machine emerdimensional friction in the bearings and defects in the rotor
're causing additional variables
perturbing forces. Such defects can
be: displacement during balancing polumufyou or other details due to unsatisfactory
tional attachment to the shaft; the presence of internal
nal cavity rotors dirt, chips and other
foreign bodies, got there by accident and not
deleted before balancing and others.
practice cases had contact with compensators
ture semi-flexible coupling turbinnoof an oil; in the absence of such openings Photo
some accumulation of oil creates neuravnoveshenof; attempts to balance these conditions
can give results to determine and eliminate
of the existing defect.
Balancing should start on the side
a rotor which gives the greatest amplitude of the
vibrations of the bearing; Examples of this side of the rotor
granted by the index 1; and the other side 2. On
extreme rotor disk by 1 found by
test suspensions such a position and magnitude
rank counterweight load at which
Bearing vibrations disappear. Position
counterbalancing the load is determined by
recording of the indicator during rotation
rotor alternately moving the probe
Shipping by six to eight points symmetrically
broken circle on the rotor; for this purpose on trafficking in
surfaces are studied in end plates are applied
chalk stripe dividing the disk into eight equal
parts (see Fig. 10.15).

Figure 10.15. A breakdown of the circumference of the rotor for the

transition
substituted trial cargo.

The magnitude of the balancing test GRU

for approximately determined according to the
deviation indicator in the resonance among
speed during a test run of the rotor and
weight balancing rotor by the formula:
P = 15Ga1 / (2R1 (n / 3000) 2) where G-rotor weight in
kilograms; A1
amplitude of the oscillations measured at balancing
Rui side in resonant speed
and start-up without load, mm; R1-range setting
test load, mm; n-speed rotation of the balance
Benefiting rotor rev / min.
The formula shows that the test load vyBira the greater, the greater the weight of the rotor and
More deviation indicator. If the postsuccessive displacement of the test load in each
doy of eight points vibrational amplitudes
tions get more than at the start without
test load or the maximum amplitude
rows, it becomes impossible to keep track of the scale
indicator arrow, it means that the test
the load is not set correctly - it must be
reduced.
According to the values of the amplitudes of the oscillations
tions produced by the rotation of the rotor without probtion with the test load and the load in series
placed in each of the eight points, defined
by the location and size of balansiruedirect cargo.

Figure 10.16. Determination of the attachment and the magnitude

ranks equilibration cargo. 1 - axis amplitudes
initial oscillations (without a trial cargo)
2 - the best point.

Assume for example that during rotation

schenii without test load at one end of the shaft
indicator shows the amplitude 0.37 mm, while
sequential displacement of the test load
60 g in eight holes balancing disk
shows amplitude which is constructed

119

a diametrically opposite position, in

curve shown in Fig. 10.16. On this curve
point 4 (load Y).
howl on the horizontal axis at the same distance naneseus a point corresponding to the positions of labels on
disk, and the vertical axis, the oscillation amplitude,
measured at the position indicator probnoof cargo in the appropriate label (normal mass
headquarters of the amplitudes of 0.01-1 mm). For this curve
hoditsya point 7 with a minimum amplitude
0.16 mm, which indicates better position
the balancing load to eliminate the Sky
ance of the end of the rotor.
Figure 10.17. Determining the size and space
Finding the position of the counterweight
transient load.
cargo, it is necessary to clarify its weight. It is not difficult
determine, knowing that at the maximum value of 7
mum deflection of the indicator changes
The values of these goods are out of shape
nilas when you install a trial cargo origiformulas (1) and (2):
initial values of the ordinates as (0, 37 mm) and of Great
X = Wmn / (mn-ab) (1);
bc magnitude (0.16 mm), i.e. on the value of ab. Since
Y = Wr / s * (am / (mn-ab)) (2) /
oscillation amplitude is almost directly proportional
The ratio of the two radii r / s
tional to the value of the goods, for the reduction of ammonium must be taken into account in formula (2)
tude of the oscillations to zero is necessary to point 7
if the radii of the balancing holes neodymium
put the ship to be more
same for each end.
test load P against ac / ab, ie
Addition of Y and K, one load is done
K = P * ac / ab = 106g.
by the parallelogram of forces, as shown
This completes a single balancing
Fig. 10.17. As an example, the following are taken
end of the rotor; after fixing the equilibration
incoming data: a == 745 mm, m == 1515 mm, r = 282 mm,
ing the load on this side of the rotor required
b = 770 mm, n == 1490 mm, s == 382 mm. W = 72 g,
mo make balancing the second side roK = 120 g From these data: X = 95 g; Y = '35
torus, which at a first side of the balancing
The result is that the front
was stalled; wherein the bearing roles
end load W = 72 g load must be replaced
change and the first side with a fortified her
X = 95 g, located at the same point 5 to shipping
Balanced load, stops on all
K = 120 g second end located at the point
while balancing the other party.
7, it is necessary to add a load of Y = 38 g, located
Bearing stop second hand Since
adjoint in point 4 (opposite point 8 PeAfter achieving the required speed osvoanterior end, where the goods X). Instead
bozhdayutsya, and all the measurements for balancing
Shipping to and Y can be put load Z == 95 g, Great
produced in this bearing. Definition
guise and attaching of which are of
the location and magnitude of the equilibration
addition to the parallelogram of forces, as
ing cargo that must be installed
is shown.
on this side of the disk rotor is produced by the
Finding the final location GRU
the same methods as for the first side.
unions and their value, you need to make Since
At the end of the second hand balancing
constants weights and set them to their seats
us balance the rotor can not yet be zabalancing grooves, be sure to secure
over, because the linkage of equilibration
them to overflowing with the setting of the castle, whose weight
load on the disk will be the second bearing Nations
should be taken into account in the manufacture of the
infringe the balance of the first balanced
Permanent
end. This imbalance will be
of cargo. In all cases, when installing uravnoa certain relationship: on the value of the goods,
outweighs goods, special attention should
suspended on the side of the second bearing,
paid to the accuracy and reliability raskreplethe distance between the circles Balancing
of these goods regardless of their constructive
of gauge holes and the distance between subtion.
bearing. The challenge is to zaInstallation and consolidation of balancing
replace one load found for the front concentration
Goods produced depending on the size and
ca, the two that would be sufficient for this
special form of annular grooves, vyfreend and at the same time not violate the equilibrium
zerovannyh on the end surfaces of the reels
the other end.
or outer rotor disc. Fig. 10.18, and Therefore
This problem is solved as follows.
cauldron example lashing when the
By the balancing load (see Fig. 10.17), found
split it into two parts; in this case, both
duced to the second end, placed in the point 7, and
halves load introduced into the groove, having
Do not take more into account; W- load in
form of "dovetail", and are fixed in
point 8, found at balancing the front
position with the screws. In the presence of at roend and the second end of punctuated equilibrium,
torus turbine or generator annular groove
must be replaced by two weights; in that one
in the form of "dovetail" skills availability
same point 8 (load X), while the other end of the second
tial opening socket (see Fig. 10.18, b) loads
performed continuous, introduced to the place human

120

rez said slot and secured with a screw

raskernovkoy his head.
If the weight of the load indicated in Fig. 10.18, to,
insufficient to eliminate neuravnoveshenof, for it is used to increase the Ad
Hoc continuous load in the form of ring segments
ment (see Fig. 10.18, c). This cargo is secured bilateral
on me or three bolts, bolt heads are
cross-sectional shape of the annular groove, infest human
cut opening socket, tightened after adjusting
cargo to nuts which in turn
stopper plate washers by bending
one end of the nut on the plane, and the other on
rib cargo.

Figure 10.18. Fixing balancing loads.

1 - screw 2 - introductory nest, 3 - bolt.

After installing the permanent need of goods

go to double-check the final reform
balancing results. Balancing can be considered
as satisfactory, providing
quiet operation of the turbine at normal numbers
les revolutions, if the amplitude of oscillation of each
of the bearings of the remaining neuravnoveshenof the resonance at speed sostavlyais 0.02-0.03 mm for rotors weighing up to 4 tons; 0.040.06 mm for the rotors weighing 5 to 10 tons; and 0.080.1 mm for rotors weighing over 11 tons.
To determine the value of the remaining Since
After balancing the unbalance need
necessary to know the sensitivity of the balancing
.malization machine that defines upper
possible limit of balance rotor
refers to the weight of the unbalanced load in grammax, calling upon resonance including Defence
Comrade Bearing vibrations amplitude of 0.01 mm.
The sensitivity of the machine is determined by the
formula: f = 2P / (AMAX-amine), g / mm, 0.01;
where P is the weight of the test load, in grams; amaksmaximum oscillation amplitude of the bearing,
mm 0.01; amine-minimum amplitude oscillations
tions bearing, mm, 0.01.
Knowing the sensitivity of the machine, it is easy
determined by the following formulas of Great
mask centrifugal force C, which creates

noveshennost rotor at work including notation

revolutions: at n = 3000 rpm / min C = 10faor, kg; when
n = 1500 rev / min C == 2,5faor, kg;
where okrugs-remaining after balancing and
Position balancing cargo amplitude
vibrations of the bearing, mm, 0.01; r-radius of the Charter
Novki equilibration cargo, m.
Balancing can be considered as satisfying
tory, if the centrifugal force C of ostavsheysya imbalance acting on cable
zhdy bearing is not more than 5% by weight
a rotor operating at a speed 1500, and do not
more than 3% by weight of the rotor at a speed of 3000.
In practice, the balancing takes place
instances of well-BALANCED on
machine at low speed rotors at work in
turbine at full speed and the load is not
provide vibration-free operation turboagRegatta. Such violations may balance
Gut be caused by temperature deformatsiyaE, the terms of the alignment of adjacent rotors Pedisplaced enough rigidly planted on
rotor parts and so on. Moreover, given that
rotors of modern powerful turbines vibration
insulating characteristics is already approaching the
flexible rotors, the emergence of unbalance can select
binding and changes in the distribution of
mass along the length of the long section and a rotor
connected to
connection with the installation of goods at balancing on the
standard
ke to face the rotor plane and not in the plane
STI finding imbalance.
In cases where the vibrations are generated
Only when increasing the turbine speed until
normal and occur with changes in reform
benching load balancing adjustments,
carried out on the machine, you need pre
ditional balance in their own subbearing at full speed turbine unit.

10.8. Balancing of rotors,

Collected in the turbine unit.
Balancing of rotors in their own bearings
and framework of the operating conditions, especially under
the Nations
load, is considerably more complex and
time-consuming task than on balancing machines
at low speeds.
This is due to many obstoyatelstvaE, of which the main ones are: 1) the difficulty
of installation and fixing of trial and the equation
noveshivayuschih Goods balancing rotor,
closed the lid of the cylinder; 2) the lack of impact
clamping possibilities of each of the bearings in the
individually, whereby when uravnoveshivaResearch Institute on the one hand, you can only conditionally
distribution
regarded as part of the second bearing rigid
attached to and being the center of oscillation
of the rotor; 3) the presence of factors such as heat
lovye deformation of rotor misalignment on
couplings and others that may be changed by
magnitude and direction for time-ofconducting balancing.
Modalities of these balances have
facilitated in cases where the impact appears
121

Can setup to produce goods, not by

removal of cylinder heads, and a otkryvayuschiesmiling on cylinder hatches, as it usually
holds for rotor balancing and LPC
generator rotor or (with low weight)
consolidation of cargoes on oil-or parootrazha-ring on the connecting flanges
couplings with the replacement of the corresponding bolts
flange bolts with heads of the required weight
et al.
Typically, balancing rotors NATIVE
eign in the turbine unit, should be made
in steady state, which is located in the zone
normal operating conditions (pm steam, vacuum, and so the load. g.).
Balancing of rigid rotors in own
GOVERNMENTAL bearings in the assembled turbine
constructing
on the same assumptions that are taken for
rotor balancing machine tools: 1) the proportional
ality oscillation amplitude perturbation support
-absorbing force imbalance; 2) unchanged
of a constant number of revolutions of the angle displacement
of the plane in which the bending occurs
Rotor (runout) in relation to the plane in
which is unbalanced mass
(Unbalanced), regardless of the magnitude of imbalance
rotor. At low revs these planes
coincide. As the number of revolutions
plane bending of the rotor increasingly lags behind
unbalance plane, i.e. shifted
the opposite direction of rotation
tion. In critical angle between the speed indicated
-bound planes becomes equal to 90 .
With further increase in the number of revolutions
after passing through a critical number of turnover
Comrade, the angle between the planes be approximated
Xia to 180 .
In cases where the vibration of turbine
when starting so large that it makes it possible
possibility to reach full speed, balance
-focusing has to be carried by two stages: the projectile
beginning at reduced speeds, and then - on the normal
mal.
In this paper, the turbine unit may occur
are also cases where it is not known what kind of
part of the unit is the source of vibration. In
these cases it is necessary to make separate
start the turbine and generator; initially measured
vibration of the turbine when disengaged coupling between
dy turbine and generator, then generator
blowing it as a synchronous compensator
when facing the turbine; The data obtained
the ability to produce rotor balancing
is that part of the unit, which is used
source of vibration.
Balancing by three starts. When
Balancing of rigid rotors operating turbine
boagregatov balancing method is used
three starts. Three rotors run up to full notation
revolutions and measurements of the oscillation amplitudes
vibrograph
vibrometer or give this method is sufficient
accurate data to graphically by
tion of building value and the place of installation
equilibration cargo.

Balancing begins by rotorus, where there is the greatest imbalance.

The first measurement of bearing vibration should
be done to the rotor without a trial cargo, and two
other-rotor with the same trial
load being placed sequentially in two
points on the circumference of the rotor and separated from
each
another 90 .
The choice of the test load productivity
ditsya, based on the condition that the centrifugal
force caused by this load, does not exceed
10-15% of the weight of rotor and bearing vibration
during operation of the turbine with the load will not exceed
150-200 microns.
Example of determining weight and position
the load balancer based on three
starts with the help of graphical plotting Examples
shown in Figs. 10.19.

Figure 10.19. Diagram of determining the value of

and the installation of the counterweight of the cargo at
by balancing three starts.

After starting the unit, bringing it to

full speed and long idling
(2-3 h) is recorded maximum ammonium
amplitudes of vibration readings vibrometer;
assume that in this case the amplitude measurements
vibration 0.22 mm. Placing the test load weight
600 g anywhere along the circumference of the rotor
(Point A), made the second start; wherein
turns the vibration amplitude of 0.30 mm. For
a third start load of 600 g is moved from point
A to point B, located at an angle of 90 in the capital
Ron, the reverse rotation of the shaft; Since after start
is obtained vibration amplitude of 0.38 mm.
The data obtained under construction diagram
ma in which the scale to build Examples
customary to that vibration of 0.01 mm corresponds to the
length
line 5 mm. From the point O as center, describe
Vaeth circle with a radius equal to the amplitude
vibration measured at the first start of the turbine;
this radius is equal to the scale of the chart:
R1 = 0,25 * 5/110 = 0,01 mm.
Then, from the point A located on this
circle described by another circle
but with a radius corresponding to the amplitude of vibration
tion obtained at the first start of the turbine with
test load R2 = 0,3 * 5/150 = 0,01 mm.
Departing from point A in a circle by 90
in the opposite direction of rotation
tion of the shaft, from the point to the circle is described
radius R3 = 0,38 * 5/190 = 0,01 mm.

122

This radius corresponds to the amplitude of vibration

tion obtained at the second start-up turbine
trial loads, moving to point B. Point
intersection of the circles described from A
and B is connected by a line segment with the point O and the
continues to intersect at the point with the circle
Nost described from O.
Point C is the place where shall
be attached to the load balancing. Of Great
mask of this cargo determined by the ratio
radius R1 to the segment OD multiplied by the magnitude
rank test load P = 600 * 110/80 = 825
Likewise determined deposits
position and size of the goods to the other end
rotor. Next, following the example of the balancing of the
machine
calculated the value of the correction PeTransitional cargo from one end to the other rotor
and the corresponding weights are fixed on both
the ends of the rotor. On this after the stowage
screening and start to check the results
balancing method three starts zakanchiVaeth.
Balancing by two starts. BO
Lee is quick balancing methods with
using vibration measuring devices with phase
measuring devices, which give
reasonably accurate amplitude and phase changes
rhenium.
Many employed in The operational
conditions appliances direction beats rotorus because of its imbalance may be
determined by the stroboscopic method with Since
power inertialless Glow lamps,
included in the chain vibration measuring instrupa. At points corresponding to the maximum
deviations vibrating rotor lamp gives
flashes with a frequency equal to or a multiple number
speed; when this occurs the so-called
stroboscopic effect, which is
that the pre-stamped on the end of
Shaft mark is observed during rotation of the rotor
as fixed; mark takes a certain
angular position relative to the stationary
part of the turbine, as determined by the phase vibration
of the measured when the flash lamp. For
observe the fixed mark on the rotor
makes it possible to move it with the rotor on the end
a nearest stationary portion turbine
Bina.
Changing the phase of vibration associated with iz
change in the magnitude and direction of neuravnoveshennosti, causes the mark on the stroboscopic
scopic lit on the rotor angle, respectively
sponding phase shift vibration. The presence of vibration
eter with fazoizmeritelnym device in
Glow lamps as indicated (see Fig. 10.20)
theoretically makes it possible by two Poussin
Cove (without trial, and with the test load) and graphite
cal constructing determine the magnitude and location
Position the counterweight load.
At the first start is measured sweep kovibrations and applied on the basis of stroboscopic
scopic effect mark 2 on the fixed
of the unit. At the end of the rotor disc strengthen

Gn by the test load at 90 with

respect to the direction found in the rotor runout
pa. In the second trial starting with C load changes
ryaetsya oscillation amplitude and is determined by the angle
move the new mark 3 with respect to
the first caused by the installation of the test load.

Figure 10.20. Determination of the place and the Charter

Novki counterweight load Balancing
by two starts. 1 glow-discharge lamps,
2 mark the first launch; 3-second mark of the start;
4 - Place the installation test load
5 - place of installation of the counterweight load
6 - unbalanced mass of the rotor.

The selected scale oscillation amplitude,

measured at the first start, drawn in
a vector AB; further at 90 to the direction
leniyu AB in the direction opposite to the direction of
rotation, there is the position of the test load
Gn; then at an angle a to the vector AB is applied in
the same scale vector AC proportional
scale fluctuations measured during the second Poussin
kyo. Points C and B connected by a straight NE; It follows from
the
radiation triangle DIA adopted earlier
scale is determined by the magnitude of the vector and SV
angle , formed by the vectors AB and CB. By
These data are determined by weight uravnoveshivayupresent load ratio of Gy = Gn * AC / CB and less
one of its installation on the corner ; this angle necessary
Dimo move the installation site equilibration
ing shipping 5 in relation to a place that
took the test load 4.
Verification controlling turbine start
to establish the results made Balansirovki made only after the final
noveshivayuschih goods at appropriate points
rotor.
Balancing of flexible rotors. Flexible
rotors operating speed which lies between
first and second, and sometimes higher than the second critical
cal speed are becoming more application
of modern turbine units: it vyzyvaetby an increase in the power turbine units and corresponds
tively increase the size of the rotors (length
us, diameter, weight) and the reduction of the critical
velocities.
Features flexible rotors zaklyuchayuschiesya qualitative difference in the nature of their kovibrations on the nature of the oscillations of rigid rotors,
explain the reasons for the non-applicability in many
cases for balancing flexible rotors

123

bones of each form would eliminate dynamic

described above balancing hard
bearing forces.
rotors. These differences consisting in the
following.
Installing counterbalancing goods in some
1 axis of a rigid rotor at start dovedeseveral planes along the axis of the rotor in conditions
SRI to normal speed and work on these
power is not possible not
only because of the lack of free access to
speed is not deformed and any cargo Charter
lished on the rotor is completely determined
the rotor; even when removing the cylinder heads and
tain the centrifugal effect. These factors
recesses of the rotors that can be tolerated in the study
allow for complete equilibration
exceptional cases, it is possible
Position of goods only in the end planes
rigid rotors, not only in its bearings
at normal speed of the turbine, but also at small
rotor.
Loy rotation speed bearing balancing
Almost at balancing flexible romalization of the machine when not even seen
tori balancing weights are set
Flexibility of the rotor; installation of goods in the two infected in the end plane of the rotor with a calculation to
elimination of the support reactions at operating speed
She selected along the rotor axis balansirovochplanes made compensation sum
rotation is led in under-the rotor
Marnie actions of all components of nonadmissible bending stress from of jointly
nd of the imbalance and Balancing
balance (taking into account the mutual influence of
of gauge cargo. If none of the bearing
both sides balancing rotor), and as a result
Tate provided a decrease to an acceptable
supports the rotor on the working and critical speeds
the level of the dynamic responses to the supports.
rotation has no vibration amplitudes exceeding
crucially 50 microns, the rotor is considered to be equilibrated
2 form of the elastic line of the flexible rotor
nym.
during rotation varies with velocity
velocity of rotation, installed in one and the
In the context of such complex power
same places the same test loads, as a function
and responsible work, what is the determination
ment of the reasons for increased vibration turboaging on the nature of the distribution neuravnoveregatta, their removal and balancing rotors
shennosti along the rotor axis, can cause different
personal dynamic effect, under the influence of indicated
ditch when there confidence that the vibration
associated imbalances and associated
is a consequence of the imbalance of the rotor,
dolzhnyproizvoditsyavyGoods will be elastic deflection of the rotor. In accordance
highly competent staff on the Ad
ance with the shape of the deflection of the elastic line
equation
social techniques and programs with
noveshivanie flexible rotor during rotation in INSTALLS
roizmeritelnoy equipment.
ditions similar to the performance demands
For the production of these works should be
Position of balancing goods in several
FIR balancing planes along the axis of the rotor
attract specialized organizations
Mr. and choice of goods, taking into account a significant
(CDB, ORGRES, VTI, etc..) That have accumulated
dependence
a great experience and can provide
the most rapid and quality of their execution.
dence degree of balance of speed
rotation.
Thus, the operation of the flexible rotor
normal speed with vibration in the limit
Lah tolerance and peaceful passing them curve
cal speed during start-up can be ensured
pecheny if the rotor is balanced in several
10.9. DYNAMIC
planes in accordance with the shape of the deflection yn
Sinks VIBRATIONS.
nother line dependent, as follows from the indicated
Causes excessive vibration turbo
said above, the nature of the distribution of nonunit
in some cases, are dangerous
equilibrium along the axis of the rotor or on the characteristics
for resonant vibrations reference
characters of the deviation of the center of gravity of his sebearings. If in such cases carefully
successive cross-sections from the axis of rotation.
repairing particularly valuable
Balancing of flexible rotors by Form
trovka and balancing rotors do not provide
natural oscillation is that at
reduce the disturbing forces to secure
a large series of test measurements
magnitude, it is necessary to gain or attenuation
tions of the amplitudes, phases, frequency and other indicators
leniem rigidity of the vibrating support to achieve
taken at different rotational speeds obtained
its detuning from resonance.
chit vibration characteristics (amplitude
Change in the stiffness of supports achieved Pefrequency, phase), to identify the most vibrating
rezalivkoy base plates, scraping
Glare nodes and to determine the factors influencing
bearing surfaces bearing housings and
on the vibrational state of turbine. These
m. n. impossibility these activities
data allow us to judge the nature of the distribution
to reduce the vibration of bearings to
tion imbalance along the rotor axis, for
rules or in the absence of the possibility of their prolabeled with ways to eliminate vibration and make
reference operating conditions elektrostanchoice of such a system centered uravnotion temporarily elevated to eliminate vibration
outweighs goods, which are installed in the plane
radios supports may be applied dynamic
absorbers fluctuations - the grommet.
Grommet are
rather simple in design damping

124

causing the forced oscillations bearing

Device (dampers) which are in the form of similar
nicks at each time point was uravnoeign weight of goods in places strengthened Since
conditions the maximum amplitudes and prednaznachavesheno reaction of the cargo; here follows
are for absorption (dispersion) energy accordance
is that the selection of the mass of the grommet should
Communication system disturbing moments on
produced from the calculation, the frequency of its NATIVE
governmental free oscillation frequency is equal to
The introduction of such a resonant mode further
tional resistance will respond to your
quency of the perturbing force.
purpose and they can reduce the amplitude of the
Generally, depending on the direction of reform
vibrations to a level that is not dangerous from the point of viewresonance in the bearing of the turbine installed
vibropopotitelya two, each weighing not exceeding
dynamic strength, if properly vybraus the installation location and the weight of goods
Collapsing 40 kg; grommet symmetrically
vibropoglogitepositioned with respect to the axis of the bearing.
Leu.
Structural dimensions vibropoglotiteley and the strength of their rods, which base
which one finds under the action of dynamic forces and
subject to significant alternating
stresses determined by a special calculation
is based on the size of the vibrating bearing
nick, its weight and the amplitude of vibration in the reform
resonance direction.
Setting the grommet proizvoditsmiling through the movement of goods along the threads at
continuous operation of turbine to Dos
tizheniya minimum amount of vibration. Before and
Once set, the control iz
measuring the vibration of the bearing housing and vibration
Figure 10.21. Scheme fixing the grommet.
absorbers on all modes turboagreand - for vibration damping in the vertical direction
gata.
Research Institute, b-to quench the oscillations in the longitudinal
direction
Dynamic grommet does not affect
lenii in - for vibration damping in the transverse direction
dissolved rotor are proven means
board, 1 - load 2 - core.
reduce the dynamic loads on the foundation
ment and eliminate resonance vibrations of the supports;
Grommet installed on pA
they are simple to manufacture and install, so
Botha turbine in place on the rails (rods
as temporary devices may be used effectively
els), which are clamped by the bolts securing the
used to eliminate vibration supports.
bearing cover (Figure 10.21). Job vibration
sink proportional to the amplitude oscillation
tions of the section where they are fastened.
Therefore, the selection of cargo grommet production
usual, so that the action of the disturbing force,

11 ALIGNMENT turbines.
11.1. ALIGNMENT PROBLEM.
The purpose of the alignment of turbine units - ensuring
chenie proper alignment rotori and matching geometric axes of the rotors
with the axes of their bearings and the cylinder; valuable
trovka is one of the necessary conditions
quiet operation of turbine.
Improper and careless alignment may
might raise to operate a number of complications, and
namely a strong vibration of turbine, zadetion in the labyrinth seals, noncorrect operation of the couplings wear
bearings, worm gear knob
etc. Poor alignment makes it impossible
of let renovated turbine
operation and may require its
re-opening to produce nadlezhaschuyu alignment with the elimination of the detected
defects. Vibration of turbine due to
Improper alignment in most cases
reminds unbalance vibration when the rotors.
It has a frequency corresponding to the number denoted
revolutions of the unit, and can not be eliminated by the
balance
cus.

When installing the turbine unit sequence

enforcement shall contain the alignment
cylinders, diaphragms and rotors by level, by
string for boring and couplings. Centering on
level and ensures the correct string
mutual arrangement of cylinders, diaphragms and
bearing housings in the vertical and horizon
tal planes. These operations productivity
dyatsya the installation of the turbine; verification of the
accuracy and
carrying out the same operations in a capital
tal repair may be required when it detects
expeirmen- significant misalignment of rotors
on the couplings and boring.
Centering on boring defines rights
rect position of the rotor in the bores under yn
compaction cylinders (coincidence with the axes of the rotors
the axes of the bores); this alignment will provide the right
the villas uniform radial clearances in yn
compaction and flow of the turbine.
The final alignment of the rotors is
on the couplings at which ensured a
relative position of the rotor when operating turbine
boagregata when the axis of one of the rotor is proowed by the other rotor axis and the axis of the composite

125

rotor of a turbine as a whole is

one continuous elastic line.
At each overhaul verification
Single centering on the couplings is mandatory
operation, as during prolonged ex
eration can offset cylinders approach
bearings and rotors on their first
Position initially caused by wear and tear
bearing shells, strain relative
individual parts of foundations and other
reasons. Detected include grazing
in the end and intermediate seals and
significant misalignment in the coupling halves comare necessarily the alignment checked rotor
ditch on the cylinder bore and control proverification of the position of the rotors on the level.

11.2. ALIGNMENT ROTORS

At coupling.
Rotor turbine unit, installed free
lenny on the bearing under the influence of NATIVE
tively weight gets a certain statistical
cal deflection; so its axis represents accordance
fight is not straight, but curved line that can be
check the exact level set by
necks of the rotor. The horizontal position
rotor, i.e. at a position where the centers of the necks
a rotor located on the same horizontal axis,
biases both his journals depend on the deflection
a rotor; with a uniform distribution of weight
rotor length of these slopes are equal in magnitude
rank and in opposite directions
(See Fig. 11.1, a). Unequal these deviations can
be with an uneven distribution of weight on
the length of the rotor.

Figure 11.1. Alignment of the rotors in the coupling half.

and - a symmetrical arrangement of the necks of the rotors (sub

bearings disposed on one horizontal axis),
b-right position of the rotors in a continuous
elastic line.

During each rotation of the rotor always

retains its natural static bending
regardless of the number of revolutions, except
periods of transition through the critical number notation
revolutions. If the slopes of both necks of each rotor
equal in magnitude and opposite in
direction ("symmetrical" position), and the axis
all bearing shells are on the one
tion horizontal line (see Fig. 11.1, a) such
alignment can not be considered correct; polumufyou rotors are thus not parallel and do not
concentric to one another circumferentially, that

cause restless move turbine due

appearance in the rotors and clutches For additional
stresses.
Proper alignment of the rotors by Mufti
there is an alignment in which workers in
conditions are subject to appropriate end plane
union joints are parallel to each other
and concentric, whereby the axis of the rotors
vertical and horizontal joint
fall, and biases in the level adjacent to the couplings
journals of the rotors are the same. Under these conditions the
line
of static bending series compounds
being followed by the rotors will be a smooth nondiscontinuous curve (see Fig. 11.1 b).
To ensure this alignment axis distribution
point of all the cylinders and bearings at the vertex
vertical plane including the axis of the stator genoscillator should be located so that in pA
bochih conditions they were in natural
elastic line corresponding to the static
deflection of the composite shaft; such a situation is achieved
reached at installation installing cylinders and roots
pusov bearing on foundation frames with
appropriate bias, the magnitude of deviations
depends not only on the deflection of the rotor, but
from the base alignment is carried out with respect to which
assembly of turbine. Base alignment is usually
is positioned horizontally or LPC
or the bearing housing from the LPC generation
torus; with naturally extreme bearings
turbine unit (the first in the turbine and the last at
generator) are set higher than the interpass
mediate.
For triplex turbines alignment
made with "symmetrical" position
low pressure rotor when the base alignment
is a horizontal low-pressure cylinder,
or horizontal position of the neck of the rotor
LPC from the generator when the base valuable
trovki a bearing housing with LPC stoRhone generator. Fig. 11.2 shows the slopes
rotors and the corresponding slopes of the cylinder
ditch and bearing housings turbines K-300-240 and
K-LMZ 200-130.
In two-cylinder turbine rotor low
the pressure is set so that its rear
neck (from the side of the generator) was gorizontalna; such alignment without causing
deterioration of the turbine, facilitates and simplifies
schaet installation of the generator and exciter, as
eliminates the need for too much
lifting the rear bearing of the generator and subbearings pathogen. In single-cylinder turbo
bin adjacent cervical turbine rotors and generators
Dr. mounted horizontally.
Alignment must necessarily productivity
be by all the cooled rotors and cylinLindrum turbine, collected persistent approach
bearings and rotors disconnected when each
stituent which can rotate independently from one
another. Check when hot privechildren to a distortion of the results, as
during disassembly of the clutch cover and in the process

126

measuring the rotors get hot elastic prowent under.

smooth squeezing the hand of the free end of velocity

to the coupling and clamping of the same measured
clearance returns to the original.

Figure 11.2 Tolerances for installation in terms of rotors cylin-cylinder and bearing housings in dividing the level of "geological
gorazvedka. " a-turbine K-300-240 LMZ, b-to

turbine K-LMZ 200-130, 1 - with horizontal distribution

the put LPC 2 - Installation of LPC with horizontal
tal position of the neck of the rotor from the LPC
generator, 3 - rotor deflection, mm.

For convenience we shall Nations

call measurement parallelism ends of the coupling halves
(Break) - axial and measurements around the circumference Figure 11.3. Design staples for measuring probe
coupling halves (concentricity) - radial.
alignment with the rotor. and - with semi-rigid couplings
The difference in the axial gap, measured at
b - with clutch springs; in a cam-Mufti
opposite sides of the coupling halves together evidence
Tami; 1-radial and 2-axis measurements.
a misalignment of the ends of the sleeves and hence
but one tilt axis shaft relative to the other
Staples should privertyvajut so that
Goma (the value of the break). The difference in radial
obtained axial and radial clearances
gaps shows the offset axes ro(The distance from the reference surface to the bracket
tori in the vertical and horizontal plane
styah in which the circumference of the coupling halves are not couplings or between two pointers, fortified
governmental different coupling halves) do not exceed 0,4
concentration
0.5 mm. This means that when the alignment can be
prices hex, and, consequently, a shaft axis
use the least amount of plastic
is a continuation of the axis of the other shaft.
nok probe, which increases the accuracy of measurements
Checking the couplings on productivity
and obductivity is obtained by means of special brackets with the
facilitates the calculation of getting clearance. Measuring
instructions
tional staples need to be strengthened to obtain
tive screws that allow production
clutches of two adjacent rotors to be valuable
Led measured axial and radial relative
trovke, with their mutual working position;
deviations axes of the rotors (see Fig. 11.3). Staples
thereby turning the rotors and measurements valuable
strengthen
trovok for all inspections can be carried out
are displayed on the bolt, screw-in specially
The mark on the couplings in their position and
the holes provided in the coupling halves; if
these holes are not, they should drill ing and
cut. Upon completion of alignment, and removing staples in
holes should be wrapped cork with a slit
screwdriver to maintain a balance between the coupling
be recorded on the form alignment.
halves;
To center by turning one
if the holes are drilled on two mutually
the
rotor is not recommended, despite the fact that
opposite sides of the coupling halves, then jams
clutches usually protachivayutsya plant-iz
you can not put.
facturer special belts around the circumference
Staples should produce enough Gennes
and the ends of the coupling halves, serving for
stkimi and firmly secured to the coupling halves, without
correct results in the case of bias in the Nations
slack; it is necessary in order to avoid squeezing
cage clutch or inaccuracies processing. These
staples during measurements, as between it and obtain
irregularities do not affect the results
clutch plate pushes the probe; ends
alignment when both rotors are turned one
pointing screws must be rounded.
simultaneously on one and the same angle; measurements on
Wrung brackets and screws no rounding
brackets at the same time produced always occurs at
lead to significant errors in the alignment,
the same mutual position of the two coupling halves
in sufficient rigidity brackets and fixing them
no slack is easy to see if, after
127

rotors. Simultaneous rotation of the rotors

provided an insert instead taken out of
flange connecting bolts of the coupling halves, one
tion-two long smooth stud diameter on
0.2-0.3 mm smaller than the diameter of the hole.
Rotors with crank alignment boundaryrated only in the direction of rotation of the working
by loopback cable circumference of the rotor (see Fig. 9.2).
After provertyvaniya rotors rope must be
weakened, test the wedge
coupling parts (rigid coupling halves should not chamber
touch any one another, while the movable couplings
should be provided with freedom of movement
the coupling halves in the axial direction) and free
position in the holes pins inserted
instead of connecting bolts.
When turning the axial of movement
tion of the rotors within the run-up to the persistent
the bearing could lead to wrong
measurements at the ends of the coupling halves; effect of the
axial
Game rotors on measurements made may
be taken into account under the control of the indicator,
Pointing
tive pin is pressed to a
end point of the rotating rotor. However, such
control and related - this counts vyzyvaby difficulty in alignment. To exclude
errors associated with the movement of any
of the shaft in the axial direction when the rotation
SRI should privertyvajut to polumuft two
brackets disposed on diametrically anti
opposites points of the circumference of the coupling halves.
Such installation brackets for aligning two
shafts A and B, connected by a claw coupling,
Refer to Fig. 11.3 in. For the convenience of alignment
rotors with claw couplings with the Stars
both centered rotors are usually taken
coupling half (crown), although these and the other
Gia movable couplings allow
alignment without disconnecting them. At the star-cams
check attached a rigid steel bracket,
making it possible to measure the radial and accreditation
axially gaps between the two coupling halves. To
diametrically opposed to the star cams
daughters both shafts privertyvajut other staples,
also make it possible to check the pA
radially and axial clearances.
Measurements are carried out at the same time Since
vorachivanii two rotors 90, 180, 270, and 360 ,
ie every time the rotating rotors 90
relative to the previous position until
will be performed a complete revolution. Each of
these provisions shall be measured with a feeler gauge
axial and radial clearances; measurements at
360 rotation must match the velichinathose obtained at zero rotor position
ditch; These measurements are the controls. Plans
Stina probe should be chosen so as to tightly
compressed plates felt like landing
coupling, and the measuring bracket. Axial
gaps (gaps at its end) are denoted by the letters a
with index (aw, an, an, altop, bottom, right and left of the sleeve), and radical
cial clearance (backlash) denotes
are p letters with the same indices (PB, pH, p,

PA). Correctness of alignment with

measurements checked by adding the corresponding
tively radial and axial clearances in the vertical
:
AB + en = an + al + pe and pH = pn + pn.
If there is no possibility of the concentration of the
constructive features directly zameasure the lower radial and axial clearances
these gaps are determined by calculation as
the difference between the amount of backlash and
corresponds
sponding upper gap.
When the correct position of the rotors all
radial and axial clearances measured by velocity
bam coupling halves produced in a cold state
SRI turbine probe or indicator with an accuracy
Stu to 0.01 mm, while povertyvathe rotor rotates to any position on the same
angle must be equal or at least
case of misalignment of turbine rotors on
3000 rev / min should not exceed: HDD
couplings 0.03-0.04 mm, semi-rigid and spring-loaded
GOVERNMENTAL couplings 0.05-0.06 mm and for claw
couplings
0.08 mm.
Measurements made during centering, Examples
customary to write in the form (see Fig. 11.4). Form
Mulyar contains six circles within which
recorded axial clearances and snaruzhiRadial. In the form given sketch distribution
position centered rotors oboznachenieat them bearing the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, and to the necessity
sary for the subsequent calculations of the geometrical
cal dimensions (diameter of coupling D, the distance
l1 and l1 of the coupling and the corresponding subbearings 3 and 4). In addition, indicate on the form
Vaeth coupling, where alignment with established
lena bracket and the direction of rotation of the rotors; Since
latter determines the right and left sides
the coupling when seen from the turbine generator.

Figure 11.4. Form alignment of the rotors by Mufti

there. I - the turbine rotor; II - the rotor of the generator;
III- bracket on the rotor of the turbine.

In the middle of the first four laps delayutXia notes at what angle of rotation are made
recording axial measurements; -fifth serves for
recording data arithmetic mean axial
GOVERNMENTAL and radial measurements at four different

128

GOVERNMENTAL rotor position recorded in the said

GOVERNMENTAL than four quarters. In the sixth round of
recorded
scribed above data, ie data Since
beam, as the difference between srednearifmetical data of the fifth circle and minimum
value corresponding to the axial and radial
GOVERNMENTAL gaps according to the same fifth round
(see.
Fig. 11.6 a).
Calculate simple averages
centering on the edges by the formula:
asr.v = (A1B A2B + + + A3B A4B) / 4; Similarly, the production
calculations are found asrn, asr.p and asr.l.
Counting the above values alignment
by the formula: B = asr.v-asr.min.
Likewise counted
reduced quantities: an, an, an, pe, pH, pn and pn.
Misalignment of the ends of the coupling at the vertex
vertical plane, ie. e. fracture line rotors (with
opening up or down), determined at 1 m
the diameter of the coupling according to the formula: = Av
(Av-en) / D.
Similarly, the calculated nonparallel
lelnost ends of the coupling in the horizontal plane
bone Az.
When aligning circumferentially offset
Rotors in the vertical plane determined
formula: Rver = (pw-pH) / 2.
Similarly, the calculated offset
the rotors in a horizontal plane Pr.
In analyzing the results of the measurements,
plagued cold turbine several
must take account of the changes in the position
rotors, which will occur during operation
turbine unit; position of the line rotors hot
turbine is significantly different from the position of its
in the cold state. These changes vyzyvayutsmiling.
1) buoyancy rotor bearing journals
oil film during operation
in the bearing inserts. Emergence of causes
comes in different lifting oil film at
the difference in diameters of the shafts. When
This displacement of the rotor takes place not only in
vertical, but also in the horizontal plane
left when the rotor rotates clockwise and
right - counterclockwise. The value of such
one shift, which should address the specific
particularly during centering on the boring end yn
compaction increases: with decreasing
the specific loading on the bearings, while increasing
peripheral speed with increasing viscosity
oil, with a decrease in oil temperature at the output
course of the bearings. This value comes before
0.1-0.3 mm depending on the form of bores
insert ( 17.3) and can be determined corresponds
corresponding calculations.
2) thermal deformations turbine housing
beans and uneven thermal expansion
turbine foundation and bearing housings
because of their unequal heating temperatures
during operation of turbine. Especially on alignment
affects the uneven warming foundation
ment as a result of large fundadation and almost identical coefficients line
linear expansion in concrete and steel, even

small temperature difference on the foundation

cop lead to a noticeable change centerski. According to one study, when proheating of a particular turbine foundation Charter
Novki been measured rise of the foundation slab
under the front chair bearing almost
1.5 mm, whereas as the agent for recovery
almost not found; established dark
ture foundation reached after 19 days of operation
turbine, wherein the temperature difference
the two extreme points of the foundation Dos
Teague 45 C.
Should also take into account the high nonsame heating bearing housings, rigid
a cylinder connected to the turbine vsledstVia what bearing shells are moved
vertically at different heights. Amendments to the vertices
cally thermal expansion enclosures
the bearing can be determined by the formula
h = tH.
For cast iron bearing housings of Great
guise their vertical linear expansion
h temperature difference t 100 C may be
be adopted to 1.04 mm per 1 m of height (H).
3) the influence of the vacuum in the condenser, koThoroe causes lowering of exhaust pipes
low-pressure cylinder and cases of extreme
bearings molded with them in one piece, and
also influenced by the weight of water that fills the capacitor
Pg if it is rigidly connected with the exhaust Patterson
logging LPC. An amendment to lower the exhaust
of the LPC can be determined directly
governmental measurements by mounting brackets with
coupling half on top of the display generator,
while leg indicator should especially as regards
lumufty LPC. Measurements are made at full
Nost assembled turbine unit (half-coupling
separated) in two states: the cold
turbine plant and vacuum after starting ejector
tori without steam on the labyrinth seal
tion. On the basis of these two measurements by
conversion to a normal vacuum can be determined
pour correction for alignment at the operating vacuum
turbine.
These practical circumstances, causes
ing changes in the alignment of the transition to
operating conditions must be taken into account by zavodskim data, according to the installation formulyaditch and on the basis of special studies
turbine unit. The resulting correction value
displacement for each bearing skladyvayutsmiling algebraically; These do not include
Only amendments, the value of which does not exceed
is 0.03-0.04 mm. Under all conditions must INSTALLS
lished in the cold only such
misalignment, which operates in a favorable
tion side and under the operating conditions is reduced to
zero.
Therefore the need to define these
Changes at each overhaul should
be ruled out recording in the mailing machine
correct position of the rotor in the cold accordance
standing with these amendments.

129

Thus, if a given specified

considerations for the transition to the operating conditions,
the difference in the radial and axial clearances zamerenGOVERNMENTAL during centering, exceed the value prive-degenerate p. 128, it is necessary to rectify the position
Shaft voltage, since it indicates abnormal
position of the end surfaces of semicouplings (kink axes) and mismatch centers
coupling halves.
Straightening shaft positions productivity
ditsya by moving the inserts and housings
appropriate bearing in vertical
tion, as well as in a horizontal plane; wherein
due to the fact that the movement of the inserts and roots
pusov bearings to change the position
the axes of the rotors cause changes in the laser gap
birintovyh seals, these movements may
made only in the most limited transformation
matters, determine the admissibility of amendments
gaps in the seals.
Upon detection of misalignment before
than the change in the lining of bearings or production
lead them to change the shifting of the position
rotors, it is necessary as a result of the alignment
produce calculations required and pads
peredvizhek in order to avoid mistakes and iz
unnecessary operations and thereby accelerate very
the laborious task of checking and correcting
alignment.
When aligning a turbine unit having
several rotors, can not solve the problem corrected
tion centering on measurements produced by
one coupling; it needs to have data
alignment of the coupling unit and location
all rotors in the bores of the seals.

From the similarity of triangles abc; ABC and

A1V1S and known according to the alignment values
Ag and Ag follows: ab / ac = AB / AC.
Hence AB = ab * Ac / ac = (AB-en) l1 / D = AB +l1 and
ab / ac = A1B1 / A1C, where A1B1 = Avl2.
Changing the position of the bearings 3 and 4
the respective values of A1B1 and AB will
achieved parallelism ends couplings (Elimination
solidated break rotors), but will not even eliminate
Neno misalignment of the rotors in the vertical
plane. Therefore, the above-mentioned Agitation
scheniyam bearings associated with the elimination of
parallelism, it is necessary to add displacement
of the same bearings, eliminating nesovdrop axes of the rotors in the vertical plane.
Similarly, estimates of the quantities specified
movements in a vertical plane derivatives
usual calculation of quantities needed transition
premises bearing in the horizontal plane
plane.
Counting the total displacement bearings
Cove in the vertical and horizontal planes
must be based on the direction Pedisplacing, wherein the rise-up of the bearing and
shifting it to the right are considered positive
governmental (+) and lowering it downwards and bearing
move left - negative (-).

Figure 11.5. The scheme of the relative position of the rotor

turbine (PT) and the generator (WG) according to
centering on the couplings.

These data and the values substituted

ditch sufficient to determine the necessary
displacements of bearings in the vertical and
horizontal planes.
For clarity, these data build
vertical and horizontal projection of the mutual
tion rotor position and couplings (see Fig. 11.5). Of
this construction it follows that the elimination of
parallelism ends in the vertical plane
process is necessary to turn the generator shaft around
point C so that the line BC coincides with the line
CA. This can be achieved by raising the
Bearing 4 by AB and bearing 3
on A1B1.

Figure 11.6. Example of a record and the results of calculations

centering on the couplings.

Only after all these measurements, sub

accounts and careful consideration received reform
results on the relative position of the rotor
for coupling and boring, you are ready to
Changing the position of the bearings to be used
the Board found abnormalities valuable
trovki on couplings.
An example of such calculations can serve
live data alignment of the turbine rotors and genoscillator shown in Fig. 11.6, where valuable
trovochnye bracket mounted on the turbine shaft.

130

The distance between the centers of the bearings

generator rotor l1 = 5 m, distance from the end
coupling to the front (the turbine side) approach
bearing generator l2 = 0, 6 m and the diameter of the coupling
between turbine rotor and generator D = 0,6 m.
From these data, determined the magnitude and direction
the Board requires moving pritsentrovyvaemogo generator rotor to align
its axis with the axis of the turbine rotor in the received data
dimensional case for the base.
From the analysis of measurements of axial and pA
radially gaps should be: 1) the ends of the rotors
vertical plane and have nonparallel
fracture (opening up) at 1 m diameter coupling
AB = (AB + AH) / D = (0,23-0,06) / 0,6 = 0,28 mm.
To address this need a break:
a) raise the generator rear bearing on
Avl1 = 0.28 (5 + 0,6) 1,57 mm.
b) front bearing generator approach
adopt on Avl2 = 0,28 * 0,60,17 mm.
2) the value of the upper radial clearance
greater than the lower, and due to the fact that centripetal
paid-bracket attached to the coupling of the rotor turbine
Bina, this rotor is above the generator rotor
operator on the value Rver = (pe-pH) / 2 = (0,14-0) / 2 = 0.07
mm.
To eliminate this radial displacement
of the need to both bearings generator approach
adopt by 0.07 mm.
Thus, eliminating the fracture and
radial displacement of the rotor in the vertical
plane is necessary to:
a) The rear bearing generator (on the part
us pathogen) to raise the amount of Agl1 + = Rver
1,57+ 0.07 = 1.64 mm,
b) front bearing generator approach
adopt the amount of Agl2 + Rver = 0.17 + 0.07 = 0.24 mm;
3) the ends of the rotor in a horizontal plane
STI are not parallel and have a break (disclosure
left) by 1 m diameter couplings:
Ar = (an-al) / D = (0-0,29) / 0,6 = -0,48 mm.
To address this need a break:
a) The rear bearing generator transfer
move to the left on the Agl1 == 0.48 (5 + 0.6) = -2.69 mm,
b) front bearing generator transfer
move left to Arl2 = -0,48 0,6 = -0,29 mm;
4) the value of the right radial clearance
more left and due to the fact that the centering
bracket attached to the coupling of the turbine rotor, need
go generator rotor to move to the right on
magnitude prope = (pn-pn) / 2 = (0,12-0,02) / 2 = 0.05 mm.
Thus, eliminating the fracture and
radial displacement of the rotor in a horizontal
plane is necessary to:
a) The rear bearing generator of movement
pull the left by an amount
Arl1 + prope = -2.69 + 0.05 = -2.64 mm,
b) front bearing generator transfer
move to the left by
Arl2 + Prop = -0,29 + 0,05 = -0, 24 mm.
Thrust bearing type given
Fig. 11.7 centered in the bore of the housing on
four support pillows; these pillows Examples
vertyvayutsya the insert bearing screws.

The outer surface of pillows grind concentration

centric with the bore of the liner. Proper
radial installation inserts achieved
selection of removable pads that lay
under the pillow.
The rise of the liner in the vertical plane
STI is made by placing prolaying of calibrated steel sheet corresponds
sponding thickness under the lower support Since
Dushku liner while decreasing
SRI the same amount gasket thickness
under the upper bearing pad. Likewise for
movement of the liner in the horizontal plane
bone should be removed with one hand embeddable
sha from the booster cushion pad corresponds
sponding thickness and shift it under the reference
tion pillow on the other side of the insert.

Figure 11.7. Thrust bearing turbine. 1-body

bearing bush 2, 3 bearing cap 4, 5, 6
and 7-cushions liner 8-thin steel
Strip regulating the position of the insert;
-angle the location of the side support pillows

When installing the gasket should be taken into account

Vat angle of the side airbag on
insert. For example, if the rotor should approach
adopt adjustment on the value of A, it is necessary under the
bottom cushion to put shim
A and reduce the thickness of the gasket under
upper pillow bearing. Furthermore, under
each bottom side air necessary
put a thick layer of A sin . Exactly
well as "the need to move the rotor
horizontal plane by an amount necessary Bytes
under one side put a pillow pad
thickness B cos , a under the other side for overhead shower
Coy reduce the thickness of the pad on the B cos .
If necessary, the simultaneous transfer
displacements of the rotor in the vertical and horizontal
Gasket thickness change planes determined
mined by the algebraic sum of the thicknesses obtained
chennyh calculating measurements.
Making sure the proizvedention centering on the couplings and that performed after the
Novki necessary gaskets centering on distribution
points will also be within the tolerances, the reference
nye cushion after their withdrawal and modification of thickness
ness gaskets should be tightly secured to
the bore of the bearing housing (17.2).
Under the booster cushion should be
One or two pads, since the set of large
number of shims is difficult to density
tion fit. Prokladkidolzhny establishes

131

vatsya whole of calibrated steel instead of

brass, as the last wrinkle (razdavlivayutsya) while operating under the influence of rotor vibration
ditch, resulting in broken turbine alignment
Bina. Similarly, the installation is not allowed proclutches are not under the entire base surface podushKey pad, and even more use of the Vgaskets.

Figure 11.8. Control displacement of the body bearing

nick in the horizontal direction. 1 - body approach
bearing 2 - indicators.

Privkladyshah bearings that have no

ing support pillow, movement of the rotor
when alignment can be done by
movement of the body (chair) Bearing in
If this housing is rigidly fixed to the
foundation. In the vertical plane is transferred
displacements produced by varying the thickness
us spacers between the base case and slabs
of the foundation in a horizontal plane Pedisplaced body is made after attenuation
of the bolts securing the bearing housing to the slabs
those foundations, and seizure control rods.
The magnitude of displacement of the body is controlled by inindicators that are used (see Fig. 11.8). After moving and
mounting of the enclosure to the base plate boltaE checks alignment, with half
chenii satisfactory results productivity
ditsya deployment of holes under control
studs, manufacture and installation of new contracts
-controlling pins on the new diameter of the hole.
At the bearing housing, moving at
thermal expansion on the base frame,
slight movement of the rotor in the absence of
inserts in support of pillows made
scraping babbitt bearing shells in
within a tolerance of gaps; significant Agitation
tion in these cases can only be
after perezalivke and new bore liners in
accordance with the required shifting of the rotor
pa.
As already indicated, the change in thickness
shims under the bearing pads bearing
nicks, improving alignment on couplings can Nations
destroy the alignment of the rotors on the bore in cylinLindgren, so similar adjustment provisions
of the rotors during centering on the couplings dopuskaet-

smiling only in very limited extent that

defined tolerances zazoditch in the maze.
Change in thickness shims under stoyKami bearings hardly changes INSTALLS
SETTING rotors by boring, since this
case and the cylinder and the rotor are shifted together,
that ensures the preservation of the established zatiation in the bores of the labyrinth. Such vyrectified when the alignment can be done in
front bearing CVP, if it is rigidly
fixings on the base, and bearing generator
torus by the originator. In the latter case,
There are quite a great opportunity for Pedisplacing the bearing by changing the thickness
ness available here insulating lining
and due to the large gap between the stator and rotorus generator.
After installing a bearing housings
nicks or inserts in all the gaskets, it is necessary
essary to improve the alignment of the rotors, comoptionally re holding control valuable
trovki, the results of which should be zaneseus in the form.
When repairing turbines should produce
centering on the sleeves twice - once after
opening of the turbine, and another time - directly
tively during assembly and final closing turbine
Bina.
Alignment check on the couplings between rotori LPC and generator produced after
closing and processing by a bolt connector LPC
allows to take into account the effect of the alignment weight
Cover of LPC and its processing by a bolt.
At the end of the alignment on the sleeves need
go to make check the rotor position
the level (see Fig. 11.9). Level for all measurements
should be as set in the middle of the neck
rotor to cross level vial shows
shaft strictly horizontal position, ie zero;
Only then must perform countdown
tilt rotor in the longitudinal direction.

Figure 11.9. Checking the position of the rotor

in terms of "Exploration".

Checking the position of the rotor in terms of

should be recorded on the form, these
data as compared with data inclines cylinLindrum longitudinally scanned
at the opening of the cylinder, provide a glimpse of
proper installation of cylinders and rotors
or changes in their installation since the
previous opening.

132

tovlyaemoy of appropriate diameter pipe

with fortified her against the measured rastochKey device in the form of a rod on the yoke
Changing pads under the reference sub(Fig. 11.11 a). Clamp is attached to the boring bar
bearings can cause a non-central Therefore
so that between the end surface of the rod and
rotor position relative to the bore of the laser
Stu bore clearance was 0.3-0.5 mm (see Fig.
birintovyh seals, which would entail
11.11, b); wherein, as well as the application of
change in the gaps in the maze and in asking
Depth gauge, measurements are made in a horizontal
them during operation.
plane - two vertical and - one.
Therefore, when a large misalignment
When measuring the position in the vertical
on the coupling halves at detectable grazing
plane, if the static deflection of the boring bar
in the end and intermediate labyrinth yn
shaft is not equal to the static deflection of the rotor, noncompaction, as well as after perezalivke inserts
must take account of the difference between these probearings, diaphragms and after peretsentrovki
gibami.
after the change of the labyrinth seals should
Static deflection of the rotor usually izvebe checked alignment of the rotors in the bores
walls according to the manufacturer. At relatively
cylinders for the end of labyrinth seal
absence of these data, the static deflection of the rotor
tions.
calculated according to the formula fst.r = 3002 / n2kr see;
This check is performed when taken out
where ncr is the critical speed of the rotor
terminal buildings and labyrinth seals
experimental data exploitation. Static
rotors stacked on their bottom liners
deflection of the boring bar is defined as a deflection equal
normal position. Before testing need
uniformly loaded and freely lying on
go to clean the surface of the bore maze
beam pillars, according to the formula = fst.b 5Rl3 / (384J);
tum seals and ensure that no
where P - load the boring bar by weight, kg;
these defects (dents, hardening, burrs, etc..).
l-length between the pillars, see; -module yn
The gaps between the rotors and the distribution tails
rugosti, kgf / cm 2 (for steel 2 * 106 kgf / cm 2);
points labyrinths in cylinders manufactured
J - moment of inertia, cm4.
bore hole gauge at three points (a, b, c) each of the distribution
Pipe J = 0,05 (D4-d4), where D and d-For
points labyrinths buildings at both ends
out- door and inner diameters of the pipe, see.
rotor (Figure 11.10).
Almost deflection of the boring bar can
be checked by comparing it with a deflection
rotor bore a central aperture.
Measurements with the boring bar differs
are convenience, clarity and especially hoRosie results give when closing the lid
cylinder and measure the position of the pointer boron
rod replacing the rotor with respect to
across the bore in general.
The difference in the size of a, b and
c (see. Fig. 11.10) shows
Figure 11.10. Alignment of the rotor boring labyrinth
magnitude and direction of displacement
rintovyh seal cylinder 1, rotor 2, 3-depth gauge.
of the rotor. These measurements at right
correct position of the rotor turbine
bins in the cylinders must be
the operating conditions are between
do themselves, which indicates that the concentration
centric position of the rotor
with respect to the bore.
In case of improper
position of the rotor in the maze
tum bores need
remedy this situation corresponds
sponding selection and shift
tion of the pads under the reference
governmental pillow inserts
bearings. When neodinakoO size, measured by both sides
the rotor plane of the connector, it is necessary to displace
a rotor in the horizontal plane by the difference
lateral dimensions, divided in half. When you replace
D at the bottom, than the half-sum of the lateral
O measurements, movement of the rotor must be
produce in a vertical direction by an amount

11.3. ALIGNMENT FOR ROTORS

Boring SEALS.

Figure 11.11. The boring bar. and construct the boring bar,
b-gap measurement by boring seals
1 snap ring, 2-Bolt with a measuring rod
it prop-3, 4-squared for rotation of the boring bar.

These measurements can be made

when taken out rotor using the boring bar, manu133

rank equal to the difference between the measurements in the

lower
point and the half-sum of the lateral dimensions.
The tolerance in this alignment, ie. E. Dimensions aand b c- (a + b) / 2 should not normally exceed
0.1 mm, if there is no any special indicated
readings of installation in the forms or instructions
manufacturer.
When selecting the thickness and changing pads
should take into account the effect of the distance from the
subbearing, which vary liner to
labyrinth boring. After changing the thickness
us shims under the thrust bearings valuable
trovka to be boring again provereon.
Obviously, the centering sleeve can
disrupt the alignment for boring, so valuable
trovki on couplings and boring agreement must
nate with each other within the tolerances
this centering; such harmonization CG
a careful and cautious approach is always
possible.

11.4. ALIGNMENT LEVEL

And Strings.
Centering bearing housings and cylinLindrum level and string are mandatory
the operations of the installation turboagregata, despite the fact that the mounting electrode
plant sector is made by check
studs, splines and measurements in accordance with
Form factory where turbine
boagregat usually takes control assembly
and tested at the factory bench. This check is
to give confidence in the correct position
the rotor rotates, cylinders and bearings in the vertical
Kalnoy and horizontal planes.
In some cases, repairs detected
ported that the individual cylinders and bearings
nicknames installed with the wrong slant on
relative to the axial lines of the rotors, which may
be due to differential settlement fundadation of turbine or mistakes made
during installation. In these cases as well as in the case
teas, when the assembly of turbines that were in
long-term operation, labor-intensive manufactured
Kie work associated with putting in order
foundations, correcting the reference surface
STAY turbines, with a change of direction and correction
Barking splines, keyways, fundamentGOVERNMENTAL bolts and control pins, it is necessary
produce alignment level and string in order
to bring them in line with the data zaVodskaya installation forms.
The goal of this alignment is a
mutual arrangement of cylinders and liners
Bearing in height and inclination of their planes
connector to the horizon in the transverse and longitudinal
directions to the axis of the rotor in the working conditions
tions were continuous smooth curve
line and are arranged concentrically in the distribution
points cylinders.
Usually, when installing total bias plane
STAY connectors cylinder and bearing housings
nicknames, which should be kept for accounting

sag under its own rotors of Great

ca, evenly distributed between individual
E-cylinder and is directed in the same direction (see.
Fig. 11.2).
When checking the slopes cylinder and the housing
cos bearings except hydrostatic
level, you should use the "Geologorazvedka ", a straight edge and knife-edge
(Fig. 11.12).

Figure 11.12. Check position of the cylinder level

It "Exploration", mounted on proverochtion line and the hydrostatic level.
1-line screening, 2-level "Exploration"
3-4-prism hydrostatic level.

The length of the line of the check should be

enough to be able to check the length of the
cylinder between front and rear bores
labyrinths of the lower half of the cylinder. Above
these bores and bores under the ear
Bearing set reference prism
they put a straight edge and Since
Latter-fit level. After measurement on
This cylinder line gradually peredvigais a plane of the connector on one cylinder
parting plane of the other cylinder, will not yet
FLS were measured throughout the turbine.
A similar verification longitudinal axis
direction can be performed hydrostatic
critical level (see. Fig. 7.27, a). At relatively
presence of this level of prefabrication
for a rough scan may be used
hydrostatic level simplified type,
which is not difficult to make at the station
of rubber hose and two glasses of water meters
(Beakers), planted at the end of the hose
(Figure 11.12). Knowledge of the difference in elevation
between two points on
the length of the turbine and the distance between the point-toE makes it possible to determine the slope of the connectors
cylinders to the horizon and make the same conclusions,
that in linear alignment with the level of
Position of the cylinders and liners approach
bearings in the transverse direction, which
must be horizontal, as verified
level of "Exploration" put to
cylinder flange connector or directly
using a straight edge and opera prisms.
Before checking the alignment of sub enclosures
bearings and cylinders in terms of obligatory
must be ensured a snug fit
abutment surfaces on the bearing housings

134

foundation frames, even gap on

both sides of the vertical dowels, centered
Glare bearing housings relative to
cylinders of the turbine, as well as a regular distribution
position and proper fit keyways accordance
compounds cylinders bearing housings and
bearing housings with foundation frameE.

1 mounting bolts which in vvertyVania in the squares move the slider 2 4

the right direction.
After the tension of the string is checked valuable
trovka string with respect to the bore of all
remaining labyrinths turbines, as well as to consider
points diaphragms and rings maslozaschitnyh approach
bearings packed into the cylinders. The string must
to pass through the geometric center of distribution
points, thus dividing the horizontal diameters
bores half.
If the string occupies with respect to
the entire length of said central bores Since
position (oblique position relative to the axis of the bore
relation to the string is not allowed), then It should
Consequently, all of the turbine rotors when laying
occupy a central position in the bores, and the axis
rotors will be located in the same vertical
plane. Otherwise have to proharass alignment cylinders, bearing housings
nicks and diaphragms towards Stretched
string.
When aligning the axes of the bores to match
the string must take into account the correction for
change in the transition to the working conditions exeration turbine ( 11.2).
Practically the definition of equal difference
mers a and b (Fig. 11.14) is made different
xed bore hole gauge with micrometer goclever; for that one end of the depth gauge Charter
placed di- at points c and d and the other end thereof
about a string is described arc mn.

Figure 11.13. Alignment of the string. and general appearance

during verification, b - a device for tensioning
string. 1-mounting bolts, 2-squares,
3-metal strip, the slider 4, 5-hairpins
6-tensioning bolt.

Alignment of the string wearing pre

tive nature, taken out is made at
rotors, the string is stretched along the axis of the turbine
boagregata and thus, as it characterizes
longitudinal axis of the rotors taken out.
As the string is selected steel
wire with a diameter of 0.3-0.5 mm (typically royaltion string), which fixed the extreme point
kami first and last bearing turbo
bins at the height of the axis of the unit (Figure 11.13, a). Since
I
Figure 11.14. Checking the bore hole gauge position struclatter bearing a string is attached to the bracket,
us with respect to the measured bore. 1-string
strengthened so that the string is held strictly
2 light, 3-paper 4 boring seal
central position in relation to the bore
5 - depth gauge.
nearest maze. The front bearing
string is attached to the external front, thanks
what is possible by moving
To avoid vibration of a stretched string
racks to find a strictly central position
during the measurement should not touch the bore hole gauge
string relative to the bore of the Maze
for
nearest to the front bearing. String
string. Depth gauge should only lightly touch
should be tensioned with maximum force,
string by abutment at the points c and d. In laser bore
permitted by its strength (usually equal to
labyrinth to improve lighting during the measurement
about of its breaking load), which ensures
put a portable electric lamp on
is its minimal sag.
12, closed at the top sheet of white paper that
The string tension can be application
will prevent vision from a sharp lighting; This same
Neno is simple and very user friendly device,
lamp can be used in electric
shown in Figure 1113, b. It consists of slats
tion scheme with the light signal for es- tablished
3, 5 Screw studs to the wooden rail.
of the moment of contact of the depth gauge string.
The string tension is produced tension bolts
The maximum permissible variation in
Volume 6, and the installation in the center of rastochkialignment of the string, is calculated as Therefore
luraznost measurement values from the axes of the bores
right and left, are taken depending on
135

diameter bores within 0.03-0.04 mm

labyrinth bores HPC and 0.05 to 0.1 mm
bores end labyrinth seals
LPC. Achieving this level of precision centering on
Boring end seals provided
possibility of changing the pads under podushKami adjustable bearing shells,
deviations in alignment with the bore of which
on the string allowed to 0.2-0.3 mm.
After the end of alignment and movement
bearing housings and cylinders along the string,
that should not violate produced pA
centering it on a level, you need to adjust
the new place of keys, control rods
and fastening screws, fabricating necessary
new cases. After the final zakrepleof checksums centerski.
If the cylinders and bearing housings
during assembly have been correctly centered and
mounted in vertical and horizontal
planes, whereby the rotors By arranging
we offer concentrically within each of the cylinders
relative to the corresponding concentrations of bores
are studied in the labyrinth seals, it is usually valuable
trovki by boring and clutches produced
during overhaul, are provevicious nature or require only small
reworking.

11.5. ALIGNMENT tricycle

ROTOR.
When centering on the level odnotsilindroVg turbine unit having a tricycle rotorus, the generator rotor is placed on their approach
bearings horizontally or in excess of
side of the front bearing on the level of "Geologorazvedka "on one or two levels.
When centering on the level dvuhtsilindroVg turbine unit having a tricycle rotorus, low-pressure rotor is placed on
their bearings horizontally or elevation
toward the front bearing on the level at
one or two levels.
When centering on the level trehtsilindroVg turbine unit having a tricycle rotorr, and the low-pressure cylinder, respectively,
its rotor mounted horizontally, and the other
Gia cylinders and rotor assembly, as well as in
one-and two-cylinder turbines was graduated
definitively setting the basic cylinder and values
trovki their rotors for boring, pritsentrovyvayutsya in accordance with the previously
instructions.
Both rotors in each of said turbo
aggregates having three legs are connected between
do a rigid coupling, in which one of the Therefore
lumuft has on the end face vystuPayuschie spigot included in accordance
responsible undercut the other half of the coupling
(See Fig. 12.2).
Due to the tight coupling two
these shaft are actually one
shaft on three pillars. With this connection, displacement

schenie one of the bearings in the vertical and

horizontal planes leads to a change
of the quantity of deflection of the rotors and the redistribution
division of load between the bearings of the weight
rotors.
During the alignment of the coupling half on
tripodal rotors front end of the rotor, not
having a back support, laid on his
bearing and the rear end of the rotor opiraetsmiling mechanical coupling half his shoulder, falling,
approximately half of the recess of the coupling half
accordance
Sedna doubly rotor. To
such a compound could serve as a support rear
end of the rotor and avoid loss bead
of the groove in the opposite
tight coupling holes are inserted with some
swarm slack two bolts.
We turbines K-300-240 during centering sleeve
between the rotors of high and medium pressure
a rear end of the high pressure rotor, not
having its bearing fed Ad
cial support centering, part construcstruction average bearing housing; centripetal
paid-in support after the alignment and accordance
togetherness tough clutch omitted.
Given these conditions centering on
coupling and the corresponding changes in
the results of the alignment are made the same way as
described above for the rotors, each of which
ryh has two pillars; while checking for
circumference is not performed since one shoulder
centered in the recess of the coupling half and the other
displacement of the rotor as a result of the alignment
made taking into account the presence of only three feet.
When aligning a tripodal rotors need
is also necessary to take into account that part of the weight of
one
reference rotor perceived console
portion of an adjacent rotor; this causes an increase in
chenie deflection of said arm portion, increased
creases the load on the middle bearing, as well
also leads to the unloading of the rear bearing centrifuge
Rui doubly rotor and to a decrease in
arrows static deflection. To decrease
of the load of the weight of the rotors on the average subbearing and its uniform distribution
all bearings are necessary in alignment
three-point unit to give a vertical
Disclosure plane between the bottom ends of the semicouplings. Such disclosure at the bottom of the rotor coupling
halves
ditch high and medium pressure and explained
increased lift the front of the neck of the rotor turbine
Bina K 300-240 LMZ indicated in Fig. 11.2 and
performed by the installation.
In the absence of factory data quantity
on the disclosure of the coupling halves can be determined
by calculation and using a dynamometer.
You must first specify the weight
rotors and determine the projections of Bab
bit fills all three sub-liners
bearings; These data make it possible to determine
share the load that is attributable to each
insert, if you take both the rotor in one monolitny and proceed from the need to have odi-

136

Nakov specific load on each pad

bearing.
Set the amount of opening of the coupling halves
the lowest point, which depends on the weight of both
rotors, their stiffness, coupling diameter, the distance
tion between the bearings and ranges in the limit
Lah from 0.1 to 0.5 mm, is made centering rotors have to get downstairs adopted magnitude
rank disclosure coupling halves.
At the end of the centering rigid compound
tional coupling between the rotors completely accordance
unifying bolts and socket middle approach
bearing stronger indicator with its emphasis
legs on the upper neck portion of the rotor. After
zastropovki rotor bearing is about average
through the dynamometer to the hook of the crane (see Fig.
11.15) and
very slow gradual stretching rope
examined as the indicator for the moments
that the shift of the rotor. The indication arrow indicator
Katori 0, 01-0, 02 mm further rise limit
l ives are shortened, and it is determined by the dynamometer
effort it took to evict
rotor.

10800 kg load on the liner found the calculated

nym for a given disclosure by coupling halves
therefore, alignment with the disclosure of
can be considered correct

11.6. Centering the front

END of the turbine shaft
(The "pendulum" TEST).
In the presence of tight coupling between the rotor
ramie, despite the snug fit ends obtained
couplings and their connection fitting screw, nonrarely observed in the assembly of the turbine nonequilibrium
dimensional tightening of the coupling. Even a small
misalignment and uneven ends of the coupling halves zabolts cause grievous netsentrichnost peredne
On the end of the shaft, which entails a "heartbeat"
at the front end of the turbine; is "beats
of "dramatically affect the performance of the entire front
turbine part and causes it to vibrate. In izbecontent of this defect is necessary for the assembly of turbine
Bina after inspection of the ends of the coupling halves
and alignment of the rotors to inspect beats
of the front end of the shaft, associated with other
shaft through a rigid coupling.

Figure 11.15. Checking dynamometer load

ear three-point unit. 1-dynamometer
2-indicator.

If the magnitude of the lift force approximately

but corresponds to the load on the average subbearings, which was determined by said
above by means of calculation, the accepted value of
disclosure at the bottom of the coupling halves is considered
valid
and alignment can be done. If the same magmask of the lifting force was greater than
design load on the middle bearing, then
adopted by the disclosure is necessary to increase the
coupling halves
clude Otherwise, conversely, to reduce
For example, given the data on the valuable
trovke rigid rotor clutch three-point
two-cylinder turbine, which is produced
the disclosure polumuft 0.3 mm at the bottom.
Rotor weight HP P1 = 8000 kg, the weight of the rotor ND
P2 = 19000 kg. Babbitt projection fills contributions
bubbles is respectively f1 = 800 cm2, f2 = 1200 cm2
f3 = 1000sm2.Vesoboihrotorov
P = P1 + P2 = 8000 + 19000 = 27000 kg. Sum of the areas
projections F = f1 + f2 + f3 == 800 + 1200 + 1000 = 3000 cm2.

2F / F = 27000/3000 = 9 kg / cm.
From this we determine the load on each
insert p1 = 800 * 9 = 7200 kg, p2 = 1200 * 9 = 10800 kg,
p3 = 1000 * 9 = 9000 kg.
Checking lifting force dynamometer
rum for a given disclosure of the coupling halves to 0.3 mm
shown for the average value of the insert number 2
10400 kg, which is slightly different from the Nations

Figure 11.16. Check for "beating" the front

he end of the shaft when tightening the bolts tight coupling.
and - the suspension rotor by means of a crane, b - Suspension
a rotor with a special tool for
"Pendulum" check in - the determination of the
skew "pendulum" test.
1 tower, 2 LEDs, 3 - insert.

The front end of the shaft after normal zaburdensome rigid couplings should be suspended in
immediate vicinity of the liner Peanterior bearing a long rope to the hook
crane (see Fig. 11.16 a) and taken out the lower contribution
dyshe this bearing shaft are both connected
rigid coupling, are turned valopovorotnym device. In the absence of
use the barring gear front

137

tions end of the rotor is lifted special

lifter (see Fig. 11.16, b) on
high enough for the extraction of the lower contribution
Bearing breathing. Rolling out the lower contribution
Breathing of a shaft suspended at said
device, usually made with the aid of
means of a lever and lifting eyes, screwed into the connector
the insert (see Fig. 11.17); after a short rotations
that the insert (a) is achieved by a lever
through the wooden block, a further rotation
mouth insert to its complete exit from the shaft
(Turn to 180 ) is made at opiranii
end of the lever to the shaft through a copper gasket (b).
After the recess of the insert and shaft alignment by level
nude made the following measurements; when
This cranking rotors made Tropics
catfish, attached to the crane hook (see. Fig. 9.2).
Before the end of the small rise Ba
la on his neck or put level relies
vertical indicator enshrined
FLOW on the bearing housing to Since
After the recess of the lower bearing to lower the rotor
the level at which it was before the suspension concentration
tsa shaft valve (see Fig. 11.16).
When turning shafts "heartbeat" Peanterior end of the shaft is measured using the indicator
Katori reinforced front side bearing
nick; by measuring the value of the indicator runout
determined by the coincidence of the center of the end of a
the axis of the turbine unit. Such a coincidence is less
one with zero indicator readings during
shafts are rotated at any angle.
The maximum deflection indicator
torus when this alignment should not be higher
0.06 mm. A more significant deviations
must be tapered bolts tight coupling
achieve the indicator is not exceeding
ing a specified value.
To speed up the alignment should be on the oxo
circle end of the front end of the shaft cause
chalk marks with numbers, corresponding exactly
corresponding to the number and position of the bolts Gennes
stkoy coupling. In this case, the recording indicator readings
torus must be done at the coincidence of his
pin with chalk marks on the shaft. Each
reading should be written indicating accordance
sponding label number and directions Since
gate indicator arrow (plus or minus).

When such records easily and quickly determined

rooms coupling bolts to be additional
tion for tightening the alignment of the front end of the shaft.
Impossibility of eliminating the "beats" Peanterior end of the rotor and the significant changes
value "beats" in the order and
tightening force connecting coupling bolts indicated
cates substandard treatment get in contact
th stunning ends of the coupling halves, the presence of skew
and the need to examine and address these
defects (see. pg. 163).

Figure 11.17. Rolling out the lower bearing subbearing. and - the rotation of the insert, while relying on the arm
connector of the bearing; b-turn liner by relying
lever on the shaft. 1-lower bearing;
2 support blocks; 3-stub shaft; 4-eye;
5-wood lining; 6-arm, 7 copper lining.

The value of the skew of the coupling halves (see Fig. 11.16
b)
determined from the expression a = Ad / 2l, mm,
where A - measured indicator of "beating" Peanterior end of the shaft, mm; d - diameter of the flange
coupling halves, m; l-length shaft flange coupling half
to the point of his suspension, m.
Said "pendulum" check the beats
of the free end of the lightest rotor
when connected to a rigid coupling should prohassle for three, and for quadrupodal
turbine units; Four of the unit for
when this alignment is necessary after connection
half of the coupling bolts and suspension front end
shaft to the tap to remove both bearing shells
Cove lightweight rotor.

12 Couplings.
12.1. TYPES OF CONNECTION
Coupling.
To connect the rotors and transmission krutyapresent moment from one rotor to another application
nyayutsya different in design connecnection coupling consisting of two semicouplings which must be mounted on the ends of the shafts
accordance
unifying rotors. The main types of connective
tional couplings turbine rotors are tough,
semi-rigid, flexible (cam, gear)
and flexible (spring).

The modern turbine unit

100,000 kW and above the greatest application Since
luchili hard and semi-hard connection
coupling, although they require the most accurate valuable
trovki rotors (K 100-90, 150-130 K, 200-130 K and
K-300-240).
Couplings are vazhnyE and critical parts of turbine units,
so as to provide power transmission rotors to the rotor of the turbine generator, assume more
Chiyah load and rotate at high peripheral
speed. Although the couplings are not subjected to impact
tion of steam and water to high temperatures, as

138

rannogo rotor. In addition, preliminary Since

After installing the rotor on the box, is made
accurate measurement of the distance between the end of the
sleeve
half-coupling and shaft fillet; more precise reform
results gives withdrawal template defining
the position of the coupling half on the shaft in the axial
direction
lenii (see Fig. 12.1).
After screwing or drilling
stopper convoluted with the thread of the nut, Fuse
stored by the axial movement of the sleeve, and vyNima key. Next, a contraction
ing device and the cable coupling half
suspended from the crane; after slack
rope and create tension bolt force contraction
tion is made of the coupling half flame heating
autogenous two burners; heating is carried out,
from the flange of the coupling half with a gradual
transition to its hub until half
clutch starts to move away from the cone shaft.
Contact planting coupling half onto the shaft progranted upon heating its two autogenous
burners up to 110-130 C or heating it in kipyaing water. Pre coupling half in the cold
state is pushed firmly to the shaft so that the
provide matching keyway shaft
and half of the coupling; otherwise in the process of long-range
cages will not be presented to rectify the discrepancy
possible.
After heating the coupling half was adjusted manually
ditsya to the original seat accordance
according a previously recorded pattern; Therefore only such
cage will create the desired tightness obtained
coupling to the shaft and provide appropriate
gap between the ends of the coupling halves.
If a factory data known value
guise interference fit, the amount of necessary
sary promotion coupling half after heating
in the direction of landing (from the landing in the cold
state) can be easily calculated from the formula:
l = 100 Nm * / k; where Nm-tightness during landing
coupling on the shaft, Nm = (0,0003-0,0006) D;
k-taper shaft%. The value of the taper
opredelyaetsyaizvyrazheniyak = (Dd) / l;
where D-maximum diameter of the cone clutch, mm;
d-the minimum diameter of the cone clutch, mm;
l-landing Length of the cone clutch mm.
For example, if the sleeve has dimensions:
D = 400 mm, d == 370 mm, l == 500 mm and is designed to
Preload Nm = 0,0006 D, then the value of promotion
polumuftypokonusuravna:
l = 100 Nm * / k = Hml / (D-d) = 0.0006 * 400 * 500 / (400
370) = 4 mm.
Contact planting coupling halves must be
made carefully, without skew and reliability
Figure 12.1. Removing half of the coupling from the shaft. 1
pinning of completely eliminating
flange bolt, 3 tie rods, 4-sleeve with thread
2-packing
the possibility of easing the end nuts, its capital
fight, 5 disc, 6-lining, 7 template.
Porn washers and pins.
Checking the concentricity landing half
coupling shaft made valuable indicator for
In normal repair is no need for
removed from the rolls of the coupling halves. If the self-repair surface of the coupling halves when the rotor; exmy half of the coupling or to remove other parts
centric landing determined maximum
planted by the clutch (disc, seal
mum difference between the two readings of the indicator in
tional sleeves, etc.. claim.) coupling half should be
diametrically opposite points of the circle
removed from the shaft, you must first proverit the clear labeling that will guarantee
exercising a reverse fit all the parts removed
exactly on their seats. Otherwise
might be impaired balancing NATIVE
rotating in the air, the material couplings
experiencing considerable stress. In addition to
voltages associated with the action of the centrifugal
forces and depend on the masses and the speed of rotation
of couplings that occur in the last znakoAC voltages, the voltage shock
character associated with shocks and other time
variables increase stress.
The main coupling components are made of
forgings carbon and alloy steels
various marks (25, 35, 45, and 34HN1M 35HMA).
The coupling halves must be mounted with an interference
fit on
cylindrical or conical ends of the shafts;
magnitude of interference is received within 0,00030.0006 on the diameter of the shaft; less interference refers
smiling to the couplings turbines smaller capacities.
Planting is done after the coupling half
preliminary lapping at her sleeve to paint
shaft seat; landing can considered
as satisfactory, when 70 to 80% of the total
surface of the inner bore of the coupling half
has contact with a corresponding surface
shaft. Coupling half is planted on the shaft after nebolShogo warm to accurately and advance ustanovlennoth place and wedged two axial diameter
morally opposed dowels that impeded
sponding from turning on the shaft coupling half
during operation of the turbine. Lateral plane shponochGOVERNMENTAL grooves in the coupling and shaft must be
strictly parallel to each other and relative
axis of the shaft; Tolerance does not exceed 0.03 mm.
After planting to prevent axial Pedisplacing half-coupling nut is tightened, which
Heaven screwed in the end of the shaft sliced; nut
Single locked by two pins or screws,
head which in turn stopper Kerr
us.

139

of the coupling half; radial runout with respect

NIJ to the axis of the shaft must not exceed 0.03 mm.
Upon detection of any abnormalities in
planting should primarily be the product
den inspected the landing surface
sities and dowels after removing half of the coupling from the
shaft.
A connection of one of the coupling half on the other
the assembly must be carried out carefully with
the same constant mutual arrangement
position -with matching tags and other
available on the coupling halves symbols. Noncorrect and not thoroughly fit,
landing, assembly and alignment of the coupling halves are
is the cause of significant vibration rotori turbine. Vibration turbine arising
due to poor assembly imbalance and nonsatisfactory operation of the connecting
couplings can be eliminated only after elimination
dation of these abnormalities. Dynamic
Skye rotor balancing must be done
assembled with the coupling halves.
In the presence of a thin-walled cylindrical
cylinder of flat end walls,
which is usually placed between the coupling
and the housing and serves to reduce oxidation
oils, called ventilation effect
couplings, rotating in the air-oil medium
de, it is necessary after assembly clutch firmly strengthrepit this cover with appropriate clearances
with respect to the rotating parts.

12.2. Rigid couplings.

Rigid couplings consist of two shells
as thick flanges at the ends to be connected
shafts. These coupling halves must be mounted as shown
above, tapered (taper 0.5%) for
Cylindrical shaft ends or forge for
integral with the shaft (see Fig. 12.2). Rigid couplings
simple in a constructive device reliability
us, in and of themselves do not require repair. For these
couplings are mandatory: precise alignment
shafts, full balance of the coupling halves, stringent
Guy ends perpendicular axis of the coupling halves
rotation of the rotor and a tight fit on the coupling halves
shafts.

Figure 12.2. Rigid couplings. and - flange couplings

landing on the tapered end of the shaft; b-coupling flanges
Refined integrally with the shaft.

excavation of one of the rotors indicators strengthens

are at the level of the connector perpendicular to the end face
and a coupling half on the same radius from the shaft axis.
Replaced
ry produced when the rotor rotates as
specified for the drive thrust bearing.
The end surfaces of the coupling halves diameter of 500
mm and above who are more skewed 0.025-0.03
mm ("battle" on the testimony of 0.05-0.06 mm indicator
torus) following a strict alignment of the axis of rotation
subject to the groove cutter.

Figure 12.3. Checking the stocking density of the coupling halves.

When rotation of the rotor bore, ulozhennoof its bearing made valopovoThe regimental device; if you can not use
tion barring gear rotation
the rotor by means of a belt Petransmission or gearbox from the motor to the
a speed of 20-30 rev / min. Axial run-rotor
when the groove must not exceed 0.01-0.015
mm, so the assembly is made of hard subbearing and ball set with emphasis
opposite side. Caliper with cutter
mounted and fixed on a plane
connector of the cylinder or on a footrest
with the expectation of achieving strong perpendicular
polarity machined end face of the coupling half to the axis
rotor.
Slight misalignment ends, Nick
and convexity on the surface thereof may Device for
injured scraping. Made by scraping
ink stains obtained on the end surface
of the coupling half with the help of spot slabs
you are suspended from a crane, and is considered to satisfy
instrumental in the preparation of one or two spots
1 cm2 of the surface end.
After the removal of the coupling halves and of reverse
cages check stocking density shall investigate
novit no break rotors when de- velopement
IU crane. For this purpose, after sbolchivaniya Since
lumuft and adequate setting of the coupling and
on the shaft of the three indicators produced negligible
tive rise of one of the rotors, zastroplention directly at the clutch before separation
both rotors of the bearing shells
(See Fig. 12.3). If the difference in the readings of indicators
ditch at two positions of the rotor, which differ
from one another by 90 , greater than 0.01-0.03 mm,
check the tightness obtained
coupling after removing them from the shaft. Verification
productivity
ditsya inspection seats on the absence of
hardening, nicks and corrosion, measuring

Verifying the position obtained

clutch shaft and check for skew
its end surface with respect to the axis
the rotor is produced by two indicators; after
140

interference occurred, and when the cone landing checking the number of seats in the paint.
Mating coupling halves mutually centered
are enrolled in exactly fitted to one another zamkov undercut; so before removing one
of the rotors need to push the coupling half
so that the projection of one of them came out vytochKey in the other; between the coupling halves moved apart
should lay a piece of cardboard (see. Fig. 8.7).
If these measures are not taken, the occurrence can
pull the shaft misalignment during lifting, which leads to
breakdowns in the blading. For razdvigaof the coupling halves are jacking bolts that
after the assembly must be carefully removed
coupling.
To check the gap between tsentriruyuschiE coupling protrusion and recess, which is not long
wives than 0.03 mm, produced a pattern
(Corresponding to the diameter of the groove) of listum steel thickness of 2-3 mm. The pattern of
the same steel manufactured kontrshablon. Of Great
guise of the gap is measured with a feeler gauge
kontrshablona application to the ledge of the coupling half
in different directions (Figure 12.4).
In rigid couplings are used shank
bolts, just without any slack podognannye to the surfaces of the respective bolt
holes in the coupling halves. Since the holes in both
lumuftah must be against one
but to another on the same axis, to be precise on different
measures and have a surface finish no lower than 7
8th grade; axis holes must be strictly
perpendicular to the ends of the coupling halves. By relative
miles, to meet the specified requirements
ments, each bolt individually Fit
grinding; all the holes and fitted them
bolts marked. When assembling bolts and otverners in the coupling halves, and their ends must
be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, nicks and zausenits and before installing the holes are lubricated
clean turbine oil.

bolts should be put stoppers or

pins (locks).

12.3. Semi-rigid coupling.

By semi-rigid couplings are couplings
having wavy joints, machined
one of the forgings (see Fig. 12.5). The presence of one or
two "waves" of expansion joints creates some
flexibility needed to compensate for nonsignificant temperature elongation of shafts and
bending forces when misalignment (fracture
axes) connected rotors within tolerances.
Shaft ends for planting these coupling halves
usually performed with a conical konusnoStew 1: 200 (0.5%); this requires a taper for
ensure tightness of the coupling half of its promotion in
landing side in a heated condition at 50-60
mm from the landing on the cold shaft.
Coupling body secured to the shaft klinovyE dowels; Each consists of a spline
two wedge-shaped pieces of unequal length;
longest part is inserted into the key groove freely
until it stops, and the second, shorter part zabivais in the groove copper knockout with interference 10-12
mm (see. Fig. 12.5 b). Locking of the coupling halves in the
foreign
lu is produced by two or four screws.

Figure 12.4. Template for clearance measurement in centrifuge

Glare girdle coupling halves. 1 - template 2 - counter
template.

When precise shaft alignment bolts tight

at the same small impacts copper vykolotkoy average weight on their heads are
into the holes of the coupling halves. Apply significant
efforts and strikes for bolts zakolachivaniya It should not
blowing. Bolts should be made equivalent
dimensional and so hard that the rotation of
shaft to shaft friction transferred only ends
coupling halves; this prevents the tightening bolts from
shearing forces. The uniformity of the final
tive tightening bolts should be checked
by the beating of the free end of the shaft. Avoid
loosening and loosening in the work on

Figure 12.5. Semi-rigid coupling. and-two

"Waves" of the compensator, b-one "wave" of composition
compensator.

To provide the necessary concentration

Position-symmetric compensator mount to Since
lumufte made fitting screw. Since
mihard coupling halves are not centering
bores; they are centered by a prizonGOVERNMENTAL bolts. In this regard, when installing the
band bolts for flange connection polumufyou are having a compensator with flange second141

lumufty being rigid, should be

provided holes match both semicouplings; radial displacement correctly razvernutyh holes at the correct planting polumuft
on the shaft indicates unsatisfactory valuable
trovku coupling halves.
Apply considerable efforts and impacts
zakolachivaniya for bolts in the holes with the assistance
union coupling halves should not be, as it may
cause their mutual displacement. Control of the relative
absence of such displacements
produced by two indicators
ramie, legs which beset
are on the flange coupling halves
carrier canceller; when
This is one indicator should
measure the vertical and the other
goy - horizontal displacement
of the coupling halves when entering bolts
comrade to connect them.
If you find bolts
tum holes polumuft
large nicks, burrs and deep scratches, which
rye can not be eliminated easy podshabrovCoy, must deploy (raion
berovku) of these openings. Deploying defect
tion holes when you connect
polumuft all other bolts for
normal operation. When you deploy the application
nyayutsya cylindrical scan otlichayuschieXia from one another in diameter at 0.1-0.15 mm;
deployment is performed to eliminate Therefore with
surface defects and holes rendered semition holes with a shiny smooth surface
Stu and the same diameter throughout its length.
Due to changes in the diameter of the hole to
it is made with a new fitting bolt
polished surface, after which
lubrication of turbine oil clogs the hole
easy blows lead sledgehammer; for conservation
tion balance clutch same bolt
placed opposite the opening of the coupling.
In other methods of disassembly, repair and
semirigid coupling assembly are the same as those described
higher for rigid couplings.

12.4. Sliding coupling.

Jaw clutches. Mobile-ku
lachkovaya coupling, which is
to transfer torque and compensation
axial movement of the connecting rotors
to thermal expansion, has received a large
distribution in the low-turbine units and
medium pressure (see Fig. 12.6).
The sleeve has four main parts:
two stars and two half-coupling
coupling (crowns). Landing on the sprocket shaft prohassled with interference on the cone or cylin-cylindrical shaft end. For each sprocket
slipped over the shaft on two key and secured
end nut, which in turn stoppers
detectors will lock by bending the tab washers (stoppers
pa) of sheet iron, placed under the
nut.

The coupling halves are connected to each other

fitting screw and should be freely transferred
burghers by star within different axial
running coupling. This is achieved by centering
connecting the coupling halves with a gap of 0.08-0.15
mm girdle available for cams on the boundarytions Stars. Such a snug fit connector
tional coupling halves by asterisks provides
an axial mobility of the coupling necessary for
perception of thermal expansion shafts.

Figure 12.6. Mobile dog clutch.

1-star, 2-connector coupling half (crown);
3-end nut, 4-bolt connector, 5-Pull
bolt 6-ring groove to enter oil 7 Feed
supply of lubricant to the kulaks, 8-restrictive Washer.

The increase in radial clearance between

asterisk and connective coupling half can
lead to some unbalance of rotors and
shocks in the clutch when starting, idling and
load changes of turbine. Such
abnormalities lead to work hardening and unilateral
her generation centering collar Stars
and connecting the coupling halves. Unacceptable and Mat
lye radial gaps, as they may We presdit for some misalignment of the rotors by Since
lumuftam to "jam" the clutch, ie to the limit
rotation of its mobile in tough. NedopusTimo large radial clearance in the centering
strips of connective between the coupling and
asterisk can be reduced by instantaneous
ki a few millimeters centering
the cam belts connecting the coupling halves
and appropriate to their deposition; usually Deposited
ka, depending on the grade of material coupling prohassled when heated from 150 to 250 C, the electron
trodes with a diameter of 3-4 mm at a reduced
amperage. Grinding weld production space
usual with the expectation of obtaining the radial clearance
on the girdle no more 0.08- 0.15 mm diameter.
The axial run-up in the coupling is determined
by the magnitude of the gaps between the grooves accordance
connective coupling halves and relevant
the ends of the cams Stars , ie in that the deep
Bina groove coupling half longer than the length of the cam
asterisks. The value of the free movement of
shaft in the axial direction when their thermal
elongation is the sum of these zazoditch in both coupling halves, which varies
the range of 4-8 mm, limit the axial displacement

142

of the coupling halves washer pinched end

nuts.
When the turbine is insufficient magnitude
rank axial run-up clutch can cause vibration
tion not only in the field of connective Mufti
you, but also in the cylinders of the turbine; this shortcoming
in the coupling between the LPC and the generator can result
lead to an axial oscillatory movements
rotopa generator with sharp blows in the clutch.
Axial run-up in the clutch checked Therefore
strength indicator mounted on a plane
Connector block bearing around collected
operating position clutch; the axial difference
run is determined by the difference of the indicator
torus, which concerns stem end connected
bolts of the coupling halves when they are moving from one
second extreme position to another.
When repairing for an inspection of the cams
Cove coupling is necessary to remove the coupling half with
the star
subsidiaries, which after removal of the flange bolts
connecting the coupling halves is required withdrawal from the
Cylinder one of the rotors.
If after removing the clutch and thorough
cleaning the coupling parts of the sludge and mud on
trafficking in
Zach slots coupling halves or at the ends of the cams of the
star
daughters found work hardening, and check the axial
Vg upswing in the coupling indicates that the run is
insufficient
accurate (less than 4 mm), bring it to the right of Great
magnitude by changing the thickness of the confine
nichitelnyh washers; in extreme cases, it may
be achieved by filing the slots in the semicouplings or flange bore them.
If hardening and uneven development
found on the working surfaces of the cams,
should produce a scraping of the surfaces;
thus it is necessary to ensure that workers
cam surfaces sprockets simultaneously
adhered to the respective surfaces
cams connecting the coupling halves; violation
this requirement leads to increased and nonequilibrium
dimensional deployment, to a large vibration
and even damage to the cam through transmission
total load on only a part of the cams. Jobs
for proper fit cams require significant
tional time and labor locksmiths high
Coy qualifications.
Fit the cams made after
check centering collar connecting
GOVERNMENTAL coupling halves and remove the Stars and
Stars with
shafts. An asterisk after the suspension to the hook of the
crane and
remove end nut studs ce on the shaft
removed tie rods, with an emphasis in the butt
the shaft (see Fig. 12.7 a) or squeezing svintsovyE sledgehammers on both sides. If the stay
a star is not possible, it is necessary to warm
uniformly autogenous flame burner or
two blow lamps, then remove one
These two above-mentioned methods.
Fit the working surface of each
cam sprockets and connecting the coupling halves
produced with the use of scraping shabropaid-in tile or line, polygon, and the probe
so as to ensure proper cleanliness were
this surface (no hardening, nicks and

roughness), in parallel with its strict

the axis of the shaft and no gap between the cam and the
straightedge laid on its working surface
of (0.03 mm probe fails).

Figure 12.7. Repair of motor coupling. and - snyament sprocket from the shaft, b - scraping fists connecting
tive coupling halves.

Misalignment of the working surface ku

Lachkov with the axis of the shaft, particularly under load
causes
Vaeth except imbalance, the appearance of axial
O efforts that seek to move roTorr in the axial direction, and may cause
"Jamming" couplings and sub-melting hard
bearing.
In the absence of a special adapted
tion for the nozzle with an asterisk and connective
coupling halves, with which you can achieve
their most accurate testing and fits in the Charter
ment of the coupling flange down half
clutch gently lowered horizontal approach
av to tap the asterisk with precoated on a thin layer of paint cams.
Wrung asterisk in the direction of contact between
of the working surfaces of the cams, and of movement
tion sprocket axis 5-10 mm makes it possible
possibility of fingerprint ink check equal
-uniformity and simultaneity of mutual prileHassium cam sprocket and connective Since
lumufty. According to these data produced opilovSingle and scraping jaws until the paint will not show
simultaneous contact of all the cams at least
than 75% of the working surface of each
(Fig. 12.7 b).
At the end of the working surface fit
STI cams need a similar procedure
make adjustment cams broken stoRhone; while at the same time sufficient to achieve
tion touch four cams arranged
to one another at an angle of 90 ; tangential
the gaps between the surfaces of the non-working
cams should be the same and nahoditover the range 0.3 to 0.6 mm.
If the operating position the coupling (previously
bochie cam surfaces are in accordance
touch) between the non-working surface
styami cams are large gaps Since
latter can be reduced by welding ku
Lachkov with their corresponding fit or
careful strengthening screws countersunk
sharpened steel plates required thickness

143

ness non-working surfaces of the four ku

Lachkov located to one another at an angle
scrap 90 . Fixing these plates prohassled to meet them at the same time and
uniform abutment with a gap of 0.6 0.3 mm,
should be definitely reliable ustranyayuschim possibility of screwing or shearing
screws and plates falling during operation
turbine.
Great value for normal operation
the box has a good lubrication of the cams; absence
Corollary grease or her failure causes
wear the cam surfaces (work hardening) and
abnormal operation due to the increase
friction between his fists. Oil supply to the clutch
typically through special labor
barrels, reinforced at the ends of the adjacent bearings
nicks and feed oil into the annular recess
Stars (cm. Fig. 12-6) of the recesses oil under
centrifugal force passes through
narrow channels for lubrication of the cams. When repairing
channels and holes for supplying oil must
be thoroughly cleaned and purged, and themselves
tube directed so that they were serving the mass
lo directly into the annular recess without zaof giving for the clutch.

Nost collected on its shaft. To do this, after

fully seated on the asterisk key is necessary
to impose on it a connecting coupling half, Since
to put the puck in the incoming bore coupling halves
lay a locking washer made of sheet steel,
tighten the end nut and bend the language
choke a locking washer.
After graduating from the assembly of the coupling halves
should proto believe that the end is under the nut
Disc, which serves to limit the axial
shear coupling enables the
takeoff coupling by star.
Forcing screws, which are assessed at decompression
the coupling halves must be removed during assembly so
as their presence on the box in the unacceptable
because of the imbalance and the possibility of screwing
from their nests.
Gear couplings. Mobile gear
(Slotted) coupling (Fig 12.8) applies Patriotic
governmental turbozavodami for turbines
to 12000-18000 kW. Both coupling halves each have 1
circle involute teeth or straightcarbon sections which are entanglements
SRI with teeth on the inner surface oboy3 we embracing outside both coupling halves.
Axial displacement of the rotor ring is limited
ticles 2, which also serve for centering
ferrule 3 with respect to the coupling halves and each have
to them the radial clearances 0.1-0.2 mm
in diameter.
Grease is made from the neighboring teeth
bearings from the oil under the influence of valuable
trobezhnyh force acts on the inclined channels
to the teeth of the coupling halves. Thanks
continuous lubrication and abundant distribution
the circumferential force of the large number of teeth
Wear them with proper assembly and operation
not observed.
Usually repair these couplings is
thorough cleaning, checking the clearance Deengaging the teeth, checking the alignment and verification
cleanliness and health of the lubrication system.
Interference fit on the ends of the coupling halves Ba
la, the influence of the gaps between the teeth and gaps in
centering rings in gear couplings, and
methods for their disassembly, repair and assembly
essentially the same as described above for kulachkoO couplings.

12.5. Flexible couplings.

Figure 12.8. Mobile gear
coupling.

The accuracy of the alignment of the shafts

also is a prerequisite for good
Work jaw clutch since their elasticity
of small; incorrect shaft alignment
results in the wear of the cams and "Properly
nivaniyu "clutch, which is accompanied by strikes and
vibration. Misalignment at its end and a circle
STI coupling halves must not exceed 0.08 mm.
Before laying the rotors into the cylinders Since
lumufta individually, must be completely

Spring clutches. Best of flexible

couplings used primarily in turbines
The average power is the clutch springs in
which the transfer of rotation from one half of the coupling
to the other by means of tape
serpentine springs (Figure 12.9); these couplings pre
misalignment allowed to be connected to the rotors
0.08 mm. In modern high-power turbines a spring
zhinnye couplings are no longer used because of the
increased
shennogo wear in operation, which vyzyvais impossible to accurately fit the bent
Tape springs, the difficulty of their dynamic
balancing and emerging high resistance
tions at high torques.
144

On the coupling flanges are milled cams

ki, between which are laid tape
spring. The springs are held in grooves
flanges with the two housings encircling
ing flanges. Shrouds are attached to both flanges
clutch coupling bolts, and left
cover is attached to the left flange short
pins and right casing fastened to the left
long studs. Long studs representatives
assigned to connect both housings for
which long studs pass through without clearance
flange bolt holes left and prizhimayutsmiling his shoulders to the left flange. Through
right flange bolt holes they pass
with such a gap that provides at several
installed springs, smooth
offset relative to one another on the rotor
4-5 mm in circumference. The possibility of such
displacement is achieved by appropriate
the size of the oval in the tangential direction
cut an opening in the right flange and gaps 0.91.1 mm between the shoulders on the long stiletto
and the inner end surface of the right
housing.
Resilience of the springs and the possibility of relative
tive displacement of the coupling halves are valuable
properties of the coupling, because it empowers the bending
envelope of a point is not transmitted from one shaft to
other, even when a radial and axial
misalignment of shafts. Flat springs for
convenience disassembly and assembly are composed of
individual
segments that are easy to remove and subtended
vayutsya groove coupling halves in light blows
copper punch; number of segments in spring
Depending on the diameter of the coupling flange oscillates
nism between three very. Elasticity of all segments
Comrade one clutch springs should be the same
howling and checked for uniformity of thickness
and hardness.

Between the end edges of the housing and windings

springs must be axial clearance that will guarantee
bility of free axial transition
substituted springs in the housing within 1.5-2 mm.
This gap can be checked imprint of lead
tsovoy wire or by measuring the width
springs on the outer edges of turns and size
the inner bore of the coupling shells. Between
coupling hub bore and the inner casing
must also be a radial gap 0.1-0.15 mm.
To disassemble the coupling and remove the segments
springs, you must first unscrew
tightening all the nuts with studs and push
shrouds crowbar or screwdriver and lead ku
Valda; if you want to groove rotors, the longnye studs must be removed completely.
When assembling, be long studs for ease
CTBA advance to strengthen the leading housing flange
tsa clutch and when lowering the female rotor in cylinLindrum move seasick cover aside of Great
vious rotor.
When assembling the coupling shells uneven
tightening the screws through the studs and long absence
Corollary gap between the casing and the end of the slave
coupling halves may cause during operation of the turbine to
the
cliffs studs and tighten with excessive force
- Deformation casings.
When repair is necessary to make proscan of the lack of wear of cams and springs prolime cleaning enclosures, cams and half couplings
springs from the oil sludge, dirt and rust,
podshabrovkoy eliminate burrs on the cams
check freedom of planting in spring respectively
corresponding grooves. Processing working surface
STAY cams Filing is not allowed because
the purity of their processing must comply
7th class.
In operation, when insufficient
high quality springs and unsatisfactory
tion alignment of the rotors may be cases not only
damage to the springs in the field bends and junctions
from one to the other half of the coupling, but also reinforced
wear with this cam clutch of breaks and even their
ki. In all cases, the wear must be checked
step cams and alignment of the rotors on the sleeves.
Deviation of uniformity in both half-step
couplings over 0.1 0.15 mm should be corrected
scraping tooth pattern; deflection at the center
trovke on drives as at its end, and on the circle
of more than 0.05-0.06 mm require peretsentrovki rotors amended to change
position of the rotor during operation of the turbine.
Should be thoroughly cleaned and proDuvanniy feeds oil to enter through openings in
leading hub of the coupling half and drain otverners for oil at the ends of the coupling shells; drinking bout
these holes mud and dirt leads to transformation
reduction of grease clutch engagement and wear
springs and cams. Significant wear of the springs
(Up to 1/3 of their thickness) and the cam sleeve may
require a complete change across the coupling, as
replacement of only one of the elements lih nedopusTim.

Figure 12.9. Flexible spring coupling. and - high shaft

-pressure, b - the low-pressure shaft, 2.1-sequence
lumufty 3-band spring 4-casing 5-short
studs, 6 long stud, 7-cam clutch
8-spline, 9-hole to drain the oil.

145

When assembling the clutch springs segments should

set us back to their seats accordance
publicly labeling as change their places INSTALLS
SETTING may cause vibration and
wear springs.
Planting is carried out with the tightness of the coupling
halves
or cylindrical or conical ends
rollers having tapered to 6%. For the prevention
prezhdeniya from turning on the shaft coupling half
planted to put together two wedge
squared keys each with a taper in the limit
affairs 1 / 60-1 / 100. Put together, these key
form a sort of one rectangular key.
These keys require a precise fit to paint
to one another and to the keyway. Ease
these tongues is to ease disassembly
as lightly tapping on the spline having
inverted cone, it is easy to extract the first shponku Direct cone, and then the key with return
nym cone.

Figure 12.10. Pin coupling the pump unit with

rubber bushings. and - pin coupling assembly
b - check template size is correct and joint
incidence of holes in the floor connected couplings
in - the pin; 1-mating shafts,
2-lead coupling half, 3-driven half-coupling,
4-connector pin, 5-sleeve made of rubber
Ring 6 template.

When planting a gap between the ends obtained

couplings must be installed within 4-6 mm.
Increasing this gap by more than 1-1.5 mm
against a possible extension of the rotors when they
heating during operation of the turbine condition worsens
tions of the springs, and can lead to amplification
lennomu wear and breakage.
Finger clutch. Finger or flange
tsevye coupling (see Fig. 12.10) are commonly used
for connection of auxiliary rotor mechanism
isms (different pumps) with their drives. These
couplings are connecting pins, one koHeff, which with the inserted leather or rubber
new cuffs freely enters the hole
one coupling half (clearance 0.5-1.5 mm diameter)
and the other is not loose its metal HOURS
Stu in the other half of the coupling hole and zazhimaetsmiling to failure nut Minor axial
(Axial) and radial misalignment compound
being followed by the shafts are compensated for these
couplings

by the elastic properties of cuffs (leather or rubber

new), worn on the connecting pins
coupling.
When repairing basically checked accordance
state of the fingers and holes in them both Therefore
lumuftah, the magnitude of the axial gap between the
coupling halves, correct seating of the coupling halves
on the mating shafts and alignment state agroRegatta.
Upon detection of uneven wear
connecting pins and holes in them
coupling halves is necessary to check
the same diameter and matching centers
holes in both coupling halves; failure
These conditions lead to an uneven load
the connecting pins and may cause vibrations
tion of the unit associated with the appearance of the radial
force which is biasing the coupling half easier
of the rotors.
Verification is performed after the removal of semicouplings of shafts and connecting them to the risks in pA
bochee position; the difference in diameters otversty greater than 0.05 mm or their uneven
step is greater than 0.1 mm is necessary pererayberovat
holes with replacement of worn fingers. More
quickly and accurately specified test can be
made two identical patterns,
which is easy to manufacture in mechanical
workshops power (see Fig. 12.10, b). One
template is inserted into the hole compound
tional finger the two coupling halves and fixes them
position, and the second pattern inserted Since
alternately in the rest of the holes of the coupling halves, gives
the opportunity to verify that the axes otversty both coupling halves.
Axial clearance between the coupling halves, ensure
Chiva necessary mobility rotors
is usually set to within 3-4 mm
reaching into larger units up to 6 mm. The value of
axial and radial run the floor with the clutch
check indicator of the correctness of its landing
on the shaft should not exceed 0.05 mm.
In unilateral drawdown rubber
or leather cuffs clutch fingers (see Fig.
12.10 b) must bt replaced. Diameter
ry finger on the cuffs should not differ
from one another by more than 0.05 mm and should
go into the holes of the coupling halves
with a gap of no more than 0.15 to 0.20 mm to ensure
proper operation of the coupling elastic properties
cuffs on all fingers should be the same
Vym; this is achieved by simultaneous replacement
all new sleeves made from one
material and strictly the same size and equally
tightly clamped on the fingers push shaybaE and nuts.
Dissimilar elastic properties cuffs
their unilateral drawdown, uneven step
holes in the coupling parts, slack fingers relative
Verstov coupling, the difference weights of individual
compositions
plektnyh fingers more than 10-15 g and nonsatisfactory alignment of the unit, as indicated
shown above, can lead to distortions in the sleeve,
leading to vibration and bearing wear.

146

13 blades of steam turbines.

13.1. PURPOSE AND VERIFICATION
STATE Scapular
UNIT.
Blading, the main purpose
which -
steam energy supplied to the turbine in the less
mechanically work the generator speed, Explicit
by the one of the most important and expensive
elements of the turbine; the quality of the material, caused
overcrowding and installation guide vanes in
largely dependent reliability and environmental
nomical operation of the turbine.
By understanding the turbine blading
toils set the following items: 1) working
the blade (see Fig. 13.1) attached to the rotation
-rotating rotors discs and drums; 2) nozzle
and guide vanes fixed to a stationary
Vision cylinders and diaphragms; 3) Tape &
wire braces which bind the blade
vayutsya together in packages; 4) the intermediate
insert between the shovels; 5) rivets for fastening
of blades to disks and diaphragms; 6) locks
general fixing blades.
In today's high-power multisteam turbines, the total number of workers and
guide vanes up to ten or more
thousands of shares (in the turbine K-300-240 LMZ amount
in some of rotor blades around 4500 pcs.). Labor
doemkost manufacturing blading
reaches 20-25% of the total workload iz
prepara- turbine and the cost of a full oblopachivaniya-up 10 to 12% of the cost of the turbine.

Figure 13.1. A rotor blade with a forked tail.

One-tail vane 2-working portion of the blade, a 3-head
4-blade stud head 5 for opening the binding
wire 6 holes for rivets.

Structural shapes and sizes working

and guide vanes, as well as methods for their
mounting on the rotor and the cylinder differ
lots of variety, depending on the complexity of the
GOVERNMENTAL and harsh conditions in which account

work blading. These conditions are in

mainly due to the following reasons.
1 The action of centrifugal forces that cause
ing in the tail and the core part of the working
blades significant Tensile
voltage, and when the center of gravity
various sections of the blades is not on radial
-line and bending stresses; latter
ground and fix the blades caused by the action
Viy efforts on blades of steam pressure
flowing steam. The magnitude of tensile
stresses does not depend on the load of the turbine and iz
the only change depending on changes in oil
sy blades and the circumferential speed (for a given
speed is constant).
The magnitude of bending stress depends Nations
turbine load (from the steam flow), thermal Pedrops of the on stage, the circumferential speed, the number of
blades on the disc, and others. Particularly large voltage
tion of the centrifugal forces and steam bending,
up to several tons, to develop
rotor blade turbine stages
that is caused by their great length, mass and
greatest average diameter. If the value of
working stresses in the blades of the first stages
lies in the range 2.5-8 kg / mm 2, the voltage at the
rotor blades reach 15
20 kg / mm2.
2 The action of steam, the state of which less
varies from overheated on the blades mostly
turbine stages to wet on the blades Since
Latter stages. Prolonged exposure to high
temperatures, close to the temperature of fresh
steam causes a reduction in mechanical properties,
appearance creep metal blades and requires
use of heat-resistant steels.
After-stage blades of low pressure in the medium
de moving wet steam erodes
and surface damage metal blades
current.
3 vibration induced period
cally impact on the blades impact
nonperturbing forces. These forces are under by influence
it unsatisfactory dynamic balancing
Grad rotors unevenness through-the North
cheny channel diaphragms, deviations in step pA
bochih blades, local irregularities Examples
race diaphragm in horizontal slots
two halves installation inaccuracies and different
thickness, and drawdown output edges
guide vanes, the partial supply
couple (not the entire circumference occupied by the nozzles),
and others.
Causes vibration of the blades can be
also unsatisfactory Opertation; for example, changing the frequency on the network
changing the number of revolutions of turbine, work
melting on the network, and worsen the form
bratsionnye blading characteristics (see.
below); value of the amplitude of vibration in these case
teas and may increase some stage blades
get current resonance as setting vanes

usually made taking into account the admissibility

reducing the frequency of the network is not less than 49.5 per
/ sec and
increase - not more than 50.5 per / sec. Change
frequencies greater than the specified limits inadmissibility
mo, as the accumulation of even short-term
periods of time with increased frequency
cy can lead over time
to breakdown of the blades at voltages significantly
but below the yield point of the material.
These heavy-duty blades
determine the exact machine and the high requirements
tion, which must be satisfied not only
design, workmanship, installation and
operation of the blades, but the materials of which
ryh they are made. As the material
blades are used only alloyed steels,
which must have high strength,
keeping it at high temperatures, horoChimi plastic properties, soprotivleniit polzuchechesti and erosive destruction,
corrosion resistance, high decrement
zatuhaniya1 good capacity for mechanical
tion processing, and others.
Blades are made from blanks Since
radiation by rolling, open die forging and
hot stamping. For each value of dark
temperature steam steel for the blades is selected
great caution, since the blade calculated
Tuva on the life of not less than
100000 h.
For the manufacture of the first ranks of the workers and
guide vanes, tape and carried
dairy bandages have been applied to the turbine
bins with initial steam temperature: 1) 500
With chromium stainless steel grades 1H13
(X1), 2H13 (R2) and ZH1M; 2) up to 540 C zharoproch15H11MF plated steel; 3) up to 560 C. Heat-resistant
Steel 15H12VMF (EI802) and 4) to 580 C naiboto most efficiently meet the requirements of highCoy strength and durability high-chromium
stainless steel (with additional doping
vaniem) stamps EP291, EI756, EI757, EI123,
EI680 (1H16N13M2B) and others.
Spacers (promtela) is not
experience more stress and pA
stacked against the relatively light conditions manutovlyayutsya usually made of carbon steel grades
15, 35 et al. Rivets for fastening vanes manutovlyayutsya chromium stainless steel
low carbon content (ZH1M) and
only for heavily loaded blade application
nyayutsya rivets from chrome-molybdenum vanadium
steel 25H2MFA (EI10).
Various defects on the surface of blades
current in the form of scratches, scratches, irregularities and
flat

Damping rate determines the rate zadamping of forced oscillations of the blades caused by
disturbing force, and depends on the action of the forces inside
internal friction. Reducing stress in the blades
inversely proportional to the decrement; high
cue damping rate leads to a significant decrease
sheniyu blade oscillation at the time of the next impact
the action of the disturbing force.

Khoi polishing, as well as undercut, sharp transitions

cross-sections, cuts and hardening in places rasklepki
shroud are centers of local stresses,
contributing to the destruction of the blades. Often
often it is in the areas of stress concentration
under certain conditions, and development begins
Vaeth destruction of rotor blades, discs and
Other details of the turbine. During repairs need
go primarily to establish the state of blades
exact apparatus turbine.

Figure 13.2. Measuring wedge probes.

Before removing the rotor must be production

to check the axial (axial) and radial
cial gaps in the workplace and guide Lopatk.
Axial clearances are called gaps less
forward to moving and stationary parts of turbine
bin (between workers and guides trowel
kami, between the ridges of labyrinth seals
the rotor and stator and t. g.) varying in
value when moving along the axis of the rotor
turbine. Called radial gaps between
moving and stationary parts of the turbine,
which are located on radii, i.e. in the plane
styah perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the turbine
us. The state of the gaps in the passage in
depend heavily on the reliability and costnomical operation of the turbine.
Measurement of axial clearance in the scapular
unit performed at cold
turbine via belt and wedge schutypes (Fig. 13.2) is released under mandatory rotor
to work blocks the thrust bearing (in
the direction of steam flow). Measurements of these zazoditch at an intermediate position of the rotor committed
entirely unrepresentative. If the change in the axial
GOVERNMENTAL gaps in blading made
by the total axial displacement of the rotor (for
through axial shifting the thrust bearing)
should take into account the changes of axial zatiation, which is moving in the cause
Other parts of the rotor, for example, labyrinth
seals between the coupling halves, and so on. d.
Before removing the rotor, after dismantling ordertion should be made bearing froze obpresent axial run-up rotor, which is usually
least equal to the sum of gaps in the blade
apparatus from the input and output pair. For
such a measurement, you must first install

148

indicator with an emphasis in any end Since

surface of the rotor (half-coupling, drive, comb
Thrust bearing and others.) followed by otzhament of the rotor (without rotation) in a first direction
input pair and then in the direction of the steam determined
divide the indicator difference in measurements. This
the difference will indicate the amount of the total axial run-up
rotor. If the resulting value is less than the sum of
previously measured at the inlet and outlet steam naismaller axial clearances necessary to determine
place and the reasons for limiting the run-up of the rotor.
Control of the state of axial clearance in
blading in the upper part of the cylinder (in
cover) is usually performed only by measuring
general takeoff thrust of the rotor. For this purpose, the lid
cylinder assembled with diaphragms nozzle
and guide vanes, set
the lower half of the cylinder and fixed
control pins, after fixing
Flange connector two or three bolts checked
mentioned above by the total axial run-rotorus. If the value of this run-up is equal to or relative
differs from the run-up in the bottom half of the cylinder
not greater than 0.1-0.2 mm, then the gaps in
the upper half of the cylinder correspond zazoframe in the lower half; reason for the difference more
cle in a running start these should be clarified, and address
wounded.
Measuring the radial clearance in the plane
STI connector and between the shoulder blades and the
cylinder
the bottom of the long tape made
accurate probes. Radial clearance at the top of the definition
defined as the difference between the sum of the measured
backlash and clearance in a bottom portion; if
side clearances are 1,1 and 1,2 mm and the lower zaZor is 1.0 mm, the upper gap should be
is equal to (1.1 + 1.2) = 1.3 -1.0 mm. The gaps follows
is performed in two positions of the rotor, characterized
sponding to one another by turning by 90 . It
necessary to avoid errors when replacing
tures caused by small residual progibong shaft residual strains (figure eight
kami) diaphragms and disks, and the inaccuracy of the axial
radial vanes installations etc..
If the production of measurements in two Since
position of the rotor is obtained difference Desured in the same spot the gaps, limit
ceeding imply inaccurate measurements
should find out the cause of this difference, which
can be covered in the above-mentioned factors.
Only in the absence of this difference one can
but to abandon the very time-consuming direct
tively by measuring the radial clearance relative
vise lead wire to be placed on
ends of the blades, which requires closing and tightening
top of the cylinder head.
When checking the radial clearance of the reaction
tive steps should be taken into account that small of Great
guise gaps can lead to trafficking in grazing
samples of blades on the cylinder cover, cylinder or shaft and
cause significant vibration of the turbine. Such
grazing may also cause the bending of the blades in
places of their attachment, the bending occurs in the plane
STI inclined to the plane of the blade row,

which leads to tripping of rotor blades for

guides and can cause damage to the blades.
At the opening of the turbine grazing traces clearly
visible at the ends of the blades of the form as it
opilennyh; wherein the rotor and the cylinder in mess contact with the blades are traces zadevastates (or copper-clad metal coaching).
On the high-pressure turbine, where
improve efficiency are radial
seal to the bandages of rotor blades, the magnitude of
on the radial clearance between the seal
mustache and bandages of rotor blades ustanavadjustable between 1.3-2.0 mm. To ensure
these gaps, particularly in the manufacture of time
mja overhaul performing unit
or individual diaphragms, as well as upgrading
of the running part, you need to zakrytiit produce cylinder cranking the rotor cylinLindre collected from the upper and lower half
wines diaphragms. Thus on each bandages
stages of rotor blades with a silver soldered
nym solder steel plate thickness
1.3-1.5 mm (Figure 13.3), which at provorachivathe rotor rotates act as a cutting surface
and provides the necessary radical
cial gaps. After the specified
Groove must be trimmed scallops from zausenits and remove bandages with steel plates.
Measured at the opening of the axial and radial
cial clearances and gaps set
again during assembly of the turbine, must be necessarily
tive completely fixed in advance different
worked and harvested forms formulyaditch.
After removal of the rotor and its installation on
goats is necessary before cleaning the blades prolime them a thorough inspection to determine and
recording the detected defect, namely:
a) the degree of contamination of the blade appatus, as well as the nature of deposits on the steps; with
blades at the same time, remove plaque deposits and
Corrosion products for chemical analysis
definition of their components;
b) the degree of corrosion of the blades, discs and
diaphragms on the steps;
c) the degree of erosion of the workers and the guide
vanes on the steps;
d) the following grazing and rubbing on the blades,
disks and apertures, as well as cracks and breakages
blades.
The best way to fix Since
damage to, drawdown, corrosion and breakage Lomolasses is their photograph and sketch
(Fig. 13.4 a); this method of documenting
best shows increased or oslabielk corrosive, and also changed the nature of any
Fat and damage as compared with the data
governmental previous years.
To control for a number of years and half
tion comparable results should be reporting
record documents, apart from the room of the turbine and
stage, where he was found to be defective, as the data
nye on measurements most indicative of wear,
are produced on a particular blade. For

149

this purpose should indicate the packet numbers Lomolasses and themselves blades on existing factory
marking, scoring packages steps as Examples
customary to plant, from the letter A to the letter or digit in
frames, knocked on the blades; In all case
teas through the blades in the packet is accepted by Nations
the score board packages. In the absence of zavodskoy marking the first packet is considered in zamSingle and on disk punch knocked out the number 1, It should
blowing followed by the second and so on, with the score
being in the direction opposite to the rotation of rotor
pa (see Fig. 13.4 b)

Figure 13.3. Soldering cutters on the strap to obtain

of the required radial clearance. 1-Steel plans
Stinky the cutting edge, 2 - soldering, 3 - widePy blades 4 - direction of rotation of the rotor.

Figure 13.4. Checking wear of rotor blades. and Sketch wear b - split level on
packages and their numbering.

Once identified, recorded sfotografirovany and plotted defects in the rotors and
turbine cylinders, start a thorough
cleaning blade system and rotors themselves and
cylinders.

13.2. CLEANING BLADES.

During the operation is often observed
provides a gradual increase in pressure in the prointermediate stages of the high-pressure cylinder
tion, the increased pressure are regisnose blades salt deposits (Figure 13.5, a).
Pollution blades causes a decrease in
mezhdulopatochnyh sections violation of law
correctness profiles mezhdulopatochnyh channels and
leads to an increase in work stress

blades and diaphragms due to redistribution

tion of thermal differential, in addition, an increase in
of the surface roughness of the blades vsledstVia corrosion and fouling deposits causes
Vaeth marked decrease in efficiency of the turbine.
All this, in addition to reducing the turbine efficiency
us and the reliability of the blade unit leads
as to increase the axial pressure, which
thrust bearing is not designed and for which
maybe its melting; pollution blades
due to non-uniformity of deposition can
lead to unbalance of the rotor with the attendant
hence the vibration of the turbine and increase Nations
stress in the blades.
Deposits on the blading corresponds
respectively boiler water regime in the Charter
posing the average steam parameters for the most part
represents a loose sediment It should
zhavshego powder brown shade solutions
tron in the hot condensate, this precipitate is almost
minute at 90% of soluble sodium
and phosphate salts. In plants, high pressure
of a large part appear weak or
quite insoluble deposits in the form of compound
tions of silicon, calcium and metals (silicon oxide
of iron, calcium, magnesium, etc..).
Effective methods of removal
of insoluble salt deposits without residual
opening-up and the corresponding cylinder
Turbines are no common way
cleaning blades from salt deposits, non-proliferation
soluble in the condensate, after stopping the turbine
and the opening of the cylinder is the removal of limescale
hand scrapers wire (Figure 5.13, b)
metal brushes, ruffs and emery
web. These cleaning methods, though producing
satisfactory results, but are
very labor-intensive and time-consuming, with insufficient
accurately conduct such a thorough cleaning Therefore
after it on the surface of the blades appear tsarapins and risks.
In cases where the relative water-insoluble
Proposition hard to be scraped, Examples
changing a light uniform heating of the blades
oxyacetylene flame torch or soldering lamPy, when heated blades to 100-110 C, which
must be performed with care not to
prevent local overheating of the metal blades
deposits behind and can be easily removed from the surface
of the blades.
Such purification methods (used
sometimes poorly soluble in water scale)
as cleaning blasters work
melting in finely sieved and washed dabbling
Mr. sand or dry fly ash taken from
electrostatic precipitators, and etching blades solution
hydrochloric acid are highly labor-intensive.
Furthermore, these methods insufficiently safe
for the blades to abrasion jet of sand,
Ash and metal corrosion of hydrochloric acid,
so for reasons of reliability, reform
recommend to their application can not be
Flushing blades are removed, and the diameter of the rotor
fragm hot condensate at a temperature of about

150

was 100 C and a pressure of 1.5-2 atm by

hose on the hose (with sediments
Fat soluble sodium form) gives
significantly better results for the quality of purified
stki, labor costs and time. The blades while
again become smooth surfaces thanks
convent complete dissolution of the scale rotor blades
diaphragms and taken out of the cylinder, washed
separately. When washing the guide vanes
enshrined in the bottom of the cylinder, it is necessary
be ensured free draining mixture of hot
hot water with dissolved scum after purification
drainage holes and tubing must be carefully
tional washed and purged. To protect the
blades from rust after washing can be
recommend them to the blowing air to prosushki.

blades and diaphragms from salt deposits in

repair time and promotes faster
reducing the metal temperature of the turbine; it
turn makes it possible to open the cylinder vyhigh-pressure turbine before done
Without such cooling, improves staff
conditions at the opening and repair of CVP, valves
and facilitates the deployment of mounting flanges
connector HPC due to their lower temperature
ture than the temperature of the studs.
A method of cleaning blades by cooling
turbines has limited application since
requires a complete stop turbine at several
days to complete its cooling and possible
only if there is sufficient reserve moschnoSTI in the system.
Thus, the best way
cleaning of the turbine blades from the boiler scale
is to wash the blades on the fly by vspryskivaniya condensate into the steam line to the turbine
tion.

13.3. Erosion and corrosion

BLADES.

Figure 13.5. Cleaning the blades of the scale manually.

and - scale deposits on the rotor blades (right
blades with scale), b - cleaning blade scrapers.
1 scraper, 2 remaining plaque, 3-removing plaque.

Is the most perfect way

washing blades moist steam on the go
turbines with its partial load Results
cleaning at the same time make good for almost
complete absence of wasted time to investigate this
denie, since even the washing process production
usual under load, although partial.
In turbines, equipped with equipment for
rinse the blades on the go, be sure to
be rinsed blades directly
before stopping the turbine repair. In this
flushing itself is made in accordance with
acting on the instructions of the station, and Dos
stupid steam-water mixture in the turbine stops and
made her stop when the nailower steam temperature at which productivity
ditsya washing.
Such flushing obviates the need
labor and time for mechanical cleaning

Erosion blades called mechanical

wear input edges of the blades under the action
Viy blows water droplets formed in the pair
due to its partial condensation and dragging
Kai vapor stream. Erosion blades Nations
observed particularly strong in the last stages
a turbine; these stages are operated under naihigher humidity and higher speeds when
particularly high degree frequency
tichek water due to the expansion of steam; humidity
of steam on the blades of the last stages of the
Low pressure reaches 10-12%.
Erosion damage is due to less
higher velocity contained in a couple of drops of water
dy compared with the velocity of steam, but It should
Consequently, the other by their relative direction
tribution, than the direction of the steam jet vsledstVia which are not complied with the conditions of the
unstressed
entry of water droplets on the blades. Shock impact
Corollary water droplets causes high local
voltage, which leads to the destruction Since
input surface of the blade tips. Erosion espeespecially prone blades in its upper
It portion (along the edges of the input), particularly in
one third of the blade tip and the vicinity
bands, as well as on the backside and sometimes legs.
Erosion process usually goes especially
strongly in the first period of the vanes, and then
Over time, sometimes quite substantial erosion
tive slowing. This is explained by the fact that
pitted surface of the blades is formed and
well delayed protective film of water,
that takes some of the kinetic energy
ogy shock drops. Furthermore, due to the increase
of the thickness of the rotor blade from the edge to the
midpoints
dine wear every millimeter width thin
Coy input portion of the blade requires less time
Meaney, wear than 1 mm thicker part Lopatk.

151

Over time, the corrosion of the body Lopatk can come close to the wire
bandage, or to the base for fastening cleat
tape bandage; on the blades appear INSTALLS
talostnye cracks, separation occurs lentochnoof the shroud and the blades breaking.
In connection with the application for the unique
the sizes of the blades of the last stages and
a corresponding increase in the circumferential velocity in
today's powerful steam turbines questions
erosion become extremely
important. Premature change such
blades do not justify their condition, underis admissible; in addition to time-consuming to Pereoblopachivanie, changing blades is
One of the biggest items of expenditure by exeration.
In some cases, in practice properiod of duration of the heavily eroded Lomolasses produced tenderloin lost strength
eroded all of the blades and replacement
tape bandages wire if trowel
ki heavily corroded in a band (see Fig. 13.6, a) or
eroded bandage himself. Such repairs are carried out with the
vibration test specifications and yavlyais compelled, as lowers costof the turbine.
Increase the erosion resistance of the blades
achieved by various means, among kotoryh include soldering on the edges of the vanes zaa protective lining of hard alloys, termodiffusional coating, spot hardened edges
various welding, electroplating hromirovation, and so forth-tension reinforcement. Naibolneck propagation in modern practice
hardening plants found most at
Commitment erosion plots of input edges Lomolasses by soldering protective stellite Nations
clutches and-tension reinforcement.
For soldering to the input edges of the vanes
used cobalt stellite pad,
which have a high hardness (not less than
40Rs), good resist erosion, sufficient
but is resistant to corrosion and maintain solid
articular cavity at high temperatures. Stellite is a
an alloy that contains 58-62% cobalt, 28 to
32% chromium, 4-6% tungsten, 2-2.5% silicon,
1-1.5% carbon and 1.5-2% Fe.
Before stellite tipped linings
eroded surface of the input edges Lomolasses pre-cleaned with a file;
after covering the buffed surface flyuSom stellite lining, made in the form

(Figure 13.6 b), soldered with silver solder.

Use according to the length of the blade several plans
stinok provides for freedom of thermal expansion
tions and reduces the stress in the weld arising
ing vibration of the blades. Pike made
Autogenous small burner at this stellitowave plates tightly pressed against the surface
STI blades to melt silver solder
and its subsequent cooling. When soldering to Lopatk pad does not lose its hardness, but not

correct soldering can cause formation

tion of cracks.
Electric spark hardening proposed
tion and applied TSNIITMASH HTGZ is
effective, simple and inexpensive process for the
elevated erosion strength of the blade tips;
such reinforcement does not require scarce Part
rials and not cause warping of the blades, which
Roe possible during heating of the blades due to the difference
Ci in the coefficients of thermal expansion at
Stellite soldering to steel blades. Elektroishardening of the blood of the blades can be performed
directly to power during
overhaul in providing opportunities
of the rotating rotor mounted on
goats.

Figure 13.6. Repair blades of the last stages with

eroded edges of the input, and - cutting erosive
solidated blade tip; 1-shaded part
blades cut and sanded, 2 new hole
for binding wire, 3 - old hole
b - stellite pad on the leading edge of blades
current; 1 - Stellite overlay.

Application of electric spark method such

FIR wear-resistant materials, such as solid
Alloy T15K6 (GOST 3882-53), consisting of 15%
titanium and 6% cobalt on iron base, allows
ble to obtain a coating thickness of 0.1 to 1.5 mm
and protect against erosion of the leading edge of the blades,
working with peripheral velocities on the peri
near the edge of up to 350 m / sec .. For higher circles
GOVERNMENTAL velocity (about 450 m / s) is considered pA
tional use of electro-yn
rochneniya the presence vlagoudalyayuschih Device for
tron devices.
The use of electro-hardening
is particularly effective for the blades of the
chromium stainless steels having knowledge

152

significantly less resistant to erosion than

Alloy T15K6. Observed cases of damage
tions strengthened in this way blades yavlyawere mainly the result of improper
hardening technology.
Kharkovenergoremont for the
electro-hardening applies porttive transportable Electrospark
installation type RTD-4. The installation consists of
transformer unit, which is more
current (180 A) at low voltage
(220/38 in) and rectifier unit; last
consists of eight columns of selenium, ventilation
torus with an electric motor and battery electrolytic
cal capacitors with total capacity of 600 microfarads,
Connected in parallel to the electric
spark discharge and serves to enhance the
its capacity. Hardening of blades produced
manually by an electromagnetic vibrator
ra, which consists of a U-shaped core and
holder for electrodes made of hard metal.
The very process of electro-hardening
based on the electric erosion of the metal; practice
cally this is the approach of the vibrating
Glare electrode to the shoulder blade. Arising from the
The pulses of electric spark discharge
melted and vaporized small volumes
metal electrode and the shovels, and at the same time
produce metal transfer electrode input
tion edge of the blade. What is happening to diffuse
tion (interpenetration) of the metal electrode
trode of carbide in the depths of the molten
Metal blades leads to its
doped surface layer of metal, durable
associated with the parent metal of the blade. Intrinsically
vomu exposures are small volume
emy metal blades, so they quickly cooled
zhdayutsya as surrounded by large amounts of
cold base metal blade. This OX
cool the leads to intensive hardening and
a significant increase in the surface of solid
achievement heated doped portions of the blade.
The surface areas of the blade, podvergnutyh hardening, be carefully osmotpy with a magnifying glass with a 4-10 fold uvelicheniit to determine the uniformity, lack of
or failure of the applied layer.
Increased hardness and roughness Since
-surface hardened layer, which While holding
alive when working film of moisture and is pre
executive protection against erosive wear,
increase the life of the blades subjected to
Electrospark hardening, 2-2.5 times.
Possibility of production of all complex
sa work on the electric-spark hardening input
GOVERNMENTAL edges hard alloy blades T15K6 nondirectly in power plants, as well as semihigh tea stand erosive bone, a small
depth of the hardened layer, simple technology
and low cost of production work delaby this method is one of the main ways zashields input edges of the blades from erosion
wear.

Corrosion blades called chemical

Corrosive to the surface under the influence of oxygengen (rust), alkali, scale and so on. action
dition corrosion exposed blades of the first and
middle stages, but mainly in the bladeat the junction of a pair of dry to wet accordance
state. In some cases, there is at the same
mennoe effect on the blade corrosion processes
and erosion.
Corrosion mostly affects banks
sale of, the output edge of the blades and the wall, for
kryvaya last lumpy growths under
growths are usually found pitting, nonrarely reaching up to 2-3 mm in the cross section of the metal
blades, and at the edges of pitting-going Nations
through and forming patterned easily lomayuschiesya edge.
The strongest action corrosion skazyVaeth while stationary turbine in the case of nondensity of valves and gates, giving impact
opportunity to leak couple the turbine, where it is
together with the existing air therein causes
strong rust blades. Corrosive
effect is also air podsasyvaemy shaft seal at idle, and
limescale deposits on the blades, composite
part of which can actively oxidize the surface
of the blades.
Main activities necessary for
prevent corrosion of the blades are reduced to
follows:
1) a thorough cleaning of the vapor from the solvent
salts thereof, causing the chemical activity
condensing steam and feedwater deaeration
tion of water;
2) obesparivanie and drainage ostanovlention of the turbine;
3) repair and check valves and density
valves on the main steam lines and steam
were selected to address the impact of the turbine
possibilities of getting steam and humid air in
closed-turbine;
4) removal during the renovation of scale and
traces of rust with cleaning corrosive locations
to pure metal.
In cases of failure of the blades due to the appearance
tion of fatigue cracks and reduced cross-section and
resulting from corrosion and eroziyGOVERNMENTAL wears, it is necessary to make change Lomolasses.

13.4. Detection of cracks on

Scapula and bandages.
When major repairs must be paid to
give special attention to the identification of cracks in Lopatk, banding and wires, espetures in the turbines, where there have been cases Since
brittle blades; timely detection of even
very fine cracks, which opening value
ryh measured by several microns (8
10 microns) to avoid major accidents.
Cracking can occur at
any section along the length of the blade (see Fig. 13.7);
friction
ness appear in particular in places where
153

has the highest concentration of stress

of vibration phenomena. Such places Explicit
can be various types of defects, admitted
in the design, manufacture, oblopachivaBritain and repair (without abrupt changes in cross-sections
fillets, holes nezakruglennymi edges
longitudinal and transversal cracks, sinks,
grooves and scratches on the surface of the blades, even
if some of these defects propagated
depth are only a few tenths of a millimeter).

Figure 13.7. Designated cracks and fractures

of rotor blades.

Verification of a large number of blades of many

turbines shows that cracked blades in
mainly originate from the trailing edge Lomolasses and propagate perpendicular to the
him at the entrance edge cracks found
much less frequently. This is due to the singularities
E blade profile, long-term vozdeystWii variable loads relatively high
frequency of very thin trailing edge of the blades
experience significantly higher tensile
ing voltage of vibration than the thick
input edges of the vanes. Cracking impact
possible and on the shroud connections exposed
bending stress due to vibration. Cracks in
wire bandages in most cases
occur near the places of their rations to the blades, and in
tape bandages, in places attenuated
holes for studs.
The determination of the initial fatigue cracks
on the assembled rotor blades to the reaction conditions
Monte is not an easy task, as the blade

smooth surface, not to mention the contaminated

tion surface of the blade.
For the detection of cracks must be pre
preliminarily kerosene and wash thoroughly clean
from dirt and rust all the blades and bandage
communication, then polished with an emery
cloth interior and exterior surfaces Lomolasses, especially at 20 to 25 mm width across
the length of the trailing edges.
During major overhauls of the system should
cally produced visual, ultra-

sound and vibration check the status Lotreacle machine.

Visual method for detecting cracks zaconsists in the careful examination of the blades across the
their length through a magnifying glass with a not convenient
to explore the field of medical mirror. Particular
attention during the inspection should be given to:
1) banding with thorns, spines and heads
places of transition blade profile the thorn; 2) with respect
Verstov for binding wire, as
the body of the blade near the openings of the shroud carried
Loki about the blade and places the solder; 3) Input
and output edges, especially blades, lesion
conjugated erosion and corrosion and others. A direct
Gov. inspection of each blade individually
bathrooms personnel when the blades have
inspected by at least two persons prohassling inspection independently.
This method of detecting cracks extremely utopian
tifiers, painstaking and most careful
examination is not completely reliable; the smallest initial
nye crack, despite the use of a magnifying glass with
8-10 fold increase, though not always
Can not detect; not detected timely
temporarily cracks often lead to breakages
blades with damage to the subsequent stages
turbine.
If there is damage from vibration of the blades
tional events or detecting cracks
on the blades during their inspection re proverification of the blades for cracks, in the absence
Wii opportunities based on ultrasound (see. below
same), produces a magnetic-breakdown kerosene.
This method is the magnetization
Research Institute of the blades (see Fig. 13.8) and applied to
the Nations
magnetization of the blade iron powder, powder
produced by reduction of iron from blood
locus (iron oxide) or milled to friction
buoy fineness scale, which flies with prokatyvaemogo metal and has no extraneous
impurities.

Figure 13.8. Magnetization of the blades from the source

DC 120 V 1-coil of insulated
wire cross-section 6.10 mm2 calculated
at 600 to 800 ampere-turns.

When the magnetization of the blade in the ground friction

schin appear extra poles, compels
Barking powder to stick to the edges of the cracks at the
154

below), and inspection of the blade unit is not ubezhdaWhile on the surface having no cracks
a full identification of all its defects, can not be
powder not retained. Cracks, thanks Examples
become powder, identified as lines espestop before the labor and time
particularly clearly visible in the application of stained
on the application of the method of magnetization.
shennoy powder.
Ultrasonic method for detecting cracks
of any size, particularly long working
To get the proper effect of the magnetization
reversal of the need to be made only after careful
blades without razlopachivaniya is more
purification of each blade individually
reliable way to control the blades and bandazhfrom dirt and rust and polishing backs of blades
bonds, which is used in a
power at overhaul.
current fine sandpaper across the surface
of. Magnetization must be such that something
to steel pin attached to any mesthat magnetized blade held in any
position.
After magnetizing iron powder Nations
worn on the blade speed, suspicious for
vibration, by their immersion in a special
bath filled with a mixture of outgassed
kerosene fiddling around with iron powder in proportions of 5-7 g of iron powder in 1 liter of dehydrated
tion kerosene.
Kerosene is used for dewatering
some vodopogloschayuscheeveschestvo.
Calcium chloride is usually taken in the form of nonFigure 13.10. Prismatic probes for
large porous grains, dried at temperatures
ultrasonic testing of blades.
temperature near 150 C. At 20 liters of kerosene rather
just take 500 grams of calcium chloride, after a pre
For this purpose, applied ultrasonic
masonry calcium stoppered bottle,
defektoskopUZD-7Nkonstruktsii
thoroughly shaken several times with some
TSNIITMASH, this device is installed
rymi intervals and then kerosene otstaivaetnear the rotor and inspected before pA
Xia for 7-8 hours, operation to dehydrate
boats must be properly grounded.
considered complete after missing kerosene
Control when the device is over one
through a dry filter paper.
shchupovoj scheme (see Fig. 13.9) using
Turning slowly and evenly without
prismatic probe (probe) with a slope
shocks rotor mounted on the box, all Loto the surface of the base metal 65 .
patk the disc immersed for their entire length
Prismatic probe is used as
outstretched in a bath of said mixture. Since
stve finder and put to a trailing edge
After that as kerosene drain, blades are subjected
legs in the direction of the blade with the calculation of ultrasmiling a thorough visual inspection for cracks,
Sound waves at the other end of the blade control
which should be found along the lines of relative
lozhivsheysya powder on them. Upon completion of verification made to the first reflection of ultrasonic
sound waves.
ki magnetized rotor blades must be
To get on the screen of the device clear
completely demagnetized.
and intensive terminal signal prismatic
cal probe has on the jobsite
a longitudinal protrusion (Figure 13.10) and may, by
small rotation around its axis ustanavLebanon in relation to the blade in a certain
nominal position.

Risunok13.9. Block diagram of the ultrasonic controlled

To blades. 1 amp pulse generator 2 imports
pulses, assigning generator 3, 4-generator razvertki, 5-prismatic probe, 6-blade, 7
ultrasonic flaw detector.

Method for finding cracks through magnetization

Chiwan rotor is also cumbersome and
consuming. However, if there is no possibility otyScania cracks ultrasonically (see.

Figure 13.11. Setting the scan rate and sensitivity

sional device on the blade.

155

To get a good acoustic

contact between the working surface of prismatic
matic probe and shovel must be periodically
cally in the verification process to apply a thin blade
cue turbine oil layer on this surface,
contact reliability is characterized by intense
of the signals received on the device screen.
Before the beginning of each control blade
steps necessary to adjust the operating mode is
you device, since the blades of different lengths
us to change the settings and scan rate
sensitivity of the device, this setting need
go for the detection of cracks sizes from 0.2
0.3 mm. Setting the limit at which the signal
which reflects the end of the blade, not only
to a certain place is the right side
the screen of the device, but also leaves a little to its limit
limits, shows good sensitivity
instrument, and finding the initial signal reflection
ding space probe has a shovel on the left
the screen shows a good setting
scan rate (see Fig. 13.11).
When the ultrasonic device
waves propagate along the edge of the blade
between start and stop signals that are covered
account the entire length of the blade, and if their path
found any defect, then the reflection from
it gives to the third screen of the device additional
signal was. The position of the additional signal
on the screen accurately reflects the position of the defect on
the
the blade (see Fig. 13.12, a), and the type and height of this
signal
la in some cases, give an idea about the nature of
and size of the defect.
For example: 1) if a through crack
starting at the trailing edge of the blade and is
perpendicular to it, the screen of the device Since
clear signal is obtained, the height of which is determined
by the length of crack propagation and can
be greater than the height of the final signal. When
crack length is more than 5.6 mm final signal
may not appear on the screen; 2) if
trailing edge of the blade are corrosion
defeat metal or microcracks on the screen
appear minor adjustment signals, and
final signal with reduced height
(See Fig. 13.12, b); 3) if the output edge trowel
ki are small defects in the form of deep vmyating, scratches or small internal defects less
metal, the screen will appear very weak in intensity
intensity signals from the height of 10-15 mm, and the final
signal was with almost no decrease.
To accurately determine the locations of the defect
, hold the probe on the prismatic
scapula, swiping off edge
blades on the location of the probe by the end of trowel
ki (see Fig. 13.13). When this signal and the final signal
cash from the defect start to "jump" on the screen
device when switching finger for a place located
tion of the defect signal from the defect ceases prycauseway, the repetition of similar probing Since
makes it possible to accurately establish the location of
distribution
position of the defect. Careful examination of this
place with a magnifying glass and, if necessary sluchations processing file and. repeated checks

with probe enable fully

identify and remedy the defect.

Figure 13.12. Image on the screen flaw

defects present at the blade trailing edge,
and - if there is a crack in the blade depth of 2-3
mm, b - with a blade section with corrosion
nym defeat or more microcracks.

To check for cracks in the bank

dazhnyh wires at the Leningrad ChiDoppler plant uses the same ultrasonic flaw, but with special MIniatyurnymi probes that allow introduced
dit last in small gaps existing between
do the ends of the wires connecting the neighboring
Packages blades. Prerequisite of obtaining
of good signals on the screen of the device yavlyayutsmiling careful treatment of the ends of bandage prodies for their smooth and clean surface
of good contact between the probe and the end of
wire and setting the device mode corresponding
sponding verifiable wire. Just like
and the validation of the blades, the appearance between the
direction
initial and final additional signals
signal and reflects the position and height difference
measure a defect in the wire.

Figure 13.13. Determination of the location of

defect by probing.

Ultrasonic method for detecting cracks

on the blades and shroud connections at much
less labor and time gives more Nations
reliably results than other methods, but friction
quires care of.
With any method of detection of cracks in
process control no blade and bandage
Feedback must not be skipped; Verified
blades and communication are marked with chalk and results
recorded on the forms where the bill of packages and

156

If there is no replacement of damaged blades

replacement, it temporarily until the new blades
current for pereoblopachivaniya and to ensure
the reliability of the turbine blades of the old
must be cut off at the root, so that
Tails blades remain in the groove or on a disk;
such pruning is used to secure the slot from
13.5. REPAIR in identifying
corrosion jet of steam and rust; leave
BLADES WITH CRACKS.
open slot is unacceptable as it could
Found during inspections of blades
lead to difficulties when installing new
cracks should be cut with the corresponding
blades.
corresponding part of the shroud and removed; In some
When you remove all the old blades of the
cases it is sufficient and quite reliable crop
stage in the cylinder retained all of the diaphragm,
damaged blades on the wire strap.
and start-up of the turbine is made with the appropriate
Trimming blade adjustment results in a significant
power limitation. Deleting a single
increase in the frequency of natural oscillations kostages of rotor blades is pretty value
Thoraya varies inversely as the square
significant increase in the consumption of steam, but the
Ratu trims; after cutting blades
voltage
compulsory to check their vibration characteristics
of subsequent apertures and working trowel
tics and in the preparation of the multiplicity of the resonance framework of increased relatively little.
less than they need to be setting the sixth.
The greatest increase in voltage subjected
When a horse landing on the disc blades
is the last stage of the turbine. The voltage across the
change of a single package with a damaged Lolast stage increase compared
patk is possible, but it should be uchtenormal, 5-15%, which requires for accordance
but that the replacement of individual packages may cause
Storage stresses allowable for safe
to accelerate the scrapping of the entire disk, so
work to reduce steam flow through the turbine also
the number of permitted re-shifts of the blades
5-15%; this is achieved by appropriately restrict
limited limiting diameter holes
ited capacity.
Rivet.
Removal of the diaphragm facing the encumbrances
In case of breakage or cutting out several Lobound stage of rotor blades, does not admit
molasses, and there are no cracks on the other blades
admits a, since this leads to overload limit
this series is usually to save the general Bapreceding and subsequent stages, can lead
ance of the rotor balancing is performed without
dit to unacceptable bending diaphragms and to increase
cutting the same number of blades, located
in voltage in the blades. If, however,
conjugated at diametrically opposite points
want to remove the diaphragm at its damage
series.
Research Institute, it is necessary in the absence of accurate
In some cases it may be examples
calculated
nen another way, justified on practical
GOVERNMENTAL data to reduce the steam consumption for a
tick. Instead scraps anti diametrically
turbine so
bying blades can be installed in the balance
to stress in the diaphragm and working trowel
sirovochnye hole rotor special loads
framework of the turbine does not exceed the calculated
on the same side on the radius line of the emitted
values.
blades. This method is easily applicable to the first
Places where the binding wire sealed-off
first- and the last drive, which is usually
or soldering cracks appeared to be
There are slots for balancing weights. Weight
re-soldered with silver solder. In the most
the suspended load, compensating for the emitted
wire does not accept any defects in
tevshuyu blade is from a calculation that takes into account
the form of cracks and breaks, so when they discovered
ing radius of the location of the emitted Lozhenii in a large number of wires one stupatk, the radius of the location of the suspended
fine blade you should change all
cost and weight of the ejected blades. For example, if
binding wire this stage blades.
flew blade weighing 0.3 kg, which is located on the
Upon detection of single "random" breaks off
a radius of 90 cm and balancing grooves where
Islands and cracks wire in these areas may be
you can put a compensating load nahoset muff with their welds a silver
dyatsya at a radius of 50 cm, the compensating goods
nym solder.
is equal to: 90 * 0.3 / 50 = 0.54 kg.
If necessary, change the whole complex
In all other cases, after removal of
that binding wire this stage blades
one or more blades must promade desoldering defective wire
conducting rotor balancing.
its withdrawal from the holes of the blades, trimming LoRemoval of a large number of blades causes
molasses and holes from the old solder installation
rise to considerable weakening of the entire series, and create new wire and solder it with silver solder.
a threat to the departure of the remaining blades during
To extract the old and install the new conduction
operation; therefore, the maximum number of
Loki requires removal of the disc a few blades
Remote vanes should not exceed 7.8%;
current; simultaneously allowing the use of
when exceeding this amount must
Stripping holes in the blades of electric
make shoveling the entire series of blades.
or pneumatic drill, a cartridge which is then
pressed against as a flexible steel shaft proportage 3-4 mm in diameter with solder on svofree end of the corresponding diameter drill
blades in them being as indicated on
p. 149 Maintain clear records of detected on
defects established causes and measures
to eliminate the detected defects is
an important part of the work done.

157

pa. If the design of tailings blades Since no

makes it possible to remove the disc relative to each blade
-similarity as it can be performed on Lopatk with forked or socket CHRISTMAS-TREE
tails, we have to go on recess package Lomolasses in the castle and after the installation of new
wires in all the packages installed on the newly
place the removed blades and plug the castle.

13.6. Vibrating
FEATURES Scapular
APPARATUS.
Most accidents with paddle apparatus
turbines that occurs due to vibration
fluctuations packages blades; kink structure
these blades has signs of metal fatigue.
The main underlying causes vyNeeding vibrations of rotor blades, yavlyaare:
1) fluctuations arising from insufficient
exactly balanced rotor, which transition
given through discs blades and vibration impact
Nick with poor alignment
rotors on the sleeves;
2) vibrations arising
partial steam supply (not the whole arc za-

wheel circumference, which may lead to

tangential vibrations with significant
dynamic stresses;
3) fluctuations caused by unevenness
Stu vapor flow during the passage of the blades
past the trailing edges of nozzles and guide
blades and depending on the thickness of the blood output
IOC guide vanes and the gaps between
diaphragms and impellers;
4) fluctuations caused by unevenness
Stu vapor flow due to the presence gorizontalnyh connectors diaphragms, deviations in
nominal sizes of guide channels
devices and the angles of the individual direction
Barking and working blades, which creates a local
increase or decrease in steam pressure pA
bochie blade.
Vanes in the process Operatation still, and stresses arising
them from the action of the steam flow significantly
below the stress experienced by workers Lopatk.
Blades and blade packages, connected
associated tape and wire cable ties,
under the influence of a number of reasons are in the works
melting the turbine due to the following
types of vibration:
a) tangential, i.e. vibrations, The origin
walking in the plane of rotation of the disk. Measurements
the resonance frequency of this type of vibration
tion, which is of fundamental importance in the
blading, made in tangential
cial plane;
b) axial (axial), i.e. oscillation
occurring in the plane perpendicular
the rotation of the disc; this kind of vibration blades connected

associated with the vibrations of disks. Measurements of the

frequency of oscillation
tions of this kind of vibrations produced in the axial
plane;
b) the torsional oscillation packets blades
(Reciprocating repetitive angular rotations)
in which the most intense vibrations
Experiencing the top of the shoulder blades, extreme package
and minor turns the blades, located
conjugated in the middle of the pack.
Practice shows that the failure of workers
blades more likely to occur from the resonance
tangential oscillations of the first tone as
These oscillations have maximum amplitude, and
consequently, the maximum, and the alternating
stress experienced by the blades. However,
blades may be caused by accident and other
waveforms (axial and complex
flexural-torsional), so during
vibration tests necessary to determine
lyat the entire frequency spectrum.
Ampltudy forced oscillations usually
but insignificant in and of themselves can not attend Examples
cause of any accidents. If the number of vymulated blade oscillation per unit time
Meni coincide with the number of normal vibrations
ie at resonance, the amplitude of oscillation of workers
blades and stress can increase their material
ourselves so that there will be grazing and
blading accident. The oscillation frequency,
at which the amplitude reaches maximum,
said to be critical.
Checking blades produced by
calculations in their design, as well as experimental
experimental laboratory test individual
packages of blades, can not eliminate all causes
us, leading to vibration breakage blades
current. The reason is that, in theory, with
sufficient precision to identify research
muddy the frequency of natural oscillations
packages of blades which rotate on bladed and
smiling rotors is not possible. A number of
variables are taken into account, such as: rigid
bone fixing bandage tapes and wires Gennes
stkost fixing blades in the slots and drives the other
Gia factors that are sustainable accordance
resistance in terms of vibration is not less important
significance, than the quality of the material and profile
vanes are heavily dependent on the quality of
assembly of the blades (wrong soldering and mounting
wire and tape bandages, etc..). In
largely depend on the quality of the assembly
also causes forced kooscillations of the blades, which are defined above; except
addition, under practical operating conditions the action
exist factors that lower the fatigue strength
of blades (ambient temperature, erosion, corrosion
sity, etc..).
None of the turbine stages at working
speeds should not fall into resonance,
so by theoretical and experimental
tal studies have been established definition
lennye criteria which must be satisfied
blading of the turbine and which are names

158

To ensure reliable operation of the blade appaof the vibration characteristics of the blade
rata natural frequency of the blades package
apparatus.
To the value determined vibrational
current operating conditions, should not coincide with the
governmental characteristics include: static
frequency of the disturbing force, or be a multiple of
natural frequency of the blade packet
s, as in these circumstances, oscillations of the blades, and,
consequently, the alternating voltage
in tangential and axial directions fc, different
scatter in eigenfrequencies packages Lobecome the largest and dangerous to the integrity of
molasses of the same disk, referred to MIblades.
minimality frequency fc, Dynamic Frequency
Dangerous quantity of dynamic frequency
natural oscillations of the blades is the frequency
natural oscillations of the fd, the stock of the resonance in
the number of revolutions n.
which is in the following ratio with
resonant speed: fd = Knkr, where K
Knowledge of vibration characteristics and Peintegers equal to 1, 2, 3, 4 etc .; ncr - critical
periodic verification process of capital
cal (resonance) speed.
repairs eigenfrequencies packages
The critical number of revolutions at which
blades allow early detection of
natural frequency of the blades coincides
Such defects blading, even if they are not
with the frequency of the perturbing forces determined
were discovered by careful external OC
according to the formula: ncr = fd / k = (f2s Bn2kr +) / k = fc /
Motril, as cliffs and spurs bank wire
(k2-B) /
dazha, loose tape bandage
Knowing the critical number of revolutions, it is possible
loose blades, etc.. Languages reserves
Estimated reserves of the resonance of the first tone tannin
sa oscillations of resonance allows an objective
:
judge the reliability of the blade unit, about
= (nrab-ncr) / nrab where n-operating speed
its suitability for further use and
rotor rev / sec.
gives you the opportunity to take timely action
Vibration characteristic of the blades of Directors
to improve blading by changing
ska is satisfactory if the stock of
natural frequency to the desired
resonance is:
side.
KratnostK = Not less than%
Detuning is achieved by increasing stringent
22-15
bone mount packages blades on the discs by
33-8
structural changes and blading
44-6
conduct in the course of overhaul
55-5
activities such as soldering bandage
66-4
tapes, soldering wires to the rotor blades
Hence, the larger the multiplicity
et al.
(K-value) at which the critical number
Measurements described below make it possible
speed is close to working, the Beof define static frequency Properly speaking,
rity against vibration working conditions
natural oscillations of a package of blades, hardened
blades; with multiplicity equal to seven and above,
on the disk, i.e. frequency of the first tone tannin
approaching the critical speed to pA
gentsialnyh fluctuations in the non-rotating robochemu and work in resonance with the perturbing
torus. Based on these measurements calculated pusecurity forces for blading. Reform
those determined by dynamic frequency Properly speaking,
natural oscillations of the blades of all packages that take into resonance of multiplicity K = 1 is not valid, but if
it is impossible to avoid resonance with the first multiplicity
account
then supply the critical speed of the operating
ing the influence of the centrifugal force arising
should be adopted in the 20-25%.
upon rotation of the rotor in operating conditions;
The spread of natural frequencies relative
knowledge of the dynamic frequencies of the normal
individual packets of the experimental
tions packages blades enables production
nymputem, opredelyaetsyapoformule:
Led detuning blades from dangerous resonant
fc = (fc.maks-fc.min) /fc.min*100% where fs.maks and fs.minoscillations.
maximum and minimum frequency property
If you know the static frequency Properly speaking,
oscillations packets of the same series
natural oscillations of the blades fc, dynamic frequency
blades.
cy of natural oscillations of the blades is equal to
When you configure the blades should seek
fd = (f2c + Bn2), ln / sec; where B-speed coe
coefficient taking into account the influence of the centrifugal to ensure that the spread of frequencies of oscillation packets
was within 4% and in any case not
forces on the natural frequency of the rotating
greater than 8%. Exceeding those standards need
-rotating blades (this factor has
sary to take action to change the frequency of a
especially significant for long
vibrations of such packages, as otherwise the quality of the
blades); n-rotor speed, rev / s.
blading does not provide reliable operation
For blades having a constant transverse
bots this stage.
River section of a profile, the coefficient B is determined
To measure the static frequency Properly speaking,
mined by the formula = 0,8Dsr / l-0,85, and for blades
current and packages of blades with variable cross section - fornatural oscillations are mainly used by the Ad
tial installation vibration measurement type
formula B = 0,72Dsr / l, wherein the average diameter DcpMF (MF-2, MF-3 and MF-4), and devices such as the DFS
stage on the rotor blade, mm; l-working
the length of the blade, mm.

159

The question of the method of repair of detected when

(DFS-1, the DFS-2); first developed and manufactured
GOVERNMENTAL in the blades and shroud ties cracks
Lena TSLEM Mosenergo, the second - Harkovenergorepair.
should be decided after an analysis of the wear
PV installation, depending on the nature
shennosti and history Current stage and
attachment of the blades and the planned volume of vibration also remove its vibration characteristics.
In all cases difficult for such purposes
-operative tests allow determination
mine the frequency of the two
need to involve the relevant bodies
ways.
Organization (VTI ORGRES, turbine construction zawater and others.).
1 The method of free vibrations - simple
and accurate method for determining the tangential
vibration of the first pitch of the blades with a batch fastening
13.7. PREPARATION
leniem. This method is based on comparison Properly
PEREOBLAPACHIVANIYU.
speaking,
-governmental oscillation frequency package with a known
Pereoblopachivanie should be planned
oscillator frequency VFD. NATIVE
at the stop of the turbine for major reform
natural oscillations excited by a blow resistor
MONT.
new hammer on a package in the tangential
Before addressing the issue of pereoblopachidirection are converted to electrons in pezoschupe
Vania be accurately set the cause for the
cal and fed to an oscilloscope; changing
phenomenon of defects in the blades, which caused nonfrequency oscillator voltage is also
pereoblopachivaniya necessity. If these Examples
same goes to the oscilloscope, achieve equality
grades are not clear enough, it is necessary to involve
CTBA frequency package of blades and generator. It pA
ascertain their proper examination, so
equality comes when you see the OC
in some cases the causes of failure Looscilloscope images in the form of an ellipse (Figure
molasses can be installed only after determining
Lissajous); the oscillation frequency is fixed by frequency
Compliance of the vane material conditions
totomeru.
work correctly constructive vypolne2 The method of resonant oscillations - contribute
tion and consolidation affecting the vibrational
of defining the frequency of all types of oscillations
characteristics of the blades, and so forth.
tions, regardless of the type of bandage ties. This
If the reason for exit blade failure
method is based on the excitation of vibrations Loare inadequate quality material
molasses vibrator, which is mechanically (strubor structural defects when necessary
zinc with the stem) is connected to a secondary
ordering new blade turbine construction plant
blade package and electrically generator reform
specify appropriate changes
guliruemoy frequency; generator can widely
in the blade; new blades to be manufactured
within modify and maintain via vibration
Lena with the defects exchangeable. For excretion
torus oscillation frequency package of blades. Izmeneniof the blades of the resonance may be required
it sought the oscillator frequency occurrence
vatsya change blade profile, installation
resonance at which dramatically increases the amplitude
banding (in its absence), attaching
there hesitation, fixed on the screen oscilloscope
additional binding wire in one
the graph; at this moment is measured and
two or more rows of installation of damper conductivity
oscillation frequency by a frequency counter.
Loki, relocation holes banks
The principle of operation of devices based RNG
dazhnoy wire, changing packaging Loon account of the number of pulses for the exact length of time molasses and so forth.
Meni supplied to the unit from the piezoelectric
Because of the great responsibility of pA
tric sensor that converts less
bot produced at pereoblopachivanii, nonchanical vibrations of the blades into electrical package
necessary to pay great attention to the careful
cal signals. Excitation of these oscillations
tional preparation for pereoblopachivaniyu and
strike the package rubber blades
recruitment of qualified staff who
Vg hammer or vibrator generator regulation
knows the conditions of the blading, Since
trolled frequency.
takes the effects of tolerances and
Removing the vibration characteristics of noncan provide greater accuracy and accunecessary to produce at each major
in the conduct of pereoblopachivaniya. It should be
repairs on all turbines and blades from all packages
cautioned that any defects in Pecurrent levels checked; periodic substitution
reoblopachivanii may start after the turbine
ture frequencies during overhauls obescause an accident and the new of Additional
vides the accumulation of experimental material, which
simple turbine, not to mention the losses that
ing allows operational staff
such an accident can bring.
timely detection of defects blading,
Before pereoblopachivaniem should be
appearing in the course of long exploitation
Fine-latching blade
tion, and to take the necessary measures, including
(Breakage, cracks, tap off, erosion and corrosion in
replacement blades whole steps, dissatisfaction
Which series and on what exactly the blades). Need
arises with the requirements of long-term turnaround cycle
is also necessary to accurately record the number of blades
reliable and economical operation turboagin the package of each row covered by a bandage
Regatta.
ribbon or wire, and in the presence of the tape and
wire or several rows of wire -

160

also overlap one another bandage. These

data, if they are not changed when ordering new
blades are needed for packing new
blades after their installation on the rotor and stator;
for the same purpose should be to sketch and mutual
location of locks on the rows of blades podletaining change.
Excavated for pereoblopachivaniya rotor INSTALLS
lished in a horizontal position on the
goats, having at its carrying part cutouts
corresponds to the diameter of the shaft necks; These cut out
PS pressshpanom covered with grease cylinkernel oil; stacking rotor such as to approach
bearings, without any podklinok, makes it possible
possibility of easily provertyvat rotor during
pereoblopachivaniya.
When selecting a location for the installation of the rotor,
in addition to checking the load on the overlap in the
supporting parts goat necessary to enable the rotor
py was secured passage on all sides.
Pereoblopachivanie drives most
rotors made without removal of the disks themselves with
shaft. With the exception of construction blades
current with horse boarding and low proseparation between the discs to change that
necessary to remove drives from the shaft ( 14.2).
Discontinued
wheels are placed on wooden beams sufficiently
accurate cross-section, which in turn Charter
the time here to goats.
When pereoblopachivanii guide
blade turbine cylinder top cover cylinLindrum must be pre-inverted
(See. 7.3) and laid on the boards; The cover must
be properly installed and firmly reinforced
that it can not move when they become
at its flange.
Check for new blades. Shovels, halftained from the factory, must be precarefully checked for completeness and chamber
eration.
Before starting the test must be de
experimentally acquainted with the technical documents
tatsiey available at the power plant and semitea and plant at the same time with new Lopatk. This documentation is the basis for
check blades and its composition should be:
drawings with dimensions of the blades, with mounting
data and tolerances, mounting scheme and packet
considera- tions, acceptance certificates blade factory
OTC, material certificates, of which iz
I prepare the blade and bandage communication, as well as in
where appropriate, specific guidance on
pereoblopachivaniyu.
Checking produced in appearance
and size of each blade, provides:
1) The quality of the processing in accordance with the blades
demands made on it in relative
equipped with grinding and polishing; 2) Lack
defects in material; 3) dimensional accuracy espefeatures in the profile of the tail portion zawas attached on the disc, drum or in the stator and
correct position and performance of thorns
blades for banding and holes
binding wire.

come to the plant after checking

factory quality control department (OTC)
should still make sure you have on the blades
sticking factory OTC and through a magnifying glass with 6-10
short
nym increase test the blades with
defects such as cracks, scratches, shells, etc..
Stock blades traces of incisors, indicating
ing to inadequate thorough polishing
and polishing, as well as availability on the working part
blades factory stamps are not valid. Tsarapins, risks, burrs and tool marks on the trowel
magnets in conditions of vibration can become centers
destruction, the presence of these defects and insufficient
precision surface polishing blades reduce
blade vibration resistance, erosion and roots
rozii.

Figure 13.15. Incorrect and correct vypolneof rounding in the blades. and - in the corners of the tail
Part b - in the transition from the tail to the working part
vanes in a spiked-for
banding.

Pay attention to the melting

of curves and transitions from one section
to another, such as at the corners of the tail frequency
ti (see Fig. 13.15, a), in the transition from the tail to work
whose portion of the blade (see Fig. 13.15, b), and spike for
banks
dazha (see Fig. 13.15 c) rounding holes
binding wire and so forth. vibration resistance
radios and mechanical strength are
directly dependent on the availability on the blades and
drives sharp corners, sharp edges and sharp
transitions in terms of vibration, these defects
They are places of concentration of local Nations
stresses lead to cracking.
In all cases, the sharp transitions in the trowel
framework of should be rounded and have a radius
corresponding drawings (not less than 1-1.5 mm)
holes for wire shroud performed
sculpt as a support, the receiving response
vibration vanes should be little difference

161

countersunk with the same facet in the whole circle

STI holes on both sides of the blade.
Scapula, the reliability of which is
doubt, should reject and remove from obing party, because the installation of even one negodtion of the blade leads to poor quality of
pared all blading, only qualitatively
made blades ensure long-term
trouble-free operation of the turbine.
Despite the difficulties, which causes
check the size of the blades, especially the number of
the size of the tail, this check is required and prohassled by various prisposobletions and special caliber, executed with
high accuracy. When checks are measured
the following dimensions:
1 Length of blades l(From the supporting surface
STAY tail to head-blades Fig. 13.16, s).
If there are differences in lengths may be encountered
difficulties when equipped tires and their distribution
riveting spiked, due to the bending bands at
blades of different lengths can be broken friction
buoy radial clearance.
2 thickness, width and profile of the tail
of the blades and inserts. Irregularities in these
size can cause a loose fit Lomolasses in the disc slot, the gaps between the blade and
insert decrease fixity
vanes, and hence the appearance of the resonance
vibrations of the blades. Check the thickness and
the width of the blade and the cone tail vane
flat tail can be made and protractor
micrometer (see Fig. 13.16, b and c c) measurement should
us be in the same field of the tail
each blade. The surface of the blade with ploskiE tails should also be verified by
of spot plate. When checking the blades with vertices
a dashed fit is necessary to ensure sufficient
completeness tails blades with simultaneous different
Tagged radial deflection of the tail cone
blades in the plus and minus sides of the
calculation step (see Fig. 13.16 z)
3 Width, height and slope of the spines on LoPatka, they should be the same as
otherwise encounter considerable difficulties in
donning these spikes shroud openings in
which are stamped with one punch size
matrix or drilled drill one
size. Measurement thorns proizvoditsyanecomplex patterns (see Fig. 13.16, d), which
simultaneously measured the width, height and Nations
clone spike. Displacement of the blade relative to the stud
but it is not difficult to measure the lateral edge on zazopy, it turns out, if applied to the blade
template and a ruler. Should not be allowed to oblopachivaniyu blade having spikes under bandage
tape loose their thinning and lack of
curvature at the root. These defects may be
cause of the accident as a result of relative blading
discontinuity shroud during operation of the turbine.
4 Hole Locations bandage
wire on all the blades, which should jointly
fall, otherwise it will be difficult to push through the wire;
In addition, the wire will be pressing in the axial

direction of the blade relative to the mismatched

miles. These holes should be otshlifovany and on both sides of the blade counterbored
so that the chamfer after chamfering were one
width along the entire circumference of the hole. Diameter
holes must be greater than the diameter of conduction
lok at 0.2-0.5 mm; reduction of these diameters
(Gaps) can result in poor
welding.
5 Weight blades, particularly with blades
length 500 mm; nonequilibrium blades
can lead to imbalance of the rotor
a turbine (see. below).

Figure 13.16. Checking the size and profile blades

current. and - measurement of the length of the blade, b measurement
the width of the blade angle measurement in - thickness measurement
the blade micrometer, r check radial cone
sa vane root template, d-check thorns blades
current template rule and probe;
1 pattern, 2-line.

If there are deviations in the size of nonnecessary to in each case to consider

the use of blades via
162

weights provides fast the execution of the

podpilovki before pereoblopachivaniya under the condition
process of sorting and selection of blades by weight.
provided that such podpilovka not weaken the blade.
Every podpilovku be done carefully to
Blade weight which lie outside, the Charter
template, as from it heavily depends
lished on the scale, i.e. too heavy or
Sit quality blading. Note
too light, set aside.
Before installing suspended shovel on
that the locksmith fitting blades often Nations
observed distortion of the profile of its surfaces, and
CD is produced by the breakdown of the blades in packages
also heaps file, increasing transformation
According to the drawing blading and distribution
ities clearances.
net of distribution packages of blades equal
or close to the value of the weight or the date on
Test work is desirable productivity
dit immediately upon receipt of the scapular Mat
two diametrically opposite sides
the material from the factory; in this case, when detecting
disk. Packets of the same weight is sealed
serious defects is possible connumber. This installation of the blades one can obtain
obtain a uniform distribution of weight of the blades
Bova their elimination by the plant that bezuson the disc, thereby considerably decreases
conventionally, will provide a high quality of work
to eliminate the defects.
is the nonequilibrium drive and facilitated conditions
The vanes of one row may be between
tions balancing, and in some cases, if you remove the
disk and reducing the static imbalance oblopaa significant difference in weight, which in
chennogo drive to zero, even eliminates need
length of the blade comes to large quantities.
Also, having the same weight, different trowel
sary balancing after pereoblopachivaniya.
ki may have a different weight of the individual sections of
Simultaneously with blades of horse Therefore
SADC should take into account the need for equilibrium
vane, ie have a mass profile, differently
dimensional distribution packages blades with BO
located at the height of the blades. Planting
such blades on the disc leads to unbalance disk
Leah thick and thin tails, depending
ka, which is very difficult to eliminate.
resulting from deviations from these dimensions
calculation steps, as well as to verify that the
The need to ensure the same
rivet holes every two neighboring
weights for all of the blades of the row or the Charter
blades.
ment of a certain margin of fluctuation scales
in the blades of one series led to the use of
weighting of each blade. Weighing comnecessarily exposed blades: a length greater than
250 mm for the turbine of 3000 rev / min and a length large
above 400 mm turbines 1500 rev / min. Scapula,
having a length in the range indicated, shall be
weighing on ordinary commercial scale;
blade length above specified limits approach
are weighed on special scales and these have
ing the name of the moment.
Torque scales (see Fig. 13.17) make it possible
pick of the blade weight, identically distributed
tributed along the length of the blade; range of weights
is not used to determine the absolute
weights and for comparing the weights of individual blades with
a vane received in the control
(Reference). A test taken scapula,
Figure 13.17. Torque scales for weighing Lohaving an average weight of 10-15 tested on
molasses. 1-weight, 2-balancing balancer; 3
queue raznovesnyh blades.
mount blade.
On one side of the balance beam blade
strengthened at the same distance from the axis of rotation
tion of the beam as it is mounted on the drive from
After following all the directions above
the center of the turbine rotor; on the other side of the coronary checks should also verify the dimensions,
Thought this blade is balanced by counterweights
Quality and quantity of available inserts zamcatfish, sliding on the lever, which is applied
Cove, rivets, binding bands and wires and light
scale with graduations.
rit is the amount actually required to
Control blade is branded as zero
for use in a turbine in order to avoid shortage
-hand, as the position of the counterweight on kowhen shoveling.
romysle scales are adjusted so that when it
When concluding an agreement with the plant need
weighing scales dial reading was zero
re-order new blades 5% more, and
left. All other blades after their weighted
the rest of the vane material 10% of patients
tening a label, plus (advantage)
above than is actually installed in a turbine; such
or minus (underweight) of the number of scale divisions of
reserve should be provided in case whatever for
datum. This way all the blades podbiraforging blades, possible damage several Loare groups corresponding divisions
molasses, inserts and bands during pereobloscale weights. Easy to use torque
pachivaniya and, finally, a mismatch
blade thickness dimensions. The absence of such
provision may cause a shortage of blades and other
materials at pereoblopachivanii and hinder
repair.

163

Removing the bandage tapes have blades Examples

suitable for further use, should
carried out without damage to the blades of thorns; To this
of stumps after riveted on the sides frequency
minute spines (Figure 13.18) and the top of the stripping thorns
take off the bandage with spikes blades is not
difficulties.
Removing the bandage tapes and wires with
unsuitability of the blades for further use
vaniyu produced by their cutting hacksaw
scissors or cutters between autogenous
two adjacent blades. This operation is labor
EMKA, complicated by crowding the place and, in some
instances
s replaced by undercutting blade chisel with roots
nya or, if possible, at the root pruning avtogenom, which accelerates the work.

Need to work on pereoblopachivaniyu

provide such special materials,
as silver solder PSR-45, flux, mercury
ointment, glycerol, etc.. should also be similar
wounds and repaired, apart from the usual slesarbut mechanical tools and measurement
equipment, special tools, equipment,
templates, tools and small-scale less
hanizatsii (sanders, jigs
for drilling, turning standard caliper
Single press for punching holes in the shroud,
angle drill for drilling rivets housecrats, scales, etc..).
All of the above must be
carried out before the turbine stop for repairs.
Just be sure to provide the full transition
blading all necessary materialE and tools, you can proceed to the expansion
pachivaniyu defective steps.

13.8. RAZLOPACHIVANIE.
Before complete removal of the old blades
stage, scheduled to pereoblopachivaniyu have
this stage after a precise definition of the place
location and precise removal of the castle reduced
toils one package or removed several Lomolasses and inserts.
Trial installation of new blades and plug
wok in the resulting free space slot need
go to make sure the place that available new
vye blades in size quite fit
for pereoblopachivaniya. On blades with horse
planting density should be checked Therefore
cages on the tail comb and make sure the disc in accordance
ance of new rivet diameters diameters
hole in the disk, as each new Pereoblopachivanii rivet diameters otvertures in the disk increases by 0.2-0.4 mm.
If for some reason you find that new Lopatk not suitable in size for the transition
blading, you need to set back
the place of the old blades and inserts and to obtain a
new castle, mount it in the groove with the old
blades. When the worthlessness of the old blades to
further work, they are cut from the root and groove
for protection from corrosion is left zacomplement tails blades and inserts.
In case of availability of new blades
rotor and stator immediately deletes all rows blades
current to be changing. The blades may be removed
Lena only after removing the bandage and ties
castles.

Figure 13.18. Removing rasklepki spike blade.

1 rasklepka spike, 2-blade, 3-chisel,
4-banding.

Figure 13.19. Wedge design locks the blades.

Methods for removing locks depend on their

design and construction of the blades on the attachment
disks.
Removing the wedge locks with tails,
outside the disk slots (see Fig. 13.19), production
usual after removing the bandage tape over zamcom, zasverlovki end of the wedge lock on
groove depth H long drill diameter D on
4-5 mm less than the thickness of the castle to protect the
identity
of spoilage drill slot drive. Removal of OC
Castle logging residues produced a chisel or
kreytsmeyselem.
After removing the lock blades removed
from the recess through the lock hole, this Lopatk and paste using a punch of movement
gayutsya along the slot opening to the castle with prinyatiit safeguards against corruption disk slot
ka. Scapula and inserts to be further
use, must correspond
tively labeled and serial numbers in order
that subsequently they may be installed
Lena as they were in this case.
When removing a disc blades with horse
planting should be noted that work on the transition
blading this type blades without removing
drives shaft are laborious (mainly
All work carried out by hand) and are associated with
inconvenience, especially when the blades, silica
dyaschih disks with a double comb, which
Rivet length up to 80 mm. In many case
teas, if necessary, non-pereoblopachivaniya

164

How many rows of blades and their close mutual

Mr. location have to shoot discs
Shaft as pereoblopachivanie under these conditions
a horizontally stacked disks significantly
but easier, and increase the quality of the blading
creases.
To remove the old blades must be
carefully cut the rivet heads by holding
ing the blade on the crest of the disk; The knocked rivets
vayutsya of the holes using a set vykolocurrent, having a diameter at the end is less than 1-1.5 mm
the diameter of the rivet; as the release of the rivet
holes replacing one punch
the other with a longer end (in Fig. 13.20 a).
Rivets should stand out to the side, antioppositely plugging rivet when installed
kyo. To facilitate the exit of the rivet holes
must first be well to moisten the groove
kerosene to soften possible in relative
Verstov rust.

to insert a removable beard (see Fig. 13.20, b).

Application beard different lengths vyzyvais a small distance between the disks;
soon used at the beginning of the sputtering
tion, as the release of the rivet holes of their
replace barbs greater length. Barbs
inserted in the arm resting against a concentration
Tzom through the copper gasket in the nearby disk
as close as possible to the center of the disc is instructed to
rivet head, after which the presenter
end of the lever impactors sledgehammer.
Tugosidyaschie rivets can be vydavLena with short, a special device
in autonomous jacks on the ends of which are inserted
lyayutsya barbs; Since the barbs get
translational move during the rotation of the jack nut
key (see Fig. 13.20 in).
Levers or jacks must be pre
sufficiently large abutment surface; emphasis promade in an adjacent drive through copper promasonry, in order to avoid damage to the surface of the disk
ka.
In some cases, the rivet very
hardly amenable to overgrazing, it is necessary to
alternately embossing on both sides, cutting with
each side of the protruding part of a hacksaw.
If by squeezing or knocking
beards rivet can not be removed, at snyaTII blades with flat tails have to
go for accurate drilling of using
corner drill or ratchet (see Fig. 13.21); vysverwas imparted to the drill must be carried out by 1-2 mm
is less than the diameter of the rivet so as not to spoil
hole in the disk.

Figure 13.21. Drill rivets using

drills and wrenches. and - to set the ratchet,
b - ratchet design: 1-rivet, 2-bit,
3 Ratchet; 4-emphasis; 5-copper gasket;
6-ratchet; 7-dog.
Figure 13.20. Removing the rivets securing the Lopatk on the disk. and - a punch to knock out the rivets;
b - knocking out rivets lever with interchangeable borodKami; 1-hammer; 2-lever, barbs 3, 4 copper promasonry, 5-removable blade;
in - jack for extruding and punching rivets
1 nut, 2-bolt, 3-heel, 4-core or barbs,
5-tube ", 6 wrench.

Removing rivets from discs that are not removed from

shaft can be done by knocking them
using the arm length of 1.5 meters with a recess

After removing the rivets and stumps banks

dazhey tugosidyaschie blades can be removed from
comb drive knocking a mandrel.
In some cases, with significant
including rivets, remaining not knocked out, Examples

(Fig. 13.22); then chisel tail blades The knocked

Vaeth, the rivet is cut off, that makes it possible
opportunity to clear the remaining pieces of rivets
ridges drives beards.

165

Razlopachivanie stator and productivity

ditsya after cutting banding and prodies; notch blades made after removal
tion locking blades or end-bodies, nahoWorkers at the bottom of the connector planes cylin-cylinder and the cylinder head; cylinder cover
for razlopachivaniya be perekantovatsya.
Lock blade knocked out of the groove by means of
chisels and chucks; removal of the terminal body placed
verging on the opposite side of the plane
connector, made after the removal of all blades
current out of the groove of the stage; depending on the
concentration
struction removal is carried out after vyvertytion stoppers, cutting zachekanki, knocking
pins etc. In some designs, trowel
ki and insert after excavation of the castle is not removed
sweep them through the slot, and a slight turn in
recess around its axis.

Figure 13.22. Knocking bobtail blades

current special chisel 1.

Operations razlopachivaniyu rotor and

stator must be carried out carefully to
not to spoil the grooves, ridges and edges of disks otvertures in the slots and drives. After removal of the blades
seats (grooves and ridges) are to be
carefully inspected, burrs, nicks, vmyaTruth and scratches should be removed and zachischeus, rust, dirt and scale cleaned and surface
of grooves and polish with fine emery
web. Disc after razlopachivaniya subject
checking by the indicator lack
axial and radial runout of the rim or ridge
disk warp.

13.9. With PEREOBLOPACHIVANIE

LANDING BLADES in the groove.
Before starting pereoblopachivaniya need
proceed as follows: 1) expand the boxes (for each row
- Separate) all to be installed trowel
ki, inserts, studs and trusses, proven by
quality, size and the presence of stamps factory
OTC that during naborki blades do not look
relevant materials, the layout of the boxes are not
confuse almost identical in some cases Lopatk and insert different rows; 2) Avoid Perebrasyvaniya blades from place to place as
this may affect their quality (nicks,
barbs); 3) check each row of blades and
inserts in a groove or ridge with the necessary subrace in place.
Staff producing pereoblopachivation, should clearly know the basic requirements

which should satisfy the quality of production

they are led by the blading. These requirements
include: 1) the formation of the working channels blades
current regular in shape, size and By arranging
positions with respect to the axis of rotation of the rotor; 2)
tight fit of the blades in the slots or on the crests
drives, as well as a snug fit tails Lomolasses together; 3) Proper installation Lomolasses in the radial and axial directions; 4)
secure attachment of the blades on the disk and between
a via bandages with the establishment of the TE
Pilaf gaps between the bandages; 5) dense
fit the binding band and the ends of the spikes
all interconnected blades and reliable rasklepka
spikes over the bandage tape secured
density required to fit bandages
ends of the blades; 6) easy access to the binding
wire aperture blades and its qualitative
welds with silver solder.
Before installing the new blades should be
lubricate the grooves with a thin layer of mercury ointment,
cascade
toroidal oil or glycerine, which facilitates For
Bork blades thanks to their free slip
zheniyu in the groove or ridges and reduces triggerprocessing of the latter in promoting them large
Shogo number of blades.
When pereoblopachivanii need NATIVE
Luda cleanliness to avoid falling circles
kick sand and other foreign matter between
blades and a groove or ridge drive. For accordance
:
1) wipe the blade and insert before naborkoy;
2) Periodically wipe the groove or ridges with water
resumption of lubrication; 3) check the dipstick
gaps in the radial part of the tail blades; zazoture may arise in connection with a hit dirt
between the shoulder blades and inserts or improper
Position and pripilovki blades and inserts one to
other; 4) continuous monitoring of the quality
stvom set to disk blades, their direct vicinity
tion, the density of the assembly, axial and radial
position.
To ensure the right
rotation of the shaft when pulling blades need to disk
go to orient the blade profile on stoRon steam inlet. By clarifying this provision
proceed to set the blades in a slot given
to place the blades of the same
weight on diametrically opposite sides
disk.
We blades with T-tails the reference
governmental tail surfaces are their ends,
therefore, when they should pereoblopachivanii
close contact with the groove of the disc. The neck and
the width of the tail blades must be less accordance
respective parts of the groove and should in the transition
blading have clearances in accordance with operating
data, or in the range indicated in Figure 13.23.
Radial clearances which have arisen during
naborki blades between the bottom of the T voldifferent tail and the disc can be removed
by setting the blade at the bottom of the groove steel
GOVERNMENTAL calibrated tape thickness 0.3 to 0.5 mm
for small blades and to 1.5 mm for larger blades

166

current width of the bands should be 1-2 mm smaller

than the width of the groove, and is equal to the length of the
arc length-one
tion package or its short length, arc length
two packets, interference between the steel tape and
end of the blade should not be allowed more
0.03 mm.
Leningrad Metal Plant on
Based on the experience start-up and commissioning of 200
MW units,
ustanavlivaetvpazydiskov blades
T-shaped tail after they fit in the red
ke, putting the tail between the rim and the disc
Band sprung skid plates
65G steel thickness 1,65-1,85mm (see Fig. 13.23, etc.).
In addition, the plant introduced striping packages
of rotor blades of a hundred mark whether 1H11MF with
packets
Tami austenitic steel 1H16N13M2B
(EI680). These activities reached luchneck fit packets in a circle and additions
tary seal landing blades that Device for
Runyan in the working conditions, the possibility Agitation
tion of the blades in the radial direction under
centrifugal force, and consequently
possible violation of dynamic balancing
Grad rotor.

c, d, e blades with T-tails, x-blade

with serrated tail, 1 spatula, 2-disc,
3 - steel plate.

Effort that is required to apply for

naborki blade into the slot, with no gaps,
indicated in Fig. 13.23, lead not only to
expansion of the disk rim, the stresses in the walls
groove to their wear and scuffing, but also complicate the
naborku blades and neck loading tails Lomolasses, can lead to cracks (see Fig.
13.24). The absence of interference fit, neplottion fit blades to support surfaces
tail and tail blades gapping
one to another can lead to a weakening
Termination blades on the disk to the wrong to planting
ke blades on the disc, to the increase in the spread of
frequencies
and to reduce the reliability of the blading. For
measures, reliable operation of the blades with a mushroom
tail can be ensured only if hoRoche contact with the bearing surfaces of the tail
fungus disk rim, ie when exposed for a
as accurately as possible the distance between the
bearing surfaces of the tail. The difference in the amount
steps h and h1 (in Fig. 13.23 a) does not exceed
0.03 mm, and they must fit
the rim of the disc.

Figure 13.24. Naborka lo molasses with excessive interference.

a-wedging cheeks tail blades
b - wedging cheeks disk rim.

Figure 13.23. Allowable clearances between the groove and

bearing surfaces of the tails of the blades. and-shovel
with mushroom-shaped tail, b-blade with forked
tail in - blade dovetail,

To fit the surface of the tail prosirloin to complete snuggling when blade vypolyene integrally with an insert made pripiagile outer profile of the tail blades on
internal profile of the tail of the previous Lopatk; when the blade is provided with a separate
insert made pripilovka outdoor
Profile inserts. Tightness of the blade
to each other should be checked and paint
spear; probe thickness 0.03 mm butt pass
should not.
Blades with a T-shaped tail infest
disc slot sequentially, one after the other (while
available promtel-series blade,
promtelo, paddle, and so promtelo. etc..) by having
schiysya disk space on the length of one blade local
cut-out rim, the so-called latch groove
(Fig. 13.25 a). Similarly, the plant on
comb drive through the castle and the groove of the blade,

(See Fig. 13.25, bandc). In turbines HTGZ for short

blades are used singly mushroom
tails dlyasredneydlinylopatok-

167

Figure 13.26. Installing the blade to the copper fence.

doubly-and long lopatok1-height of the insert; 2-slot width; 3-slot
tripodal tails.
wedge; 4 - profile of the insert.
To avoid tripping support Since
tail surfaces of the blades and the disk rim naborku blades through the castle, you can groove productivity
Employed in many cases the goal is
dit on either side of him. When one lock and
nye steel mandrel (see Fig. 13.27, b) with a handle,
an even number of blades mounted to insert without
by impactors handbrake, although BO
wok (promtel) the first two blades Fit
Leah comfortable and produces a tighter binding
along the slot with the calculation of a set them to
blades and inserts in the slots, but may lead to
line passing through the middle of the lock relative
undesirable work hardening on the blades and inserts,
holes and the center of the disc passed through the compound which should be considered in their use.
tion of the first two blades. When an odd number of
the blades must be installed to
the first blade in the slot against zamkovogo holes.

Figure 13.25. Locking notch in the rim of the disc for

naborki blades: a - with a T-shaped tail;
b - a mushroom-pillar-tail;
in - a mushroom doubly tail.

At the beginning of pereoblopachivaniya near zampostglacial holes placed in the groove copper emphasis
(Fig. 13.26); this emphasis is wedged in the slot drive
to enable him to force in the blades
current and inserts and deleted after a set of blades
on disk. To sum fence on one blade and
insert, then pressed their attacks on
mandrel and special cotter handbrake weight
300-400 g (see Fig. 13.27 a). Cotter abuts the
insert its core part, corresponding
sponding to the convex side of the insert and well
'Fitting in the groove. Movement of the mandrel directly
tively abutting against the insert is made of
copper or bronze to protect the blades and
inserts from damage, tears and work hardening.

Figure 13.27. Naborka vanes in the groove of the cylinder and in the
groove
disk. a-using tool and special biscuit,
b - With a single steel mandrel. One cylinder,
2-ROM 3 rusk, 4-mandrel.

As already indicated, the mandrel productivity shocks

dyatsya on the convex side of the insert that improves
clamping blades and inserts in the recess; a loose
Resting the shoulder blade and inserts must be iz
of the groove and involve re-fitted to each other.
Attempts made by the mandrel must be
such force that the blade and inserts at zapresscoop abut one to the other and between
are not dispersed. However, too strong
strikes against the mandrel can lead to the fact that
insertion as a solid, will flatten
and hooking the blade; This is shown by utoneNIJ tail vane, if removed from the groove. For Foreign
GDS is too strong zachekanka blades in slots
causes in the corners at the tail blades

168

section vapor channels, so the correct

of the vanes in the tangential Nations
the board should pay due attention.
To verify the installation of the blades, in
apply the template from the tangential direction
Lona type indicated in Fig. 13.29, b and c in. Template from
lon indicated in Figure 13.29, in a university
greasy and can be used to measure
the vanes of any stage in the tangential
direction that eliminates the large costs
Shogo amount of time and labor iz
prepara- templates for each stage. These
templates are installed on the rim of the disc, closed-circuit
Ban, the disk hub or in the bore of the stator. Relative
deviation of the output edges of the blades of a given
drawing tangential provisions should not
greater than the data shown in Table. 13.1.

Nicks and invisible cracks, which increase

chivayas in operation, leading to rapid failure
blades and accidents.
During naborki blades on the rotor or
cylinder must be checked right
correctness of the radial and axial setting.
Verify proper location of edges
blades are usually made using shablonew, lines, rectangles, and leads. Installation
to be precise, in particular on the side
steam input to the rotor blades; all this for several
Position accuracy extended to the edge of blades
current from the steam outlet where the gaps between
workers and guide vanes more
than on the upstream side of steam.
Alignment in the radial direction
to obtain a correct pitch on the top
blade is made easy by clicking on Lopatk mandrel (see Fig. 13.28); mandrel is put
on the blade and poise made by smooth
bending the blade in the right direction, without
knocks and jolts. Should pay particular attention
tion to check for that matter long
blades; for example, when the length of the tail
1/10 portion of the blade, the possible distortions to be
applicable
schennye if not installed and processing
tail will cause a 10 times greater deviations
blade tip from its normal position. LoPatka having large variations in the axial and
radial directions, whereby their
installation and setting-up is difficult and Nonsecurely, must be removed completely.

Figure 13.29. Test patterns for the installation Lomolasses. and - for naborki blades of jet speed,
b and c - to verify the installation of the blades in the tangential
tial direction, 1-working edge template
2-holder pattern 3 clamping screw
4 - A tuning bar, g - a ruler and adjustable
pointer to check the location of the blades in the axial
direction to remove the disc.

Table 13.1. Tolerance of blades ()

disk rotor in tangential and
axial directions.
Figure 13.28. Edit blades.
Tolerances in mm

In the jet turbines to facilitate

correctness naborki blades in the plane, the first
pendicular to the axis of the turbine (in the tangential
direction), special shablous (see Figure 13.29, a), the thickness of which make equal
the gap between the input and output edges of the two
adjacent rows of blades and the height-bit
greater than the height of the blades. Template when the user
Research Institute is applied to the previously dialed number
blades, and then going to a new series of blades
current, the edges of which must coincide with the vertical
Kalyu template.
Deviation of the blades in the tangential Nations
board in the plane of rotation of the disk and noncorrect blade pitch cause incorrect

Active
Height Lopatk mm

from the axial

directions

in the tangential direction

Research Institute for turbines

1500 rev / min 3000 rev / min

0.5
0.3
50
0.3
0.5
0.5
51-100
0.3
0.6
0.5
101-150
0.4
0.6
0.5
151-200
0.4
0.7
0.6
201-250
0.5
0.8
0.6
251-300
0.5
0.9
0.7
301-400
0.6
1.0
0.8
401-500
0.7
Not more than 1.5
Not more than 1.0
More than 500 Not more than 1.0

Checks shall be made for all levels

at the upper end of the blade.

169

more or fewer lock. Spot size under zaIf the deviation in the tangential
mok determined after produced
direction on top of more than these
allowable values, you must pripilit
rasklinka blades and promtel in the slot wedges
radial angle so that the blade was the right
or special mandrel taper tailing
correctly. To do this, after a set amount
dentistry, scored in the castle well in place
castle. Efforts wedges must act along
-operation of the blades without pripilovki when deviations
in the tangential direction beyond the limits
recess and after sealing the blades should
ly acceptable in this scapula pripilivaetsya
eliminate any gaps in the tails of the blades clamped
radial angle so that it fits correctly
in the groove, planting density blades kontroliruetsmiling probe for gaps between the blades and the Prom
but. Then again, made a few naborka
blades with repetition if necessary,
bodies.
pripilovki radial angle of the blade, which
Wedging blade flat
tangential position beyond

(See Fig. 13.30), and for the blades with the relevant hvostapermissible.
E - wedges or mandrel having at the ends
When pereoblopachivanii discs taken from
shaft, check the offset of the blades in the axially
profiles corresponding to the profile and konusnoboard (the slope of the blades in the direction of the input or
STI tail blades or a castle promtel.
Under all conditions wedges and mandrel should
steam output) can be made special
have smooth surfaces and rounded chamfers
line, tight to the hub and the disc
on all the edges.
rotate on it (see Figure 13.29, r).
Deviation from the correct blade osevoof provisions typically are not big h
Only on very long blades with large
respect to the length of the working part of the length of the tail
these deviations go sometimes beyond the pre
admissible. The values of tolerance
are shown in Table. 13.1 deviations above the specified
GOVERNMENTAL quantities can cause vibration of the disc
and
grazing in blading when working turbine
Bina. Along the length of such deviations are corrected
light directly on the blade podgibkoy
disk rotor or cylinder. This edit (Richter
aration) is usually carried out through the arm elastics
partially gasket to prevent damage to the edge
Figure 13.30. Wedging blades under lock and key.
the blade (see Fig. 13.28).
Pripilovka the side faces of the tail, as well
Once the wedging
hem at the same radial and axial fitting
check the position of a castle Loof the blade must be made without
molasses in the axial and tangential directions, and
damage to edges, profiles and spikes blades.
if necessary, to make their edits,
Straightened and fitted in the tangential
Edit this leads to some weakening
and axial directions blade should not have
stocking density blades and requires additional
deviations from step cleat more than 5%.
tional propping.
Changing the number of blades in the groove due to relative
Size propped gap should give
deviations in the thickness of the blade inserts and should not
the correct thickness of the lock, at which step less
exceed 3% of the total number of blades,
forward curved blades at the castle is kept the same as the
specified in the drawing or standing in the recess to Pebetween the other blades of the stage; it
reoblopachivaniya. Changing the number of blades
place under lock and key may have a length C, less
greater than the specified entail unacceptable
than shown in the drawing, but the difference should not be
change in the cross sections of vapor channels, the need
greater than 0.5 mm. Often, if raskliMy decision is made to ascertain the following
the Joint gap is smaller than the thickness zamthe rank of the specified changes.
ka, we have to file the more the adjacent
Installation of locks. At the end of naborki
ing to the lock inserts or blades in their tails
blades need to put special zamthickness; adjustment should be made on this
ki. Manufacture, fit and installation of locks
including inserts or tails blades raspolozhenare solely responsible operator
measured on each side of the castle to get the undertions at pereoblopachivanii and must be performed
creasing the size to set the normal dense
be driven under the direct supervision
formal lock at the right position blades
repairmen. These operations must obescurrent on both sides of a castle wells at
vides firmly established the castle, do not become separated
wherein each insert or tail blades should
tals of weakening and loss during
handled by an amount not greater than 0.1
work under the influence of centrifugal force and the dark
0.2 mm.
-temperature changes.
When filing must be saved pA
At the approach to the castle naborki blades may
radially angle of the tail, which is especially important in
might prove that the place under lock and turns
long blades, as even a slight
change this angle can change the radial
the position of the blades.

170

neighboring disks, they must be properly consider

After otregulirovaniya place under lock and key
Kern (Figure 13.20 in)
made precise measurements propped mesand that it is made with the lock insert
The same type of mounting with cylinallowance in the tangential direction 0.1
of cylindrical pins or rivets used
0.15 mm and a gap in the axial direction 0.05
and installing blades on a comb drive (see Fig.
13.31, b); in this case, the hole in the joint Lo0.1 mm depending on the size of the blades.
In the manufacture of made pripilovpatk or castle insert is marked in the same way
Single castle insert a castle on profiles
as above, with the obligatory and thorough
blades or promtel, chamfering from the top and
pre-test match center
this hole to the middle of the hinge blades
the lower end and the implementation of the recesses or
channels
or insert.
wok according to the drawing of the castle. Lock insert
In some designs, instead cylinafter a thin layer of grease mercury ointment Charter
apply-cylindrical or tapered pins
rivets (see Fig. 13.31 in); in this case the cone
the time here to place a force in the case of zaedapins shall be made with an allowance
tions at installation to place the lock carefully vyBiwa, jamming on a metal track lock Examples
0,02-0,025 mm in diameter; installation and calculations
shabrivaetsya and lock fully brought to the
kank these pins in the same way as
locations throughout the depth of planting. Then, to drive home Specified to secure the T-blades.
To fix the blades with mushroom
wedge with the expectation of full fit rasklinention of the castle to the walls of the castle well, and the castle tails locking is performed in a ponytail trowel
raschekanivaetsya by nachekanki it metal
ki treated accordingly outlines
both halves of the hinge insert (see Fig. 13.19).
disk rim in the lock notch. This castle
is attached to the shaft-mounted drives by one or two
rivets on me, passed through the body of the castle
and the disc (see Fig. 13.31 g), and the rotor tselnokovannyh
tures, rivets, skipping over the fungus
disk rim, along the joints of the castle and the adjacent nearlocking blades (Figure 13.31, etc.). For mounting on
a second process in which the disc has
drilling, groove rivet in the castle and nearlocking blades must be milled
advance with bringing them to the final difference
measure in place after the installation of the lock.
Fig. 13.32, and shows how to set the lock with
wedging. In this construction, two blade
1and2 adjacent to the castle are in the tail
of protrusions which installation comprises
under the tails of adjacent blades 3and4. Performed after the
Novki blades 1and 2 and their wedging between
inserted them lining 7 steel wedge 6and
it is exhausted fitted in place zamkoBox-hand 5, Meeting in the middle of its lower
Figure 13.31. Locks with fastening tails blades
her part of the slot. Lock insert with its laws
rivets. 1-locking, 2 - rivets that hold the lock 3
-blades adjacent to the castle, 4 - pin.
lachivanii extendible gusset 6 within its
slot and fills the recessed slot expansion
tron down, thereby providing zaIn designs with T-tails
IOC, the blade is securely attached to the disk. In
LMZ locks are fastened with rivets (see Fig. 13.31, a)
If necessary, the removal of the lock can
which pass through the lock body and the rim of the disc.
only be carried out by drilling it and
This type of lock is convenient to install and reliable
cutting.
operation. After dense installation zamkoSimple and reliable is the lock, the concentration
howl insertion between two adjacent trowel
struction of which is shown in Figure 13.32, b; this
kami through available in cheek disc hole
locking is used in designs where the reactive
as for the conductor, drilled for studs otvernye and promtela blades are inserted into the groove by
part in the middle of the castle inserts, drill diameter
rotation along the channel, rather than through the castle
taken by 0.1-0.2 mm smaller than the diameter relative
column
holes in cheek disk for later confidec. These blades are held in the recess of the disc zamDenia hole to the required diameter difference
com, which is made of normal
nimble.
promtela, cut into three pieces. According to the final
To check whether at above by
SRI naborki blades and wedging between
lenii castle insertion hole passes through
two adjacent blades left proits center, it is necessary to put on the rim at risk
space equal to the width promtela; this proindicating the center of the hole in the cheek of the disc.
space inserted into two parts 8and9razrezanRivet in diameter should fit vhotion promtela that go into the groove of the rim and
dit into the hole on the parking brake light blows. After
between them tightly driven into the wedge 10. For use
into place on both ends of the rivets stoRon disk rim must be securely raschekaNena or, in extreme cases, when it is impossible
caulking due to the proximity of the distance between
accordance

171

connection of the possibility of entering the wedge out of the

groove on
He made caulking the upper ends
inserts 8 and 9.
To fix the stage blades rate
STI on a two-stage drive lock is applied,
consisting of two inserts expanding kniDhu (see Fig. 13.33, a); insert special unclenched
tion plate. The castle is set in place Since
After final fit a castle blades
current; washer is attached to the drive screw, which
ing, in turn, after final tightening
raskernivaetsya carefully. Another the varieties
Nost of these locks is the design, isoillustrated in Figs. 13.33 lb, where consolidation zam-quark whole insert is made washer,
imposed on it and the rim privertyvajut
drive screw. This type of lock is applied not
only for fixing blades in increments rate
, but also that for attaching the blades to the pressure levels
tion drum rotors.

Notches disc blades are set on the drive along

with their locking plates, the ends of which
ryh then gently in order to avoid the appearance of
cracks, bent over the face of the disk rim and hundred
poryat blades in the axial direction.
The blades of jet turbines zubchikovyE tails are attached to the rotor by means of
promtel (see Fig. 13.35 a) and arrange them in the rotor slot
through the castle well, which is formed puso the cutting teeth on the one side of the slot and
processing the cut surface of a wedge (see Fig.
13.35 b). After typing all the blades in the castle
well inserted into the lock, which consists of three
parts: insert 1 having teeth corresponding
tively cloves slot, insert 2 having a wedge-hand surface of the wedge, respectively Since
surface of the castle well and spacers 3, koThoraya made of mild steel, cut
to facilitate the precipitation into two or three pieces and
inserted
by the inserts between 1 and 2 When driven
metal spacers 3 fills the small teeth,
formed on the inner surfaces to insert
wok 1 and 2, and moreover, to eliminate the possibility
of the output of the clutch 3 spacers on it
top nachekanivaetsya metal inserts 1 and 2.

Figure 13.33. Fixing lock screws.

1-locking inserts; 2 - washers.

Figure 13.32. Installation of locks with rasklinkoy.

Blades with mechanical Christmas radiusnyE tails (see Fig. 13.34) and axial fastening system
tion in the grooves of the disk used for HTGZ Since
Latter-speed power turbines. Limit
property is the ability of these tails
easy change of individual blades and high accuracy
of their production, so no pripilovochnyh and fitting works at pereoblopaChiwan is neither required nor permitted. By
Input each vane axial premounted on the disc in the recess without stopper
plates; after wedging blades to the periphery
Rhee checked their position in the tannin
gentsialnom and axial directions and replace
ture gap between the blade and the bottom of the groove; in
this
gaps produced pripilovka and grinding
the thickness of the locking plates. After recess Lomolasses and thorough cleaning of blades and tails

After fixing and caulking castle

made the final edit of the blades under
which means the redress Lomolasses in the tangential and axial directions;
Editing is done manually with the help of specially
cial mandrels (see. Fig. 13.28).
Blading turbine cylinder.
Preliminary verification, preparation and blades
other blade materials, devices,
and grooves turbine cylinder to be
blading, made similarly indicated
zannomu for working blades.
Naborka blades in a cylinder made
during rotation of the rotor after insertion into the groove
Castle (the end of the body) in the plane of the connector to
which tightly-fit blades and promtela mounted back up. Output
last edge of the blade, typed in lower

172

Figure 13.35. Blades zubchikovymi tails. amount blades, b-lock blades.

half of the cylinder, must coincide with the plane

Stu connector cylinder; in the case of a mismatch
intermediate body set up to end
blades are subject to the relevant filing with
decreasing step is not more than 5%.
Naborku blades should begin with Since
recent series, ie with the longest blades,
consistently moving to the next row in
the end of the previous one; such naborka blades
facilitates obandazhivanie and soldering, which when
not hampered by the presence of the following Beside this
rows.
Installing the blade is controlled in pA
radial direction pattern or segment
thickness is equal to the distance between the transition
oblopachivaemym and adjacent row of blades and
height slightly exceeding the height blades
current (see Fig. 13.29 a).

Naborka blades at the top of the cylinder

(A cover) in the same way as the bottom.
Setting a first end of the body portion
The cylinder must be made with the expectation
maintain normal step between the end
blades of both halves of the cylinder with its charge
Covered.
The second end of the body, after the final
tion fitting blades and promtel the slots Examples
paivayutsya to extreme socket blades and set
placed di- in grooves of the upper and lower halves
cylinder so that when rasklinivaniibylo
provided plotnoekreplenie entire series
blades.
Speakers of the end-bodies opilivayutsya flush with the plane of the connector for zacoinage with the end-bodies are chamfered and they
zachekanivayutsya in the recess or special stopper
governmental bars, dockable countersunk on the plane
bone socket screws.
After the final edits blades Charter
placed di-, cut in bags and pripaivais to the blades binding wire and installed
Lebanon banding if predusmotrebut by design. Banding protachivaetsya
using the boring bar after fits and rasklepki spikes.
After completion of the blading
checks the density of horizontal
GOVERNMENTAL flange connector cylinders and, if need
sary, their prishabrovka to eliminate nondensities that may be caused by
separate production of works on oblopachivaNIJ top and bottom halves of the cylinder.

Figure 13.34. Blades with Christmas radiused tortsovym tail. 1 lock plate,
2 - the minimum gap of 0.1 mm.

Axially verification productivity

ditsya ruler and screening shaft. For this
scan range is set on a plane
connector perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder so that it an
edge
Ro on both sides coincide with the edges of the slot
at the end of the blade. If necessary, the extreme
otrihtovyvayutsya blades on the ruler admits
E do not exceed the values given in
Table. 13.1.
After adjusting the pointer to the verification of the shaft,
which is mounted on bearings, ottsentrovyvaetsya verified by end-blades;
thus should be taken against
possible axial displacement screening Ba
la. Upon rotation of the shaft in the direction of screening
the steam is checked and corrected axial
position of each blade relative Pointing
Telja shaft.

13.10. PEREOBLOPACHIVANIE
BLADES, HAVE
The forked tail.
Pereoblopachivanie blades with vilchafifth tail horse landing on the crests
the disc has a lot of features compared to
mentioned above, these blades have no separate
GOVERNMENTAL intermediate inserts (made zaintegrally therewith) and, instead of installing the common
locks mount each separately blades
to the crest of the disc, rivets (Figure
13.36) operating in this case to cut.
The advantage of these blade-lasting zakrepleof turnover at an affordable individual wearsivshihsya or damaged blades without disassembly
ki entire wheel. The disadvantage of this method of fastening
tion of the blades is a limited number of impact
sible pereoblopachivany disk; This number may
Jette be significantly increased if the transition
blading to closely monitor the
coincidence of holes, avoiding increase
diameter rivets after each pereoblopachition by more than 0.2 to 0.25 mm.
After removing the blades ( 13.8) and cleaning
ridges of dirt, rust and dents need
clean up the dirt and burrs all holes

173

rivets in the crests of the disc. To verify the absence

tions deformations, combs, which nasazhivayutsmiling blade in several places on the disk diameter
Single checked in thickness.

Figure 13.36. Landing on the disc with the fork blades

tail. 1 blade 2-aft seat,
3-comb drive 4 - disk rim, 5-studs,
6 - shroud segment, 7 - pin for fastening blades
current 8 - mandrel.

Before blading necessary production

to check the landing of each blade on grebno disk in the paint, and probe. Planting of new blades
current to the crest of the disc should be tight, with one
Mr. crest disc blades must go on
place by hand pressure, but when three or four or
five crests drive under light blows through
copper gasket hammer weight, respectively
but 300, 500 and 800, the blades If a forked
tail on the outer side comb detected
slack in landing tails, this weakness can be
selected by a small rainfall on an unaccented
corresponding in size to the mandrel as Pointing
but in Figure 13.37. The presence of the gap between the
cheek
tail blades and the bottom of the comb drive
shows too tight fit of the blade (Figure
13.24, s).
As already mentioned before on naborkoy
disk blades to be allocated to vapor
Kets with a selection of, by weight, at thicknesses tailing
ists and the density of mutual fit blades.
To verify the accuracy of selections, prohassled by presetting all the blades
current to the disk, except for the last blade,
the density of blades fit tails
checked with a feeler gauge, checked jointly
drop holes in the tails of the blades with otvertures, in the disk; by drawing a few packets
Comrade blades binding wire is checked
also that making holes in Lopatk under the wire.

When checking the coincidence holes

rivets should be noted that the diameter of relative
screw holes for rivets in the new blades are always on
1.5-2 mm smaller than the diameter of the holes in the discs.
When this test blades with GRU
bye deviation planting (too tight or
too weak landing), offset holes
rivet with respect to the holes in the disk
framework of insufficient thickness and tails (small
step on the tail) should be replaced. Blades having
ing tails with allowances thickness shall be
appropriate filing. Oilovka proizvoditXia only one side surface
vane back-off whichever is
Does the tail blades with straight or semicircular
profile. Gaps between two neighboring local
patk at the point where not dopuskayutcamping, so pripilovka done with verification
Coy on paint and probe; pripilovku blades with
straight profile should be made on the stove.
Fit and pripilovka side otshlifofull surface of the tail blades, yavlyayuing base is not allowed, since
This violated the dimensions and surface finish
these planes, as well as reduced as bycages blades on the disc and distorted as covoltage between the surfaces of the blades and grebnyami disk. After this preliminary
adjustment packages and blades in them are numbered
serial numbers. The last package trowel
ki fixed on disk temporary spravochGOVERNMENTAL conical rivets and inserted between
lyayutsya all other blades of this package.

Figure 13.37. Edit fork shank blades

mandrel. 1-blade, 2-copper gasket,
3-vise, 4-mandrel.

The blades should fit snugly to one

other in the tangential direction and correct
but without any slack was planted on
crests of the disk; blades should be strictly pA
radial direction, and should not overhang the
disk axis. The quality of fit of the blades on the crest
verified probe; at the top of the saddle tailing
ists portion (see Fig. 13.36 a) of the gap should not be
be a gap between the tail and the protrusion disk
must be maintained between 0.1 and 0.15 mm.
This fit gives full confidence to planting
ke blades on the crest of the disk, rather than on its rim. For
presence of the protruding blade axis is checked
ruler applied to the input and output
edges of the blades.
When naborke blades, tail which is then
Indoor crests disk at the beginning of the blade set at
comb drive using the old rivets Fasten the
plyayutsya two old blades having at thickness
no tails in smaller increments; a first blade

174

associated holes. One of these constructions

Rivet scored easily beats the parking brake in
the upper hole, and between the shoulder blades - in the lower is the conductor, who used to drilling
It hole.
of holes in the bag with the location of the blades
After adjustment pattern tangential
tails outside the ridge (Figure 13.39). This conductive
provisions of these blades are recruited several
Torr consists of two main bars, the one prointermediate strips and four terminal strips;
package of new blades in the set by these
Row numbering set with representatives
end plates have bevels and wedge
provisional verification. When naborke blades proPlug-in package. Depending on the amount of
hassled at the same time control the dense
the crests of the number of intermediate strips correspond
tively increases. The main plank 1
tails abutment adjacent blades, for the right
frigerant radial and axial position Loaccurately recorded in the jig and has otvermolasses, for the concentric position of the holes
ners with guides to drill these
in the blades and drive and, if necessary,
Hole having a diameter 0.2 mm less
holes in the ridge disc must be positioned
produced their corresponding fit.
wife in full accordance with the location of
To ensure the required preload less
forward curved blades in the tangential direction
rivet holes in the disk.
every five or six blades one nabiraeWhen Drill holes in their markup
plate with guides in conduit
May blade fitted so that she sat on the
should accordingly be moved; such
crest disc gap of 0.5 mm with respect to
top of the ridge. Subsequently, at the end
porting gives more reliable results,
naborki full draft of these speakers
in many cases the step holes zaklepok on the disk is not the same. Generally, in connection with
blades selected this gap and compacted
that the location of the holes and the diameter of the disc
is fit tails adjacent blades.
Once the scan landing blades in
for the various stages are not identical, generally
axial and tangential directions of acute
the conductor is suitable for drilling in
tails of blades of any one stage. Since
prescriber over the hole in the disk outlines risk
this, it is necessary to produce jigs
ki on two adjacent blades, showing
overlap of their locking holes. After removing the
place in accordance with the location of the holes
These blades are cut holes in them
in the ridges of the disc. Using a template for
drilling simplifies butchering otverround file with the marks on the scribe and
sty, especially in the shoulder blades with a semi tailing
blades mounted on the drive back to proverifying concentricity rivet holes in
dentistry, requiring precise articulation tails
disk and blades. Once this between
adjacent blades.
Upon completion of cutting openings, at which
blades into the top opening is set
Torah must be reached their concentric with
temporary rivet.
In this way is made naborka
of holes in the disk, the blade again electrons acquire
blades around the disk with the installation through each
rayutsya with full boarding the comb drive for
Dyje eight to ten blades temporary rivets.
final reaming and fastening
tion blades permanent rivets. For this
At the end of naborki two old blades installed
nye first removed and replaced podgonyatargets are set at the beginning of scans of the upper
are the latest two new blades with installation
two pairs of holes vanes are
time rivet upper opening.
extreme blades package and located
between temporary rivets.
Making sure that the right scapula recruited
properly, to mark the holes in all
blades for their rassverlovki concentrically relative
versts disk Rassverlovka holes in Lopatk typed on a separate disk removed,
can be performed with an electric and their confidenie to the appropriate dimensions, with a scan
tommy bar.
Rassverlovka holes in the blades, for
brane disks assembled rotor on characteristics
characters of the work itself and the required accuracy
is very difficult, particularly taking into
account the fact that the full opening up of two
poluotversty on two adjacent blades
Cutting holes in the tails of the blades properformed on the basis applied marks round
Filing manually or to increase the accuracy
and accelerate the production of works marking
and rassverlovkoy on the conductor, which enables
ream the holes in the blades packages.
There is a significant number of different
GOVERNMENTAL designs jigs for drilling indicated

Figure 13.39. The conductor for the package of blades.

1, 3 main strip, 2 - intermediate plate,
4 5, 6, 7 - the end plates 8 - plate with the guide

175

schimi drill bushings, 9 - blade,

10 - clamp for mounting blades.

To deploy the necessary holes

prepare in advance a set of scans, which
ing would allow to deploy otverners with a gradual increase in the diameter difference
sweep through 0.1 mm. If, for example, requires
drill a hole with a diameter of 10.0 mm to
diameter of 10.5 mm, the sweep must be
with a diameter of 10.0; 10.1; 10.2; 10.3; 10.4 and 10.5 mm.
After reaming diameters up to
tra equal to the diameter of a new rivet therein INSTALLS
lished permanent rivets; then prohassled by the deployment of the upper holes and
permanent installation of rivets in the middle trowel
framework of situated between the shoulder blades have
strengthened
prisoners permanent rivets. After strengthen
captivated by all the blades between the permanent
rivets proceed to the next attachment
Package blades separated from one another by time
ern rivets. Installation fastening
wire should be done after the installation
each packet.
After closure and sweep Position
permanent rivets in the upper holes described
luge made by the deployment of relative
openings and installing permanent rivets in the lower
row of holes therein.
Deployment of holes in the blades, tail
which is located on the outer side grebnya disk must end with countersink
either side of the rivet head on the depth
1 mm. When you deploy must be ensured
so that the blade does not squeeze with comb drive
that commonly occurs when certain for the difference between
Denia holes disc and blades.
To ensure a snug fit tailing
ists adjacent blades and warnings vyzhimaniya blades fastened to Lomolasses specially crafted covering
clamp, after the installation of the blade clamp, in which
toryh made deployment of holes,
wedged wedges hammered between
them and clamp. In many cases, instead of the indicated
bound, we can restrict ourselves with proper
periodic monitoring draft blades on the disc
copper knockout.

Figure 13.40. Rivets (b-width of the disk rim).

In the rivet holes after their difference

screwdriver should not be scoring, and blacks. Black
in the holes allowed scan output
only to the diameter of the rivets, permissible zavohouse for each disk. Validation
machining holes are produced by carefully
tion inspection with mirror.

Before replacing the rivets It should

blowing lubricate mercury ointment. Constantly take
riveting must go into the holes tightly under
parking brake light blows weighing not more than 500g
the same force throughout the length of the hole,
wherein any weak rivets nor too tight
should not be used. To achieve this
pairing, wherein the rivet work
only cut, not allowing any of their collapse, nor iz
bending, we have to sort rivets on different
dimensional groups within the difference in diameters
0.01 mm and a selection for each group respectively
sponding sweep. Manufacturing tolerances
rivets are shown in Figure 13.40.
Before replacing the rivets should
us be tested lengthwise so that after the riveting
not to be a big head, which may result
lead to tripping on the diaphragm, however,
insufficient length of the rivet will not allow Nations
securely riveted them. Normally the ends of the rivets
should protrude 1.5 mm 2.
After installing the rivet rasklepyvayut
handbrake blows to form the head, Examples
derzhivaya other hand domkratikom, upirayuschimsya in nearby disk or via pin
and lever type exerted in Fig. 13.20 Head
rivets should not have burrs, nicks and
etc..

13.11. Mounting and soldering

WIRE bandage.
Wire diameter bandages 6-12mm
made of cold drawn wire and
used in the heat-treated state
Research Institute for bonding wire in one of the blades,
two, three or more rows, depending on the length of
scapula. Setting binding wire production
usual for the detuning from resonance blades
vibrations and reduce fatigue stress
tions from vibrations.
To increase the resistance wire pA
Botha at variable loads, required
mo pay particular attention to the purity of its Therefore
surface, the surface of the wire should be
light and have no scratches, scratches, hairline,
corrosion, dents, nicks, and other contexts
centralizers stress.
The wire should be selected such
diameter, the clearance between the wire and the relative
Verstov blades did not exceed 0.1-0.4 mm, so
the increase of this gap leads to increased
shennomu flow silver solder. When zarevision in the hole wire must pass
freely to eliminate jamming wire
when dragging of it through the hole blades
should be washed down the ends of the wires carefully
straighten and polish it with fine emery
sandpaper, so that it has a smooth surface,
and bend in an arc corresponding to the arrangement
NIJ holes in the blades.
During the final naborki blades
current to drive the wire bands ustanavlivaare separate segments, proportionate vapor
Kets blades (usually six - ten blades)

176

filling wire segments produced in

toward the concave portion side of the blades instatanovlenii packages where they are run to
their installation. Recently the castle vapor
chum blades put on the wire bank
dazh then set in place and zaIOC is fixed. Such a method of dragging
requires that the blades were to Align
Position the lock.
In some cases, dragging carried
Loki is made after the time of bending
mandrel several blades on both sides of
set the lock, after installing wires
in place bent blades must be restraightened.
Missed by all of the blade core wire
Ku is cut with a hacksaw between the individual packets
Tami blades, leaving the ends hanging prodies within 0.2-0.25 blade pitch after
which made soldering wire brace to
blades with silver solder (Figure 13.41, a).
For vibration tyazhelonaloaded blades of the last and penultimate
speed power turbines (eg, K-100-90,
150-130 K, 300-240 K) used "dempfernye "bandage communications, representing
bands of hollow tubes (Figure 13.41 b), or accordance
Shutters bandages of two wires, each of
which has a semicircle cross section (see Fig. 13.41 in).
Tubular bandages and composite wire
pass freely through the holes in the blades to
blades are not soldered to the possibility of their
friction of the blade and with each other.

partial oscillations with amplitudes large

value, setting the second row of wires
further reduces the tangential
oscillations virtually eliminating conditions for their
occurrence.
Tubular bandages, the use of which
reduces the effect on the blade centripetal
eign forces from the weight of the shroud made of
tube diameters of 10-14 mm and a wall thickness
1.5-2 mm. Fixing these tubes with respect to
blades made washers that nadevaare at the ends of the tubes and soldered them the North
Rebreanu solder to eliminate contact
inside the tubes of steam or moisture tubular ends
bandages with plugs that Examples
paivayutsya to tubes with silver solder.
When repair is necessary to control
to overhang the tubes was shorter than that
us traffic jams, since otherwise under the influence of
centripetal
gal force cork may break tubular
of the shroud in its interface with the scapula; need
is also necessary to check the tightness of
tube stopper and its quality soldering, since Since
Padania moisture in the tube can lead to corrosion
sion of the inner surface and the appearance
additional centrifugal forces.

Figure 13.42. Binding wire soldering the North

Rebreanu solder. 1-side input pair; 2 - auto
gene gun, 3 - flux, 4 - Solder, 5 - correct
tion rations.

Figure 13.41. Wire and tubular bandages.

and - wire bandages with soldering to the shoulder blades,
b - tubular bandages fixed washers.
1-Disc, 2-pipe 3 - plug in - wire
a composite of two halves strap
without soldering to the shoulder blades.

In stages with free wire

bandages location in interscapular channel
Lah ends halves wires (overhangs), fixed
Glare their relatively blades must correspond
welcomed the instructions in Fig. 13.41 in; with diameter
6.5 meters of wire and 8 mm size O shows
ing the amount of bending of the wire must
be equal to 2-2.5 mm, while the diameters 10 and 12 mm
3-4 mm. A significant increase of these
sizes can lead to limb and separation
wire ends projecting from the blades.
Soldering binding wire to trowel
Cams made with silver solder brand
PSR-45 (GRL 2982). The composition of this solder silver
45%, copper 30%, zinc 25% and not more impurities
0.5%. This solder is available industry
Stu in the form of bars, strips or small lis-

Such a relationship does not reduce the frequency of

oscillation
bandages are cut in the form of narrow strips of width
tions package of blades, but due to friction banks
3-5 mm and a length of 150-200 mm. Silver Examples
dazhey holes in blades and binding accordance
Sing PSR-45 has a melting point 710entangling wire blades in one system Pebeing transferred to the whole package as a whole force action 720 C, i.e. the lowest temperature of all
sponding to each blade, thereby
formed a single package, closed by oxo
circle, prevents the appearance of tangential
177

admissible high temperature brazing; together with

silver solders, so no soldering
those temperatures below 720 C does not provide
should affect the structure of the material of the blades.
This has important implications for soldering, especially
good welds. Hence it is clear that the conduct of
chromium stainless steel as the steel at
soldering in a small range of temperatures (720heating the soldering process can harden and
750 C), at which there is no structural
changes in metal blades should be assigned
It zone soldering cracks.
In some cases, to increase Gennes
Only qualified welders.
stkosti connections in places provided
In practical operation after oblopachidrawing, or as required under the terms of
vannya been cases of wire breakage
ties in the immediate vicinity of the soldering
detuning, silver solder is made
soldering to the blades and also tape bandage.
ki; cause of these breaks are cracked,
As a special flux that
that appear in the wire during soldering
covers the soldering and prevents it from
ki under stresses from bending core wire
ki with misalignment of holes in the blades, stress
oxidation, for the blades of stainless and below
tions arising in the wire due to the local
kelevoy steel applied composition: 43% of unemployed
aqueous potassium fluoride and 57% of boric acid
nature of heat when soldering, and thermal Nations
(By weight). To obtain a homogeneous flux indicated
stresses caused by high temperature and
local quenching during soldering.
ciated mixture is crushed, then melted
To avoid the adverse effects
in the crucible at a temperature of 800 to 850 C. After the OC
tyvaniya alloy is poured onto a marble slab and
high temperature on the quality of soldering and Mat
tolchetsya in steel mortar resulting white
terial blades should not brazing
all blades in a row, and, after passing the first round, propowder flux must be kept in hermetically
paivat all of the first blades of all packets; Further
sealed jar as it absorbs moisture from the
air.
passing the second round, all of the second blades propayat
The use of borax as a flux (boric
all packages, etc. This procedure makes it possible
of lead solder cold vanes so as a local
nokisly sodium diluted before soldering in
patk, which started with soldering, time to cool
warm water) can only be recommended
Soldering brass blades; to melting
during bypass.
this flux requires an increase in temperature
If necessary, the soldering blades
with several rows of binding wire,
soldering to 780-790 C, which is harmful to
you must first start with the soldering of the bottom row,
steel blade, as at this temperature
structural changes starting material
near the tail. After soldering and testing tannin
blades and the hardening.
gentsialnogo position and, if necessary sluchations straightening vanes made brazing It should
Soldering itself is made atsetilenblowing row wires, etc.
oxygen flame in horizontal Since
position of the blade concave side up (see Fig.
At the end of the soldering, ensure
13.42, s). Place soldering carefully prethat soldered all the blades without gaps, and
cleaned of rust and degreased that
then rinse thoroughly with soldering flux of hot
whose water at 80-90 C or jet
provides follow-quality soldering.
Place the soldering flame warms autogenous
Saturated steam of 1.5-2 atm. Flushing should
Burner number 1 or 2 to a temperature slightly vyperformed immediately after the end of the soldering
above the melting point of the silver solder
all blades of this stage; left on the nonlong time harden flux and
(730-750 C-dark-red heat). When
flux is deposited on preheated place rastechetsubsequent mechanical removal, necessary
smiling and cover the soldering of a continuous thin film
my for monitoring the quality of the soldering,
Coy, silver solder stick pressed to
requires a significant amount of labor; furthermore
use scrapers can cause
soldering is carried out all around the bandage proscratches and scratches on the polished surface
portages.
Silver solder should fill the entire
blades.
cylindrical gap between the blade and proControl over the quality of the soldering
must be careful to timely
portages and freely leak on one side Loits detection of defects and eliminate their compliance
patk to another, thereby propaivaetsya all
joint wire with a shovel (see Fig. 13.42, b). For
sponding podpaykoy or re-soldering.
coating the entire surface evenly
When soldering, binding wire in cylinnucleus of the turbine have to deal with soldering Lowire with vanes and apertures, as well as
molasses, which are not only in the horizon
education around the opening of the concave fillet
silver solder when soldering should not be entirely
tally, but in vertical and oblique
melted in the flame and should not drip on
positions. Pike blades are in horizon
tal position is made as Pointing
the soldering. Therefore, as soon as the temperature
but above. Imposition of flux and silver solder
soldering reaches the melting temperature
solder should stop heating avtogethe blades that are vertically ing and
nom.
oblique positions, should be made with
the lowest possible temperature, with the inner stoRapid melting of solder and light
Rhone blade profile, heated several
red space heating point to under-

178

higher binding wire. To align

temperature around the binding wire for the Health of
their side of the blade autogenous flame burner Peextended to the opposite side of the blade;
This transfer of flame from one side to the blade
another is required in order to prevent
overheating the solder, the solder flow off down the LoPatka and made up until the silver
FLOW solder will not be spread evenly around the
wire on both sides of the blade.

13.12. Installing the Ribbon

Bandages.
Installing the tape bandages on spikes
heads blades for packet communication with blades
number 6 to 20 in the package made after
final installation of the blades, their zakrepleof the disk and the corresponding changes.
Setting binding bands on packages Lomolasses gives it the necessary rigidity against
vibration and at the same time limiting the height
blade channels for the passage of steam, creates conditions
tions for better organization of steam and
reduce its leakage.
For quality installation of tread
ribbons on packages of blades and spikes non rasklepki
necessary to ensure the correct position of the bank
dazha symmetry axis of thorns
blades, fit and hard compounds
of the tie with the ends joined them blades.
Correctness fit bandages to the blades
checked beforehand using shabloon the absence of gaps between the ends of the blades
and bandage; when it detects gaps filing
ends is made so as to preserve transition
Khodnev radii at the root thorns.
Step holes for the spikes is determined for
each segment of the shroud by its markup
Along with bladed template
(Fig. 13.43, and, b). Punching holes in the tape
accurate bandages can not advance; for proper
and dense packing banding on the spikes
blades punching them must be performed
be driven at distances corresponding factor
cal step spikes recruited blades obtained
ended after straightening and taking into account the need
Mosty location of the castle of the blade or
insert against the middle of the shroud segment.
For marking on each segment of banks
dazhnoy tape held center-line; banks
dazhnaya tape bends in an arc location
thorns and spines applied side package Lomolasses, which is scheduled for its head; chertilCoy by using a template or gon on banks
dazhnuyu tape applied risks that determine
lyayut step spikes. In some cases, the markup
holes for round spikes made with
using a cardboard template; prints otversty are marked by tapping or may
Tray pattern superimposed on the spikes or puorder imposing a template for the head studs representatives
preliminarily colored frosting; with a different template
mark holes transferred to the bandage tape
one.

To ensure a tight fit shroud

counting holes on the blades should be production
led from the inside of the binding band; with
on the same side after straightening bent banks
dazhey produced by punching proplagued markup, so barb
go outside and edges of the holes produced several
which bend inward as countersink, contribute
Property better adhesion to the shroud
blades (see Fig. 13.43 in).
Punching in a tape made
on a special hand press-die (see Fig.
13.44), established on the bench near the
pereoblopachivaniya place. The press is fixed
punch and die with dimensions corresponding to
schimirazmerushipovlopatok; nonsatisfactory mutual adjustment matrix
and punch and bad in their sharpening process are
bivki holes for the spikes can lead to
wrinkling and cracking. A total gap between
die and the punch (see Fig. 13.45) shall not
exceed: 0.07 mm for the shroud segment
1 mm thick; 0.12 mm for 1.5 mm; 0.16-2
mm and 0.24 mm for a thickness of 3 mm band.

Figure 13.43. Marking the holes in the shroud with the help
means of templates. and - for the blades with rectangular
spines; b - for blades with round studs; in punching partitioning, 1 spatula, 2
banding, 3-pattern, 4-risk deposited with
Using the template, 5 - centering risk.

Figure 13.44. Hand Press for punching holes in

banding under the spikes blades. 1 base plate,
2 - side plates, 3 - the holder of the punch,
4-roller DRIVE, 5-holder matrix
6 banding pad holder, the lever 7,
8 - bolt 10 mm, Matrix 9, 10 - punch.

179

can create additional stress in the tailings

For blades with round studs manufactured
Stach blades and cause them to bend in the tangential
tion of special punches and dies is not required
is as openings in the shroud, in these cases
tial and axial directions. Landing on the thorns
Drills appropriate dimensions.
should not be hard, but not spikes should
After punching bandages follows
us to go into the holes in the shroud with a clearance
more 0.05-0.15 mm per side depending
is thoroughly checked for the absence of etching
cracks and tears at the edges of the holes, particularly in
the thickness of the shroud (Fig. 13.46 in).
of holes in the spikes with sharp corners,
When rasklepke thorns pressing a bandage to
since in these areas may be formed tonchaythe ends of the blades should be uniform and
the same over the entire area of contact; only
Chiyah cracks, resulting in service to
break the tie.
ensuring the correct position of the shroud,
Before landing on the spikes banding
you can begin to rasklepke spikes blades.
filing should remove any burrs on the
If spikes blades and bandages fabrication
us of insufficient viscous material therein at
shroud and at the base of the spikes on the blades, so
rasklepke may crack; cracks no
as barbs may prevent dense prizhament of the shroud to the blades; for the same purpose circular discovered during rasklepke can serve as
lye openings in the shroud should countersink, and
cause of the accident in the operation due to a broken
shroud.
rectangular holes zapilivaem Circle
size 1h1,5 mm at an angle of 45 on both sides
thickness shroud (Fig. 13.46 a).

Figure 13.45. Matrix (a) and a punch (b).

In order to eliminate warping at temperatures

ture extensions should be marked,
cut and gash bevels ends of tread
segments connecting the blade to the packets so
that between them the circumferential seals are
clearances are obtained in accordance with the drawing oblopachivaniya or with gaps to blading.
Typically, these gaps in the joints of tread segments
comrade performed in the range of from 0.75 to 1.5 mm.
For blades with bandages with sealing
governmental mustache backlash between the butt
Kami shroud segment (see Fig. 13.46 a) must
be 0.2-0.4 mm. You can not leave insufficient
nye gaps in the joints, but at the same time should not be
perform these gaps more necessary
Length hanging ends bandage tape
you have a packet-size (see Fig. 13.46, andandb) should
be equal to half the pitch of the blades t minus half
fault clearance between the ends of two adjacent segments
ments binding band, the difference in the length of the eaves
adjacent segments should not be more than 1 mm.
With long blades, due to the large step
blades, hanging length of the bandage tape
you reduced temperature gap with
increased accordingly; a shortening
necessary to reduce the high bending
stresses arising in the extreme spikes Lomolasses with long hanging ends of the tie.
Individual segments banding,
pre-curved arc, respectively
Location spikes should be worn without
any interference of individual blades as it

Figure 13.46. Attaching banding.

and - the shroud segment with uplotchitelnymi mustache
b - "overhang" banding between packages of blades,
in - the gaps between the spine and the binding tape.

To reduce hardening, prevention

increase rigidity and brittleness cleat and
reduce internal stresses rasklepytion must be carried out very thoroughly.
Rasklepka spikes must be carried at all
the blades of the same, a certain sequence
tions the same force and strikes; first
light hammer blows (depending on the cross section
of the weight of the blade stud hammer 300-400 g) by
spikes along the edges of the segment banks
dazha, and then the final chasing - specially
cial mandrel for head stud
given shape and horoshegovneshnego
form (see Fig. 13.47).
After coining checks
the fit on the ends of the bands Lomolasses (stem thickness 0.05 mm nowhere not pass
must) and a thorough inspection under a magnifying glass
bandaments and the absence of spines on raschekanennyh friction

180

schin; on tapes doubt head

spikes can be soldered with silver solder,
and band soldered to the end of the blade.
Individual segments banding at
insufficiently careful marking, punching
holes and rasklepyvanii spikes are mixtures
scheny relative to one another in the direction
disk axis (see Fig. 13.48 a), this offset should
exceed 0.5 mm to adjacent segments, espeparticularly for ties with O
antennae (see Fig. 13.46 as well).

from adequate drawing, sharpen bevel on BO

postglacial edge banding.
If pereoblopachivanie performed on
the assembled rotor, the bore bandages proplague on all the discs in a row. For this purpose, the rotor
put on the box on its bearings or subtended
cate its place in the lower part of the cylinder
focus against axial displacement.

Figure 13.48. The position of bands on the blades;

and - offset shroud segments with spines rasklepke
blades; b - overlapping bandage.

Figure 13.47. Education head spikes blades.

a - chasing spikes blades using the (1)
b - look properly riveted spikes.

In the absence of special instructions on

drawing blading banding with stoRhone input and output pair, depending on the size
mers blades should have overhang (overlap
ment) in the range 0.7-2 mm, made in the form
bevelled edge band (see Fig. 13.48, b). It
overlap in the case of axial displacement of the rotor
provides pre-grazing bandaments, and not for the blades caused by this zadevation noise in the turbine warn staff of nonneed for its immediate shutdown yet
before in soprokosnovenie come themselves Lopatk, ie until the moment when a serious accident
blading imminent
Offset joints and bands overlap
over the blades will not give more than the normal impact
possibility to omit the rotor into the stator so as vystepping of the shroud will be cut to the nonmoving blades or diaphragms guides
scapula. To address these shortcomings, after
priklepki bandages need to grind them
side surfaces in the width and, if transformation

Bandages on the blades of a small length protamine

Chiva ordinary cutter, to strengthen
small caliper with manual longitudinal and transverse
river supply such caliper on electric
plant sector are typically used to bore
collectors of the generator.
Rotor with groove bands desirable
rotating motor ( 8.3), during rotation
rotor cylinder manually oil groove
obtained as a result of inaccurate shroud unequal
license its progress and insufficient number notation
revolutions.
Grooving cutter shroud on the blades
great length causes bending of the blades gives
inaccurate treatment and can lead to the disruption of
Brace, in these cases should be bore production
Led abrasive grinding wheel and camit rotated by a small movement
motors of the type specified in Figure 8.6. Circle or
stone can also be mounted on the spindle
electric drill.
Upon completion of all work on pereoblopachivaniyu and check the axial and radial clearances
running of the checks vibration
tional characteristics of the newly installed
blading.

181

14 of the rotor disc.

14.1. WORKING CONDITIONS AND
LANDING disc on shaft.
Wheels impaled on them blades
rotate at high peripheral speed and pA
Botha, in conditions which cause a disk
significant stresses (tangential and
Radial): 1) by centrifugal force property
-mass, including blading; 2) from the load
ki on the rim of the disc produced vapor pressure
on the blades; 3) to work in the area of high temperature
tour and in the transitional period starting (thermal
cal stress).
Wheels are made by a variety of
construction (removable and forge for one Task
Loe the shaft) and profile (variability
cross section - hyperbolic, conical, equal
the resistivity, etc..). Removable drives are
on the inside diameter of the hub to the outer between the rim and the hub and the rim of the disk blade.
The hub has the largest cross section compared
with a section of the rest of the disk, the disk-section
variable profile according to the specified
GOVERNMENTAL above design features, gradual
ually decreases from the hub to the rim of it.

Figure 14.1. Planting discs; and - on the ring straightcoal section; b - for taper bushings;
in-ring on the spring-loaded; Mr. cutting cylindrical
cal sleeve; d - on the finger sleeve;
e - the key to the radial. 1-disc hub,
2 - split bush, 3 - spline, 4 - shaft,
5 - sealing rings.

and the other rings and sleeves as well as radial

dowels (see Fig. 14.1).
To protect discs from provorachition to the shaft and the torque transmission
usually applied axial splines (Figure 14.2, a)
to prevent axial displacement of extreme
of the wheels are fastened with rings being part of
sharpening the shaft (see Fig. 14.2, b) by means of nuts (see
Fig.
14.2 in), wherein the stop of samootvertyvaniya
screws and lock washers (see Fig. 14.2 g).
Methods for planting discs with rings
commonly used in shafts with constant posazling diameter for all discs or proPulling landing multiple disks. When planting
drive shaft and cage shaft runs stupenchatym that facilitates landing and provides
very firmly attached to the shaft drive.
In all ways of planting drives productivity
usual with some preload (in
cold), i.e. Diameter of the
bores discs are made smaller than the diameter
shaft at the landing site.

Figure 14.2. Mounting discs on the shaft; and - shponochtion mount the disk on the shaft, b - fixing the axial
move with a ring in-mount of axial
Vg move by a nut, g - mount
nuts from samootvertyvaniya means of a lock
washers and screws. 1-ROM, 2-ring.

The need to preload

to provide reliable communication with the shaft drive,
where the disc is centered and does not alter
its position relative to the shaft, vyzyvaRemovable drives are made of forgings
by the fact that the fibers of the disc under the action of large
carbon, alloy and lightly doped
large number of radial speed test
steel. Correct and firmly attached disks
elongation of the centrifugal force; with diameter
on the shaft is very important and serious
meter hub drive tends to increase,
problem, since attenuation landing calls
In the absence of preload may
shock and vibration, which can lead to tyaweakening might raise the landing drive shaft.
heavy crash turbine. In tselnokovannyh rotor
Furthermore, during operation, particularly at start
tures where disks machined integrally with the shaft,
Turbine disks are heated under the influNaturally, the question of the reliability of planting drive
theca steam considerably faster and more
the shaft is completely eliminated.
Wheels must be mounted on the shaft with an interference fit than the corresponding portions of the shaft, which is then
covered with the disc hub and contact svoiand zaE ends with bearings, less heated,
was attached to the shaft by means of cylindrical
tapered, resilient, split, finger
182

than the details inside the turbine; this difference in the dark
tures of the shaft and discs also leads to an increase
cheniyu boring drive compared to the diameter
shaft, and hence weaken the landing
discs on the shaft.
To obtain the required preload different
difference between the diameter of the seat in the foreign
lu and the diameter of the inner bore of hub
Disc cold exceed
increasing the diameter of the disc hub under the influence
it heat and centrifugal force during operation.
This condition implies that not only
while rotating with normal speed, but
and at the speed at which the fire
automatic safety must also be
some interference, ie there should be a pressure
between the drive shaft and is sufficient to accordance
storage of their relative position. Exempted
gives the number of revolutions, i.e. minimum number
the speed at which the pressure between the disk and
shaft reaches zero, should be on
10-15% higher than the speed at which
rum triggered automatic security.
The torque from the drive shaft to thus
transmitted as a means of contact friction forces
tion, and with the help of keys that infest
grooves in the disc and the shaft.
Some differences from a landing Explicit
by the planting of discs on the finger sleeve (Figure
14.1, etc.). In this design the sleeve, which values
significantly less susceptible to rapid heating,
planted on the shaft with a large interference, and drive ratio
respect to the bushing firmly centered at Therefore
power of radial fingers.
It will be appreciated that increasing For
thrust above the design as invalid because
leads to the appearance of the disk hub hazardous
contact stresses tightness; these stresses
the more harmful to drive the latter ispyaccount the while the maximum stresses
it is in the inner fibers of the disc hub. In
some cases, tight fit discs may
cause buckling disk, which in turn
lead to tripping on the diaphragm and vibration.
Too tight fit may cause such
large stresses in the hub of the disc, which
even lead to rupture of the hub.
The magnitude of interference is determined by calculation
in
Depending on the maximum number of revolutions;
for turbines with 3000 r / min is usually the value of
interference
for legkonapryazhennyh discs taken equal
tion 0,0008-0,001 on the shaft diameter, for voltage
conjugated discs 0,001-0,0013 and tyazhelonaconjugate discs 0,0014-0,0016.
This means that for a shaft diameter of 200 mm
internal bore of hub disc with nonmediocre his hard landing on the shaft
when the value of the specified limits of interference should
have a diameter ranging 199,74- 199.8 mm.

weakening of planting one or more disk

Cove on the shaft and the need to change the disc, you are a
the title of his defects or damage, as well
Yet some cases pereoblopachivaniya and Management Board
ki shaft.
Weakening planting drive shaft, the presence
Chiyo cracks and other defects are checked against
sound when tapping drives lead ku
Valda weighing 1.5-2 kg.
Weakening landing disk can proizoyminute due to the use of the material, do not conform
sponding to its purpose (full effects
zuchesti material and the stress relaxation
increases with temperature and high
consequences resulting stress) and therefore nonwealth structure mounting disk on the shaft.
For example, the weakening of the landing was detected
on the turbines, where wheels planted on the springy
rings (see Fig. 14.1 in); these rings through its
elasticity should hold the disc on the shaft valuable
tral and not to weaken the possibility to planting
Ku by increasing the bore diameter disc under
the influence of heat and centrifugal force.
Weakening planting drive at work may
might raise the shaft drives the swing and vibration
a rotor; elimination of this defect is achieved
landing on the hard disk of the ring rectangular
cross section (see Fig. 14.1, a) on a calibrated
the steel strip (see. Fig. 14.13) or to a splitbush (Fig. 14-1 g).
To remove the drive shaft to the last Charter
placed di- horizontally on the box; shaft with reduced
mayutsya parts located at its end, and
prevent removal of drive in this direction,
and then sequentially after heating wheels
removed one by one.
During the duration of the works on removal
and planting drives (heating, removal or planting and
cooling disks) necessary to create conditions
guaranteeing drive from uneven ostyvation, resulting in draft when blasting
cold air, and so forth. Before heating
drive all the necessary tools, instruments
ments and the workplace should be as preparation
tovleny to approach or withdrawal of the disk can be
could start immediately after the removal of the burners.
With the known value of interference temperature
round heating disk or other parts podlezhaschey shooting or landing, is determined from the formula
mule: t = (H + 2c) / D + to; where the temperature toPomeranchuk
tion workshop, hail; N - size of the maximum
interference, mm; D - diameter of the holes must be mounted
part, mm; - The coefficient of linear expansion
reniyametalla (dlyastali34HN3M
-6raven 11.6 * 10); c-radial clearance between the
relative
Verstov disc hub and the shaft, which ensures
extending free removal or planting drive after
heating (assumed to be equal to 0.15-0.2 mm).
For example, when D = 400 mm, h = 0.30 mm,
to = 20 C and c = 0.15 mm, needed for landing
disk tempera pa heating it is 147o C.
For small tightness when not required Nations
heating is higher than 100 C, heating the disk before planting
may be carried out in a tank of boiling water for

14.2. Removing the blade from the shaft.

Among the most common
reason, when repairs may be
the need to remove the blade from the shaft, include:
183

planting drive shaft with a large interference trebuetsmiling pre evenly heat it up
temperature of 120-150 C, cooled, disc
sit tight on the shaft with the necessary preload PROverification of the heating temperature produced thermal
meters or thermocouples.
In the factory, the heating of the disc before
Planting should be done in gas or electric
cal furnaces, which ensures equal
dimensional heating disk, create an exclusive
Danie large thermal stresses. In
conditions in the turbine repair shop representatives
liminary heating of the disk during landing or snyaTII with a shaft made of autogenous burners.
To avoid warping discs and exceptions
local overheating of the metal, particularly hazardous
for details of high-alloy steels, for
should start heating of the entire circumference at the notation
yes disc and gradually warms transition
leads to heating at the hub.
Heating when removing the disc should be conducted so
that is not warmed shaft Intensive
heating of the disk, which increases the internal
nal diameter of the disc hub before
time to warm up the seat shaft, requires
for heating large diameter discs at the same
alternating the use of three or four burners number 6
or 7 It requires concentration corresponding
sponding to the number of welders, tools and prolaying additional pipelines or the Charter
Novki additional oxygen cylinders and
acetylene generators, since the guild valuable
ized layout usually is not designed for
such a large simultaneous oxygen consumption
and acetylene.
In practice, to avoid repairs indicated
disadvantages associated heating instead of autogenous
burners are special powerful kerosynovitis nozzle (flamethrowers), working on
conventional kerosene, each of which intensity
intensity of the flame is equal to three or four avtogennym burners 6. Kerosene nozzle proists in their design and manufacture, Security
Pasni to use and thanks to high power
STI improve working conditions and accelerate production
duction works.
To eliminate the non-uniformity of heating
drive and protection from possible local
burns heating procedure with nonmovable strengthening autogenous burners or
kerosene nozzles and the rotor rotates.
When planting is often used combination
nated heating method in which first
disk is heated in boiling water, and then supplemented
additional heat to the desired temperature
conducted welding torches or kerosinovyE jets.
After preheating the wheels
removed two three small squeezing
Hydraulic or mechanical jacks
(Figure 14.3). As can be seen from the figures, jacks
one hand rest on the removable disk (-to
closest to the hub), on the other hand - to a neighboring
tions disk; at the same time to prevent otgiba-

of the disk, which is diametrically opposite

false positives abut jacks for transfer
cottages pressure on some discs, the last
thoroughly bursting with each other. Thrust
produced metal plates or
wooden structures hammered between
disks.
To remove the disk drive and Examples
Menen clamping device consisting
of the washer with a hole worn over the shaft until it
nearest ledge (see Fig. 14.4 a). Through washer
skipped the tie rods sufficient
lengths to remove all disks. These studs in
quantity 2-4 pcs., diameter 25-40 mm vverTuva in the hole disc hub; in the absence
the effects of such openings and the presence of special
tion grinding disc hub it is laid
split ring of two halves which the crossed
plyaetsya blind bolts to another ring; in
these rings are drilled holes through which
skipped ends tie rods; when nedosresidues space for nuts produced
cutting holes in the rings.

Figure 14.3. Removal tool drives

shaft; and - using oil jack,
b-by means of mechanical jacks, the jack 1;
2 - a wooden tower; 3 - piston; 4 - Oil
hydraulic press, 5 - Wrench, 6 - Thread the left;
7 - thread right.

184

14.5 b), and a thorough cleaning of the surface of the shaft

before the sleeve 1 Device 2 grommet is screwed
the thread taper bushing 1, whereupon the flange
tools to screw the four screws 3;
while squeezing the ends of bolts
abut the hub disc 4 and the sleeve 1 is removed
from the disk. If the bushing does not move, it should be
additionally heat the body of the disk, whereupon
The hub should be easy to get out of the disk
After removing the disc from the seat on the
shaft drive sdvigaegsya on the shaft end that can
be carried out after lifting and intercept concentration
tsa shaft with short-term removal of the rack on
which lies stub shaft. Then drive to the aid
means of clamps (See above.) or other secure
fixture suspended from the boundaryWell, is removed from the end of the shaft and fit into gorizontalnoe position on wooden podkladki. In the same manner and in the same way snimayutsmiling and the other disks.

Figure 14.4. Removal tool drives

shaft. and - with an emphasis in the shoulder of the shaft; b - with a
focus in the end
shaft. 1-Disc thickness of 25-40 mm, 2 - tie
studs or bolts with a diameter of 25-40 mm, 3 - For
presser bolt with tape threaded diameter 40-60
mm, 4-sleeve threaded bolt, 5-lining.

If you can not stop

goals in the shoulder of the shaft is used wafer Examples
sposoblenie consisting of deaf washer upiparadise in the end of the shaft (see Fig. 14.4 b).
The process of removal from the shaft drive, planted
directly on the shaft or on different rings
type, extends in the following order: with stoppers
ditch the nuts securing the wheels on the shaft are removed
locking cores, unscrew stops itself
nut, then put extractors jacks
or detaching device, which created
provides preliminary removable efforts.
Jacks or tightening studs distribution
rely on one relative to the other diagrams
metralnogo opposite sides of the sleeve
a disk; removal may be used and three housetimes range or tightening studs located
around the circumference of the disc at an angle of 120 .
Next disk heated as already indicated
elk. Heating of the disk is controlled by a thermocouple
or the shift of disk space through a small
time interval; when the disk is sufficiently Nations
heated, are drawn in both uniform
but Jacks or tightening studs to complete
tion remove the blade from the seat.
Removal from the shaft drive, planted at different
carved taper bushings (see. Figure 14.1, b) production
usual after the removal of the taper bushings on kotoryh they sit. To do this, drilled Kerr
us, and unscrew the stopper removed from the shaft
nut and the first sealing ring, extraction
taper bushing 1 is made prisposoblenird 2 (Figure 14.5, a) after hanging the hook disk
crane with a special clamp (see Fig.

Figure 14.5. Removing the suspension bushings and drive to

tap; a-extraction taper bushing from under the disc
b-suspension to the tap and remove the disc with the help of specially
cial clamp (1)

Removing the drive shaft can be made with

and the vertical position of the shaft; in this case
tea all for removal of disks should be carried
hassled in the reverse order to which reform
below is recommended for planting when the drives are vertical
tical position of the shaft.
Removing the drive is not a difficult operation
tion, but require uniform heating, at which
rum should be as small as possible to heat the shaft, and
accuracy of the contraction disks, skewed
drive shaft due to uneven tension
coupling bolts or lifting slings prispoPacks designed can ruin bore hub
the seat of the shaft and, in addition, will
serious difficulties in the removal of the disc, the bound
the loss of considerable time.

14.3. LANDING disc on shaft.

Disk removed from the shaft for pereoblopachivation or for other purposes (for disc replacement, etc..)
185

meters and the diameter of the bore disc number

before re-boarding the shaft shall be thoroughly
seats on the shaft, these data are necessary to determine
tional static balancing, since nonDespite the received during oblopachivadividing the tension and create new
of measures are possible: the difference between the weight of dowels and the number of rings. Admission to the manufacture
the individual
tion of new seat rings should not limit
ceeding 0,01-0,02 mm.
packages of blades, shift their center of gravity in
radially offset of
Before planting drive surface posaSegments bandage tape, wire, etc.. Examples
zling places shaft, hub discs, cutting
grades that cause neuravnovering and thread the lock nut should be
cleaned soaked in kerosene soft rag
shennosti disk.
If you remove the disc from the shaft was caused by
kami. Making sure that there are no scratches and DISEASES
weakening of planting one or more disk
John, you need all of the surface wetting
Cove is necessary before re-planting drive
to show a thin layer of mercury ointment or silver
graphite, which eliminates jamming while landing, Examples
new ring to check the condition of the surface
Goran and rusting seating surfaces
STI shaft, which was under a weakened Since
cage disk and keyways on condition
during operation.
shaft and discs. Often, a weakened diskDiscs can sit down at a horizontal
tal and vertical position of the shaft. In the first
E observed work hardening shaft, broken shpoformer case, the shaft is placed on the box so that the
night grooves and keys.
In these cases, use keyways
could put wheels on the place; horizon
guide-electric welding with subsequent formation
tal position of the shaft is checked for
level; wheels suspended from a crane strictly
processing manually file and scraper or more
vertically mounted so that the shaft
significantly increased their width as in the foreign
lu, and in the drive output to developed areas. To
at the center of the bore of the disc. This will cause the
this keyway Fit new
provisions of the heating is the disk and its landing
to place a motion of the crane in the axial direction
keys so that they are securely seated in the sides
and, where appropriate, uniform strokes
keyways without clearance; top
same between the keyway and spline drive
lead mauls over the face of the hub to the full
be sure to leave a gap of 0.2-0.4 mm (see
landing. When heating the disc to prevent
heating shaft last enveloping asbestos.
Fig. 14.2 a).
For the nozzle disk in vertical distribution
This key is needed to fit
eliminate interference disk unilateral As long
last position of the shaft in order to facilitate
No dowel must be shorter keyed nest
its fastening end to be lowered,
opposite the place of the nozzle into the pit, the Ad
yes disk is not less than 0.5 mm, it is necessary
tially dug in the floor of the condensing Since
to eliminate the possibility upiranie end
part of the hub of the neighboring disc key, similar
premises in the area served by a crane; shaft may
FLOW stress can cause high
Jette also be put into a special rack
the gap between the discs and serve as an obstacle to
or on the base plate (see below).
Nozzle drives with vertical position
normal thermal expansion stupizzas discs.
Research Institute of the shaft is more convenient, less costly
In the presence of the shaft work hardening in some
time and labor, and gives the best results in the relative
cases it is necessary to apply this groove
wear warning distortions, as
disc previously verified horizontally
space. Of course, such a groove can be
made only by a small amount
by level, sits down under the influence of NATIVE
and shafts only, wherein planting performed on bushing
tively weight. Nevertheless, it is the concentration
or framework of rings, rather than directly on the shaft.
was checked squareness planting drive
with respect to the shaft. In this method can
Bore damaged areas can be carried
quickly put the disks one by one; in that
lime at the position of the shaft in the turbine at its
bearings. To do this, the flange connector turbine
there is no need for lifting shaft
beans, to be against the groove of the shaft space,
each subsequent dressing disk as in
horizontally disposed rotor, thanks
strengthening small caliper with longitudinal and
What shaft does not have time to warm up much, at the time
lateral move, which usually use
Groove for collectors and agents of the Rings
me, as the first method of planting, zatragenerator rotor. To prevent axial
Chiva time associated with the cooling of the shaft ..
In designs where the shafts have equal body
movement of the shaft when the shaft bore to be
the resistivity (with thickening in the middle)
raspert both ends stops, preferably with
balls belonging to the pivot on sharpening
wheels must be mounted on a shaft on both sides poochethe ends of the shaft.
alternately; therefore after the nozzle disc by one
end of the shaft, the shaft perekantovyvaetsya. Rotate the
To bore shaft should not rotate
shaft
hand; to eliminate jerks when rotating and
thereby achieving the best results desired
the vertical position (tilting the) is
tive result of the rotation of the shaft elektrodvigavery responsible operation and should be
each case beforehand de
Telem (8.3).
mentally conceived and carried out under the supervision
At the end of these operations are made
micrometer and shtihmassom all measurements in diameter head repair or repairmen.

186

Fig. 14.6 shows a diagram of tilting rotorus in a vertical position with the help of pulleys,
a crane hook and screwed into the shaft end
eyebolt. In the absence of the threaded holes on the
end of the shaft fits securely fastened
clamp (see Fig. 14.7). When assembling the rotor yoke long
wives be rotated so that the keyway
shaft coincided with locking screw.

Figure 14.6. Tilting the rotor by means of a light

a crane hook and hoist. 1 crane hook; 2-hoist,
3-eye shaft, 4-frame, welded, 5 mounting shpilki, 6-front support of the rotor.

This end of the shaft to be lifted by crane Since

power output of the shaft from the horizontal to
vertical position; with corresponding
corresponding movement of the crane and the emphasis in the
currents
rec the other end of the shaft being careful concentration
trol that the shaft did not move in the horizontal
direction, cargo rope did not depart from the vertical
the vertical axis over 15 , and the discs with the blades is not
for goats grazed on which the rotor is mounted.

After lifting the shaft drops its concentration

Tzom in pre-prepared hole, which establishes
Lebanon Special welded foundation
plate (frame) as the heel (see. Fig. 14.6) or ukladyval on a special rack in the form of calculations
of sleepers associated brackets (see Fig. 14.8).
After graduating from tilting shaft must
be weighted in terms of vertically (see Fig.
14.9). A disc which is to be seated on the shaft,
placed on a specially made podemnoe device, such as indicated in Fig.
14.9 or Fig. 14.10, is suspended from the hook
faucet. To ensure rapid and proper
need to calibrate the nozzle drives on specified
GOVERNMENTAL devices horizontally on
level and install them after lifting valuable
tral over the shaft.
If the disc has to sit on the shaft at different
carved rings, one ring is worn on the
its place before planting; key, latching disk
from turning on the shaft is also inserted into the
keyway shaft before planting drive blaGodard's what they are sending at
landing.
Drive, horizontally lying on lifting
Mr. device uniformly warmed by
the rim to the hub; when the inner diameter of the distribution
point of the disc hub will be larger than the diameter
seat shaft 0.2-0.3 mm, proverified measurements (depth gauge), drive slowly
but without stops and jerks, by crane motions
should be freely brought to its posazling the place where it enters the key and at different
carved ring, if necessary disk Peredvigaetsya place to forcibly blows of lead
tsovyh mauls which is inserted into the second cutting
ring.

Figure 14.8. Sleeper laying out vertical

Position of the rotor. 1 sleeper laying out, 2 - clamp,
3 - metal frame, 4-rib.

Figure 14.7. Clamp for tilting the rotor. 1, the rotor

2-laying, 3-Bolt; 4-flange,
5-locking screw.

187

To verify the planting drive

in the axial direction (no beating) with
horizontal shaft may be
applied a simple device, the design of
which is shown in Figure 14.11. It stands out with
gon with perpendicular attach
pivot on which the indicator is strengthened.
Gon after landing on the shaft is brought to
the way to the end of the disc hub and when turned
circumference of the leg indicator shows beating
disk at diametrically opposite points
disk. The identity of this evidence points to the
disk perpendicular to the shaft axis, ie. e. law
correctness of landing. Big difference between these shows
readings of points on the disc warping or distortion
its landing on the shaft.

Figure 14.9. Planting disks with vertical

rotor position.

When jammed on the shaft in any case

case it is impossible to continue his landing using
By in this case must raise disk zaclean the resulting burrs, check
causes of seizure and then again pristudrink for landing.
When heating is increased not only diagrams
meter internal boring disc hub, but also
Kit length, such as length of the hub,
equal to the diameter of the inner bore, increasing
chenie hub length equal to the interference, Since
this after landing drive shaft hub drive
yet having increased length continues accordance
begin to diminish, depending on where in
stronger drive shaft compresses, reducing Kit
can go in the direction of the stop or stops.
To ensure proper axial Since
Proposition wheels must plant the stops vplottion and must be held in the correct position
zhenii as long as the disc, cool, zapresses the shaft.
With horizontal method of planting Nations
Greta disk must be pressed to end posazling place until cool. When the vertical
tical method of planting, the disc sits down all the way
under its own weight; for uskorennocooling of the discs with a long nave and zaschemlenie drive shaft lower end of hub
blown air; with a small length stupizzas blasting air can not produce.
After complete cooling checked relative
absence disc skew and the gap between the end
disc hub and thrust collar or between
hubs of two adjacent disks, the gap between the
two adjacent disks must be limits
Lah indicated in the figure, or the amount that we've
experienced
necks place before removing the disc. The next disc
can be planted only after verifying properSTI landing the previous disc.

Figure 14.10. Lifter to planting

ki drives the vertical position of the rotor.
1 working disk, 2 - folding triangle
3 - bolts, 4 - traverse with slings.

Checking runout can production

hobnob also bore hole gauge rim already nasaconjugated disks in the case when it is confidently
in the absence of the beating disc, from which
is measured; check bore hole gauge
especially expedient to make landing
tselnokovanny discs on the rotor as it is of Great
exists on the disk, Rout with the shaft.
Permissible value of runout disk
actualing on rim disc, depends on the diameter
disk rim; with a diameter of up to 1200 mm dopuskaeMay the value of runout is 0.15
0.2 mm; with a diameter of 1200-1600 mm is equal to 0.2 to
0.3 mm and a diameter of 1600 m or more - 0.5 mm.

188

false points in excess of 0.1-0.15 mm (nonDescribed by consistently sazhaparallel to the end surfaces of the hub
are all of the disks. Last disc is fixed
nut which is screwed too dense
adjacent disc) may cause bending of the shaft
but the thread on the shaft; to prevent otvertywhile the turbine (see Fig. 14.12, b, c).
tion locking nut secured shpilkaIt should be borne in mind that when landing on
two split rings disposed on both
E, which in turn zakernivayutsya. Between
do the lock nut and the hub of the last disk
sides of the disc, the disc even when a small difference
Single must, as well as between each
tightness, admitted in the manufacture of rings,
adjacent discs, be a gap of 0.1-0.3 mm.
during cooling sits on the shaft correctly; vydub the disc after cooling practically impossible
When planting drive shaft on stage
axial clearance between the hubs get welfare
possible. In this case we have again reduced
giving the fact that the ledges of the shaft on which are planted mother disc, sharpening new split rings with identical
CDs have a length of 0.1-0.3 mm greater than
Nakov admission and again to make all operations
radio landing. If this alignment is not proKit discs; this creates a landing disk
lime, during operation of the turbine will also be
Single end to the ledge above the gap (see Fig.
14.12 a).
occur as a result of one-sided bending of the shaft
He drives all the way to each other.
Planting discs without insert rings and technical higher
Lok easier as with the direct planting
drive shaft only requires careful concentration
trol that the landing between disks
remained axial clearance 0.2 to 0.3 mm, the required
my drives for expansion during operation.

Figure 14.11. Checking the axial runout of the rim

indicator disc fixed to the rectangle with
rod. 1-gon; 2-rod for mounting indicator
Katori.

Figure 14.13. Fixing calibrated steel

Ribbon shaft. and - using the gashes on the spline.
1-bracket, 2 - zapily thickness tape 3 - tape,
4 - seal the belt ends in gashes; b-using
Soldering 1 shaft, 2-bracket, the tape 3, 4 soldered to
shaft.

Figure 14.12. Position drive shaft at right

villa and irregular plantings; and - the gaps between
discs and between the last plate and the locking nut
Coy; b - the curvature of the shaft due to parallelism
end faces of the locking nut and hub
a disk; in - bending the shaft wrong to planting
ke discs or non-parallelism of the end surface
STAY hub drives. 1-disc, 2-locking nut,
3-sided pressure.

When planting discs on the ring in some

cases it is necessary in the process of landing proimposes between the hubs of adjacent discs
thin paper gasket thickness 0.1-0.15
mm, in which the turbine is itself destroyed
creases, thus creating the necessary clearance
between the discs. This gap must be equivalent
dimensional throughout the circumference of the hub;
difference
gaps measured in diametrically opposite

Removing discs sitting directly

on the shaft, it is recommended to use only
exceptional circumstances, as to planting reSingle disc with the necessary preload very hindered
enforcement.
In some cases, for nonessary interference have to drive to the plant
strictly calibrated steel tape width
corresponding to the length of the disc hub, and the thickness
tion of creating the necessary
interference, tape thickness is determined after corresponds
sponding processing shaft and internal distribution
point of the disk surface to eliminate konusof, roundness, potholes and irregularities in the
the seats.
Calibrated tape before planting drive
stretched and secured to the shaft or mortgages
Coy its under side pre-eclipsing
key surface (see Fig. 14.13 a), or soldering
her at the edges of the keyway soldering (Figure
14.13 b). Therefore to ensure the smooth
drive cages on a calibrated steel
cent, without her grazing and damage, it is necessary
Dimo before planting to produce increased
heating of the disc.

189

Landing on the cutting disc cone

sleeve as follows: drive
raised collar for a crane, put on the horizon
tally located shaft to between disk
com and the shaft remained annular gap for the bushing
ki. This sleeve has an outer diameter konusnost 6%, respectively, which have been cut
hub disc (before planting should be to drive
hub to hub disc). The sleeve must be
made by the longitudinal cut on 1-2 mm wider
key to landing bush not put her in
key and move freely; dowel planted
the shaft to the bushing also need to pick up
walk carefully wipe graphite planting stock
nye places shaft, disc and sleeve.
When planting the first disc rests in accordance
sponding shaft shoulder (cm. Fig. 14.5 a).
The sleeve is forced into the hole between the disk and
shaft of a special device; it Examples
sposoblenie must be screwed on the thread in
sleeve before putting the sleeve on the shaft. Bushing
finally planted in place uniform
attacks lead mauls to adapt,
thus it is necessary to control the correct
of planting drive in the axial and perpendicular
shaft of the directions, and that the disc is not
depart from the adjacent disk or collar. If the disc
established non-perpendicular to the shaft axis, then remove
ramie relevant places prisposobleachieve displacement of the sleeve and the corresponding
tively improve the situation of the disc.
To prevent attenuation disc to
the shaft between the hub of the first disk and the hub
second set intermediate ring
(See. Fig. 14.1 b) preventing the release sleeve
of disc. In the same manner and be mounted all
other disks, and as a stop konustion sleeve previous disc are of gaskets
zling ring and the hub of each subsequent
disk.

14.4. Disk repair.

For repairs It should
blowing careful with the blade disc
as applied to the disc scratches can be issued
called a local concentration of stresses in the Mat
rial. If there are paintings on the discs rzhavranks it should be thoroughly cleaned so
it may lead to further uskorennomu corrosion of metal.
At each overhaul of turbine disks should
us carefully inspected for increased
of attorney in the absence of cracks and other defects
on the disk, in particular in its hazardous sections,
for example, in the transition field profile disc to
angles to the extinction cross section holes and so on.,
this is especially true for those turbines where Nations
were observed disc injury.
To inspect the fabric of each disk with notation
their sides must first be cleared emery
tion paper; It should especially thorough cleaning
blowing expose zone razgruzochchyh holes
that are in the disks of the first and middle stupenalties. After cleaning etch Since

surface 10% aqueous solution of nitric acid,

Rinse and carefully inspect the condensate
the entire surface of the disc using a portable
lamps and magnifiers with 10x magnification.
All transitions on the disk to the internal angle
Lamy should have the corresponding radii
rounding edges unloading hole should
be rounded with a radius not less than 5-15 mm, and
surface holes and fillets carefully relative
polished.
Particular attention should be paid to
the keyways and the grooves drives shafts which
are sources of high concentration
stresses. Acute lack of pruning and
finish of the keyway, misalignment
a keyway in the drive shaft and, as well as interference
between the key and the disk in the radial direction
lenii can cause over-voltage, bias
when planting drive and cracks in the hub
disk.
Welding any cracks on
discs is absolutely inadmissible, since disks
brewed cracks during operation can be issued
call serious accidents, are also prohibited from above by
casting holes in the discs when balancing. In the case
case detection of cracks on the disk or susrhenium in the presence of those you must drive with
remove the shaft and hold the most thorough survey
tion depth and location, whereupon
should be solved the issue of the possibility of long-range
Nation of the disk, with the unreliability of long-range
Nation of the disk must be replaced.
When obnaruzheniikorobleniya (axial
beating on the indicator over 0.3-0.5 mm) wheels
should be subject to revision. To edit the
drives use the same methods of editing, as well as
Shaft (thermal, mechanical and Editing
relaxation method). Coinage disk has been removed from
shaft, struck by a light hammer (200
300 g) in the web drive at a site where it rim
concave, bumps begin to produce at the hub and
sequentially moving radially towards the rim
disk.
Thermal straightening disk produce less
stnymi non-durable heat which created
yield stress at these locations, the superior
yield stress, whereby the convex
side of the disc is the shortening of the fibers,
which leads to kink and rectify drive after
Cooling in the desired direction. It should
is taken into account that the disks are very sensitive to
local heating, so the changes are usually
apply autogenous burner of not more than number
4 or 5 being uniform heating of movement
zheniem burner until the dark red
Metal colors.
After adjusting the drive in any way podletains a heat treatment, which is to slow
lennom uniform heating to a temperature disk
tours, above the temperature of steam at 50
60 C. After complete cooling drive productivity
ditsya verification of the results and changes
annealing.

190

15 IRIS AND RACE.

15.1. MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES
Diaphragms and clip.
Turbines are located between the diaphragm
Scratch disks and are nonmovable baffle blades which
share the inner cavity of the cylinder relative to the
sensible level (sections) with different pressure
leniem pair each. Diaphragm blades
form the nozzle channels, which ensures
ing steam supply to the rotor blades under
the calculated angle and used to transform
of the thermal energy of the steam into kinetic energy.
Depending on the operating conditions
(Temperature steam effort perceived
diaphragm, and so forth.) in the high-pressure stages
tion used welded steel ing and
boron diaphragm. At temperatures up to
450 C for the production of bodies and rim diameter
fragm used rolled sheet of Mat
louglerodistyh steels 15 and 20, with
temperatures of 450-530 C forgings of chromium
momolibdenovyh steels 20HM,
25HM, 15HMA, 20HMA at temperatures
530-565 C forgings of hromomolibdenovanadievyh steels 12HMF, 20HMF,
15H1M1F and at a temperature of 580 C hardening
nennaya Chrome Stainless Steel
EI802 (15H12VMF).
Vanes for welded
diaphragms operating at temperatures up to
480 C, made of chromium stainless
stainless steel 1H13, at
up to 550 C mark 15H11MF, and at a temperature
round up to 580 C - brand EI802.
For the steam temperature to 250-260 C.
apply iron aperture (iron
MF grades 21-40, 28-48 MF and MF 18-36) with zacast them stamped blades of
stainless steel 1H13; at higher
temperatures iron diaphragm unsuitable
us because of the "growth" cast ( 3.6). When making
diaphragms of the modified or high
durable cast iron, accompanied with significant
tance "growth", they are used in the field of
temperatures up to 300 C.
Steel and cast iron diaphragm performed
nyayutsya composite of two halves with built-in
horizontal plane coinciding with the plane
bone connector cylinder. Each half of the diameter
phragma fitted to the upper and lower
half of the turbine cylinder (see Fig. 15.1). In iz
Bezhanov couple skip jack both halves
diaphragms are not fastened to one another, and
their correct connection socket holds
a lock sradialnoynapravlyayuschey
Keyed (see Fig. 15.1 b, item 8) or ridge. In
some designs, the two halves of the diaphragm
we are joined back to back plane connector that
achieved their prishabrovkoy, and the correctness of their

Connection control is provided shtifTami established in the plane of the connector.

To prevent leakage of steam along the Ba
la through the annular gap in the inner bore
Aperture installed labyrinth yn
compaction in the form of half-rings or individual segments
ments.

Figure 15.1. Setting the aperture in the cage and cylinnucleus; and - suspension and fastening apertures in the cylinder
on washers and strips; b - mounting apertures in cylinLindre or cages on dowels; in - centering diameter
phragma on pins. 1-stop; 2 cylinder or
clip; 3 - key (foot) for the suspension of the upper
halves of the diaphragm; 4 - key for the suspension of the lower
halves of the diaphragm; 5, 7 - key for centering diameter
phragma in a vertical plane; 6 bolt accordance
union of the two halves of the diaphragm; 8-spline on horizon
tal terminal aperture; - The gap between the
the outer cylindrical surface of the diaphragm and
the bore in the cylinder equal to 1.5-3 mm;
f-static deflection of the rotor.

Mounting and alignment of diaphragms ispytying in the considerable efforts of different

of the vapor pressure on both sides and their different
personal temperature conditions, are carried out
cylinder turbine using tabs dowels
and a pin resting on the cylinder wall with
account the possibility of free expansion

diaphragms in the radial direction and conservation

tion accurate axial clearances between workers
blades and diaphragms; value elastic
diaphragm deflection under the influence of said axial
O efforts should be limited to very small
value. Fixing pins diaphragms (see Fig.
15.1 in) for turbines with high steam parameters
not applicable because it does not provide necessary
Dima freedom of thermal expansion.
Fixing the upper half of the diaphragms prohassled usually lock washers, a compendium
kami or keyed to the cylinder head (see Fig.
15.1, and, b) so that they do not drop and
rise at the opening of the turbine with
a cylinder cover.
To ensure free temperature
extensions of the diaphragm, and at the same time for
prevent leakage of steam along the circumference of
its mounting location in the cylinder between the diameter
Phragmen and recesses of the cylinder walls ostavlyayutsya small radial (from 0.003-0.004
diameter aperture) and axial clearances (0.1
0.3 mm); in the absence of these gaps cylinder
the turbine being cooled by external air used
Experiencing considerable stress would be on faster
and becomes very hot in the diaphragms.
In turbines, where the diaphragm is not fixed
recesses in the cylinder and inserted in a special
alloy cage, in turn free incoming
ing their combs into the grooves of the cylinder, at podume of the cylinder head holder with aperture
rise together with the lid, and remain
location. This design makes it easy to disassemble and
cylinder assembly and diaphragms. The correctness of the
axial
howl installation clips, and, consequently, the diameter
fragm regulated mounting rings
padded on both sides of the ridges clips.

15.2. Disassembly and repair

Clip and the diaphragm.
To check the status of clips and diagrams
fragm and elimination of defects found
cage and diaphragm is required vynimother of the cylinders at each major reform
Monte turbine.

Figure 15.2. Checking the status and position of clips;

and - measuring points along the ridges of clips, b - check
the axial position of the crests of clips, incorrection comb clips, 1 comb holder, 2 side of the steam input, 3 - side parovypuska.

In the constructions in which the aperture

inserted into the holder, after removing the cover cylinLindrum should perform the scan right
correctness of the position of clips in the cylinder, as
when warping cylinder or clips may
deviation from the vertical ridges clips.
Verification is performed by measuring three
point of the distance between the crests of adjacent
cages, the parting at the points a and b and
the upper part of the cage at a (see Fig. 15.2 a). For
the ability to compare these measurements are carried out on
disk at the control stage rotor otzhathat in the course of steam; measured the distance from the
disk
Single control stage to the crest of the first
holder, from the crest of the first wing to the crest of the second
swarm clips, etc. (See Fig. 15.2 b). In case of equality
specified distances, respectively, in the three point
framework of (a, b, c) or abnormalities in these sizes
within 0.1-0.15 mm warping clips relative
absent.
If found warping clips, used
the board is made by filing its grebnya; to ensure fit comb clips
over the entire circumference is necessary if the filing
produced by the steam input, afloat
corresponding layer of metal on the side of the steam
release (see Fig. 15.2 in).
These inspection and repairs may not
made unless the value of the total run-up
rotor ( 18.2) is within the range of permissible
for this type of turbines and the cylinder cover
removed without jamming.
Raising the upper half cages with diameters
Phragmen performed after installation of oiled
GOVERNMENTAL oil rails and uniform otzhament cages 2-3 mm with steel relative
presser bolts. Cages suspended from the lowth crane hook with a cord, and eights
lifting eyes (see Fig. 15.3, a); production should rise clips
drive vertically, watching absence
Viy grazing diaphragms for CDs.
The rise of the cylinder head directly to the
tively reinforced diaphragms in it also
must be carried vertically; need
sary to take precautions against
Grazing diaphragms for scratch disks. Lack of
Grazing and jamming when lifting verified
slight rocking cover in the plane, the first
pendicular to the axis of the turbine. After removing the
the cylinder head to check the absence
Corollary trace leaks couple of parting plane
The cylinder, orifice and along the joints after excavation
diaphragms as on their rims.
Before the recess of the rotor cylinder,
make measurements of axial clearance between the original
disc
E and diaphragms on both sides by bandages
blades and intermediate bodies and radial
the gaps between the crests of diaphragms and seals
shaft; clearance measurement along the ridges of the elasticity
GOVERNMENTAL labyrinth seals diaphragms need
Dimo monitor to probe not wring
segments seals.
Clearances are measured with a feeler gauge, iz
the measuring wedge and long tape probe

192

with axial position of the rotor, pressed into orderMr. bearing on the course of a couple. Verification of
production
is found in the two positions of the rotor, otlichayuschihXia from one another by 90 . Doing this friction
ments necessary due to the fact that the gaps
between the disk and the diaphragm is not always the same
over the entire circumference; This may occur when the
inaccuracies turning binding bands on the blades,
a misalignment of the disc obtained
when the nozzle shaft as well as defects in manupared and the planting of individual blades.

Small gaps in bandage should be

increased by turning banding. If
to do this is not possible due to
that will hurt the body of the blade, it is necessary
increase the clearance of the respective treatment
diaphragms.

Figure 15.4. Excavation of the cages and laying diaphragms;

well-installation clips for excavation diaphragms; bstacking diaphragms after they recess.

After thorough fixation on the form

all measurements of gaps and comparisons
these measurements with data factory forms
or forms of the previous measurements rotor may
Zhet be removed from the cylinder. Said comparison
of clearance should be performed before the recess
rotor, since the rejection of these gaps vythan the permissible values is necessary to clarify
causes and decide how to eliminate
in the process of repair of these nenormalnoSTAY.
Cage with diaphragms or separate diagrams
Figure 15.3. Lifting methods diaphragms: a - subphragma, in the absence of clips are extracted from the
plumb holder with diaphragms to the hook of the crane; b - subthe bottom of the small cylinder with a crane hook
plumb the diaphragm to the hook of the crane lifting eyes and
a steel cable, eights and lifting eyes,
vosmerkaE; in -podem aperture with a special
Screw-in specially cut for this
of the jaw. 1-level; 2 - line,
opening goal cage or diaphragms
3 - stop; 4 - fingers devices, incoming
(See Fig. 15.3 b). In the absence of these holes vying in the groove of the diaphragm; 5 - a bolt with a rectangular
EMKA diaphragms made by means of Examples
Four thread; 6 - nut, the task is comsposobleniya consisting of two collapsible
one with a handle, straps 7, 8 for gripping roller
bolt strips; strips have tabs kotoryrope.
, occurs grip aperture for the corresponding
sponding sharpening her parting plane (see Fig.
The gaps should be especially careful
15.3 in). To speed up this adapted
but produce from the steam input into the working
leniem nut bolt connecting strips, It should
blades, since these gaps is smaller than the gaps
blowing at the same time to make the handle and bolt threads from the steam outlet. It should be recognized, however,
Four.
that the turbine is also dangerous if the axial zazoRecess aperture of the cage productivity
ry on the side of the steam is less than that specified in
ditsya after installation clips for lining, as
especially when the location of persistent subis shown in Fig. 154 as well. It should taken out of the
bearing the high side; wherein
diaphragm
extension of the rotor in the direction of the LPC is
blows laid on the board in the manner depicted
reduction of gaps is on the output side
rated in Fig. 15.4 b. These same methods vynisteam. Insufficient clearance can cause zatoil cage and diaphragm cylinder cover
Devaney disks for aperture on the output side
pa after its edge change (7.3).
steam and cause dangerous vibrations and accidents.
Diaphragm, in particular iron, some- times
Characteristic feature of this is Therefore
yes so wedged in the turbine housing,
phenomenon of vibration of the turbine is not immediately after that the above extract by their impossibility
start-up,
but. Jamming iron diaphragms occurs
and after a time required for sufficient
accurate thermal expansion of the rotor.

193

due to the "growth" of the metal, which is usually observed

alive after a long work turbine
us and is very dangerous. When nonlarge gaps in the turbine cast iron diaphragm
so grow up and to bind that causes
vayut strong pressure on the cylinder wall; when
This flange is obtained permanent deformation,
Aperture - bend with the advent of these cracks;
Diaphragm seals from grazing on stupizzas drives much work.
Excavation wedged diaphragms progranted upon a rich wetting places zaedaniya kerosene or a mixture of kerosene with skifagot and thorough tapping diameter
fragm lead hammer on the ends and joints,
as shown in Fig. 15.5 a. If this method
remove the diaphragm fails, you need to use
Vat device shown in Fig.
15.5 b. It consists of two U 10-12,
set at the high edge facing
one to the other smooth sides strapped
bolts with remote handsets. Generators
schiysya between CHANNELS gap is to promote the free
the free passage of the tension stud diameter
-1 "(depends on the thickness of the diaphragm), vvertypursued in the hole, further cut in
parting plane diaphragms.
Channel bars with their ends ustanavlivaare on the flanges of the cylinder above the diaphragm on
steel chocks thickness of 30-50 mm, such
installation sills under uniform tension
SRI studs will allow free exit
aperture height pads. Preload spinel
Lek must be carried out after a heavy wetting
of kerosene and tapping orifice of lead
tsovoy sledgehammer.
Surface cages and diaphragms shall be
thoroughly cleaned of scale, rust and dirt
Scrapers and steel brushes and blades grit fine sandpaper; cleanable surface
of pre-wet a kerosene
nom, and after cleaning thoroughly clean
dry with a clean cloth. Scale from the diaphragm
to accelerate can be removed prowashing with hot condensate, followed by
wipe dry with a clean cloth.
After cleaning the diaphragm and undercuts clips
and the cylinder from dirt and scale necessary production
to conduct a thorough inspection to identify possible
GOVERNMENTAL cracks in the cage, on the canvas of
diaphragms and
keyways, warping clips, strain
tion and corrosion fabric diaphragm mechanical
damage, traces of grazing rotor disks for
diaphragm damage intermediate diameter
Phragmen seals and others.
Termination condition of the blades in the blade and
the rim of the diaphragm is determined by the rattling
when tapping each blade with a hammer. For
determine the causes of chatter especially careful
tive examination subject. 1) incorporation Lomolasses in connector iron diaphragms; 2) zaklepochcompounds being that hold the blade in the typesetting
diaphragms 3) welds in welded diaphragms.

Besides this, the product must be

Dan check density joints of both halves
diaphragms in the paint; castle one-half diameter
phragma should fit snugly to the castle the other
with a gap in the top lock of not more than 1.0 mm (see. Fig.
15.1, b, a section along A-A); should also check
particularly in iron diaphragms absence
buckling and growth of iron, eliminating their corresponding
sponding pripilovkoy and fit.

Figure 15.5. Methods for extracting jammed diaphragm

we are; and - Removing jammed aperture using
crane (1-copper knockout), b-extracting jammed
the diaphragm by means of tension rods.

Diaphragm containing flaws

and other defects and damage, danger
governmental for turbine operation can not be pre
lent to the further operation and should
be exchanged if they can not be repaired
ented with a full guarantee reliable operation.

15.3. APERTURE TEST

Flexing.
Aperture in the test load
directed towards the low pressure magnitude
the rank of which depends on the pressure difference on
both sides of the diaphragm, and the diaphragm area.
Increased deflection of the diaphragms can take place
dit in operation due to excessive drift
guide vanes salts, throws water at
dy turbine, as well as due to insufficient strength
of the diaphragm.
When repairing the checks magnitude
ranks each residual deflection of the diaphragm;
check is performed by measuring the probe

194

gaps a, d, e between the body and the diaphragm linear

Coy (see Fig. 15.6 a) which overlaps with stoRhone input pair on the side of the rim diameter
phragma near and parallel to the plane of its razEMA. Amount of deflection at the point of ediameter steel
phragma with milled blades and protons
chennym body is determined by the formula
f = e-d + c.
The results obtained are comparable measurements
vayutsya data similar to the measurements,
plagued with previous repair; Availability
residual deflection can lead to a decrease
NIJ axial clearance and grazing Since the end
surface of the diaphragm (about the internal distribution
point on the exit side pair) for the working disc,
next to the diaphragm. In the presence of residual
precise deflection in iron diaphragms more
0.15-0.2 mm and 0.2-0.3 mm steel diaphragms
requires a special resolution of the question of impact
possibility of leaving such diaphragms for long-range
Nation operation.

Figure 15.6. Checking deflection diaphragms.

and control the deflection of the diaphragm with a ruler and
probe used - hydraulic test rigs diameter
phragma; in - the dimension during hydraulic testing
, the diaphragm.

In the absence of confidence in the strength of

diaphragm and the need to ensure relative
presence of deflection when working at maximum
turbine load shall be tested diameter
phragma on the deflection under hyper
drostaticheskogo pressure.
In the factory, this test prohassled pressurized hydraulic houseKrath. In the context of such a turbine plant
test can be performed on the special
cial machine.
The main part of the machine, which can
be made in the mechanical workshop
power (see Fig. 15.6 b) consists of a hydraulic
cal pillows 1 (pull-up drive), performed
the Joint sheet steel 0.7 mm thick. For
manufacturing cushions from a single sheet of steel vyReza circle with a diameter of 900 mm and the edges of the
sub-

bending so as to obtain a bedplate

pan with sides of 30-35 mm; to boron
there it is the silver solder donyshka Examples
paivaetsya another round of sheet steel with a diameter
a meter in which it fits snugly into the collars
bottom. In the cushion obtained in this manner
drilling a hole in the middle to kotoromu soldered connector 7 for connection
manual hydraulic press and a pressure gauge 9.
Verifiable both halves diameter
phragma collected without guide dowels
or pins, protecting half diameter
fragm the relative displacement in the axial direction
lenii tightly inserted into the sharpener clamp 2,
made of flat steel 50x100 mm and proaccurate for the preparation of said sharpening.
In such a diaphragm is placed between
do two massive cast-iron push
3 slabs of a size corresponding to the diameter of
diaphragm, and a thickness of 150 mm, which is held together
lyayutsya by bolts 4 diameter 1 "; in
As the pressure plate can be use
us marking plate.
On the surface of the diaphragm is set
16 to 20 cylindrical, same height,
polished prisms 6 30 mm in diameter, which
stacked on a rubber plate thickness
20-30 mm and are placed in a circle.
The height of the prism is chosen so that
to constitute a horizontal position
of them mounted on the pressure plate 5
thickness of 60 mm and a simultaneous participation in
transfer of pressure from the pressure plate on Since
surface of the diaphragm. For measuring the deflection
diagram
phragma under it set four six firmly enshrined indicators 8, with
calculation of production measurements at the inner
the diameter of the aperture, where the deflection in the
achievement
Gaeta greatest value, and at the root of the blades,
where the gaps between the diaphragm and disc are
the lowest values.
All this machine placed on the tree
vyannyh bars 260h260 mm, the Charter must be
stalled on the floor, where it is not the influence of vibration
tion turbines.
When tested on the diaphragm deflection hydro
hydraulically pressure is adjusted to 100% - and
150% strength test load.
Test load, depending on
the radius of its applications is determined by the formula
S = PR / 3r, kg; where P - the estimated amount of load
the diaphragm kg; R - is distance from the center
supporting the diaphragm to the inner surface
bore seal (see Fig. 15.6 in.) cm; r - distribution
distance from the middle of the bearing surface diameter
phragma to the axis of application testing Nations
load, see.
The estimated value of the load on the diaphragm
of the known thermal calculation or zamerenNome pressure drop at maximum For
turbine load is determined by the formula
P = (D2op-d2u) * (P1-P2) / 4, kg; where Dop - diameter at
middle bearing surface of the diaphragm (see Fig.
15.6, s), cm; dy - the minimum diameter of seal

195

tions orifice in cm; P1 - the vapor pressure diagram before

phragma kg / cm 2; P2-pressure steam after diameter
phragma, kg / cm 2.
Test 100% - and 150% load -ing
produced twice. After each test
under load, and after 15 min. after removal of the Nations
load produced recording of residual deformation
mations on the LED indicators. Test
at 150% capacity should be carried out
no more than the time it takes to zapis the Indicators. Tests considered
sumed finished, if the results of the repeated
tion test are identical to the first.
Aperture is considered to have passed ispytanie if, after the termination of the magnitude of the pressure
on residual deflection does not exceed 0.04 mm, and
elastic deflection of the diaphragm at the maximum
pressure does not go beyond the settlement

15.4. Assembling a case

And the diaphragm.
Before assembly, make sure to clean
holes and grooves to drain drainage cylinder
D, diaphragms and cages; moreover, the diaphragm
we ring and the groove of the cylinder must be
carefully wiped with a clean cloth and purged
You're the air, as the ingress of sand and dirt less
waiting cages, diaphragm and cylinder vyzoCouncil errors in setting the aperture.
Assembling clips and diaphragms after cleaning
produced by the same devices and prieMami that were used during their recess; sborku usually start with the bottom half of diaphragms
first stages of HPC. After laying the halves
diaphragms in the cage or directly in
the lid and the bottom part of the cylinder should prolime validation centering diameter
fragm in cages and cages in the cylinder and make sure
sufficiency in the radial and axial thermal
gaps in the seats between the ridges
clips, diaphragms and the grooves of the cylinder.

removal of dissolved lead prints. For the measurement

these gaps in the cylinder cover lead proportage stacked on top of the comb clips
(AE) and on the parting plane; gap is determined
mined by the difference between the thickness of the imprint
above and half the sum of the thicknesses of prints on a plane
bone plug. For the measurement of these same gaps in the
lower
her half of the cylinder is placed under the lead
foot cage (diaphragm) and a comb for prolongitudinal tabs (see Fig. 15.7 a); in this case, the gap
determined by the formula
1 = (B + D) / 2 (A + B) / 2.
For measuring the gaps between the keyway vapor
Zoom and keyed yoke (diaphragm) lead strengthbias towards a comb holder (aperture) and
slash key; a gap defined by the formula
D- 2 = (B + D) / 2.
Radial clearances on HPT
LMZ pressure under these measurements should
be in the range of 2-3 mm along the ridges clips
and 2.5-3 mm along the ridges of the diaphragms and clips
kontseO seals.
Axial gaps between the ridges clips,
diaphragms and the cylinder bore, ensure
ing normal thermal expansion clips
and apertures (see Fig. 15.8 a) must be equal
= 0,1-0,3 mm for steel diaphragms and clips
end seals and a width of the ridges of the
50 to 100 mm; 0.05-0.18 mm diameter steel
fragm with the width of the ridges from 50 to 80 mm and
0.25-0.3 mm for cast iron diaphragm with a width
their ridges 70 to 100 mm. When installing the miracle
gunnyh diaphragms with axial thrust
tumblers (see Fig. 15.8, b) these gaps must be
reduced to 0.1-0.2 mm.

Figure 15.8. Axial gaps along the ridges

clips and diaphragms.

Figure 15.7. Clearances when installing diaphragms in cylinLindrum. and - radial clearances between the crest diameter
phragma and groove clips or cylinder, b-side
gaps vertical dowels clips and diaphragms; sum
Marnie gap 2a = 0.04-0.15 mm.

Radial clearances between the ridges clips

(Aperture) and the grooves between the ridges and clips
clips end seals and cylinder prove-

Within this range the axial gaps

must be performed by the greater, the more
ridge width and the aperture ring and the higher
temperature in which it operates and the cage diameter
phragma.
Side clearances between the legs of diaphragms
and cages and cages between the legs and the cylinder
(See Fig. 15.9, a, b) should be in the range of 2.5-3.5
mm.
Verifying the alignment diagram
fragm should show them in such a position in
wherein the axis passing through the centers of their rasto-

196

check the gasket coincides with the axis of the turbine rotor
bins at its normal thermal state, ie,
during operation of the turbine. This requires taking into
account Pedisplacing the rotor in rotation on your numbers
le turbine speed by moving the diaphragm and
clips seals 0.1 mm to the left at the right
rotation and right-clockwise rotation of the rotor;
moreover, must be taken into account adjustments for
changes in the gaps of the end and intermediate
seals; The latter occurs due to heat
paws cylinders dish of cylinders due to the difference
temperatures top and bottom, as well as due to the influence
flange heating. These amendments should be
in advance of the alignment clarified by zavodskim data, according to the installation formulyaditch and Form CG during previduschih overhauls.

Figure 15.9. Fixing diaphragms and clips; asuspension of the diaphragm in the cage; 1-holder; 2-diaphragm;
3-foot aperture; b - fastening clips in the cylinder
re: 1-cylinder cover; 2 lower cylinder;
3-holder; 4-foot cage.

Alignment itself is performed using

verification of the shaft, for which preshould be verified by the difference in deflection
rotor shaft and verification ( 11.3).
On the test shaft, installed with
stops against axial movement pointerFLOW strengthened against the pin bore proverifiable bottom half of the diaphragm with a gap
not more than 0.4-0.5 mm, which facilitates the subsequent
measuring probe. When turning proveRobust shaft 90 and 180 measurement proizvodyatup in two sides and the bottom of the bore points yn
compaction.
From these data, the value determined
the need to move the diaphragm in horizon

tal and vertical plane and study

position of the diaphragm is corrected with the indicated
associated above amendments concentric axis proveRobust shaft, replacing in this case rotorus.
If the results of the alignment is required
movement of the diaphragm in horizontal and vertical
potassium is made depending on construcstruction mounting aperture in the cage or in cylin-cylinder and the position of the diaphragm relative
to the parting plane of the cylinder.
When you set the aperture on the legs (see Fig.
15.9 a) is moving vertically productivity
ditsya by changing the thickness of shims under
legs of the lower half of the cylinder or opilovCoy these legs, and the horizontal-rotation
aperture around the longitudinal splines; with nonnecessary to move to the left by X
under the right foot pad set
thickness X, and a left foot is removed promasonry thickness X or filing is made
Strap by the same amount; if necessary
move to the right you are installing
shims under the left foot and the recess of the same
shims under the right foot.
When you set the aperture on the pins (see.
Fig. 15.1 in) moving it horizontally and vertices
ticked produced corresponding signed
dexterous or replacement dowel pins; vycell of the protruding portion of the pin can be measured
ured depth gauge or a small selection of
plates probe stacked to the rim of the diaphragm
we are close to the pin.
The upper half of the diaphragms ottsentrovyare measured at the lower half of a set
calculation of obtaining clearances for tabs diaphragms
and cages within the tolerances specified in the
Fig. 15.9. This should also be ensuring
but the correct fit of the parting plane
both halves of the diaphragm and a snug fit for
locking key and centering pins in
connector of the lower half of the diaphragm.
Aperture and the ring must be of assembly
us so that the probe does not pass 0.05 mm across
their parting plane. The gaps between the legs
clips and cylinder head must be
in the range 0.03-0.1 mm (see Fig. 15.9 b).
Checking the position of the diaphragm relative to
respect to the plane of the connector cylinder production
usual with a feeler gauge and a straight edge,
installed across the plane of the connector (see Fig.
15.10). This same test can be performed
after installation on the control rod and obtyadrawing in the cylinder by the difference in thickness ottisCove lead wire, which prokladyvaetsmiling at the junction of the cylinder and the joints of the
diaphragms.
For the control, just as was done for
the bottom half of the shaft rotation screening
radial clearances checked by boring
Seal the top half of the diaphragms. By okonChania alignment produced control proverification received radial clearance between
shaft seals and crests which prepyatstexist overflow of a couple with one hand diagram

197

phragma to another in the passage through the rotor

diaphragm (16.2).
The check is made with the full assembly
half of all the diaphragms in the bottom half of cylinLindgren; with elastic (spring) uplotnenitions made by wedging their Charter
Novki segments under the wooden wedges; in the lower
her point seals installed in the diaphragm
we fit a lead wire, and a rotor
lowered into place.

Figure 15.10. Verifying the installation of the diaphragm on

with respect to the parting plane of the cylinder.
1-line; 2 Measure the gap.

Side clearances checked ribbon

probe, and the lower for reprints lead prodies, laid on the lower half-seal
lovin diaphragms, measured after removal
rotor. The radial clearance between the seal
and the shaft should be within the limits set
factory data or mounting formulyaramie; wherein sealing strips must be
carefully pointed. If there is insufficient gaps
shall contain the filing of the ridges
seals; with gaps above the allowable yn
compaction should be replaced with a thorough
tive fit for clearances and sharpening the Grenadines
crests.
The obtained measurement results, if
they are not subject to any changes, as well as
magnitude of the axial gap between the discs and
diaphragms for bandages and blades, proverennye the above way, accurately records
in an appropriate form.
Final assembly of the diaphragm productivity
ditsya after careful rubbing their rims human
shuychatym graphite. When assembling a serious attenmanie should be given to strengthening the diameter

fragm in the cylinder, which ensures them from provorachivaniya during turbine operation under the action
Viy torque, which appears in the
the reaction of steam flowing from the Nations
Control input devices diaphragms; torque
moment acts on the cylinder turbine Nations
board opposite to the rotation of the rotor. Such
cranking caused significant
rotating force can cause an accident
turbine.
Upon completion of all tests and measurements
closing of the turbine cylinder. When
stock clips diaphragm must be iz
entail of clips, clamps purged with air,
grooves cleaned prograficheny and aperture ulowife in the cage and carefully secured therein.
Cleanliness of the drainage holes in the cylinders
must be tested in bulk water to final
tional installation of diaphragms. Must also be
tested the mobility of each segment elastics
-particle seal on the diaphragm and the end
seals.
Together with the upper holder halves
diaphragms suspended from the crane with a thorough
check the horizontal plane connector
on the framework level or on a simple level with
ruler (cm. Fig. 15.3, a). Before lowering
clips, you must first install and Fasten the
drink greased rails. Joints
clips are lubricated with graphite; after setting
pribolchivayutsya cage with the production of locks
against loosening bolts.
In the absence of cages should code before
coated test the reliability of fastening diameter
fragm in the cylinder cover, after which the lid
gently perekantovyvaetsya, suspended by
level to the crane and lowered to reliably zakreplennym guide to compliance predostoMaintenance The grazing of the workers against the wheels.
If the assembled thrust bearing
rotor provertyvaetsya easily and in the cylinder
hear no grazing, the flange connector
propriate bolts and studs.

16 labyrinth-seal.
16.1. CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS
Labyrinth-seal.
The main purpose of the labyrinth yn
compaction installed in places out of all
the shaft of the turbine cylinder and called kontseVym, is to prevent the blowing of steam
the shaft of the high pressure cylinder into the atmosphere
sphere and access of air into the internal cavity
The cylinder operating under vacuum. In steam
turbines used three end seals
types: metal, water (hydraulic)
and graphite carbon. In today's powerful
steam turbines are used only metal
cal labyrinth seal.

To reduce the overflow from one pair

sides of the diaphragm to the other, in traffic areas
shaft at the aperture of active steam turbine also
used metal labyrinth yn
compaction, called intermediate or
diaphragm; these seals are nona large number of crests, as the pressure difference
couple between the individual turbine stages values
considerably less than in the end seals.
For unloading pistons (balance chamber) reactive
GOVERNMENTAL turbines are also used metal
labyrinth seals.
An important condition for proper operation of the laser
birintovyh seals is their proper
assembly providing axial provided

198

cial and radial clearances between the roller type

learners and stationary parts of the seals. Increase
crease in the gaps at the ends of the labyrinths, in addition to
increasing the flow of steam, leading to the fact that
blown out from the cylinder through steam permeates
steam and bearing in slinger
ki and cause damage (flooding) of oil and deterioration
solution of bearing lubrication, causing also
rusting parts in contact with the oil
(Details of the control system, etc..) with increased
crease in the gaps in the seals diaphragms objections
stayut leakage of steam through the intermediate yn
compaction, increases the axial forces on the rotor, and,
hence increased axial pressure
ball bearings, creating the danger of his determined
lavleniya.
The correct choice of the gaps, especially pA
radially, is one of the major activities
enterprises to reduce the likelihood of grazing
in seals and associated not only with the diameter
meter shaft, but also the likely deflection of the rotor and
cylinder. It follows that the magnitude of the gaps
between rotating and stationary parts
mazes should be minimal, but dopusreversible in terms of reliability. Great
rank radial clearance can be roughly
be taken as 0,0015 d shaft (0,1-0,2) mm.
For small gaps occasional grazing in
seals should not cause these last
tion, as shaft deflection due to local Nations
heating; therefore the materials of metal laser
birintovyh seals imposed requirements
of high elasticity and quick srabatyvation without excessive heat, without brittle vykrashivaniya or "smearing" in the shaft when the occasion
tea grazing the movable part of the stationary
Vision; however, these materials must
be sufficiently stable under the conditions of longtional corrosive and erosive vozdeysttions of superheated, saturated and wet steam.
The material for the metal seal
tional ridges labyrinth seals, pA
Botha at temperatures up to 250 C, is
brass brand L68 and at temperatures up to 400 C.
- Nickel Silver brand MNTS15-20 (mednonikelZinc alloy). In these examples temperatures
nyayutsya as bronze: nickel, lead and
its other special grades. These materials
ridges are not so hard that when zadevations for the rotating part to leave her
traces in the form of grooves, and at the same time sufficiently
resilient to not wrinkle when slight
grazing.
For operation at temperatures up to 500 C.
combs labyrinth seals are made
Monel brand NMZhMts 28-2,5-1,5 and
at temperatures up to 600 C in steel H18N9T
(EYA1T) and gross labyrinth sleeve of generation
wok alloy heat-resistant steel. Flat
spring elastic seals for temperatures
to 400 C are made of steel 3x13, and for
temperatures up to 600 C - steel EI612
(H15N35BZT).

Clips labyrinth seals manutovlyayutsya of iron or steel forgings

casting; cages must be sufficiently INSTALLS
bility against the action of high temperatures,
and work in their area should not cause residual
deformations and warping clips that
are the result of internal stresses and
thermal deformations; to eliminate such
Coy opportunities steel cage seals
the plant subjected to heat treatment
(Leave at 550-650 C with slow
-cooled in the furnace).
Metal labyrinth seals
under the constructive implementation can
be divided into rigid comb seal
tion and flexible seal herringbone or the Grenadines
efficient comb type.

16.2. HARD labyrinth

SEALS.
Hard labyrinth seals consist
from the large number of series of peaked ridges
staked on the shaft, carved on the sleeves,
planted on the shaft with an interference fit or installed
in circular grooves clips maze (see Fig. 16.1)
which are supported on the bolts to the cylinder turbo
beans and have a connector in the horizontal plane
STI. The position of the two halves of the cage maze
Comrade is fixed on the end of a cylinder or ring
vym projection within the appropriate
cylinder bore, or installation shtiftaE.

Figure 16.1. Types of metal hard

labyrinth seals.

In rigid labyrinth seals nondirectly on the shaft or sleeve nasazhiVai on the shaft with an interference fit, are machined
rectangular or circular shaped vpadius and projections. Crests and troughs of the cage and
ridges on the shaft or bushings are gross
such dimensions and mutual arrangement, at which
toryh ridges have in relation to the projections, and
depressions small gaps.
When repairing after opening the cylinder nonnecessary to otbolchivaniem clips before laser
labyrinths check match the plane of their
the connector relative to the parting plane
flange of the cylinder, check the correctness to planting
Key holder labyrinth seal in the bore
cylinder (absence or presence of a gap in the radial
tial direction) and the correctness of its fixed
ing mounting studs. Directly

199

tively after the opening of the cylinder is made

examination of the density of the joint halves
clips labyrinth seals; generally at
leaky junction after opening the labyrinth
clips on it in the connector traces proparition. To eliminate leaks at the junction of
repair time must be made carefully
tive prishabrovka planes both connector
halves labyrinth holder.
When significant deformation clips
have to go to the processing planes CON- NECTOR
ma on the planer provided thorough
tion reconciliation installation, follow prishabGrad planed joints and mandatory reconciliation
on-site gaps in the ridges of labyrinths.

Figure 16.2. Offset ridges in the groove of the sleeve.

1-side thrust bearing.

When the detected deformation razemnoOn the flange of the cylinder must be joint tightness
cage mazes to check as well as
specified in 15.4 for the diaphragm at the covered
the cylinder head installed seals and
taken out rotor.
Proper installation clips grebenchatyh labyrinth seals axially
the board is to set at which grebno seals located on the side
thrust bearing, are in the middle vypoints and the shaft sleeves (see Fig. 16.2), and
sealing strips are removed from the hard subbearing are offset from the middle to the side grooves
Well, the opposite to the thrust bearing
amount depending on the magnitude and direction of
thermal expansion of the rotor cylinder and oboywe seal. This check is performed in
horizontal plane of the connector on each
sealing strip on the right and left sides at
assembled thrust bearing and the rotor shift
-mentioned extreme position facing pair.
The magnitude of the radial clearance in grebenchatyh seals depends on the diameter of the labyrinth
rintovogo seal; this value is determined
trolled reliable performance and is measured by
cold turbine should correspond
Vova according to factory instructions; usually
it does not exceed 0.4-0.6 mm and comes in some
toryh turbines up to 1-1.3 mm. Radial clearances
should not be less than 0.5 mm in the seals, y
which sealing ridges carved directly
, facility for a shaft and have sleeves worn
on the shaft, or antennae, staked on the shaft.
Radial clearances in the labyrinths of the diaphragms
taken at 0.1-0.2 mm greater than the concentration
are studied in seals; such an increase in clearance

compared to the gap in the end seals

due to the fact that the labyrinth seal diameter
fragm spaced from the shaft bearings more than
cylinder seals, so you need to take into account
shaft deflection.
Measurements of radial clearances in labirintoO seals are usually produced a set of
long tape probes corresponding
thickness in the horizontal plane of the connector with
both sides, wherein to determine whether
clearance in the lower part of the seal should plan
Stina probe to miss half the semicircle
of the seal.
To eliminate errors in measurement zazoditch in connection with the possible beating of sleeve or
shaft clearance measurements should be performed at
two positions of the rotor, which differ from one
another 90 . Correctness of zamers radial clearances and lack nedopusTimo small gaps can be checked by
rotation of the rotor with the pasted on its seal
of papers having a thickness of
minimum clearances; the presence of ticks
on pieces of paper shows what crests necessary
Dimo attention.
Backlash check in the upper half of the seal
tion made an imprint lead prodies are stacked on top of gross sleeve
before installing the cylinder cover with a reinforced
tion in the upper half of her labyrinth
holder. Checking this gap lead ottiscom by placing the lower half of the individual
but only the upper half of the seal holder,
taken out of the cover, gives less reliable reform
results, as a result of a possible deformation
tion of the cylinder head or yoke seal
last when checking can not take exactly
the same position it occupies at
fully assembled.
Improper alignment gaps and their undersufficient to lead to the value of the local grazing
and heating; there is vibration, which leads to
increasing friction and heat at this point, and as
consequence, the deformation of rotating
and stationary components (shaft deflection and tear
labyrinths, deep grooves on the shaft and radial
nye grazing blades). Tripping in the labyrinth
rintovyh seals and vibrations occur
the turbine should be stopped immediately,
so as to rely on self-termination
schenie vibration for no reason.
Hence it is clear that the need for repair
to know the minimum allowable value and max
mum clearances in the end seals and
seals, diaphragms and make them the most
careful alignment. In any case can not
be recommended method of obtaining the minimum
tion the gaps to minimize spillage
steam by fits gaps sealing strip
in grinding or less acceptable, with fine-tuning
to their normal values prolonged
shaft rotates at a low speed. Such a process
may not be reliable, since a significant
No. of places of friction is obtained strong

200

heating labyrinth bushing and local heating

a shaft which is already in process may fit
lead to deflection of the shaft and a major accident.
In case of need for repair mixture
us ridges due to large gaps or
unsatisfactory state crafted
combs are removed from the labyrinth groove clips.
Removal of the slots normally having a cross section in
dovetail should be performed
carefully; raschekaneny crests in the grooves, and
manual removal with special tool, especially in the
of cast-iron cages, can spoil
Notches edge that will not allow the secure
duly new combs. Easier and
better results can be drawn combs
trimming specially seasoned shaped
a cutter on the lathe, while ferrule laser
labyrinth is attached to the faceplate of the machine after
ties clamp both halves clips.
If the slots for a few ridges isporChena and require turning or have
rectangular cross-section, it should be by Ak
kuratnoy cutting lathe formation
Botha their cross section to "dovetail" with wideRina bottom of the groove bmore outdoor andat 0.6-1 mm
and the depth of the groove bottom withYet his
width b(See Fig. 16.3).
In the absence of spare profiled
segments ridges or profiled
labyrinth tape material for
crests machined in the form of solid rings or
prostrugivaetsya in the form of rectangular strips
section, then cut into individual segments
you are.
Section of the ring or band is determined
outer groove width and with a tolerance of 0.05 to 0.1
mm, groove depth and with the necessary height vystepping of the ridge of the maze with an allowance in
2-3 mm in the treatment of the ridge. For denser
and secure fit and caulking ridges in grooves
prostrogat necessary on the narrow side strips
or machined on the outside diameter of said
th ring groove depth of 1-1.5 mm (see Fig. 16.3,
pos. 2). With this groove sharp edge
bands or rings after caulking disperse
and were not allowed to segments ridges depositions
give out of the grooves with thermal expansion
holder.
Ring or band after prostrugivaniya
grooves are cut into pieces of equal length
old segments ridges, taken out of the cage
(Usually 100-150 mm length segment). For luchSheha bending sliced strips and give them
elasticity in the radial direction, facilitates
sponding to their caulking in the grooves on the side of the
cavity
ki, where the groove is cut, performed by trifour cuts on the 3.2 depth of the groove s.
Prepared in this manner relative
sensible segments after their installation in the distribution
groove
chekanivayutsya in the recess light uniform removal
ramie plumbing hammer to justify special
ke; mandrel shall have a radius of curvature
supporting part, equal to the radius labyrinth
boning, and the width to 0.1 and 0.15 mm more wide-

widths installed segment. Caulking

performed to gain confidence in the density
Mr. securing segment in the groove and complete filling
nenii groove material segment. After calculations
Kanka protruding portions of the segments must
gash be flush with the plane of the connector.
To eliminate bulging and warping
segments are heated during nonnecessary to leave gaps in the 0.3-0.5 mm between
joints segments which can be preconditioned
pad of paper of suitable thickness.
To protect it from blowing off steam directly
interfaces between the segments adjacent grooves must
Provided with
gatsya not on a straight line parallel to the axis of the Ba
la and vrazbezhku, staggered.

Figure 16.3. Installation of new ridges in labirintohowl clip. 1 training slot 2 - storage and set
Novka segments in the recess 4 and 5 for processing the ridges
lathe; 6 location of joints between relative
vidual segments.

Profiling labyrinth ridges

made the staking groove segments
rectangular lathe with
Given the necessary radial clearance; both
halves of the cage to secure the maze on
faceplate of the machine should be tightened clamp
with proper matching slots.
For the same diameter all the ridges
groove to the desired diameter and uncomplicated production
usual straight-through tool. The presence of alternating
ing short and long ridges complicates
bore as the bore after each short
one crest to be inferred cutter; in that
case, you should pay special attention to the right
correctness groove short ridges.
Profiling ridges and sharpening
when machined must
performed by specially sharpened phase
sleepy incisors, while difficult to profilespecial templates.
Sharpening crests at the groove profile
necessary to produce the shape of the knife blade angle
sharpening of 10-15 ; sharpening a greater angle
gives a very small and too hard ridges;
decrease in the angle of sharpening performed snyatieat at some of the groove thickness grebit.

201

At the end of treatment should mazes

re.
After mounting of the rotor bearings
crank it a few times to ask
lack of grazing ridges labyrinths of gross
-hand sleeve or on a shaft (with no spacers)
that before such a test is ground fine
emery cloth. Tripping on the net
surface of the sleeve and the shaft after opening yn
compaction detected trace exactly ukazyvayuextending which one has ridges it suffices to
Auditor; on the ridges are also visible mashed with secular
glitter-integer edge.

Figure 16.4. Installation of new ridges labyrinth

seals. 1-diaphragm or cage; 2-Ogrooves; 3 segments ridges 4-insert
caulking.

Combs in places touches zapilivaem and

tapered triangular scraper, then
again made to the above verification
obtain the proper clearance on all crests
and full confidence in the absence of grazing.
Replacement combs mazes with orifice plates, in
which sealing rings are made of
brass brand L62 (see Fig. 16.4), or in turbines vysokih parameters of nickel strips firmly
inserted into annular grooves made
almost similar to that described above. For this
used sealing strip thickness
0.5-0.7 mm, which is cut into separate
segments of a length 100 to 150 mm, and is curved by
the radius of the respective grooves holder. These
segments are placed in the ring grooves
cage and raschekanivayutsya brass or
steel spacer inserts consisting
as individual segments. The thickness of the inserts
should be equal to the difference between the width of
chamber
the groove and the thickness of the sealing segments, and
height - the depth of the groove in the holder. For impact
possibility of bending segment inserts radially
the groove at the bottom of the inserts are cut prolongitudinal grooves and run crossslot, as illustrated for the ridges
Fig. 16.3.

Before zachekankoy first in the ring chamber

grooves set uplotnntelnye segment
ments, and between the spacer insert. Calculations
kank inserts produced by hammer blows
steel coinage to the full capacity of the grooves;
wherein interfaces between the segments must have gaps
0.15-0.4 mm, it can be preconditioned prolaying the paper; The same clearances must be
between the spacer segments. Interfaces between the
segments
and spacer inserts in the same row, and between
adjacent rows should not coincide. Instantaneous
Single of these ridges to bring the radial zatiation within the tolerances can be made
not on the lathe, and in its own subbearings using the cutter mounted on the
boring bar, the motor is running.
More complicated is the replacement of the sealing
tional ridges, staked on the shaft in construcstruction bezvtulochnyh seals received
a large spread in the rotors of high
pressure of modern turbines GTC, LMZ (K-300240.-200-130, etc..). In these constructions, instead
one planted bushes or carved on the shaft
depressions and protrusions, the thin sealing grebor (antennae) with a thickness of 0.2-0.3 mm in zachekaneny
grooves of width 1,5 0,1 mm, carved in Ba
le (see Fig. 16.5 a). These ridges, having a small thickness
schinu, when you tap and heated rapidly cooled
and does not lead to heating and deflection of the shaft.
Combs made of cold-rolled
heat-resistant stainless steel strip,
are of different heights and are arranged corresponds
respectively against the protrusions and depressions directly
xed labyrinth holder. Feed for ukladki in the groove is made in the form of a continuous
spring retinue on the coil
line at a radius corresponding to the radius of the shaft
at the installation site and having ridges at the base
SRI-sectional profile bending, into which
after the laying of the tape in the groove of the shaft,
zachekanivafastening wire diameter is 1.5
1.6 mm steel 1H13.
Removing staked wire for selection
emki out of the groove of the shaft sealing of waste
GOVERNMENTAL ridges made after the lifting of the groove
kreytsmeyselem narrow shaped end of the wire
and grabbing his hand with pliers or vise;
To avoid tearing the wire should extend in
only in the direction of drawing in the groove without bending
back
it aside, and without jerks. If the wire breaks
and remove the ridges by this method is not possible, it
cut a thin chisel, but so as not to Since
spoil the edges of the groove in the shaft. Installing a
suppository
port and the rotation of the shaft in its bearings to
Groove is made as specified in 8.3.
After this cutting wire and sealing
FLOW comb are usually derived from the groove without
difficulties.
To install the new ridges each chamber
Navka should be thoroughly cleaned, OC
Motril, burrs and nicks eliminated proVerena dimensions of grooves and compliance with these
the size of the sealing tape and fastening
wire. Beam bending profiled tape

202

which serves for its fastening, be

equal to the width of the groove in the shaft with a tolerance of
0.2 mm, and
its depth is 3 mm. The cross section of the fastening is carried
Loki must be equal to the difference between the width of
grooves and double tape thickness, while zalaying in profile bending tape loaded in the
shaft groove, the wire should sink into the groove
ke 0.3-0.5 mm.
For each groove of the sealing tape
tional ridges cut lengths (windings) length
tion of 10-12 mm greater than the circumference of gross
grooves; wire cut length, respectively
sponding circle gross groove.
After training tapes, wires, need
sary tools and laying on its rotor
Bearings made naborka ridges with
or by the use of coinages seaming ridges
disc rollers. The method is zachekanki
simpler, but less quality than BO
Leah sophisticated way seaming.

Single squeezed and secures the sealing

tape. Then there are small participants
kami with proper stretch along the groove again prohassled input tape, wire and after the distribution
coinage further progress and Share
caulking up until the sealing tape
and that the wire will be introduced throughout oxo
circle groove and wire zachekanena fully
filling with thick bottom of the groove; avoid
buckling wire start minting
the next section to complete the end of human
Kanka previous section can not be.
Zachekanka made easy blows
hammer on the coinage, the width of which corresponds
sponds to the groove width minus twice the
the thickness of the sealing tape, and the radius chekanki made radially groove bottom (see Fig.
16.5, b); chasing should ustanavlivatsyana
wire is strictly parallel to the edges of the groove, so
otherwise you can trim the sealing strip
the edge of the groove.

Figure 16.6. Disc roller for rolling

Sealing rings.

Figure 16.5. Installing and processing of antennal grebIt seals on the shaft; and O-combs,
staked into the shaft; b-chasing for the closing of the wires in the
groove of the shaft; in - pattern for filing sealing
combs; Mr. cutter to bore crests; 1 shaft;
2 - Box, H - height of the crest; In - distance less
forward crests, d-diameter of the shaft;
R-radius of the shaft groove.

In the first method, after entering into the groove

in a small area of the sealing tape in
profile bending the tape at a distance of 20-30
mm from its origin introduced wire, which depends
chekanivaetsya on this site; while core wire

In the second method for seaming seal

tive tape used disc roller 1
(Fig. 16.6) with width equal to the width of the groove for
minus twice the thickness of the tape; Pulley rotation
schaetsya axis in the recess a holder 2 which connects
3 is a tool holder holder 3, made in
a square prism for its good zakreption in the toolholder slide lathe station
Single has an inner hole in which the dimensions
schaetsya rod 4 and a spring 5 at one end shtoSingle hinged cage 2 and roller 1, in
drugom- nut 6, which keeps the stem from
Drop out of the holder and which podvertyvaniem
swarm regulated compression force of the spring. Suppository
Port lathe is attached to the connector
turbine. Adjusting the pressing roller at Nations
rink strip and wire feed produced
caliper with the rotor, stacked on their subbearings and lashing against axial razbeha ball stops.

203

couple to the seals, you must pay seriFirst, this roller is made zakateznoe attention to the installation of the locking screws
Single sealing tape, wound up in the groove;
Rolled with a slight touch of proor plates holding cabinets labyrinths
bringeth forth from one end of the tape, who presented
and O-rings from turning.
preliminarily fixed in the groove can be easily removed
After the renovation and change of the labyrinth
clamps or replacement ridges at the start of the turbine
ramie mallet, to the other end by
circumferential grooves. When approaching seaming that
it is necessary to carefully listen to
underlie
stethoscope and axial labyrinth seal;
th end of the free end of the tape is cut with
with the appearance of them sounds grazing, as well as
calculation of abandonment in the joint opening at both ends in the event of vibration turbine should
stop and open for inspection seals.
about 0.5 mm, and seaming tape ends Since
After careful sealing both ends. When
This is not allowed re-rolling in
16.3. FLEXIBLE labyrinth
opposite direction so as elongation at
SRI tape may cause warping and lagging behind its
SEALS.
tion from the walls of the groove. The same procedure
With increasing steam parameters in steam
Rolled wire produced in profile
turbines complicated conditions of preservation
part embedded in the groove belt; while koalignment of the rotor and the cylinder, so increased
Heff wire is inserted at a distance of 10
Vaeth danger of tripping in the end and interpass
20 mm from the joint tape and the wire is cut with
mediate labyrinth seals. Elasticity
as to its junction a clearance of not less than 1
tion system of labyrinth seals, eliminate
mm. Pressure on the roller when seaming wire
lated harmful effect of axial and radial
should be higher than when seaming tape and
Grazing, despite the small clearance is
usually determined empirically. This contributes
system, the so-called "flexible" metal
sobom rolled all sealing ridges
labyrinth seals, which have received
this labyrinth, but the calculation to one
widespread in modern power
groove was not more than one joint and joints
vapor turbines. Such seals
ridges in adjacent grooves do not coincide, and
tions include Christmas seals turbines LMZ
shifted so as to eliminate the possibility of
(Fig. 16.7) and a flexible sealing turbine HTGZ
direct steam leakage.
(See Fig. 16.8).
At the end of sealing ridges should carefully
These seals separate cutting
tional inspected to identify possible
segments with different profiles of the sealing
damage (cuts, tears, flutes, etc..)
GOVERNMENTAL ridges are installed with flat
combs, having rendered damage approach
springs in the T-slots clips seals
are replaced.
and secured in the cylinder, or in the grooves of the
For this structure, the magnitude of radial
diaphragms.
cial gaps usually taken as 0,4
On the hall or on the sleeve to be fitted with the present
0.6 mm, which agrees well with the value zazotyagom the shaft and further latching
ditch the floppy bezvtulochnyh seals.
dowels or screws are machined
To obtain the necessary quantities pA
combs (LMZ) and rectangular shapes or
radially inserted sealing gaps processing
circular indentations and protrusions (HTGZ). Combs,
tional ridges made: a) filing
indentations and protrusions in fixed and mobile
a pattern (see Fig. 16.5, c) having a thickness
parts of the labyrinth seals have the
calculated for a ridge height H with
Dimensions and positional relationship in which
necessary clearance with respect to the stator;
fixed combs are almost touching the corresponding
b) special groove cutter (see Fig. 16.5 g)
sponding revolving ridges, protrusions and vpafixedly fastened to the plane of the connector
dynes, having with respect to them small clearances.
when the rotor rotates.
Minor local touch that emerge
When checking and fitting radial zatic for thermal expansion, lung
tiation should be noted that the right to stand
vibrations of the rotor and small mutual
luxury villa gap around the entire circumference of the labyrinth
misalignment of the rotor and the stator, in which pA
very difficult, especially since getting radical
radially clearances may decrease should not
tial gap in the upper half of the maze
affect the state of the labyrinth seal
made indirectly. Therefore, in order
tions. Tripping due to elasticity and
more carefully to achieve full eliminate
from movement of sealing segments
tion grazing mazes while cranking
ments in the radial direction due to compression
rotor manually after closing the cylinder and prounder these leaf springs
harass careful sharpening ridges on
friction in the seals will be so slight
end fitting to give them a proper
tive that will not be able to damage the less
ing elasticity. The final value of zazotal contacting parts.
ditch through the maze should be fixed in
Upon termination of pressure segments impact
the forms.
rotate into position and pressed
When assembling the cylinder, apart from the observance
to their seats under the action of a spring
required purity and verify the absence of zaJin and the difference between the vapor pressure at the outer
contaminations in chambers or in the pipes supplying
and
the inner surface of the segments. The difference
pressure for forcing the segment to the landing

204

places obtained by the passage of steam, as Therefore

shown by an arrow in Fig. 16.8 b, the radial
the gap between the tail segment and Since
surface of the groove in the holder and its receipt by the
camera above the segment through channels vypolnennye in the tail segment.
Hence it is clear that the flexible seal at
right constructive their implementation,
selection of materials and assembly may be MIis minimal gaps or no impact vymaintain small deformation and neznanificant grazing radially and axially
boards. However, this does not imply that the relative
absence or abnormally small quantity zazomoat acceptable, since thermal rasshirenitions and vibrations insufficient quantity gaps
may result during operation to strongly
mu friction ridges on the large surfaces of the
POE segments.

Checking radial clearance in flexible yn

compaction is mainly produced similarly
Verification of these gaps in the hard seals, but
the checks necessary to ensure the absence of
Spin segments ridges by the elasticity of plane
ing springs; usually this is done by subklinivaniya segments during the test the tree
vyannymi wedges.
Christmas seals are among the
most elastic metal mazes.
Repair and change labyrinth seals elochtion profile should be made very carefully
enforcement; complicated configuration and a large number of
individual parts (steel labyrinth
ferrule and sleeve segments herringbone profile
spring, locking plate) require attention
tional quality control applied Part
rial and compliance constructive vypolneof the drawings.

Figure 16.7. Christmas seals LMZ; a - general view of the seal, b - packing parts in - profiles of Christmas tree
segments and bushings front seal CVP grams - the same as the rear seal CVP, 1 holder, 2-segment
3 spring, 4 correct setting 5 - improper installation, 6-line expansion of the rotor.

205

When viewed mazes should pay

the lack shelves and trim grebit; in the presence of pruning, is doubtful
opinion on the reliability of the segments Since
latter must be replaced.
In order to ensure the free movement of
segments under the pressure of the shaft in the mutual
distribution
centering of the rotor and stator in excess of Great
mask radial clearance is necessary for
assembly to ensure proper factory
According to the radial clearance (backlash)
the segment and the bore in which they are
installed. The further seal nahoditsya of nearest bearing, the greater

size must be performed clearance; usually

This clearance is taken in the range of 3-5 mm (see.
Fig. 16.7 in).
When cold, the radial turbine
nye clearances between the movable and fixed
parts of the Christmas tree seals are in the limit
Lah 0.3-0.5 mm and installed in accordance
according to the data assembly forms. When
insufficient radial clearances should probelieve, is the cause of small gaps
abnormal production of Christmas tree segments:
the thickness of the shelves more normal, displacement
flange radius curvature of the crests and shelves and
etc..

Figure 16.8. Flexible labyrinth seal HTGZ. a - general view of the seal used - parts of the seal;
1 ferrule seal segments 2-sealing ridges 3 gross grommet seals; 4-seating segment
Camera 5, 6-channel for the passage of steam into the chamber, the spring 7.

The first two defects are to defects

E prefabrication can be obo n by a thorough inspection and measurement
to determine deviations in size from chertements; when testing, make sure that
vertical ridges rotor rest against the horizon
tal shelf segments of the cylinder, and not For
turnover, since otherwise, as may be seen from Fig. 16.7 g,
for extending the shelf rotor segments will
crop ridges.
Bending shelves and ridges may yavitare the result from neglect to yn
compaction during repair (strikes, laying inNick and ridges and shelves must be rechargeable
Conversely straightened and cleaned.
Bending and its removal may result
lead to a weakening of the shelves and ridges, so their
correction should not be made with hammers
or other percussion instruments; such
correction, not counting the possibility of damage to
Correctable field causes hardening of the metal and
gives an undulating surface. Easier and Better

editing to produce specially made

the place of the mandrel.
One additional condition necessary
be taken into account while ensuring the radial
gaps in the cold condition of the turbine, relative
be- longing equally to comb and elochnym metal seals - is particularly
of thermal expansion of the turbine.
In turbines with cylinder resting
paws on the bearing housings (compound
Cylinder High Pressure Turbine LMP), with
cold dimensions A and B are equal
a (see Fig. 16.9). When operating the heating cylinder
A causes an increase in size in comparison with
size B; this is explained by the significant Nations
Greve paws of cylinder dowels laid on
bearing housing, as well as heating the end
housing bearing surface facing towards
cylinder, in particular in the absence of a protective
tion of the insulating barrier between the body
thickness and the cylinder. At the same time, the front
Nyaya of the bearing housing, washed Nations
outside air is heated less vsledst-

Via what size in determining the position of the axis

bearing body varies insignificantly
but.
Image resolution A compared with different
In the example of the rise is the parting cylinLindgren above the shaft axis, leading to a decrease in
radial clearances labyrinths below and corresponding
tively increases their top; this implies
that when the turbine is lower gaps may
be overlapped, resulting in zadevanipits and accidents with seals.

Figure 16.9. Compound CVP with the housing subbearing. 1, the turbine shaft; 2 - Cylinder; 3 - the case
front bearing; 4 - axle bearing:
5 - the end seals.

To create normal working conditions

radial clearances must be installed
bottom as large than at the top to
during heating the upper and lower gaps vyravnyawere. For example, if the amount of radial zazoditch the top and bottom of 0.8 mm, corresponding
sponding reconciliation rotor bores at
alignment is possible to obtain lower
radial clearance of 0.5 mm, and the upper
equal to 0.3 mm; on heating during operation
these gaps and will be approximately equalized oditical in size.
For reliable operation of Christmas tree seal
tions, as well as rigid comb seals
axial, axial clearances are not less
value than the radial clearances. Elongation
rotor during operation of the turbine at the noncorrectly set the axial clearance can
cause grazing moving part labyrinth
Rint for fixed; Similar grazing will
DUT occur mainly in the seals,
located on the side of the cylinder opposite
wrong side of the thrust bearing location
nick.
A characteristic feature of such grazing
is their appearance after starting the turbine and
increase with increasing turbine warming
us; in order to avoid serious consequences of the turbine
should be stopped immediately. When noncontinuous grazing crest sleeve vygidie as a direction opposite to the elongation rotorus during operation, and can be straightened, as
mentioned above, special mandrels.
For double-sided Christmas tree profiles (see.
Fig. 16.7 in) providing axial clearances between
ridges and edges of the bushing flange segments
must be selected with regard to which of the
gaps A and B during operation is reduced or
increases in comparison with the value Charter
lished in cold condition of the turbine; it

change in the gaps for each laser

labyrinth, given than it is defined, establish
Vit easy. The possibility of grazing ridges
edge of shelves, of course, have a big gap,
decreasing during operation.
Constructive factory execution laser
labyrinths provides such a relationship
profile segments, step shelves and ridges, which
provides essential eye of Great
quantities of gaps A and B. If a repair is necessary
verify the installation of labyrinths, which guarantees
ented to the proper distribution of these zazotrench on both sides of the shelves segments.
Usually the front labyrinth seal
of the turbine, which has a thrust bearing impresmong the cylinder is supplied with a two-segment
Christmas-tree outside profile; Rear same laser
labyrinth of the cylinder is performed with one-way
Christmas-tree profile.
For single herringbone profile
(See Fig. 16.7 g) receiving normal axial zazoditch is not much difficulty; for twoa third-party seal alignment gaps A and B
somewhat more complicated.
When the location of the thrust bearing
front cylinder rotor elongation when heated
during turbine operation occurs in the direction
leniyu to the coupling (to the right as shown
Zano arrow in Fig. 16.7 in). In this case, the gap
A labyrinth in front decreases, and the gap B
increases; rear labyrinth side
which rotor has a maximum elongation
A reduction in the gap is greater.
It should also take into account the direction of propagation
expansion turbine cylinder, depending on the place
placing it dead center (fikspunkta).
When positioning the dead point side vycourse of the steam out of the cylinder when heated during the
last
while working toward expanding
thrust bearing (located at the front cylinLindgren), ie towards the expansion of the rotor; in
this case, the reduction of the gap A is still value
considerably.
When placing the ball rolling on stoRon steam input to the expansion cylinder cylinder
and rotor are in the same direction. Obviously,
A reduction of the clearance that in this case
less, but it should be borne in mind that
expansion of the cylinder behind the expansion rotorus always hotter cylinder;
consequently, here there is a relative
offset ridges and edges of the bushing segments and
A reduction in the gap
When aligning the gaps And given their reduced
sheniya under the influence of thermal expansion
the rotor and the cylinder must still be taken into account
the influence of the thrust bearing on the magnitude
rank gap A.
When the location of the thrust bearing
ahead of the rotor cylinder under the influence of pressure
couple pressed during the course of a couple,
ie towards coupling. If the
during operation will melt
Babbitt pouring the thrust bearing, the

207

the rotor moves in the course of a couple on the value babbi- segments will give distortion and exaggerated
values specified clearances.
tum fill and cause a decrease in the gap A in
the same amount.
Change of axial clearance in labyrinth
Given that the layer of babbitt on stocks
seals can be achieved by a permutation
a thrust bearing typically has a thickness
shaft in the axial direction by changing accordance
respective pads in thrust bearings
the order of 1.5 mm, the gap in A labyrinth seal
tions should not be less than the value at which
nick. Of course, said axial adjustment
Torah does not come touch the ridges on the sleeve
clearance is only valid if the transition
edge segments in the case of movement of the rotor
permutation of the shaft will not cause unacceptable gaps in
flow of the turbine (blades, discs, slide
1.5 mm along the pair.
This requirement is due to the fact that if
phragma etc..).
during operation will meltdown
When repairing flexible seals should
thrust bearing, and the magnitude of the gap A turn out
be checked by the quality of the leaf springs:
1) embedded in the grooves of labyrinth clips and relative
out to be insufficient, then combs labyrinth
Jima segments ridges radially
sleeves will be cut, and the first
will be cut one ridge that first Nations
direction (see. Fig. 16.7, a, 1); 2) embedded in
presses on the shelf located in front of him, the SG
Undercut cylinder holding in the right
position holder labyrinths (see. Fig. 16.7 and u
rayuschuyu in this case the role of the cutter. Obrazovav16.8 a) and in addition to providing free
shiesya chips jamming in the gaps, damage
and adjacent ridges; as a result of the destruction will be
thermal expansion, light recess
spread further, disabling
cage maze of recess of the cylinder; in some
toryh designs of these springs is not.
combs sleeve.
End of the spring and diaphragm yn
Thus, in axial alignment
gaps in the labyrinth seals necessarily
compaction are made of flat spring
should be considered a possible reduction of Ak
steel; they are inserted into the housing bore and the bending
bayas, pressed segments seals to the reference
axially gaps caused by the expansion of ronym of the casing. To protect the
torus and cylinder during operation of the turbine and
decrease in axial clearances at melting
of movements relative to segments pruzhithrust bearing.
us have special lateral projections or
curved part (see. Fig. 16.8 b).
Given the impact of these two factors, excise
Springs lose their strength when several
axially clearances should be chosen with a margin.
So, for the front of the maze of bilateral zasatisfactory as a material nonoverview A must be received within 3-3.5 mm;
proper heat treatment in the process
operating at high temperatures
rear labyrinth depending on the length of
due to relaxation, although initially its work
rotor drive dead point of the cylinder
A gap should be even greater; with unilateral
you they have satisfactory elastic
sided Christmas tree seals the magnitude of this zaStu. Forces generated by the spring of Nations
Auditor is set to a maximum of 5.0-5.5 mm.
beginning of life, should be 6-8 times
more weight pressed against the segment, and at the end
As already mentioned, the clearance in the bilateral
a herringbone packing in expanding roits lifetime (usually 12-15 thousand. h) torus during operation increases, Therefore
at least twice the weight of the segment.
allows us to take it less clearance A; however, in
If the spring arm in flexion deformation
miruyutsya and do not take its former shape,
this case, it must be taken at least 2
2.5 mm, determined by the thickness of babbitt zathey are not suitable for further work; such
embed the thrust bearing in the 1.5 mm plus 0.5
springs are pressed with a relatively silica
mm - supply reliability. The adoption of such zaEqn segments in the radial direction.
Sometimes applied to overturn a spring
Auditor necessarily, although the so-called fusion
Jin receiving residual deflection can not
Mykh "nonworking" pad thrust bearing,
located on the back side of the thrust disk,
be recommended. Spring, lost yn
phenomenon in the operation of an extremely rare.
rugost having strong corrosion and crack,
must be replaced by new proper
When aligning and measurements of axial clearance in
quality and only factory-built. For
labyrinths necessary, firstly, with the assistance
Brann thrust bearing for the rotor to move
facilitate the entry of leaf springs in their place
couple go all the way, and, secondly, the tree segment
corners should be rounded.
When installing segments labyrinths
ments in the recesses labyrinth clips shift
pull the wrong way, where they will be pressing the pairs (for especially with bilateral Christmas
Fig. 16.7 from right to left).
profile, make sure to correct the Charter
The significance of these two requirements will be Since
Novki segments, so as not to put them sur-mentioned 180 .
understandable if we consider that the run the rotor thrust
Before closing the turbine, special attention
bearing comes to 0.5 mm, and the possibility
axial movement of the segments in the grooves of the labyrinth tion should be paid to the cleanliness and quality of
tum clips - not exceed a few tenths
final assembly of the labyrinths. Hit
A segment of flexible metal seals
millimeter. Consequently, the axial dimension
chips, dirt and sand can affect during
gaps in the inactive position of the rotor and eloch-

208

work reduction or complete loss of elasticity

Guests of the labyrinth; impossibility of squeezing segments
Comrade lead to job insecurity labyrinths.
One blowing compressed air in the
should not be limited to the case, since the
there is no guarantee of absolute purity slots
by segments; reliably remove segments
the springs then assemble them again.
When lowering the rotor cylinder necessary
Dimo take precautions against
damage (crushing) the outer end yn
compaction and sealing diaphragms with nonlarge clearances. When replacing the lid
cylinder, if applicable flange lubrication cylinLindrum mastic, it should not be imposed
directly from the flexible seals; getting in
slots for the segments sealant dries during
of the turbine, which leads to jamming segments
the slots.

16.4. REPAIR AND CHANGE

Labyrinth SLEEVES.
To protect the shaft from the direct
tion touch with ridges labyrinth seal
tions on the shaft must be mounted special bushings,
which are intended to protect the shaft
wear, and at considerable grazing-on
Trough. Labyrinth sleeve usually nasazhicate the shaft (on the small key) in
hot with a tightness that should Fuse
stored them from loosening and turning on
shaft during heating steam during the turbine operation.
To reduce the surface soprikosnothe generation and facilitate removal on the inner
surface of the sleeve in most designs
recessed, so she sat on the
shaft only wraps. Observed in the process
manual stretching and loosening their sleeves
landing on the shaft led to a decrease in radial
cial gaps to grazing, damage the Grenadines
crests and troughs of the shaft seals.
Stretching and loosening their sleeves to planting
ki shaft may occur at sharp de- velopement
IU or reducing the steam temperature and also at a
cessation of steam on the seal
breakdown of the vacuum and a quick stop of the turbine.
These
abnormalities lead to quenching
surfaces of the sleeves and the appearance of it stresses
tions exceeding the yield point, as
the desire to reduce the sleeve prevents
shaft. Under these conditions, the bushing material gets
residual tensile strain, which
leads to the weakening or even the emergence zazotrench between sleeve and shaft after alignment
Temperature shaft.
Currently landing sleeve on the shaft
HPC high-pressure turbine of LMZ production
lead not planting belts, and all their internal
ternal surface which improves heat
transmitting from the hub to the shaft and vice versa.
Furthermore,
increased the magnitude of interference sleeves landing on
shaft, which reduces the likelihood of weakening Since
cages and increased radial clearances in the first
three hubs front seal with 0.25-0.4 mm

to 0.5-0.6 mm, which reduces the possibility zadements in the seals.

If necessary, change the labyrinth
bushing before removing it should be production
vedeny measurements with an axial installation and clearances
less
forward sleeve and allied items. These
measurements are needed for installation
new bushing, especially when no factory
drawing data. Before removing the sleeve follows
is to ensure that the lock nut or noise
Rupa, if any, to turn away and nothing
does not prevent its removal.
Removing the labyrinth sleeve made
special clamping device with Examples
vodom from a hydraulic jack or vice
presser bolts. If there is in the end of the sleeve spesocial tension bolts holes vverTuva in them; in their absence, is used
demountable flange of two halves connected
together flitches, which
ing captures a release part (see Fig. 16.10 a).
Tightening bolts pass through the hollow ball
a flange having a corresponding hole.
Pressure to remove the sleeve is made hydraulics
a metallic jack or podvertyvaniem screed
GOVERNMENTAL bolts after the rapid and uniform Nations
heating sleeve blow lamps or autogenous
burner to a temperature no higher than 130-150 C.
When heated, the sleeve should strive to
the fact that the shaft remained cold, and why
rapid heating is recommended; moreover,
shaft next to the removable sleeve should subtended
Vat cold compresses or cover shaft
wet sheet of asbestos.
New bushings in the factory are made of
High-grade stainless steel with heat
treatment, warning her warping,
which can cause grazing in the seals.
For the manufacture of bushings front labirintovofirst high pressure seal rotors LMZ
instead of steel 25NZ going for turbines with sleeves
average steam parameters, employs more
stable against creep steel
25H2MFA.
Before planting, replacement sleeve factory
manufacturing, manufactured with an allowance for posazling sites processed by lathe
machine to the size indicated in the figure; this
size must be checked after removal
the old bushings on the actual landing
place on the shaft.
Diameter of the inner bore sleeve Since
After processing is verified by the absence bore hole gauge
Corollary taper (check in 3-4 locations
the length of the sleeve) and ellipticity boring (in two
planes at 90 to one another); also in
several locations along the length of the micro checked
meter diameter shaft in the bushing.
Diameter of the inner bore sleeve vyholds less than the diameter of the shaft by an amount
interference, which is determined by the factory data
governmental. Typically, the value of interference is taken
between 0.0005 shaft diameter plus 0.05 mm
(See Fig. 16.10, b);

209

of this interference comes to 0.0009 from 0,0007the diameter of the shaft, which provides a dense ing and
securely fit onto the shaft sleeve. Do more
tight fit than indicated on the factory data
nym should not be, as it may cause the appearance
tion of significant internal stresses,
harmful effect on the material of the sleeve. If, for
for example, the shaft diameter is equal to the landing
350 mm and 0.0007 set preload on the shaft diameter, the
tightness of the sleeve should be 350 * 0.0007 = 0.245 mm,
ie the inner diameter of the bore must be
350-0,245 = 349.755 mm.

Should be pre-tested
keys that fit on the sides and VGTU
free at the top (0.4 to 0.5 mm gap), which
eliminates interference sided sleeve.
Landing to the end shall productivity
ditsya fast, smooth strokes of lead or
copper hammers or vykolotok over the face of the sleeve with
two sides and the sleeve should follow the splines
straight out (see Fig. 16.10, b).
When installing the hub should be treated with
scheno special attention to the freedom of its thermal
Expansion in the axial direction, for which it
should be planted just secured axially
O gaps relative to the adjacent parts.

Figure 16.11. Gaps axial expansion sleeve

after its landing to the shaft.

Figure 16.10. Removing and landing gross sleeves.

well-removed from the shaft sleeve with a hydraulic
jack and coupling bolts. 1-connection strips;
2 split flange to capture the details of a release,
3 - coupling bolts. 4 - hydraulic jack
5 - blind thrust flange, 6 - to remove the item,
7 rotor shaft; 8-Box; b-fit onto the shaft sleeve
labyrinth seals.

Planting new bushing on the shaft, depending

ing on the magnitude of interference, made after its
heating in boiling water or oil, heated to
120-150 C. The temperature to which should
be heated sleeve, is given by:
T = (H + 2a) / Dv;
where Dv is the diameter of the shaft at the landing site
Sleeve mm; a-gap, providing free
tion of the bushing on the shaft, usually received
0.1-0.15 mm; H - interference fit bushings on
shaft mm; = 12 * 10-6-Linear coefficient
expansion of the material of the sleeve.
For planting above the sleeve of her nonnecessary to heat to a temperature of 106o C.
Val before planting to be purified
of dirt and rust, washed with kerosene rubbed
dry with a clean cloth and smeared mercury Mat
bond to prevent sticking to the hub
shaft.

In various designs free flow

expansion sleeves provide various putopics. In some designs the sleeve of his face
surface rests on a spring ring, and
Recently, in the nut securing the hub to the shaft;
rings by elastic compression allow svothe free thermal expansion of the sleeve. In another
GIH structures between the end face
sleeve and the corresponding end plane
undercuts shaft retained special clearances for
through which the sleeve is free rasshiryatsmiling in the axial direction; magnitude of these gaps
depends on the length of the sleeve and is received in the limit
Lah 0.1-0.3 mm (see Fig. 16.11). Insufficient zaZora landing sleeve on the shaft can cause a
her great internal stresses during
operation; the same effects are caused by the strong
tion puff intractability or very rigid
Kimi (nonconforming characteristics) of a spring
zhinnymi rings. Under these conditions, the sleeve
begin to warp and distort, vyzovet distortion set gaps between nonmovable combs and sleeve; places zazoture may not be entirely overlapped that
cause grazing, vibration and other consequences
tions.
After landing labyrinth sleeve prohassled checking her heartbeat with the help of indicator
Katori at the rotor, stacked on their subbearings; fit is satisfactory
if runout sleeve does not exceed 0.03 mm.

16.5. Steam and MASLOOTBOYNYE

SEALS.
When the turbine is sometimes observed
knocking out a pair of labyrinth seals
atmosphere. Knocks out while steam due
defects parootboynyh rings installed
the outer side of the end seals and
210

designed to deflect the jet of steam in

side of the shaft journal can fall in the near
nearest-bearing through the gaps between the neck
the shaft and the bearing cover and cause a bypass
tion and damage to oil. Water in oil
is also caused by poor construcstruction and large gaps in maslootboynyh
rings or other protective maslootboynyh
devices that are mounted on the wing
nis bearings.
When repairing the state of the steam and oilpneumatic seals should give serious
attention. Maslootboynye brass ring subbearings have sharp adjacent to
shaft bearing and edge without burrs; measured
probe radial clearances between them and sheykaE shaft depending on the diameter of the shaft should
be of the order of 0.15-0.3 mm and, in any case, not
greater than 0.4 mm.
To reduce the gaps normally application
nyaetsya pulling sharp edges brass korings and their subsequent fit directly
tively on the shaft. Fit performed at INSTALLS
tablishing and fortified both halves
the rings in the housing and the bearing cover. After
assembly bearing cap and tightening its boltaE provertyvaetsya shaft and then, after opening
Bearing is made triangular sweep
scraper sites contact both half-rings on the shaft.

Repeated vang maslootboynyh korings makes them brittle and sharp edges with lung
FIR beats them bounce off pieces of metal;
such rings are not amenable to further procrastination and
must be replaced with new ones.
Reconciliation maslootboynyh seal gaps
tions types indicated in Fig. 16.12 should be carried
hassled after checking the planting density and
consolidation in the bore of the bearing housing yn
lotnitelnyh rings. When assembling the necessary
also check the purity of the holes on the bottom
of O-rings that provide stock
bearing in the crankcase oil, beaten out of
seals.
When starting the turbine is required to be
check the sound and lack of heat zadements rings on the shaft; Upon detection of grazing
bearings must be opened and the ring
podshabreny again and pointed.
As measures to a large
eliminate power output of oil on the shaft and Since
Padania pair of end seals in the subbearings, apply different designs
additional oil and parootrazhatelnyh
shields, rings and deflecting pucks sufficient
height. An example of these designs are
washers and pads mounted on the turbine with
the high pressure side (see Fig. 16.13 as well). In this
design drops of oil discharged from the shaft
put on it ring 1 fixed ring
2 and 3, mounted on the bearing cover, relative
drive oil in the bearing housing; skip couple
labyrinths of the gap between the rings 1 and 3 transformation
hinder parootboynoe ring 4, put on the shaft,
and parootboyny plate 5 mounted on the housing
Behold the bearing.

Figure 16.12. Maslootboynye seal. aHTGZ turbine; b-LMZ turbine; 1-shaft; 2 - seal
-ring; 3 bearing housing; 4
hole to drain the oil; And - as measured by the gap.

This operation is performed until Since

Single shaft cease to apply and the two half-rings
between the shaft and the rings will not be made equal
dimensional probe measured the clearance specified
value. Fit, without increasing the gap, need
go finish the sharpened edges of rings and
removing burrs from them, the resulting collapse of
edges at provertyvanii shaft.
Applied sometimes fit maslootTumblers ring to the shaft without a gap, followed by
the final fine-tuning of the gap on the move turbines
advised not to be, as such fit
often leads to vibration during starting of the turbine and
for generating large gaps in maslootboyGOVERNMENTAL rings.

Figure 16.13. Maslozaschitnye and parootrazhatelnye

ring. and - installation and maslozaschitnyh parootrazhational rings and shields. 1 ring on the shaft; 2, 3 - several
moving rings 4 - parootboynoe ring;
5 - parootboyny shield; 6 - evaporated; 7 - insert
Bearing; 8 - the bolts (the entire circumference),
parootboynoe b-ring (1) between the bearing and
labyrinth seal.

Good protection against vapor entering the mass

lo serve deflecting ring rather high
cell (see Fig. 16.13, b), fortified directly

211

remove them from the camera and decreasing bearings

sheniya air pollution in the engine room, may
Jette be made compulsory extraction of vapor
trench by installing special ejector to
which is supplied pressurized air.
A mixture of oil vapor from a let down to the ejector
air ejected horizontal pipe
wire into the atmosphere.

on the shaft between the bearing and the labyrinth

seal.
The observed dislodging oil and
oil vapors from the bearings due to stagnation
oil vapor in the bearing housings on
bearing caps should be done evaporated in
the form of tubes or vents (see Fig.
16.13, and pos. 6).
With a large number of knocks
of bearing oil vapor to improve

17 support bearings.
17.1. Construction and materials
Support bearing.
To support bearing imposed
high demands for strength and durability
of, as they perceive all radial
forces occurring during operation, and are
heavy loads (static and dynamic
cal) produced severe and of rapidly
schimisya rotors.
Thrust bearings shall be securely
provide in the course of long Operatation greater accuracy to install rotors
relative to the turbine cylinder, as well as small
friction losses. Any violation of the coincidence
SRI axis rotors with cylinder axes and other
inaccuracies in the installation, as well as increased
temperature resulting neudovsatisfactorily remove the heat caused by heating
tion from nearby hot parts

Cylinders may lead not only to premature

Temporary stop the turbine for repair, but also to
the most severe accidents.
Housing and bearing shells are usually
cast of high quality cast iron
(SCH21-40); modern turbine design
for this purpose, and in particular to combination
ordinated support-thrust bearings, Examples
change forgings of low-carbon steels
(Steel 10, steel 15) with a carbon content not
more than 0.15% and by annealing at high temperature
800-900 C.
In steam turbines, depending on the method
Soba installation in the bore bearing housings
nicks, there are three basic design
inserts support bearings (Figure 17.1):
Cylindrical unregulated (hard) cylincylindrically adjustable ball and selfmoustanavlivayuschiesya.

Figure 17.1. Types of thrust bearings. a-hard cylindrical unregulated thrust bearing;
b-adjustable cylindrical bearing, self-aligning ball-in thrust bearing.

212

Hard liners having a cylindrical

cal outer surface tightly ustanavLebanon in the cylindrical bore of the body
bearing without pads. Radial transition
substituted rigid cylindrical bearings
necessary when centering the rotor can
only be done by moving the entire
housing or off-axis relative to the liner
respect to the outer seats by
boring and scraping babbitt pouring contributions
breathing after his perezalivke.
Cylindrical adjustable inserts
mounted on blocks that Examples
vertyvayutsya the insert screw and serve to
facilities under their steel shims if required
sary offset insert and change pA
radially mounting of the rotor. The outer surface
of these pads to grind so that the liner
sitting tightly in a cylindrical bore of the body
bearing.
Aligning liners are
OD spherical (ball)
a bearing surface and can be rotated in
a ball housing bore, so as to continuously
assume the correct parallel necks rotor
RA position at which the equal
dimensional pressure distribution on the rotor
the entire length of the liner.

O surfaces of a thin layer of chalk obmazki consisting of three parts by volume of water and
one part by volume of finely ground chalk, and
it dries lag babbitt obnaruzhivaetsmiling to show through in the joints yellow
fifth spots. In such cases, the insert is subject to
perezalivke.
If there is no wear on the babbitt zaembed the usual traces of previous shabrovki or, in any case, in the presence of rubbing
the latter should be placed evenly
Only on the working surface of the lower half
insert. The presence of traces of rubbing and touching on
The upper half of the inserts or bazaars
bottom halves indicates abnormalities in
paper bearing to be Device for
injured when repairing (or lack unequal
license clearances, vibration, temperature Perekosy bearing housing backlog babbitt
the body of the insert, etc..).
After light podshabrovki rubbed places
inserts for cleaning contaminants from babbitt
horizontal surface of the connector insert.
For this purpose, upper insert mounted
the lower and checked clearance plane
connector; 0.03 mm feeler gauge should not be held in
junction of the two halves of the liner. This fit,
necessary to eliminate the flow of oil
outwardly through the junction is achieved or scraping
to paint or fine abrasive lapping
powder soaked in kerosene; finishing
17.2. REPAIR SUPPORT
lapping paste is applied GOI 30-40 microns.
BEARING.
Before checking radial and lateral
clearances checked on the surface of the liner
After opening the bearings for inspection
(Cylindrical and spherical), and the bore of the sub
state and produce the required measurements
bearing no nicks, shells, traces roots
must first produce thorough
rozii and other defects.
tional washing with kerosene and cleaning contributions
Density inserts to fit the housing
bubbles is and bearing housings from dirt, oil
himself bearings checked by the absence of Nations
lyanogo sludge and varnish.
Klepa and gaps between the insert and its valuable
Next should make a careful
trovochnymi pads and the housing bore
inspection of the figure and wear pattern
bearing. If defects are found in dense
Babbitt pouring inserts, check for
planting of fit is made on paint and
paint or seal between the probe contribution
probe.
bubbles is a landing slot in the enclosure corresponds
Fit rigid cylindrical contributions
respective bearings, as well as check
bubbles is produced after lubrication bore in
radial and lateral gaps between the babbitt
a bearing housing with a thin layer of paint and
fill the liner and the neck of the rotor.
subsidence in the lower half of the body of the insert
With good condition on the surface
so that the parting plane of the insert was
babbitt should not be scratched, scratches, cracks,
parallel to the plane of the connector housing bearing
Nicks, sinks, peeling, and inclusions
foreign bodies in the form of sand and wood shavings. Babbi- nick.
The liner goes up and down the two
tum filling must so firmly and tightly connected
lifting eyes screwed into its socket. Therefore, after
nyatsya body insert to insert the probe
pumping of the insert in the bore at 5-10 and pro0.03 mm is not held in the joint between the babbitt and
verification probe 0.05 mm density of its fit
liner. By clicking on the edge of the babbitt
insert carefully removed from the bore so
pouring from the joint should not be squeezed oil,
to get on it pravilnyeotpechatki
and tapping at the outer surface of the contribution
paint. Prints of paint must show Examples
breathing hammer should be heard less clean
leganie least 50% of the seating surface
metallic sound without rattles;
insert a bore with a uniform distribution
rattling indicates a leak direct vicinity
leniem traces of paint in both width and in
Fill the body of the insert.
the circumference of the seat belts. At relatively
Checking the fit on babbitt
presence of such a fit by repeated
also performed by immersing the insert
in the kerosene bath or by copious wetting
Chiwan kerosene butt surfaces Bab
Bit body liner. After coating styko-

prishabrovki traces of paint obtained after

rolling the liner in the bore, it is necessary
achieve a good fit.
Simultaneously with this test should
be carried out verification of axial clearance between
shoulders of the insert and the housing bore approach
bearing; total clearance on both sides of the contribution
breathing were measured probe shall not exceed
0.05-1 mm. The same procedure is performed
fitting of the upper half of the liner to the cover
bearing.
Cylindrical adjustable inserts
with support pads fit in the boring
bearing housings also paint or
rubbing and verified probe. If necessary
STI made only scraping centering
ing support pad liner to complete Examples
leganiya blocked by the ink.

Figure 17.2. Device for lifting the rotor

small height (a) and insert to povertyvanie
fitting support pillows (b). 1-lining, two-arm,
3-G-4-eye, 5-cushions.

To save the attachment density contribution

bubbles is recommended during fit
support shoes to make so that in accordance
ance with the weight of the rotor between the lower support
block and the bore of the bearing, not the loaded
tion rotor, there was a backlash; for example, turbine
K-LMZ 200-130 with the weight of the rotor CVP 7 tons rotor
SAC 16.2 m and the rotor LPC P6 t specified clearances
accepted bearings CVP 0.05 mm, IPC
0.07 mm and 0.1 mm LPC. When you install the rotors on
These bearing clearances are selected, and when zacovered turbine presence of this gap makes it possible
opportunity with a slight rise of the rotor
crane easily render each sub-liner
bearing out of the neck of the rotor. To obtain this
associated clearance is achieved by corresponding
sponding reduction shims under the lower
bearing pads after all the work
on the bearings (alignment, alignment gaps
interference fit, etc.).
Similarly, this test and fit well
same for the paint and the probe checks
the fit on spherical surfaces
holder and insert self-aligning
ball inserts. Paint smeared inside
rennyaya surface of the cage, and the cage for vvernufifth in her eye lifted by crane, put on the
spherical surface corresponding to half
us insert and rolled on it. The same
rolling may be carried out and fullStu assembled bearing with spherical Since
surface, but when taken out rotor; in the inner
nyuyu bore liner is installed bobyshSingle lever 1.5-2 mm (see Fig. 17.3), and that
produced from turning insert.
Paint stains should occupy not less than
80-85% of the reference spherical surface
inserts. In self-aligning contributions
bubbles is to be on the trail of paint Chabrier distribution
point in the bearing housing; themselves have inserts
Chabrier should only found clear
protrusions. The fit is considered valid when
Ball liner easily and without gaps in the slide
covering his cage and tighten bolts.

This fit is performed after recovery

rotor at low altitude specially adapted
sposobleniem (see Fig. 17.2 a) or an overhead crane,
which allows one person effort
rotate the insert using crowbar, eighth
measurements and eyebolt (see Fig. 17.2 b). Povertyvanie
contributions
breathing several times in both directions gives good
prints by rubbing on a booster cushion; template from
Figure 17.3. Turning Tool for
rubbing and re-focusing provertyvanie contributions
spherical insert. 1-boss; 2-lever,
3-liner.
heavily made up, as long as at least 75%
surfaces of the support pillow is securely
adjacent to the bore of the bearing housing.
Work on the fit of the liner to the bore
If the alignment of the rotors made
finishes checking the presence of interference between
Replacement pads for supporting pads, nonliner and bearing cover or holder,
necessary to attract the screws tightly to the pad
covering the liner; gapping
the insert body. Given that the contribution of the displacement
cover to the pad caused by the lack of Nations
bubbles is in the vertical plane changes Examples
Rod can lead to a weakening of inserts
leganie side pad to the bore of the bearing,
by heating the bearing housing during
they need to be fit but the new paint.
the turbine and cause it vibrate.

214

The magnitude of interference depends on the design of

bearing, its dimensions and dark
ture bearing cap when working turbine
Bina and accepted within the 0.05-0.15 mm.
For example, according to a turbine LMZ
By 300-240 cover the front bearing cylinLindrum high pressure is set with the present
tyagom 0.08-0.1 mm and the front and back cover
bearing low-pressure cylinder, with the present
tyagom 0.12-0.15 mm.
Preload Gaugeable using segments
soft lead wire length of 30-40 mm and
diameter of about 1 mm, which fits less
forward bearing cover and liner and
connector housing in areas adjoining the cover
bearing on both sides of the shaft journal (see Fig.
17.4 a). After removing the cover and tighten the bolts
obmyatiya to lead wire (delay
it is necessary to cover evenly, but not to the denial of iz
Bezhanov its deformation) shall be measured
the thickness of the flattened wire micrometer;
the magnitude of interference is determined as the difference
between
Impression thick wire laid on
insert, and the half-sum of thicknesses of prints carried
Loki, laid on the connector housing.

should prostrogat and otshabrit flange

joint bearing cap to obtain necessary
sary interference.
With too much tightness will cover
kids "hang" on the insert and on the connector will
gap, whereby there is invalid
flowing oil to cover the connector. For
reduce interference thickness decreases prolaying under the top-up pad or
its absence rasshabrivaetsya bore in the cover
or the connector insert in small sizes.

17.3. Checking clearances

In the insert.
For maintenance and repair must be taken into
into account that the thickness of the oil film wedge
prominent shape, which is formed between the neck
and a shaft bushing which rotates on a rotor
depends on the circumferential speed of rotation of the cervix
rotor of viscosity and oil temperature, of
specific pressure on the lower half of the contribution
breathing, as well as on the size of the gaps in the upper
insert, the shape of the inner bore contributions
breathing and the state of its surface.
Violation of any of these conditions, and in particular
STI, an abnormal value of the upper gaps in
insert and irregular geometric shape
the working surface of the lower half embeddable
sha can lead to abnormal, unstable
tainable position of the shaft journal in the liner and
"Breakdown" of the oil film, which leads to a strong
nym vibrations of the rotor.
When opening the bearing with nonsufficient overhead clearance on the surface
babbitt upper half of the liner detected
alive rubbings and grazing in the form of characteristic
shiny spots caused by disturbances INSTALLS
tainable shaft work on an oil film.

Figure 17.4. Checking the tension and gaps in the reference

bearing. and - check tightness between the cover and
bearing pad; b - check the top clearance
in the liner bearing; in - check the side zazoditch in the liner bearing, 1-bearing housing,
2-bearing cover; 3-shaft journal: 4 top
liner; 5 - lower liner; 6 - laying spot
Lead wires 7 probe 8 lateral metering space
O gaps.

When checking the tightness should be considered

thickness of the layer of shellac, which were coated with
parting surface of the bearing housing with
its assembly; to account for the thickness of the connector
the bearing housing can be laid will
mazhnaya gasket thickness 0,03 0,05 mm.
If the magnitude of interference between the lid and
the liner is insufficient, the need to create
sary interference under the upper support pillow
liner must be shown calibrated
metal gasket thickness corresponding
ness. In the liner, which has no upper Charter
novochnoy booster cushion, the gasket may
be laid between the lid and the liner with
provided that it is properly secured from slipping
screws with countersunk heads. If it is impossible
In this case, secure mounting pads

Figure 17.5. Scheme bearing bores.

and - a cylindrical bore, b - oval (citric
tion) boring.

Fluid friction between the journal and

bearing shells which must
to ensure stable operation of the turbine rotors
Bina oil film is created when obespecheny conditions for capture and oil preparation
necessary pressure oil in the bottom of
the shaft when it rotates. In this case, the stub shaft
bearing shifted somewhat from its
geometric center upwards and sideways. For
create these conditions, in addition to ensuring should
tion value of the top of the gap by the need to

215

requires a more careful operation and maintenance

inserts; because of the smaller thickness of the oil
film they impose higher requirements
of the quality of the oil and clean the oil system
(No contamination), the state of the surface
STAY shaft and the babbitt inserts (absence and sixty
rohovatostey, scratches) and a reconciliation of the inserts
(with respect
absence of distortions).
Checking the absolute value of the upper
(Radial) gaps in the bearing inserts
nicknames made prints of lead; for
of the shaft between the neck and the upper half
liner, and the junction between the two halves
liner segments stacked lead proTable 17.1. Gaps in the support bearing inserts
voloki length of 40-50 mm and a diameter of 1-1.5 mm,
nicknames depending on the diameter of the shaft journal, mm.
after which the liner is closed and uniformly
tighten the bolts (see. Fig. 17.4 b); in some
The cylindrical bore oval babbiryh structures must be closed and the cover
cal distribution Cutting
Neck
ku bearing. After removal of the upper half
tum fill
diameter
liner certified micrometer thickness
Point
Bab
oil
shaft, mm
flattened lead wires; quantity
Rastochkakarmanabitovoy
upper gap in the insert is defined as
Upper gap
after
the charge
Fills
Lateral
embed
the
clearance
the difference between the thickness of the print wires uloLateralUpper gap
The radius ofconjugated to the neck of the shaft, and half the sum of the
clearance Depth
Thickness
Diametrrastoch
the rounding-thicknesses of
Gasket ki
impressions of wires laid on both sides
on the connector shaft bearing.
To make sure that the gap ravnomeren along the entire length of the liner, lead segments
100 0.20 0.10 0.30 100.4 0.12 0.20 2.0 6.0
wire should be laid in several joists
150 0.30 0.15 0.45 150.6 0.15 0.30 2.0 6.0
minute in length: in the middle, along the edges of the journal
200 0.40 0.20 0.60 200.8 0.25 0.40 2.5 6.0
and
250 0.50 0.25 0.75 251.0 0.30 0.50 2.5 6.0
300 0.60 0.30 0.90 301.2 0.35 0.60 2.5 6.0
connector insert on both sides of its axis as
350 0.70 0.35 1.05 351.4 0.40 0.70 2.5 6.0
shown in Fig. 17.4 b. Upon receipt ottis400 0.75 0.40 1.15 401.5 0.45 0.75 3.0 6.0
Cove of different sizes should podshabrovkoy accordance
450 0.80 0.45 1.25 451.6 0.50 0.80 3.0 6.0
respective locations of the liner to achieve equilibrium
500 0.90 0.50 1.40 501.8 0, 55 0.90 3.0 6.0
dimension gaps along its entire length, and in any
the case that the difference does not exceed the clearance
0.05 mm over the entire length of the liner and its both
Depending on the magnitude of the upper and BO
parties.
postglacial gaps are two forms of boring
Side spaces in the folder (the collapse of the contribution
bearing shells, namely cylinbreathing) is measured with a feeler gauge at two points
of cylindrical and oval (lemon) bore
framework of a connector on each side of the neck on the rotor
(See Fig. 17.5). The allowable gap between
a depth of 20-25 mm (see Fig. 17.4 in).
journal and inserts depending on the
To determine the amount of change
the diameter of the shaft journal and shape bore privedetop clearances and wear babbitt pouring
shown in Table. 17.1.
lower halves of the inserts (shaft sinking)
When checking the shaft in the following areas
occurred during the operation, application
galleries in the pouring babbitt liners should
nyayutsya special steel brackets, with the help of
bear in mind that the fit surface of the lower contribution
which the probe when the upper halves
breathing is maintained throughout the length of arc 30-40
(Cm. Fig. 17.4 in). In case of deviations from these quantities inserts measurements have been made, as indicated in
Fig. 17.6. Such staples easy to produce silica
rank requires appropriate podshabrovka
Lamy guild mechanical workshop for each
inserts with the stored values of the upper and
dogo bearing; for this you need the original
side-gaps in the range indicated in the table.
tion fit brackets to each production liner
In some cases, good results
Led after careful alignment of the turbine with distribution
elimination of vibration caused by the lack of
net of that between the neck and shaft bracket was
paper bearing reached the transition from
clearance of not more than 0.1-0.2 mm, the clearance
cylindrically shaped bore liners on
must be stamped on a bracket indicating thereon
oval shape, which is used in the contribution
rooms and rooms turbine liner which
dyshah bearing most modern
it is intended.
turbines. Quieter operation of the rotor at
The presence of such staples allows
oval shaped bore due not only
replace worn or emergency (oplavbetter heat dissipation, and mainly dempPARTICULAR) inserts new spare no
firovaniem rotor, which produced an oil
opening the cylinder and holding alignment ronym wedge formed in the upper half of
tors on the coupling halves, requiring significant
insert. However, the oval shape of the bore friction
ensure appropriate lateral wedge
clearances.
Insufficient margin backlash
leads to bearing vibration and to improve
oil temperature therein, as in this case
while the turbine is no normal conditions for
formation of an oil film and shaft journal may
Jette "capture" babbitt surface distribution
point of the liner. In the presence of traces of rubbing at
side surfaces of the upper and lower contribution
bubbles is necessary podshabrit place rubbing
for normal clearance.

216

time and labor. To do this, after slight

tive crane lifting the end of the rotor recess
the bottom half of a removable insert (see. Fig.
11.17) and put into place a new reserve
radial position is adjusted
of the variation in the thickness of the shaft linings under
booster cushion insert; adjustment
conducted to obtain between the shaft and bracket INSTALLS
tanovlenii connector on the bearing housing, zaAuditor equal stamped on the bracket.
To ensure proper measurement
sinking a shaft bracket is mounted on the connector
bearing between the tie rods (see Fig. 17.6)
after thorough cleaning and wiping clean
cloth the journal and the bearing and connector
after complete cooling of the shaft.

Figure 17.6. Checking the wear of the liner using

special bracket. 1-bracket; 2-base bracket;
3 reference lug bracket.

For comparability of measurement results,

produced at different times, and the possibility of
judgment on the difference between the measurement of the
degree of proseDenmark shaft brackets must be installed on
one and the same place and the same side.
To do this, the initial metering should
delineate the base bracket prescriber (thin
Line connector bearing) and zamarkirovat base bracket and connector surface
Bearing respectively the same metric
Coy.
During the measurements need to be clamped to the bracket
Bearing connector to avoid squeezing it
the measurement of the probe, which is made
measurement of the gap between the reference velocity
projection
be and the neck of the shaft; measurements of the gap at
different
time and compared with the value stamped on the
bracket indicative of the sagging of the shaft.
The measurements are repeated several times to ubebe in their correctness; Therefore in case of mismatch
Repeated measurements and a significant difference between
they need more time to verify the installation
staples and clean parting surface bearing
ka, the base bracket and the shaft journal.
Brackets fitted to the shaft journal, Explicit
lyayutsya calibrated measuring instrurumentom which must be stored as well as all
precision measuring tools carefully
protecting them from shocks and strains; even small

large bending deformation distorts measurements

gaps and to use this clip can not be.
In the repair process checks
serviceability pins, thread studs, bolts, and
nuts connecting inserts, and the state of valuable
Trier steps in the halves of the inserts.
Good condition of these parts after assembly
Plug inserts closer to the solid,
when the two halves of the liner acquire several
need for rigidity.
Very important for the normal
work has bearing surface finish
shaft necks. Traces roughing cutter shaft,
the presence of ticks, scratches, corrosion and point
ulceration bearing currents negative
tive effect on the thickness of the lubricant layer: pressure
in the lubricating layer and its load-bearing capacity
reduced. Roughness of the shaft journal expression
ated annular grooves in the load frequency
ti liner; better processed and otshlifoWang stub shaft, the faster burned in by
It inserts and bearing works with performance liquid
nym friction with a high degree of reliability.
In those cases where the shaft journal has
strictly cylindrical shape (taper, ellipsoid
liptichnost, local thickening, etc..) and state
of its working surface Poorly
tory, solid oil wedge across
bearing length can not be stored, so
as defective portions of the shaft creates' local
lusuhoe bearing friction and cause vibration
tion of the rotor.
When major repairs to correct
said surface defects can be
produced by grinding necks when installing
rotor on its own bearings ( 8.3); when
signal processing shaft necks with removal
High metal layer rotor should be sent
the plant for the treatment of his necks on
respective machine.

17.4. FILLING BEARINGS

Babbitt.
Increase in the upper gap in inserts
bearings above the maximum allowable,
happened as a result of abrasion of babbitt
priming and sagging of the rotor can lead to
misalignment of the rotors on the coupling and
an unacceptable reduction in radial zazotrench between the rotor and the bottom of the cylinder
blading and labyrinth seal
tions; increase gap also leads to a reduction in
NIJ pressure and temperature rise in oil
bearings and vibration of the turbine. In this case
necessary to make teas perezalivke approach
bearings.
Before removing the old liner
babbitt need to check on the black
tezhe insert instructions about sizes and constructions
of the babbitt pouring. In the absence of a drawing
must remove accurate sketch of babbitt pouring
indicating the size and location of oil
grooves, pockets, chamfers, roundings and poyaSkov. The presence of such a drawing or sketch allows

217

Lita when processing perezalito Bearing

accurately recover all the necessary details of Bab
bitmap fills, the lack of which can configure
destroy the normal operation of the liner.
Removing the old babbitt made
by heating in a furnace liner (otherwise) vapor
another compatible lamp or a gas burner on the back
the body side liner. You can not make vysmelting, directing the flame of the lamp or torch nondirectly to Babbit, since in this case it
will vigorously oxidized. Heated liner
to complete melting babbitt also follows
is, since the extreme heat burns antimony
- The most important part of babbitt. Heated
to a temperature of 240-260 C, which corresponds to
top softening babbitt liner shake-up
shaken and hit on the plate, and babbitt easy lags
of the insert. Old Babbitt should be removed
from the liner completely without residue in the grooves and
depressions. After melting babbitt internal
rennyaya surface of the insert carefully purified
is a scraper, wire brush and emery
sandpaper.
Fill turbine bearings must be
produce only babbitt B-83 ( 3.7), not pre
letting it mix with the old or kakimany other grade babbitt.
To fill the auxiliary bearings
mechanisms (pumps, etc..) can, if
appropriate, the waste babbitt in
in this case, the crucible is put on a clean
weight of 50% fresh babbitt, 25% of the old babbitt
smelted of bearings 25% pure
Babbitt chips obtained after boring
perezalito bearings. The melting process at
This is carried out as follows: first distribution
plavlyaetsya fresh Babbitt Babbitt and old, in this
molten mass is poured chips and all
well stirred mixture of pure steel
heated rod. Chips and old babbitt
You should only eat clean, no
contaminated.
Fill liners support bearings
turbines and their auxiliary machinery Explicit
by the responsible work and requires careful
tive with all regulations pouring so
from both its quality is not less than that of
composition and structure of babbitt depends normal
operation of the bearing. When fail pouring Nations
observed lag babbitt from the body of the insert,
uneven distribution of solid structural
GOVERNMENTAL components, the appearance of cracks in
Babb
and shells, which is unacceptable in the turbine bearings
bin and can lead to serious accidents in
operation.
The first basic condition for good zaembed the insert and a good grasp of the babbitt
with the body of the insert is pre-approach
cooking pad, which consists in degreasing
Vania, etched and coated with tin (half
Doi) in compliance with the maximum purity at
all these stages. Degreasing methods, propickling and tinning, described below, more
complex than commonly used, but give

completely reliable and always equally good reform

results.
Degreasing liner, i.e. removal from
He traces of oil and kerosene produced Since
After melting the old babbitt in boiling 10% rated solution of caustic soda or sodium hydroxide
(1 kg of caustic soda in 10 L water). For such
the solution may be made from sheet receptacle
steel, designed for full immersion in the
insert. The liner is lowered into the vessel with kipyaschim solution for 10-15 min, after which prowashed with hot running water to remove
dirt and alkali.
After degreasing and washing at Therefore
surface of the liner should not be seen Nika
FIR grease, emulsions, rust and
dirt. If the surface of the insert does not have the number
of metallic luster, it should again
cleaned with a steel brush, file and Nations
zhdachnoy cloth and degrease again indicated
above. Quality degreasing proveryaetsya wettability on the surface of fat-free
of water; liner to be redefatted, if a smooth surface and
places such as dovetails remain
wetted areas.
After degreasing and washing with water
liner undergoes total initial
etching in a hydrochloric acid or sulfuric
acid (1 l of fuming strong acid per 10 l
water). This solution should be poured
gradually acid in water, but not vice versa, as
otherwise the acid may splash and burn
working.
Liner 10 is lowered into the solution min;
if you can not dive surface
be lubricated by pouring acid; Since
After etched liner washed with hot
flowing water and dried. Temperature
liner during drying is brought to 200 C,
This drying is carried out is not an open flame,
and in an electric furnace, or, in the absence of such impact
possibilities, at the plate or on a baking sheet, postavlenrated on a mountain.
Before secondary pickling and tinning
liner is essential if it is tinkering
performed by immersion, paint on the Nations
outer surface and in other places, not sublying solderability, chalk paint, limit
obstacles pestering tinning. Chalk
paint is made by a careful transition
mixing two parts by volume of fine Since
powdered chalk, two parts of liquid glass
la and one part of water, or one of chalk, three
parts of water and 2.1% of wood glue. After oxo
Raska liner must again be heated to
200 C in order to evaporate moisture, dry
chalk paint and reduce the temperature Pedrops of the liner when immersed in molten
tion tinning.
Before tinkering produced secondary
The etched surface of the insert is saturated
schennym zinc chloride solution, called
Vai "acid etching", with the addition of

218

it ammonium chloride (dry anhydrous

ammonia) in an amount of 50 g per 1 liter of solution.
A saturated solution of zinc chloride
obtained by dissolving pig zinc
solid technical hydrochloric acid (one part
zinc into four parts by weight of acid); process
dissolution must continue until
until it stops bubbling water
kind, and at the bottom of the vessel will be some amount
No. excess undissolved zinc.
Re-etched productivity should
ditsya quickly and thoroughly by applying indicated
bonded to the substrate with a liner Since
power of hair brushes, paints or tow.
If the surface is well degreased, then
mordant falls evenly. On bad deforestasurface stain is fat does not hold and
escapes; in this case the operation degreasing
must be repeated.
By the time the etching should
be prepared iron or cast iron vessel
for tinning of sufficient capacity to it
could be loaded liner. This vessel Nations
holds pure tin alloy of 50% tin
and 50% lead babbitt, or B-83, the use of
which is acceptable for tinning after
which the vessel is heated to melt the semidy. Tinning temperature should be maintained in
range 300-320 C; This temperature should be
check omitting Poluda thermometer or peaks
eter. The heated at this time to 220-240
With the liner with a layer of copper mordant
ately to avoid splashing, falls in
molten tinning and kept it in
for 5-8 min to insert adopted temperature
ture tinning.
Poluda should be continuous, smooth, thin
Kim layer cover the surface of the liner for
except surfaces that were Since
covered with chalk paint and therefore remain nonTinning. Correctly applied to the liner
Poluda has a smooth dull silver color.
Any other colors, such as yellowish,
shows that the process was carried out non-tinning
correctly that Poluda oxidized and is not suitable for
pouring babbitt; Babbitt to such tinning does not belong
become.
If the surface of the liner up, subject
ing filling, place left nezaluzhennye (black
noviny, signs of oxidation, a place with lag
tion tinning and other vices), they approach
are new and re-coating any of the mordant
solderability.
If such a large amount
tin, which is required for the immersion of the whole
liner, there is no way to melt, tinning
produced or a soldering iron or wash. Ray
voltage soldering iron or wash requires snorovki, a significant amount of time and gives less
satisfactory tinning.
Tinkering wash made the following
manner: the entire surface of the liner, podlezhaschaya casting, lubricated with a saturated solution
rum zinc chloride. This is covered by daubing

powder dry ammonia, after which it

stacked pieces of tin. Thereupon prohassled by heating the bearing to 270-300 C
and as soon as the tin melts, it vegetable
collected and smeared on the surface of the insert
rags or cloth. When grinding should
to strive to lay on Poluda Since
surface of the liner flat and thin.
If anywhere Poluda does not stick, then this place
again smeared with zinc chloride, coated with
of ammonia is heated and again rubbed
tin.
By the time the tinning Babbitt,
subject to pouring into the liner must be
melted in order to avoid exposing the contribution
Dis bearing reheated and transformation
dohraneniya tinned surface from oxidation.
Quality babbitt is the better and burn those
less than less time will be
Babbitt in the molten state. Therefore, the
time filling all inserts to be zaembed the one receiving a single crucible have
be prepared so that no delay propouring process. Furthermore, it should be melted
only the amount of babbitt, which one
it will take to fill.
Determination of the amount of babbitt, it is necessary
sary for the pouring of a particular liner,
based on the thickness of the babbitt and allowance
Finishing machining is performed
by the formula
G = Dhb,
where G - weight babbitt required for zaembed the insert, g; D-diameter bore contributions
breathing under fill, see; x is the thickness of the filling
babbitt layer (layer thickness on the bearing babbitt
and allowance for processing), see; b-length of the insert,
including allowance for processing, see; -specific
babbitt weight 7.2 g / cm 3. The thickness of the babbitt zalivki, the calculated according to this formula, and the allowance
for
machining fill that longwives to ensure complete removal in turning obprocessing layer shrink looseness, taking
toil from Table. 17.2.

Table 17.2. The thickness of the babbitt pouring embeddable

necks thrust bearings and allowances for its mechanical
ical treatment, mm.

Allowance for mechanics

Thickness
nical formation
The diameter of the
Babbitt
processing babbitt
cervical
Fill
Fill radius
ki shaft
6-81-3
50 or less
10-123-5
100
12-135-10
200
20 and bolshe10-15
300 or more
Significantly increase the allowances for obprocessing as compared with the above should not be,
because the best part of babbitt are
layers adjacent to the body of the insert and cardiac
nick form. Middle strata have less satisfaction
instrumental structure due to their hardening in

219

last, resulting in them naimore bubbles are trapped and

impurity.
An example of determining the amount of babbione necessary for the fill is It should
blowing payment. Bearing for cervical
D = shaft diameter of 20 cm has a length of 30 cm. Zaembed the babbitt liner that diameter on
Table. 17.2 produced at a thickness of 1.2 cm. Examples
Nimai allowance for processing on the side (on the radial
yc) on the same table to 0.6 cm and the edges on
length of 1 cm to the side, the thickness of the filling layer
x = 1.2 + 0.6 = 1.8 cm, and the length of the insert casting
6 = 30 + 2 * 1 = 32 cm. Weight babbitt required for
zalivkiravenG = 3.14 * 20 * 1.8 * 32 * 7.2 =
26042 g = 26 kg.
Meltdown babbitt pouring recommended
mended to produce electric-koheifer (bath) small capacity, which
easier to sustain the desired temperature, or
failing that, in a special
cially deep cast-iron or iron vessel
(COC). These containers are made of the type
as indicated in Fig. 17.7, which guarantees fill
molten babbitt from the lower layers; welfare
giving such a structure do not fall into the liner
coal, slag and other impurities usually nahodyaschiesya on the surface of the molten babbitt.
Heating such vessels can be made
on the hearth, on a gas flame or into specialized
social lamp. By melting a new babbithat, to reduce the time it is heated and reduced
sew slagging, need to download the pieces
babbitt in a well-heated crucible (up to 400
500 C) and heating to the desired temperature
produce as quickly as possible.
Babbitt during melting and pouring
strongly oxidized in contact with impact
spirit, and oxides, falling into the alloy, are examples
cause of cracking babbitt and its backlog
in the insert.
To protect it from oxidation Since
surface of the molten babbitt poured
layer of fine charcoal thickness from 25 to 30
mm slices and the magnitude of 5-10 mm; as used
for this purpose for coal cleaning coal dust
Is should be sieved through a sieve as
coal dust by mixing in babbitt deteriorates
is its quality.
Also, should the molten babbitt
refine ammonium chloride; for this
20-30 g of ammonium chloride (dry our tyrya)
wrapped in paper and using rafinirovalnika (steel tube with a hole) Since
loaded into a vessel with molten babbitt,
yet with careful mixing it does not exceed
Kratom boiling metal and gassing
(Usually 5 to 10 min). During most pouring
when neznachtelnom chloride oxidation of the alloy
Ammonium can be filled directly on the
surface of the liquid bath, while
its stirring. Refining procomes the decomposition of ammonia in the ammonia and
chlorine
Risto hydrogen, causing a rapid transition

mixing of the alloy, and eye-catching chlorine connecDinh oxides, slag them and slag
floats to the top where it can be selected
spoon.
Babbitt should not be overheated, so
as, in addition to increasing burn too hot
alloy leads to a coarse-grained structure, brittle
bone propensity to cracking and poor
mechanical qualities.

Figure 17.7. Metal containers for melting and

pouring babbitt bearing shells.

Melting point depends babbits

their composition; The temperature at which transits
hassled fill, should always be on the 50th
70 C above the melting point for
to have a supply of heat losses in walking
During priming, i.e. Babbitt was to liquid
fluid and well filled out the form, and not froze
immediately colder bearing.
Meltdown babbitt B-83 occurs at
350 C.; temperature before pouring it
tour should be brought to 400 C. 410
Maintaining the required temperature
babbitt is one of the most important conditions
get a good fill inserts. Concentration
trol the temperature babbitt produced peaks
eter or thermocouple. In their absence,
temperature up to 25 C can be determined
lyat and with a dry pine splinter
2,5h1,5 mm. When immersed splinter in Babbitt
it breaks at a temperature of 490-500 C;
at temperatures of 450-475 C immersed in the distribution
Melted metal splinter within 8-10 seconds
completely charred; at 400 C.
splinter within 8-10 seconds slightly charred.
In determining the temperature pyrometer or
splinter surface babbitt need osvoindemnify from coal, pushing him aside.
Bearing forms and instruments for zalivki just before pouring the heated soldering
lamp or other means to a temperature
250-260 C; monitor the achievement of the dark
temperature can produce or meat probe
Babbitt wand that the friction on the wall
ki liner melts. Fill in the cold contributions
Dis and shape gives Babbitt, which is not enough
firmly adheres to the liner. This is explained
that when pouring the babbitt in cold contributions
Dis last, warmed up by the heat distribution
molten babbitt starts to expand; in
the same time, the cooling begins babbitt

220

Coy jet can lead to the formation of cancerous

wines in a frozen Babb. If the process stream
casting will be interrupted, then drenched in Babb
formed bundle, as part of it which lie
Shaya in shape before, time to harden and this has
frozen part lies next part babbithat. When you fill a need to ensure that something
have not been put in the ear coal particles and slag.
Inserts in power usually zaLebanon manually or centrifugally.
Centrifugal method is recommended to fill
Ear diameter of 150-400 mm and a diameter of
150 mm and 400 mm, more than necessary to fill
manually. Fill centrifugally contributions
bubbles is more than 400 mm in diameter is not made
due to the weight and difficulty of
proper alignment of the machine to avoid beats
unbalanced mass of the insert.
Manually inserts usually cast in
improvised forms in which the main part of
a body of the insert (see Fig. 17.8). Zapreferable to embed the at vertical
position of the inserts, which gives greater density
of babbitt. When filling inserts assembly
still hot half-dried inserts
clamps must be tightened after installation to
connector therebetween asbestos gaskets; also
shall be laid down by asbestos all oil
holes, not to zaplavit their babbitt when
pouring.
To avoid cavities at zaembed the form should increase so that the part
excessive molten babbitt passed
in the ear (see Fig. 17.8 b), as soon as in the cooling
Vania begin education cavities.
Capacity produced by overlapping the
top of the mold collar of wash consisting of 50%
finely milled ordinary clay, 20% water
loknistogo asbestos and 30% water. The same obmazFigure 17.8. Devices and methods for filling Bab
Coy eliminated all leaks where possible
bit inserts support bearings.
leakage of molten babbitt and zadeand - fill the liner assembly, b - separate fill
lyvaetsya lower part of the liner when the Charter
the upper and lower halves of the large diameter of the liner
Novki end on an iron plate.
meter 1-prop, 2 - asbestos gaskets,
Fill large liners turbines one can
3 - core 4 - Capacity form 5 - a collar.
but also to make a zaformovkoy each in
half of the liner in the form of an earthen or clay;
forms and cores must be dried in
To avoid cooling babbitt when zaembed the pad should be placed no farther than 1 m from the avoid the formation of bubbles and porosity
fill.
furnace or hearth and pour babbitt as possible velocity
As the cores in devices
yardarm. This is necessary because the babbitt
bearings are used for pouring steel
representatives
rods; rod diameter must be less than
constitutes a not homogeneous metal and alloy
diameter of the liner on the two thicknesses of the filling
tin, copper and antimony. These components may
layer plus the allowance for processing. For more byseparated as by prolonged heating
strictly cooling after casting babbitt recommended
research institutes, and when prolonged cooling in
mended to use solid metal
resulting metal will with poor less
cores, absorbing some of the heat and babbitt
ical properties - quick istiraemogiving more dense and less abrade
Stu. Accordingly, very useful heating
surface fill. Wood cores
and cooling babbitt lead quickly. Furthermore,
may contribute to the formation of gases, Therefore
during heating should be vigorously Agitation
their application is not recommended.
Shiva babbitt to get more equal
Cores before installing the following declaration
dimensional and more fine-grained structure that
bloating or cover with a mixture of graphite with gasoline,
greatly reduces abrasive wear of the bearing.
Fill each liner is made in
one reception quickly (1.5-3 min), but without splashing,
strong, short continuous jet. To this
first need to be kept near the sock crucible of liters
nick and have crucible of sufficient capacity to
casting process to continuously pouring thin
shrinkability. Clearly, due to the movement
babbitt surface of the liner and a relative
to one another can not get their lasting accordance
unity after cooling.

221

that they are easily removed from the cast and ostyvSheha babbitt.
Cooling babbitt in the liner must
occur upward so desired,
to the upper portion of the babbit remained liquid
for 5-10 min; for this after filling the upper
nyuyu portion of the outer surface of the insert It should
blowing a blowtorch to heat until Babbitt
starts to cool down; due to this cooling of
removes all harmful gases and include
tion and shrinkage voids are located in
profitable parts, ie to the extent which depends
tverdevaet least, is iz
excess (allowance) and removed during long-range
ther processing of the liner.
Fill liners manually specified
the above process has some disadvantages of
the main ones are: 1) lack of
density babbitt, as Babb after the cooling
tion often formed small voids and pA
Covina because of which Babbit can "sit";
2) high consumption of babbitt due to the need
significant machining allowances, sprues and
spill.

Fig. 17.9. To be pouring insert subprepara- as previously defined, attached to

clamp with asbestos gasket in the socket, zawas attached to a lathe special
flanges.
Melting of the babbitt and bring it to the
the temperature at which is poured,
should be linked to the time setting on
lathe insert heated to temperatures
ture 250-270 C; without such a link duration
tive heating babbitt can cause burning
antimony therein, whereby substantially
deteriorate its mechanical properties and Since
surface filling operation will be quickly
abrasions.

Figure 17.10. The ultrasonic pulses on the screen

flaw. and - in good babbitt junction with the body
insert, b - with babbitt lag contribution from the body
breathing.

Figure 17.9. Centrifugal casting bearings

using a lathe. 1-spindle lathes
tion of the machine; 2 front faceplate appliances;
3 bolts securing the front disc; 4 Front-removable
FLOW pressure plate; 5, the recess 6 in the disk; 7 back
headstock lathe; 8-spindle device;
9 a funnel; 10-spout of the funnel; 11 back faceplate
appliances; 12-ball;
13 sharikopodpyatnik; 14-clamping plate to the ballbearing; 15 bolts securing the rear dial;
16 Rear removable pressure plate; 17 Poured
liner; 18-Bolt, who pulled the liner;
19-asbestos gaskets.

Despite these disadvantages, while

properly carried perezalivke inserts
bearings by hand by the above technological
ogy can provide a complete and stable
high quality babbitt pouring.
More sophisticated method is
centrifugal casting inserts assembled
as during their rotation around its axis to the drive
house by an electric motor; to be able to regulate
Grad speed usually applied electric
DC motor complete with an adjustable
speed.
Fixture design for centripetal
tachometric way to fill the bearing with Examples
Menen lathe, practical conclusion
complement to one of the power stations, see

In one of the flanges having an aperture in

center, factory groove with a funnel on which
rum during the rotation of the chuck lathe
machine into the liner enters the molten
Babbitt. Proceeding through a chute into a rotating
hot, just tinned insert (pre
Let them break in time no more than 2.5-3.0
min), babbit centrifugal force
spreads on the inner surface of embeddable
sha smooth dense layer at full absence
Wii bubbles. All recesses and grooves liner density
but filled with babbitt. The machine rotates to
until babbitt into the insert completely
hardens.
Due to the same thickness on babbitt
the entire surface of the liner allowance on its formation
processing can be minimized; This will
only depend on how much of the distribution
molten babbitt poured into the groove. If the right
properly calculate this amount, then processing
Ku can be left oversize thickness of
2-3 mm.
To prevent uneven distribution
tion of individual components on the babbitt
casting thickness, i.e. to heavier elements
ments under the influence of centrifugal forces do not consider
relied closer to the body of the insert, creating
most irregular in structure fill, nonnecessary to install the correct number of turns,
wherein the magnitude of the centrifugal forces nahoditsya level, does not reflect on the quality of
fill.
Quality control and manual and centrifugal
tion is made by pouring an external OC
Mothra and the sound sample. In a well-filled
inserts should be provided: 1) a smooth

222

silver-colored work surface without black

Novin, yellow spots and deep sinks, which
rye could stay after boring embeddable
necks; JavaScript yellow tint surface or
yellow spots indicate overheating babbitt;
2) a homogeneous fine-grained structure on izloIU filling without the inclusion of large shiny
grains (check the kink filmed Nations
Swim and profits); coarse nature
fracture indicates overtemperature babbitt;
3) the absolute purity of babbitt pouring from
impurities of any extraneous metal
inclusions (pellet and chips bronze, steel,
iron, etc..). Checking the presence of bronze and
steel shavings inspect Since
surface of babbitt pouring through a magnifying glass with 6
10x magnification; presence of steel
chips can also be verified, the magnetization
chennoy needle balanced on a string; For
magnetized needle easily attracted nahodyaschimisya in Babb steel wool;
4) strong and tight connection Babbitt zaembed the body liner.
The disadvantage of ways to check the density
The compounds listed in 17.2, is
that the lag is detected only on the babbitt
connectors and the ends of the insert. Currently
one of the plants of Leningrad checks
backlog of babbitt bearing inserts subbearings and thrust pad thrust from subbearings using ultrasonic flaw
telescopes SPL and SPL-7H-12T. This method principle
fundamentally no different from the ultrasonic The methods
ba check for cracks in the blades
(See. 13.4). When monitoring with two schuciples set one against the other with the calculation
that "passing" of the pulse across the border junction
babbit liner body, the method reliably
reveals defects junction. With a good junction different
nimble obtained on the screen of the device, fixes
clear impetus; when installing probes against
Non- or poorly soldered places momentum
disappears completely or pulse height sharply
decreases (see Fig. 17.10).
At the same time control of the well received
leganiya babbitt to the body liner or persistent
Pads and revealed the absence of internal de
defects (holes, cracks, etc..), the presence of which
causes the screen to scan supplemented
Executive momentum between the initial and the "benthic
nym "pulses.

sobom without melting the old babbitt in a number of case

teas may be produced and recovery
the value of the upper gap in the liner, especially
but if the reduction of the gap may be the product
Deno by surfacing Babbitt in the upper fill
her half of the liner.
Casting rods used coal
1 nicknames, which are filled with refined
( 17.4) babbitt 2 (see Fig. 17.11); when rasplavleSRI babbitt temperature rise above 390400 C should not be allowed, since the higher
heating babbitt can lead to burnout tin
Islands and strong oxidation of the surface.
Surfacing is made after careful
cleaning of oil and degreasing sites Bab
bitmap fill to be surfacing by
wash with gasoline, caustic soda and of hot
denote condensate. After degreasing productivity
ditsya cutting of these areas, which consists in
plunge-cutting or damage to seats
healthy surface and shallow notch poyaSkov babbitt upper bearing, if necessary
Mosty capacity to restore normal
GOVERNMENTAL gaps.
These degreasing and cutting, prohassled by a chisel or a saw to metal Bastard
-crystal gloss, are necessary to obtain
strong connection with the deposited babbitt
basic. If cutting comes to basic
metal liner after thorough rinsing
gasoline and rubbing with a brush etched
hydrochloric acid, it is necessary also to make
tinning these sites using tin payalnick; tinning layer should be thin, and the solid
nym and not more than 1.0 mm.
To limit the small area
section of the base babbitt liner, which
affects the flame during surfacing, surfacing prooxyacetylene torch hassled with small size
tip ( 1 for applying a layer of babbitt
1-2 mm and the number of 3-layer with 4-6 mm}. Flame burner
ki should be strictly neutral in relation
sheniem oxygen and acetylene 1: 1.05, which is achieved
Gaeta regulation burner until the disappearance of
white flames for brightly glowing core.

Figure 17.11. Elbow for smelting

Babbitt bars.

17.5. Surfacing BEARING

Babbitt.
If damage babbitt pouring new
FNF local character (cracks, vyscherbiny,
porosity, sink, dents, local relative
stavanie babbitt from the liner) and affected
these lesions surface does not exceed
10% of the area fill of the lower half contribution
breathing, repair damaged areas can be
produced by oxy-acetylene welding
or tipped babbitt B-83, harvested in
the form of rods with a diameter of 5-7 mm. This also
contributes

When installing the insert portion podle-containing surfacing, must be in the lower
position and the horizontal plane, which limit
dohranyaet from flowing weld and babbitt
improves surfacing. When surfacing flame
burner is routed to the main section of Bab
Bit liner with simultaneous application of
babbit rod flames; thus there is a
simultaneous melting of the main babbitt
bar and filling the split plot
babbitt; Babbitt filler rod is not

223

should make a melt in the core of the flame

or burner.
With the gradual movement of the burner and
bar on site, subject to recovery
NIJ on the main Babbitt built up in the form of
Thin rollers along the axial line of the insert
a new layer of babbitt overlapping previvious. Depending on the depth of the defect and nonnecessity thickness of surfacing, taking into account
allowance of 1-2 mm for further processing,
cladding can be made in one or more
how many layers.
In the process of welding special care should be
ensure not to overheat or osnovnoOn or deposited babbitt as a transition
heating of a decrease in quality naplavlenlayer. Useful when surfacing obezzhirenny liner dipped in the back of
running water to the edge of the babbitt. Flow
water carries away heat and thus prevents
casing liner from the local heating and korobletion; in the absence of this feature surfacing
conducted intermittently for cooling, as
strong heating of the liner may cause relative
stavaniyu babbitt from the body of the insert.
By the end of the deposition, if not insert
requires turning, weld participation
Stock is subject to pretreatment saw
followed by scraping (See below.) with a fit
by gaps.
Experience has shown that a repair babbitum fill liners by welding or
soldering gives a great reduction of labor costs,
significantly reduces the time and expense babbithat; however during surfacing in accordance with
The weld the above technology
Liners have a dense, fine-grained
structure and are not inferior in performance
as a liner, extending the usual
fill. Oxidation of the surface character
occurring during welding, can not
have special significance, because when removed
further finishing build-up
surface of the insert.
After completing work on perezalivke or
surfacing babbitt bearing shells, Since
After careful visual inspection on relative
absence of defects or fill surfacing Since
tread on turning boring, and then proscan of clearances and final scraping.

surface of the liner and its end face

STI (see Fig. 17.12).
As specified in 17.3, there are two types
babbitt bearing bore liners approach
bearings: cylindrical and oval (line
monnaya).
When the cylindrical bore liner
installed on the machine with an offset center
vertical plane in the direction of the lower half
guilt on the value of the upper half of the gap as well;
in measuring the heartbeat of the insert indicator zakreplenny in the tool holder must show
zero on the side surfaces of the insert minus
the upper half of the gap (s / 2) of the upper half
us plus half of the upper gap (+ a / 2) y
the bottom half of the liner. In this case, the internal
rennyaya bore liner is made strictly
the diameter of the shaft plus the value of the upper gap
and(See Fig. 17.13). In this method of the bore size
ture is controlled by a bore hole gauge, side
gaps, resulting in lower half
magnitude than the upper, are brought to the norm (see.
Table. 17.1) further scraping installation
the turbine rotor.

Figure 17.12. Aligning the installation of the liner support

Bearing lathe indicators.

To save time on the fit of the upper

He and backlash in the liner and get
from the exact value of these gaps follows
is put in the connector insert metal
Strip (sheet steel or brass) thickness
tion, ravnoyvelichine required vertical
locally and clearance (see Fig. 17.13, b). After pulling off
Both halves of the liner is mounted on
machine with precise alignment of a relatively large
and minor axes and protachivaetsya to a diameter equal to
tion to the diameter of the neck plus twice the thickness
paved pads. In this method, after
bore and remove the top and side pads
vye gaps in the liner obtained odinakovy17.6. Boring and scraping
E, as shown in Fig. 17.13, c.
BEARING AFTER
For explanation of the suppose
Perezalivke.
that is required to process after perezalivke
insert a shaft diameter d = 200 mm. For this
Before the two halves of the liner bore
connector insert inserted gasket thickness
exactly on the joint firmly tightened wire
tion but equal to the amount necessary top
clamp or a special clip, providing
clearance; according to the table. 17.1 a = 0.4 mm and the
complete coincidence of these halves, their single
insert
processing time on a lathe.
chisels to a diameter d1 = d + 2a = 200 + 20.4 =
To get an accurate bore alignment
200.8 mm. After removal of the spacers are obtained
centricity liner installation on a lathe
the machine must be carried out with the help of the indicator upper gap a = 0.4 mm and side clearances b (different
tors by check straps on the outside of Therefore

224

the ends of the liner and therefore does not increase the fusion
va oil that occurs in the axial direction
leniyah at the edges of the liner through the oil zazoture between the neck and shaft liner. Oil
annular grooves (Oil-dispensing undercut)
performed in the middle of the less loaded
the upper half of the liner to increase Since
oil flow, cooling the neck shaft and which feeds
present oil wedge almost cold butter
also do not reach the ends of the insert.

shafts), necessary to obtain the wedge

gaps between the neck and insert a 0.4 mm.
Oval bore liner that vyholds on the support of all major bearing
contemporary in- turbine units, conducted with the Charter
Novki in its connector gaskets with a thickness equal
to the sum of the values of the upper and side clearance
(See. Table 17.1)..

Figure 17.13. Boring inserts support bearings

nicks after perezalivke. a-boring at the diameter of the shaft,
b-boring on the diameter d + 2a, after the installation of the connector
Gasket (1) of a thickness but equal to the desired upper
it clearance in - gaps after boring when taken out
gaskets.

In this case, the insert is mounted on

Machine vertical offset
the center towards the lower half of the magnitude,
equal to half of its upper gap; when such
Installation bore axis coincides with the axis of the contribution
breathing assembled without gaskets. With the right
installation, if the indicator is at the touch of his dvizhSingle vertically on the sides of the outer
surface of the insert shows a zero, then the
touching the top half of the liner it must
showed half the amount of the difference between the lateral
first- and upper gaps (ba) / 2, and when touched
the lower half of the liner-half the magnitude
rank sum of the lateral and upper gaps (b + a) / 2.
The bore of the machine is carried out by diameter,
indicated in the Table. 17.1 and equal to the diameter of the
cervical
ki shaft plus two side of the gap. If the absence
exist special instructions of the manufacturer
on the value of the top and side clearances, this contributes
sob boring babbitt pouring inserts
bearings with a gap size of the
Table. 17.1 can be used for all types and different
mers bearing supported turbines.
Right on the finishing lavishing on
given the size of the liner shall not require
any additional processing shabrovCoy or grinding to pouring babbitt Since
radiation necessary lateral and upper zazoditch. The surface which supports the
stub shaft turns in a narrow band. Such
kaya boring ensures reliable operation
bearing after perezalivke.
At the end of the bore in Babb embeddable
sha run channels for supply, drainage and
distribution of oil and are made along the liner
near the connector disintegrated (refrigerators), bevels and
the upper half-boning, in strict compliance
dance with drawing pad, filmed before his transfer
fill. Appointment of the dismantling of these on the connector
EMAX inserts (see. Fig. 17.14 in) -provision
better nutrition oil and capture it for the shaft
creating an oil wedge; disintegrated do not reach

Figure 17.14. Scraping babbitt pouring contributions

breathing support bearing 1-triangular scraper,
2-section knife; 3 - template.

To avoid abnormal operation of the contribution

breathing due to violations of the oil wedge created
provides with the work on the working surface
insert should be no longitudinal and
cruciform grooves. Oil groove velocity
sy, inlet and outlet oil should
be well-rounded, providing a smooth
transitions and the necessary rounding sharp
corners and edges.
If necessary, after rastachivaof liner held its scraping; To this
of used scrapers of various types (three
sided, curved, semicircular, with plug
plates, etc..). Scraping inserts for
protect them from rocking can be produced by
as indicated in Fig. 17.14, and on the boards between attracwith broken slats.
When scraping removed the chip width
tion to 4-10 mm; for possible law
villa and smooth surface you have to switch
rekreschivat move scraper, ie after
several strokes Chabrier at right angles
to the previously adopted direction. Try to work
thief scraper Small for small spots
painting, as well as to strive for a special beauty
stroke scraping makes no sense.
Checking prishabrivaniya inserts properformed on the basis pattern, the diameter of which must
be equal to the diameter of the shaft plus double the value of
backlash (see Fig. 17.14 b); template should
be thoroughly prepared for each diameter
meter inserts and checked for ellipsoid

225

lipsnosti and taper. Template rubbed thin

Kim paint layer, which may be formulated
county of good red lead; for this approach in the minium
Lebanon a few drops of oil, and the mixture is thoroughly
enforcement is pounded to a thick stick konsiStents; when the paint takes a monophonic
view, it must lie on the template and a thin
evenly.
Template, carefully laid on the contribution of
Dis repeatedly rotated in one and the other
direction at an angle of 20-30 ; prominent place
liner covered with spots of paint, thanks
convent which shows which places are subject sshabrivaNIJ. Scraping is done in such a way
to the template, and, consequently, the shaft journal
lying along the entire length only to the lower half
insert and touching it at the circumference,
defined by the angle of not more than 20-30 . In the present
The present time is not recommended Chabrier liners
bearing at an angle of 60 , as it is performed
previously when boring a cylindrical shape (see Fig.
17.14 in).
Scraping inserts directly
shaft can be made only when the nonsatisfactory fit over the entire shaft
the length of the liner, but with the final

check scraping must be made by

pattern. Made it up until
bearing surface of the liner will not be good
fit the pattern, as shown by the large
number of uniformly distributed throughout
the surface of the small spots of paint.
When evenly spaced spots
(At least two spots on 1 cm2) occupy the entire Since
surface of the liner on the specified arc and all its
length, can be considered quite satisfactory scouring
instrumental. This is determined by a small
contact surface of the liner with cervical
Coy shaft, creating a good and stable condition
tions of the bearing oil film. On
lateral surfaces on the top and pouring
insert any traces of paint and grated
not be.
Polishing abrasive pad babbitt
produce paper should not be, as it may
might raise stuck in Babb fine particles
Emery, which accelerate the wear of pins and journals.
At the end of scraping, washing contributions
breathing and laying on its rotor bearings proverified in fit necks of the shaft to the inserts and
well as side and top clearances in inserts,
and are recorded on forms.

Figure 17.15. Barring gear turbine K-LMZ 200-130. 1-worm; 2, the worm wheel 3 leading
gear; 4-ring gear, 5-screw slots, 6 - lever 7 - servomotor; 8 - mounting ring.

When assembling the support bearings particularly

should pay attention to cleanliness, accuracy
matching holes for the supply of oil in the housing
ce bearing and in the liner, as well as proscan of the marking of parts and installation of lock
devices.
After lubricating the parting housing
Bearing shellac or lacquer and bakelite
Position the bearing cap on the control
stud fastening ensures the correctness of its

is uniform tightening of bolts and studs from

middle to edges on both sides of the lid.

17.7. BARRING
DEVICE.
When disassembling the turbine together with a cover
rear bearing LPC removed valopovoThe regimental device, which is a
reduction gear from the motor to the
coupling of the turbine rotor (see Fig. 17.15) and ensures
226

a rotation of the rotor at low speeds when

standing turbine.
Repair barring gear in fixed
new is the disassembly, cleaning, inspection
state details and measurements gaps.
Crucial for a good job
barring gear units have purity Since
surface and proper engagement with the worm 1
2 worm wheel and pinion 3
toothing 4 on the coupling of the turbine rotor.
Verification is performed by paint and measurements zazoditch meshed similar verification of coupled
tion in worm gears and systems
regulation (Ch. 19). Correctness of engagement
is determined by a uniform distribution of the fifth
ink spots along the entire tooth width at least

75% of its surface; the backlash in the teeth black

vyachnoy transmission should be 0.3-0.5 mm,
axial run-up shaft worm 0.08-0.1 mm and
the teeth of the pinion and the crown 4 5 - 0.65 0.75 mm; gap between the head and the tooth cavity in
first engagement should be 0,8-2,0 mm, and in
second 1.5 to 2.5 mm.
After checking the alignment of the coupling halves on
motor and barring gear
checked for correct operation and
ease of switching on and off the sixth leading
Terni 3, which sits on two screw slots
5, and as clutch can turn on or off
Determines whether or hand lever 6 or with the aid of
means of the servomotor 7.

18 Thrust bearing
18.1. PURPOSE AND
DESIGN Thrust
BEARING.

Comb thrust bearings welfare

giving simple design, large persistent
surface that promotes good drainage
heat and sufficient reliability in operation,
were very common in low-turbines
FIR and medium steam parameters. The presence of a large
abutment surface and lower permissible
surface pressure (7.8 kg / cm 2) contribute to
Since early detection of staff
temperature rise in the bearing, which
occurs when a sharp increase in the axial pressure
tion before it starts to be melted
Babbitt fill.

Thrust bearing takes axial

forces acting on the rotor, and plays in the turbine
Bina particularly important role. For its main
value is to fix the axial Since
the expansion of the rotor relative to the cylinder, blaGodard in what part of the turbine running at exlished axial clearances.
Damage to the thrust bearing in pA
bot can lead to an axial displacement
rotor to grazing and breakage labyrinth
seals and guide vanes, while noninstalled correctly thrust bearing-even
damage to the shaft.
In the currently used two types of
thrust bearings - comb and segments
-element (drum).
Comb thrust bearings are usually
placed on the front end of the turbine shaft (Stock
steam inlet side), and sometimes they are combined with
ball bearing and form a combined
Vanny journal-thrust bearing (see Fig. 18.1).
Housing comb bearing large
sizes of cast iron, resistant surface
of the annular grooves are filled inserts
babbitt and Fit to scraping ridges
sleeve fitted on the rotor shaft and keyed
fixed nut. The abutment surface
circumferential grooves in the shaft through the hole and Greek
efficient comb sleeve fed oil under pressure
eat.
The thickness of the babbitt pouring ring
grooves is not more than 1.5 mm, which should
protect from grazing in blade apparatus
those produced by axial movement of the rotor, even if
will melt out of babbitt pouring Nations
presence of the signal on the ring comb orderMr. bearing type HTGZ intended for
timely audible alarm when the axial
Figure 18.1. Comb thrust bearing turbo
tion shift of the rotor caused by melting
Bina HTGZ. 1 hub with thrust ridges (comb)
babbitt bearing fill.
2 - insert with annular grooves drenched Bab
bit 3 - mounting ring for adjusting the axial
Vg rotor position, 4 - signal ring,
5-nut holding the comb, 6-shim pack.

227

The disadvantages of these bearings yavlyayutsmiling: a lot of building height, significant

friction losses, the difficulty to achieve a uniform
distribution of pressure between the abutment
ridges and the lack of conditions for the formation of
oil wedge, which is the main factor
rum, providing fluid friction. In connected
communication with the indicated disadvantages of these
bearings
modern high-power turbines are not applicable.
In modern high-power steam turbines
apply pad thrust bearing
often referred to as thrust bearings with
oscillating blocks or thrust bearings
Michell's nicknames. Shown in Fig. 18.2 concentration
struction support-turbine thrust bearing
LMZ is also used in modern turbine
tries and other native plants.
This bearing bushing 1 For its
out- door spherical surface mounted with the present
tyagom 0.04-0.08 mm in the holder 2 having the reference
nye cushion 3 and retained therein locking
finger 13 Ball surface of the insert
provide uniform distribution of axial
load segment and prevents interference
insert the displacement of the cage in the axial direction
lenii.
For the perception of weight cantilevered abutment
of the bearing under it there is a spring,
Spring plays the role of shock absorber 10, compensated
Glare displacement of the center of gravity of the subbearing and preventing its turning
liner under its own weight. Insertion
jack connects six bolts from kotoryh four are tight-fitting, ensure that the
Chiva precision assembly and alignment with pA
this work.
Axial forces of the rotor arising during
work, are transmitted through the thrust washer 4 Since
Fathom on the spline shaft on the centerline with interference
0.05-0.07 mm, ten persistent operating segments
5 cops who rely on split ring
8 consisting of two halves at proopposite side thrust disk
transmitted to the outside of the mounting segments
6, which are based on the split ring 9.
Operation and Setup segments defined
Barking position of the rotor in the axial direction,
recorded in the split rings 8 and 9, vvernu, duly screws them freely outside the relative
holes segments, whereby segments may
gut in the formation of an oil wedge rotated
vatsya around the edges of the swing. Conventional materials
scrap for the segments is filled with bronze
babbitt B-83.
Despite the variety of konstruktivnoOn implementation, the basic principle of
these bearings is the separation of the thrust
the surface of a number of segments which StopLena in a fixed cage thrust bearings
nickname and have the opportunity to work with rotated
vatsya around the edges of the swing.
Oil captured by persistent disk
during its rotation, wedged between its Since
surface and the surface of babbitt pouring

segments, which are always rotated water

circle ribs swing in the most favorable
position to form a wedge (see Fig. 18.3). In
the narrowest part of the wedge gaps created
large oil pressure; This pressure ensures
Vaeth fluid friction between said work
Chimi surfaces and thus prevents
them from direct contact at
which comes dry or semi-dry friction,
leading to melting of the babbitt pouring segment
ments.

Figure 18.2. Combined journal bearing subLMZ turbine bearings. 1-bearings,

2 - clip 3 - cushions, 4 - thrust washer,
5 - Working persistent segments, 6 - adjusting several
operating segments, 7 - adjusting semiring
8, 9 - split half-rings under the workers and FITTING
nye segments 10 - spring buffer
11-piece ring 12 sealing babbitovye poyaski, 13-locking pin, 14-ball bead
15 split ring 16 with a radial sealing ring
nym clearance for hard disk 0.7-0.8 mm.

The presence of oil wedge in each segment

Mente thrust bearing provides Nations
reliably work at a pressure of up to 30
kg / cm2 thrust area is much larger
ceeding specific pressure taken in
comb bearings.
Fig. 18.4 shows the thrust bearing
balance are applied to the turbine K
HTGZ 300-240. In this construction, brass
persistent segments babbitt pouring 5, distribution

228

required on both sides of hard disk upirayutsya two rows equalization segments 6 and 4
installed in a closed circuit along a circumference
of prisoners in general and clip 2 on
persistent segments 5 on the back side with a mixture of
scheniem from the center of the segment by 10 mm circle
STI in the direction of rotation of the rotor pressed
14 stops with the ball surface; against them
equalization segments 6 are pressed flat
15 stops specified displacement of the center stop
serves to form oil wedge.
Dock 6 segments with flat
cal bearing surfaces parallel pA
radially flat edges 15 stops in its
all abut the equalizing segments 4,
having lines of tangency cylindrical
surface with a radius of 50 mm. 4 segments themselves
abut the end surface of the cage when
This focus is strictly on the center segment
ment. To rotate and thrust equalizing
tional segments between them and the cages have arisen as
are radial gaps of 0.5-1 mm; axial runThis bearing can be controlled by
changing the thickness of the installation semirings 7 and
should be in the range of 0.4-0.5 mm.

Figure 18.3. Scheme of the hard segment

bearing. 1, 5-stationary support (holder),
2 working block, 3-bearing comb, 4
mounting block, 6-oil supply. 7-drain oil
la.

Bearing 1 consists of two

halves and connected to terminal four bolts
Tami 13; to ensure proper and accurate
Build two of these bolts are made prizonnyE. In this construction samoustaplaced di- thrust load segments
segments with increasing pressure on one of the
They automatically aligned; this is due to
that, if the pressure in one of the segments will
children more than the others, this segment will be
pressed persistent disk that will cause the
with adjacent segments of the disk, since they
are raised movement of the segments
that.
These movements are perceived equalization
NIWA system equalization segments
unload segment pressed disk, and provide
Chiva uniform distribution of pressure on the
segments even with a certain deviation plane
bone hard disk from the correct position

and with some inaccuracies in thickness segments

Comrade.
Particular attention in the repair of these approaches
bearings should be given as to places of
touching parts, as their poor accordance
state (the presence of roughness and nicks) can
might raise the increase of the friction forces, limit
hinder the free movement of equation
tional segments thereby increase
uneven loading segments.

18.2. CHECK run-up in

Thrust bearings.
Task of disassembling and repairing hard
Bearing start with checking different axial
running the turbine rotor, the magnitude of which is
important for the normal operation of aggregation
that. Under axial takeoff thrust bearing
mean value equal to the total clearance
on both sides of the ridge of hard segment
Bearing or total clearance on both sides of
Rhone thrust bearing combs comb.
Wear of the working surfaces of the thrust bearing
nick will cause an increase in the takeoff.
Checking the axial run-up rotor
produced by movement of the rotor along
its axis, to the extent permitted persistent approach
bearing, from one extreme position to
stop the other end position until it stops. When
this test should be the thrust bearing
assembled as for normal operation. Checking
take-collected only the lower half of
Thrust bearings are not allowed, as it is
leads to incorrect measured.
Gauging the value of start is made with
Using a dial indicator fixed to the plane
Connector cylinder; Leg indicator should
balk at some point end surface
of the rotor; usually the end face
Stu is at the opening of the cylinder of the turbine
the first rotor disk. The scope of the arrow indicator
when moving from one end of the rotor
position to another will show the axial run-rotor
pa. For greater reliability useful repeat
rit these measurements several times, and in any
if not less than 2 times.
Movement of the rotor in the axial direction
cation, especially with a large length of the shaft, quite
difficult, so it is produced with Since
means of small hydraulic ram
domkratika a bolt and nut or by
lever (crowbar), based at the same time
any portion of the cylinder and the end portion
the rotor as close as possible to the shaft. When using the
domkratikom or lever must be taken
care not to damage the shaft and cylinder vmyatius (emphasis through the copper pads). When you replace
tures axial run-up need to have full confidence
of the fact that for axial movement of the rotor
at the same time is not axial Pedisplacing the thrust bearing housing. Proverification is done by fitting a second indicator
torus, which rests on the foot end of the body
thrust bearing.

229

Figure 18.4. Thrust bearing beam type HTGZ. 1-bearing 2-ferrule 3-Oring, 4-equalizing segments of the second row, 5-resistant segments; 6-equalization segments of the first row,
7 installation semiring, 8-pin, 9-semiring, 10 and mounting a half-ring 11-aperture
12 lock washers, 13 - shank bolts, 14, 15 - stops, 16-pin.

Comparison of test results of the axial

run with a previous repair records Since
shows the amount of wear of the thrust bearing
mezhduremontny for the period of operation.
By pouring the babbitt thrust grebenchaBearing that meet the same requirements
of that and pouring babbitt bearing subbearings. Verified wear fill density
her grasp the body of the insert, the presence of de
defects on the surface of the fill (cracks, cancerous
guilt Scherbyna) and uniformity of rubbing on pA
bochih surfaces of annular grooves contributions
breathing.
In comb thrust bearing (see Fig.
18.1) permitted axial run-rotor prinitoils according to the manufacturer and usually
is in the range 0.3-0.5 mm. Increase
axial run-up produced the corresponding
scraping babbitt fill annular channel
wok liners in the wake of rubbing and paint
produced by rolling on a slightly stained

shennoy comb shaft. When scouring for achieving

tion uniformity fit ridges contributions
breathing should be monitored to increased
ing at the same axial run-rotor vywalked out of tolerance limits. If necessary,
reduce the axial run-rotor have to Perezalivat and produce a new fit of Bab
bit fill the liner to give both
sides gross comb uniform clearances
ensure axial runrotor
In preparation for perezalivke and before vyfuse the old babbitt of annular grooves
insert comb bearing necessary
check for the drawing of the bearing,
indicating the precise location of all vytocheck grooves and bevels in the fill; if there is no drawing,
should make an accurate sketch to be Perezalivke bearing.
Perezalivke insert comb approach
the bearing is produced in substantially the same manner as

specified in 17.4 for inserts reference approach

bearings, with mandatory and thorough
degreasing, pickling and tinning. After
fill and chipping or filing unnecessary babbithat both halves of the liner prostrugivaetsya
Babbitt in the plane of the connector and the connector
Examples
shabrivaetsya on the plate and the ink when applied
Both halves of one another.
For turning on a lathe, both positive
guilt liner tightening bolts or homuis in its normal operating position. Boring
should be carried out with the control micrometer
callipers (depth gauge) and a template. Template
made of sheet steel 2-3
mm must exactly match arrangement
NIJ, width and depth of the ridges on the neck of the rotor;
a template to perform accurate kontrshablon
(Fig. 18.5), which serves to verify the turner
correctness babbitt bore under the ridges.

tion of the bearing to a value exceeding

established by the maximum allowed
my run-up, the latter must be
reduced; large run-up can lead to zaDevaney in the passage and to shock loads
segments on the sudden change in load turbine
Bina. Also unacceptable and axial run-less
norms, as this may cause a clamping segment
ments and their melting due to the inability Since
velop to create an oil wedge and
fluid friction.
Changing the value of the axial run-up in
musculo-thrust bearings used
LMZ turbines in modern designs vyhigh pressure (see. Fig. 18.2), has an
by changing the thickness of the shims under the slotted
governmental semicircles 8 and 9, consisting of two
halves, which are based on working 5, and address
ranovochnye 6 segments bearing.
In support-turbine thrust bearing
Kaluga Turbine Works (see Fig. 18.6), in which
torus are persistent ridge side walls
ki wheel 1 centrifugal oil pump
change in the axial run-up also prohassled by increasing or decreasing
thickness of shims 2; opportunity
alignment within a small range of load on
separate thrust bearing segments achieved
operating segments 5 to special elastic
elements 10.

Figure 18.5. Removal of the template and to kontrshablona

bore liner thrust crests
bearing after perezalivke.

After boring of the machine must be

certainly made fit workers Since
surfaces of annular grooves on the liner
paint to the propeller shaft. Prishabrovka should
made simultaneously in both halves
the insert in order to obtain a uniform
abutment supporting surfaces bearing
around the circumference on both sides of the ridges and
compliance with the required clearance. Scraping
must be completed when all the ridges
rotor at the same time apply to all recesses in
insert in both directions along the axis and furthermore
of the run to reach the thrust bearing
magnitude 0.3-0.5 mm. After scraping and final
tive fit liner comb approach
bearing the axial run-up in it are executed
oil grooves, bevels and chamfers to withdraw up to
perezalivke drawing.
Axial run-rotors in segment orderGOVERNMENTAL bearings should not exceed the values
specified by the manufacturer; for different
personal designs in high-pressure rotors
of it is usually in the range of 0.25-0.50
mm; a low pressure rotor having ordernye wheels of large diameter, the axial
takeoff reaches 0.6-0.75 mm, and in some
structures - even to 1 mm. When worn order-

Figure 18.6. Journal-thrust bearing of the turbine

GTC. 1 ball-wheel drive of the oil pump, 2
the adjusting ring 3 - seal 4
Installation segment 5 working segment 6
booster cushion, 7-liner support bearing
8-turbine shaft, the mounting ring 9, 10 - elastic
Gia elements.

In all cases, when the axial run-up in

thrust bearing beyond dopusinvertible and reduce it under the terms of constructive
tion is not possible, or when due to wear and
shabrovok thickness of the remaining layer on babbitt
segments decreased to 0.8-0.9 mm (instead of

231

12 bit belts bearing

normal 1.5 mm), it is necessary segments indepen(Fig. 18.2); The rotor should only lie on the reference
depending on their status, perezalit ( 18.5) or
replaced.
Mr. bearing and never touch these poyaIn addition to checking the axial run-up rotor
Skov.
check the proper position and
The total gap between the neck of the rotor and
housing bore must be within
locking insert himself thrust bearings
nick in the turbine, which is an essential condition
0,0025-0,0035 on the shaft diameter or diameter
obtain the correct axial clearance in labyrinth
Gross sleeve at the measuring point of the gap. In this
rintovyh seals and flow of the turbine
the bottom gap and the probe is measured to be
equal to one third, and the top is measured by the reprint of
Bina.
Adjustment of the axial position of the rotor,
lead
having a comb bearing type HTGZ
tsovoy wire and should be equal to two thirds of
(Cm. Fig. 18.1), which insert comprises
of the total; side clearances are set
equal on both sides of the shaft. For example, if
the two halves and is connected with the housing support
total clearance for the shaft diameter of 300 mm pA
Bearing with a flange made
changing the thickness of the adjusting ring 3,
Veins 300 * 0.003 = 0.9 mm, the above it must equal
existing between the flanges of the liner and the reference
nyatsya 0.6mm, 0.3mm at the bottom and sides (each
side) to 0.45 mm.
tion of the bearing.
Larger gap at the top is required to account for
The axial position of the thrust segment
bearing can be changed by iz
floating oil film on the shaft during
changes the thickness of the specific setup
operation. Grazing in babbitt strips of body
Bearing detected by rubbing them, may
semirings 7 and 10 (see Fig. Fig. 18.2 and 18.4), zalogut cause vibration of the turbine; this vibration
conjugated in the recesses of inserts.
To determine the thrust and the installation location
usually tends to be local and its elimination
of the bearing and the required thickness establish
tion is necessary to open the thrust bearing,
rasshabrit babbitovye boring and after assembly
of gauge rings need to measure the full axial
check the clearance between the rotor and the neck of these
the run when you open the cylinder rotor turbine
the thrust bearing. This run-up is determined
bores. At higher radial and BO
is the magnitude of axial clearance at the inlet and outlet
postglacial gaps in these bores should be
produce or perezalivke maslozaschitnyh poyade couple in blading.
Skov, surfacing or existing fill ( 17.5),
Full axial run-up of the rotor is determined
when the rotor is slid, without rotation of
if it is not observed lag of the main
one extreme to the other on the indicator
body.
Setting data, which are
Katori concerning some point end
Initial measurements of the shaft position in the subthe rotor surface. Difference in the readings indicating
torus, measured at the extreme positions of the rotor
bearings and shaft position just in axially
Dr shows Fullsize takeoff rotor
board, as well as all subsequent similar
flow of the turbine. For exceptions in error
nye measurements must be accurately recorded in the
side in the measurements associated with inadequate accurate forms to account for the nature of change, proinstalling the blades in the axial direction, the total
gone out during the operation, and judgments about
FLOW run-rotor checked 2-3 times, turn the
necessary perezalivke of a subbearing.
Chivay rotor at each follow-up audit
90 compared with the previous position of his
tion.
The thrust bearing is fixed podborum thickness and strengthening of mounting rings
when the rotor position at a distance ensures
ing axial play on the side
steam input to the rotor blades.
Reducing the thickness of the mounting rings
produced by scraping the plate after measurements
at the place and determining the thickness of their
us; increasing the thickness of manufacture requires
new set of rings corresponding
thickness. Locking rings must zavoFigure 18.7. Sketch on tracing paper traces of segments
be in the seats easy blows may
ments thrust bearing. and - traces of contact.
Tray.

18.3. REPAIR Thrust

BEARING.
Before dismantling the thrust bearing
necessary to make the probe measurements pA
radially gaps between the turbine shaft or
sleeve bearing disk and maslozaschitnymi Bab

When disassembling the thrust bearing need

sary to make sure that all screws segments
and other parts are accurate and clear marking
Grad, which is important for the correct
tion of the assembly. During repairs should carefully
but check and clean all the oil chambers and
feeds the body and the bearing itself; particles
sand, dirt and fibers from wiping all,
falling into segments and work surface
persistent ridge segmnetnogo bearing may
gut lead to an accident.

232

After dismantling the thrust bearing nonnecessary to make a thorough examination accordance
state of its parts, in particular segments
bearing, thrust disc and liner. Any
risks, scratches, dents, cracks, and
corrosion and cold hardening on the polished Since
surfaces interfere with the formation of hard disks
continuous oil film between the rubbing
surfaces; Such surfaces shall be
scraping and polishing (see. below). When detection
Research Institute at the working surfaces of the segments to
underperform
of babbitt from the main body or the presence of
they inclusions segments podleRAT perezalivke or replaced with new ones.
For a correct judgment of the segment
ments should sketch the state of their working
surface, putting tracing paper at different
position in order segments and translating it
and traces of contact time between each segment
(See Fig. 18.7). Traces of the disk at the operating Since
surface segments must be ravnomernyE, the same, and visible only in the
the thinnest part of the oil wedge, taking
no more than 20-25% of the entire surface of the segment.

Figure 18.8. Checking the status of hard segment

bearing. and - to check the thickness of the segment bcheck lines and curves swing ramps segments
that.
1 rib-rocking, 2 - parallel lines
3 - direction of rotation of hard disk.

One of the main factors that determine

ing reliability of the thrust bearing,
a uniform load distribution
between segments, determines load bearing
lities thrust bearing. Given that
oil film thickness between the thrust disk
com and segments at the thinnest point of the wedge is not
exceeds 0.01-0.015 mm, should pay espeattention is the thickness of the segments, which have
individual segments of one set should not
to vary by more than 0.01-0.02 mm.

Overload individual segments associated

tion with non-uniform distribution of the axial
forces therebetween may cause them oplavletion; moreover, different thickness of the segments may
cause uneven pressure on the thrust
disk, whereby the disk and the shaft are perceived
mother load with a variable mark; latest
can lead to fatigue stresses in
shaft material and, ultimately, his -k izlomu.
Checking segments thickness productivity
ditsya on accurate screening plate or Since
power indicator or in the same way with Since
power planer and probe. When checking the segments
placed side with Babbitt pouring on proverochnuyu plate and the leg indicator concerns
segment as shown in Fig. 18.8 a. When
unsatisfactory results of this test
segments should be otshabreny to obtain
uniform thickness (difference not higher than 0.01
mm}; the segments must rest on slabs
those stains on the paint throughout his working surface
Nost without any gap with precision scraping
two spots of ink per 1 cm2.
With a significant abrasion Since working
surface, insufficient thickness of the fill Bab
bit or lag babbitt from the body segment
segments subject perezalivke new or replacement
Vym.
When used on a new bearing
replacement segments, except check kachesgva
surface thicknesses and roundings input
edges needed to avoid violating
solutions in the oil layer, should be made
checking lines rocking the same location
and referral bevels (see Fig. 18.8 b). Usually
swing line segment disposed radially
and divide the back (not working) side of segment
in portions with a ratio of 2.5: 5.3 (in Fig. 18.3) and
location longer part side
oil inlet segment.
Currently, the number of designs
Bearing arrangement is changed so
as it does not provide uniform gap along the length vyhodna edge during operation of the turbine. At large
Shom number of segments and the location of the segments
on a large diameter, where there are large
speed oil line swing is not
radially and parallel to the trailing edge segment
ment (see Fig. 18.8, b) to the highest slot
clearance was obtained from this edge on the larger pA
radius of the segment; such an arrangement line rocking
tion provides a more uniform distribution
of oil pressure, which in turn creates
the conditions for a proper operation of the oil
wedge to increase the bearing capacity
thrust bearing.
After checking the thickness of the segment on the slabs
they must be checked on a fully assembled
Mr. bearing all the segments are uniformly
touch hard disk. For this, a rotor with pre
preliminarily imposed on the thrust washer with a thin
coat of paint (bluing, diluted with kerosene)
or even wiped dry with persistent disk and

233

segments (paint can iskazhatrezultathou) is rotated by means of a crane or

hand for three to five turns in the direction of
normal rotation and a strong touch on the
axis to the first abutment in a direction of steam and
then upstream steam. After dismantling bearings
nick in the footsteps of paint or rubbing judged equivalent
dimensions fit business and non-segment
ments for hard disk.
When enough uniform direct vicinity
SRI correction is made by scraping
babbitt surface segments. Segments should
us adhere to the surface of the disk at least three quarters
surface of babbitt pouring.
Scraping segments may cause increased
crease in the axial run-up of the rotor, so one
temporarily secured uniform prileHassium segments is necessary to provide the axial
Rotor run-in tolerance.
Improper installation of the liner, it INSTALLS
plant with a skew can cause that
despite the uniform thickness of the segments will
children are observed to different burn-in.
In support-contact bearings with LMZ
a reference spherical surface (see. Fig. 18.2)
necessary to check the amount of tightening pruzhius damper 10 mounted at svith stunning part of the bearing and the intended
for the perception of the weight of the cantilever abutment
liner; the spring tension is adjusted so
to insert the connectors 1 and 2 clips were vapor
are parallel to each other; must also proBelieving fit neck shaft along the entire length of its
supporting part.

18.4. REMOVAL AND LANDING

Stop disc.
Thrust wheels and combs, if they do not
formed integrally with the shaft, should be mounted
rotors hot with small natyagomup to 0.06-0.08 mm. By rotating the bearings,
type shown in Fig. 18.2, they are fixed
dowels, against axial movement on one side of
Rhone-burtom14 and with protivopolozhnoysplit ring (two halves) 15 which is
laid into the groove of the shaft and is prevented from vyfall under the action of centrifugal forces encompass
ing him with interference 0.1mm unibody stopornym ring 11.

Table 18.1. Entries READINGS proverification of the runout end hard disk.

Algebra
Locations of samples
Indications
BienieraiIndicators
disk indicators
cal
(Fig. 189)
0.01 mm
difference of 0.01 mm
shown
readings of, IIIIII
0.01 mm
150000
26 + 2-2 42
37 + 4-4 84
48 + 6-6 126
51 + 8-8 168
62 + 16 + 4 + 126
73 + 14 + 84 6
84 + 12 + 8 42
15 + 10 + 1000
Removal of hard disks and combs production
usual after heating blow lamps
or gas burners evenly across the circumference
to a temperature of 120-150 C. The heating for
feedback planting is done by immersion in
boiling water or hot oil.
For the repair, particularly in cases where
carried off the shaft of hard disk or
comb is necessary to check stringent
goy squareness of the working surface
disk or combs with respect to the axis of the shaft;
distortion and deviation from the planar form (conusnost) cause uneven distribution
of the load between the individual segments
thrust bearing or recesses in the contribution
dyshe bearing comb-like and much
tional reduce the carrying capacity of the bearings
nick.
Verification is done by fitting two
indicators attached to the parting plane
in the thrust bearing with two diametrically
opposite sides of it at the same pA
radius from the axis of the shaft (see Fig. 18.9 a). Feet
indicators
ditch should be perpendicular to the surface
STI and must relate to the working face surface
of hard disk or a comb at
parting plane.
Table. 18.1 shows an example of a
readings of indicators when turning the rotor and
coincide with each leg indicators of
eight holes for the connecting bolts
clutch that provides comparable
data for a number of years. Since the data in Table
makes it possible to find algebraic difference Since
sentences of both indicators for each pair of measurements
rhenium and after reducing to zero naimore of their value to determine the magnitude and
direction of the skew end hard disk.
If when turning the rotor shown
indicators of the same or different maximum
ence in their readings is not greater than 0.03 mm, the
head hard disk or comb considered
satisfactory. Exceeding this difference
good condition at the surface of the thrust

Figure 18.9. Checking the hard disk. a verificationindicators of correct nozzle disk b-proverification of disk flatness using a ruler and
probe, I, and II - Indicators, III - the position of the ruler.

234

disk or comb attachment points to a transition

18.5. Perezalivke SEGMENTS
oblique. To eliminate the need to skew
Thrust bearings.
remove the disc or a comb to check whether there is a
The
thickness of the fill layer of babbitt on segments
necessary interference (the difference in diameters rastochmax
must
be less than the minimum axial
DISC and neck shaft at the landing site) that has been
the gap between workers and guides trowel
rit state key and keyway,
Kami; because of this in the case of the melting of Bab
then be re-planting drive.
bit of the segments during turbine operation
With a small difference indicates inshaft thrust plate abuts the main body segments
cators, in the presence of a small taper,
which can be verified by the magnitude of the gap between the ment (bronze or steel) and ground in
blading is not going to happen.
lines
If the thickness of babbitt will fill more
neko and the surface of hard disk (Figure
then melting of the babbitt in the segments will
18.9 b), as well as on the presence of persistent disk
grazing in the hydraulic system and damage lopatochscratches and shallow dents can restrict
tion apparatus turbine. Based on this
scraping and sanding work surface
thickness of babbitt pouring segments defined
disk without removing it from the shaft.
trolled admissible translation rotor axially
Produced by scraping the paint with shabroboard is about 1.5 mm.
paid-stove (cast iron lapping) made
If necessary perezalivke old
in the form of a ring with a thickness of 15-20 mm in the neck
Babbitt
should be completely melted from
its lower part; the outer diameter of the lapping
segments without leaving residues in the recesses of his
must be greater than the diameter of the thrust disk,
and depressions.
its inner diameter is performed by diameter
Perezalivke segments must productivity
py sleeve thrust bearing (see Fig. 18.10), which
be
by
all the conditions specified
Thoraya is the basis for lapping. Scraping
perezalivke
inserts for support bearings
hard disk is being on the trail of paint to Since
Cove. Perezalivke success depends entirely on the right
radiation distribute the paint evenly on
villa surface preparation segments (purified
the entire end surface of the disc and obtaining
stka, degreasing, etched and tinning)
runout (runout end disk) is not more
from observing the correct temperature zalivae0.02 mm, which is checked by two indikatoradirect segment and molten babbitt and
E.
and the quality of the fill.
Fill performed after installation segment
ments in the form made of roofing
iron (see Fig. 18.11), with a height determined
the thickness of the body segment, plus the required thickness
ness segment and fill plus allowance for the formation
develops and the absence of cavities. This
allowance for the segments must be at least
12-15 mm.

Figure 18.10. Cast iron lapping for scraping and

grinding hard disk. 1 thrust washer, 2-lapping,
3-arm for rotating lapping, 4 levers
pressing the lapping disk.

At the end of the working surface scraping

of lapping coated with a thin layer of Nations
zhdachnogo powder ( 250-300), powder carboron carbide 180-200, or paste the GOI, a divorced
tion on kerosene. After pressing the lapping to
Stop disc lapping rotated 30
50 on the other side; during shlifovaperiodically of the rotor is rotated by 90 ,
180 , etc., which provides uniformity
grinding the entire surface of the disc. Grinding
ends after getting clean and smooth
surface of hard disk.
If deep scratches, roughness
STI and runout exceeding 0.07- 0.08
mm, it is necessary to pre-machined drive
and then grind it and Chabrier. For grooving
rotor, which lies on the support bearings, distribution
Piran against axial displacement, then
when rotating the groove produced and Therefore
The following grinding of hard disk or grebeket.

Figure 18.11. Fill segments thrust

babbitt bearings.

The form is filled with a mixture of 80% of the ordinary

-governmental micronised kiln clay (by weight)
and 20% of asbestos fiber, rehydrated
to a dough. In this mass vdavlivayutsya segments then form thoroughly
is dried and before pouring babbitt podogReva to 300-350 C.
After pouring the babbitt having temperature
perature of 400-420 C, it is advisable to remove
gases and seal babbitt shake a few
235

time form and covering her top asbestos lisis cooled below.
After cooling Babbitt should fit
stick to the body segment, which is a major
condition for its satisfactory performance. Proverification of density molestation babbitt pouring
the body segment The methods can be performed
Bami specified in 17.2, or more reliable
but ultrasound ( 17.4).
The quality of the fill should be checked
and after machining, production
conductivity after installation segments of the machine on
indicator in a specially designed frame.
After treatment, produced by the drawing
size with allowance scraping 0.05-0.06
mm on the surface of babbitt pouring should not
but be inclusions, voids and Since
porosity; filling must be tusklosilver color with no yellowing and yellow spots,
and kink-homogeneous and fine-grained structure.
After scraping segments produced
on the plate and paint with check indicator for
to ensure their uniform thickness equal
license plate fit for hard disk and accordance
building the necessary axial run-up production
usual chamfer babbitt. Rounding
especially necessary with oil on the inlet side
segment as sharp edges create hindered
tion for the passage of oil between the friction Since
surfaces of; typically rounding radius at the inlet
oil is kept in the range of 2-4 mm.

segments for hard disk, which is necessary for

uniform distribution of axial forces on the
the entire working surface segments; non-compliance
cause of this condition during turbine
Bina overload individual segments vyplavtion babbitt and accident turbine associated with the
shear rotor.
Check the condition and density
fits of control pins provide
framing the accuracy of interconnecting the upper
it covers or insert bearing with housing
nick; The free input pins in their otverners, which can lead to the displacement of the cover
ki or liner during operation of the turbine,
studs must be replaced. Simultaneously with this
test checks the density
fit connector of the top cover to the housing
bearing. With free installation covers or
insert in its place a defined concentration
trol pins and easy tightening bolts
no gaps in their socket, checks schupom, should not be.
When assembling the necessary measures to comply with
precautions against contamination, check
All parts, oil passages and openings in the absence
quences of any damage, ensure the Charter
posing the all details in accordance with their markings
Coy and take the necessary measures against the selfmootvinchivaniya and change their position in
during operation of turbine.
At the first start after the repair of the turbine
must be installed carefully observed
denie the work of the thrust bearing. For this
observation should be kept listening, for
touch, temperature of the working surface
persistent segments. Temperature Control
18.6. Assembling thrust
babbit layer trailing edge of each
BEARING.
hard segment shall be measured by thermocouples or
When assembling the need to pay attention
resistance thermometers, provided almost
the marking segments to provide right
tee on all modern turbines (100-190 K,
rect position of the segments relative to
150-130 K, 200-130 K, and others.).
direction of rotation of the thrust disk and right
After a short period of operation (8-10 h)
correct, ie the assembly segments of the right and left rotation desirable, and after perezalivke segments comtion, especially when they have the same
optionally turbine stop, open the ball
dimensions, and differ only by the position
bearing, check its status and, if
slants and swing lines.
necessary, podshabrit segments.
When fully assembled persistent approach
When abnormal operation of persistent subbearings and dry threadbare persistent disk and
bearing (heat, vibration, etc..) should ostanosegments must be as specified in 18.3,
Vit turbine to opening and inspection of hard
check by rubbing a joint fit
bearing.
working surfaces of hard disk and segment
ments during the rotation of the disk and it is released as a by
move the pair and in the opposite direction.
Only such scrutiny can provide
chit unconditional and complete contact thrust

19 REGULATION.
19.1. REQUIREMENTS
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
REGULATION.
The regulatory system is mainly used
to automatically maintain compliance
between the power developed by the steam turbine,
and the power supplied to the electric generator
torus in the network at a constant speed. In
turbines for different purposes and structures to

number of adjustable parameters also include:

bleed pressure steam (condensing
Turbine selection), pressure exhaust steam
(Backpressure turbine), and others.
From a clear and proper regulation of the process
lation depends on the reliability and efficiency
turbine. In practical operation neredki cases where a disorder and defects in the
regulation caused by careless provedennym repair, led to severe accidents with

236

Stable operation of regulation around

turbine units up to their total output of
range of variation of the load is provided,
failure.
The most important requirements that
if the static characteristic of a general
must satisfy the regulatory system,
constant slope, has no horizontal participation
are: performance, sustainable supported
lescents and each speed is only responsible
one possible load. Availability static
content of speed when changing from
idling to full load and retention
cal characterization of the horizontal section
speed with instant and complete discharges Nations
cause unstable operation of the turbine as
load; caused by load shedding short
Load a turbine at the slightest change
SRI often are you in the network will be arbitrarily changed
temporary increase in the number of revolutions should
cause a safety vyan amount corresponding to the length of the horizontal
breaker turbine.
tal portion of the characteristic. From these curves
In parallel operation, the turbine unit on
shows that maximum load turbine,
which holds the maximum pass couple
overall network defects in the regulation
(The largest open parovpusknyh valves)
For a long time can not oschuschatsmiling due to the fact that the frequency of the network, which corresponds to the lowest speed n1 and,
determines
Conversely, the largest number of revolutions n2 respectively
exists idle.
schaya speed unit supports them
The difference between the largest and smallest
normal level. These defects affect:
when idling turbines when the regulation
PWM speed, referred to the nominal
does not hold the normal speed of the turbine; when
Nome rotational speed nN and expressed in procents, called the degree of non-uniformity
load shedding, when the reliability of the turbine
regulatory system: = (n2-n1) / nN.
bins provided only serviceable actually
eat safety switch; into operation
In modern turbines uneven
tation, when abnormalities in the regulation
control shall be within 4% 1.
Reducing the nonuniformity of less than 3% leads to
tion lead to the load variations in the loss
riam associated with harmful throttling, and
reduction of turbine acceleration at reset
al.
load, but causes erratic operation system
The above determines the need for careful
Topics regulation; increasing unevenness
enforcement inspection, repair, assembly and adjustment vy- STI above 5% leads to an increase in dynamic
highly competent personnel system
overspeed when resetting of full load.
control each time it is repaired.
Curves 1 and 2 (see Fig. 19.1) shot at one
For commissioning and operation of the regulation
them, and the same operating conditions of turbine, but
Curve 1 is removed by reducing the speed and
lation of great practical importance
special tests made before and
Curve 2 at a pinch. When plotting curves
After overhaul, to obtain data
Be sure that you change the number notation
and the construction of static characteristics of regular
revolutions occurred in the same direction as
lation. If overhaul of the turbine
even a short-term increase in the speed at
not produced every year, the removal of static
removal curve 1 or decrease speed when
Performance management should be productivity
removal curve 2, will not allow the correct
ditsya at least once per year during the current
construct these curves.
ing repairs.
The discrepancy between the curves obtained with
Static characteristic depicted
decreasing
in the form of two parallel curves 1 and 2 (see Fig.
shenii rpm, with the curve obtained with increasing
19.1), which show how the normal
SRI speed, determines the degree of insensitivity
tions the regulation = 2n / n.
operating conditions of turbine on samostoyateltion network (nominal parameters
The regulatory process proceeds satisfies
ture of steam and the normal flow diagram) and noninstrumental, if the degree of insensitivity
Change the position of the synchronizer varies
systems for speed control lever
speed for a smooth change in the load.
connections does not exceed 0.5% of nominal
number of turns; for systems of hydrodynamic

must not exceed 0.3%.

Increasing the dead worsens
the quality of regulation, as it causes
regulatory action lag (delay
move servo and regulatory cluster
pans when the number of revolutions); is lagging behind
tion due to the presence of friction, galling,
wear and tear, imperfections and distortions in detail regulation
lation (in the servo, spools, rods,
of transmitting lever joints, etc..) and impact
penetration associated with these defects weak
beans, and dead game moves.
Figure 19.1. Static characteristic regulation
tion speed. 1 reduction in the number of revolutions at
increasing load 2 - increasing the number of revolutions
when the load.

237

In some cases, most insensitive

range may at work on a common network Examples
led to swings (discharges or pounce) For
load, as when working on an isolated network to
fluctuations in the number of revolutions. Cause of poor
subordination of turbine management synchrotron
arrangers in the first place should be sought
to increase the insensitivity, which can
accumulate during operation as a result
Tate seizing, wear and slack hinge accordance
compounds of the regulator, the linkage of reform
knobs just to the spool, the curvature of the valve rod
new, buckling rods bushes, getting turn out
Lina, etc.
Thus, if they are received,
static characteristics of these tests
tics of regulation will be set nonuniformity of 5% or above is below 3% and nonsensitivity greater than 0.5%, it is necessary prolime repair and adjustment work on the system
regulation.
Repair and adjustment of regulation has
to ensure that it is the interaction of
elements, in which the turbine can pA
Botha as normal on an isolated electron
network and for parallel operation with other
turbine units with a total grid lyubong load conditions specified by the operation
and provided by the manufacturer.
In the control system includes: regulator
tor speed, servo motors, spools, reverse
communication, transmission devices velocity controller
growth, spools, servomotorovirecontrol valves.
Instead of control systems with mechanical
cal lever connections, articulated compound
neniyami and the main volume oil pump
(Gear or screw) associated black
vyachnoy or gear with front concentration
Tzom turbine shaft, turbine units in modern
used mainly hydrodynamic system
namic regulation.
Instead of the mechanical lever linkages
these systems have a hydraulic connection, and instead
one volume of oil pumps, centrifugal
oil pumps immediately impaled
the front end of the shaft of the turbine or relative
efficient advice shaft coupled to the front end
turbine shaft flexible coupling or spline Ba
face; at the same time or used one valuable
trobezhny oil pump, which, along with
oil flow in the lubrication of bearings
acts as a pulse body changes
in the number of revolutions of the hydrodynamic regulator
of the velocity or two centrifugal pump of
which provides one lubrication system, and
the other is only a pulser
regulatory system.
A wide variety of systems of regulation
of turbines in different plants and different orientations
values requires an individual approach
addressing the repair and inspection of individual
details of each regulatory system.

According PTE turbine control system

beans must meet the following friction
ments:
1) stably hold the turbine at refrigeration
dentistry course fully open the shut-off
gate valves;
2) to provide a load change
smooth (shock-free) movement of regulated
valve guides;
3) to provide tight shut-off valve
new automatic shutter (retaining cluster
lords live steam); a turbine with a vapor pressure
90 am and the higher the density of the closure of these valves
can be considered satisfactory if
when fully closed steady velocity
rotor speed does not exceed 50% of the new
in the nominal value.

19.2. SPEED.
In the turbines, wherein the regulators
rate applied centrifugal regulator
tori, each position clutch regulator
defines an open cluster parovpusknyh
pans and accordingly the load turbine accordance
sponds to a certain number of turns.
When disassembling the speed controller need
Dimo pay attention to the removal of the shaft reform
controller and the body of up to disengage the black
vyachnoy transmission as often careless removal
tion leads to damage of separate pieces
children and details of regulation.
Conventional regulator fault
speed are binding or in development
the joints and linkages will be
of goods to the clutch control, seizure of goods,
seizing and loosening the main springs of goods
controller and additional springs synchronization
congestion, development, and bend the spindle styagivayuloads present regulator, the development of the guide
ing and support rollers, plates, prisms and
support knives cargo control, break the reference
prisms and knives, insufficient lubrication of details
Leu regulator and others. The same kind of defects in
as the development of joints and deformation
tion rods observed in peredatochnolever coupling devices between the regulator
speed spool, washer feedback
servo motors and control valves.
The presence of jamming, grazing, development,
warps and bends in some detail reform
controller and the speed is usually easy to detect
in the footsteps of touches, rubbing and workings and
careful examination controller after disassembly and
measurements to determine the magnitude and nature
defect. These defects must be repaired right
villa reconciliation gaps in the contiguous
interconnected and mutually moving of details
Lyakh and fit or replace corresponding
sponding parts; Recently, mainly
refers to the spindles articulations,
the spindle pulls together loads regulator to
rollers, support plates, prisms, and the reference
nym knives goods.

238

lyanye channels and carefully blow tube approach

Swivels should be Since
Water and oil drain to ensure good
catch up without any games, but is unacceptable and
too tight fit, as this will
lubricating parts of the controller.
significant increase to an unacceptable
Install and tighten the mainspring reform
friction. Curvature of the rods must be removed
controller and the must be made to fit,
measured to repair, test opportunities
corrections or when significant deformation, thrust
must be replaced.
STI full stroke clutch control.
When trimming, spring valuable
If during prolonged operation due to
trobezhnogo regulator spring and synchronization
weakening springs require tightening considerably
torus must take into account that the diameter of the springs exceeds the original, they need
regulator when tension decreases, and
have to be replaced with new the Prediameter of the spring in its compressed synchronizer
Verka their characteristics ( 4/4).
increases; In addition, when using springs
When replacing the springs should be borne in mind
stiffer springs that may cause an increase in
may have a place of their curvature; in connection with the
degree of non-uniformity of regulation. Too
indicated
bound gaps between the springs and the items with
com weak spring may require such
they may come into contact in the work,
torque, in which coils of the spring closed,
which is unacceptable, as this will cause restrictions
must be set not less than 1 mm.
When assembling the regulator and the whole system reform stroke of the clutch during normal razberegulation all the details should be collected Therefore
n of goods; for the same reasons is not recommended
Consequently, the reverse to the order which
mended underlay washers under the springs
increasing their tension. Inadmissibility of mutual
ing accepted at removal, using for this purpose
Touch turns equally applies to
labeled parts. To prevent selfloosening and ensure the reliability of the compound
additional spring synchronizer as
nenii and fixing of attention
it could also lead to a stroke limiter
Clutch regulator.
should be given to installing the locknuts, stoporAfter assembly should be checked Mat
GOVERNMENTAL washers, cotter pins and other fastening
means
proximal course of clutch control, which depends on
and locking. You should not change
provisions limiting stops displacement
of the coupling or control of goods. This course of regular
sometimes even the same parts as it
tor must be greater than the worker, the need
may cause deterioration; eg Peremena places cargo can cause unbalance
direct to the adoption of the turbine load holosto-focusing and vibration control.
On course to complete.
Between the coupling position, wherein
Between the sleeve and the shaft of the regulator should
achieved complete closure of the valve, and the upper
be verified by a gap of 0.05-0.1 mm
diameter; regulatory clearance in the bearing shaft
These stroke limiter clutch must ostavatreceived within 0,0012-0,0018 from diarrhea
smiling stock that should be 0.25-0.3 pA
meter shaft, should provide free probochego stroke clutch; such a margin is required for
that in the case of load shedding have arisen as clutch
vorachivanie shaft.
No dead moves and jamming prola the opportunity to rise above the situation, which
verified during assembly regulator, pre-installation
Thoroe corresponds to the complete closure of servomomain springs by moving the hand
torus; this will help to speed up closed
ment control valves and, consequently,
various parts relative to one another in
right direction and monitoring free
reduce the over-speed turbine.
moving them from any position without playing.
If the test movement servomoDuring assembly must be protorus at the position of the synchronizer, respectively
sponding to the maximum number of revolutions turn out
Verena: lack of curvature of the shaft of the centrifugal
out to be that the servo valve fully closes
regulator and its correct alignment with the shaft
oil pump (not inaccurate alignment
us when the clutch control almost Dos
exceed 0.02 mm), the axial
tignet upper limiter, it will show that
reserve of the coupling is less than 0.25 stroke; in
takeoff shaft controller, which should not limit
If this happens, change the length of the suspension
ceeding 0.15-0.25 mm, the correct overlap
spools windows sleeves (Lap spools
spool or length of transmitting link arm
magnitude), proper fastening ties between a spring
so that the servo valves are closed at a
lowest position of the clutch controller, which gives
zhinami regulator and others.
the necessary reserve of the coupling.
lever compounds can be considered as satisfaction
In hydrodynamic systems regulation
instrumental, if at a fixed position
tion without centrifugal regulators and
a large number of complex moving element
clutch regulator backlash servo not
cops wear and improper alignment which
more than 3% of its maximum speed. It
movement 'is checked for standing collected
lead to oscillation and emergency shutdowns
after repair turbine at keeping out the auxiliary
Turbines are also possible pulsation causing
erratic operation of spools and related
tional oil pump simply by going
these servos. These pulsations can causes
manual valve that will cause the
servo on the value of the existing dead
stroke. When assembling, check all oil

239

vatsya accumulation of air in a servo motor, the pulsar

siruyuschim oil pressure generated valuable
trobezhnym oil pump in the event of significant
relative content of air in oil, and others. Naryado with the activities for the effective removal of
air from the oil and sustainable
oil pressure generated by centrifugal Nations
Sos, it is necessary in these cases to check the right
correctness overhang in spools.

19.3. VALVES
AUTOMATIC VALVE
REGULATORY AND SAFETY
VALVES.
Purpose valves run automatically
solution (stop valves) -to emergency sluchations with manual or automatic exposure
safety switches instantly
terminate access steam turbine by TURNED
tion of steam pipelines of fresh steam.
Appointment of safety valves-in emer-malaria cases, manual or automatic
Effects of safety switches and
closing valves automatic gate relative
conclude reheat steam lines
to prohibit access to the steam cylinder medium
pressure and thereby prevent dispersal
reheat steam turbine of.
Purpose of control valves enable or disable groups of nozzles and choke
lated pairs of load changes.
In all of these valves predyavlyaare the following requirements: 1) performance and
high density; in the closed position, the valve
must be securely closed access steam in the turbine
Well; 2) the smallest losses from throttling
the fully open valve; 3) mechanical
Skye reliability of the valve, which provides
work without wear parts and especially without positive
IOC.
When separating the columns governing
ing valves, cam pacnpedelitelnogo
devices, levers, vertical rods, compound
sculpt column side control valves
new HPC and IPC cam distribution
divider, and all other elements
ments steam distribution (Figure 19.2) should
be locked state, mutual Since
position, clearances, dimensions and applied, in the absence
tion, labels required to ensure Since
After repairs quick and correct assembly of details
Leu. These data are also required for the correct
tion installation of steam distribution, in which
rotation of the cam shaft is in the correct
sequence valves opening corresponds
sponding Lap opening followed
present valve towards fully open
previous valve,
In operation violations density cluster
pans caused by such defects as CON- NECTOR
Danie valves ferry sinks on the seats and yn
lotnyayuschih edges of valves, valve sticking

on the seat and plug in plugs, warping cluster

Gentry et al. Violation correct opening and
closing the valves may be caused by noncorrectness of the adjustment rods (in the turbine
200-130 K and a gap between the roller circumference
smallest radius fist cold accordance
standing and closed valves should be equal
5 0,2 mm) and a compound of the valve stem with the
column
Coy (gap in the connection between the washer and
the compression ring should be equal to
0.05 mm).
Violation of the proper operation of the valve
can also be caused by incorrect less
Todd repair or inexperienced staff,
This applies for example to increase pA
radially clearances required for the prevention
prezhdeniya sticking valves on the seats, boring
valves above permissible. This increase
radial clearance between the landing surface
Nost valves and valve seats, in the presence of freedom
displacement of the valve on the rod, causing the side
vye displacement valve, whereby They attribute
goes wrong they are taken up on the saddle.
Achieving density valves, especially
double seat is quite difficult zacottage; on the solution of this problem in the repair It should
blows to pay close attention, as
density valves is crucial
for a quick stop of the turbine during emergency
modes. Due to defects in the control valves
and urinary turbine idling observed
were repeated instances of dispersal and destruction
turbines.
The advantage of double seat valve
is a significant reduction in steam amplification
ly, acting on its stock, but make two
globe valve dense enough to work
those-difficult; this is due to the complexity of
the simultaneous closing of the two blood
valve pits and proper contact voltage

steam effort, but, given the opportunity Dos

tizheniya and maintain in operation a large
steam density in the turbine and medium espeparticularly the high pressure used exclusively
tional single-seated control valves.
Density valves for repair achievement
Gaeta lapping valves to seats, productivity
my most fine emery powder with oil
scrap and paste GOI. Grinding should be productivity
dit at replacing the caps steam
boxes, resulting in greater density
fit to the valve seating surfaces
saddles. The rotation of the valves during lapping usually
made by means of a clamp, strengthens
on the rod (Fig. 19.3 a); This clamp can be carried
harass and also valve lift instead of lifting
using the eyebolt and G (see Fig. 19.3 b).

240

Figure 19.2. Cross-section of high-pressure cylinder of the turbine-CRS 150-170 LMZ for control valves
and nozzle segments. 1, 3-adjusting valves, the valves 2,6-column, 4-valve lever 5-cam valve.

In double seat valve type image

conjugated Fig. 19.3, in the adjustment of first production
found only one lower seat; by
the end of this lapping in place ustanavlivais the upper seat and the valve rubbed him with
as to the cold state between
lower seat and corresponding sealing
edge of the valve there is a gap , mag- nitude of
torogo 0,0005-0,0008 shall be equal to
Valve height h. When lapping rumochnaia cluster
lords of the type shown in Fig. 19.3 g, should be
cold leave between the valve

and seat in the upper and lower portions of the gap 0,4
0.6 mm (in diameter).
These gaps provide a snug fit
and prevent sticking valves in the work at
Normal heating due to the fact that the flaps
usually have some large temperature
expansion than the casings, the cooling
outside ambient air; while improving
quality housing insulation difference in temperature
extensions of decreases and the gap in the cold
nominal state can be suitably
reduced.

At repair, special attention should

be given to check the planting density of saddles
valves; in some cases, the weakening of the North Landing
Affairs of the valves are installed in the bore
steam press fit body (0,03
0.05 mm) causes a more rapid heating
Seat relative to the valve body.
Upon detection of loosening or wear, and
need to change the plugs and seats in the housing
Valve planting new bushes and seats should
performed with tolerances tight fit. In
some cases metallization old saddles up
obtain the desired tightness enables
their further use, in particular,
if it is possible to produce zachekanku
seats by metal vapor nachekanivaniya kotimid to chamfer size of 3-4 mm, which is in
This case should be machined on the outer
top of the saddle.
Common defects in the valves
are jamming and misalignment in the springs, zaedaof stocks in the sleeves, etc.

winepress make refacing support surface

spring.
If necessary, replacement of the springs
new quality of their manufacture should be
checked not only for compliance with the characteristics
tics of your requirements, but also on the absence
Via imbalances and distortions of their axes. This proverification can be performed on a simple Statutes
Novki shown schematically in Fig. 19.4, b; when
the inspection at the time of loading a spring
1 zhiny goods movement of the upper plate 2,
controlled 3-pointer must be
strictly parallel, and the center of the contracting
spring should keep their initial
tion axis without distortion.
Causes jamming rods often
are salt deposits, rust, you are a
processing, bullies and bending rods, and sometimes
inequality of temperature deformations shtoCove and bushings.

Figure 19.4. Checking springs. and - check the right

correctness of the axis and the end of the spring, b - check character
product features and quality of the compression spring.

Figure 19.3. Double-seat control valves.

and - a collar (1) to rotate the valve lapping at: b
- Collection valve using eyebolt cap (1) and
G (2); in, year - double seat valve types.

Jamming and misalignment in the spring vsledCorollary is likely to occur wear

control valve, often called
curvature of the axis of the spring or improper formation
end processing sections. Spring must have
well zatortsovannye and strictly parallel
supporting the coils perpendicular to the axis of the spring.
Verifying the axis of the spring production
conducted with the help of the plate and polygon (see Fig.
19.4 a). If it detects a deviation from the axis
spring at its top, it is necessary to emery

After removing the stripping and sanding

scale and rust valve stems should
be carefully checked for Since
-surface cracks which may occur
at higher pulsation valve and serve
reason for breaking the stems. Bending rod
detected when checking for turning standard
ke (see Fig. 19.5, a) must be eliminated from editing
followed by annealing at a temperature exceeding
crucially on the temperature of the fresh pair of 50-60 C;
rod run along the entire length should not exceed
shat 0.02mm. Stocks with cracks and poddayuschiesya correction should be replaced by a new
Vym. The best material for stocks is
steel with wear-resistant nitrided Since
surface; wherein the stem must
have a hard surface, as compared
the sleeve. Stocks should be carefully Since
catch up on the gap to the sleeves.
Bushing rods should be checked
scanning control (see Fig. 19.5, b) having
diameter larger than the stem by an amount
adequate clearance between the rod and the sleeve;
total clearance is taken equal to 0,005
0,008 on the diameter of the rod. The magnitude of this
clearance
turbines K-200-130, 300-240 K and T 100-130
usually 0.3-0.35 mm.

242

Despite these gaps, zaedaStocks of still possible upon expansion of

heating and drifts when scum. By
Therefore, the gap amount is sometimes based
operating experience, to be increased, so
otherwise occurs when valve sticking triggering of the circuit breaker;
however, a significant increase in the gap against
said should not be allowed, since it vyCalling blowing steam over the valve stem.

Figure 19.5. Checking the rod and sleeve reguliruyuschesecond valve. and - check bending rod and indicator
grinding rod; b - checking with the aid of stem bushing
means of scanning-1 stock, 2 - indicator 3 - prispoPacks designed for grinding rod; 4 - leather or lead,
5 Ratchet; 6-scan.

snuggle up to the saddle and close properly, even

seat if the plane is not strictly perpendicular
the axis of the valve stem; when there is no looseness in
joint presence of even a small transfer
Spit rod can cause loose closing
valve.
When repairing single-seat valves (see Fig.
19.6), in addition to check the status of the sealing
surfaces of valves and valve seats with a density
ryh achieved their mutual lapping, production
are found the following works.
1) Check the status of the piston rings and
these grooves in the sleeve, the wear of which can
pulsation caused in the steam flow valves;
crafted rings and bushings with a significant
wear must be replaced with new, as their
state depends on reliable performance odnosedeltion valve.
2) Verification of threaded accordance
compounds of the main valve and nuts unloading
dressings valve which must not allow
loosening the valves under the influence
steam jet. Changing the course of the discharge and
main valves in comparison with FITTING
mental data or the data of previous replaced
ditch evidence of their failure and friction
quire dismantling valves; in turbine K-200-130
LMZ stroke unloaders, cold-

Systematic monitoring of the work of reform

control valves and
external examination of the relative
individual parts of the valve
new (nuts, washers, rychagov, cams) allows
svoevremennoobnaening of their defects.
With a significant relative
deviation of the vapor pressure
for valves from normal
mum pressure friction
quires verification reasons
this deviation, if
it is not a consequence
tion fault
manometers.
As already indicated,
elk, leak valve
His natural eliminated on
race and lapping on
paint to the saddle. Insufficient
the exact length of the compound
tion between the rod cluster
Pan and servomotor
eliminated adjustCoy with the help establish
of gauge nuts, giving
opportunity in small
Shih change within
the length of this connection.
Cluster compound
Pan with a rod in one
globe valves de
barks usually with laxative
tion, which allows such
burner valve tightly

Figure 19.6. Balanced regulatory

extending seated valve LMZ.
and 1-pressure screw spring 2; 3-plate
4-roller; 5-cam shaft, 6-banger;
7-spindle (stem); 8-plug; 9-steam
Box 10-valve (cup), the valve seat 11
on; Cylinder 12 turbine nozzle 13 kotimid; 14, the nozzle 15 of the steam box divided
ki; 16-pair extraction of the sleeve, 17-column
a valve-actuating lever 18.
b: 1-spindle (stem); 2-sleeve,
3 main valve 4-unloader.

243

Lost stroke main control valves,

installed on the HPC and IPC, for diameters
125 and 150 mm must be equal to 0.2-0.4 mm
for diameters of 325 mm, 0.5-1 mm. By dismantling OC
new valve can begin only when
Having a spare, as in most instances,
s because of the burning thread at dismantling The origin
walks damage valve, not allowing his followers
Use blowing.
3) Check the status of roller bearings ku
lachkovogo shaft, rack and pinion, tie rods and valves
other elements of the transmission from the camshaft to
valves. When unilateral deterioration of bronze
Carriage bushing covering a cam shaft,
leading to an unacceptable increase in the gap
engagement with the rack gear, bushings shall be
replaced with the corresponding new fit
gaps. When you wear a back rack or rollers
a carriage holding the rack in engagement with
gear, the back slats subject pripilovke and
replaced with new rollers with a diameter enlarged
nym in accordance with the generated pripilovCoy back slats. Before disassembling the valve and
All gear elements of the cam shaft to
valves must be secured mutual
position, gaps, dimensions and applied in time to the
presence of labels required to ensure
after repairs quick and correct assembly of de
hoists; these data are also needed for the right
villa installation of steam distribution, at which
rom rotation of the cam shaft results in proper
sequence valves opening corresponds
sponding Lap opening followed
present valve towards fully open
previous valve.

19.4. Servomotor.
By construction, oil servos
can be divided into two groups: with servo motors
translational peremeschayuschimisyaporshnyami
(Piston), ustanavlivaemyeneposredtively each control valve (see Fig.
19.7 a), and servo motors with rotary piston
(See Fig. 19.7, b) that are installed on the group in some
how many valves. Servos regardless
the design must come into action
almost simultaneously with the change in the position
spool.
For the free movement of translational
tive-moving piston of the servomotor and
and to remove the oil passes from one
servo piston side to the other and
servo rod through the guide sleeve
necessary: servo piston and rod
exactly fit with the thermal deformation
mations to the body of the servo and the guide
ing sleeve, check the condition of the piston korings, rod packing (packing on the servo
motor LMZ) and purity of outlet
air and oil supply in alignment grooves
ki piston. In the absence of piston rings in
servo piston between housing servomoOperations and the piston, depending on its diameter in the
Cold accepted gap 0.1 0.3

mm in diameter, and between the stem and the sleeve 0, 050, 15 mm in diameter.
For free movement of the rotary
a servo piston (see Fig. 19-7, 6) and removing
jamming at temperature between strains
radial surfaces of the piston 2 and the housing
Som servo 1, in the absence of sealing
inserts gaps to be of order 0, 1-0, 15
mm, the axial clearance between the piston and the housing
cover
quired 0, 1 0, 2 mm, and the gap between the shaft of the
piston 3
and bushings 11-0, 05-0, 1 mm diameter. When
Available sealing inserts in the form of plates 9,
PRESSING light springs and inserted
in the wall of the piston and the divider
6 housing servo need for repair
check the condition of the springs and the absence natiditch on the walls of the housing and the servo Since
surface plates.
Grated or damaged areas podleRAT cleaning and spring when there is insufficient yn
rugosti be replaced, too stiff a spring
zhiny use should not be as strong
pressure on the sealing plate are cozdayut additional harmful friction when turning
servo piston.
In both types of servo installation
11 sleeves in the body or in the cover of the servomotor,
if necessary, replace them performed
press-fit.
It should be noted that despite the fact that
servo stock permutation forces contribute
-competitive overcome any additional
load from the piston to the steam distribution are idenCach appearance of these additional loads or
in no case be (jamming rods regulation
Glare valves due to the deposition of salts on them,
misalignment springs, etc..) Therefore, when repair
their causes, should certainly
be eliminated.
Springs servos, their quality
No. and specifications shall comply with the
same requirements that apply to a spring
zhinam control valves ( 19.3). Features
but it relates to the issues of skewed and research
krivleniya long axes of the springs, which when
compression may lose its longitudinal stability
ness. Installation of such springs in the body servomotorus can cause the time, aspiring surpull the servo piston (see Fig. 19.8), which in turn
will lead to skewed to the pressing of the piston
to the walls of the body and the appearance of the harmful
accompanied
tance of friction, which can reach large
Scheu value.
Dirt and cuttings in the gap between the
servo piston and the housing may also
Jette cause the appearance of additional
tive pest resistance movement
servo piston; to reduce the impact of such
possibility input edge to the piston, as well as
ring grooves, if they are available on the piston
does not have to be sharp and not create wedge
prominent slot, which can be easily plugged
mud.

244

In systems of regulation with obextending rotary servomotor last We presDIT to rotate the camshaft, the Charter
stalled on the bearings. On the distribution
inflammatory planted cam shaft, each of
through which the roller associated with
valve stem, opens its regulatory
Valve; on the same shaft is pushed over and the puck
backward
bond. Each cam shaft and feedback
communication should be planted on the distributional
FLOW shaft on the key without any looseness and
stoppers secured against longitudinal displacement.

repents key while holding

second key square end of the stem valve
on.
If too large a gap between roface and cam be omitted sleeve 1, therefore
ka is obtained the necessary clearance; Availability
gap larger than said lead to the fact that
valve while taking the load will enter into
work later and will not rise to the full
Travel Flow. When there is no gap between the roller and
cam valve will hang on the cam at
turbine is stopped, it will skip pair
a turbine; to eliminate this defect sleeve 1
must be raised; while simultaneously
compressed spring plate and rises 3 This
operation eliminates the pressure on the lever fitting 3
18, whereby the roller lever is supported on the
cam only under their own weight.
After starting the turbine valve stem in reform
result of heating is extended and then the gap between
roller and cam can change and even
be entirely selected; this should be taken into account
Vat installation clearance, since the value of zazoMr. operational turbines, ie. e. upon heating
tyh valves and rods should be at least
case lower than 0.05 to 0.1 mm.
When viewed from the rollers and cams should be
draw attention to the lack of production on the
working surfaces, which in operation
may impair the correct relative
covering valves.
Sequence valves opening
group rotary servomotor determined
mined by the curvature (profile) of the cams and Since
placing them onto the camshaft with Since
for the consistent shift of each subsequent
cam with respect to the previous definition on
divided by the angle; wherein if one extreme
position servo valves must all
to be closed, at another extreme position
the servomotor, and hence the corresponding
present turning the cam shaft, all valves
must be open.

Figure 19.7. Servomotors control valves.

and - servo valve with high pressure LMZ
progressive-moving piston; bservomotor with rotary piston. 1-body servo
motor 2 piston 3 stem (shaft) of the piston; 4
cover,
5 - spool feedback, 6-separation transition
town, 7 - input of oil from the shut-off valve, 8
Oil drain, 9 sealing insert
10-gland, 11 bush.

Correct installation of the valve is considered

position in which the roller between 4 and kv
Lacko 6 (see. Fig. 19.6 a) there is a gap in the 0.1-0.2
mm in the closed position and valves podnyathat hand lever with a roller. This provision Dos
Tigana change valve spring preload,
for which it is necessary to lower or raise
1 sleeve, causing subsidence or uplift
under the action of the spring plates 8 End Sleeve
1 gash completed, and it rises or opus-

Figure 19.8. Skew servo spring.

To create a sustainable management

and avoid load variations opening
each subsequent valve should be carried
proceed with the overlap, ie. e. zablagovre- with
mennym subsequent opening of the valve to
full opening of the previous valve. For
example, if the third valve cam begins
open your valve when turning the cam
245

Shaft 95 , while at the same time another turn

not completely opened second valve, as its
full opening occurs only when turning
Camshaft 160 , between a Lap
the third and the second valve is equal to
160-95 = 65 . Continued rotation kulachkoVg second valve shaft will always remain
vatsya open as his movie will be without
head roll on the part of the cam having
the outline of the true circle; cam
third valve began to open its cluster
pan when turning the cam shaft 95 , legitimate
cheat opening 200 , and further rotation ku
lachkovogo shaft will not affect the opening of the third
Valve etc.
At the end of the camshaft cam
shaft adjacent to the servomotor, is pushed over disk
-quark coupling half, connecting with the same sequence
lumuftoy attached to the shaft of the servomotor
(Fig. 19.7 b). At the other end of the distribution
dividing shaft has a square, allowing
wrench to turn the shaft with
servo piston at full stroke of the latter;
such turning is necessary during assembly to
check the adjustment of opening and
closing valves.
In turbines, which rise regulatory
ing valve is determined by the change in pressure
oil under the pistons servos installed
PARTICULAR on each valve, sequence
valve opening is determined by the stiffness
valve springs and tightening. Improper
adjustable tension valve springs can
break the sequence of valve opening
and their overlap. If there is too loose,
springs turbine will not keep idle
because even when extracted by the end of synchronization
This mash can cause high blood pressure
oil in the control system to a value Dos
sufficiently to overcome the spring tension and
opening the valve; In addition, if too OC
labit reloading spring valves, these
valves open at a lower load, which
increase the steam flow and reduce cost
of the turbine, since this steam
does not occur in the first stage of the turbine, and
follow. Increase spring preload can
cause undue throttling of steam even
power limit of the turbine.
Checking the valve opening should be carried
hassled at normal speed and normal
fixed parameters of steam. If any valve
opens earlier or later (at loadings without
appropriate instructions to factory instructions
tions), suitable to tighten or
loosen the spring. Every new adjustment
should be recorded in a journal with ukazanieat valve number.
When adjusting the pressure reducing valve,
available on the oil line regulation (in
than there is sometimes the need for understanding at
the pres- sure the oil going to the bearings)
it should be noted that the decrease in oil supply to
regulation may cause undesired

decrease in the number of revolutions of the turbine at pounce

load, since the valves are opened
slowly due to insufficiently rapid rise
pressure under the piston of the servomotor. Besides currents
second, the turbine will not take the full load.
In these cases, it is necessary to weaken regulation
beat tension valve springs.

19.5. Slide valve

SPEED AND
SAFETY
SWITCH.
Repair spools usually is
dismantling joints levers prowashing and cleaning the ball and needle approach
bearings, as well as checking the status zolotnicks after disassembly levers cover removal
housing and removal of spools.
The main problems found in the
spools are: 1) large gaps between
;
2) improper overlapping windows in the sleeve or
housing cut-off edges of the spool;
3) defects in the swivel rod zone
Lotnik with connecting rod coupling regulator
pa.
The spools and sleeves should not have to
scratches the surface, and the lips of the slit
Leu sleeves and shoulders spools must be
sharp, burr-free and wear. Small risk
Key signs of wear and carefully stripped from the distribution
net of leaving unchanged the gaps between
spool and sleeve.
Thoroughly cleaned, washed with kerosene
Mr. and rubbed hemmed napkins
spool should go into the sleeve slide valve
boxes with no slack and no signs of seizure;
such a landing gives you the opportunity to spool without
Friction freely and smoothly, but without special games,
navigate in the bush; Excessive clearance may
gut cause oil to overflow drains,
which leads to a decrease in oil pressure on the servo
motors, and hence to reduce chetkoSTI management control valves. Pre
admissible radial clearance should be considered in
within 0.05-0.1 mm (in diameter). In the case of
large gaps between the spool and sleeve
the latter should be replaced with a new spare.
Material for the sleeves and joined with the
these spools are forging from hromomolibdenovanadievoy 25H2MFA steel, steel
39HMYUA et al. For high Since
surfactant hardness steel exposed nitride
Rovaniemi.
Sleeve and valve shall be manufactured
Lena exactly with the cleanliness of processing, respectively
sponding 9-10 to class; ovality, konusand palpation of the entire length of the spool and sleeve
No more than 0.02 mm.
Before planting bushes in the spool housing
to be well fitted to the hub, and the
valve housing must be thoroughly cleaned
of sludge. Planting bushes in the body make the density
tion (with fixed sleeves) light strikes

246

lead hammer. After planting

recheck the fit to the sleeve and spool
achieve mobility spool by shlifovki directly in the hub. Minimum zaZora, to ensure the free movement of
spool must be between rods
Spool their upper and lower rails
housing.
Overlapping dimensions of pistons zolotnick and the distance between them must exactly
correspond to the size and location of windows in
slide valve sleeve or case. With an average
position valve shut-off edge of the piston
It is usually done with the spool perekrytiit working edges of the windows on the sleeve of 0.1-0.15 mm
(Fig. 19.9 a). With such a positive overlap
TII will only move the slide up or
down will be to respond to the changing flow oil
la on the servos. Increase the overlap
reduce the sensitivity of the controller, so
should seek to reduce it. However,
no overhang, if it does not predusmoTreno design (negative overlap
to reduce the band) and is caused by
edges worn pistons shutoff spool and
the edges of the windows sleeves leads even at medium
position of the spool, to increase oil leaks
(Flow of oil from the pressure in the drain portion
slide valve boxes) and to reduce the pressure
oil on the servos.

nenii spool with traction, which would lead to

increasing the backlash control.
Installing the spool and its articulation accordance
union with the connecting rod coupling regulation
tor is usually made to fit A vystepping piston rod end of the spool, the value of
which is measured before dismantling regulation.
Ball joints (see Fig. 19.9 in) supplemented
tively to the ease of rotation of the spool around
vertical axis should also allow impact
possibility of a small misalignment without binding,
Connection rod with a thrust that appears when
thermal expansion draft, if it prohoDIT near the hot parts of the turbine.
There is no play in the hinge connection
SRI or absence of skew compensation in a ball
moat connection caused by improper
the assembly can lead to jamming of the spool
when it is moved along its axis, which in turn
turn, leads to a reset or load-in
Depending on what position (upper
or lower) valve is jammed. Depreciation hinge
Connection can cause pulsation spool
about its mean position, which in turn
turn affect the operation of the associated
servomotor. If there is deterioration in the details
hinge and ball joints these details
subject to change.
When assembling the slide valve housings must
us to be taken to the full consolidation of
oil leaking their flanges; Since
latter should be lubricated with a thin layer
shellac or bakelite lacquer so as
that he did not crack the flange after zaburdensome and clogging any hole
thereby breaking the system regulation
tion.

19.6. SAFETY
BREAKERS.
Figure 19.9. Spools of regulation; and - the average
spool position in the sleeve; b - articulated compound
tion valve with connecting rod coupling regulation
tor in - ball joint valve with connection
tive traction clutch control.

The valve rod is attached to the compound

Executive drawn by a hinge or sharovogo joint. Swivel (see Fig.
19.9 b) should provide easy rotation zone
Lotnik around the vertical axis without rocking and
jamming in the direction of this axis. This connection
tion is achieved in that the upper end of the stem
1 spool between the washers and nuts 3 2 stavitsya spacer sleeve 4, which nadeVaeth ring 5; connecting rod 6 accession
nyaetsya bolts 7 to the ring 5.
Through the installation of remote bushing
Key 4, the height of which a few large rings
5, between the latter and washers MI-3 is obtained
minimality permissible backlash about 0.02-0.03
mm, it is sufficient for the free rotation
of the spool around the vertical axis. At the same
time, this gap does not create such a game in the compound

Safety switches (regulator

tori), the purpose of which is to protect
turbine from exceeding the speed up to dangerous
level detection by rapidly closing access
steam turbine, are astatic
(Unstable) centrifugal governor. When
excess of the normal number of turbine turnover
Comrade 10-12% safety switches
act independently of the action of the basic system
Topics regulation, which in its proper
the state should not allow the specified Therefore
elevated speed.
Safety switches, various
nye in its design, carried out in the main
No. of two types: with striker in the form of cylinof cylindrical pin (see Fig. 19.10 a) and with striker
form ring (see Fig. 19.10, b c). Action fuse
Executive switch any design OC
Nova quest pin (finger ring)
the center of gravity does not coincide with the center of
rotation, move under the influence of centrifugal
tion of force during operation of the turbine from his
space. This shift prevents spring zasore upon which is adjusted so that the striker could

247

provides a complete closure of the regulatory,

protection and isolation valves.
According PTE verification steps Fuse
hranitelnyh switches must productivity
ditsya: after the removal of the protection system and reform
overcome her resistance
onlyafter
at achieving
regulation,
a long stay turbine
zhenii turbine rotor(More
speedthan
exceeding
1 month.) And after 4 months. turbine work
Collapsing rated by
10-12%;
Bina.
With wherein
the appropriate special
peen affects disconnecting
device
tion devices
(for supplying oil under pressure,
which by means ofaffecting
mechanical
or hydraulic
the safety
switched
economic ties, depending
theavailable
system reform
breakersonand
in most modern
regulation, provides
instant closing turbines) allowed verification of active transformation
GOVERNMENTAL
locking, regulatorydohranitelnyh
and safety valves.
switches without increasing
Closing time regulating,
numberprotective
of turns; exception is mandatory
and stop valves after
limit verification action
tiveknocking
in any design
dohranitelnogo switch
beswitches
MItionsmust
safety
posredstminimality to flowing
doesspeed
not even
tionsteam
increase
aftervydisassembly
binding increase speed
more
than 2%
over
system
protection
and
control.
order in which the load
relief
Given
that the verification of safety relief
switch. Reliable operation
ofswitch
safety relief
tion
GOVERNMENTAL switches
has an exceptional value
putempovysheniya
tion for modern steam turbines,
rev vySafety vyrotating parts Figure
which9.10.
are experiencing
very
binding in a rotating-breakers. and - pin-type; b large stresses from centrifugal
ing parts of the considerably-ring type; in - double ring
forces.
the first type HTGZ. 1-finger; 2-spring;cant increase
3-nut; 4-ring; 5-position of the price-stress, such

center of gravity of the ring assembled bezproverkadolzhna

spring; 6-course the ring (8 mm).
produced only
After checking to
serviceable action
transfer system
We Fuse
tion switch and
shut-off devices
turbine by zacovering access steam
turbine vozdeystViy manually
Safety
switch.
Tolkopri
positive reform
result of this ispyTania can be starting
nat test limit
dohranitelnogo
switch uniform and gradual Since
To assess the importance of reliable zaelevated speed by acting on
Industrial turbines from an unacceptable increase in
the regulatory system; messy and unequal
speed sufficient to say that, for
dimensional lifting speed causes the action
sample, increase the speed of rotation of 20%
circuit breaker or too
causes an increase in stress on the action
early or too late, so that it becomes
centrifugal forces in the rotating parts of the aggregation
difficult to establish the correctness of its adjustment.
gata 44%, ie almost 1.5 times; moreover, when
In designs where safety
increasing the speed of rotation 15-20% higher
switches have two striker, without testing
normal tensile hub drives past
increase with increasing number of revolutions prospeed up the releasing of notation
hassled twice-independently for each pin
revolutions, which can cause serious damage
mon.
of the turbine.
As soon as it turns out that fuse
For greater reliability of contemporary
tive switch is faulty or isolator
high-performance turbine largest distribution
a turbine with inadequate numbers of revolutions
lence received designs in which
248
Comrade, the turbine should be immediately residual
safety switches are not alone,
lished and decommissioned for repairs

tional inspection after decontamination and

During the test, the safety is switched
rust caused by ingress
breaker should be monitored closely for use
fledged operation of such parts as peredatochWater in oil. Often after multiple Penye levers, rods, springs, oil lines,
periodic testing in service strikers
regulatory, safety and shut-off valves
(Fingers or rings) and shutdown devices
have brought down the ends or dents as a result
all the details thereof, and finally the behavior of
turbine itself against overspeeding and
punches. These lesions should be cleaned
vibrations.
and primed, and in case of a significant drawdown
The reverse inclusion safety
replaced by new ones; wherein the items in places which are
jected to the action of the shock should be
Switch order to be able to reopen isolation valves and enable the generation
casehardened.
torus network, should be made possible byAfter cleaning, the assembly must prois faster, since the loss of time associated with the IS TURNED to believe that the strikers (fingers, rings, loads) were explicitly
Whether carefully without tilting and jamming attuned
cheniem from the network is highly undesirable and
to their seats.
must be minimized. In the modern
GOVERNMENTAL turbines is provided by return
The gaps between the strikers and off
dies used in safety switches
devices (levers, ratchets, etc..) is not
must be above the specified factory instrucoriginal position at the normal speed of the shaft
struction; These gaps are usually 0.8-1 mm and
turbine or even somewhat above normal
mal.
Some turbines reach 1.5-2 mm. When
Most turbines back issues
smaller gaps possible action fuse
tional switch or at the speed
to be able to limit the reverse inclusion
slightly higher than normal, or at elevated
dohranitelnyh switches must be reduced
zit speed shaft to below normal,
GOVERNMENTAL vibrations, which, of course, does not allow
since only under these conditions, the strikers returned
It should
blowing. Large gaps, hauling spring and
schayutsya to its original position and creates impact
also seizing the safety switch
possibility of introducing a lever mechanism fuse
tional switch in the normal position
parts due to rust, warps and triggertion. Examples include attempts to premature
of triggering Boikova parts may are examples
cause of failure in the action of the safety vylead to tripping on the off device
breaker, despite the increase in the number notation
rings or fingers, still remaining in ekstsen-symmetric position; these shocks can cause
revolutions above normal by 10-12%, which corresponds
damage to the strikers and harmful effect on the work
completion is unacceptable and needs to be urgently
eliminated by appropriate repair.
those safety switches. Usually
Knocking safety isolator
these turbines moment the reverse inclusion is determined
mined by the decline of the number of revolutions of the turbineTelja at inappropriate speed may
to the 95
Zhet be, as already mentioned, a consequence of
98% of normal.
loosening or over-tightening spring
holding the firing pin in its nest. We fuse
At low speed acceleration recession
of the reverse inclusion can be achieved
Executive switch pin-type (see Fig.
by reducing the stroke of the striker Fuse
19.10 a) The adjustment is made by rotating the
hranitelnogo switch. We fuse
nuts 3, compressing the spring 2. fuse
tive ring type switch (see Fig.
tional switches conventional pin-type
but this move 6-7 mm (Figure 19.10, and the size of x) in
19.10 b) this adjustment can be made rotation
transformation
scheniem finger 1 or installing washers respectively
dohranitelnyh breakers ring type
sponding thickness between the nut and a spring pin
zhinoy; the same can be produced and
eccentrically offset ring circumference of the shaft
Dual safety switch
reaches 8 mm towards the weighted side
(See Fig. 19.10 in).
ring type (in Fig. 19.10 in).
Working stroke of the striker should be increased,
When adjusting should be confident
that during the action of the safety vyif the normal state of the striker and vybreaker coils of the spring will not be our conscious
This turns the device and the lack of slack in
keyed switch off the device, unit udaryatouching each other and thus reduces
is to turn off the device (lever, sobachthe stroke of the striker, since the latter can
lead to failure in the action of the safety
ke, etc.), and the transmission mechanism is not srabatyswitch. To avoid this,
Vaeth.
By tampering and the corresponding subto know the length of the spring in a compressed and free
boron weight of the striker, his speed, eccentricity and
accordance
distances, stroke of the striker and the gap between boyspring most turbines back issues
com and off.
Returns can be made striker fuse
tive switch (after it has been triggered) in
When starting the turbine after repairs necessary
its original position under normal or non
Dimo produce test control, something
to make sure that every detail of his work
much higher than the normal speed of the shaft
melts correctly, to achieve safe and reliable
turbine.
Details of the safety switch
operation of the safety switch and full
in the repair should be subjected to careful
tion with the closing of the valves.

249

19.7. Worm gears

REGULATORS.
In previous releases of turbines with reform
trolled mechanical device type
centrifugal regulator, to drive the main
tion of the oil pump shaft and controller application
nyayutsya worm gears; One such construckinds of structures with horizontal shaft
worm gear in the front section of the turbine
is shown in Figure 19.11.
Accident with steam turbines caused by
rapid deterioration of worm gears regulators
ditch, which took place at a number of power plants,
usually accompanied by damage to subbearings, labyrinth, controller, chief oil
lyanogo pump and others. Basically these accident causes
valis: 1) improper installation or repair;
2) poor selection of materials of the worm and the sixth
Terni and disadvantages of prefabricated;
3) impaired operation (bad quality
or insufficient supply of oil to lubricate
transmission, shaft deflection, wrong start turbine
Bina et al.) 4) the destruction of the working surface
gear teeth in the form of pitting or vyscherblivaniya (pitting) occurring vsledstVia excessive stress of the material,

working on the cut; 5) or the bearing

so-called stray currents.
Regulatory system and oil supply
many turbines had repeated failure
and a worm gear transmission, generally
reconstructed, with the transition to the new system
we control removed worm or reductive
Thorn transmission, and the main oil pumps
screw or gear pumps are replaced by
centrifugal drive them directly from
a turbine shaft.
However, many more turbine units pA
bot worm gears, so staff
power should take account of the provisions
which are necessary conditions for the right
villa organization repair and maintenance
worm gears.
Material for gears is usually a
special bronze varieties, good antistanding abrasion (phosphorous, nickel,
manganese, etc..). Worms are made
or mild carbon steel followed by
carburizing the surface or from solid staLeu special varieties (Nickel et al.), which
rye after treatment hardening.

Figure 19.11. Front unit LMZ turbine worm shaft drive controller and the main oil pump.
1-2-mastny pump turbine shaft 3-worm pair, 4-speed control, 5-synchronizer.

Quality finishes and solid surface

the teeth of the worm and gear have a significant
impact on the possibility of fatigue

GOVERNMENTAL cracks and you krashivaniya (pitting) VykraShivani is usually observed in the form of delamination
pieces of metal surface layers with depth
250

hydrochloric spalling of 0.2-0.3 mm, and even 2 mm.

At the beginning of the process of chipping the rough
surface of the gear teeth should be about soldering
tin after preheating the sixth
Terni oxyacetylene torch and carefully outgassed
zhirivaniya etched tinning and soldering.
At each overhaul necessary
Dimo about harassing state scrutiny
of the working surface of the tooth worms and sixth
thorn through a magnifying glass with a 6 fold increase. On
surface of the screw must not be hair
cracks that may arise in the process of cement
tation or hardening due to incorrect factory
treatment and during long-term operation
under conditions of elevated temperature
E (lack of lubrication, penetration of foreign
particles, etc.). Cracking of the worm byStraw affects the wear of gear teeth, so
these cracks with their sharp edges action
exist as a cutter.
New worms with hair friction
ness, should reject and not in the turbine Charter
placed di-. Upon detection of cracks in the worm,
placed in long-term operation, and
inability to change is necessary to establish a careful
tive periodic monitoring further
his work as a worm can not be considered
reliable.

Figure 19.12. Worm gear. and with a verticalnym shaft controller, b - with horizontal shaft
regulator in - gaps in the worm gearing.
1 worm 2 - gear.

For normal operation of worm transmission

Chi is necessary to ensure correct fit
and fixing screw on the turbine shaft and gears
Shaft regulator. When careless installation impact
You can loose a worm pair, and
with insufficient alignment - landing last
skewed. These abnormalities unavoidably
lead to a knock at work and increased wear
gear teeth and worm.
When installing the gear and worm necessary
necessary that they always engages

certain teeth. For this reason, if

removed during repair worm pair is not
has a label, it is necessary before dismantling nanesti punch marks on the outside surface corresponds
corresponding teeth of the worm and gear. Removal
worm and gear to be changing, and set
Novka new produced by conventional methods
and fittings (scrapers), primenyaemyE with similar work previously described by
other parts. Replacing the worm gear,
can not be limited to the replacement of one gear,
since the new gear, working with worn
worm prematurely unusable.
Before installing a new worm transfer
cottages to check the quality of the material,
manufacturing, match the size and the lack
Via any defects (dents, sinks, friction
communities and barbs).
When landing on the worm shaft must not treatment
to press the upper surface of the key, since this
may lead to eccentricity or landing
strain worm while heating; between the surface
Nost key and the groove of the worm should be
clearance 0.1-0.2 mm; this gap is achieved shabrovCoy key. At the sides of the worm nests should be
tightly planted on the key, if it is found
lateral clearance between the screw and keyway, Since
latter must be changed. The same applies
to gear when it is landing on the shaft of the controller.
Before landing on the shaft must be checked
inner bore of the worm on the absence konusnosti and roundness (tolerance of 0.02 mm).
In most designs, the worm is pushed
the shaft tightly under mild impacts on the parking brake
mandrel. When hot landing worm shaft, koThoraya usually done with little interference
(0.02-0.04 mm diameter), a worm prior to boarding
shaft is heated in boiling water. Heating payalnyE lamps or gas burners, primenyaemy sometimes for repairs is not recommended because
as uneven heating may result in
worm strain and cracks in the Task
ted surface.
Alignment of the worm gear must
carried out with the help of templates, pitches,
caliper and depth gauge to ubeditsya sustained if the exact distance between
centers and the worm gear (see Fig. 19.12
size C). Tolerance of this size
must not exceed 0.05 mm, which is at right
Villeneuve factory making and correct
Mutual installation shafts and turbine control
(Check the exact level) provides normal
mal lateral and radial clearances between
and a worm gear teeth (see Fig. 19.12 in).
The axis of the worm gear and the middle should
lie in the same horizontal plane
turbine with a vertical shaft
and a controller in the same vertical plane for
turbines with horizontal shaft
the controller (see Fig. 19.12 axis AB). Misalignment
may cause malfunction of the teeth black
vyachnoy transmission, although it may be nonsignificant displacement.

251

Checking the gear position adjustment in

vertical shaft regulator if allows
a design can be made soglasbut Fig. 19.13 as well. Used when checking the accuracy
tion metal ruler, based on the one
hand on the worm, the other - on the prism-pattern
mounted on the gear. The height of the prism
must exactly match the size of m = d / 2-n / 2.
Depending on the level indicator, the Charter
stalled on the metal ruler, gear
must be raised or lowered by an amount
where the level shows a horizontal
position. If the show is strictly gorizontalnoe position, the gear es- tablished
on the adjustment correctly, i.e. middle gear and
screw axis lie in the same horizontal plane
A similar examination of bone in the horizontal
shaft of the controller can be made with the help
means of templates, as shown in Figure 19.13, b.

Figure 19.13. Aligning the axes of the worm gear.

and - a vertical shaft controller, b - shaft regulator
horizontal 1-calibrated prism; 2 - line
neko; 3 - level; 4 - template.

Figure 19.14. Prints of contact of gear teeth

in worm gearing.

is extended over the paint, worm rubbed Berlin

azure or Dutch soot diluted to
kerosene, after povertyvaniya turbine shaft nonhow many times barring gear or
crane, the contact of the teeth and state entanglements
judge of the fingerprint ink.
Figure 19.14 and shows a mark on the tooth
gears, resulting with the right concentration
stroke teeth, wherein the worm gear
works with a normal load of teeth. Figure
19.14 b shows a tooth contact, at which
torus inevitable rapid drawdown overloaded
tion sock tooth. Figure 19.14, shown in contact,
in which the inevitable rapid drawdown transition
loaded with the heel of the tooth. In the latter two cases,
You need to move the pinion height
(Vertical shafts controller) and in the direction
(On horizontal shafts); shifting pinion
or by changing the thickness of the establish
of gauge rings intended for adjustment,
wherein the gasket material excavated on one side
gear must be installed on the other it
side.
Deviation of the actual mezhtsentroVg distance from the settlement (the distance between the
Transfer Center-size C. see Fig. 19.12 and, b)
leads to incorrect engagement at which
torus track work for all the teeth located at
root (see Fig. 19.14 g), when the distance between centers
of less than expected, or at the top of the teeth
(Fig. 19.14, d), when this distance is more distribution
even. Fix in this case is achieved
reconciliation of the distance between the centers with
conservation
neniem proper run-up in the teeth.
Once established normal
landing the entire length of the tooth must nebolScheu podshabrovkoy to ensure that the tooth chamber
salsya not separate points, and for the most part
its working surface.
Achieve this fails repeatedly
rolling on gear worm, red smear
Coy and the rotating turbine shaft and podshabrovCoy gear teeth on the trail of paint.
Podshabrovkoy achieve only Examples
leganiya entire tooth surface, but in any case
tea does not change the profile of the gear tooth; Therefore to
latter should not be attempted either by trimming
gear teeth, or by its more
in a lathe, since it creates
wrong link in the transmission.
After the fit, ensured uniform
tion touch of teeth over their entire surface,
check the dipstick or by rolling
lead wire shall be measured and then the micro
meter, lateral and radial clearances in the teeth
Transmission (cm. Fig. 19.12). These gaps do not have
exceed the dimensions indicated in the instructions
Plant and depending on the size of the transmission itself.
Normally the backlash (the run) is
0.3-0.7 mm (depending on the size of the pinion
no), the radial clearance for all worm and zubchatyh transmission is assumed equal to 0.25 of the module
To engage ( 19.8).

After this preliminary fitki need to check the uniformity prileHassium all gear teeth to the worm, which
should be over the entire length of a tooth or at
least not less than 75% of the length and 60% high
you tooth. Fit the worm gear productivity
252

Gaps, the values of which exceed

these cause knocking in transmission. Smaller
gaps lead to galling tooth transmission appearance
leniyu periodic shocks, one-sided
deployment, appearance, wear and broken
tooth sides, and after then, and the appearance of vibration
radios front of the turbine, and even cylinder
turbine. The increase in lateral play generally
made uniform podshabrovkoy inequality
Working side gear teeth and bearings increasing deepening depressions between the teeth
gear.
For large gaps worm pair approach
is changing, prevent tooth wear to the limits
in which the probability becomes breaking zubs should not; the broken tooth, hitting the entanglements
of a worm gear not only definitively
destroy the gear, but also cause an accident with turbine
Bina (melting all bearings).
After the change of the worm gear and paramount
On a test run, the turbine must be ostanoVit for inspection of the worm gear. The appearance of
on worm discoloration can be caused by
insufficiency and irregularity of supply
lubrication should be checked out and the direction
of the oil from the nozzle for supplying grease coupled,
tion of the worm gear.
Just making sure that the state of
good working surfaces of teeth that have
improper contact of gear teeth and that
oil filters and the camera front approach
bronze bearing no chips or dust, we can
but to allow the turbine to the normal exploitation
tion.

depending on the size of the module is determined by the

from the expression t = 3,14m, and tooth thickness equal to k
half pitch, i.e. k = t / 2.
In the absence of the drawing toothed wheel
on the above data it is easy to determine
main dimensions of the tooth, normal for this
wheels. For example, the repaired gear
wheels with straight teeth having an outer
diameter D = 820 mm and the number of teeth z = 80, the
module
teeth m = 820 / (80 +2) = 10.
From this module, the tooth pitch
t = 3,14 * 10 = 31.4 mm; tooth height h = 2,25 10 = 22.5
mm Tooth thickness k = 31,4 / 2 = 15.7 mm.
Comparing these data with the actual difference
measures have to be repaired toothed Assayed
th wheel can be determined amount of wear
teeth.
The main defects, which have been observed
are in the process of operation of gear reductive
tory gears are wear on the surface
of the teeth, and in some cases even of breaks
ka. Such damage often causes
vayutsya inconsistent quality of the material
and manufacturing defects gear
defects caused by improper assembly
and repair, as well as insufficient or nonvilla lubricated reduction gear and tiredness
stnoy breakage of teeth master or slave
gear.

19.8. Geared GEAR

TRANSFER.
To drive the oil pump and the main
speed controller in many designs
turbines instead of worm gears, served
the cause of numerous accidents, apply
simpler and more robust gears
(Figure 19.15), located in the front section
turbine (LMP)
In the methods of disassembly, assembly and repair
gear reducer much in common with similar
governmental work on the worm gear turbines
In connection with the practical value which has
during repairs knowledge module gear on
Fig. 19.16, and shows the elements of the teeth of the
cylindrical
cal gear, the size of which can be
determine the amount of drawdown teeth.
Module gear, which denote
significant letter mis called the quotient of the fission
of the diameter of the pitch circle by
gear teeth z: m = Do / z.
This same module can be defined human
cut the outer diameter of the gear by the formula
le m = D / (z + 2).
For normal gearing vycell head h 'is taken equal modulo m, and
the height of the tooth flank h "-ravnoy 1,25m, hence
follows chtopolnayavysotazuba
h = h '+ h' '= m + l, 25m = 2,25m. Step t gear

Figure 19.15. Reduction gear from the turbine shaft

the shaft of the oil pump. 1 - gear shaft turbine
us, 2 - a wheel on the intermediate shaft to the transmission
oil pump and regulator.

For the purpose of early detection INSTALLS

talostnyh cracks that may appear espeparticularly in the legs of teeth (after prolonged use
Turbine vibration) at the opening must
primarily inspect the gear teeth Petransmission with a magnifying glass. Upon detection of nonsignificant evidence of pitting at Therefore
surface of the teeth must be installed for this
253

prisoner or 09.01 of the total height of the tooth, and the side in
range 0.17-0.25 mm.
The radial clearance is measured in
engagement toward centerline 3
feeler gauge or largest imprint of lead
howl wire that is passed between
gear teeth (see. Fig. 19.16 in), the value
side of the gap is measured as the probe, rolling
Coy between the teeth or lead wire
metering games in engagement with one zatormoGennes gear. When measuring lead
wire should contain at last
entire length of the trough or the gear tooth, which gives
possibility fathom gap across the width
gear. Lack of or insufficient radial
cial and side clearances can cause emerdimensional heat and jamming the gear Petransmission.
Under the new alignment, or produced
change through the reduction gear should be nonhow many hours after the start of the turbine stop her
and in the wake of break-in to determine the state
reduction gear and the correctness of its Charter
-up and alignment.
In concluding the discussion of issues connected
associated with the repair and worm gear
transmission, it should be noted that the duration of
operation of these programs depends not only on the right
rect choice of materials, their proper
fabrication and installation, but also the proper exexploitation that when any defects in the work after
identify them immediately eliminated.
As a rule, each power plant
should be thought of installation of new questions
and removal of worn and worm gearboxes
tory transmission. Must be available all
accessories and tools required
for removing and putting in place of these programs,
drawings showing gaps, the method of assembly, and
also reserve complete transmission manupared from the corresponding operating conditions
materials and tested for quality fabrication
tion and size.

proper control; comparison with records accordance

standing of the working surface of the teeth when previduschem autopsy and examination of reduction gear
must show progresses whether the de
fect, the practice has shown that in
many cases, which began at the beginning of exploitation
of the minor chipping in further
shem stops and can not cause
the need to replace the gear transmission.

Figure 19.16. Gearing. and - rim cylin-cylindrical gears with straight teeth.
1-circle projections 2 - initial circumference,
3 - PCD, h '- head height,
h "- leg height: b-gaps in the gearing.
1-radial clearance, 2 - side clearance, 3-axis line
of joining the centers of gears, r-rounding at
base of the tooth; in - verification scheme linking proRollers lead wire, 1-wire laying.
2 - direction of rotation; 3 form of prints.

Teeth collected transfer should have

adhesion is not less than 70-75% of the length and
tooth height, with a smaller contact and proper
alignment of the gear axes and height workers Since
surface of the teeth should be subjected to the template from
cally operated in accordance with the imprints of paint at
rolling the gear. When scouring
should be noted that due to the fact that the end
edges of teeth on both sides are chamfered to a depth
0.05-0.1 mm, to exclude the application Nations
burden on the weakest of their edges, traces of capacityprocessing of teeth usually are separated from their butts on
the distribution
distance of 5-8 mm.
When aligning the gear for obesbaking it is necessary to check the reliability of
stiffness fit of the drive gear wheel
turbine shaft (stiffness landing determined
correct fitting and tightness key 0.05
0.07 mm), the distance between the axes of the bearings,
determines the radial clearance 1 and the value of
2 backlash in engagement (see Fig. 19.16 b)
the radial clearance should be equal as for
worm gears, 0,25m, where m - module remain guided

19.9. Bearing currents.

Of operating practices are cases
occurrence of bearing currents, proflowing through a turbine bearings and frame
boagregata. Currents can flow from the shaft genoscillator through the turbine shaft, be branched to all
bearings and the worm gear and the impact
to rotate the rotor through the bed plate thickness
Generator Exciter end (see Fig. 19.17).
Bearing currents lead to elektroerozionnomu, "ospovidnomu" erosion of shaft journals, of details
Leu speed controller, journals and bearings
main oil pump, to accelerated aging
NIJ oil, wear and failure of the worm
Transmission controller turbines, etc..
Bearing currents arise in connection with
the advent of the electric voltage at the rotor
D running oscillator which is caused by
causes an electromagnetic nature. NaiboLeah dangerous for turbine generators are

254

When maintenance is required to be productivity

bearing currents appearing in the rotor,
dit inspection of the insulation of the cabinet subdue to the asymmetry of the magnetic field
generator (non-uniform air gap
bearing and each mounting bolt with respect
between the rotor and the stator of the generator, the presence NIJ to the base plate (see Fig. 19.18 as well). Change
of
of the resistance of insulation under the chair approach
bearing made with voltage megger
connector in the stators some generators koshort-circuit in the external circuit).
eat 100 V. The value of the insulation resistance
bearing generator with fully assembled
oil pipes up to several megohms and
in any case shall not be less than 1 megohm.

Figure 19.17. Structure for stray currents.

1, worm gears, 2 - a turbine rotor, the rotor 3
a generator; 4 - pathogen, 5 - insulating promasonry.

Very often these currents povrezhdaetsmiling worm gear, since the surface accordance
touch with the worm gear and small accordance
resistance oil layer is negligible. Of the subbearings at greatest risk are
bearing generator by the pathogen;
moreover, if not installed water
relatives may seal their active CON- NECTOR
Danie currents due to the connection of the rotor genoscillator with the bearing housing.
To exclude the possibility of the occurrence
of circulating bearing currents and productivity
usual isolation from the frame end of the shaft generator
torus by the pathogen; for this under all
the bearing housing on the part of the pathogen INSTALLS
lished insulating gasket Part
rials (pressboard, mica, bakelite, PCB
et al.) 3-5 mm (see Fig. 19.18 a). In addition to
In order to help bakelite tubes getinakcial washers isolated from the frame contraction
ing screws, alignment pins, oil
supply wires (see Fig. 19.18, b) and drain oil on
lubrication of the bearings. In the presence of the generator
individual pathogen associated with the generator
rum clutch is laid as insulation and
under the exciter stator.
Insulation shaft of the frame may be violated
tackled at operation, and to prevent
accident must be periodically
inspection of the insulation, to eliminate cases
pollution edge isolation of insulation
oil pipelines, bushings and mounting bolts
studs; moreover, should not be directly against the stulu bearing tool or other metal
cal items.

Figure 19.18. Insulating spacers at the rear

Bearing generator. and - insulated housing subbearing and the scheme Turn the b - insulation pressure
oil line. 1-insulating sleeve 2-bolts 3 Steel Disc, 4-insulating washers, 5-housing
bearing steel gasket 6, 7-insulating
nye pads, 8 base plate 9 megatester
10 of insulation gaskets, oil pressure 11
loprovod, 12-Disc, restricting oil flow
bearing.

When an insulation fault turbine

must be stopped to restore it,
to verify the quality of the oil and the state of subbearings and parts of the control system.

20 OIL SYSTEM.
20.1. MAJOR OIL
PUMPS.
The main oil pump turbine representatives
represented one of the most important of its
nodes, as the slightest irregularities in the work
can result in serious accidents with turbine

associated with the melting of support and thrust

bearings.
In steam turbines used three OC
new varieties of major structural
oil pumps: gear, screw and centripetal
eign.
To ensure proper cleanliness when vyperforming tasks for dismantling and to protect the
255

parts of oil pumps from bumps dents and tsaRapin and other damages must be an oil
pumps are specially adapted to disassemble
PARTICULAR racks, and some of their parts ukladyval on only for their intended numbers
Tide wooden lining.
After removal of the oil pump need
Dimo stay and check the status of the connecting
tive coupling; on the drive shaft coupling half silica
DIT two dowels and with little interference
(0.05-0.07 mm). Before removing the hub half
coupling must be subjected to a small
heating. Worn or hardening detectable under
removed coupling and keyed on, talking about
absence of the necessary tightness in planting half
coupling to the shaft; restoration of proper tightness
coupling half onto the shaft is made for the repair zaMena coupling half on new or metalization
surface of the shaft, as well as installing new accordance
responsibly fitted clamps.
If there is between the oil pump and
reducer coupling pin-type must be
after removal of the fingers to check their status,
simultaneity of their involvement in the transfer of rotating
present moment and the presence of defects Change
blocked.
If there is between the oil pump and
flexible gear coupling with
serpentine spring consisting of four sector
tori inserted between the teeth of both positive
wines couplings, must pay for the repair
particular attention to the teeth and springs.
Poor quality and increased
hardness of the springs were repeated Examples
cause of their failures in the operation; a spring
zhiny with high hardness should be replaced
Nena springs with hardness after tempering, not
exceeding 350-400Hv.
The following slight Between zubZach and springs and the purity of the oil supply chamber
channels of small cross-section available to the coupling half,
placed over the shaft, say about a satisfactory
coupling state.
Toothed oil pumps. Examples
me in the main turbine gear oil
pumps (see. Fig. 19.11, item 1) at the correct
constructive implementation and assembly usually
long time working without interruption. These pumps are
are driven by the turbine shaft by means of the worm
tion or helical gear, Since
Reduces the number of revolutions to 700-1500 rev / min.
Toothed oil pumps, as well as screw
high, are self-priming pumps volume
emnogo type; their productivity of the
proportional to the number of revolutions. Closure of exit
oil in these pumps during operation and termination
schenie its displacement will lead to pump failure
or rupture of the oil line, so these pumps
Owls set or reducing perepusknye (oil wiper) safety
valves ( 20.3).
When repairing a turbine must be carefully OC
motret check gear pumps as
even a slight wear of gears, housings,

caps and plugs may worsen as pA

bot pump that apart from knocks and abnormal
work can be significantly reduced pressure
oil produced by the pump. After removing the wing
NIS digging gear must be checked
the presence of the markings on the ends of the teeth,
determined
Barking their relative position in the pump housing.
The main condition for proper operation
the oil pump is a free rotation
pump without any jamming and braking
with negligible largest gaps between
gears, housing and the pump cover.
Encountered in the repair of oil Nations
pump defects are usually limited, firstly, to increase
crease above the permissible clearances, as well as
reducing the gap between the gear teeth and
the pump housing or between the ends of the gears, and
the pump cover, and secondly, the development of gross
O hubs gears. Features of these defects
are detected at the opening of the pump
grated on the ends and the tops of the gears and accordance
responsible for the side and end surfaces
styah housing from the teeth, as well as unequal
-uniformity and dissimilarity rubbed sore all over
the length of each tooth gears. Engage in all
the teeth of the gears must be the same and equal
nicely along their entire length; verification engagement
made on paint.
The gaps between the ends of the gears and the cover
kami body must exclude the possibility of
grazing due to the unequal heating of the sixty
Steren and the pump housing and should be in the limit
affairs 0,001-0,0013 height plus gear
0.05 mm. Typically, this gap is provided by
that between the pump casing and its lid ukladyval on shellac gasket stencil or
blueprints thickness of 0.15-0.25 mm. If necessary
Mosty change the magnitude of the gap thickness change
schinu of the lining paper. This gap is measured
ryaetsya by stacking the lead wire
0.5 mm at the ends of the gears and the housing and flange
further tightening the cap uniform pump
ca; after removing the cover thickness difference corresponds
corresponding lead prints, measured
micrometer shows the magnitude of the gap.
Takeoff meshed gear teeth (more
gap-quark) and the radial clearance in this zaengaging the (same as specified in Fig. 19.16 b)
also check the imprint of the lead wire
obtained when rotating the assembled Nations
pump, as indicated for the worm gear.
To save time, these gaps should
check at the same time check the gap between
do the ends of gears and covers; normal
value takeoff engaged must be
the range 0.15 to 0.25 mm, and radial clearances
1,5-2 mm mesh.
Radial clearances between the ends of the teeth
pinions and the walls of the housing may be substituted
Mereni probe only when the cover is removed, vsledCorollary what these measurements do not provide enough
accuracy
of results and are only as guiding
governmental. Normally, these gaps should not exceed
shat 0.15-0.25 mm on the side, and in any case

256

must be greater than the gap between the rollers

gears and sleeves (cm. below). In the case of iz
nose gear teeth there is noise during
pump. Increased clearance between the sixth
Terni, cover and housing affect
pump performance and create them
oil pressure.
When repair is necessary to pay attention
of the lack of scratches, scratches, nicks and zauseprostrate on the end surfaces of the gears and Since
surfaces of the walls and covers the body, the adjacent
ing to the gears. These surfaces must be
completely smooth and fitted over the paint.
The most common failure is
increase in the gap between the ends of the gears, and
housing covers a result that the pinion
or produce in the lid recess. In order to reconstruct
becoming normal clearance accounts
Chabrier cover to generate output; since
some cases, the ends of the gears also have
production in the form of circular scratches, falls and
their Chabrier. Due to the fact that the scraping may
lead to a reduction in the height of the gears to
obtain a uniform clearance all the gears,
sshabrivat need them all on the same
height and, moreover, respectively sshabrivat
and the plane of the connector housing.
If the output reaches such proportions
that the gaps between the housing cover and ends
gear exceeds 0.25 mm, the oil is
flow through the gaps of the discharge chamber
ture back to the suction and delivery of its
line, and hence the performance
of the pump will fall. The latter is also called
and in the elaboration of the cabinet due koTorah increased radial clearances between
ends of the gear teeth and the enclosure walls Nations
pump. If by this time and gear as a result
Tate wear have at their engagement inadmissible
my run, causing a knock at the pump, the Examples
hoditsya replace worn parts with new and
often at the same time changing the entire pump. It should
is, however, warn that in no case
do not put too low end and pA
radially gaps in the gears of the oil pump.
When replacing the pump for repair,
check and clean the oil grooves in
pump cover. Absence or debris

In the development of bronze bushings, not

with Babbitt pouring, they are replaced by new
Vym and molded with normal clearance
with respect to the rollers gears. Usually zazory in the bushings with careful fitting and template from
Grad depending on the diameter of the shaft journal
should be no more than 0.05-0.1 mm (in diameter
meter) and are determined only by the fact that the rollers
gears rotate quite freely without
any jamming and braking. Position valiCove in the sleeves should be strictly concentric with
but, since it determines the concentricity Since
Proposition gears in the bore of the body and the strict
their axes parallel to each other.

Figure 20.1. Excavation sleeves gears gear oil

lyanyh pumps. and, using a punch; b - with Since
power puller.

Large production of sleeves roller causes

Vai increase in the distance between the centers of the sixth
thorn, can lead to wear Since the end
surfaces of gear teeth and the shell,
wherein the clearance between the teeth and the walls
housing exceeds allowable (0.25 mm). In this
case it is necessary to change the pump, since no
repair of the gear teeth and the shell, except
stripping them unacceptable.
Remove the plugs from the covers to replace byVaeth is sometimes very difficult, as they are driven
tight. To remove bushes produce useful
entering one gear tooth cavity in the other
first wetting butt surfaces of the technical higher
the remaining oil in the cavity, compressing incoming
Lok kerosene, then you can clear the sleeve
schim tooth and having no outlet to the pump chamber by
with special copper vykolotok (see Fig.
line grooves will cause the thrust gear in
20.1 a). Another application is the best way to
radially. This can lead to
of the puller as brackets with bolt; performed after the
jamming gears and triggered walls roots
Novki bracket (see Fig. 20.1, b) made screwquired pump.
tion nut bolt, which captured his head
When repairing the hub inspected without
account the sleeve and pulls. Planting bushes proremoving; in bronze bushes with
hassled blows lead hammer or
Babbitt fill, must be inspected accordance
ordinary hammer on copper knockout;
Fill this state; JavaScript stringing Bab
sleeve must be securely stalled on
bits, as well as the achievement of maximum allowable
their possible shift and provertyvaniya that
clearances require removing and perezalivke technical higher may block lubricating channel
lok.
wok.
For the lubrication of bushings and rollers gears
must be provided in
sleeves special grooves, as their relative
lack of cause jamming of the roller pump

257

Parts and components do not require replacement parts.

sleeve, with all the ensuing Since
When repairs are mainly produced work
consequences. These grooves in the new bushings usually
but choose a file or kreytsmeyselem and
associated with disassembly, cleaning, inspection, proDoctoring seasoned, well rounding edges
Verka status of parts and assemblies and measuring zazogroove.
moat pump.
Local time between working surface
With a significant deterioration of the rollers and the
impossibility
please ask the screws, which are sometimes a consequence
possibility to bring this grinding roller wear
tion inaccuracies profile or contact instead
must be replaced. For replacements,
CTE and butter of solid contaminants, should
us to be cleaned and sanded thin oselpay attention to the landing gear on valiki; Planting should be tight and the gears are not
com.
should have no pitching dowels; presence
In the screw pump occurs when pA
Chiyo traces Between shponkah says about their
bot axial force, which is directed from the chamber
measure discharge in the direction of the suction chamber,
poor condition and the need
transmitted through the heel screws bronze podpyatSTI replace with new ones.
Screw oil pumps. Oil
nicknames; Middle Bronze thrust bearing zapressovan at the housing cover and the side fluid and
screw pumps have received considerable Examples
can be self-standing, but not rotate.
changes in turbines postwar issue, Explicit
Checking the fit to the toe glides production
lyayutsya displacement pumps displacement continuity
ous action.
usual in the wake of rubbing or paint; distribution
division readout or no traces of paint throughout
Screw pumps are a middle of Great
circle shows the thrust bearing on neperpenvious and two side screws driven; Diameter
ular to the end surface of the thrust bearing
lead screw is equal to the sum of the diameters of the slave
screws (see Fig. 20.2). The screws are located in rastochwith respect to the axis of the lead screw, ispravleetoyu of defect produced corresponding
ke bronze core having a fill
scraping incorrectly adjacent space.
babbitt B-83; a core inserted into the body
Radial clearances (A, B) on the heels of vedopump without much interference, is locked from rotation
of close-fitting pin and under the influence
Mykh screws should be within 0.1
eat the differential pressure between the chambers dis- charge 0.15 mm, and the lead screw (B) -0,12- 0.2 mm.
Increased heating thrust bearings after commissioning
tion and absorption is pressed against the collar, vytochenwork, if not a hit any
Nome in the pump housing. Screws formed on its
length (along the axis) of the closed cavity, which
contamination may occur when underconsideration
STI radial clearance between the fifth and podpyatniif the pump moves oil from the camera
com.
suction to the discharge chamber. The rotation of the pump
Typical methods described for
meat which is located in front stool
a bearing carried by the turbine shaft via
thrust bearings, make sure
reduction gear.
density fit Babbitt fill to sulfuric
dechniku pump housing. In the case of
the need for repair transition
Fill core with babbitt
casting is removed completely
of the pump housing and its filling
performed similarly in all
pouring of support bearings.
Boring new babbitum fill correctly the Charter
Novki core on the machine proverified in deep concentration
-symmetric edge, especially
provided on both sides
around each of the core
screw holes. Installation
perezalito in core housing
must be made tight, but without any
interference between the shell and the core; Availability
interference (T, F) is greater than 0.03-0.05 mm can result
lead to a decrease in the radial clearance between the
screws and boring core. Installed
FLOW in the body core to avoid provorachition must be secured tightly posazhenFigure 20.2. Screw the oil pump.
nym pin.
When assembling the screws are inserted into the body
Screw pumps, along with a high environmental
only vertically while controlling
nomical, quiet operation and long life,
in the absence of grazing and damage babbicapable of supplying oil, starting from very small
revolutions, thereby feeding oil
to lubricate the bearings when you stop the turbine and
failure reserve of oil pumps. Repair screw
tum pumps simpler pumps of other types, so
both because of the lack of practical wear

258

if during his stay in the tank it can retum fill core and ensuring their
Phewa stand out from the oil. Skipping oil through
the relative position of one with respect to the other
Gogo and relative to the housing by tags. Availability
Discharge flanges, except the loss of oil, transdermal
these labels have to be checked Pewat a fire hazard.
Ed recessed screws from the housing during disassembly
Oil pumps are usually collected relative
separately from the turbine and then in the assembled
Since
after removing the cover; the absence of these markers and
join bolted to the housing front
marks on the thrust bearing screws should be driven
bearing. After assembling the gear or screws
Apply directly at dismantling at Therefore
oil pump should rotate freely,
without any binding. When connecting the pump shaft
surfaces are not involved in the friction. When proverification of the deviation between the axes of the driving and the shaft controller, whether it is made of compounds
vedoof keyed, special sharpening or coupling,
Mykh screws should not exceed 0.03 mm; radical
There should be no distortions caused by
Improper alignment, coupled with the fact that
cial gaps between the driven screws or hands
pump shaft and controller does not lie on one line
head against the pump (I, A) must be in the limit
affairs 0.03-0.09 mm and between the master propeller and
mine. Such bias in the compound can cause
jacket (K) particularly in the range 0.04-0.1 mm.
uneven drawdown pump bushings and privesminute to jam the pump.
Particular attention should be paid to
When aligning the shaft and the oil regulator
assembly of the pump cover and density of the flange
Connects pump casing with oil lines;
pump misalignment allowed no more than 0,03
the thickness of these flanges are mounted on the paper
0.05 mm both axially and radially. If all
the possibility of correcting alignment exhausted
or paperboard does not exceed 0.25 mm.
then as a last resort can be applied approach
Flow of oil through the flange connection
pump cover observed during exscraping centering bore pump and its
exploitation that must be removed during the reform
corresponding to the movement; in this case
required new fitting mounting bolts
Monta careful prishabrovkoy cover flange
and control pins pump.
to the surface of the housing.
Uniform and dense weave cover
When disassembling and assembling the need to comply
must ensure that the correct amount of axial
with
special care and cleanliness as nicks
takeoff lead screw and screw for ease of movement
and bumps, as well as the ingress of sand and mud at
Comrade by hand. The axial run-up master
screws with assembled pump can be determined
assembly are completely unacceptable in a noncounty, in the end if this roller screw to rest
large gaps between the gears or screws
and housing. During assembly should be checked
leg of the indicator and the pressure on the roller peremespurity of the air vents; obstruction
tit lead screw, first in one extreme position
voltage until it stops, and then - in the other is also to upothe latter may lead to the formation of impact
pa.
stuffy bags and cause failure of the pump.
When assembling, please note that any nonShould also be tested purity of wetting
dressings channels in the housing, covers and sleeves.
large suction cup suction causes air and noise
crack in the pump and leads to disruption of its normal
Pump must be assembled on the concentration
Stiletto-controlling, since otherwise possible Perekos in gears or screws.
formance. The reason for the noise of the pump can
also be air entering the pump together with
oil when foaming in the oil tank,

259

Figure 20.3. Centrifugal

main oil pump turbine
LMZ. 1-metal lining;
2 lower half of the body;
3-speed all-mode regulator
STI; 4-drive gear
tacho; 5 - the bearing;
6 oil passage for supplying oil to
bearings; 7 - the top half
wine housing; 8 - the impeller;
9 - consolidation; 10 - Coupling with
serpentine spring;
11-torque shaft.

Centrifugal oil pumps. Valuable

trobezhnye main oil pumps, primenyaemye in hydraulic control systems and
located in the body of the front bearing
Cove, have a big advantage over
with gears, screw pumps as they
fulfilled by the total number of revolutions of the turbine,
and therefore does not require a drive black
vyachnoy or reduction gear. Centrifugal
pump is placed either directly on the
the front end of the turbine shaft or the pump shaft
located at its bearings and connects
is the front end of the turbine shaft via
a flexible coupling (see Fig. 20.3) or splined roller
passing through the hollow pump shaft.
Head at an oil suction pipe
GOVERNMENTAL centrifugal pumps that do not have
property of self-priming, as well as supply
oil lubrication bearing turbo
boagregata provided maslostruynymi ininjectors, intake chamber which are
below the oil level in the oil tank.
In structurally centrifugal
nye oil pumps are almost indistinguishable from
centrifugal pumps operating in the water, Therefore
this means disassembly, repair and assembly of valuable
trobezhnyh oil pumps almost a little
differ from other methods of repair
auxiliary water centrifugal pumps
turbine plant, kotoryerassmatrivayutsya
in Ch. 22.
When repairing entirely disassembly
Single and cleaning the pump, check the status of parts
elimination of the causes will be abused, measurements
clearances and position of the pieces; after assembly of the
pump
meat and seal the connector housing bakelite
varnish made shaft alignment check Nations
pump with the shaft of the turbine and entering obtained
Information on forms of repair.
Check axial run-up of the pump rotor,
produced on the indicator or probe should

provide it within 0.1-0.15 mm. Gaps in

oil seals are large enough (previously
radially - between the impeller and seal
0.25-0.35-ring on the side and tortsehowl 2.5-3.5 mm}, and all operating conditions
touch moving parts of the fixed proshould not proceed. The gaps in the bearing
tors and O-rings of the impeller
produced by lead impression. Checking
bearing condition should provide
upper oil clearances within 0.15-0.2 mm
and side 0.08-0.1 mm.
When checking the alignment of the pump shaft with Ba
scrap the turbine must be taken into account produced
factory for installation alignment shift shaft
Pump 0.08-0.1 mm on the left with respect to axis
turbine shaft (looking in the direction of the generator
pa) and up to 0.15-0.2 mm; this shift prohassled to account for floating rotor high
pressure during operation an oil film.
The discrepancy between the end of measurements for the
sleeve is not
exceed 0,05 mm. Moving roots
quired pump in a vertical plane as the need
sary changes in the alignment can be
produced by varying the thickness of the metal
-crystal gasket installed between the pump
Som and the bearing housing; for a horizontal
displacements necessarily thorough Retentive
nancing new position control
hairpins.
The main oil pumps centrifugal
type create sufficient pressure is achieved
zhenii speed equal to 70-75% of normal
mum. The speed at which enters
the work of the main oil pump, should be
at every start the same. After starting the turbine
bins of overhaul time of entry
Oil pump in work should be mandatory
tional checked and recorded on the form;
a deviation from the normal should be INSTALLS

ciency reason for the late entry

pump work.

20.2. SUPPORT
(Starting) AND EMERGENCY
The oil pump.
Auxiliary oil pump representatives
assigned to the lubrication of bearings and for suppression
chi oil in regulation during Poussin
ka, and stop the turbine rotors rotate gross
rotary device when an oil chief
pump will not create the desired pressure and
performance due to the low speed turbine
us. In the absence of a special emergency
oil electric pump, ensuring Since
cottage oil in case of an emergency in the fall
It pressure also performs the function
auxiliary oil pump. For these
goals apply auxiliary oil
Pumps vertical and horizontal type with
steam driven or driven may
tori AC and DC.
Currently new types of turbines at a
as auxiliary oil pump INSTALLS
lished only centrifugal electrons
Sosa with AC motors and as
emergency - centrifugal pumps with
DC motors. In the case of a fault
of the electric auxiliary oil
with AC motor or a loss of electrons
plant sector stress bearing lubrication
when stopping the turbine will be provided emergency
nym pump lubrication; These pumps have a device
Islands to start automatically when the pressure drop
tion of oil in the lubrication system is below the minimum
permissible.

Oil pump steam turbine vertical

local type (see Fig. 20.4 a), non-adjustable
directly on the lid of the oil tank, has
odnovenechnuyu steam impeller running
exhausted to the atmosphere and situated above Bacom, and the centrifugal single-stage pump,
which is under constant bay, because
as shipped directly to the oil. When reform
Monte razbolchivaetsya the turbo flange, credit
pyaschy pump to the tank, and then reduce turbopump
ripped apart completely and repaired on the free
the installation site.
Auxiliary pump must be unemployed
conditionally reliable machine, ready to work in
any moment of operation; however at different
Bork, in addition to cleaning the parts, it is necessary prolime thorough visual inspection of their accordance
state. Checking the development of seals in the foreign
lu impeller-side communicating with the oil,
and state parootboynogo ring should
inability to establish contact with the steam through
the oil pump to the oil tank. Gaps on diameter
meter between the shaft and the hub of the steam seal
tion should be in the range of 0.1-0.2 mm, and between
the shaft and the sleeve portion butyric 0 08-0 15 mm.
Development of guide bearings
turbo pump must be removed accordingly
corresponding to the repair or change to the new, soas said defect considering the large number of
the speed at which the turbo runs (up
4000 rev / min}, may cause considerable vibration
radio shaft, its curvature, grazing in a rotating
tating the item and leave the turbo failure.
However, be aware that when you install
new bronze bushing failure clearance
can cause jamming of the shaft in operation.

261

Figure 20.4. Auxiliary oil pumps vertical

type. 1 with a steam driven b-driven
an electric motor; 1 suction chamber; 2-body; 3-business
Wheel 4-seal wheel; 5 upper chamber suction, 6
lower guide bearing, shaft 7; 8-upper direction
Barking bearing; 9-distance ring, 10-supportcontact ball bearing; 11, the clutch 12, the vertical
motor, 13-bracket for centering elektrodvigaTelja, 14 lights, 15-turbine wheel, a 16-supply of live steam
17-exhaust exhaust steam, 18-labyrinth seal
19 parootboynoe ring 20 oil outlet 21 mesh.

Drawdown of thrust bearings can lead to

precipitate all of the pump shaft and drive to grazing
a steam turbine and drive the oil pump. When
the turbo shaft assembly should check something
to the shaft with all its rotating parts
relied only on the thrust bearing; before assembly
advisable to check on the shaft deflection at the center
lathe.
At the impeller should be checked accordance
state blading: wear, corrosion,
fixing and planting density blades on the disc;
the latter can be checked easy postunodding hammer to identify drebezzhation, indicating the presence of cracks and neplotplanting of blades on the disc. With this verification
ke should be especially careful to inspect the lock and
locking the blade as the impeller is operated at a
very adverse conditions associated with
abrupt change of temperature of the steam, and consequently
quently also sharp izmieneniyami expansion
turbine parts in its quick start.

The gaps between the nozzle vanes and the steam

impeller and between the disc and the guide kozhuhom oil pump must comply
factory data, as they may change
affect the performance of the pump; axial
the clearance between the nozzles and blades in the impeller
should be in the range of 1.5-2.5 mm, and the radial
FLOW clearance between the blades and the housing-0,751.2 mm.
All openings in the suction grid need
go thoroughly clean, as clogging
it may cause not only are decreased
productivity, but also the failure of the pump and
grazing for the fixed part of the rotor.
At the end of the assembly with careful zaAll fastening bolts, nuts, screws, shplinComrade and locks need to make sure before
dipping into the oil pump, turbo pump that easily
to freely rotated by hand.
Similarly said produced different
Assembling, repair and assembly of oil pumps
vertical type; Fig. 20.4 b are given positive

voltage values of separate parts and the axial and

radial clearances that must be vykeep on repairing vertical oil
electric pump installed in the system
lubrication of turbine K-LMZ 300-240.
Replacement of oil turbopumps electrons
sosami greatly simplifies the installation and
increases fire safety; increases
and economy of operation, since
decreases the amount of steam lines high
pressure, there are no gas leaks caused by
work on the turbo exhaust into the atmosphere and
associated with a constant warming and dreniRovaniemi steam pipes to the turbo pump. When the electron
tronasosah pumping oil, check the system
regulate and protect the turbine may productivity
be by fresh steam lines disconnected
steam.
Repair of centrifugal horizontal
auxiliary and emergency oil and turbo
electric practically made analogous
manner to repair of centrifugal pumps that operate
ing on the water ( 22.2), as not much different
them constructively.
To back up the complete
auxiliary oil pump, it must
stored in a state in which it
possible at any time without any additional
independent verification to establish instead a fault
tion electric or turbo pump.

20.3. Injector,
REDUCING AND RETURN
VALVES.
When repairing requires mandatory OC
Motril, cleaning, inspection and enforcement of safe
state: injectors designed for
overpressure in the suction
oil pipeline centrifugal pump;
injectors, oil is supplied through masloohlafacturers to the bearings of turbine; pressure reducing
tive (wiper) valves having
ing systems with gear oil supply and
screw pumps, and check valves in the system
relating to the oil supply with centrifugal pumpE.
When repairing injectors principally be
hassled for their decontamination and inspection
state nozzles and diffusers; when cleaning espeattention is to be paid to the cleanliness
and good order of the filter grids, installed
PARTICULAR before the injectors for protection
injectors nozzles from clogging impurities.
In reducing valves, prednaznachenGOVERNMENTAL to maintain constant pressure oil
la, like a safety valve plate
(Cup) loaded rigid cylindrical
spring and the oil is brought under the valve. When
correctly adjusted reducer cluster
Pan oil pressure generated by the oil Nations
Sos during operation of the turbine should be
the way it recommends maintaining zaVodskaya instructions.

Defects in reducing valves in

mostly limited to contaminated sludge to OC
Loosening of springs close the valve, to a weakening
leniyu securing housing and at least - to wear
landing valve. If further tightening a spring
zhiny not possible, the defective spring podletains replacement; loose body, you are a
ir- vibration valve must Device for
wounded with strengthening this attachment, and with
so provide the necessary freedom of temperature
tural extensions attached to the housing
oil lines. Violation of stocking density
valve eliminates lapping neat to svoit hot shoe or valve replacement.
In the oil supply system with the center of the turbine
trobezhnym main oil pump reverse
valves located on the discharge line of the principal
oil pump and discharge line auxiliary
tional oil pump. Checking the status of
check valves aims predupredit them jamming in the open position.
Failure of such valves,
when he fails to close, may result
lead to an accident with a turbine; for example, when indepenoccasion to create the check valve on the discharge line
main oil pump oil supplied
auxiliary oil pump, with residual
posing the turbine will flow through the main
the oil pump to the oil tank and the oil pressure
in the bearing oil supply system can
reduced so that the bearing lubrication
stop completely.
Check valves are made mainly
in the form of a simple and reliable operation
clack-plate that is hinged at
valve body on the upper clevis; at a flow
Oil directed under the plate, she podnimaand lets the oil is at its reverse motion
zhenii plate locks the flow of oil, as it
falls under its own weight and pressure
tion oil pressed onto the seat. Repair reverse
GOVERNMENTAL valve is usually in their inspection,
cleaning and when it detects a change in depreciation valiCove joints. After assembling at
the valve is closed to check plans
Stink probe thickness of 0.03-0.04 mm absence
Via gaps in the joint between the plate and the mirror
valve, which must be matched to each
other.
If during operation the pressure of oil
la begins to fall below the normal value,
this fact, besides fault oil
pump, reduction, inverse and maslosbrasying valves, can be caused by: nepodho-conducting oil quality (too low viscosity
Stu), low oil level in the oil tank,
development and increased bearing clearances
in them leak in the oil line and finally pollution
neniem oil filter located on vsascribes of the pumps.
Excessive increase in oil pressure
detectable pressure gauge, as evidenced
ment malfunction. If the oil system
filled with oil of good quality, then the fault

263

may consist of a blockage of pressure

oil lines and often in insufficient clearance
bearing diameters or insufficient
aperture opening to the bearings.
It should be mentioned that excessive Since
elevated pressure gauge will show in
those turbines, oil pumps where there is no reductive
tion valves. In the presence of reform
ance of an induced valve oil pressure remains
at normal levels, but the pressure reducing valve
will pass the large amount of oil
a tank; the latter is easy to see IF THE
follow the oil drain from the drain appendage
reducing valve, a part of the oil
tank. Defects associated with a decrease and increase
sheniem oil pressure as compared with normal
nym should be urgently addressed.

20.4. Repair of the oil

SYSTEM.
The oiling system of turbine predis to repair and care for her series of high friction
ments. Experience has shown that the service life of oil
la depends not only on the quality: Fresh
oil and purity of the oil system, but also from accordance
standing labyrinth seals against mechanical
cal installation parts in contact with oil
scrap from overheating separate streams of oil from
dirt and water into the oil system and so forth.
These reasons can be invoked as CON- NECTOR
Danie and the formation of cavities on the surface
details of the control system, and the shaft journals
bearing in contact with the oil, if
the insulation of the chair bearing generator
pa ( 19.9) does not allow for the flow
parasitic currents.
For lubrication and operation of the system
We regulation applies light turbine
oil having a standard notation "turbine
binnoe 22 "(" Turbine L "GOST 32-63). Accordance
according PTE oil should systematically proveured by laboratory tests on such shows
exponent as specific gravity, acid number, stastability, viscosity, flash point, the reaction
tion of the aqueous extract, the rate of demulsification and
others.
Given the large capacity oil-silica
system (for example, a turbine K-200-130, this capacitance
bone 28 m) and the expenditure of a lot of money and work
time to replace the oil should be taken
the most effective measures to ensure that the quality of
turbine oil provided the opportunity
sytem without change.
One of the main indicators of quality
Oil is the acid number, characteristics
binder aging of the oil, that is. e. extent of its oxidation
tion Acid number should not exceed
0.04 mg of potassium hydroxide KOH, which is required for
neutralizing the free acid contained
1 g of an oil.
Oil with an acid reaction has CON- NECTOR
giving effect on metals, particularly
tube oil coolers, loses its lubricating
ing properties and emits significant amounts
sludge-operation.

Oil aging caused by pollution

oil vapor, air, dust, fly ash,
fiber wipes all, grease proclutches, gaskets and degradation products proChimi foreign substances; fight against pollution
neniyami should be done by increasing the density
of the oil system, thoroughness and rechargeable
ratnosti cleaning and assembly of the oil system and
improving the quality of its operation.
The rapid aging of the oil not only does not become
makes it possible in many cases to switch to elongation
nennye overhaul life campaign turbines, but
some plants do not provide reliable
and operation throughout the year. Events by elongation
pared life oils, other than the adoption indicated
associated above measures should include and arrangements
ment constructive order that satisfiability
we force and power which allows
improve the operation of oil.
As shown, the aging of the oil
occurs faster in those applications where due
insufficient capacity of the oil system is high
multiplicity of circulation and where increased heating
vupodvergayutsya separate even small
flows of oil (local overheating of oil). To takomu additional heating oil causes several
the satisfactory condition of the insulation of hot
turbine parts; as a result, oil lines
regulation and shut-off valve is delayed
sludge, which reduces the reliability of
regulation.
When repairs must be carried out
thorough insulation oil lines from the action
tion of high temperature and radiation heating
tyh turbine parts, as well as the installation of water
screens on severe overheating of the turbine housing
uprights bearing on the inner walls kotoryh dripping oil. Desirable also established
Indoor and oil chambers bearing on the nona distance from their walls, rails
sheets to drain oil.
Reducing the residence time of oil in the zone
No high temperatures and decreased duration
tions the oil contact with the hot air
contribute to the reduction and oxidation of the oil
should be achieved by the creation of correct and
calm waste oil from the crankcase bearings
nicks.
For this purpose, the most appropriate
are the following: 1) belongs
Connect the drain oil line to the bottom of the crankcase,
and not on the side that is absolutely excludes the possibility
backwater of the oil to drain; 2) direction
drain pipe in the direction of the oil tank
with a 1: 100; 3) attaching the drain oil
loprovoda the total drain oil line
an acute angle, rather than at an angle of 90 , as
performed on many turbine plant; 4) For
board drain oil lines not in the direction
the hotter parts of the turbine, which causes pre
Executive heating oil going to drain.
Vazhnymifaktorami providers
big impact on the duration and conditions
tions of the oil are also design

264

nodes barring gear, connecting

GOVERNMENTAL joints and the presence of oil vapors and
exhausts proits oxidation products.
Rotating at the speed of the turbine rotor
us gear barring gear not
Only intensely heated and heats surrounding
tal air, but also stirred vigorously
this air with the oil drained from the bearing
Cove, and with oil, gripping the bottom of the camera.
Thus, the larger diameter gear than
is less than the distance between the gear and the bottom
chamber
measures, vol. ie. smaller chamber, and, consequently,
less than the volume of air enclosed in the chamber
valopovorota, the higher the temperature in this site
(Up to 90 100 C), the greater the probability of capture
tyvaniya oil churning air
and the more vigorous the oxidation of the oil. In
some designs where the distance between
gear and the bottom of the chamber is reduced to 20-30
mm, gear practically bathed in oil.
The possibility of mixing oil with impact
the spirit and the oxidation of the oil in a number of cases
reduce the installation of special covers on
gear barring gear and accordance
connective couplings that hinder zagrabs oil from the bottom of the camera. Installation of such
covers make a big difference in hemispherical and
sloping bottom housing having depth, Dos
sufficiently to ensure a large distance
pinion housing from the bottom (200-300 mm). When MIminimality permissible under the terms of the reliability of
the gaps between the casing and the shaft ventilating
action couplings and gears of the barring gear Device for
tron devices almost eliminated.
To ensure removal of products
oxidation and the creation of conditions against education
tion vacuum housings bearings and gross
the rotator must have ensure
us deflectors diameter 50 75 mm as a function
pending on the size of the housings.
Finding the source of power tsenoobeducation in the oil tank is made by
control of oil through the inspection window on
drain oil lines. After determining chamber
Coy of the bearings provides the most saturated
air oil, you need to check on the temperature
ture regime to reduce Since
cottages oil on this bearing by corresponding
sponding adjustment section aperture Nations
Porn line to this bearing.
Significant reduction in pricing
tion in the oil tank in many cases contributed
Property unit extraction of oil vapors and
the creation of a vacuum in the tank 50 to 100 mm water
column.
by attaching the fan to the top of the point
ke the oil tank.
Equally important requirement predyavlyaemym to oil is high deemulgiruyuschaya ability, i.e. resistance to oil ratio
SRI form an emulsion (water-oil mixture).
The emulsion is formed by a continuous revenues
Oil Research Institute of significant amounts of water.
Emulsified oil has low wetting
dressings properties, since the presence of small

droplets of water breaks a continuous oil

layer, which violates the lubrication reliability and causes
Vaeth increased ability of the oil to
oxygen uptake. Oil becomes yellow
goods include color, and the oil on the walls of the pipes and
chamber
measures bearings dirt-and all
clumps of gelatinous, slimy and muddy the form
Yes, very bad in the lubrication system. These postponed
tion, accumulating ,. over time narrows
and sometimes clog oil passages in the whole
lyanyh holes and pipes, particularly on bends,
turns and in the places section changes, not govoconvent alone strainers. Similar phenomena
causing a reduction in the amount of oil suppression
Vai on the lubricant, particularly parts having
ing small diameter pipes of lead
lubricant.
Hence it is clear that the water in turbine oil
is a great evil that must be fought
by all means; first, it is necessary
use oil resistant against emulsions

seals and disadvantages of steam and maslootboynyh

shields.
Among the measures that prevent
a pair of seals in the bearing indicated except
previously associated measures for steam and oilthe baffle plate ( 16.5), are also limit
from adequate plants and in some cases
performed by the power increase
the distance between the shields and parootboynymi
bearings (100 mm) and mounting the shaft in
front and rear seals CVD air
GOVERNMENTAL blades (impellers); on both sides Lojaws set and steel reflector
Does that prevent the escape of steam from yn
compaction. Defects in the turbine shaft seals
auxiliary oil pump cause
vapor entering the oil tank when operating turbine
bonasosa and thinness of his starting gate also during the stop. To avoid-hit
of condensate in the oil during a stop turbine
bonasosa must have a steam approach
the generating line of the two shutoff valves (one of
adjusting them) and between drainage;
the density of these valves should be checked for
turbo pump repair.
One of the measures aimed at
maintenance of oil in accordance operational
distance, is removed from the oil as much as possible
fuller, incoming water and mechanical Examples
impurities; removal is carried out 1 or 2 times a Suheel by running water and sludge from the bottom relative
stoynikovoy of the oil tank and periodic
skim inclusion in continuous circulation,
in parallel with the oil tank turbine centrifuge
Fugue and filter press, with the change of filter-paper
Press several times a day.
In addition to these measures to the elongation
the lifetime of the oils and extracts meaningful
pluatatsionnogo order that feasible
forces of power, now wide

265

used to restore the original

qualities and stabilization of operating oil
using preventive regeneration on
operating turbine and increase the resistance of
oil against oxidation with antioxidant
tional additives. Oil recovery significantly
but extends the life of oil protects against
Drop the slurry and thereby eliminates or
reduces the need to disassemble the oil
system during overhaul.
Regeneration of oil produced in the apparatus
those called adsorber, who presented
constitutes a small piece of pipe diameter
meter of 600-700 mm and a length of 1500 mm with Examples
boiled bottom, lid and bottom of the grid. Administrative
sorber is filled with finely divided adsorbent
Figure 20.5. wiring diagram for an oil adsorber
Bent (absorber) - silica or
tion system of the turbine. 1-oil tank,
alumina gel which are capable of
2 coolers, 3-adsorber 4-press filter, 5-input
absorption of harmful organic products
oil after the centrifuge 6-dipstick,
oil degradation during its pass through the adsorbent
7-mesh for the coarse oil, 8-mesh for fine
ber.
cleaning the oil-9 oil suction pump,
Adsorber is connected to the oil system
10-accession centrifuges, 11-emergency drain.
IU from the beginning of start-up operation of the turbine is
dependent
ing on the quality of the exploited or light
When repairing a turbine in the case of the analysis
zhego oil poured into the oil system (see Fig.
oils, indicating deterioration of its quality for
20.5). Job adsorber will be effective if
within acceptable limits and the impossibility of its
extending therethrough oil does not contain moisture,
Recovery means regeneration and antiso before turning the canister oil
oxidizing additives, oil is subject to change with
must be completely cleaned of sludge and authorities
mandatory cleaning the entire oil system
w using a centrifuge and the filter press.
turbine.
The quality of the recovery of oil
a running turbine (depth regeneration)
20.5. Cleaning the oil
considered satisfactory with full removal
SYSTEM
lenii of oil-soluble acids (reaction
neutral aqueous extract) and reduce acid
To clean all the oil system after
slotnogo number to 0.05-0.06 mg KOH. Under these
Oil drain and must be dealt with carefully
conditions adsorber can be stopped from ex
tive examination, particularly with regard to
handle, and to maintain the stability of the turbine
accumulation of sludge, all units, parts, oil
binnogo oil (to slow or prakticheskoloprovody and fittings running on oil.
On termination of chemical reactions) may be
It is necessary to bear in mind that the remaining oil
applied antioxidant additives, called
hydrochloric system dirt and all kinds of precipitation
emye oxidation inhibitors (additive VTI-8
accelerated
et al.). Additives have considerable ability
dissolved aging fresh new oil filling,
so cleaning the oil system is relative
molecular-weight acids in the initial period statively operation.
rhenium, leading to a significant lengthening of
Removal of sludge and dirt can be prooil life.
plagued by mechanical cleaning or cleaning
Chemical control over the regeneration
by chemical dissolution. In the first case
of the turbine oil, with the availability of silica
after the oil drain made careful
to gel loading, the timeliness of recharge
hand rubbing oil chambers bearings
adsorber for the need to incorporate valuable
oil tank and each of the analyzed oilcentrifuge and filter press for cleaning oil from
Wire separately (from one flange to the other)
solids, sludge and water, as well as
clean rags.
the timely introduction antiokislitelWhen cleaning tacky obtirochGOVERNMENTAL additives, the quality of cleaning and rinsingFLOW material (dirt and fiber) can
Turbine oil systems during capital
a source of clogging of the oil-in ostavlerepairs and for carrying out other activities
of the tube walls of fibers and threads; therefore
to ensure quality operation of turbine
when repairing turbines and in particular for cleaning
binnyh Lubricants are chemical Task
oil system is forbidden to use Covenant
hamster; replacement of spent silica gel and additives
Leu and ends as wipes; It should
additives produced turbocharged or refer servicing
blowing to use for this purpose special
nym shop for directions and chemical observations
cloth or washed with assorted rags
ray department.
hemmed edges.
Cleaning of individual sections of Oil Pipe
by moving rag tampon
(Wad) or in highly contaminated round
brushes (ruff) steel wire with a diameter

266

0.4 mm; the diameter of the brush is taken within 5 mm

larger than the diameter of an oil line, and the length-no more
than 100 mm; moving the swab and brush with
cleaning both sides alternately performed
Hemp rope or chains.
After cleaning the parts oil
system rags or brushes these parts nonnecessary to purge the saturated vapor pressure
3 at or rinse hot condensate, then
blow compressed air to remove any residual
condensed steam and drying, and finally,
it is desirable to rinse fresh turbocharged
oil.

Figure 20.6. Tip for purging

oil pipes steam.

For blowing steam or oil lines

condensate commonly used flexible tubing,
at the end of which is pushed short over- loaded
renny at one end, the tip of the gas
the tube having a series of holes in the walls, By arranging
position at an angle of 45 to the axis of the tip
(See Fig. 20.6). Cleaning the inside surface of the labor
would, in its tilted position for free
Photo washable dirt, made prodvizhetion tube forward and turning.
After purging with compressed air and prowashing with a jet of clean turbine oil, oil
lyanaya film which serves as a corrosion
coating on the inside clean metal
surface of the tube (easily oxidized without designation
bonded coating), the pipe to the installation
it should be in place to turn off both ends of the tree
vyannymi stoppers wrapped clean rag
kami. This cleaning method has significant
disadvantages; it is very cumbersome, requires bolshoof the number of personnel, time does not permit
clean the pipes of small diameters and
may not provide sufficient satisfactory
results, if the sludge is not completely removed, in
Features of the bottlenecks corners, crevices and pores of
the inner surface of pipes.
More positive results are obtained contributed
sob chemical dissolution using dichloroethane and trichlorethylene as distribution
solvents sludge in the absence of water in it.
Dichloroethane is toxic and is
non-flammable, colorless liquid with a low dark
boiling point (80 C) and a sharp toshnotvornym smell. Couples dichloroethane ignite
Just present an open fire (burning
matches) and quickly extinguished. Shoe dichloroethane
individual productivity dismantled oil lines
ditsya when setting out their production of the Pomeranchuk

scheny on the area where the fire hazard is not carbon

gives birth to personnel and equipment; staff
purging should be warning
den to take action against the gassing
volatile, dichloroethane.
Shoe dismantled oil lines Directors
chloroethane made the following order:
in pieces of pipes, plugged at one end of the tree
vyannymi plugs, poured half the capacitance
STI tubes of glass bottles through a funnel
dichloroethane. After that, each tube shuts
stopper also from the other end. Energetic
jiggle tube for two or three minutes, during
dichloroethane during which poured from one
On the other end of the pipe is enough to consider
create and remove sludge deposits from the walls of the pipe.
Thereafter dichloroethane merges back into will
tyl or prepared in another tube. In connected
connection with the fact that only removes organic
dichloroethane
cal part of the slurry and removes different kinds of
mineral contamination to remove last
they require very intensive washing
water.
Purified line washed out
instantaneous hot condensate hose with dark
ture 70-90 C to completely remove residues
Cove sludge and dichloroethane, followed by residues
condensate blown with compressed air or
removed naturally drain condensate
upright tube. Shoe poluchais very satisfactory and efficient
in particular, if the tubes are then propoloSKAT fresh turbine oil in the same The methods
bong, what was done rinsing di
chloroethane. The fusion of the oil lines dihloretan can be reused several
times after appropriate distillation bottoms and
filtration.
Good results for cleaning oil
systems from slurry can be achieved with proper
applying a solution of trisodium phosphate, which
eye flushing cycle engine oil.
To wash is best used boiling
A 5% solution of trisodium phosphate, which gives naimore effective and thorough rinsing.
Application of this solution to give good
results and when flushing the oil system
without dismantling it, but difficulties such washing
is the difficulty of maintaining high
temperature of the solution during the whole washing and
necessary protection soprikossion with a solution of trisodium phosphate contributions
bubbles is bearing, since this solution Explicit
by the danger to babbitt inserts.
After washing and drying system should
be once again very carefully proveRena to establish the absence of dirt and conany objects. In the lower part otstoynikovoy
five oil tank must be cleaned relative
holes that serve the oil drain, sludge and
water; must also be thoroughly rinsed and
blow strainers.
After cleaning, you need to pay attention to
the correct operation of the oil dipstick

267

(Fig. 20.7 a); if not done previously, it is necessary

use the opportunity to set the contacts
Comrade sound and light alarm naivysshethe first and lowest level in the tank is allowed
operation; food production should contact
be driven by alternating current voltage of 12
24 V.
Oil tank turbine is not only
emkosgyu oil, but it also serves as
function of the settling tank (water and sediment deposition
of solids), a foam separator, tank
deaeration (separation of air from oil) and accumulated
last, the support for some pipelines and accesmogatelnogo equipment.
In the absence of the oil tank on the de
deflector-evaporated (see Fig. 20.7, b) they should be at
repairs put on the lid of the tank after draining
oils; These deflectors are used to release violation
Ms. accumulate in the tank of water vapor and air,
thereby contributing to the partial release
water vapor from the oil and reduce oxidation
oil. For the same purpose like evaporated Charter
stall or at the top oil-drain
wires of bearings. Typically, the time in the TE
chenie which in the oil tank should exhibit
dit air emission, water sedimentation and deposition
Suppress solids is 5-10 min.
To reduce foaming and reduce
sheniya absorption of air is necessary to check something
to all the oil drain back into the oil tank carried
by linking somewhat higher level of oil or
the same height as him and had a reflecting device
CTBA (plates); with the exception of plums from
gears, gearboxes, handling cluster
pans, pressure regulators and separation systems,
which should be directed to the level of
oil tank. Opening the suction connection of the mass
lyanogo pump must defend from the bottom of the tank to
height of 15-30 cm.
When assembling should pay attention to
good, dense and thorough mix
All components of the oil system, the absence of
any tension and distortions oil lines,
eliminate the causes of the observed into operation
vibrations of the elements of the oil system, and
should also be tested reliability fastening
tion oil pipelines and other fixed and
moving parts of the oil system.
A significant part of the gap masloprovorows can be explained by the phenomenon of fatigue
material by vibration of the pipe, with a strong
GOVERNMENTAL vibrations turbines in operation should
immediately after the elimination of vibration
to inspect flanges and fasteners oil
loprovodov since vibrations cause distribution
disorders flanges and oil leakage.
All support and suspension which are suspended
pipes must be adjusted so that
tubes not receiving troughs or other deleterious
movements.

Figure 20.7. Float oil level in the

oil tank (s) and deflectors - evaporated on the cover
Oil Tank (b). 1-oil tank, 2 - float
3 - pointer arrow, 4 - floor level, 5 - level
oil tank 6 - openings.

Lots of oil lines that pass directly

, facility for parts in turbines, which proruns the superheated steam to be well iso
softly. Although the need for careful iso
insulation to reduce heat loss and
elimination of thermal radiation on the oil lines
is self-explanatory, still have to specifically
emphasize that if leakage or rupture mass
loprovoda jet hits the uninsulated
surface of a component, the carrier transfer
Greta pairs, ignition oil becomes
absolutely inevitable. When this occurs
another big danger that zaklyuchaetin the fact that the flow through the cracks
in the oil line can be increased so
that the amount of oil flowing through it
exceeds the amount that can apply oil
lyany pump. As a result, the bearings remain
without a sufficient quantity of oil, and if because of
fire and smoke during a fire engine driver did not have time
immediately stopping the turbine, it is possible
damage to the turbine installation.
Obviously, fires in oil system
can lead to catastrophic consequences
cess; subject to the same measures necessary transformation
dostorozhnosti danger of ignition of oil

268

can be significantly reduced. Among

These measures include protection propityvaIsolation of oil through its coating solution
rum liquid glass installation safety relief
GOVERNMENTAL shields screens separating the oil lines
from hot surfaces and trim sheet
steel or aluminum carefully isolated
GOVERNMENTAL all steam and hot surfaces
the areas adjacent to the oil components
system (see. pg. 311); this applies especially to
flange connections and welded joints oil
loprovodov, from which the oil can penetrate the
hot parts and steam pipes to the flanges,
of which is damaged gaskets jet
a couple can go directly to the mass
lyany tank or oil lines.
Flanges and welds external oilwire high pressure should be zacovered with hoods covering their land and
pipe length of 100-120 mm from the seam. Sami oilwires, if they are even close to hot
well-insulated surfaces should
enclosed in protective casings or pipes listum 3 mm thick steel, with a gap between kozhuhom oil pipe and not less than 15 mm, with isolated
lated glands in places out of pipes
housings and with discharge pipes with appropriate
present section, directed to the drain.
After each repair flanges and steam
wires should not forget to put in place
flanged caps, covers or guards, securing
them from possible slipping from their seats. In
prevent fire to make any work
are you related to the replacement and repair of fixtures on
oil lines and dismantling parts regulation
tion when operating the turbine is running or
oil pump, is strictly prohibited.
To enhance the security and reliability
STP operation on many turbines (W-25.4,
VPT-25-3, 25-1 VK-and some other), by agreement

originally adopted factories pressure

12 at.
A more radical measure to Since
elevated fire safety are:
1 Application LMZ as a working
hydraulic fluids regulation
lation turbine K-syn 300-240 special
Tethyan fire resistant oil "Ivviol" VTI,
having a temperature above the auto-ignition
Live steam temperature and allowing Examples
changes in the regulatory system of higher
Oil pressure (45 kg / cm 2). Independent of
system bearing lubrication oil system
of turbine K-300-240 consists of
oil tank, oil coolers, two working
vertical centrifugal pumps with oil
driven by AC motors
and one emergency - with electric Since
dc, three pressure accumulators and
respective oil pipelines linking
this equipment with control units.

Oil "Ivviol" has some currenttoxicity of dangerous to the service first

personnel, so that the oil leak is unacceptable.
When repair of the equipment, in addition to
normal work associated with its audit, nonnecessary to pay special attention to ensure
chenie density of the system, other than scraping mirrors
flanges, gaskets install the appropriate
the thickness of the thin layer of bakelite varnish (for
flange pressure and pulse masloprovorows, of a thickness of 0.1 mm of insulation for
drain-0.3 mm), shall be carried out hydroTest hydraulically pressurized to 90 kg / cm 2
(Drain oil pipes up to 10 kg / cm 2), izolirovaof oil pipes and metal trim
sheets to prevent the ingress of hot oil on
Chiyo part. Some toxic non-flammable
oil "Ivviol" also requires ensuring pA
workplaces masks and sustained compliance
Denia in the repair and maintenance of all
precautions and safety
provided for special instructions.
2 Application HTGZ system regulation
tion turbine K-300-240 as a working
liquid condensate instead of turbine oil;
Pumping water from the condensate discharge line
pumps to the main servos with high pressure
tribution, except full of fire
security, allows for the same transition
the definition phase power to reduce the size of regulator
ditch and servos and improve performance
the regulatory process.
After cleaning and complete assembly
oil system oil tank before starting
turbine is filled with fresh or profiltrobathrooms oil. When filling should be Examples
nyaty measures against dirt and sand in the
especially when the oil tank filled
oil from the barrels. At the hole through which the
produced oil filling should be Since
sented the pan with the bottom of pure copper mesh
with a number of apertures 400 per 1 cm2, and a double layer
gauze or a funnel with the same gauze and mesh.
The best way to transfer oil from the BO
check or tanks in the oil tank is transferred
pitching oil pump through a centrifuge or
filter press in the above pan or
a funnel inserted into the drain compartment hatch
oil tank when the tank set of standard
grids coated with several layers of cheesecloth.
To protect the bearings from popadenmark dirt remaining after cleaning oil
system (pieces of shellac, villi obtirochnoof the material), preferably directly before
each bearing on the flange horizontalOn the site of an oil line, convenient for its different
sampling and assembly, install the cloth or
mednosetchatye filters with the number of cells in
Depending on the wire thickness of 200-800
1 cm2. Filters are put between two
press Shpanova seals lubricated
shellac and wire-bonding (see Fig.
20.8 a) or in special metal frame with
fastening with screws or rivets (see Fig. 20.8 b);

269

Both filters should be shanks

for ease of installation in the flange, and most importantly, to
avoid abandonment unnoticed by
When cleaning is complete.
After pouring oil comes into operation
starting the oil pump and the oil is pumped
through these filters and mesh oil tank. In Peperiod of pumping systematically (the first time
usually after 30-40 min) performed audit
and cleaning of filters and nets. Pumping oil
made until the complete cessation of precipitation
dirt on the filters and grids. After removal
filters at the bearings is still 1
2 hours. Pumping oil until complete cessation
pollution grids in the oil tank.
In this purification process due to the fact
that the rotors are not rotating and resistance protekaniyu oil because the bearings have large screens,
flow rate of the oil in the oil lines values
much lower than is the case in the exploitation
tion. At low speeds the possible remaining
oil lines in heavy solid particles of sand,
scale and chips can not be captured by mass
scrap, especially in the vertical sections oilwires. Therefore, despite the fact that this
method of pumping oil after
Repair is not required to produce an audit approach
bearings and regulation, is often used
method of cleaning oil system with pumping
oil without having to install filters on the oil lines
the bearings I to regulation.
In this case, swinging oil production
usual when unidentified upper halves
inserts, sealed with a clean cloth BO
postglacial gaps liners and bottom halves vyprisoners regulation of oil lines
circuit of oil lines on which prokachivais oil. Oil lines include regulation
prepared in this path after the main
dirt caught on the filters and the oil
tank and the oil is sufficiently cleared. In this
purification method flow rate of oil through
bearings and oil system significantly
and higher cleaning effect can be achieved
greater than in the first case; but in the final
SRI oil purification in this way guarantee
Vat from possible deposition in oil zaZorach inserts pollution can only
autopsy bearings for inspection and cleaning of
cameras, parts and inserts, which requires significant
tional time and labor.

Figure 20.8. Mesh to filter the oil before Poussin

com of the turbine repair. 1 mesh, 2 napkin
3-shank 4-wire fastening screws
or sealing up.

Most effective for quality and

time and labor purification method yavlyaPumping is for 7-8 h oil Since
dogretogo to 40-50 C without installing grids Since
by inserts with mounting incl chamber
ki, and an open system of regulation (vynuTide spools control and set its
parts so that the flow of the windows had
the largest opening). This method requires
assembly bearing inserts povernutyE at an angle of 10-20 . This situation embeddable
necks (see Fig. 20.9) when closing the lid ensures
Vaeth opening holes for supplying non-oil
directly to drain the oil in the crankcase approach
bearings, bypassing the ear; thanks to this
turn inserts are protected from contamination
tions, high speeds contribute to a more rapid
swarm and high-quality oil purification system.

Figure 20.9. Rotate the insert with shaking

oil. 1 upper half of the liner, 2-position of the lower
wine liner 3 - boring the bearing housing,
4-oil supply, 5-shaft journal.

To increase the flow rate of oil

la with any method of cleaning oil system
we, before the start of pumping oil subsidiary
tive oil pump must also be
full throttle or having to take out
schiesya orifices on carts to the subbearing and control system; preliminary
enforcement should be checked availability of accurate
labeling bearing numbers and measurements
throttle opening, which should ensure
Vat in operation oil temperature at the outlet
of the bearings with a windchill of 65 C and about oditical temperature gradients in all subbearing (the temperature difference between the outgoing and
incoming oil within 10 to 12 C).
In all forms of oil purification It should
blowing the whole period of pumping oil include
centrifuge and filter press to obtain
satisfactory results in the removal of
sludge and solids.
After graduating from pumping oil and carefully
tive wiping turbine parts, masloproguides and sites with traces of oil from the turbine, and
also put into place the butterfly or throttle

270

selnyh washers oil system turbine plant

can be considered ready for launch.

20.6. Oil cooler.

For the repair of the body cooler
after the removal of waterbox removed all
pipe system. Cleaning the tubes from the water
(Inner surface of the tube) under mild relative
position is usually carried out with the help of shomfloors having at the end of the rubber and hair
a brush or rag winding, whereupon the tube
washed with water under pressure. For the same
objectives in solid deposits can be Examples
menen under the direction of chemical plant chemical
cal method of cleaning the pipe, using distribution
solution of hydrochloric acid sequestrant.

a shoe with an oil cooler side

us. Between the tubes during operation Nations
kaplivaetsya difficult to remove by conventional contribute
sobami sludge, due to lack of space located
tion tubes. Conventional methods of cleaning labor
Oil-hand side (outer surface
tubes) are flushing out the hose of hot
denote condensate (60-70 C) or blowing tubes
saturated steam.
Some power cleaning sector
laden in a bath of 5-8% solution edkoOn hydroxide (caustic soda), which has
good detergency property; such cleaning is not
may be recommended if there is no obesbaked complete removal of residual alkali. Prorinsing residual alkali produced hot
condensate to produce by far the neutral
phase reaction of washing water. Faster and more
effective way is to dive
oil cooler tube bundle after purging
its vapor in a bath of boiling 5% solution
trisodium phosphate, where it is held in techeof 10-15 minutes, then the tube bundle is subjected to
most thorough washing in which should
us be completely removed residues trisodium
phosphate.
Effective use and dichloroethane
while circulating through them filled masloohladitel using centrifugal electrons
pump (see Fig. 20.10). Under this scheme, in unsorted
1 oil cooler with a portable valuable
23ditelnostyu 8-10 m / h. pumped dihloretan tank 3 Completeness fill the oil chamber
is controlled by an open testing tap 4,
are usually available on the cover of the oil cooler
bleed. After pouring dichloroethane
switches the circuit according to Fig.
20.10, b, and the pump 2 is switched on for circulating
oil cooler dichloroethane for 0.5-1 h.
After descending back contaminated dichloroethane
the tank is filled with hot oil cooler 3
condensate (60-70 C), which is pumped
through the oil cooler in the same way; wherein
several changes condensate achieve
complete removal of residual dirt and dichloride

Rat of the oil cooler, then the condensate

completely drained.
After washing to protect the numbers
metal surface of the tubes from the oxidation
tion should be the last rinse turbine
oil.
After cleaning the oil cooler must
be subjected to a hydraulic test,
as damage to the pipe sometimes occur
when cleaning their ramrods at dislodging of
tubes stuck small stones I chips, as well
same with the gradual corrosion are material labor
side (dezincification-see. 21.4).
For the test, instead of the lower water chamber
measures cooler with its assembly is placed
specially adapted for this purpose by the flag
Heff, and remove the top cover upper water
chamber; such an assembly cooler makes it possible
opportunity to inspect the two tube sheets at
crimping. Hand Press joins one
Nome nozzle oil chamber and the other Service Officer
side is muted, then press raise
pressure in the oil cooler at 0.5 at higher work
what oil pressure. Meticulous inspection vyare all defective pipes, leaks in
field rolling tubes and anchor bolts.
Looseness in the field of rolling eliminated
podvaltsovkoy these pipes and leaks in the antiKern bolt-reeling under the washer bolts
flax impregnated with white or red lead, different
REFERENCE to the boiled oil.
Defective tubes are replaced with new ones.
In the absence of tubes and in cases of urgent need
sary to enable the oil cooler work
defective tube temporarily muted the tree
vyannymi plugs with a small cone. The mirrors
ki must be right circular shape and
run of good material (beech, birch);
wherein stoppers to avoid loosening
should not have a long protruding concentration
samples. Failure to follow these terms may result in
Bounce to the traffic jams in the operation and leakage
ke oil through the defective pipe. Number zagludents tubes shall not exceed 10% of
the total number of tubes; in the repair of all damaged
-degenerate and muffled tube should be mixtures
Nena.
New tube should be up to 5
mm larger than the distance between the outer surface
Nosta tubesheets so that over every
tubesheet acted end of the tube 2-3
mm. Tube should not have dents and nicks, and
their ends should be well rounded and zapileny from burrs; failure to comply with these conditions
may cause a paper jam in the intermediate tube
GOVERNMENTAL barrier placed between the tube
boards. After cleaning the nests in the tube sheets
sandpaper tubes nailed on
spot light strikes a mallet and
carefully flared. During the flaring
should be observed that the rollers rolling byDoes a well-rounded and trimmed tubes. In
If necessary, after brazing the tubes
rolling pipe section to avoid box divided

271

tion during soldering immersed in water so that

water did not reach the tube plate at 80-100
mm ,. After rolling tubes and soldering should
be made re-used hydraulic
tests carried.

Figure 20.11. Elimination increased spacing between

do housing and baffles oil-pipe section
cooler. 1-body cooler, 2 - pipe
Section 3 - a large plate, 4 - small negotiations will
rodka, 5 - place to reduce the gap, 6-brass grid
Single 7-oil resistant rubber ring 5.

Figure 20.10. Cleaning the oil cooler circulation

solvent. a - scheme pouring solvent in oil
loohladitel b - diagram of the circulation of the solvent
through the oil cooler 1 - oil cooler,
2 - electropump 3 - solvent tank,
4 - air cock.

Hydraulic test operation

When leaving the turbine can be accelerated to
rhenium produced without excavation of the pipe section.
To do this, cover the top of the water is removed
chamber is filled with water and part masloohladiTelja water up to the top of the tube sheet, Since
whereupon the starting auxiliary oil
pump creates a normal pressure with oil
This test is part of a no-brainer for
tubing is not as yet any non
density of tubes or glands in exactly
detected by the on-surface
of water from oil.

In case when a serviceable and clean

oil cooler during operation Nations
observed his poor performance at
which for the oil cooler has high
oil temperature, it is necessary for the repair probelieve, are not the cause of this internal
of oil leakage through the gaps between individual
E baffles and the housing.
The presence of the annular gap between the large
Chimi partitions pipe system and roots
pusom exceeding 1-1.5 mm per side,
leads to deterioration of the oil cooler,
as part of the oil moves along the periphery
tube bundle and exits through the upper hot
fitting body. This causes a decrease in velocity
STI main oil flow, moving between
tubes, the deterioration of heat transfer and overall
deterioration of the cooling capacity masloohladitelya. Elimination increased spacing less
forward hull and bulkheads to ensure
Calculated changes in temperature (10 to 12 C)
can be achieved by welding on the ring
each large partition in places elevated
tion of the gap (Figure 20.11 a) or installing seal
tional rings with oil resistant
rubber between the body and the intermediate Peregorodkami (see Fig. 20.11, b).
Identify sites and the magnitude of welding on
produced under strictly vertical output
pipe section of the body and checking the clearance
between the inner surface of the housing and
large partitions on their exit from the housing
ca; location and magnitude are marked welding on oil
directly to each partition.
The weld space partitions podleRAT filing, if the slow lowering
the tube into the body and start measurements obtained
gaps are found grazing or place
insufficient clearance, causing deviations
bundle of strictly central located
tion in the body, with all the conditions, the quantity
set minimum clearances, calculated

272

ous to unimpeded input and output tube

hydrochloric section of the housing.
When assembling the cooler after repairs
that special attention should be given careful
tional installation of the pipe section and laying proclutches between the upper and lower water chamber
ramie and tube plates, since careless
Installation Gasket these compounds may Explicit
lyatsya sources of oil leaks. Furthermore,
design cooler LMZ type MP-37

oil inlet, without which the oil cooler work

thief can not.
Along with the renovation masloohladiTelja must be disassembled, cleaned, probelieve in the density and to drive all the valves on the
oil cooler pipes to avoid
their passes and jamming in operation.

273

Part Three: REPAIR AND condensing

Regenerative device.
21 repair of capacitor.
21.1. Cleaning the condenser.
The capacitor is an apparatus that
serves to generate, under certain conditions
turbine load and the temperature of the cooling
water deep vacuum in the exhaust pipe
turbine and the return of pure deaerated
condensate for power boilers. Requirements
tion to the high quality of the condensate in features
of the increase in block units with Besselian
paratornymi boilers.
When repairing the main capacitor
works include: cleaning pipes, eliminating
suction of air and water into the vapor space
capacitors and replacement of the pipes.
The degree of contamination of the inner surface
STI condenser tubes depends on the stiffness
water, the presence in it of organic and mechanical
cal admixtures, temperature and velocity OX
lazhdayuschey water and on the load concentration
capacitor, the frequency of cleaning, etc.
At various power plants in dependence
ing on local conditions, the frequency of cleaning
varies within wide limits (from 3-4
once a month or more to once a year or less).
For example, if the cooling condensers
river water contained therein microorganisms
We formed on the inner walls of pipes slizia silty loam and precipitate as a soft sludge,
the number of hours between cleanings summer
decreases and increases in the winter; spring up and
after the flood, when the water brings a c
a large number of all kinds of mechanical
impurities, cleaning has to be more frequent,
some power during periods of high water
forced to purge capacitors
especially tube sheets, almost every night.
Various properties of the cooling water and
caused by them are different in composition and solid
achievement deposits on pipes have created a large
variety of ways to clean the condenser tubes
tors that give a positive effect in one
these conditions, and are unsuitable for
other. Selecting a method of cleaning tubes of each
On condenser should be made on the basis of
specific local conditions, the quality of cooling
giving water, the need to maximize
accelerate the achievement of cleaning her high
quality and finally economic considerations.
Cleaning the condenser tubes is performed
two ways; mechanically and chemically. To
Among the most famous mechanical The methods
CWA cleaning tubes are.
1) continuous cleaning tubes during operation
turbine under load using a circulating
Glare through the tubes of rubber balls;

2) periodic cleaning of tubes, no residual

Novki turbine strong jets of water Since
power nozzles installed in the water chamber
tures capacitors;
3) prostrelivanie through tubing pressure
water or compressed air rubber, hair,
wire or metal ruffs;
4) cleaning of tubes ramrods;
5) washing the tubes running water or compressed
of the air with sand or fly ash;
6) washing the tubes by increasing
rate of water introduced under pressure to 10 am with
using a special stationary devices or
a mixture of water and air, introduced via
special head;
7) drying tubes.
The most common way less
-mechanical cleaning, especially when relative soft
Proposition silt and sludge, is a continuous
cleaning condenser tubes as shown in Fig. 21.1 with
using rubber balls circulating
the tubes during normal operation of the turbine. This
method, in addition to increasing the vacuum and
corresponding
sponding fuel economy frees personnel
cash from a very time consuming job of cleaning the
concentration
capacitors turbines.

Figure 21.1. Apparatus for continuously purified

stki condenser tubes rubber balls.
1 valve in the raw water inlet, 2 - jet pump
3 - charging tank with windows for the control of
Position 4 - gate valve at the outlet of the installation,
5 - sharikoulavlivayuschaya Cone Net,
6 - the valve inlet to the jet pump.

During repairs, continue to apply

very time-consuming manual cleaning tubes
by pushing through the pressure tube
water, compressed air or manually ramrods
(Depending on the nature of the contamination) rubber
O, hair and metal brushes and ruffs
(See Fig. 21.2).
For soft sediments through pressure tube
leniem water are run rubber balls
(Fig. 21.2 a) and the rubber cylinder (see Fig.
21.2 b). A more solid deposits primenya-

274

are patterned cylinder (see Fig. 21.2 in), which

usually made in the workshop of the rubber sheet
3-4 mm thick, cut from the rubber
separate ring-porshenki 2 diameter corresponding
sponding to the diameter of the tube, strung on
bolts 1 length of 80-100 mm with seal between
do these washers or gas tube segments 3.
improve the efficiency of cleaning and rubber
Matched cylinder connected seseries with the hair brush (see Fig. 21.2 g) When
solid sediments of the use of these cylinlindrikov does not give the desired effect, since they
often get stuck in the tubes, in these cases Examples
changes prostrelivanie tubes wire
brushes (see Fig. 212 d) or metal ershaE (see Fig. 21.2, e)
For the supply of water under pressure of 3-8 atm and
prostrelivaniya of these cylinders or EP
necks used "guns" of various types.
"Pistol", shown in Fig. 21.3, and has
Two die, and water supply from the mains reform
Zinoviev hose to the "gun" opens
one turn of the handle plug valve;
the presence of two mouthpieces to accelerate
the work. In one tube laid
simultaneously all available Rubber
metal cylinder or ruffs (minimum
100), and then they, after pressing the mouthpiece to
two tubes at the same time, shoot through human
cut tube pressure water jet.
"Gun" (see Fig. 21.3, b) when entering mundpiece into a tube and push it open
available in the "gun" valve and water under pressure
leniem shoots inherent in the rubber tube
or new cylinder of metal. After switching
summer of cylinder tube and the derivation mudshtuka "gun" out of the tube to fix it
following tube valve water pressure zahereby created automatically.
With a very solid deposits or
strong cleaning clogged pipes prostrelivation do not apply because they do not withdraw from the
the tube walls of these deposits and causes zastretion cylinders and ruffs in the tubes. In these
cases, the tube has to pre-purified
schat ramrods with reinforced ends Broom
kami or ruffs, type shown in Fig. 21.2.
Instead of pushing ramrods manually in some
where appropriate, apply tools
for motor drive ramrods, but due
with cumbersome and low productivity
they are not widely used.
The application of all these methods less
-mechanical tube cleaning requires a lot zacosts of labor, long stop turbine at
cleaning and creates uncomfortable and difficult conditions
of workers engaged in cleaning. Especially those
conditions become severe, is used when
smiling ability to disable the water half
double-beam condenser cw
tion and cleaning of tubes made at work
turbine under load. When operating within
a few hours in the condenser water boxes
tors workers continuously exposed to the action

tion of water, which is exacerbated in the winter cross-cutting

Condenser wind and low temperature
water.
The effect achieved by these methods
cleaning is not always satisfactory because
both tubes film remains mucus contribute
Property rapid re overgrowing
condenser. The disadvantages of these methods in
osobennonosti when applying ramrods and less
metallic ruffs, should also include the appearance
tion on the inner walls of the tubes scratches (Riemann
juice) and longitudinal grooves sometimes to a depth of 0.5
mm, whereby in operation of such tubes
exposed to increased corrosion. Nothing
while cleaning the pipe, using ramrods Examples
changes only in small turbines and prostrelition-long stops at the turbine.

Figure 21.2. Brushes and ruffs for cleaning tubes concentration

capacitors. a - rubber ball used - rubber cylinlindrik in - dial-up cylinder of rubber, r
hair brush, wire brushes, etc., e - metal
cal ruff.

Purging pipes with sand through water

dyanoy or air jet under high pressure
tribution, even if mixed with sand fly
ash, particularly recommended for use not
should be; This method, although it gives good results
sults, but leads to deterioration of the tubes and requires
high costs are not recouped improvement
of the capacitor.
Flushing the pipes due to increase velocity
velocity of water produced or water with elevated
become all the pressure (up to 10 atm), with input Since
Special power stationary devices, or
a mixture of water and air through a special
heads (see Fig. 21.3 in). These provisions give the washing
tive result only in an initial portion
tubes, as well as passage of the water jet
along the tube water velocity decreases rapidly and
respectively deteriorating and quality of cleaning.
One of the most effective ways to clean
tubes with both soft and rigid postponed
zheniyami is to fill the steam prospace with cold water and blowing tubes Nations
saturated vapor pressure of 4.6 atm, subreducible to the tubes tapered nozzle on
insulated pipe diameter from 25 to
32 mm in the horizontal expansion joints and vertices

275

vertical plane. This way when properly

Mr. applying it is also suitable for cleaning
tube heaters and provides cleaning
tubes to the metal layer. When entering accordance
pla to each tube and pass all the steam jet
soft sediments and deposits in the form of scales
separated from the tube and makes their other
end.

Figure 21.3. "Guns" for cleaning

condenser tubes.

Office scum from the surface of the tubes

contribute to the difference in thermal expansion and
high velocity steam, so the efficiency
treatment increases with continuous prokachiVania water through the steam space that several
admits its heating. This method requires cleaning
thorough, in terms of safety technology
STI, preparation and carrying out of all works; in particular
essary to provide good insulation
tion in the pipeline where it get in contact with
sayutsya hands; when entering the nozzle tube steam
valve should open fully only
after some of its opening, wherein
You can make sure that the tube is not clogged; given
high velocity of the steam tubes must
us fitted at the outlet of the steam tubes
baffle plate, etc.
In all these processes, the best reform
results are obtained when cleaning the tubes against
of water in the condenser as well as an output
of the tubes is delayed most of the mucus
and dirt.
Effective way of cleaning the tubes Explicit
a process for drying (thermal contribute
GSS), which is used in soft biological
logical deposits. This method comprises
that through open on two sides hatches
covers capacitors after purification tube
boards of large deposits (debris, wood chips, etc..)
all the tubes to remove water blown impact
spirit coming from the compressor through the rubber
new hoses with connectors are inserted into the
tube. After removal of water through the water tubes
dyanuyu camera from the water inlet portable
fans or hoses from the compressor prochasing the warm air that passed all
tubes, exits through the water chamber with stoRhone discharge of circulating water. Thanks
air circulation to defer to the tubes

mucus dries, organic deposits otmicollected and greatly reduced in volume. Vysohshaya film sludge warp itself exfoliate
from the tube walls as thin dry plenokleaflets, easily removable when starting circulation
tion of water.
This method requires a complete drying
tubes, something to be enough time, so
is almost natural, drying application
nyaetsya mainly on long residual
Novki turbines for repair. Speeding up the process
drying can be achieved by zacomplement the steam space of the condenser
hot condensate at a temperature 65-70 C and
Purge air tubes, heated to 50
55 C; all other operations are carried out in the same way
as indicated above. Thermal cleaning method
can also be used on a running turbine
when an inverter is turned off each half
a capacitor (See below.) and accelerating drying
by reducing the vacuum at the turbine to dark
temperature 50-55 C. at the outlet.
To reduce downtime turbines associated
GOVERNMENTAL with cleaning condenser tubes, majority
in modern turbines are capacitors,
performed by double-flow water; this gives
opportunity, when disconnecting the water and impact
Spirit one half of the condenser and the partial
reducing the load of the turbine, clean the
tubes one of the methods described above first one-half of the capacitor, and then
after the operation in this half
perform similar work in the second half
fault of the capacitor. When disconnecting the water on one
Well, half of the condenser tubes in the secondhalf of the condenser water flow moves with Since
elevated speed, carrying particles
dirt; However, only due to this inadequate
large increase water velocity satisfies
uring tube cleaning does not work.

Figure 21.4. Scheme forced circulation distribution

solution to clean the condenser tubes. 1-vent,
2 - sampling, 3 - Fill the reagent 4 - a tank for
solution of 5-transfer pump.

Before cleaning, make sure

density of the capacitor, as after the descent
Water from the water chamber of the condenser, namechention to cleaning through a loose rolling, sebaceous
nickname or damaged pipe instead of water We start
No sucked air. Checking density

276

performed during the descent of water by observing

Denia the fall of the vacuum in the case of a sharp
reduce water reopens on otklyuchention of the condenser.
By reducing the vacuum within the allowable limit
affairs, you can open the hatches and capacitor to
start cleaning produce his seal on hody. Skipping rolling compound
should be podvaltsovany, seals podtyanuyou, and in case of damage tubes themselves Therefore
latter scored on both sides of wood
stoppers.
Among the methods of dry cleaning labor
side capacitors are flushing distribution
creates caustic soda (sodium hydroxide) and exhibit
washing with a solution of hydrochloric acid.
Cleaning with caustic soda is used
with soft sediments. In the water chamber concentration
capacitor after filling with water is introduced
caustic soda concentration of 2% (by
weight), referring to the amount of water which fills the
a water chamber of the condenser; water podogrevaetXia low pressure steam introduced into the condenser
Pg through special fittings. For circulation
of the solution was simultaneously heated to dark
temperature 60-65 C. produced pumping
water in the water space of the condenser in the TE
chenie 2-3 hours as shown in Fig. 21.4.
When rigid cooling water and the presence of
solid deposits produced chemical
cleaning tubes with a weak solution technique
ical hydrochloric acid; concentration of solution
ra condenser should not exceed 2-3%, and
to reduce the corrosive action of hydrochloric
acid on steel condenser
torus as the passivating agent used stolyarFLOW glue, formaldehyde and other substances in
concentrations
tration of 1-2 g / l solution.
Hydrochloric acid should be poured into the concentration
capacitor in the form of pre-cooked distribution
solution. Washing is carried out in the same way as prowashing with caustic soda, a forced
circulation and water heated to 50-60 C.
In the washing process must be carried out concentration
trol solution concentration, which in the early
circulation decreases rapidly, so we have
add fresh portions of acid. Water prospace capacitor, almost completely filled
nennoe water (to a level above the top row of the labor
side), should be carefully disconnected from all
highways valves to avoid leakage
solution through leaks. The entire process occurs
rinsing lasts generally 3-4 hours and is determined by
that in the process of dissolution of sediment concentration
tration poured hydrochloric acid reduction
zhaetsya and last topped up until
reduction in the concentration does not pause. By
After cleaning, turn off and circulation
flushing cycle tubes normal Poussin
com cooling water through the condenser.
Practice and laboratory investigations of the
showed that the use of caustic soda and accordance
hydrochloric acid in the above concentration
centration for cleaning capacitors at the right

Vilna and its thoroughness enough

efficiently and safely. Loss of metal capacitor
Satori and tubes, especially if we take
into account the long periods between cleanings and
short periods of time cleansing negligible
small. In a laboratory study the depth
destruction of brass tube for one cleaning per 8 hours
with 10% hydrochloric acid and heated to
80 C was 0.002 mm, while 5% 0.0006
mm. Therefore, corrosion of the tubes, even if it has
place, it is so small that it can not
constitute an obstacle to the application of these contribute
sobov as pipes require replacement due
wear, pitting local and leaching
zinc much earlier than it may affect
action of dilute solutions of caustic soda

if you select the wrong concentration of the solution

and improper conduct of the cleaning process, when
concentration of the solution, especially in Examples
Menen hydrochloric acid, is uneven in different
individual parts of the capacitor (without the use of
circulation), can backfire,
associated with rapid corrosion of metal labor
side and steel surfaces.
Where sediments are slimy and orloam, with many organic
cal substances in operation with more INSTALLS
pehom used chlorination tsirkulyatsition of water, as a preventative measure
against biological contamination tubes (ubiquinones
Vaeth microorganisms and thereby limit
duprezhdaet their reproduction). A particularly large
value chlorination is where the water Since
drops a lot of algae and vegetation contamination
origin are (stems, leaves, etc..).
Thus, the use of chlorination
helps to reduce the content of organic
cal substances, does not allow pristation of algae, silt and mud to the walls of the tubes and
thereby ensures prolonged maintenance
condenser tubes in pure form. In addition to
improve the vacuum chlorination reduces to MIminimum the downtime for cleaning turbine condenser
moat and saves staff from the most dirty,
unpleasant and time consuming job of cleaning.
Protection from salt deposits in
condenser tubes made by chithermal treatment of the cooling water flue
Vym gases extending from boilers. Such a formation
processing is called recarbonation cooling
giving water and is based on the enrichment of cooling
giving water with carbon dioxide contained in dymovyh gases. For this purpose, the flue gases zabiparadise of the chimney, passed through
ash collectors and pumped water injector
rum or fan under a layer of water in the supply air
duct of; supply is made through an advanced
a system of tubes with holes that provides
to increase the surface contact of the gas with water and
best mixing them. Recarbonation circular
ejaculate water is highly
and cheapest way to deal with the salt postponed

277

zheniyami in condenser tubes not requiring

the use of special equipment and delivery
Side any reagents.
For these purposes applied phosphatidylcholine
tion of the cooling water by the additives in it
such non-deficient phosphate reagents as
sodium hexametaphosphate, superphosphate, trinatriyfosfat and purge water boilers
which contain an excess of the phosphate salt.
When major repairs, other than cleaning
tubes made cleaning the condensate
and vodoukazatelnyh glass capacitors
( 23.3), chlorination plant repair, repair
valves on the inlet and outlet of the cooling water,
receiving and cleaning of drains and impact
possibility of cleaning culverts and sediment obcrease. Clean the glass from vodoukazatelnyh
"Muddy" attacks, use a soft
tampons and not ruffs, as formed
scratches on the glass causes their rapid vycourse of action (cracking).

21.2. DENSITY
CAPACITORS.
Damage to the condenser tubes and prostarts in the joints of rolling tubes are
penetration of cooling water into the crude
vapor space of the condenser, where it is
mingling dew, going to food
boilers, causing unacceptable deterioration of its
quality.
According PTE quality condensate turbines
must meet extremely high normal
Mom. Provide high quality condensate
Capacitors are provided only conserved
tion during long-term use of high
Coy water density. Particularly important values
of hydraulic density capacitors
is for boilers and high power
ultra-high steam parameters; in these installations
unacceptable cups of water circulation in the
capacitors, components even hundredths of a
percent in relation to the flow of condensate;
eg for turbine K-150-130 suction cup fresh
the water must not exceed 5.3 L / h.
The possibility of leakage at
the presence of numerous compounds tubes
tube plates, as well as welds nicotine
GDS is not excluded, however, by the system should be
matic control of the quality of condensate
(Chemical analysis of the condensate stiffness,
alkalinity or oxidation measurements were
sary condensate) in a timely manner to determine
leakage of the circulating water.
Definition places the suction cooling
condenser water is produced by various
ways. One of the most common
way is hydraulic crimping,
which is produced by filling the steam
space of the condenser condensate after
stop the turbine and draining the water
cameras. Fill condensate produced to Patterson
cutting connecting capacitor with the turbine, and
in the presence of control to the lower level of blades

the last stage of the LPC. Damage to the pipe and

leakage of rolling tubes compounds determined
are at a trickle and drops flowing on the tube
nym boards.
Fill the condensate into the vapor space
condenser to its neck creates iz
redun- dant pressure, which is only
10-20% of the work, therefore, such crimping
allows you to define a place relatively
large leaks; this applies especially to
the upper part of tube plates, wherein the water pressure
is small, whereby may remain
Xia did not detect significant leaks.
The best results can be achieved if
create over flooded into the vapor space concentration
condensate contributes to the additional pressure of 1 atm by
supplying compressed air from the compressor. Creation
of such pressure hampered the need
Stu drown hole trumpets (if
available), sealed with rubber straps
gaskets of the end of the shaft exits the labyrinth
Comrade rigidly secured against lifting atmospheric
Valve etc. This crimping requires considerable
tional time and labor and can give
satisfactory results with the assistance
accommodate it to be described below hydraulic
tion molding hot water and drained
tube sheets.
For greater efficiency determination
locations of leaks of hydraulic crimping
should be carried out in a steam-filled prospace hot condensate with temperature
about 70 C, which eliminates the "sweating" and accelerates
drying tube plates; more hot water can
lead to a breakdown of rolling compound
tions tubes and colder water will not allow
produce a drying tube plates.
After filling in the vapor space
hot water and opening hatches waterboxes
capacitor acceleration of the drying tube
GOVERNMENTAL boards made by them blowing compressed
pressed air of several flexible hoses
a diameter of not less than 19 mm. Blowing prohassled, starting with the top tube down one
tube plate to its full drainage and calculations
that is blown out of the water flowed from the pipes
the other tube sheet and not wet the already carried
shennye place this tube plate.
When dry tubesheet easily detectable
Vai leak rolling compound
podvaltsovkoy tube removed. If oboutward flow not from the rolling compound
tion and of the tube, such a tube is jammed with
this side wooden stopper.
Upon completion of drying and sealing one
tube plate similar drying and packing
produced on the opposite pipe Dos
kyo. When water leaks out of the tube, previously damped with
one end, it is necessary that the defective tube
completely and drown on both sides
wooden plugs having a taper
about 10 , or steel plugs having
taper of about 5 . Steel tubes well
distributing tube and can be applied at several

278

the possibility of eliminating flow podvaltsovkoy; one

ever, among the difficulties removing steel tubes
when changing tubes use them undesirable.
To cap the damaged pipe with either end
samples wooden plugs should last
do beech, because after such a wetting
plug sits firmly and can not spontaneously
pop up during operation.
With careful implementation of the method hyper
dravlicheskoy crimping with hot
condensate, especially while create
Denmark additional pressure compressed air and
drainage tube plates, gives good reform
results to identify and eliminate even small
significant leaks; so if you Nations
lichii possibility to stop turbine at a time
allowing completely drain tube plates
(6-8 h) and especially when a sufficiently long
turbine stops for repairs, the following examples
adopt this method of detecting leaks tubes
capacitors.
Modern dual-flow condensers
when small leaks enable
produce molding each half concentration
capacitor on the go at a reduced load; however
to such pressure test requires a long search
leaks from the deflection of a candle flame and
can detect small, and even more
capillary leakage, as required by
systems with ultra-high, and sverhkriticheskiE steam parameters; detectable by this method
vayutsya cups usually about 80-100 l / h and
only with the utmost care can conduct
be detected cups least 40-50 l / h;
In addition, the search method leaks open
fifth fire at turbine plant with generatoraE having hydrogen cooling, fire
dangerous, so all should be excluded
completely.
To increase the sensitivity desalination
shovels and finding even very small nonplanar
tnostey applied the so-called luminescence
-percentage way to control the density of the capacitor
tori. This efficient method is based on pre
addition of water, poured in for crimping
the vapor space of the condenser, aqueous
solution phosphor substance having
luminescence properties under the action of the invisible
eye ultraviolet rays.
In terms of power as used
source of ultraviolet rays used
Field luminescent svetoskop like "Since
pole "(plant" Exploration ", Leningrad) or

Sverdlovenergo, which can be made

by the power plant.
Slow movement of the radiative
ure by a distance of 150-200 mm along Since
surface of the tube plate of the capacitor, the cast
an aqueous solution of phosphor (See below.) gives
opportunity at the darkened water chamber
retrieve even small leaks in their
bright yellow-green glow.

As phosphors used
fluorescein or uraninite, which represent
a fine powder of a deep red color. For
preparing an aqueous solution needed
weight of the phosphor is determined from
calculation of 7-12 g per 1m3 of water poured into the steam
howling space capacitor. Aqueous solution
phosphor pre-prepared in a metal
-crystal tank capacity of 100-150 liters. Ready
uraninite first dissolved in 15-20 l of water, and
then to the tank completely supplemented with water. When
producing an aqueous solution of fluorescein
given its poor solubility in water, the projectile
beginning in 15-20 liters of water soluble concentration
Update hydroxide solution in an amount
Equal weight of the counted fluorescein and zain fact, this solution is added fluorescein and
after complete mixing tank filled
water.
To ensure good mixing
prepared aqueous solution phosphor
must be filled from the tank to the steam prospace capacitor simultaneously with the
there water to crimping. Good Peremixing can also be achieved after zacomplement the steam space of the condenser
water, lowering it just cooked concentration
centered phosphor solution and includes
tion for 15-20 min condensate pump
circulation scheme condensate through holodilniki steam ejector.
In the presence of large leaks It should
blowing before pouring the aqueous solution luminescence
luminophors into the vapor space of the condenser
produce normal described above hydraulics
draulic pressure test capacitor by zaembed the water in it up to the neck.
An aqueous solution of phosphor easily smyvais a metal surface, does not cause
their corrosion and non-toxic. However, to produce
after crimping descent aqueous
phosphor solution from the condenser to the closed
circulating cooling system (cooling towers,
spray ponds) should not be; may
make it difficult to reuse the luminescence
percentage method of crimping the capacitor so
as even small concentrations luminophors
handicap in the water will give the glow on the tube
boards when they are irradiated with ultraviolet
rays.

21.3. Damage to the pipe.

For tubes of condensers operating at
fresh water, in most installations Examples
changes brass L68; for condenser tubes
maritime power of brass
L070-1, which has a higher corrosiontion resistance than brass L68. Tube concentration
capacitors modern powerful turbines manutovlyayutsya of high quality alloy
MNZH-5-1 (94% copper, 5% nickel and 1% iron)
or from special grades of brass with additives
arsenic and tin or aluminum.

279

Damage to the pipe, causing neplotof the condenser water side, except
poor quality of rolling
compounds are the main cause of peptic
corrosion and the vibration of the tubes.
As a general rule, you should set the order
places to locate damaged pipes
observed in the drawing tube plate capacitor
torus. For these marks is not difficult to determine where
damage to the tubes occurs most frequently;
such recording fault location helps vyelucidation of the causes of this phenomenon (corrosion,
vibration
tion, the effect of drainage defects in the tube sheet
and so forth.).
The cause of corrosion of tubes which manifests
by the various forms, in large part
related to how the material from which
they are made, appropriate working conditions.
The most common types of CON- NECTOR
Denmark brass tubes are various kinds
dezincification (continuous, local, cork,
intergranular), the effect of which skazyvais that brass from zinc loses internal
surface of the tube; it can be easily detected by
characteristic since the break-porous Since
damage to place a red-brown color, pre
nent is not brass, red and spongy
copper.
The best way to deal with obestsinkovation in operating conditions is subcontent of condenser tubes clean, and when
changing tubes, the use of new brass labor
side doped with arsenic and phosphorus. Available to provide
storage capacitor walls from corrosion in
number of cases used in the installation of water
chambers of cathodic protection in the form of special
GOVERNMENTAL zinc plates, having a good electrical
trical contact with the tube plates.
Damage to the pipe during the vibrations vyout to be friction in the tubes passing through the field
intermediate partitions and their disorder
of rolling joints. Upon detection of
these phenomena is necessary to take urgent measures
to address the causes of vibration, since otherwise
after a certain time is required to
defects in a compound of rolling
tions, as well as a large number of tubes with cross-cutting
governmental holes and the capacitor will work
unreliable.
When designing capacitors OC
new tools to deal with vibration and Since
damage to pipes from chafing in prointermediate partitions are: increasing
the number of partitions with a decrease in free
tion of flight tube diameters up to 35-40,
reduction of gaps between the tube wall and
holes in the intermediate tube septum
framework of to the lowest possible value (0.2 to
0.3 mm in diameter) and mounting tube negotiarodoki with the calculation of the offset of the holes on the 3-6
mm upwards with respect to the holes in tube
boards.
In the operating conditions cause impact
the exciting vibration condenser tubes, blood

IU insufficient detuning Properly speaking,

natural oscillations of the tubes of the frequency perturbation
restoring force, which coincides with the number of revolutions
Turbines may be of the steam flow.
Under the forces of the steam flow (Bump
effect of water droplets) to vibrate mainly obtime peripheral (upper) tube condenser
torus. Vibrating disorder of peripheral
Laying wooden tubes removed
spacers (oak) between the rows of tubes; in some
which cases for the same purpose, and to combat
erosion installing peripheral
tubes with a wall thickness of 0.5-1.5 mm larger
than others.

Figure 21.5. Structural details of the capacitor. and

- Spring support capacitor LMZ, b - mount
a cover to a water chamber in - mounting a cover to
Tie rod, r mount the water chamber and
tube plate to the body of the capacitor, etc. - installation
asbestos cord into the flange between the water chamber
and tubesheet. 1-foot condenser 2-body concentration
condenser, 3-pressing bolt, 4-Shim,
5-foundation beam, 6-cement fill, 7 water
a camera cover 8 of the water chamber 9, the rubber cord
10 anchor link 11-slack, 12-tube sheet, 13
coupling bolt, 14 rubber gasket, 15-canvas,
16-asbestos cord.

Cause of failure of the tubes can

also be the vibration of the capacitor when it is
mismounting on spring opotures. The tension of the support springs capacitor
(Fig. 21.5 a) should be so adjusted,
to the empty weight of the capacitor (without water) recovery
Suppliers are not the exhaust pipe, compound
sculpt LPC with a condenser, and springs. In
while the turbine springs are used for composition

280

When refitting the covers

or the water chamber after changing labor
side need prografitit on both sides
rubber gaskets or lead and follow the
correctness of their laying flange connected
nenii since usually these gaskets consideration
a large-diameter composite carried out
several individual parts, having between
ditsya the installation according to the default data
other joints. If instead the rubber
gasket in the flange connection is put
PRESSING bolts that pass through the
plate under the bottom plate springs. After production
asbestos cord, it should be routed so
REFERENCE adjustment springs with the expectation of equal as shown in Fig. 21.5.d with mandatory pre
Types of load and interference with equal weight Poussin
provisional plaster flange mastic sostavUniverse of red lead, white lead and boiled oil layer
of the capacitor respectively to be
thickness of 1.5-2 mm.
change the thickness of the shims and then
weakened biasing bolts, otherwise the weight concentration
capacitor through the spring will be transferred to
baseplates are not in the setting
washers, and a biasing bolts that nedopusTimo.

21.4. REPLACE and flaring

PIPES.
Mute tube plugs should
produce only up until the number of
damaged or plugged tubes will not
such a significant (10-15%), which work
capacitor may significantly deteriorate.
With the defeat of a significant amount
-operation of tubes with corrosion, dezincification
tubes and other defects, leading to frequent OC
SETTING turbine for molding and caps
condenser tubes should produce frequencies
partial or complete replacement of the tubes with new comoptionally removing the causes
output tubes fail. Replacement of damaged
new tubes should be held back by the time
overhaul of the unit.
When replacing the tubes in most concentration
constructions for access to the ends of the tubes after different
deploy- mounting flange connection (see Fig.
21.5, b) we can restrict the removal of only the top
It covers from the water chamber; These caps have arisen as
are still usually relying on connections (see Fig. 21.5 in), which Figure 21.6. Preparatory work on changing labor
side of the capacitor. a, b-cutters (1) for the bent ends
torye pass through the water chamber and ends
flanging tubes; in - cleaning the holes in the tube
welded to tube sheets in these structures
tion board (2) wire ruff (3) driven by
necessary to remove the nuts from the studs as the anchor
electric (4): Mr. devices cone (5)
bonds and roll back the cover from the water chamber,
inserting the tubes (6) in the condenser.
connected to the condenser body.
In some designs of capacitor
necessary to remove the water chamber entirely;
Brass tubes fixed in the pipe
Flanged water chamber 7, the tube
boards or flare or gland yn
tion of the board 12 and the capacitor case 2 implementation compaction. It is common for capacitors
by the way, as shown in Figure 21.5 g, such
modern turbines is flaring labor
Connect allows you to remove and roll back
side in the tube plates on both sides. Bilateral
water chamber after loosening the screws with
sided flaring tubes in tube sheets
clamping bolts 13 only from the water
provides greater hydraulic
chamber, whereby the density of the compound
cal density than their bilateral salnikotube plate and the capacitor case, strapped
howling mount in tube plates with stuffing
flange coupling bolt 13 and a nut, do not violate
rubber or metallofibrovymi gaskets.
creases. When the lid is rolling or water
Compensation difference extensions Flare
camera to be taken precautions
bathrooms tubes well enough achieved
of, so as not to spoil the rubber gasket
by slightly bending the tubes predusmatrior thick rubber cord rectangular
Vai capacitor design.
section normally used flange
Achieved with gland seal
compounds.
tube density capacitors ensure
ing the quality of the feed water that meets
modern requirements, it is not

281

passed through a configured Heating for

possible even if the nipple is tightened
Vatel with lids cut steel pipe diameter
strongly; and at the same time with this clamp tubes
lost appointment glands as compensators
meter of 500-600 mm and a length corresponding to
ditch extension tubes.
the length of the condenser tubes, after filling
Power stations, where the tested
This heater condenser tubes
with sufficient spacing therebetween relative
considerable difficulties due to leakage in
capacitors with gland seal
annealing is performed at a temperature of 290-ferry
tion tubes, modification of the seals on the
300 C for 50-60 min.
flaring tubes have achieved good
Before installing new pipes productivity
ditsya stripping holes in the tube sheet to less
results in increasing the density of the concentration
capacitors. This alteration is usually performed
metallic luster; Removing rust and zauseby replacing the brass nipples in Su
prostrate produced by emery shkuristing tube plates on the specially designated
ki is wrapped on a wooden rod, or
acceleration-wire ruff, fortified
flyweights dense steel sleeves in which
the shaft of an electric (see Fig. 21.6 in). Tubes throughout
produced normal flaring tubes;
steel sleeves are installed in the pipe Dos
length should be wiped with a soft clean
ku threaded sealed lead belilacloths and their circumferential ends ferrule
to shine at a distance equal to their diameter.
E.
Rust, oil, moisture, dust and
The practice of such alterations, in cases zaficulties with the removal of old brass Nip
dirt in the openings of tube plates at the ends, or
Peleus and the need for cutting down many of the
tubes entails has poor accordance
compound which, having sufficient prochnoThey followed by reduction of the thread
Stu, not dense. No further
shows in scope and cost target
Consistent with the replacement of old tube plates and
podvaltsovki fail to eliminate leakage through
new intermediate partitions (Drop
a faulty connection in which due to relative
absence of clarity and smoothness of the contacting
Work on removing the old nipples, iz
surfaces occurs the passage of water and corrosion
prepara- and replacing the large amount
-operation of new steel threaded bushings); it
surface of the socket.
moreover expedient that enables
The new tube outer diameter
should be 0.15-0.3 mm less than the diameter
modernize old location tubes
holes in the tube sheets, it is necessary provecapacitors and thereby improve the performance of allsecond capacitor.
rit in length with the expectation that after installation
Removing unusable tubes of condensers
condenser they protrude from both tube
boards 2-3 mm. Furthermore, the ends of the tubes are not
ditch with flared tubes requires iz
should have nicks and burrs which may
known skill and careful execution for
so that when squeezing tubes were
prevent their installation in a capacitor when indicated
spoiled holes in the tube sheets.
associated small gaps. With a complete change of tubes
The ends of the tubes unfit for further
it is also necessary to check the condition otvertures in the intermediate partitions and the presence of
use, you must obmyat before their vytaskivaniem; it is possible to produce obmyatie obThese holes, like the tubesheets, razzenzhimkami shown in Fig. 21.6 a, b, kotoryforging.
flexion, occurs at each end of the tube
Some difficulty during the installation
in two or three places around the circumference. Next, the tube long tubes are small deflections,
knocked out of the holes copper tube sheets
that give the tube after their promotion to
a cylindrical mandrel having a diameter of several
some distance from the tube plate and axial
to less than the diameter of holes in tube
discrepancy between the holes in the tube plates and prointermediate partitions, reaching 5-8
board.
mm. Such a shift is performed holes
To achieve high long-term strength
of the tubes and the density of rolling compound
usually factory during assembly intermediates
tions tubes continued for years, all the work
partitions for bending tubes in order to compensation
tion of thermal expansion and a
are you related to the quality control of new labor
mid rise tubes with respect to the concentration
side mating surfaces with cleaning with
removal of the oxide layer, the preparation tool
tsam; This provides more reliable lifting
ments and conduct of rolling papers, a reform
tubes to fit the intermediate septum
Cams and a good flow of water, which prevents
regulation power and length distribution pipes
is stagnant water in the pipes when the turbine stops
should be carried out with great care and
accuracy.
and facilitates the determination of damage to the pipe. Taking
New tube of brass L68 before installation
into account the above, the promotion of tube production
conducted with the support for the lower rows of tubes, both
Novki the condenser should be checked
rails and with slow turning
ammonium breakdown in the absence of walls labor
side of residual stresses. When neudotube around its axis while postusatisfactorily the results of the tube to be
translational motion. To Tube Since
fell back into the hole of the tube sheet, it follows
annealing under the conditions that power
is sent from this side of the mandrel.
is usually performed with superheated steam. Pairs

282

contact with the tube walls and the spring

8 is pressed. Flaring starts with the
turn actuator by energizing it with impact
the spirit of the network pressure 4-5 atm. In the transition
katyvanii rollers the payload tube and one
Significant acceleration
ofslow
promoting
labor
temporarily
turn separator;
when
side can be achieved
by application
of Examples
This tapered
needle pulled
forward until
sposobleniya 5long
withas
a cone
at the end,
the bearing
race the
will Charter
not shrink up to 9
placed di- the tube
6 (see
Fig. 21.6
g) and
contribute
limit of
the spring
8 and
abuts
the housing 2.
Property her smooth
the endpromotion
of the rolling expanding output
zheniyu through
Since
theintermediate
head of the partitions
tube made
its submission for
Padania in thestick
second
hole
of the
tube sheet.
back,
which
causes
switching reversing
To speed up the
work
on the
replacement
of individual
ca air
motor,
whereby
the rollers
under
ably damagingaction
the tubes
can
be to8remove
of the
spring
free tube.
damaged tube inserted
into her
Regardless
of round
the drive rollers surface
steel rod by 1-1.5
mm
smaller
Cove
and
rollinginternal
cone should be smooth;
nal pipe diameter and kontsyrolikov
length of several
greater than the lengthdolzhnyimet
of the tube being replaced; after OC
derogation from rollinglarge
and remove
the damaged
and smooth
tube tube inserted in place
of the
indicated by
rounding
blamu guide rod.
Godard which hands out
cha tube will
made on
depth lessFigure 21.7. Flaring the pipes in
than the thickness of the pipe-tube sheet. and hand-rolling;
b-head pneumatic roller-tion of the board, as

Key: 1-cone; 2 housing; 3-roller; trubkidolzhny

4-handle; 5-limiter,
not profiled

6-tube; 7-bolt; 8-spring;

vsyutolschinu

9-bearing race; 10-threaded

the tube plate, and

bush; 11, the drive shank;

only 0.85-0.9

12 - separator.
its thickness.

When lubricating
ROLLER
grease during
It should work necessary
dit that the
Grease is not ranked
Connect the tubes
jack. When
non-compliance etoof conditions can be
spoil logjam
Tsova tube
since in this case
case, the results
Flaring the ends of the tubes produced
obtained worse than even during the flaring
Rolling of various designs; from right
contaminated all. Therefore we can not recommend
villa design rolling depends obtained
Dowa ex ante cleaning sockets and pipes and
chenie secure connections. Might yield
lubricate them with oil to prevent rusting; zachichanging hand rolling the movable cone
revenge would tubes and sockets should be conducted in parallel with
and tapered rollers (see Fig. 21.7 a) or selfflaring process.
serving rolling with pneumatic or electrically conductive
To avoid cutting the tubes, the appearance
outlets.
veniya stress concentration in transition
Air consists of rolling pnemove from an expanded tube portion to the nonvmaticheskogo engine power of 0.5 hp and goflanging and exceptions perevaltsovki
agile (see Fig. 21.7 b). Head with one hand Examples
when rolling tubes made regulation
connected to the actuator on the thread with the help of tailings
tion values flaring; this value is determined
stovika 11, and the opposite is the separator
mined at trial rolling and regulated
12, which is introduced into the subject razvaltsov283
is in the air forge-rolling - threaded
ke up. When entering the separator into the tube to uposleeve 10, and a hand (see Fig. 21.7 a) dispersion -Length
Dr. limiter 5 into the end of the tube sheet and pressed

When rolling should not be allowed utoneof the tube more than 4-6%, and the elongation
The projecting end of the tube is more than 0.5
0.6 mm; rolling is enough to obtain
tion secure connection tube to tube
the board; therefore povertyvanie cone can not
produce a force that will undercut or
flattening metal tubing.
Such features rolling tubes
as a small thickness of tube plates and themselves
tubes, as well as a very large number of places Valtsevaniya (up to 25000-40000 for capacitors accordance
temporary powerful turbine unit) with difficulties
styah control over the quality of rolling demand
special care of the work and should
tion skills rolling-mill.
Perevaltsovka tubes leading to nedopuTRIMS reduction of wall thickness to the Company
Education circular scratches on the inner wall
rolled and part of the tube, as well as excessive
depth of flaking and other defects valtsevation give rise to significant stress
tions in the material to such pipes and weaken
wall, in which sufficient exposure chamber
FIR additional stresses, particularly
vibratory nature to cause the appearance
of annular cracks and breaks pipes in places
transition from rolled and to nevaltsovannoy frequency
five tubes.

Figure 21.8. Razbortovka tube

Burnished mandrel.

After rolling to ensure a smooth

of the water inlet edge of the tube should be more
razbortovat that can be performed easily
hammer at a special fillet determined
mandrel (see Fig. 21.8). Upon completion of the flaring and
razbortovki made crimping condensation
torus; tubes having a leak in the rolling, flaring
tsovyvayutsya further.

Figure 21.9. Rod electroexplosive

Joining the condenser tubes.

tubes. Fixing pipes made with Since

power inserted into the tube flush with their medium
Zom special blasting rods single
Actions diameter of 6-7 mm and a length equal to
Joining pipe lengths. Blasting rods accordance
stand out from the wire 1 with high specific ohmic
cal resistance diameter of 0.2-1 mm,
compressed around the waxy Since
2 coating (polyethylene, paraffin, ceresin, ozokerit, etc..) and bushing 3 (see Fig. 21.9). When
Effects on the rod a large current pulse
power from the generator pulse currents proVolochka and waxy coating rod instantaneous
tively and completely evaporate (explode) that
causes the formation of a large volume of vapor and
creating a zone of very high explosion pressures,
sufficient for pulling tubes with high
density and bond strength

21.5. SEALING COATING

PIPES.
Reliable and high-density capacitors
tori achieved when mounting and installing new
O tubes in condensers for a variety of reasons
during long-term operation is broken;
actual cups of cooling water in the concentration
voltage capacitors with flared right
tubes, despite measures for their compaction,
taken during the operation, a significant
exceeds the norm; especially it relates
smiling to the condensers of steam turbine units with
supercritical and ultra-high paramE vapor.
One of the main causes of
decrease the density of capacitors during
long-term operation, are dynamic
ical and thermal stresses that emerge
tic in the condenser tubes with changes
operation; violations density valtsoof gauge connections arising from the replacement of
damaged pipes due to the deterioration of the
surface and affecting the shape of holes in
tube sheets caused by the recess and repeated
governmental rolling.
To achieve long-term high density
of great use capacitors Since
luchil fairly simple and technology contribute
sob additional sealing of rolling
Connects tubes proposed VTI. This
method is applied to the pipe Dos
ki from the water boxes waterproof, yn
lotnyayuschih coating (pastes) of material,
adheres well to the tube plate and vystepping ends of tubes (see Fig. 21.10, a); blood
IU prevent leakage of the cooling water
through leaks in the joints of rolling
tubes and tube plates, the same coating
apply for sealing compounds antiKern bolts tube plates, tube pre
juice with a condenser body and others.
Sealing coatings form horoshy overlying layer above all valtsovochmolecular compounds having durability
Nost, elasticity and resistance to impact

A promising new way zakrepleof the tubes in the tube sheets is mastered
Nevsky Machine-Building Plant named after
VI Lenin electroexplosive way fitting
284

quences, which it may be subjected to water

dyanyh condenser chamber (vibration, wear
against contained in the cooling
water and moving with her solids and
et al.). Such an overlapping layer due to its
waterproof covers available nondensity in many of rolling accordance
Unity.
Among the recommended VTI The seal
ing coatings include bituminous coating on
phenol-formaldehyde primer and Zinc
bituminous coated on a layer of a special paint
and several layers of a special postmark.

Figure 21.10. Measures to increase the density of

capacitors, and - Rolling connection with seal
flammable coating b shows the installation of double
tube sheets, 1-tube sheet, 2 - cooling
tube, 3 - 4 primer - coated sealing
ment, 5-chamber hydraulic seal 6
the water chamber, 7 - vapor space 8
air-line, 9-line from the pressure tank seal
flammable condensate.

These coatings can not be performed

Only when installing new capacitors replacing
new pipes, but also for the repair of existing
capacitors with flared tubes without
their reconstruction, which is not
possible to bring another way to density
required standards.
Careful preparatory
work that all the above mentioned Since
coatings are the same, defines quality
No. and durability of coatings. Among the preparatory
lision works include:
1) removing covers water chambers, inlet
explosion-proof lighting fixtures, Device for
tron devices forests, scaffolding and exhaust venventilation and compressed air for peskoblasting, blowing and drying tube
boards, providing Sandblasting brezentum suits, respirators, or antivogazami et al. To eliminate contact with
tube sheets of moisture and oil of compressed impact
spirit must be made through maslovodootdivider. Ventilation device
should provide the necessary conditions for
job opportunities of people in the water chamber

by the removal of sand and dust from sandblasting

work, remove harmful emissions during nanesenii coatings and by supplying fresh vozduha;
2) hydraulic crimping capacitor
Dr. desirable using fluorescent
method of controlling the density and thoroughly eliminate
tion detected leaks;
3) conducting sandblasting
tube sheets and tubes protruding ends
by sandblasting nagnetateltype, and using the dry mountain quartz
tsevogo sand with a grain size of 1-2 mm (flow
sand of 200-250 kg per 1 m2
tube plate). Especially should be qualitatively
cleaned conjugation tubes with tube doskaE; after sandblasting and blowing compressed
pressed air to remove dust and sand purified
schennye surface of tube plates must
have a smooth gray color without any trace
corrosion, dirt and rust;
4) degreasing tube sheets and all
tubes by washing them with a paint brush
or clean with a cloth dampened Whitehead
spirit, gasoline grade B-70 or acetone is not
containing dissolved fat. In iz
Bezhanov rapid oxidation of purified Since
metal surface must be made of sand
kostruynuyu cleaning and degreasing pipe
boards prior to application of the first
coat of primer and coating.
Before the application of bituminous coating
As a primer, which is applied to
tube sheets used fenolnoformaldegidnaya primer PL-03-K; need grunreparation for one layer is determined by calculating
0.25 kg per 1 m2 of surface of the tube sheet; grunaration PL-OZ-K is usually supplied ready
(Diluted) form just prior to use and in
She added Cikat number 63 and 64 in an amount
not more than 5% by weight of the primer.
Application of primer on the whole surface
tube plate is made in two layers malyargovernmental brushes by staining uniform
thin layer with no gaps and stains, especially
at the interface tubes with tube plates;
wherein each primer layer before applying the
subsequent need to dry for 18 to
24 h.
Waterproof bitumastic number 580,
representing a mixture of bitumen and asbestovogo fiber with vegetable Mat
villages, supplied ready, not dissolved the form
de. Before application to the tube sheet, this mass
Teak should have the consistency of liquid smetaus, so it was diluted to a metal
dishes in small portions of white spirit and
stirred by a wooden stirrer.
Bituminous need one
the coating layer is determined by the rate of 0.5 kg
per 1 m2 of the surface of the tube sheet; equal etomu number of accepted and need Whitehead
spirit to dilute the mastic. Bitumen oil
tick if necessary may use

285

general use within a long period of time

further introducing into it a solvent,
consisting of a 1: 1 mixture of xylene and mineral spirits.
Bituminous coating is produced by
applying conventional paint brush bi
tumnoy mastic in four or five layers on grunTova and dried by the above
the surface of the tube plates and projecting concentration
samples of tubes; during application of mastic should not be
prevent the formation of air bubbles,
that can occur when careless nanesenii layers of bitumen mastic. Each postblowing layer of mastic should be applied only
after drying of the previous layer coating techeof 4-5 hours at room temperature (18-23 C);
last coat must dry in
for three days at a closed water chamber
tures.
After completing all the work and accordingly
sponding exposure to dry bitumen Since
coating produced control crimping
condenser, preferably with increased
shennogo water pressure in the vapor space
capacitor and method of concentration of fluorescent
trol density.
Described seal of rolling accordance
compounds produced by a seal
sculpt bitumen-based coatings is
measure reliably providing density
of the capacitor for many years. Practice
Teak has shown that even in nondesirable simplifications in technology naneseof bituminous coatings that have been made
some turbine unit when cleaning
boards made not by blasting apparatus
Tami and brushes and instead Bituminous number
580 was applied bitumen number 5 were still obtained
Chena satisfactory results.
There are currently turboustanovki HTGZ in which to achieve high
continuous density applied hydraulic
sealing the tubes by setting each
condenser side instead of one of the two tubes
GOVERNMENTAL boards with a gap between them in the 1030 mm
(See Fig. 21.10, b); tube rollers in each tube
hydrochloric board, whereby between each pair of
tube plates are formed sealing chamber
ry - hydraulic valves, which must fill
are condensate; pressure at these gates
using a special pressure tank supported
ported slightly higher pressure cooling
ing the water in the water chamber of the condenser. For
violation of the rolling compound in the internal
it causes the penetration of the board of pure concentration
condensate from the water seal in the steam
condenser space; Hydraulic zasolution is continuously replenished from the condensate
pressure tank connected by author
TA and level control float
type condensate pump discharge line.
Violation rolling compound outer
tion board causes the penetration of the condensate in
waterbox.

This design completely eliminates

possibility of entering the cooling water
the vapor space of the capacitors at all
Abuse of rolling compounds (but not in
cases gap tubes themselves). However, the fabrication
tion and operation of such capacitors svyazaus with a number of technical difficulties (build on
the place of installation, replacement of damaged or worndents tubes, the detection of loose compound
tions in the internal boards, etc..), whereby
they are not widely used.

21.6. SOLUTION SUCTION

AIR VACUUM
SYSTEM.
Cups of air causing the increase
the total pressure in the condenser and worsening
its operation can occur through the flange gorizontalnogo LPC connector, flange connected
tion of overhead lines, the compensator salnikothe first type between the turbine and the condenser (TE
leskopicheskoe connection) terminal mazes
LPC, atmospheric exhaust valve Heating for
Vatel low pressure seals or through cluster
pans, valves and other connections, work
melting under vacuum; air enters and vapor
rum from the boiler, while the amount of air propermeating thus negligible.

Figure 21.11. Atmospheric exhaust valve.

1 valve plate, 2 bronze seat, 3-rod cluster
Pan, 4-piston buffer device; 5-glass
6-groove to fill the condensate 7 - inlet concentration
condensate, 8 - discharge tube, 9-tank, the 10-float
11 manual valve actuator.

During repairs must be disassembled,

clean and check the tightness of vyPop atmospheric valve (see Fig. 21.11); this
a valve mounted on the atmospheric pipe,
attached to the neck of the condenser and
is intended to protect the condenser and vyPop pipe LPC from increased pressure
above atmospheric pressure, which can occur when
disrupting the vacuum on emergency reasons (failure
the circulation pumps, a sharp violation

286

associated capacitor from increasing

the density capacitors, etc..). In the case of
pressure therein in excess of ambient; they ustanavdetecting leakage of the valve (large distribution
Move sealing condensation) must be proLebanon to the box that is welded to the neck
believe the state of the plates 1 and the density of the pressing -welded condenser, or incorporated in the
the Bronze Seat 2 fixed to the plate
tailpipes low pressure cylinders
tion.
babbit ring. Simultaneously with the verification
purity pressure 7 and 8 of the drain pipe
The safety valve is
check the condition of the condensate
a combination of discarded plates 2 and
4 piston buffer device affixed
annular diaphragm thickness of 11 paronita
0.5 mm in the form of "breaking" the plug (see Fig. 21.12).
on the rod 3 and serving to prevent removal
ditch on the valve seat when boarding, and serviceability
If you experience a slight increase
Actions manual actuator to open the valve
condenser pressure above atmospheric, steam
handwheel 11, which in case of emergency
NITs gasket is torn, discarded plate
Vaeth in the side of the low-pressure cylinder exhaust and
serves to disrupt the vacuum retention valve
condensation
open state.
Powerful modern turbines are not calculated
Pg communicate with the atmosphere and excess
thanes to work with the exhaust steam into the atmosphere,
steam is discharged directly into the computer room.
The possibility of sucking air in concentrations
even for a short time, since it
capacitor through paronitovye diaphragm is not used
cause strong heating of the low-pressure cylinder and the
condenser
keys, so if you need to repair proviolate the density of rolling compounds
Believing state paronitovye diaphragms density
abutment of the plates and process Operacondenser tubes. Instead of atmospheric cluster
tation regularly lubricated with grease hinge
lords of these turbines provide precautionary
compounds in the ears of 5 plates.
valves of the diaphragm-designed
to protect the exhaust pipes and LPC

Figure 21.12. Atmospheric valve diaphragm. 1 valve seat; 2-valve plate; 3, 4-clamping ring,
5-eyelet (4 pieces), 6 levers 7-rollers; 8 sacrificial zinc plates 9-pen
10 - cap screws, 11-ring gasket paronitovye, 12, 13 cardboard pads,
14, 15 - To fill pipes and drainage ducts, in which the valve is placed.

Operation of the safety valve

new-diaphragm showed the robustness of their actions and
high air density; on the number of electrons
stations in order to eliminate unnecessary environments for
pump air through the system cumbersome atmosphere
sphere of pipes and valves on the atmospheric concentration
densatsionnyh medium pressure turbines this
system is replaced by the specified safety relief
governmental valves, diaphragms.
If there are between the turbine and condenser
torus elastic compound as a compensated
Satoru gland type (see Fig. 21.13), the latter
usually compacted prografichennym braided
asbestos cord and less round rubber accordance

responsible thickness. To eliminate the impact

sible to use air suction need
go during repairs raise push
ring and check the condition of the packing; if
used as packing cord and it is not dried up,
it can raise obmyat, prografitit and again
put in place; Otherwise gasket
gland must be replaced povoy of prografichennogo asbestos braided cord. After
cutaways gland and check the purity of labor
-laying supply and condensate on the sebaceous
nick is necessary to drain the condensate into the open
funnel to check the satisfactory operation of the packing.

287

In order to reduce the number of seats impact

sible air suction at the capital reform
Monty unnecessary flanges labor
-laying, operating under vacuum, should
be replaced by weld joints, and ostayuschiesya-sealed with rubber gaskets.
Should also be cleared of all unnecessary gate valve
ki, valves and drains, and the remaining armatuD, if possible, from packing
replaced by hydraulic.
Given the large influence on the content
oxygen in the condensate, which has a density
of the siphon and suction line
tions to the condensate pumps, it is appropriate relative
conclude from all condensate trap drains and
fittings, gaskets which can be a source
com air leaks and plug them into the barrel
condenser.
In the operation of the air density, and
consequently, the air suction through all indicated
associated elements of the unit should be above period
cally check removing decline curve Ba
vac drivable turbine. At some stations this proverification is carried out under load by short
temporary closure of the valve on the air
line from the condenser to the ejector; while zameasured by the rate of fall of the vacuum in the millimeter
tures Hg for 1-2 min. The well-yn
compaction capacitor when the load of the turbine
about 75% of the nominal vacuum drop is not
exceed 1-2 mm Hg / min. At a flow
fall velocity of the vacuum above these standards should
take steps to finding air neplotnoSTI vacuum system.

Figure 21.13. Telescopic gland compensates

Pg. 1-movable nozzle, 2-cup hydraulic
ray shutter; 3 - neck condenser, 4 - tube
Single drain condensate from the seal, 5-flange
rigid connection with the turbine 6, the rigid connection
of a condenser 7-stuffing box,
8 - pressure ring sealing gland;
9 - condensate 10 - supply of condensate.

Finding leaks associated with bolshiE difficulties and significant costs

time, particularly if the determination is made
such imperfect ways such as: on
candle, listening (whistle), and yet until environments for
pump is not found, search for it should not limit
begin to diminish.
Way, and greatly facilitates
accelerating the process of finding places neplotNost of the vacuum system and safe water
burly plant generators are examples
application in the normal mode turbo
the unit is very sensitive portable gas
loidnogo leak detector type GTI-3. This device,
consisting of a remote probe and measuring
block, which are interconnected by a flexible
cable length required is for
detection of leaks in any vacuum
systems the way they crimp galoidosodercontaining gas (freon, carbon tetrachloride
native, chloroform, etc.).
In terms of power suspects
in the air suction space are enclosed in a capillary
tip, which implies the gas, for
measures freon (flow of 60 g / h); handpiece
done slowly (30-50 mm / sec) in the immediate
proximity to qualifying for the air
density places after the leak detector,
trained to work in accordance with factory
instructions.
Through existing leaks freon Since
steps together with the intake air in the vapor
rovoe space capacitor, and then was removed
is the ejector into the atmosphere; measuring
the device detects occurrence of this air is
the smallest traces of Freon and signals Since
Kazan arrows and beeps of Nations
lichii leaks.
After blowing each site and the absence
tion readings on the instrument supply freon through
tip closes and after exposure to
1 min is the transition to the next suspect
Vai site. Such delay is necessary to
Due to the fact that the time from hitting

Might chalk, then It should be verified

blowing plot; In some cases, a portion
detected leakage in accounts razbiVat into several shorter sections with nondiscontinuous control of instrument readings
when blasting freon each of them. All obexpeirmen- leaks are fixed on the special
cial logbook to eliminate them at the earliest
also stop the turbine.

288

22 PUMPS AND SYSTEMS ejector

Circulation water supply.
22.1. PLANNING,
PREPARATION AND
CONSTRUCTION
PUMPS.
Circulation,
condensate, perekachi-

line remains in operation, from the discharge

and the suction nozzle of the pump, remove all
auxiliary pipes connected
to the pump, as well as all the KIP
devices, safety devices (sensors axial
shear, etc.) and other devices and mechanisms,
prevent the production of works.
Disabling pipelines made
by checking the appropriate closing zaPorn and control valves, installation
valving chains with locks, and in need
sary cases and setting plugs; otkryvshiesya hole for protection from falling
in which any object or dirt should be
closed cardboard, metal or paronite
bolic plugs.
To disassemble the pump can start after
its full cooling to the room temperature
tion, warning hanging posters
perform all actions on the Security Technology
Council, as well as training for jobs
repairs. Preparation concluded
prises installing shelves and a goat for the decrease
Maemo parts and components layout full composition
special extension kit, universal and simple
hand tools, measuring
tion of the tool and, if necessary,
preparation of a special stand for the dismantling and
the rotor assembly in a vertical position, as
for example, shown in Fig. 22.6 for nutrient
pump PE 430-200.
Before dismantling the pump proharass such screening measurements provisions
status and gaps as the axial position of rotor
pa and the value of his shift, centering the pump
intermediate shaft or hydraulic clutch, the gaps
a guide dowels of the outer shell
et al.
In the process of dismantling the pump
check for ticks and labels that define
place the mutual arrangement of parts, as well as
Labelling on the same size
parts (pins, liners, impellers,
section of the inner housing, etc.). Such parts
during a previous repair and subsequent
Operating burnished to one another,
therefore change their place of installation of the assembly
is not allowed. Labeling and other labels do not
should be applied to the planting, sealing
and abutting surfaces of the parts.

ing and other pumps Device for condensing

tron devices usually repaired at the same time
Overhaul of turbine. In the presence of
Chie reserve their repair can be carried out in proseparation between the repair of the main turbine kocourse, if not suffer from this reliable operation
bots last; for example, the repair of the condensate
pump can be performed after replacing it
Parts previously repaired and
proven to work.
Planning and implementation of capital and
current repairs feed pumps should
be conducted on an equal basis with basic equipment for
established schedule and strictly defined
time. In accordance with the TOR Repair
feed pumps must be made through
12-15 tys.ch. operation; repair of the pump may be
ahead of time with a decrease in its
productivity by about 10%.
Circulation, condensate and nutrition
tional pumps typically have a motor drive;
if there is a spare drive from the steam turbine
Substitute beans or pump driven by steam
howling steam turbines drive carefully
should be repaired at the same time the pump
themselves, even if they worked seldom as Peperiod of downtime, especially when leaks
Start-up valve, is the most dangerous in
sense corrosion.
During disassembly, repair and assembly must
Be careful when you, the order of work and
thoroughness in fit and alignment of individual
parts of the pump, because only under these conditions
pump will operate reliably for a long time and
smoothly. Usually at the stations to repair
pumps come with rougher methods than
to the repair of turbines, from which it follows strictly
refuse. Work with a crowbar, chisel, beard and
hammer must also be prohibited, as
in the repair of the main turbine, and should be zameneny work unit, a stripper, a scraper and
respectively, to find the keys.
All operations on the assembly and disassembly of
details as impellers and protective gross
bushings, require special care and cleanliness
avoid coating them nicks and scratches
which can lead to seizing on posazling places to changes in the gaps, to netsentrichnosti landings and others. After dismantling those of details
Do be thoroughly cleaned of dirt,
lapping dry and, where appropriate, Since
closings during repair rust lubricant
Coy.
Before starting the pump, repair
take the stress off the motor, disconnect

22.2. PUMPS
Condensing
DEVICE.

Single and multistage

Circulating and condensate pumps horizontal
tal and vertical type with the right
repair and maintenance work quite reliable
but. In single-stage pumps Trim
thrusts achieved symmetry

289

the pump with rotation of the bolt forcing 2 zamolded at its end a ball 8 which
rests on the end of the shaft 7, pulls the wheel from the shaft.
If you still have to resort to skolachivaNIJ, you need to use may lead
Tray hammering of red copper or close
treated surface lead or copper
tion plate; thus it is necessary to strike
end surfaces as close as possible to
the middle and not at the edge parts, which can lead
distorting.
Next is the recess halves Nations
Control input devices out of the cover and the lower part
minute pump. If you experience problems with the notch solid
guide vanes of the pump housing, not
having a horizontal joint can be
applied with crosshead screws (see Fig. 22.2 in).

water pressure on the impeller due to the twosuction side. If necessary, supply
condensate at a higher pressure application
nyayutsya condensate pumps for two, three and even
fourstage.
In the majority of pump designs due
in practice it is impossible to achieve complete
balancing thrusts are
thrust bearings, combs, fillet or yn
O-ring Face clearance by relative
relation to the impeller (see Fig. 22.1). The value of
axial pressure sensed by these ordergovernmental devices, to a very large extent
neither depends on the build quality and fit of the individual
GOVERNMENTAL pump parts. Small shaft deflection, nonexact fit, even strong scratches and wear
individual parts in operation cause iz
changes thrust and unsatisfactory
tion operation of the pump.

Figure 22.1. Gaps in the seals of impellers

centrifugal pumps. 1, the radial clearance, 2
end (axial) clearance; 3 discharge orifice.

Dismantling circulation and condensate

Pump starts with separation bolts compound
tional coupling between the pump and electric
tromotorom or drive a steam turbine.
If it is required in the course of repair, the pump shaft
removed the connecting coupling half; wherein
coupling half should be removed clamp adapted
leniem (see Fig. 22.2, a) in order to avoid damage to half
clutch shaft and impeller, not knock
sledgehammer. In some designs, landing
coupling half onto the shaft is made with a small
interference (0.003-0.004 to the diameter of the shaft); in
these cases, the removal of half of the coupling from the shaft
productivity
ditsya said clamping device Since
After preheating the coupling halves authors
gene gun. Contact planting is done
After heating the coupling half in an oil or boiling
water.
After the oil drain from the bearing chamber
through special plugs understand bearings
nicks and seals (packing removed izognutyE hooks), and removed razbalchivaetsya
pump cover (with the connector in the horizontal
plane) and removed the shaft with workers wheelE.
Removing the cover of the pump is made after
blown up by 2-3 mm using a nip bolts
Comrade; pump shaft should be removed from the case
without
strikes; the same applies to the removal work
sneeze wheels with shaft, which can be made,
using a device, design kotorofirst shown in Fig. 22.2, b; bush 5 prisposoblegrommet is screwed into the hub of the impeller 6

Figure 22.2. Withdrawal removal tool,

a-different items from the rolls; b-impellers
in-guide vanes circulators:
1 traverse; 2-ejector screw; 3-hooks-grips;
4 - Extension units for hooks; 5-plug;
6 impeller hub; 7 - shaft; 8 - ball.

If there are identical items in the pump

and symmetric parts which, when assembled may
Gut be set in place various stoinduced interactions due to at dismantling should mark these
de

290

hoist rooms or punch (top, bottom, front

or the back side).
All parts of the pump, in particular working
wheel and rail vehicles, the gross bushing
ki and shafts, seals and bearings should be
inspected to determine whether erosion, roots
rozii, cracking or breakage of the blades; when production
duction repairs necessary to check clearances and
replace the spare parts are not subject to reform
Monti.
Impellers of centrifugal pumps
provide flow and fluid pressure, and subjected
gayutsya to large dynamic Nations
gruzok of fluid pressure on the blades of the valuable
trobezhnyh forces and vibrations in the presence of neuravnoveshennyh forces. Also, sometimes is observed
smiling increased wear of impellers and internal
the walls of the pump due to corrosion caused by
kavitatsiey2.
Operation of the pump cavitation typically contain
accompanied by hammer and tongs - from the most easily
someone to loud bangs; Internal corrosion
pump surfaces (erosion) begins with vykrashivaniya individual metal grains from the surface
STI, and then rapidly spreading inland.
Formation of cavitation corrosion in
operating conditions can occur due to
low water level above the pump axis,
excessive resistance pipeline
but between the pump and the condenser (complex
configuration of the pipeline, pollution grids
Suction pump, etc..) and due dissatisfaction
nary design of impeller and
leaks in the connecting pipe flanges
wire between the pump and the condenser.
To eliminate these defects, as well
same while maintaining the inner walls of the pump
perhaps more smooth and graceful skruglenii blade tips cavitation not For
observed, or at least the intensity of
it is considerably weakened. Impellers
susceptible to cavitation and erosion
wear and tear, are subject to change, if the strength of their
blades
STAY is insufficient, or if the result of
these reasons, the pump has reduced its productivity
of.
If you change the impeller should be
provided: 1) the correct shape and size
channels and uniform distribution of the blades
along the circumference of the wheel; 2) surface finish
Internal channels and free of burn-

Land, spatter and other defects; 3)

dimensional accuracy and surface finish posazling holes protective belts and other
parts of a wheel according to the drawing data
governmental; 4) concentric surface sealing
tional belts (or pressed them zaBarrier rings), and the outer diameter koforests in relation to domestic landing
the hole; 5) balancing of the wheel.
In the circulation pumps and water pumps
dostruynyh devices damage workers koforest can also occur by ingestion
circulating water pump with strangers
Solid items such as pieces of wood,
passed through mesh receptors and, in some
cases, even the stones carried away by the pump flow
com water fracture channel walls. These
damage expressed in cracks and breakages
the blades in heavy wear of the blades (with ash
sand circulating water), and finally, even
in the trough of the shaft Locked in working vibrations
Behold solid and heavy objects.
In most cases, when the said de
fects bronze impellers may be substituted
Varena, after which they must be correspond
tively treated and cleaned for Device for
injured irregularities. Welding must be performed
hobnob after clearing a crack or space
corrosion and uniform heating of the entire work
the impeller; as the deposited material
during welding should be used brass proportages or chopsticks 3-4 mm in diameter, relative
cast in bronze, with a homogeneous material koforest. After welding on should be provided
slow and uniform cooling as navaunder consideration blades and wheels themselves. Navarennye blades need to be processed is rounded
leniem input edges and removing sherohotra surface.
To prevent rusting pump shaft long
wives be cleaned of dirt and rust, and lubricated
grease or petroleum jelly. Often, after
disassembly revealed wear of pins and journals in the form of
ring rather deep excavation under
stuffing box, which lead to the suction cups
air and loss of productivity
of the pump. This wear occurs at application
nenii inappropriate quality printing at
improper packing and hauling glands and
also at aging printing and losing their wetting
-binding properties due to water washout
fatty substances; in the latter case, printing
is tough and quickly drained the shaft.
In the presence of the shaft packing sleeves
worn surface of the sleeve are replaced
new ones. In the absence of shaft bushings or zachanges to new or worn place navaReva electric welding, and in some cases
2
tions-blowtorch. Retreaded must be carried out with
Cavitation
is the phenomenon of education and
great care to local heating
accumulation of water released from the vapor bubbles and
tion does not cause bending of the shaft; after welding on
air in some areas of internal surfaces
STAY pump. Bubbling steam and air proproduction
proceeds due to a pressure reduction at these sites
usual grooving and grinding the welded necks
below the pressure corresponding to the vapor pressure
on the lathe, and checking properliquid at the existing temperature. In this impact
capacitances of the shaft. If not stipulated in the drawing of
arise instant and quickly alternating processes
compression of individual bubbles of steam and air, and detachments Great
Water from the wall surface. This phenomenon leads to
short and very intense hydraulic removal
frames, quickly destroying the metal surface.

291

mask of allowable runout of the shaft, the shaft

diameter up to 50 mm is allowed to heartbeat
0.03 mm and the shaft diameter greater than 50 mmto 0.05 mm.
Shafts for pumps are usually made
of structural carbon steels 35, 40
and steel St5, and only trees for acid and
Some other types are made of doped
Rowan chromium-nickel stainless steels
12H13 (EZH2) and others.
When replacing the impeller or shaft new
vym avoid distorting the working oscillation
ca to the shaft to check distribution
point of the wheel hub so that the landing wheels
the shaft was tight; must be the same and Examples
race on the shaft coupling, which for
securely fastened even stop on the hub.
Steel dowels should Fit so something
to the impellers or half-coupling is on
them without any effort, but at the same time and not have
arisen as
Whether pitching side. In order to avoid unilateral
radial interference upper plane of the key is not
must touch the impeller, which shponSingle must be performed with a gap height
the order of 0.5 mm.
After planting, the impeller and coupling to
shaft, it is desirable to install the shaft for turning stanok to verify the absence of radial and axial
Vg runout and couplings. Next, be sure to
hold static balancing collected
shaft on proven parallelogram prisms; naydennaya value of static unbalance typically
removed by sawing or sshabrivaniya
the portion of the impeller, which is more
heavy.
In some cases, when repairing obnaruzhivaare defects such as mismatching of the connector
cover to the pump housing (leakage)
significant irregularities in the inter-blade prospace impellers etc. If not completely
persists pripilovkoy and scraping nonmatching connector cover to the housing half
sponding due to imbalances and unsatisfactory
tion prishabrovki flanges, flanges have to
connector to collect rubber or klingeritoO pads thickness of 0.5-1.5 mm; these promasonry are coated grease or lard.
Upon detection of a fistula may be vysverlivanie threaded into the holes and thread
Screwing in their caps on minium; crack
may be welded with special electrodes
zasverlovki after all the cracks and the adoption of
measures against warpage.
Foundry and cavitation roughness
the disc surface and internal Therefore
cavities of the pump housing and the availability of their
significant surface roughness and relative
individual "bumps" cause additional
hydraulic losses.
Excretion in the repair of these tically
Howat and irregularities made shlifovCoy with special arrangements with
rotating grinding wheel, for

available seats can also be made puthose filings and subsequent grinding emery
tion paper, and some "bumps" - with pre
nary srubaniem chisel. For these
purposes also applies coating of impellers
and internal cavities pumps epoxy
compounds.
Careful handling during repair
working surfaces of parts of the flow
Centrifugal pumps are used in a large
amount in the turbine halls, including the supply
tional pump does not require much labor
and the time, but effectively improves the reliability
operation of pumps, increases their efficiency and
offers significant savings on electricity
drive these pumps.
Inspection and maintenance of other parts of pumps
limited to: 1) inspection and cleaning using
steel brush pump body from rust,
rain and mud; 2) to inspect the oil chambers
bearings and washing them with kerosene and oil
scrap; 3) to verify the absence of production and zauseprostrate at lubricating rings with ring lubrication
bearings and rotate freely in the slots in
zyah liner; 4) to verify the absence of vyrabotki in inserts and to fathom the gaps between
inserts and the shaft, which for shaft diameter
up to 90 mm should be between 0.1-0.2 mm, and
at larger diameters, according to Table.
17.1; with gaps greater than specified
Ear babbitt pouring subject to transfer
pouring and after boring-fit with shabrovCoy.
For the distribution of oil throughout the length
insert carried by the longitudinal grooves
level plane of the connector; groove in the lower part
ti liner as prevent the formation of
oil film should not do. Masloudersustained and rings and rings, protecting against
dust in the bearing must be
gaps in relation to the shaft is not more than 0.5 mm. Vyboron grease for ball-packing
bearings existing pumps should
performed by the operating temperature
bearings.
If there is between the impeller and
housing O-rings which impedes
ing return water pressure back to vsascribes the side of the pump should be checked
clearance A(Fig. 22.3 a); This gap must ensure
Chiva free rotation of the impeller and
Depending on the size and design of pump
sa is usually set within 0.4-1.0 mm.
When worn O-rings must be
shift.
Different by design pumps have Su
substantial difference in the assembly process; these different
differences, in particular, depend on the presence or absence
tion horizontal or vertical CON- NECTOR
mov. The presence of such connectors in horizontal
split pumps allows fully collected
Men main pump assembly - rotor (shaft nadevayutsya all the details up to the mounting rings

292

lampposts and water sealing ring) and in such

com as the rotor entirely inserted into the body. Such
such an opportunity greatly simplifies the overall
assembly and facilitates the alignment and installation of the
correct
GOVERNMENTAL axial and radial clearances between
rabochibodies and the pump housing.
After assembly, the guide vanes and
stacking shaft assembled into the bottom portion of the
housing
sa pump bearings should be checked
radial clearance between the impeller and
guide vanes or no
last - the internal bore of the body.
These clearances must be in the range ukazyvaeMykh factory data, the size of these gaps
determined by structural differences pump
owls, working diameters of rings and varies
ranging from 0.5 to 3 mm. Furthermore, it should probelieve that the impeller has taken with respect
NIJ guide vanes to a position
tion in which the axis of the channel of the impeller joint
would fall to the axis of the guide AnParaty, ie that the inner channel wall pA
bochego wheels were on the walls of the Nations
Control input device on each side on oditical distance (see Fig. 22.3, b, c); with noncorrect position of the impeller stream of water,
discharged blades of the impeller is
strike the wall of the guide vanes that
apart from wear and tear, will fall in productivity
and of the pump head.
Tightening of flanged connections at
pump and associated piping
should be carried out uniformly and Since
therefore, no gaps in the slot and without transition
Kosov, create harmful stress in the housing
pump.

Alignment is performed after preliminary

tive installation "by eye" pump and motor for
one axis and fixing them on the foundation bolts
Tami Usually small electric valuable
trovka performed by checking via
probe and the axial clearance between the coupling halves at
shifted axially to failure shafts
motor and pump, as well as the radial gap b
a ruler attached on both coupling halves
or under the bolt brackets fastened to the rim of one
tion of the coupling half (see Fig. 22.4). Checking the
ruler is simplified and can lead
dit to errors, especially when inadequate
precise surface treatment of the coupling halves.
More precise alignment is achieved strengthening
division in brackets coupling halves with measuring
bolt-pointers radial and axial
gaps (see. figure 22.13). Measurements of these gaps
must be carried out in four positions
(Top, bottom, and sides), at an angle of 90 ; when
while turning the shaft of the engine and
pump on the same axial angle measurement
gaps should be made as indicated in the
below, in two diametrically opposite
points, and radial - one. Is at the same
mennoe turning shafts gives the correct
centering regardless of the quality of processing
coupling halves and the nozzle shaft as the mutual
position of the points on the coupling halves Gaugeable
remains unchanged.

Figure 22.4. Shaft alignment of the pump and motor

coupling. 1 coupling half pump coupling half 2 engine
3 - clamp coupling half on the motor, 4 - measuring
tive bolt, lock nut 5, 6-line.
Figure 22.3. Position measurements impeller pump
owls. and - the gap between the sealing ring and work
denote the pump wheel, b, c - the correct position
impeller relative
the guide vanes.

Gland packing must be replaced

new ( 2.5); final tightening of the gland
produced at the trial operation of the pump so
that water flowed from a small gland
trickle; thus itself gland must be Dos
sufficiently cold; with significant water leakage
gland is necessary to pull up on the go.
After assembling the pump, making way
rotation of the shaft in its ease of rotation
any grazing in the pump housing should prolime centering on the couplings connecting Nations
wc with an electric motor or turbine drive.

With proper alignment of axial and radial

cial gaps signs for four Since
provisions should be equal, which suggests
ment on the coincidence of the axes. If the number of turnover
Comrade pumps 1500- 3000 rev / min and
rigid couplings allowed deviation valuable
trovki 0.04-0.06 mm, while the elastic - 0,060.08 mm; with gaps greater than those indicated
tolerances, they are aligned by setting a opory motor gasket corresponding
thickness and moving it horizontally For
board in the required direction.
When the test run should be provereus work bearings, oil seals, lack of
vibrations generated by the pump pressure and so forth.
Examples
ranks of the vibration can be: neuravnoveshennost rotor coming loose and the game
293

bearings and tungsten boring, bad valuable

trovka unit, grazing in the pump and so on. At relatively
presence of defects in the pump may be admitted to
operation.
If, during operation of the pump chamber arise
Kie a phenomenon indicating unused
tes (noise, night, vibration, heat relative
individual parts, increased power consumption)
The pump must be stopped immediately for
determine the causes of abnormal operation. Identify
tion reason causing abnormal pA
bot pump should be performed by Since
sequential elimination of possible causes.

ing movement of the rotor during start-up and remains

posing the pump.
The outer casing of the pump is made of
carbon steel and has a hollow cylindricore. The inner shell is made of a set of sections
with vertical slots in which established
Lena guide vanes. All sections, for
Control input devices, impellers, unloading
dressing drive his sleeve and protective gross RUBaska made of stainless steel.

22.3. Feeding pumps.

Feedwater pumps are among the
the most critical thermal power units
installation, as the reliability of its work in many
respects depends on the smooth operation of these pumps
owls. With the increase in the vapor pressure of nutrients
pumps have become more complex and costly
schimi units, which have a significant
tion effect on the economy of operation
Position.
If we consider that the installed capacity of
feed pumps is 5-10% of the Charter
plant sector, and their electrical
up to 50% of the energy of their own
needs, such units having the drive power
Nosta from 4000 to 9000 and even up to 1000 kW (block
300 MW), can no longer be regarded as vspomogatelnyh equipment.
Under these conditions, feed pumps friction
quire special attention to its operation and
repair; for each feeding pump, so
well as it being on the main turbine unit
power, neobhodimovestisaautonomy of a brief but comprehensive relative
parity repair, which allows faster vyis a disadvantage to overcome difficulties in fixed
Military and repair, and to ensure
operation.
As the feed pumps to electric
apply multi-plant sector
centrifugal pumps with electric and vapor
rovymprivodami (5TS-10, PE-600-300,
SVPT-340/1000, OSPT-P50, PE 430-200 et al.).
These pumps for different proizvoditelynosti,
operating pressures and temperatures, nutrient water
dy differ from one another a number of stages,
their size, design implementation relative
individual parts and materials for their manufacture
tion, in accordance with what is changing and technology
ogy repair pumps.
In modern power plants large
application received nutritional electrons
Sosa-type PE 600-300, 430-200 PH et al. These values
trobezhnye horizontal type pumps, two
housing, multi-way
location of the impeller. The pump has a
hydraulic heel that absorbs axial
efforts of the rotor during operation of the unit and limited

Figure 22.5. Device for the internal recess

Corps feed pump PE 430-220.
1 an outer casing 2, inner casing 3-cap
the suction side, a suction nozzle 4,
5-pressure port, a 6-device for vykatytion of the inner shell.

Planting impellers and discharge

drive the pump shaft sliding; protecting the PV
Baska shaft and sleeve unloading discs have
on the outer surface of the annular groove
reduce water leakage through the shaft seal
tion.

294

Razborkapitatelnogo pump is usually

performed with pressure parts yavlyayuscheybe the most accessible to beginning disassembly.
Inner shell is entirely removed from stoRhone discharge together with the rotor via
special device consisting of
frame with two racks (see Fig. 22.5).
After removing the end cap of the pump bed frame
installed and fixed to the body by two
hairpins, and at the end of the shaft is fixed headstock with
two gears, put on one shaft and
meshing with the racks.
Installation, adjustment of the position and zafastening devices on the housing and gears
on the pump shaft during rotation enable
roller pen, on which sit gears Task
face roll the inner housing of the rotor
the outer casing.

Prior to the recess of the inner shell after zamers axial run-up rotor clearances and provisions
tion of parts to disassemble glands
Remove the stuffing box packing, dismantling and removal of
connecting the coupling halves, the discharge disk
bearing caps, removing the inserts, etc.
Removing the gear connecting polumufyou after unscrewing nuts, having left
thread and coupling studs on the tapered end of the shaft
pump is made by means of a coupling Examples
sposobleniya (see Fig. 22.7, a), which provides rechargeable
inverse coupling half removal without damage to the shaft and
shponki, on which she sits. Removing the gear obtained
coupling from the motor shaft or intermediate
exact shaft between the pump and the motor
made by means of a coupling prispoPacks designed (see Fig. 22.7 b).

Figure 22.7. Removal tool sleeve zubcoupling half-step. and-from the pump shaft; b-tree with electricity
Engine.
Figure 22.6. Stand-feeding pump PE 430-200
for the assembly of the inner housing with the rotor, and - a stand,
b - Alignment of the rotor relative to the inner shell
during assembly the shank I-lifting shaft 2 by a nut
sleeve for temporary fastening impellers on
Shaft 3 - eyebolts for lifting of the assembly; 4 - axis
the impeller of the first stage 5 - Device
for the exhibition of the rotor relative to the housing of the internal
ca 6-viewing window, 7-supply.

Rear end seal with roots

pusom rear bearing removed from Since
power tap after detaching them from cover
pumping and squeezing squeezing bolts for
O seal of sharpening. Discharge
Disc gidropyaty removed clamp Examples
sposobleniem (see Fig. 22.8) after removal of gross
shirts, metal and rubber rings, and
cover injection-capture tap on the eye,
after depressing the cover bolts for squeezing
Complete inner body transformation
withdrawal of her body boring.
ed with an overhead crane to the stand, where he
Disassembly sections of the inner shell at
mounted vertically for later
it upright on the stand prodisassembling (see Fig. 22.6). Laying body necks
shaft on the box, as well as the dismantling of the pump on the hassled by the successive removal of Nations
Control input devices with an overhead
bars
crane and lifting workers drive shaft with a coupling
in a horizontal position can not be activated to
device (see Fig. 22.9) after deployment
recommended and, as they require a large expenditure
labor, time, and do not provide the necessary
the quality of repair.
295

nuts securing the shaft impellers, spacers

nye sleeve and so on.
In some designs for disassembly
pump rotors in a horizontal position
use special sled on which
moving section. Recess guide
sets of sections only when
need to replace them, as their recess Explicit
by the time-consuming operation, coupled with the predictions
nary careful heating section
(Usually autogenous flame torches) and reaches
pressovyvaniem guide vanes relative
presser bolts.

Figure 22.8. Tool for removing different

bootable disk. 1 flange 2-stud,
3-relief drive.

In order to ensure increased productivity

formance and cost of operation
special attention should be paid to the grinding
the disc surface and guides
devices, as well as establishing a reliable density
joints of the sections, which is achieved by careful
verification of grinding of sealing surfaces
Nost.
Much attention in the repair should be
be paid to checking the status of the discharge
disc cushion heel (snap ring), seal
tional rings, spacers and gross
shirts. These parts are under considerable deterioration
must be replaced with new, as their correction
virtually impossible. To improve the wearsoustoychivosti sealing surfaces
primary importance is the choice iznosoustoychiVg material and the quality of surface formation
processing.
We feed pumps type PE 430-200
often there is a strong depreciation ("washout")
sections of the inner shell and Device for unloading
tron devices; the magnitude of gaps in the sealing
rings with a tolerance of 0, 25-0, 3 mm on the side
reaches 1 mm or more, wherein obthere are found traces of grazing along the entire length oxo
circle O-rings. When repairing
significantly improves the position of Secretary-surfacing
tions electrodes made of stainless steel
CL-3M, followed by hardening naplavlen's surface by the electric method.
Repair disk and unloading cushions fifth
you are going to work with the abutment surfaces,
produced in some cases their undercutting
ends or installing removable thick rings
5-6 mm by screws countersunk in most case
tea does not give sufficiently reliable results
because of the difficulty to ensure squareness
ends and fit the required density, with
the absence of which the water washes away the surface
under rings.

When repairing is often found

strong corrosion (through holes) working
wheels, guide vanes and other of details
Leu, these corrosion may result from
poor quality of the material and quality
gravitational wear at the pump with incomplete
tion load and reduced pressure; in supply
tional pump cavitation wear subjected
gayutsya usually edges and walls of impellers
the first stage.
Covering rough surfaces pA
bochih wheels subjected to cavitation iz
nose and filling the resulting fine
holes with solder significantly increased
creases resistance against wear and tear of the wheel; when
increasing the wear and appearance of continuous otversty in diameter and 30 mm in the case of failure to
replacement impeller resorted to sealing of relative
openings brass. When ordering a new job koforest should be solved the issue of improving their chamber
gravitational characteristics or application for
their production more cavitation-Mat
rials (stainless steel instead of bronze and
etc.).

296

Figure 22.9. Tool for removing workers

wheels from the pump shaft. 1 impeller, 2 clamps,
3 - rings, pin 4, flange 5.

Figure 22.10. Install the discharge of the pump drive,

and - fitting the discharge drive to cushion the heel,
b - check landing discharge disc gross
gon. 1 discharge disc 2 - resistant heel,
3 - gross square

Changing the size of the gap between different

bootable disk and cushion the heel, proiskhoed the functioning of the pump in a very small range
(0.08-0.25 mm), requires strict mutual parallel
lelnosti and thoroughness fit to paint
the thrust surfaces of the discharge disc and
heel cushions (see Fig. 22.10 as well). Before fit
unloading the disc, check the correct
of its installation on the shaft by means of gross
polygon (see Fig. 22.10, b); fit is made
prishabrivaniem discharge spots on the disk
paint, which is obtained when it is turning on
shaft without key, and pressed against the surface of the
fixed heel cushions; at the same time the template from
ritsya resistant surface and cushion the heel.
When assembling, check the absence
Via clogging the outlet from the chamber
discharge drive, since a decrease in the cross section
This opening may lead to rapid triggerprocessing disk; install any valves on
discharge line from the chamber unacceptable because
in this case, oversight personnel can
lead to an accident pump.
All spacers and gross shirts
should be tested directly by Ba
lu; they need to tightly by hand, without pitching
sit down on the shaft as a loose, formation
ized between the shaft and the protective jacket
a shaft, the shaft may occur damage
erosion and corrosion.
O-rings and guides
devices need to be checked on the working
wheels and landing sites; impellers
should be free to provertyvatsya yn
lotnyayuschih rings with respect thereto
normal clearance of 0.2-0.3 mm (per side) or
greater than 0.5 mm; seal wear and increase zatiation between the rotating and stationary
items, through which flows occur
water, leading to poor performance and
efficiency of the pump; absence or
lack of the gap between the gross
the sleeve and the sealing ring at step
grazing causes local heating that accompanied
panied by deformation of the bushings and leads to a change
Ghibu shaft.
By bending the shaft when tightening the terminal nuts
can lead and not thoroughly
Fit and check plugs for their mechanical Since

surface. Testing ends normally prohassled on a square (see Fig. 22.11, a) or

of spot on a square plate (see Fig. 22.11 b)
does not give quite reliable results; the best
method is to fit on the ends of the paint
plugs at the ends of the impeller, worn on the shaft.
End of the first sleeve, which rests in Burkina
teak tree and usually has a sharpening for reeling
asbestos ring, preventing the penetration
Novena to the water along the shaft, on prishabrivaetsya
shaft shoulder.
Thoroughly clean and appropriate
repair shall be subject to the oil tank, masloohlaturer, filter, oil pumps, pipelines
and fittings.
For a free thermal expansion
body feed pump is usually in reference
paws lying on the iron beams of the foundation,
provides longitudinal, transverse and
vertical tabs and securing mobile
paws remote bolts. To ensure
correct and free expansion of the pump
necessary for the repair to check the status
dowels, side gaps in them (usually their magnitude
rank set within 0.03-0.06 mm)
purity abutment surfaces mobility paws
(Gaps between the heads of distance bolts
washers and 0.05-0.08 mm), and all the assembly
Lubricate the sliding surfaces of mercury ointment.

Figure 22.11. Checking ends gross sleeves, and on a square, b-of spot on the plate on a square.
1-sleeve, 2-gon, 3 - of spot plate.

After the repair of all components and de

hoist pump, replacement of worn spare,
blunting the sharp edges on the dowels, shponochGOVERNMENTAL grooves and elsewhere, as well as a
thorough
Decontamination, checking the absence of
nicks, burrs and scratches (damaged seal
mentary surface to be scraping) and zaChanges the end of the threads on the ends of the shaft
should make a preliminary assembly rotorus pump.
Pre-assembly is Therefore
cage on the shaft all the shirts, impellers, distribution
Porn sleeves, and unloading the disc in a dense
contraction of the terminal nut (see Fig. 22.12); such
Pre-assembled allows production by
duction of appropriate measurements to ensure
the correct installation of all mutual axial
rotating parts and install them on the relative
respect to the fixed parts of the body.
After assembly, the rotor is desirable to put
on the machine to check for runout and
discharge disk along the radii and ends and relative
absence of deflection of the shaft. In the presence of shaft
deflection
loosen the terminal nut and recheck the shaft; if the deflection of the shaft or disappear
znachitelnoumenshitsya-etoznachitne-

297

properly fit the ends of the spacers,

that have to be eliminated.
If necessary, a
groove seals impellers, outer
the surface of the shirts and the discharge end of the disk
ka. After produced grooves collected
rotor must be carefully dynamically otbaanced, since a large number of revolutions
and a considerable distance between podshipnikaE pump even a slight imbalance can
dramatically degrade the performance of the pump.
Upon completion of all repairs prohassled joint assembly housing and the rotor
pump. Assembling feed pumps sectional
type is much more complicated due to the need
sity complete each section assembly
impellers and into place between
with a strong fastening guide vanes,
O-rings and other intermediate
details; then the rotor complete with sector
tions mounted in a cylindrical nerazemnom housing.

Figure 22.13. Staples centering on the coupling halves

feed pump PE 430-200 and motor.
1 coupling half pump coupling half 2-motor,
3-bracket coupling half on the motor, 4 - on the half-bracket
clutch pump, 5 - measuring bolts, 6 - counter
nuts, 7 - holes for the shaft to rotate.

In the final assembly, which production

is found in the reverse order of disassembly, thread bolts
Comrade, studs and nuts, dowels and side walls
keyways parts and threaded ends
other details are subject to protection from
jams, should be lubricated with ointment mercury;
all bolted and screwed connections stopper
from self, as provided
structure.
Assembly must not be reused
polzovat details such as Oring of soft iron, copper, rubber, paronita
and other materials which are obtained proprocess of using the residual strain and
influenced by environment, temperature INSTALLS
lovy and mechanical forces.
In order to achieve the water-density Depoint between the joints of steps pave
ring of heat-resistant rubber, asbestos cord
or in some designs - lead
wire.

Figure 22.12. Rotor multi-nutrient

pump. 1 is spline-2-flinger, 3,4-nut
left, 5-rubber cord, 6.11-shirts, 7,9-workers
wheel 8 intermediate sleeve 10 and dump
disk, 12,13-right nuts, 14-shaft, 15.16-screws, 17-stop,
18 seals are, I-bienie0,02 mm,
II-runout of 0.04 mm, III-runout of 0.08 mm, IV-clearance bushing
ke 0.01-0.04 mm, V-tightness on shaft 0.01-0.03 mm.

During assembly of pump stages nadletains to verify proper installation and joint
drop axes impellers and channel direction
Barking devices (see. Fig. 22.3), which is determined

298

mined by the size of the spacers. If the length of

on the spacers was verified during assembly
right output channel impellers will
FLS occupy a middle position with respect to
input channels guide vanes;
Typically, the input of the channel guide AnParaty 1-2 mm larger than the output of the channel
impeller. At wrong position
impeller with respect to the guide
the device you want to change the length of the corresponding
sponding to the spacer, shorten it, cut
machined or replaced with a new larger
length.
After the installation of all the sections of details
Does the rotor firmly fixed end
nut or lock nut retainer, and all sector
of the tie-fitting screw. In izbecontent of imbalances and insufficient tightening seal
enforcement of cords in the joints stages mount
clamping bolts must be made equal
uniformly wise and tightly, then swings out
of the polarity of the rotor manually should ensure
the absence of jamming.
At the end of the pump assembly and tightening
foundation bolts manufactured test
axial run-up of the rotor shaft to fit necks
Bearing fit to drive the discharge
cushioned heel for paint and balance rotors Nations
pump and motor to the coupling half.
Alignment of pumps type PE-430200 made brackets (see Fig. 22.13) with measurements
tion gap with a feeler gauge. During the measurements,
produced in four positions at one
time you turn both rotors point
of alignment should not extend beyond:
runout - not more than 0.05 mm, and the axial
- Not more than 0.04 mm.
Packing glands feed pumps,
operating on the feed water with a temperature
80-90 C, produced by asbestos prografitained rings; at higher temperatures
tours, for example, feed pumps PE 430200, applies a soft combined Nations
bivka rubber core. When applying
pumps gross sleeves labyrinth yn
compaction gaps in them should not exceed
data factory instructions.
Gland packing made of individual
governmental rings having oblique cuts for
ensure a clean and smooth cut. Rings
each individually brought to the place with Since
power hub; shall be sent not to be a single ring
printing another. Dense and uniform prileganie joints in the stuffing box seal
tional chambers packing boxes ensures
Vaeth laying stuffing box with razbezhCoy at 120 . After the end of the packing and
uniform compression of the key push nuts
journal box packing gland for sealing nut
released and then pulled by hand. Nonsatisfactory quality packing nabivki, thorough enough, the statement and noncorrect tightening leads to frequent change

gaskets, shaft damage and wear gland packing

postglacial sleeves.
Due to the unreliability of the salnikoO seal some plants Mosenergy on the feed pumps type PE-500180 of these seals subjected to reconstruction;
with five inner rings and ring gland packing
Single replaced labyrinth bushing olovyanisimple or glandular bronze, and the two outer
packing rings are left unchanged.
Available in shirts drain holes OX
lazhdayuschey water drowned out, and she's Shirt
performed continuous. Labyrinth of bush
screw rotation is stopped, this in
cooling jacket between the ribs drilled
threaded hole M10 or M12; on labirintohowl at the place zasverlivaetsya sleeve hole for
the locking screw.
Over a long and reliable operation
tion of feed pumps provide infinite
Stuffing gap seals type is shown
dennogo in Fig. 22.14. In this seal leak
Hot feed water to the outside through the slit
radial clearance between the sleeve 3 and 4 axle box
small size of the gap is eliminated
(0.3-0.35 mm), in the presence of the sleeve 3 reverse
and the screw thread mainly supply
in cold condensing chamber 5 pressure
greater than the pressure feed water for the Health of
their ends slit gap; cold condensate
penetrating the slit clearance in the chamber 6, relative
is found in the condenser tank and low points.

Figure 22.14. Sealless neckring

feed pump. 1 pump shaft; 2 - discharge
Disc; 3-plug; 4 - Books, 5 - camera feed holodnogo condensate; 6 - camera condensate in
a capacitor; 7 Camera condensate in the tank low
FIR points, 8 - motion of the condensate (arrows).

After all checks and proper

zhaschey installation and fixing of the electric and
all its parts the pump rotor to be rotated
easily by hand (with the clutch disengaged) and without
any grazing. Be put into operation
a pump rotor which after assembly provorachivais only through the crowbar is not allowed,
as it will lead to vibration, which in exeration will increase and require Stopki pump to re-repair.

22.4. Steam ejector.

The modern steam turbine units
for suctioning air from capacitors most
299

widespread steam ejectors with

Surface coolers, which are in
Currently, the most simple and nadezhnyE-to-use Device for vozduhootsasyvayuschimi
apparatus for turbine condensers.
The main causes of problems with steam
Vym ejectors work are clogged
boiler scum and scale nozzles, drainage
steam lines and nets before ejectors, increased
solution in water level above the normal cooler
tion due to leaks tubes or insufficient
precise removal of drainage, corrosion and leaking pipes
refrigerator, cooling the surface contamination
Denia with steam and water sides, and others.
Repair ejectors is clean and
blowing nozzles, diffusers and grids Fuse
-preserving nozzle and coolers from kotional scale, scale, dirt, in accordance verification
standing the flow part, drainage tubes and
crimping tube coolers for determining
and eliminate water leaks.
Check at the current density of the tubes
repairs can be made as follows:
after turning off steam from the ejector and relative
drainage connection the first step at pA
Botha condensate pump checked vypercolation of condensate drainage chambers ejector
pa; the presence of condensate at any stage goway indicates that leakage pipe system and peretechke of the water chamber through this stage of damage
erate up.
In case of skipping labor
side and wear due to erosion or corrosion
need to change the tube in advance and
check the status of parootboynyh shields.
The tubes are cleaned with the inner side
ramrods with hair tips or
rag slack followed by washing
Pressurized water. Cleaning the tubes with the outer
side, with them any deposition
shall be effected by washing with a jet of saturated
or hot vapor condensation. In the presence of
fatty plaque of the tube can be read out
myty dichloroethane, and in a raid scale of 2-3% nym hydrochloric acid solution.
Impact due to a mixture of jet
steam and air, there is a gradual CON- NECTOR
Danie nozzle and ejector diffuser neck.
When corrode surfaces of steam nozzles and
diffusers and the need to change the special
attention should be paid to the correct
of the size of the new elements, the state of their
internal surfaces (grinding) and on the right
correctness of their assembly, on which depends the good
operation of the ejector. So, in order to avoid irregularly
On receipt of a pair of nozzle throat diffuser
Weekend section nozzles should be sectioned,
constructed perpendicular to their axis, and should not be
have barbs; the axis of the nozzle and the diffuser must
be aligned (see Fig. 22.15, and the axis A-B); when sostavMr. diffuser connection point of both sides
must exactly match (see Fig. 22.15, b).
When you install the diffuser It should
blowing ensure their density planting in relative

holes steam box, because otherwise possible

air leak from the refrigerator in the suction
ing the camera at the corresponding levels that may
can lead to an overload of ejectors.

Figure 22.15. The assembly of the nozzle and diffuser steam

an ejector, and-the relative position of the nozzle and the diffuser,
b-wrong and correct assembly of
composite diffuser.

Particularly important for normal

tion of the ejector is correct relative
the position of the nozzle and the diffuser (fig. 22.15, and,
size b); this distance, set when
assembly, should be brought into line with
factory data or data origiinitial installation. Adjusting for es- tablished
of the required size can be the product
was given for the simultaneous variation of the thickness
flange of the nozzle and diffuser surface side
of their fit to the steam ejector box,
this is achieved by a groove or installing steam
granites and copper gaskets Flange diffusion
lance and nozzle with a corresponding groove flange
ant nozzle and diffuser with gasket thickness
opposite side.

Figure 22.16. The scheme of drainage lines ejector.

1 - condenser 2 - lowest points in tanks,
I, II, III - stage ejector.

300

year period at a dose no higher than 0.3 mg / l)

or by any other means.
By circulating the main conduits
attention during the repair should be paid
such works as:
1) removal of contaminants pipelines
which lead to a significant increase accordance
resistances, and, consequently, to the loss of proproductivity circulation pumps and
improve the flow of electricity on their Examples
water;
2) check the status of valves, flanges, and
welds circulation lines. Especially
This applies for the gates of large diameter,
locking wedges which, due to their large Since
surface experience significant unilateral
eral efforts; opening and closing of such zadvizhek requires the application of a large force that
leads to a rapid deterioration of the leading thread nuts
and stocks, and in the absence of grease-even Therefore
breaking rod holders and wedges; wear thread
leading to nuts leads to spontaneous
closing of the valves and to the disruption of supply tsirkulyatsition of water. The causes of such accidents are
lack of lubrication, cleaning and timely reform
Monta spindle nut and stocks, and in some instances
teas - defects in water supply schemes, when the
repair a valve due to the lack or
22.5. SYSTEM
irrational arrangement of dividing
Circulating
valves for circulating water conduits prihoWATER.
ditsya stop almost all elektrostantion or drastically reduce its load;
Reliability and efficiency of the condensation
3) check the status of the receiving grids kotion system depends not only on the accordance
lodtsev and inlet channels; unsatisfactory
standing and working capacitors vozduhootsasytional state of the receiving wastewater treatment networks
ing devices, condensate and circulation
(Dirt, discontinuities), which must not pass
circulation pump, but also on the condition and operation
large particulate debris, resulting in a poor
the entire circulatory system, to which the relative
pre-cleaning the cooling water,
syatsya also pressure and drain the circular
which in turn leads to clogging of the tube
lation conduits, intake grid bryzgalnye swimming pools, cooling towers, ponds and other sources GOVERNMENTAL boards capacitors to reduce feed
water circulation pumps and can connicknames cooling circulating water.
Bova frequent stops for cleaning turbines concentration
Circulating water system
capacitors;
straight-through and circulating (bass of spray
4) inspection of the check valve at
Seino, cooling towers, ponds) during the operation
its presence in the suction line circular
exposed dirt mud, debris, and the other
circulation pump; his poor
gimi mechanical, mineral and organic
work can cause failure of the pump due to
cal deposits. Normal operation
impossibility to fill and create a fairly
these systems is possible only during
considerable resistance, impairs working
systematic cleaning as clogging, for
that the pump. In the absence of non-return valves
Example of the spray nozzles, causing
should be checked to quickly
additional resistance and due to increasing
off the circulation pump during its offas the temperature of the cooling water deterioration
zapnom exit from work if you turn off the engine
of the work of the condensing unit.
the Tell, Do not turn the pump in reverse
To protect the water supply systems
tion side;
from siltation and aquatic vegetation overgrowing
5) ensuring air tightness vsaNost is processed circulation
scribing lines of pumps to eliminate subwater one way or another, the selection of which
pumps air, which can lead to deterioration
depends on local conditions. From organic
sheniyu and even failure of the pumps.
sediment water system predohranyaEqual attention should be given to
are properly organized chlorination
density discharge pipeline circulation
circulating water at intervals and dosage
rows of capacitors to siphon wells; For
cally operated, depending on hloropogloschaemosti water.
presence of air suction reduces the siphon action
Fighting "flowering" of water caused by a letVia the system, which leads to a decrease in the number
tions during the intensive development of water distribution
vegetation, conducted by chemical additives
reactants (additive copper sulphate 1-2 times
Much attention in the assembly should
also be given to the creation of the air density
of all the elements and compounds and ejectors
density of reinforcement.
When a possible recycle
tion of air into the ejector should be at levels
refurbishing arrange for its
elimination. Recirculation through the drain line
SRI refrigerators can be eliminated by
Position drain drainage lines of the steps
Ejector corresponding adjustment gidrozacreate and perform drain line ejector
capacitor with a bias that eliminates the possibility
of education in this line of traffic jams and ensure
Chiva normal condensate drain from the refrigerator
nicks ejector (see Fig. 22.16). Recycling vozduha through leaks in the flange connections
housing and internal partitions refrigeration
dilnikov can be eliminated by careful
tive re-shimming the bottom of the
hull and a steam box: in the case of need
sary should be routed further
asbestos cord in places fit inside
nal walls to the bottom.

301

To ensure normal operation

and maximize the cooling effects
fect from work spray ponds or gravitons
cooling tower is necessary to stop the turbine units
overhauls maximize
to bring the bulk of these constructions in proper condition.
Especially carefully should be verified
Renault condition catchment tanks, drain
GOVERNMENTAL wells, pipelines and nozzles for distribution
tribution lines and spray ponds
switchgear, irrigation trenches
tional Reshetnikov of stacks, drain
nozzles, spray outlets prefabricated swimming
Sein cooling towers, etc. .; if necessary, they
should be thoroughly cleaned and repaired
Rowan.

of water that passes through the capacitors, and

improve the flow of electricity to the drive
pumps; disrupt the siphon on the return line
capacitor leads to an instantaneous and significant
tional reduction in the circulating flow
pump.
At some stations, significant Nations
violations in the circulating pumps vyout to be the spring and especially in autumn postponed
zheniyami bottom ice and slush on the filter
lattices intakes. To combat the phenomenon
tions skid gratings should be carried out corresponds
sponding timely preparation prispoPacks designed for quick cleaning and removal solution
current. Drastic measure to combat slush
and bottom ice is approaching the receiver
drain grating warm circulating water.

23 REPAIR regenerative device.

23.1. HEATERS.
Of regenerative heaters naiboLeah common in turbine plant vyhigh pressure is a verticalsurfactant type heaters BIP, PVSS,
MF et al.
In the high pressure heater series
BIP tube forming the heating surface,
curved shaped Wand welded to steel
nym collecting water collectors small
diameter, which in turn are welded
connections for inlet and outlet of the feed water.
For the repair of the lid with the pipe system
can be entirely removed from the body Heating for
Vatel.
In type heaters PVSS surface
formed tubular heating double spin
tral coils. For the repair of pipe systems
theme, which with the help of the central tube and
pipe receiving the header pipes privareon the cover heater is lifted bodily
of the shell with a lid.
Heated in a series of PV surface
heat is also generated double zmeevikovyE helices. Detachable body flange podogrevatelya located in its lower part; such
location and installation of the split flange
tube system together with the lower bottom non
movable on the base facilitates conditions for
repair of the piping system; for inspection of pipe
beam fixed to the lower bottom of the hull,
housing must be removed without razbalchivaniya
flanges on the approach and retraction supply
tional water heaters have.
Low pressure heaters also vy
U-shaped, crimped into tube
board.
Heaters of all types have a protective
nye devices of various designs, intended
to the prevention of water ingress into the
the flow of the turbine at higher level
in the heater above the permissible that may

occur when a defect in the pipe

systems.
Repair of surface heaters in
mainly lies in their inspection, cleaning Therefore
heating surfaces of deposits and hydro
hydraulically pressure testing of pipe systems for
identifying and eliminating leaks tubes.
In accordance with the TOR heaters vyhigh and low pressure should be subject to
1 external examination once a year, the Inland OC
Motru-1 every 3 years, and hydraulic ispyTania - 1 time in 6 years. Based on local conditions
tions and condition heaters,
these standards by periodicity disassembly, OC
Motril, cleaning and pressing heaters can
be specified for each unit in otdelnoSTI. Usually, the implementation of these works priurochivais to the overhaul of turbine unit.
To avoid penetration of steam and hot
water heaters during their capital
repair of valves and associated pipeline
water must be securely covered respectively
sponding breaking valves; when neplotof the valve must be installed zaglushki shanks from both related labor
-laying and equipment, and from the
drainage and bypass lines; thickness ustanavderived in the plugs must match the vapor
parameters of the working environment.
After disconnecting from the current notation
ment necessary by opening the drainage
nazhnyh lines to blow off steam and water repairs
orientable equipment and pipelines; all
time to repair the drain line should be kept
open to prevent the accumulation of steam
and hot water in case of leakage otklyuchayuing valves.
For the repair, after opening podogrevateLeu and their related fittings made
thorough inspection and check the status of internal
inner surfaces of the housings, flange accordance
compounds housings and covers heaters,
external and internal surfaces of the tubes, and
the repair and inspection of stop action, reform

302

trolled and protective fittings podogrevateLeu.

Survey of external and internal
inner surfaces of the spiral, U-shaped and
straight tubes heaters made for
determine the extent of erosion, corrosion and contamination
tion tubes, the availability of these scratches, the longitudinal
grooves and irregularities; detection
dents, nicks and cracks, especially in environments for
pipe connection to the collectors or valtsoof gauge connections with tube plates, need
sary to take measures to eliminate them elucidate
thread causes giving rise to these defects.
Digging pipe system or removal
housing with the piping system must be proverit no skew relative to the tube bundle
relation to the body, the condition of internal transfer
town and protective (demolition) sheets, as well as
wear his knees on the lines of condensate
heating steam.
Cleaning the tubes heaters from scale
and deposits on the water side is made
chemical or mechanical methods, the choice of
method depends on the nature of the deposition and construcstruction heaters. Deposits on the outer
the tubes are more easily extended portion
dissolved in water are removed by washing
tube surface jet of hot water or vice
saturated steam at the installation of the piping system
in a horizontal position.
Clean U-tubes heaters
Low pressure tubing and spiral coils
high pressure heaters can also be
produce at the corresponding deposits
blowing steam or compressed air, or else
best results - blowing peskostruynym apparatus; however frequent recommend
applying a purge can not be avoided
significant deterioration of the tubes.
It is more efficient cleaning zmeeWick and U-tubes by prokachiva
(2-3% solution of hydrochloric acid passivatorus), as well as to clean the condenser tubes
tors, which are dissolved therein, and solid relative
Proposition. After cleaning the pipes using
chemical solvents with a water heaters
tion parties must be thoroughly rinsed with
hot water until a neutral reaction
and the complete removal of the tubes weighted residuals
particles.
The use of chemical methods of purification
ki tubes must be preceded by the work of chemical
cal laboratory power analysis
scale, selection of appropriate reagents and their
concentration; chemical laboratory developed
ated and dry-cleaning mode, violations
of which can cause of premature
mu wear and shorten the life of the tubes.
Heated in a straight-tube Chistka latter presents no zaficulties and can be produced with ramrods
ruffs, with hair tips or tryapichnoy slack and blowing saturated vapor

rum; to improve the quality of cleaning rag

preroll ramrods soaked in 3-5% sodium
solution phosphate. For the U-tubes Examples
changes of mechanical cleaning with a ruff
and cutters can not be recommended as
this may damage the walls of the tubes in sgibang.
In normal operation indicator
need to clean the surface of the pipe system
theme is a significant increase in the difference between the
dark
tures between the heating steam and heated
water; This difference may also be due to
presence of air; lowering the temperature of supply
tive for water heater can be vyRank leakage in bypass lines and perepuscom portion of the water through these lines.
If cleaning the tubes from contamination not Denmark
a desired effect in reducing subcooling
water, it could be a significant
decrease in surface heating heater
because of the large number of silencing tubes,
which requires the acceleration of replacement tubes.
Checking density heaters with
U-pipe, crimped in the tube
GOVERNMENTAL boards, made with built in
casing pipe system attached to the body
tube plate and remove the cover of the water chamber.
In the vapor space heater manual
hydraulic press is pressurized,
provided passport heater; it
pressure is maintained in the heater not
over 5 min; during this period, carefully
nym Examine density preheater
Telja. Leakage is found in the joints of the labor
side with the tube plates at a trickle or drops
water and the appearance slezok as sweating. Obleak detection in rolling tube, if
tube sheet is not damaged, removed corresponds
sponding additional podvaltsovkoy
tube, thus avoiding all necking
tubes and curing should not be subjected
forge-rolling tube unnecessary.
In the high-pressure heaters there, in a
Depending on the time during which a
the leakage water flowing in the rolling,
causes more or less damage
tube plate; rupture or breakage of a tube
ki, which operates through water jet high
-pressure may cause failure of the
up to ten adjacent tubes. Such defects tubes
require you to stop operation of the heater
for an emergency.
The causes of the destruction of selfIIR tubes can be: erosion and corrosion of the tubes
due to poor venting, internal For
stress in the material of the tubes, hydraulic
shocks and vibrations tubes associated with nonfrigerant location intermediate vapor
baffles or with the wrong
location napootboynyh shields. Vibration
usually cause severe wear of tubes for prointermediate partitions even with small gaps
in the holes. Determining the causes of vibration
should also check rigidity mounting

303

heaters on the foundations; themselves funyou usually do not raise doubts as performed
nyayutsya thick enough. Since space
damage to the built-in heater and it
cooler drainage (if any) is determined
mined by the screening density
of the piping system, for which the late stages
vitsya under pressure.
When the leak detection pipe system
dismantled from the body and placed on a de
Roaring lining; to access the defective
places and nature of the damage inspection (rupture
Islands, fistula, erosion damage, etc..) in the case
case of necessity is made relevant
schaya frame disassembly of the piping system.
Damaged sections of the pipes can be
cut and coils instead cut, vvaRena insertion of the tubes of the same diameter and material
rial. When welding to drain water, the presence of which
swarm and evaporation were not allowed to
get a tight seal in the bottom loop coil
hole is burned; on completion of work relative
hole sealed autogenous welding.
When the difficulties of the repair or HOURS
-particle replacement of damaged pipes, espetures tubes inner rows, usually de
fektnaya tube is suppressed at both ends mednyE or iron plugs with a small cone
Som.
Significant reduction in surface Nations
heating heaters by silencing tubes
should not be allowed, as this would cause increased
Since solution of hydraulic resistance
dogrevateley and subcooling of the condensate. If the number
of
plugged tubes reaches the level at
which the heating surface heater
decrease more than 10%, manufactured
Repair heater with full zaMena all new tubes. The tubes shall be
complete replacement and with a significant overall erosive
ziynom, corrosive wear and other defects
s tubes, causing frequent outages
heaters. For this purpose, after the recess
the piping system of the body are made preparation
tovitelnye work accordingly constructive

tube wall thickness to 0.7-0.8 mm and obmyat

seamed end of the same order as
is a capacitor.
After cleaning the holes in the tube sheet
New tubes are inserted, with the ends
protrude from the tube plate at 3 to 5 mm
towards the water chamber. When rolling the concentration
samples tubes perevaltsovka or trimming tubes
unacceptable; also unacceptable when valtsevaSRI distribution of holes in the tube plates or collective
lecturers that complicate the replacement tubes in the postfollowing.

Figure 23.1. Excavation and compaction tubes bolts and

- Collection tube, flared in the tubesheet
heating Telja. 1 - tube plate, 2 - Beading
end of the tube under the cone 3-direction sputtering
tube, 4-pin punch to knock out the tubes; b - yn
compaction anchor bolt connection of the tubular system
Heater, 1 - Disc, 2-asbestos cord,
3 - hole to heat the bolt tightening.

In regenerative heaters high

of pressure (180-200 atm) without pipe
boards when changing tubes, special attention should
be paid to the quality of welding of tubes to a water
nym collectors circular cross section.
After changing the tubes have to
be made hydraulic crimping
heater on the water side; for this tame
nym press in the water space Since
dogrevatelya pressure is created, accordingly
the operating pressure of the heater and the status
tubes controlled by their outer surface
of; especially careful monitoring of the absence
Changing the tubes have heaters with straight
Viy leaks must be made at the tube
pipes and two tube plates Special zaGOVERNMENTAL boards from the vapor space.
ficulties and is not made in order
In the presence of anchor ties pipe
same procedure as described for the capacitors
system under the tie rod nuts for yn
have flared at both ends of the tube
compaction laid washers paronita 1
ki. Some high-pressure heaters
(Fig. 23.1, b); washers are placed on top of the slack
of the tube can be replaced without de- taching
asbestos cord 2 to be placed in razzenkovment heaters with foundations.
ku tube sheet holes. It should be noted
Removal of defective tubes from the tube pre
attention to the correct and complete nuts
cally produced notch and knocking vykolotkoy with a shoulder in the direction of the water chamber anchor ties; under special relative
openings in the bolts, as shown in the figure,
(Fig. 23.1 a). If the handset does not lend itself
final tightening of bolts produced Since
to avoid damaging the holes in the pipe
After heating the methods described in 7.8.
boards can be drilled special cutter

304

Before assembly to ensure that the density of

connection flange housing and cover Since
dogrevatelya necessary to verify the absence of
nicks and burrs on the sealing surface
of flanges, threaded studs and nuts. The main
nye gasket between the flanges of the housing and a water
governmental chambers serving some construcstruction and to seal the walls, separated
Barking one move water from the other, should be cut out
to show one piece (see Fig. 23.2 a) of sheet paronita
thickness of 0.75-1 mm; gasket, put
inside circumference of the flange bolt casing without
should be free of cracks and other surface
defects.

Along with the renovation of the heaters

be possible to repair all items of protective Device for
tron devices and valve heaters, appointment
which is to turn off the heater when
break the tubes of the total system for heating water
dy and protection against ingress of water into the turbine
Well, without violating the boiler feed. Demolition, reform
Mounting and assembly of such security features as the
concentration
densatootvodchiki, gate pass and obmartial valves, automatic valves momentum
pulsed devices and other such items should
us to be made with the expectation of receiving a complete
tion of confidence in their density, trouble-free pA
paper and for ease of stroke; must also be
checked all fittings for drainage lines and
Air suction lines of the heaters
which is very important for the reliability of the podoheaters.
Insulation shells and their covering kozhuhaE plates must be made
after the heaters and some
period of their operation, as it allows
quickly detect a leak and make podtyazhku bolts without damage insulation.

Figure 23.2. Heating for the assembly of flanged joints

ers, and - installation between flanges and body
water chamber heater b - sequence
tightening of the flange studs
Connection of the heater.

23.2. EVAPORATOR.

Repair evaporator consists principally

, in his descaling and determined through
lennye intervals for pressure testing
Check and omissions in the water vapor
space.
The joints of the low-pressure heaters
The most convenient for repair are
covered with mastic, applied for the principal
Sectional evaporators, sectional evaporator
GOVERNMENTAL joints condensers and evaporators. Oil
To allows to minimize the time it proTeak is a mixture of white lead, red lead and
standing at clean as it is defined only
boiled oil in the ratio of 0.6 to 0.8 kg of red lead
the time required for the replacement of contaminated
1 kg of white lead, this preparation
section to spare, a cleaned beforehand.
mastic is produced by mixing of lead
Cleaning the pipes from scale to recess sector
tsovyh whitewash oil to a paste, after
tion is made by draining the body
which is added to the minium until mastic
evaporator and through a special start razbryzstops sticking to your fingers.
Gibe cold water pipe on the whole surface
Covers heaters and evaporate gels
of the pipe section; at the same time as the tube
operating at temperatures above 95 C, with steam
ki heated, scale cracks, bounces
hand side as the tube plates of capacitors
with the tube surface and then removed from the bottom
put on mastic compiled of 75% magnetite
her part of the evaporator housing. When excavated sector
Zita and 25% graphite, divorced for boiled oil
of the scale from the tubes removed tapping
le to the consistency of thick cream.
surface with small hammers or by
Compound flange bolts proizvoditsmiling with the expectation of uniform transmission of efforts scraping chain, covering the receiver and
move along it.
on
Cleaning the evaporator is also produced
gasket, so the approximate sequence
by chemical means using as
tions the tightening of the bolts should correspond
hydrochloric acid reagent. This method gives the effects
Vova scheme in Fig. 23.2 b. Particular attention is
fect with respect to acceleration and good quality
must be paid to tightening of bolts podoclearing only when applying the circulation distribution
Greve in order to avoid creating in them too
reagent solution using a special transfer
high voltages; Tightening bolts at work
xed pump.
than the pressure in the preheater is not allowed.
To avoid corrosion of surfaces
In order to avoid excessive voltage transmission
evaporator hydrochloric acid is very important right
provisions or exposure to additional weight on
correctly select the fortress solution depending
coupling body and the water chamber podogrevatethe thickness and nature of the scale; usually Fortress
A need to pipe flanges
solution should be established chemical
were well aligned with the nozzles Since
laboratory power, but for all conditions
dogrevateley; This should be taken into account
tions fortress solution should not exceed 5%.
thermal expansion as well as all podogDuration solution circulation in each
revatelya and pipelines.

305

passes, and the remaining in the glass - condensation

siruetsya formed a vacuum and water under pressure
leniem deaerator quickly fills the glass;
clogged with full glass of water channel
slowly filled by kondensiruyuschegosmiling couple in it; by operation vodoukazatelnyh
glass is produced by blowing; 3) Absence
steaming cranes; when skipping produvochnoOn tap we have the testimony of understated water
doukazatelnogo glass.
23.3. Deaerator.
In case of breakage and the need to replace the water
The purpose of the deaerator is removal
doukazatelnogo glass ceiling is made
tion of the feedwater supplied to the power
water and steam valves and after loosening
steam boilers, gas dissolved therein and espenuts and seizure packing sleeves and rings extraction
particularly oxygen and carbon dioxide in the presence of ko- repent fragments of glass. New glass insert
toryh feedwater lead to corrosion
through the hole in the upper head, which is usually
piping and equipment.
but closed with a plug; after passage through a die
Corded books deaerator average
on the glass to put on top of the ring gland
and high blood pressure with the technical character
tso, sleeve and nut, and then lower gland
tics, the results of mechanical and hydronut, sleeve and ring. After entering in the glass
hydraulically test shall be registered in
socket and lower the crane into place cauGosgortechnadzor; bleeders atmospheric
goad tightened upper and lower sebaceous
-type not subject to registration.
tor rings, bushings and nuts. Before tightening
Overhaul deaerator usually
Packing nuts should be checked to
made simultaneously with major reform
edge of the glass does not overlap the vapor channel, for
Mont, the main equipment.
which the glass tube should not be up to
The main work in the repair of deaeration
steam passage is 2-4 mm.
torus are: combating corrosion surface
Hydraulic test deaerator
STAY by their thorough cleaning of rust and
made after its complete assembly with all
coating with a rust inhibitor, check
reinforcement, while relief valves
serviceability and cleanliness plates razbryzgivayuscheto be wedged and optionally
On the device, repair of stop regulating and
Disconnecting from the existing pipelines
safety valve, repair vodoukazaformulation made with steel caps
tional glass insulating state correction
shanks on paronitovye Linings. Zational coatings and its painting et al.
complement deaerator water produced at
Cleaning the inside surface of the deaeration
open the air vent until it appears from the water
the secondary column and tank from scale, products roots
yes, and the increase in pressure is manually
rozii and sludge produced by metal
a hydraulic pump.
brushes. After washing with water is required to
At an operating pressure in the column deaeratoshould be checked for contamination
pa above 5 at deaerator checked for pressure
and damage of plates and columns deaerator go1.25 on operating at a pressure of up to 5 attractor
rizontalnost their situation; clean holes
polutorakratnoe from working at atmospheric
plates should be checked tapered rod
a pressure of 2 atm; at these pressures bleeders
nyami. Such cleaning and inspection required for
kept for 5 min and then decrease
ensure proper distribution and development
of pressure to work are examined
splitting the flow of water through the holes of plates;
to detect leaks.
otherwise draining thick jet
In operation, proper operation deaeration
through the edges lead to a deterioration of deaeration.
torus is determined by systematic monitoring of
By vodoukazatelnym glasses should
dissolved oxygen content after de
to be checked: 1) the integrity of the glass; damage degree
aerators and feed pumps. To prevent
count often occur due to poor Mat
rotation of corrosion of steam boilers content
the material, improper purging and misalignment
oxygen should not exceed for boilers
Position fixing heads; when nesoosno40 at a pressure below 30 mg / kg, in the range 40
warps, glasses and tightening lopaet100 Al-20 mg / kg and above 100 attractor 10 mg / kg.
smiling; 2) the purity of the steam and water channels; when
complete blockage of the steam channel pairs it does not
house individual case is determined experimentally
Path depending on the speed of dissolution
scale.
After cleaning solution and lowering the need
mo rinse thoroughly with clean water evaporator
using the same circulation and with the change of
water several times, until a full
its lack of traces of hydrochloric acid.

24 LINES, flanges and fittings.

24.1. PIPELINES.
For easy inspection and repair of pipelines
wires should be used collapsible timber. Line
SRI piping must be provided
comfortable enough approaches a constant and
Portable lighting 12, significantly

facilitates the control of the state and conduct

repair of pipelines, flanges,
fittings, valves, insulation and so on.
The lack of a convenient and reliable approach
to the pipeline, at an altitude of, and
inadequate lighting lead to difficulties

306

supervision over it, that operation is often the SKA

called a leakage in flanges,
leaky gaskets, valves and gates, poor
condition of the insulation, etc.. These inconveniences
with larger pipeline damage
(Strong vibration, fistulas, etc..) Lead to prolonged
nym turbine plant downtime and great danger
of personnel and equipment as a result of
that the cessation of steam and water passes Since
overlap of the corresponding means of the Vienna
tiley and valves, is difficult.
Before attempting any repairs have to calculate
Full and all other activities provide
cheniyu safe operation of pipeline; in
Specifically, all need to be open for drainage,
drain and purge valves for release
the atmosphere; appropriate valves and valves
(If not put plugs) should be locked
chain on the lock and posted warning
posters. If for repair labor between the flanges
-laying set plugs last
tion should be placed with the expectation of strength and
with enough visual shanks, clearly
indicating their location (long,
painted in bright color).
All pipes and fittings machine
shop, especially the main steam lines and labor
-laying of hot water, should be subject to
at each overhaul careful
inspection and repair. The highest requirements
apply to all steam pipes, pipeline
Waters, fixture and fittings, which
working with superheated steam of 450 C and above. In
modern turbine plant they run
of pearlite steels (12H1MF, 15H1MF,
20HMFL et al.) And austenitic grades (H18N9T,
H18N12T, EI695 et al.).
In the process of long-term exposure
high temperature steam pipes susceptible
creep phenomena (residual deformation)
changes in the structure of the metal, intercrystalline
hydrochloric corrosion that may over time
lead to brittle fracture of the steam line.
Measurement of residual strains steam
wire of pearlite steels produced at
straight sections welded on to them specially
cial boss in the first two mutually
perpendicular direction, and the steam lines of
austenitic steels, directly on labor
bam. Measurements are made during repairs
when cooled down state with the aid of steam lines
means of micrometers, templates or special
clamps with replaceable jaws. Usually places change
rhenium close removable, reliable ukreplyaemy insulation for pipes.
Control and monitoring of the growth of the residual
deformations, structural changes, and
also the state of the outer surface of the welded
compounds and the heat affected zone vapor
roprovodov produced methods and terms
PTE established and relevant types
povymi instructions.
If during operation in the weld
steam and piping connections go-

ryachey water found fistulas, leaks, razunity and omissions, it is necessary for the repair
establish the reasons for their appearance and check
welds and heat affected places gamma
flaw detection or ultrasound. Reasons
These defects may be of poor quality welding
pipes, caused by lack of penetration, burn-through, sublattice
unions, porosity of the weld displacement
edges and skewed ends with splicing
pipes as well as the wrong choice of electrodes
welding mode and the weld heat treatment.
Eliminating these defects productivity
ditsya respectively separated by perevarki
lannyh to bare metal welding defect sites
tion seam; use in the repair of responsibility
governmental and pipelines Chiselling podvarki
unacceptable.
If it is impossible to eliminate fistula and
Pass by cutting and de perevarki
fektnogo place produced a clipping from the labor
pipe-laying on the length of 75-100 mm on both
sides of the weld seam and welding a new branch pipe
Single stainless steel of the same brand as the cut.
In carrying out welding work issues
cutting and edge preparation, choice of electrode
electrodes, and the right kind of welding and thermal
moobrabotki and control issues procession of work are of paramount
value to eliminate such defects in
further exploitation.
After repair by welding labor
-laying shall be tested hydraulically
with the presentation of the State Engineering Supervision for
technical
ray examination. On the product
repair by welding and hydraulic
test should be made accordingly
sponding entries in the books Cord steam lines,
which should include information on the certification

redundant valves, piping, purge

GOVERNMENTAL and drainage lines, which are scheduled to
Elimination on review schemes vaporguides and other pipelines to improve
the reliability of their operation.

24.2. SUPPORT AND SUSPENSIONS.

During the inspection of pipelines should be paid
pour attention condition and attachment
supports and hangers, blind spots, and compensators
isolation. This inspection must warn
appearance of jamming, loosening, de
defects compensation pipe pinching and
violations of the integrity of the outer insulation; adverse
pleasing to the normal operation of the steam lines
is also a lack of the necessary clearances
(50-60mm) when passing through the steam conduits Peoverlap of.
The presence of these defects leads to the disruption of
dead legs and vibration of pipelines due to
inadequate compensation, distorting,
to the breakdown of compounds to leak and breakthroughs

307

appropriate bolts, studs and nuts, as well as

gaskets, etc.. Vibration and improper composition
replace damaged clips and fasteners with Since
overcancellation steam lines connecting to the turbine
damage to threads.
Bina, lead to the transfer of the turbine voltage
tions of thermal expansion steam lines; these
stress often leads to abnormal
24.3. Flanged connections.
vibration of the turbine and steam and can be issued
Pipe connections to each other,
call an emergency stop of the turbine.
Pipe connections and fittings therefor, with
For proper operation of several joints
molded parts, as well as the connection pipe
need for absolute reliability and rigidity
wires with equipment manufactured flanged
attachment of movable and fixed (dead
Vym and welded joints. Reliability
point) supports providing temperature
the equipment is largely dependent
move in the specified direction of pipelines
the quality of these compounds, however when repairs
leniyah and preventing bending pipes. In roller
those they should be given a lot of attention, espeO supports, suspension springs and the Dead
particularly flange connections on pipelines
points of the piping are sometimes observed It should
high environmental parameters, since they do not
following abnormalities:
provides a reasonable part of such labor
1) offset clamps, insufficient Nations
-laying. Currently in use,
securely fixed to the pipeline; in some
flanged connections: disc, collar
which designs the connection pipe opoSmooth mirror normal pressure and
swarm so badly that no subCollar with projections and depressions to increase
pulling in the dead bolt does not provide zadents pressures. Circular flanges worn
fixing pipes. When repairs need to replace
pipe and welded thereto from both sides, and
adopt new defective clamps, made
Collar butt welded to the pipe.
steel according to the temperature conditions
During the overhaul of unit
cess, in which the clamps will work with zamust check the reliability of fastening
mounting on the pipeline. New clips from
flanges for pipes, especially on the parameters of
steel strip should fit without gaps Examples
roprovodah and nutrient lines by carefully
Adjacent to the pipe surface that can be Dos
tive examination of places of embarkation after cleaning
mately achieved in the presence of the clamp between the legs from isolation. Such verification is absolutely mandatory
zative for pipes having landed
Auditor 10-15 mm; lines must lie
flanges by welding, and by rolling or only
dense cushion fixed support.
privarkoj. Disorder flange connections
2) weakening of the suspension springs pipeline
tubes in these constructions may be
water treatment, the presence of cracks on the springs,
because of the poor quality of the welding and rolling. For
bundles
out- door inspection should ensure that the
and other defects in metal. If necessary,
welding of the flange to the pipe is not damaged, ie No
replacing the spring to check its brand
separation from the collar flange welding.
metal characteristics and uniformity of distribution
Sealant between the flanges ustanavdistance between the individual windings. When setting the
Lebanon metal or paronitovye proNovki in place will be needed in the cold
masonry ( 2.5). Leakage or floating flange accordance
state with an approach for using the existing
compounds and gaskets breakdowns usually vyzyvayutVeske fittings for adjusting the compression
smiling: 1) improper initial installation
preload of the spring by an amount
Gasket (misalignment between the ends and the weak
indicated in the figure; should be noted that nedostightening flanges, bad treatment and nonsufficiently interference overload adjacent supports, and
satisfactory condition mirrors flanges
large interference causes an overload of the opobefore installing gaskets); 2) the use of
ry.
cushioning material, poor or
3) loose roller or
not in accordance with the conditions of work; 3) violation
fixed supports (blind spots) on the walls and
sheniyami proper compensation and proper
brackets associated with walls.
the piping, which is the main
4) failure of the insulation of steam
condition for free, without any harm to
wires to install movable bearings,
the density and strength of flanges,
especially suspensions, in which the spring comprises
changes in the length of pipelines with fluctuations
in a lot of insulation, which negatively affects
operating temperatures in these environments.
at work suspensions.
Damage and leaks flange
5) cracks, nicks, and other exhibit any
connections cause heat loss and often
Rocky metal rollers, balls and cages Since
lead to the need for unscheduled ostanoxed and fixed supports.
wok units, so in all cases where it is
All of these defects should be repaired several
possible operating conditions, excessive
slow to identify them. Offset clamps and
flanged joints should be replaced svarnysupports are usually determined by the change in the value
E.
rank gap between them and the pointers (reperaControl of the flanged
E) to be installed in the fixed parts
must be constant and careful with vyequipment. To resolve weakening fastening
occurrence in each case causes
tion supports, suspension and blind spots during
repairs necessary to make pulling

308

leading to damage and leakage. Eliminate

adopt defects flanges should
time without waiting for the development of small
gaps and leaks to emergency sizes so
in addition to possible emergency shutdown,
leaking through the joint water or steam causes
vayut corrosive butt flange surfaces
ant, which further leads to frequent breakdowns
gaskets.
Usually, if the gasket started leaking,
then no lift or flange connection
other temporary measures can not prevent
changing pad. It should be particularly alert to
unacceptability and dangers suspenders flanges
pipeline under pressure.
Changing pads is greatly facilitated
and faster if the bolts connecting flanges
not rusted and no longer than is required for the
good tightening. Bolts should be placed so
length so that after fixing nut bolt vyShe went from not more than 1-1 thread. VyMove the bolt from the nut to 5-6 and create more threads
is the only additional difficulty relative
deploy- nuts because of the rust cut that
sometimes causes a complete inability otverpull the nut. If it is impossible loosening
nut wrench should try tapping
nuts and wetting kerosene stud threads in
for 2-3 hours; If wetting does not reform
results, it is necessary to produce warm nuts
blowtorch, or at least cut them
oxyacetylene torch.
If you change the bolts, studs and nuts need
Dimo, but the quality of workmanship, check
the conformity of the material from which they
manufactured (steel grade), working conditions. For
reduce the possibility of jamming at high
temperatures, studs and nuts made of stainless steel
alloy steels should be used with different
Hardness: steel studs higher solid
achievement than nuts.
The use of studs and nuts for fixing
flanges of high pressure pipelines or
working with an ambient temperature above 450 C,
which do not have a passport, and marking underadmissible. Instead of bolts for flange connection
tions with a nominal pressure of more than 25 kg / cm 2 It
should
blowing apply studs with two nuts. For
increase the elastic strain and unloading
Thread these studs shall be made with
tails, with a smooth exit the thread and do not have
cuts and nicks. Control pins on the absence
Via cracks can be performed at the installation
Novki ultrasonic flaw UDM-1M
feeler gauge.
When installing the bolts and studs required
mo check to come in contact with the ends of the screws
flanges on the entire surface without distortions;
moreover, must be checked as they are included in the
holes in the flanges and have enough length of Nations
cutting; the latter must be performed with a certain
torym margin for interference, but not so long that
that it takes up all of the flange; better

if cutting only reaches half of its

thickness.
Thread the bolts and studs, especially for
flanges steampipes high
pressure before screwing nuts available to provide
Storage jamming is degreased and in accordance
ance with temperature dry rubbed the silver
Risto graphite, graphite, diluted to
glycerin, pure chalk, chalk powder,
diluted in denatured alcohol, or
mastics, specified in 2.5.
After changing the gasket flange pipe
must be strictly parallel and bolts or
studs must be tightened evenly with Examples
Menen normal wrench good
fitted on the nut throat; uniformity zaburdensome Phillips reached first, and
then three-or four-circular is passed by
house all nuts.
Tightness in the joint of pipe flanges with
abnormally large distance between
unacceptable, except in cases specifically
stipulated preload
cold needed to compensate
tion of thermal expansion of the pipeline
in the work; Nor should pull bolts Perekoshennye flanges, since it causes one
sided crushing pads, extend in an invalid
drawing in bolt studs, the emergence of significant
stresses in pipelines and can result in
during operation to cracks in the tubes relative
ryvam flanges, studs and other discontinuities.

24.4. PRODUCTS.
Fail-safe operation of reinforcement is one
of the important conditions for reliable and economical
operation of a turbine plant; durability and reliability
valve operation is largely
depends on timely and quality reform
monta.
Under all conditions to improve the quality
CTBA and accelerate repair of devices needed
the following conditions:
1) highly qualified repair first
personnel, the development of their specific ways
valve repair, a good knowledge of constructive
tive features of reinforcement, especially new
reinforcement of high and ultra-high pressure in
Specifically, the valve, which lacks the
flanges buildings with lids.
2) the use in the repair of special
mechanisms and devices for the bore,
lapping and polishing sealing surface
Nost flanged and flangeless valves
(Flanged connections to pipelines, rat
NIS housings, valve seats, etc..) and
as for the manufacture and install gasket
packing glands, for the production of hydraulic
cal tests, etc.
3) the maximum mechanization of lifting
transport operations both on-site installation Armatours, and when removing or cutting out for Dos
However, the set and repair the machine shop.

309

4) application of a set of precise control and

measuring instruments (micrometers, shtangentsirkuli, probes, test line, coal
nicknames, tiles and the like.).
5) the use of passport materials obhas the necessary physical and chemical
properties depending on environmental parameters,
for the manufacture and replacement of worn parts,
In particular, the use of fasteners, only zamarkirovannogo and meets the requirements of
Current Position.
Repair of valves of steam, water, oil
lyanyh and air lines and pipelines
Shop (gates, valves, gears, regulation
Glare, check and safety valves
new, cranes, etc..) is usually combined with capital
tal repair of capital equipment.
If the valve is removed from the pipeline,
the most appropriate system of organization
Repair is a complete replacement of its new
or renovate the old one from the exchange
Fund. Previous defective valves repaired
in a mechanical workshop or power
passes centralized factory repair
conditions; after the test repaired
reinforcement is to replenish exchange fund.
Repair flangeless valves, if
removal is not required for any
special work or work-related defects
Tami of the body should be made on
installation site; Removing flangeless valves
from the pipeline requires a large
the amount of additional time-consuming and complex
work associated with cutting of pipe fittings
wire and its return after repair by welding,
in some cases, cause have to calculate
cutting and privarkidopolnitelnyh vstavokconnections. When repairing the shells remain
in place, and cover with the drive mechanism
Lowland gates removed for repairs in less
-mechanical workshop, it is possible to produce almost
entire scope of work normally performed by Armaround; the main drawback of such repairs yavlyais lack of quality control
Repair by hydraulic crimping Armatours. When repairing valves, especially large
as flange and flangeless, mainly
must be carried out the following work:
1) dismantling the valve (put rod
up) with a center punch for marking irresponsible
field position of each part relative
to another.
2) Cleaning and washing kerosene all de
hoists and enclosures from dirt, mud, boiler Nations
Kipi and rust; particularly high demands
apply to clean stems (spindles) and

the sealing surfaces in contact with the ground

stuffing box, with seats and contact different
personal flanges.
3) check the status of items (rods, gas
nuts, valves, seats, etc..) in the absence of a preferred
opment, nicks, scratches, fistulas and fissures, espeparticularly in areas of sharp transitions sections recovery
formation or replacement of worn parts in
Depending on the state and the establishment of noncrawled Ensure joint and
nodes to be entered in the reconstruction forms.
4) The grinding of sealing surfaces
saddles, plates, valves, rods, bushings, caps
and other shut-off and landing bodies yn
lotnyayuschim places to output available on
these minor scuffing, scratches, dents and
looseness. Of particular importance is
achieve density fitting that operate
ing at high parameters of the medium. The slightest
a leak valve when it is closed and
Create a large pressure difference on both
her hand makes it impossible to production
CTBA works for disabled part of the pipeline to
rapid erosion and destruction of the metal
increase the existing leaks in connection with
high speed medium flow through the
leak.
5) Verification of stocks on the absence of deflection,
taper and ovality in the assembly and testing of
There is no deviation from the vertical rods and
distortions arm safety valves;
presence of curvature, taper or ovality
Stem greater than 0.05 mm, and the rod deflection
from the vertical, which may be caused by an
creasing gap between the stem and the direction
Barking collar, lead to a lopsided landing
valve seat and in poor working
those packing due to unilateral
sided compression packing.
6) cutaways gland sealing
new packing boxes, cleaning and removal of
small lesions in the thread bushings, studs
and nuts and cover drives, moving parts
fasteners and fittings necessary lubrication.
7) Hydraulic pressure test after assembly
to verify the quality of repair and density Armatours; check smoothness and ease of stocks
(By hand) the opening and closing of the valve; application
tion to achieve the density closing License keys
whose, arms extended length and shock kuvaldy on the lever are not allowed.
8) Installation of valves in place with proVerka its correct location on the relative
respect to the direction of fluid flow.

25 thermal insulation of pipelines and equipment.

25.1. Values of thermal
ISOLATION AND MATERIALS.
High quality and good condition of the TE
Pilaf insulation equipment provide: 1)

reduction of heat loss caused by radiation

cheniem heat equipment into the environment
do, especially with big hot equipment
heat dissipation; 2) start-up and ex-security
eration turbines (See below.) and the creation of necessary
310

To get a good connection with the metal

on the surface of the pipeline initially imposes
dyval thin layer (5-6 mm) of asbestos water
fiber, and then placed in layers of up to 10
mm insulation material (asbozurit, Newell
et al.) Such layers are superimposed Since
hence one another after the
previous layer dries, and so on until Since
total radiation proper thickness of insulation layer
ness, depending on the quality of used iso
tion and temperature conditions of the pipeline
wire.
If the insulation is applied acid
zelgur or asbestos, the isolation imposed
top sheathed wire mesh and vapor
ha in the shop, it can be shown in the following examples
re: 1 m2 of uninsulated pipe with temperature
Rusin, which after drying oxo
ture of 250 C coolant temperature
rashivaetsya in the desired color. If applied
Newell, then put a layer on top of it asbozuriAmbient temperature 50 C allocates 4500
the one who rubbed to a smooth and
kcal / m 2-hr, while the heat dissipation 1 m2 of the same
the pipeline, but respectively zaizolirovansmooth surface to be dyed after
tion, equal to only 150-200 kcal / m2 h.
drying.
To improve the mechanical strength and the
According to the PTE at ambient
obtain a smooth, wrinkle-free and dents, Therefore
flowing air 25 C surface temperature
pipe insulation with a temperature of the heat
surface of the dried plaster layer iso
carrier to 500 C does not exceed 45 C.
tion to apply potato starch
Casein or white clay cotton
48 C for piping temperature heat
cloth (muslin, gauze, burlap, etc..), which
media 500-650 C.
Big drop in temperature of fresh vapor
aligned, until the fabric is wet
ra on the path from the boiler to the turbine or other
state.
When the fabric is dry, paint it Mat
hot highways management affects Since
slyanoy paint, the color of which should correspond
increasing the temperature on the surface of the insulation,
indicates an unsatisfactory state
Vova firmly established colors depending
Research Institute of isolation and the need for its replacement from the coolant; but relief differences
pipelines, oil paint helps
iso
lengthening the life of the fabric coating
insu- lation, technically perfect. Replacement
insulation under these conditions, despite the considerable
cloth cover protects from rapid expansion
tional costs, quickly pays big environmental
violations, gives good insulation decorative
by savings of heat previously lost when the radiation in
FLOW look and improves the conditions for maintaining
purity isolation.
the environment, and the improvement of sanitary
hygienic conditions.
The disadvantage of the above-described mastic
Depending on the application used
insulation having a large spread in the
insulating materials at power plants
power plants, is a significant labor-intensive
bone of its implementation and the need for prior
may be separated by insulation materials
hot surfaces and cold surfaces.
tional warming equipment, which often
At high temperatures, but such
leads to a delay in the start of the repair equipment.
well-known insulating materials, such as
Currently, power plants,
along with mastic, a significant application
asbestos and asbestos products (asbestos, Newell,
are industrial design heat
Sowelu, asbozurit), diatomaceous earth (kizelgur), spa and slag are used region
insulation, commercially available in the form
giving good insulation properties, and
de flat slabs, blocks, polutsilindrovshells, wired mats and others.
resistance at temperatures of isolated volume
Longitudinal and transverse joints in ukladprojects up to 600 C: perlite, vermiculite,
lime-siliceous and other thermal insulation
ke and prefabricated mats usually lubricating
tional materials. These materials are used
vayutsya those binders, of which
outer shell is made. Insulation
in the form of mineral plaster promats (sovelitovye, vermiculite) to their Nations
shivnyh shells, mineral piercing
mats on metal grids and others.
applications running on the piping should be vysusheus, as the plant raw mat is knowledge
significant increase in the weight of insulated steam
wiring that leads to the full spring planting
supports.
When applied to the insulation and the concentration
25.2. Isolation works.
was checked that the installation locations suspensions
springs are not included in the weight of the insulation, as
All insulation materials with asbestos
imposed on the basis of hot surfaces in
as diluted crude mastic. Before superposition
tion insulation pipe must be carefully
tional free from dust and remnants of the old insulation
tion and re-heated to a temperature of 75-100 C.
essary conditions for high and superconducting
high steam piping flanges
ant, valves and other critical components denoted
ment; 3) reducing the temperature of the external
surfaces and elimination of accidents
workers from burns; 4) lowering the temperature
ambient air, reducing the cost of
vents and creating blagopriyatnyh sanitation
for the staff in the shop, etc.

311

isolated surfaces of pipelines,

flanges and fittings.
Coating thermal insulation sheet
metal must be done in compliance with the
technical terms and proper butchering
coverage in places out of a large number of
metal parts (hangers, supports, etc.), for
Greta to a high temperature, especially at
pipelines with high steam parameters;
poor cutting can lead to a noticeable
increased heat loss and an unacceptable with
safety point of view heat participation
lescents metal coating in the area of their concentration
tact with these metal parts labor
-laying.
The cost of performing plating isolated
bathroom surfaces with aluminum sheet byStraw pays for itself as a significant increase
of life, reducing mechanical
damage repair and lack of necessary
sary in color dramatically reduce annual zatrayou're on the insulation work. In addition, plating
aluminum, thanks to reflective capacities
STI and the presence, albeit small interlayer
air, somewhat reduces heat loss zaizolated objects, gives them a good
decorative appearance and improves cleaning
from contamination, easily detectable on the brilliant
ing surface of the coating.
Depending on the purpose and parameters
transported substance on the metal
casing pipe applied black red
Coy and print font installed bukvennotation.

this leads to destruction of insulation and irregular

work springs. For normal operation of vaporvodov also necessary that they pass through the
overlap were performed with sufficient
gaps, ensuring no zaschemtions and violations of the integrity of the outer insulating
tional coverage.
In developing the questions of the organization reform
Monta turbines and auxiliary equipment
it is necessary to simultaneously develop and water
Requests for maintenance and prevent
unjustified destruction of isolation as a result
Tate leakage and mechanical damage.
When loading heavy insulation representatives
metami, opiranii on her stairs, falling ininstruments and walking on her collapse occurs,
crushing it, and may break off
separate pieces. Necessary for repair to
protection against mechanical damage
cover the insulation with tarpaulins or other
soft coatings, and in places you may get an
of falling on the insulation of steam, water or oil sheets of corrugated iron.
Repair of damage long isolation
ZHno always performed immediately after proveDenia repair or detect its nonserviceability and eliminate the causes of these
malfunction. Insulation impregnated with oil
scrap, have to be cut out and replaced
Nena new.
Insulation should always be cleaned from
dust, and the taping and the appropriate color for
colorings must be approved after
renovating repair.

25.3. Covered with insulation

PIPELINES
Aluminum sheet.

25.4. THERMAL INSULATION

Turbine cylinder.

Damage to thermal insulation pipe

wires, fixtures and equipment is,
mainly for repairs, are punched
gaskets in flanged joints and other
Upon contact with the insulation of steam, water and
oil. To protect it from damage iso
-insulated pipes on top of the plaster
layer of thermal insulation covered with sheet
metal; fittings (valves, bolts, etc..) and
flange connections are also covered by shellHami sheet metal gasket inside
insulating materials; shrouds
prevent their disassembly without damage reform
Monte equipment.
Cladding insulated surfaces
used sheet aluminum, galvanized
steel and other corrosion resistant materials.
The most widely used is aluminum sheet
tions thickness of 0.4-1 mm brands AIM (annealed
FLOW) A1H (nagortovanny) and blood pressure (deformable
my). These grades of aluminum (GOST 4784-49 and
3549-55) is well served mechanical treatment
processing (rolling, stamping, punching, multimultiple bends), which is very important when plating
straight, curved and shaped sections

High quality standards and state

NIJ thermal insulation of steam turbines, espeparticularly high and ultra-high steam parameters,
determined not only by the value that it
has to maintain a normal temperature
condi- tions in the engine room and to reduce
heat loss heat-generating surface
styami turbines, but also for the reliable operation of the turbine
us at the time of starting and stopping. This value is
determined
mined by the need to reduce the maximum
sheniya unevenness warm metal walls
top and bottom of the cylinder of high and medium pressure
tion (in turbines with promperegrev) and
protect them from the hot parts of the temperature
tural distortions due to local cooling
Denia. A significant difference in temperature between the
the upper and lower portions of the cylinder that has
place with poor insulation cylinder and its nekative state, causes a change in radius
cial and axial clearances in unacceptable limits
Lah, in which due to vibration and danger zaDevaney rotating and stationary components (in
blades, seals, etc.) start and operation
tion turbines are practically impossible.
When starting the turbine good condition
Insulation also provides a reduction in the difference
Ci in temperatures between the rotor and the cylinder and

312

correspondingly decrease the difference in thermal

elongations of the rotor and the cylinder in which the axial
vye gaps in the flow section provide Dos
sufficiently fast and secure turn turbines
us; when the difference in the extension of the rotor and
Cylinder this run, in order to avoid tripping, knowledge
significantly delayed due to the need
prolonged the rotor at low speeds.
Good quality insulation should obesvides the temperature difference between the upper and
lower symmetric points of all belts
the outer surface of the cylinder is not more than 35 C and
the temperature on the surface insulation at temperatures
ture of the cylinder wall of the turbine order 565 C
not more than 45 C.
The main types of thermal insulation
materials currently used for
insulation of steam turbines, as
150-130 K, 200-130 K, 300-240 K, are iz
Delia from expanded pearlite sand; TE
ploizolyatsionnye mats filled zonolitom
(Calcined expanded vermiculite), first
cast and sovelitom; asbovermikulitovye and
Perlite boards; mineral products, etc..
For the manufacture of expanded perlite
Sand pearlitic plates, shells and segments
1 m3 of sand taken 100 kg of cement grade 400, 30
kg fluff asbestos grade IV and 830 liters of water.
Insulate should have
sufficient mechanical strength and stastability policies for long term use, not
must be aggressive to less
metals and harmful to the personnel in the repair of turbine
Bina. In addition to these properties, insulation of modern
powerful turbines should provide an opportunity
of reuse, lightness difference
sampling to repair and assembly after repair without
time-consuming and labor. This should
achieved the possibility of opening the cylinder
without destroying the insulation.

Figure 25.1. Fastening insulation at the bottom of

cylinder. 1, the cylinder wall; 2-pin M10 length
tion of 400 mm; 3-metal lining; 4-band
40H2 with cuts for studs; 5 - Perlite boards;
6 - sovelitovye plate.

Since benign insulation should

opens up not only the walls of the cylinder valve
Receiver boxes and pipes, but such hot
parts of the cylinder as flanges and

projecting parts bolts, studs and nuts, the crossed

plyayuschih these flanges. Poor chamber
Insulation-operation of these parts leads to a large
the temperature difference between the cylinder wall
and flanges and between the flanges and fasteners,
which leads to a steaming flanges
and damage to the fastener due to the arising
it large thermal stresses.
In connection with these requirements, in the present
time to power turbines with high parameters
ramie Vapor multi-national teams
insulation design of prefabricated
the size, design and configuration of different
individual blocks, plates, shells and segments, butt
Key elements of these individual joints of prefabricated
concentration
constructions, projecting parts and flange vye accordance
compound overlap beskarkasnymi mats
and soft mattresses, filled with mineral
tion wool. With careful execution of works
this design greatly simplifies the whole
the process of dismantling the turbine insulation to repairs
and it is the assembly after repairs.

Figure 25.2. Design of thermal insulation MPC

turbine K-200-130 LMZ, and - a longitudinal section,
b - transverse incision. 1-unloading full support
ki, 2-lower frame, 3-shelf end, 4-Asbestos
cardboard, 5-band with feet, 6-wire half
rings, 7-wire mesh, 8-perlitotrepelnaya
range, 9-sovelitovaya stove, 10 mattress of perlite
sand shell of asbestos cloth.

313

To ensure the same benign

-governmental insulation cylinder turbine at the top and
below, special attention should be paid to
tightness of the insulation to the bottom of
cylinder, sagging insulation reduces the temperature
round bottom cylinder so as ducts
air between the insulation and the bottom of the cylinder of
Great
DUT to the intensive cooling of the metal.
Fig. 25.1 shows the attachment of insulation
the lower portion of the cylinder via wrapped
threaded into the body of the cylinder to a depth of 20 mm
shtyray diameter of 10 mm; these pins, located
adjoint staggered in increments of 250 mm,
insulation boards are attached with nuts and
150h150h3 mm plates, such fixation ensure
Chiva reliability and proper density Examples
leganiya insulation to the bottom of the cylinder. For fixing
of isolation, the special
frames with welded hooks is attached
tion wire supporting insulation
for mounting frames on the cylinder drilled
special threaded holes. An example of
such isolation is to isolate the IPC turbine
200-130 K, the longitudinal and transverse sections
wherein (the area with a temperature 565 C) belongs
shown in Fig. 25.2.
After setting the frame for fixing
Insulation cylinder which consists of four
nodes (upper cylinder and lower polutsiLindgren, and the ends of the connector), insulation is placed
in the
three layers: a high-temperature layer thickness
100 mm plates of pearlite or segments average
tions layer with a thickness of 90mm sovelitovyh plates and
leveling layer with a thickness of 300 mm asboZurita. At sites with a temperature below 565 C.
reduced thickness of the middle sovelitovogo
the insulation layer.
Laying the first layer of insulation productivity
is extended over well cleaned of scale and rzhavranks, the dried, cold and primed
mastic surface. In the presence of oil
spots last removed before priming
10% soda ash. Dirt
Mastic is superimposed layer of 10-15 mm, manutovlyaetsya (by weight) of the pearlite sand 20%
diatomaceous earth (ground sifted) -20%, liquid
of glass-57% and technical kremneftoristoof 3% sodium.
When installing each row of plates, or segments
ments they should fit tightly one
to the other, firmly and securely attracted core wire
Coy to the housing, especially in the lower part of the cylinder
Mr. and thoroughly missed the mark on joints specified
mastic; This should be done at the natural
tively waterline drying insulation and each
subsequent layer should overlap the seams
the bottom row.
The last layer of insulation covered
woven mesh of galvanized wire;
Net further tightened to the body
wire with a diameter of 8 mm. One-piece seat
Insulation should paste over a special cotton
chatobumazhnoy cloth. Designated horizontal
connector cylinder insulated mattresses of Assembly

bestovoy tissue AT-6 with the filling of expanded

perlite or glass fiber with napolneniem sovelitom.
During disassembly for repair and assembly Since
After repair of the turbine must be careful relative
wearing to the insulating coating of the cylinder,
a metal frame and a face of the Voronoi
nenoy sheet steel, which is used to make
turbine beautiful appearance and protect the identity
isolation of the turbine from mechanical damage
tions.

25.5. Protective insulation

Pipelines for
PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION.
Since the outer surface of the pipe
appropriate fire and service water, padded inside
buildings, and such components as water
dyanye camera capacitors, pump housings and
tanks of cold water in which heat transfer fluids
have a temperature below ambient
flowing air, fogging and exposed roots
rozii. This phenomenon associated with the condensation of
moist air on the cold surfaces of the labor
-laying equipment and leads, especially in

shop. According PTE these pipelines with armatuswarm and flange connections must be
anticorrosion coating and thermal insulation
tion.
Anticorrosion coating usually proceeds
usual overlay dissolved hot or
cold bitumen on a continuous layer of dry
wiped the surface of the pipe. On the layer of bitumen Nations
imposes shell thickness of torfoplit
not less than 30 mm, which are tightly fit in the
pipe and to each other, glued to her with Since
power of bitumen and wrapped with one layer of the PV
pubic material (roofing felt, roofing felt) with strapping
the wire. To make the surface smooth
one species and strengthen the surface layer
produced cement plaster (cement and
sand in the ratio 1: 3), or coating with gypsum.
The same coating and insulation may productivity
ditsya special adhesive weight in the form of
cork boards, and Shevelin steklovoyloka Therefore with
following them coated with plaster or cement.
These insulating materials are usually ukladyvaare on a special mastic (shellac resinous substance casein - a sticky substance
No. of milk, etc..) this gluing to metal
cal surfaces creates a high density
fit insulation and avoids zazoditch, where moisture can congregate, causing
rusting metal surfaces and lag behind
tion of insulation.
In addition to moisture resistance, to increase
sheniya insulation quality is of great importance
chenie and airtightness. Penetration
air to the surface of the pipeline can proproceed through the correct type of insulation
tion or the place of its damages; This results
leads to saturation of the insulation authorities

314

goy, rust covered insulated surface

Nost and often to their utter uselessness
for further use.
When operating the insulation must be
follow her serviceable condition for the density
Nost of its fit to the metal and in the absence of
moisture in the insulation.
Repair insulation surfaces pipeline
guides and equipment, with a temperature
below ambient temperature, it should be
producing immediately after the injury, since
otherwise destroyed through the insulation will penetrate
Cach moisture condensing from the air,
will lead to the above posledstvipits.

315

INDEX..PREDMETNY INDEX
A

abrasives ................................................ 37 ...

Machine safety ................................................ 183 ...
adsorber ................................................. ........................ 265
nitriding ................................................. .................. 27
axial clearances ................................................ 128, 208
Shocks ................................................. .................. 228
oscillation amplitude ........... 106, 119, 120, 121, 158, 160
analysis of condensate ................................................ ........... 59
antioxidant additives ...................................... 265
asbestos packing ................................................ ......... 18
atmospheric valve ............................................ 277, 285

Heat resistance ................................................. .............. 25

Fluidity ................................................. ............ 23

W
gaps in the maze ............................................... 200 ......
rivet blades ................................................ ............ 13
consolidation drive shaft ......................................... 182
locks ................................................. 34, 141, 147, 170, 171
stock from resonance ............................................... ......... 159
The margin of safety ................................................ ............. 21
replacement parts ................................................ .... 10, 14, 47
damped oscillations ................................................ 105
tightening bolts ................................................ 81, 303, 304
safety valves ................................................ 54 ... 72
Spools regulation ............................................ 269

B
Babbitt ................................................. ............................. 28
Prussian blue ................................................ ........... 36
............. lateral gaps 149, 196, 213, 224, 232, 254, 296
bronze ................................................ 28 , 54, 228, 235, 250
Bronze ................................................. ............................. 27

And

In
gross sleeve ................................................ 288 ..... 290
barring gear ..................... 53, 88, 137, 226
boiled oil ................................................ .................. 16
a statement of the amount of work ............................... 46, 47, 57, 61
vibration characteristics ............................ 124 147
vibration measuring instruments .................................... 107
grommet ................................................. 124, 125
forced oscillations .............................. 106, 125, 158

T
spanners ................................................ .... 12, 55, 57
Quirk ................................................. ............................ 23
hydrostatic level ............................... 13, 83, 134
Dutch black ................................................ ............ 36
tower ................................................. ....... 278, 300, 301
graphics repair ................................................ 5 ......... 49

D
double-seat valves ............................................... 242
damping rate ................................................ 148 .....
Deformation
plastic ................................................. .............. 20
elastic ................................................. ....................... 20
Strain diagram ................................................ ... 20
Diaphragm seal ......................................... 194
disulfidmolibdenovaya grease ................................... 17
dichloroethane ................................................. ............ 266, 270
repair manuals ............................................ 46

measuring tools ................................ 13, 217

........................ indicators 13, 82, 113, 132, 137, 140, 234
induction heater ......................................... 101
diatomaceous earth ................................................ ......... 310
test safety switches ........... 58

To
schedule repairs ........................................ 49
Repair ... 4, 6, 46, 74, 78, 107, 160, 288, 303
wedge probes ................................................ 13 ...... 148
Malleable metal ................................................ ........... 25
oscillations 13, 105, 106, 108, 113, 116, 118, 119, 121, 125,
156, 158, 159, 160
Control studs ........ 35, 63, 74, 132, 136, 197, 226
end seals ........................................... 198, 207
Stress concentrators .......................................... 23
Corrosion ................................................. ........................ 25
Factor
linear expansion .............................................. 23
volume expansion .............................................. 23
curve coasting ................................................ ................. 58
Creep ............................................. See. creep of metal
critical velocity ................................................ ... 106
dog clutch ................................................ ......... 142

A
labyrinth uplotneniya.58, 82, 91, 129, 191, 198, 199,
200, 206, 264
Brass ................................................. ............................ 28
Casting properties of metal ........................................ 25
fluorescent inspection .................................. 29

E
ruffs for cleaning tubes .............................................. .274

M
................... oil pumps 238, 250, 256, 258, 260, 296
Metal
color ................................................. ...................... 27
Black ................................................. ....................... 25
metallic pads ................................ 14, 15, 224

316

metallographic study .............................. 28

Methods for determination of hardness ................................... 22
micrometers ................................................. 13 ........... 309

H
Voltage
permitted ................................................. .............. 20
threading ................................................ ................ 86
pumps condensing unit ....................... 288
setting blades ................................................ 147 ........
undamped oscillations .................................... 105 106
Nickel silver ................................................. ................... 199
leak capacitor .......................................... 279
uneven regulation ................................ 237
imbalance .... 108, 110, 112, 118, 119, 120, 121,
292
normalization ................................................. ................ 27
Newell ................................................. .................. 22, 310

About
blading ................................................. 158 ..... 182
check valves ................................................ 262, 304
Scaling .............................. See. heat resistance
foundation settlement ................................................ ......... 83
Axial run-rotor ....... 87, 118, 149, 229, 230, 232, 234
...... axial gaps 85, 91, 94, 192, 193, 196, 207, 232, 312
annealing shaft ................................................ ................. 97 98
jacking bolts ................................................ 117 .. 141
elongation .............................................. 21
statements repair ............................................... 293 ..
cleaning oil system .......................................... 266

P
parasitic currents ................................................ ............. 86
paronit ................................................. .......................... 15
steam pipes ................................................. 240 ........ 306
paste GOI ................................................ ..................... 213
cutaways glands ................................................ 309 ....
perezalivke bearings .............................................. 8
pereoblopachivanie ....................... 109, 152, 164, 166, 181
oscillation period ................................................ . 105, 108
Plasticity ................................................. ................. 20
density valves ................................................ 240 ......
movable coupling ................................................ 128 .......
bearing currents ................................................ ... 255
lift cylinder cover ............................................. 45
lifting rotor ................................................ ................ 85
Creep metal ................................................ 24 .......
full axial run-rotor ...................................... 232
lateral vibration ................................................ ... 106
Edit shaft ................................................ ..... 20, 61, 96, 98
straightening vanes ................................................ ............. 172
Tensile strength ................................................ .......... 21
Yield strength ................................................ ........... 21
Elastic limit ................................................ ........... 21
safety switches ................. 58, 247, 248
safety valves, diaphragm .................. 286
pressboard ................................................. ........ 89, 93, 255
fitting bolt ......................................... 35, 63, 74, 141
lapping ................................................. .......................... 37
The shaft deflection ... 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 103, 109, 199,
200, 250, 289, 296
deflection diaphragms ................................................ .......... 194
Liners .............................................. 54
rinse the blades ................................................ 151 ........

flushing oil system ....................................... 267

Durability
metal ................................................. ....................... 20
spring support capacitor .................................. 279
spring clutches ................................................ 144 ........
springs 27, 35, 36, 81, 105, 107, 113, 144, 145, 199, 202,
203, 205, 208, 234, 239, 242, 244, 245, 246, 249, 256,
262, 279, 280, 282, 307, 310

P
radial clearances .85, 125, 127, 128, 142, 144, 149, 192,
196, 197, 198, 204, 206, 207, 209, 211, 229, 251, 252,
256, 257, 259, 292
run-rotor thrust bearing ........................ 208
spread frequency ................................................ ............... 159
............................. control valves 54, 58, 61, 240
..................... rubber gaskets 16, 115, 116, 117, 280
resonant oscillations ........................................ 116 124
Relaxation ................................................. ...................... 24
maintenance personnel ........................................ 8, 9, 48, 49
Growth of iron ................................................ ...................... 26
mercury ointment ................................................ 17 ............ 164
eyebolts ................................................. ..... 13, 43, 45, 55, 294

With
stuffing box ................................................ 287 ....
phase shift ................................................ ........................ 105
.............................. servomotors 54, 58, 238, 244, 246, 247
silver solder ...................................... 163, 178, 179
synchronizer ................................................. .............. 250
tendency to phase separation ............................................... 25 ....
Steel ................................................. ............................... 25
nickel ................................................. ................... 27
transcript of marks ................................................ 26 ...
Improving the quality of ................................................ 26 .....
Chrome ................................................. ................... 27
Chrome ................................................. 27 .......
chrome ................................................. ..27
CrNi ................................................. ......... 27

T
Hardness ................................................. ....................... 22
Temperature
Melting ................................................. ................... 23
Thermal expansion ................................................ 22 .....
Thermal conductivity ................................................. ......... 22

Do
shock load ................................................ ............. 65
Specific weight ................................................ .................. 22
sealants ............................................... 14
thrust bearings ....................... 33, 88, 227, 228, 289
hardening blades ................................................ 152 .....
Elasticity ................................................. ....................... 20
balancing rotors ........................................... 124
Metal fatigue ................................................ .......... 23
install the rotor ................................................ ............. 89

F
oscillation phase ................................................ 105 ..... 108
flange coupling ................................................ ......... 146
flange connector cylinder ........................................... 198

317

Forms repair ................................................ 260 ......

forms of repairs ......................................... 11
form bore liners ........................................ 216
phosphate cooling water ......................... 277

X
regulation characteristic .............................. 60, 237
Chemical analysis ........................................... 28, 61, 277
hlorvinilovye laying ............................................. 16
chlorination of the circulating water ......................... 276
Stainless steel ................................................ 27 ....

C
cementation ................................................. ..................... 27
centralization of repair ................................................ 9 ....
centrifugal pumps ................................................ ..293
Centrifugal regulators ................................... 238 247
centering diaphragms ................................................ 191 .....
centering on the couplings ............................................... 134 .....
centering on boring ....................................... 131 134

W
oscillation frequency ........................................ 105, 115, 160
chasing spikes blades ............................................... . 181
cleaning blades ................................................ .............. 151
Cast ................................................. .............................. 25
brand ................................................. .......................... 26

W
spikes blades ............................................... 150 179, 180
pins ................................................. ........... 34, 54, 141
Calipers ................................................. 13 .... 309
valve stems ................................................ ............ 242

E
electrodes ................................................. ........... 30, 70, 71
-tension reinforcement ...................................... 152
electric welding ................................................. ................ 94
Elektrostal ................................................. ................. 26
hoists ................................................. ........... 44

318

TABLE OF
CONTENTS.
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................ .......................3
PART ONE:

GENERAL .................................................. ................................................. 4

1 PLANNING STANDARDS AND DOCUMENTATION. .................................................. ................. 4

1.1. SYSTEM preventative maintenance ............................................. 4 ......
1.2. Reconstruction and equipment modernization .............................................. ......... 5
1.3. Planning of repairs steam turbine equipment ................................. 6
2 Organization of repair, repair tools and materials. ....................... 8
2.1. ORGANIZATIONAL FORMS REPAIR ............................................... .................................... 8
2.2. Maintenance personnel. .............................................................................................................10
2.3. REPAIR WORKSHOP SHOP. .................................................. .......................................... 11
2.4. TOOL. .................................................................................................................12
2.5. SPARE PARTS AND SEALING MATERIALS. .................................................. 14 .......

3 BASICS properties of metals. .................................................. 19 ......

3.1. IMPORTANCE OF PROPER SELECTION OF METALS. .................................................. ............... 19
3.2. Mechanical properties of metals. .................................................. ............................ 20
3.3. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES ......................................................................................22
3.4. Chemical properties of metals. .................................................. .................................. 24
3.5. TECHNOLOGICAL PROPERTIES OF METALS. .................................................. ..................... 25
3.6. BLACK .........................................................................................................................25
3.7. COLOR ......................................................................................................................27
3.8. STUDY OF METALS. .....................................................................................................28

4 GENERAL kinds of repairs. .................................................. ..................................... 29

4.1. MARKING OF PARTS. ..............................................................................................................29
4.2. Loosening the bolts. ............................................................................................................29
4.3. Mounting screws. .................................................................................................................32
4.4. Cotter pins, locks, CONTROL ROD AND SPRING. .......................................... 33
4.5. Scraping, lapping, lapping and polishing. .................................................. ........... 36
4.6. APPLICATION FOR COLD Disassembly and assembly of permanent joints. ..38
4.7. WELDING .......................................................................................................................39

5 hoists LIFTING DEVICES

WORK. ..................................................................................................................................................40
5.1. LIFTING .................................................................................................................40
5.2. Hemp ropes, chains and cables. .................................................. ................................ 41
5.3. Bridge cranes and hoist. ...........................................................................................................43
5.4. Hoisting operations. .................................................. ........................... 45

6 organization, preparation and carrying out overhauls. 46 ......

6.1. SCHEDULE preparatory work and bill of quantities ........................ 46
6.2. TECHNOLOGICAL schedule of repairs. .................................................. ........................... 47
6.3. Preparatory work ............................................... ........................... 54
6.4. REPAIR MANUAL AND TRAINING OF PERSONNEL ............................................. 56 ...
319

6.5. INSPECTION & TEST TO STOP AT THE TURBO REMONT.57

6.6. PREPARATION Stopped TURBINE TO REPAIR. ................................................. 59
6.7. DISASSEMBLY, REPAIR AND ASSEMBLY turbounits ............................................ ................. 59
6.8. START AFTER REPAIR turbounits .............................................. ............................ 60
6.9. Repair manuals. .................................................. .............................................. 61

PART TWO:

REPAIR OF EACH PART of the main turbine .................... 62

7 CYLINDERS ........................................................................................................... ........... 62

7.1. FEATURES CYLINDERS. .................................................. ............ 62
7.2. OPENING THE CYLINDER. ............................................................................................................. 62
7.3. Tilting COVER .............................................................................................. 65
7.4. REPAIR FLANGE CONNECTOR CYLINDER TURBO. .................................................. 66 .......
7.5. REPAIR CYLINDER. ..................................................................................................................... 70
7.6. REPAIR double-walled high-pressure cylinder. ...................................... 71
7.7. Closed cylinder .............................................................................................. 73
7.8. Flange mounting horizontally split cylinder. ........................... 74
7.9. HEAT ........................................................................................................... 78
7.10. FOUNDATIONS .......................................................................................... 83

8 ROTORS .............................................................................................................. ............... 84

8.1. FEATURES ROTORS ............................................... ....................... 84
8.2. EXCAVATION ......................................................................................................................... 85
8.3. Repair of the rotor. ......................................................................................................................... 86
8.4. ROTOR INSTALLATION CYLINDER. .................................................. ............................................... 90

9 deflections and EDIT shafts. .............................................................................................. ........... 90

9.1. CAUSES OF DEPRESSION ........................................................................................................ 90
9.2. METHODS EDITING shafts. ......................................................................................................... 94
9.3. EDIT LOCAL ................................................................................................. 95
9.4. EDIT MECHANICAL SHAFT. .................................................. ......................................... 97
9.5. EDIT SHAFT way of relaxation. .................................................. ........................ 98
9.6. ANNEALING ................................................................................................................................. 99

10 rotor balancing. .................................................. .................................................. 104

10.1. BASIC DEFINITIONS AND TYPES rate of vibration. ............................................ 104
10.2. Vibration measuring TOOLS. .................................................. ................................... 107
10.3. Cause vibrations ............................................................................................... 108
10.4. Static and dynamic unbalance. .................................. 110
10.5. STATIC ........................................................................................... 111
10.6. Dynamic balancing. .................................................. ................................... 112
10.7. Rotor balancing on the machine. .................................................. ........................ 113
10.8. Balancing of rotors, assembled in turbine unit. .................................. 121
10.9. DYNAMIC VIBRATIONS sinks. .................................................. ............. 124

11 ALIGNMENT .......................................................................................................... ....... 125

11.1. OBJECTIVES ................................................................................................................. 125
11.2. ALIGNMENT FOR ROTORS Mufti .............................................. ...................................... 126
11.3. ALIGNMENT ROTOR-boring SEAL ............................................. 133 .....
11.4. ALIGNMENT LEVEL and Strings ............................................. ....................................... 134
11.5. ALIGNMENT tricycle ROTORS ............................................... ................................. 136
11.6. Centering the front end of the shaft turbine (the "pendulum" TEST).
.................................................................................................................................................................. 137
320

12 CONNECTION ..................................................................................................138
12.1. Types of Couplings. .................................................. ....................................... 138
12.2. HDD .......................................................................................................................140
12.3. Semi-rigid coupling. ..........................................................................................................141
12.4. Sliding coupling. ..............................................................................................................142
12.5. Flexible couplings. .........................................................................................................................144

13 blades of steam turbines. .................................................. ............................................. 147

13.1. PURPOSE AND CHECKING blading ....................... 147
13.2. CLEANING ......................................................................................................................150
13.3. Erosion and corrosion ..............................................................................................151
13.4. Detection of cracks on the blades and tires. .................................................. 153 ...
13.5. REPAIR in identifying BLADES WITH CRACKS. .................................................. .157
13.6. Vibration characteristics of the blade unit. ........................... 158
13.7. GETTING PEREOBLAPACHIVANIYU. .................................................. ........................ 160
13.8. RAZLOPACHIVANIE. ...................................................................................................................164
13.9. PEREOBLOPACHIVANIE LANDING BLADES in the groove. ................................................ 166
13.10. PEREOBLOPACHIVANIE BLADES, TAIL HAVE claw ............ 173
13.11. INSTALLATION AND SOLDERING WIRE bandage. .................................................. ..176
13.12. Installing the Ribbon Bandages ............................................... ............................... 179

14 WHEELS ............................................................................................................ ..............182

14.1. WORKING CONDITIONS AND LANDING disc on shaft ........................................... .................. 182
14.2. Removing the blade from the shaft. ........................................................................................................183
14.3. LANDING disc on shaft. ....................................................................................................185
14.4. Disk repair. .......................................................................................................................190

15 IRIS AND RACE. .......................................................................................................191

15.1. MATERIALS AND diaphragm design and clips ............................................ 191 ........
15.2. Disassembly and repair clip and DIAPHRAGMS ............................................ .......................... 192
15.3. APERTURE TEST flexing. .................................................. ........................... 194
15.4. Assembling a case and the diaphragm. .................................................. ............................................ 196

16 labyrinth-seal. .................................................. ........................................ 198

16.1. CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS labyrinth-seal. ............................... 198
16.2. HARD labyrinth-seal. .................................................. ...................... 199
16.3. FLEXIBLE labyrinth-seal ............................................... .............................. 204
16.4. REPAIR AND CUT SLEEVES labyrinth ............................................. ....................... 209
16.5. Steam and MASLOOTBOYNYE SEALS. .................................................. ..................... 210
17 REFERENCE ...................................................................................................... .212
17.1. The design and materials of the support bearing. ....................................... 212
17.2. REPAIR SUPPORT ....................................................................................213
17.3. Checking clearances in the liner. .................................................. ............................. 215
17.4. FILLING BEARINGS babbitt. .................................................. ............................. 217
17.5. Surfacing BEARING babbitt. .................................................. ............................... 223
17.6. BORING AND BEARING AFTER scraping perezalivke. ............................ 224
17.7. Barring gear. .................................................. ..................................... 226

18 THRUST .......................................................................................................227
18.1. Application and design of thrust bearings. ...................................... 227
18.2. CHECKING upswing in the thrust bearing. .................................................. .......... 229
321

18.3. REPAIR thrust bearing. .................................................. ................................. 232

18.4. REMOVAL AND LANDING thrust washer. .................................................. ........................ 234
18.5. Perezalivke SEGMENTS thrust bearings .............................................. . 235
18.6. Assembling thrust ..................................................................................... 236
19. ........................................................................................................................ 236
19.1. Requirements for the control system. .............................. 236
19.2. REGULATOR ............................................................................................................. 238
19.3. Automated valve, REGULATORY AND SAFETY
.............................................................................................................................................. 240
19.4. Servomotor. .......................................................................................................................... 244
19.5. SPOOLS speed regulator and safety
SWITCH. ............................................................................................................................... 246
19.6. FUSE SWITCH. .................................................. ........................ 247
19.7. Worm gears ............................................................................... 250
19.8. GEAR reduction gear ............................................... .................................. 253
19.9. BEARING ........................................................................................................ 254

20 OIL SYSTEM. ............................................................................................................. 255

20.1. MAJOR OIL ............................................................................................ 255
20.2. AUXILIARY (starting) AND EMERGENCY OIL PUMPS. ............. 261
20.3. INJECTORS, REDUCING AND CHECK VALVES ............................................ 263 ..
20.4. REPAIR OIL SYSTEM. .................................................. ......................................... 264
20.5. CLEANING OIL SYSTEM ............................................... ............................................. 266
20.6. Oil cooler. .............................................................................................................. 271

PART THREE: REPAIR condensing and regenerative

......................................................................................................................................... 274
21 repair of capacitor. .................................................. ................................................. 274
21.1. Cleaning the condenser. .................................................. .................................................. 274
21.2. DENSITY CAPACITORS. .................................................. .......................................... 278
21.3. Damage to the pipe. .......................................................................................................... 279
21.4. REPLACEMENT AND Flaring the pipes .............................................. ....................................... 281
21.5. SEALING COATING PIPES ............................................... ................................... 284
21.6. Elimination of air cups in the vacuum system. ................................. 286

22 PUMPS, ejector and the system of circulation

WATER. .......................................................................................................................... 289
22.1. Planning, preparation and repair of pumps. ................................................. 289
22.2. PUMPS condensation device. .................................................. ............ 289
22.3. Feeding pumps. ........................................................................................................ 294
22.4. STEAM ............................................................................................................... 299
22.5. WATER CIRCULATION SYSTEM. .................................................. 301 ...

23 REPAIR regenerative device ............................................. ...................... 302

23.1. HEATERS. ...................................................................................................................... 302
23.2. EVAPORATOR. ............................................................................................................................. 305
23.3. ............................................................................................................................... 306
24 LINES, flanges and fittings. .................................................. ..................... 306
24.1. PIPELINES. ........................................................................................................................ 306
322

24.2. SUPPORT AND SUSPENSIONS.

................................................................................................................307
24.3. Flanged connections. ...................................................................................................308
24.4. PRODUCTS. ...................................................................................................................................309
25 thermal insulation of pipelines and equipment. ............................... 310
25.1. VALUE OF HEAT INSULATION MATERIALS ............................................. ............. 310
25.2. IZOLIROVOCHNYE ......................................................................................................311
25.3. FINISH LINE ISOLATION aluminum sheet ................ 312
25.4. THERMAL INSULATION turbine cylinder. .................................................. ................. 312
25.5. Protective insulation PIPELINE FOR PROTECTION KORROZII..314
INDEX...........................................................................................................316INDEX
TABLE OF CONTENTS. .......................................................................................................... ...........................319

323